diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
884 files changed, 31229 insertions, 7449 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..720ea92cfb2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_reads +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The num_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of + reads (failed or successful) done on this device. + Now accessible via zram<id>/stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_writes +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The num_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of + writes (failed or successful) done on this device. + Now accessible via zram<id>/stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/invalid_io +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The invalid_io file is read-only and specifies the number of + non-page-size-aligned I/O requests issued to this device. + Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/failed_reads +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The failed_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of + failed reads happened on this device. + Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/failed_writes +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The failed_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of + failed writes happened on this device. + Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/notify_free +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The notify_free file is read-only. Depending on device usage + scenario it may account a) the number of pages freed because + of swap slot free notifications or b) the number of pages freed + because of REQ_DISCARD requests sent by bio. The former ones + are sent to a swap block device when a swap slot is freed, which + implies that this disk is being used as a swap disk. The latter + ones are sent by filesystem mounted with discard option, + whenever some data blocks are getting discarded. + Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/zero_pages +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The zero_pages file is read-only and specifies number of zero + filled pages written to this disk. No memory is allocated for + such pages. + Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/orig_data_size +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The orig_data_size file is read-only and specifies uncompressed + size of data stored in this disk. This excludes zero-filled + pages (zero_pages) since no memory is allocated for them. + Unit: bytes + Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compr_data_size +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The compr_data_size file is read-only and specifies compressed + size of data stored in this disk. So, compression ratio can be + calculated using orig_data_size and this statistic. + Unit: bytes + Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_total +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The mem_used_total file is read-only and specifies the amount + of memory, including allocator fragmentation and metadata + overhead, allocated for this disk. So, allocator space + efficiency can be calculated using compr_data_size and this + statistic. + Unit: bytes + Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_max +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The mem_used_max file is read/write and specifies the amount + of maximum memory zram have consumed to store compressed data. + For resetting the value, you should write "0". Otherwise, + you could see -EINVAL. + Unit: bytes + Downgraded to write-only node: so it's possible to set new + value only; its current value is stored in zram<id>/mm_stat + node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_limit +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The mem_limit file is read/write and specifies the maximum + amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data. + The limit could be changed in run time and "0" means disable + the limit. No limit is the initial state. Unit: bytes + Downgraded to write-only node: so it's possible to set new + value only; its current value is stored in zram<id>/mm_stat + node. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..140d85b4ae92 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../w1_master_timeout_us +Date: April 2015 +Contact: Dmitry Khromov <dk@icelogic.net> +Description: Bus scanning interval, microseconds component. + Some of 1-Wire devices commonly associated with physical access + control systems are attached/generate presence for as short as + 100 ms - hence the tens-to-hundreds milliseconds scan intervals + are required. + see Documentation/w1/w1.generic for detailed information. +Users: any user space application which wants to know bus scanning + interval diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..43f78b88da28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# Note: This documents additional properties of any device beyond what +# is documented in Documentation/sysfs-rules.txt + +What: /sys/devices/*/of_path +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Device Tree mailing list <devicetree@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Any device associated with a device-tree node will have + an of_path symlink pointing to the corresponding device + node in /sys/firmware/devicetree/ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28ea00 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28ea00 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e928def14f28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28ea00 @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../w1_seq +Date: Apr 2015 +Contact: Matt Campbell <mattrcampbell@gmail.com> +Description: Support for the DS28EA00 chain sequence function + see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm for detailed information +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28EA00 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget index 875988146a63..840c324ef34d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /config/pcie-gadget Date: Feb 2011 KernelVersion: 2.6.37 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Interface is used to configure selected dual mode PCIe controller diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6b0714e3c605 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/printer.name +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Description: + The attributes: + + pnp_string - Data to be passed to the host in pnp string + q_len - Number of requests per endpoint + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg index bb820be48179..fff817efa508 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg @@ -98,4 +98,13 @@ Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access logic is used internally when messages are printed to the console, /proc/kmsg or the syslog() syscall. + By default, kernel tries to avoid fragments by concatenating + when it can and fragments are rare; however, when extended + console support is enabled, the in-kernel concatenation is + disabled and /dev/kmsg output will contain more fragments. If + the log consumer performs concatenation, the end result + should be the same. In the future, the in-kernel concatenation + may be removed entirely and /dev/kmsg users are recommended to + implement fragment handling. + Users: dmesg(1), userspace kernel log consumers diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy index d0d0c578324c..0a378a88217a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy @@ -20,17 +20,19 @@ Description: action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | audit condition:= base | lsm [option] base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=] - [fowner]] + [euid=] [fowner=]] lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=] [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]] option: [[appraise_type=]] [permit_directio] base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK] [FIRMWARE_CHECK] - mask:= [MAY_READ] [MAY_WRITE] [MAY_APPEND] [MAY_EXEC] + mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND] + [[^]MAY_EXEC] fsmagic:= hex value fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6) uid:= decimal value + euid:= decimal value fowner:=decimal value lsm: are LSM specific option: appraise_type:= [imasig] @@ -49,11 +51,25 @@ Description: dont_measure fsmagic=0x01021994 dont_appraise fsmagic=0x01021994 # RAMFS_MAGIC - dont_measure fsmagic=0x858458f6 dont_appraise fsmagic=0x858458f6 + # DEVPTS_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x1cd1 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x1cd1 + # BINFMTFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x42494e4d + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x42494e4d # SECURITYFS_MAGIC dont_measure fsmagic=0x73636673 dont_appraise fsmagic=0x73636673 + # SELINUX_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0xf97cff8c + dont_appraise fsmagic=0xf97cff8c + # CGROUP_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x27e0eb + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x27e0eb + # NSFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x6e736673 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x6e736673 measure func=BPRM_CHECK measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC @@ -70,10 +86,6 @@ Description: Examples of LSM specific definitions: SELinux: - # SELINUX_MAGIC - dont_measure fsmagic=0xf97cff8c - dont_appraise fsmagic=0xf97cff8c - dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata index 0a932155cbba..aa4296498859 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata @@ -90,6 +90,17 @@ gscr 130: SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO Only valid if the device is a PM. +trim + + Shows the DSM TRIM mode currently used by the device. Valid + values are: + unsupported: Drive does not support DSM TRIM + unqueued: Drive supports unqueued DSM TRIM only + queued: Drive supports queued DSM TRIM + forced_unqueued: Drive's queued DSM support is known to be + buggy and only unqueued TRIM commands + are sent + spdn_cnt Number of time libata decided to lower the speed of link due to errors. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm index 87ca5691e29b..f9f2339b9a0a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm @@ -23,3 +23,25 @@ Description: Device-mapper device suspend state. Contains the value 1 while the device is suspended. Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute. Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/rq_based_seq_io_merge_deadline +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Allow control over how long a request that is a + reasonable merge candidate can be queued on the request + queue. The resolution of this deadline is in + microseconds (ranging from 1 to 100000 usecs). + Setting this attribute to 0 (the default) will disable + request-based DM's merge heuristic and associated extra + accounting. This attribute is not applicable to + bio-based DM devices so it will only ever report 0 for + them. + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/use_blk_mq +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Request-based Device-mapper blk-mq I/O path mode. + Contains the value 1 if the device is using blk-mq. + Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram index a6148eaf91e5..2e69e83bf510 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram @@ -141,3 +141,28 @@ Description: amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data. The limit could be changed in run time and "0" means disable the limit. No limit is the initial state. Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compact +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The compact file is write-only and trigger compaction for + allocator zrm uses. The allocator moves some objects so that + it could free fragment space. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/io_stat +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The io_stat file is read-only and accumulates device's I/O + statistics not accounted by block layer. For example, + failed_reads, failed_writes, etc. File format is similar to + block layer statistics file format. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mm_stat +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The mm_stat file is read-only and represents device's mm + statistics (orig_data_size, compr_data_size, etc.) in a format + similar to block layer statistics file format. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2fe2e3dae487 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x @@ -0,0 +1,450 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/enable_source +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry. + Enabling a source implies the source has been configured + properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path + of coresight components linking the source to the sink is + configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cpu +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) The CPU this tracing entity is associated with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_pe_cmp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of PE comparator inputs that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_addr_cmp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of address comparator pairs that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_cntr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of counters that are available for + tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_ext_inp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates how many external inputs are implemented. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/numcidc +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of Context ID comparators that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/numvmidc +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of VMID comparators that are available + for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nrseqstate +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of sequencer states that are + implemented. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_resource +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of resource selection pairs that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_ss_cmp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the number of single-shot comparator controls that + are available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/reset +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back + to its boot configuration. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mode +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls various modes supported by this ETM, for example + P0 instruction tracing, branch broadcast, cycle counting and + context ID tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/pe +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls which PE to trace. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/event +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the tracing of arbitrary events from bank 0 to 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/event_instren +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the behavior of the events in bank 0 to 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/event_ts +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the insertion of global timestamps in the trace + streams. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/syncfreq +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls how often trace synchronization requests occur. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cyc_threshold +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Sets the threshold value for cycle counting. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/bb_ctrl +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls which regions in the memory map are enabled to + use branch broadcasting. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/event_vinst +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls instruction trace filtering. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/s_exlevel_vinst +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) In Secure state, each bit controls whether instruction + tracing is enabled for the corresponding exception level. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/ns_exlevel_vinst +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) In non-secure state, each bit controls whether instruction + tracing is enabled for the corresponding exception level. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/addr_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to + work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/addr_instdatatype +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls what type of comparison the trace unit performs. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/addr_single +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used to setup single address comparator values. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/addr_range +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used to setup address range comparator values. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/seq_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which sequensor. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/seq_state +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Use this to set, or read, the sequencer state. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/seq_event +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Moves the sequencer state to a specific state. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/seq_reset_event +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Moves the sequencer to state 0 when a programmed event + occurs. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cntr_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which counter unit to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cntrldvr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) This sets or returns the reload count value of the + specific counter. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cntr_val +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) This sets or returns the current count value of the + specific counter. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cntr_ctrl +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the operation of the selected counter. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/res_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which resource selection unit to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/res_ctrl +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the selection of the resources in the trace unit. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/ctxid_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which context ID comparator to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/ctxid_val +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Get/Set the context ID comparator value to trigger on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/ctxid_masks +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Mask for all 8 context ID comparator value + registers (if implemented). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/vmid_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which virtual machine ID comparator to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/vmid_val +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Get/Set the virtual machine ID comparator value to + trigger on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/vmid_masks +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Mask for all 8 virtual machine ID comparator value + registers (if implemented). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcoslsr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the OS Lock Status Register (0x304). + The value it taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpdcr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Power Down Control Register + (0x310). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpdsr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Power Down Status Register + (0x314). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trclsr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the SW Lock Status Register + (0xFB4). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcauthstatus +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Authentication Status Register + (0xFB8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcdevid +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Device ID Register + (0xFC8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcdevtype +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Device Type Register + (0xFCC). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpidr0 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID0 Register + (0xFE0). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpidr1 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID1 Register + (0xFE4). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpidr2 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID2 Register + (0xFE8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpidr3 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID3 Register + (0xFEC). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr0 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E0). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr1 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E4). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr2 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the maximum size of the data value, data address, + VMID, context ID and instuction address in the trace unit + (0x1E8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr3 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the value associated with various resources + available to the trace unit. See the Trace Macrocell + architecture specification for more details (0x1E8). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr4 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F0). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr5 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F4). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr8 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the maximum speculation depth of the instruction + trace stream. (0x180). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr9 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the number of P0 right-hand keys that the trace unit + can use (0x184). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr10 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the number of P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit + can use (0x188). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr11 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the number of special P1 right-hand keys that the + trace unit can use (0x18C). The value is taken directly from + the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr12 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the number of conditional P1 right-hand keys that + the trace unit can use (0x190). The value is taken directly + from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr13 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Returns the number of special conditional P1 right-hand keys + that the trace unit can use (0x194). The value is taken + directly from the HW. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe index 21640eaad371..657df13b100d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus. Attributes: - fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout peroid (see below). Changing + fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all FCFs discovered by this controller. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Attributes: lesb/err_block: Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count. lesb/fcs_error: Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel - Serivces error count. + Services error count. Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0) @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Attributes: fabric. selected: 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use; - 0 indicates that the swich will not be used. + 0 indicates that the switch will not be used. fc_map: The Fibre Channel MAP @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Attributes: mac: The FCF's MAC address - fka_peroid: The FIP Keep-Alive peroid + fka_period: The FIP Keep-Alive period fabric_state: The internal kernel state "Unknown" - Initialization value @@ -101,9 +101,9 @@ Attributes: "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system - dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout peroid for this FCF. + dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout period for this FCF. -Notes: A device loss infrastructre similar to the FC Transport's +Notes: A device loss infrastructure similar to the FC Transport's is present in fcoe_sysfs. It is nice to have so that a link flapping adapter doesn't continually advance the count used to identify the discovered FCF. FCFs will exist in a diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio index 9a70c31619ea..70c9b1ac66db 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -71,6 +71,8 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_raw What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_raw KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -81,6 +83,11 @@ Description: unique to allow association with event codes. Units after application of scale and offset are millivolts. + Channels with 'i' and 'q' modifiers always exist in pairs and both + channels refer to the same signal. The 'i' channel contains the in-phase + component of the signal while the 'q' channel contains the quadrature + component. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_raw KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -246,13 +253,23 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_i_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_i_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_offset KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -271,14 +288,22 @@ Description: to the _raw output. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_i_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_q_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_i_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_q_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_peak_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale @@ -296,6 +321,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_scale KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -325,6 +351,10 @@ Description: What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_calibscale What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale @@ -336,6 +366,7 @@ what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibscale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_calibscale KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -347,7 +378,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender -KernelVersion: 3.20 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Gender of the user (e.g.: male, female) used by some pedometers @@ -358,7 +389,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender_available What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender_available What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender_available What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender_available -KernelVersion: 3.20 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Lists all available gender values (e.g.: male, female). @@ -375,7 +406,7 @@ Description: type. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibweight -KernelVersion: 3.20 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Weight of the user (in kg). It is needed by some pedometers @@ -416,6 +447,16 @@ Description: to the underlying data channel, then this parameter gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz. +What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a known or controllable high pass filter is applied + to the underlying data channel, then this parameter + gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_raw KernelVersion: 2.6.37 @@ -612,6 +653,8 @@ Description: a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for whatever event was previously enabled). +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_falling_value What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value @@ -661,6 +704,24 @@ Description: value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_peak_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_supply_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_temp_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity_scale +KernelVersion: 3.21 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the conversion factor from the standard units + to device specific units used to set the event trigger + threshold. + What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis @@ -776,7 +837,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_period What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_period -hat: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_period What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_period What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_period @@ -856,6 +917,26 @@ Description: met before an event is generated. If direction is not specified then this period applies to both directions. +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a low pass filter can be applied to the event generation + this property gives its 3db frequency in Hz. + A value of zero disables the filter. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a high pass filter can be applied to the event generation + this property gives its 3db frequency in Hz. + A value of zero disables the filter. + What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_en What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_en What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_en @@ -923,7 +1004,7 @@ Description: this type. What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_en -KernelVersion: 3.20 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the absolute @@ -932,7 +1013,7 @@ Description: in_steps_change_value. What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_value -KernelVersion: 3.20 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Specifies the value of change threshold that the @@ -992,11 +1073,16 @@ What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_en KernelVersion: 2.6.37 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -1009,10 +1095,15 @@ What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_type What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_type What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_type What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_type What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_type KernelVersion: 2.6.37 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -1045,6 +1136,10 @@ Description: What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_index @@ -1064,6 +1159,7 @@ What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_index What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_index KernelVersion: 2.6.37 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -1104,7 +1200,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_input What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_raw -KernelVersion: 3.20 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: This attribute is used to read the energy value reported by the @@ -1113,7 +1209,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_input What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_raw -KernelVersion: 3.20 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: This attribute is used to read the distance covered by the user @@ -1138,14 +1234,16 @@ Description: object is near the sensor, usually be observing reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted. Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion - to SI units is not possible. Where it is, the units should - be meters. If such a conversion is not possible, the reported - values should behave in the same way as a distance, i.e. lower - values indicate something is closer to the sensor. + to SI units is not possible. Higher proximity measurements + indicate closer objects, and vice versa. +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_raw What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_input What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_raw What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_mean_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_ir_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_clear_raw KernelVersion: 3.4 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -1174,7 +1272,7 @@ Description: seconds. What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_integration_time -KernelVersion: 3.20 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Number of seconds in which to compute speed. @@ -1199,6 +1297,8 @@ Description: or without compensation from tilt sensors. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_i_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_q_raw KernelVersion: 3.18 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -1207,6 +1307,11 @@ Description: present, output should be considered as processed with the unit in milliamps. + Channels with 'i' and 'q' modifiers always exist in pairs and both + channels refer to the same signal. The 'i' channel contains the in-phase + component of the signal while the 'q' channel contains the quadrature + component. + What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_en @@ -1236,7 +1341,7 @@ Description: Units after application of scale are m/s. What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_count -KernelVersion: 3.20 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Specifies the number of steps that must occur within @@ -1244,8 +1349,115 @@ Description: consumer is making steps. What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_time -KernelVersion: 3.20 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Specifies number of seconds in which we compute the steps that occur in order to decide if the consumer is making steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/watermark +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the maximum number of scan + elements to wait for. + Poll will block until the watermark is reached. + Blocking read will wait until the minimum between the requested + read amount or the low water mark is available. + Non-blocking read will retrieve the available samples from the + buffer even if there are less samples then watermark level. This + allows the application to block on poll with a timeout and read + the available samples after the timeout expires and thus have a + maximum delay guarantee. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_enabled +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A read-only boolean value that indicates if the hardware fifo is + currently enabled or disabled. If the device does not have a + hardware fifo this entry is not present. + The hardware fifo is enabled when the buffer is enabled if the + current hardware fifo watermark level is set and other current + device settings allows it (e.g. if a trigger is set that samples + data differently that the hardware fifo does then hardware fifo + will not enabled). + If the hardware fifo is enabled and the level of the hardware + fifo reaches the hardware fifo watermark level the device will + flush its hardware fifo to the device buffer. Doing a non + blocking read on the device when no samples are present in the + device buffer will also force a flush. + When the hardware fifo is enabled there is no need to use a + trigger to use buffer mode since the watermark settings + guarantees that the hardware fifo is flushed to the device + buffer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only entry that contains a single integer specifying the + current watermark level for the hardware fifo. If the device + does not have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + The watermark level for the hardware fifo is set by the driver + based on the value set by the user in buffer/watermark but + taking into account hardware limitations (e.g. most hardware + buffers are limited to 32-64 samples, some hardware buffers + watermarks are fixed or have minimum levels). A value of 0 + means that the hardware watermark is unset. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_min +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the minimum watermark level + for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not + have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value less than this one, + then the hardware watermark will remain unset. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_max +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the maximum watermark level + for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not + have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than this + one, then the hardware watermark will be capped at this value. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_available +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A list of positive integers specifying the available watermark + levels for the hardware fifo. This entry is optional and if it + is not present it means that all the values between + hwfifo_watermark_min and hwfifo_watermark_max are supported. + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than + hwfifo_watermak_min but not equal to any of the values in this + list, the driver will chose an appropriate value for the + hardware fifo watermark level. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_calibemissivity +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_calibemissivity +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_calibemissivity +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_object_calibemissivity +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The emissivity ratio of the surface in the field of view of the + contactless temperature sensor. Emissivity varies from 0 to 1, + with 1 being the emissivity of a black body. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_oversampling_ratio +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_oversampling_ratio +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_oversampling_ratio +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied number of measurements for acquiring one + data point. The HW will do <type>[_name]_oversampling_ratio + measurements and return the average value as output data. Each + value resulted from <type>[_name]_oversampling_ratio measurements + is considered as one sample for <type>[_name]_sampling_frequency. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ecbc1f4af921 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/conversion_mode +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the hardware conversion mode used. The three + available modes are "normal", "high-speed" and "low-power", + where the last is the default mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei index 2066f0bbd453..20e4d1638bac 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei @@ -4,4 +4,18 @@ KernelVersion: 3.10 Contact: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> linux-mei@linux.intel.com Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent - Format: mei:<mei device name> + Format: mei:<mei device name>:<device uuid>: + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../name +Date: May 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client device name + Format: string + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../uuid +Date: May 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client device uuid + Format: xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4d08f28dc871 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/janz-cmodio/.../modulbus_number +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Ira W. Snyder <ira.snyder@gmail.com> +Description: + Value representing the HEX switch S2 of the janz carrier board CMOD-IO or CAN-PCI2 + + Read-only: value of the configuration switch (0..15) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest index aae68fc2d842..5151290cf8e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest @@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ driver is bound with root hub device. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../get_dev_desc Date: March 2014 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Write to this node to issue "Get Device Descriptor" for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.06. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u1_timeout Date: March 2014 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Set "U1 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u2_timeout Date: March 2014 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Set "U2 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 @@ -27,21 +27,21 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../hot_reset Date: March 2014 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Write to this node to issue "Reset" for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.29, TD.7.31, TD.7.34 and TD.7.35. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_entry Date: March 2014 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Write to this node to issue "U3 entry" for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.35 and TD.7.36. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_exit Date: March 2014 -Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> Description: Write to this node to issue "U3 exit" for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.36. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl index 3680364b4048..acfe9df83139 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl @@ -6,6 +6,17 @@ Example: The real path of the attribute /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/irqs_max is Slave contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s): +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/afu_err_buf +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + AFU Error Buffer contents. The contents of this file are + application specific and depends on the AFU being used. + Applications interacting with the AFU can use this attribute + to know about the current error condition and take appropriate + action like logging the event etc. + + What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/irqs_max Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org @@ -15,6 +26,7 @@ Description: read/write that hardware can support (eg. 2037). Write values will limit userspace applications to that many userspace interrupts. Must be >= irqs_min. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/irqs_min Date: September 2014 @@ -24,6 +36,7 @@ Description: read only userspace must request on a CXL_START_WORK ioctl. Userspace may omit the num_interrupts field in the START_WORK IOCTL to get this minimum automatically. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/mmio_size Date: September 2014 @@ -31,6 +44,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped by userspace. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/modes_supported Date: September 2014 @@ -38,6 +52,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only List of the modes this AFU supports. One per line. Valid entries are: "dedicated_process" and "afu_directed" +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/mode Date: September 2014 @@ -46,6 +61,7 @@ Description: read/write The current mode the AFU is using. Will be one of the modes given in modes_supported. Writing will change the mode provided that no user contexts are attached. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/prefault_mode @@ -59,6 +75,7 @@ Description: read/write descriptor as an effective address and prefault what it points to. all: all segments process calling START_WORK maps. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/reset Date: September 2014 @@ -66,12 +83,14 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: write only Writing 1 here will reset the AFU provided there are not contexts active on the AFU. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Decimal value of the current version of the kernel/user API. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version_compatible Date: September 2014 @@ -79,6 +98,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Decimal value of the the lowest version of the userspace API this this kernel supports. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl AFU configuration records (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/cr0): @@ -92,6 +112,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Hexadecimal value of the vendor ID found in this AFU configuration record. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/device Date: February 2015 @@ -99,13 +120,15 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Hexadecimal value of the device ID found in this AFU configuration record. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl -What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/vendor +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/class Date: February 2015 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Hexadecimal value of the class code found in this AFU configuration record. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/config Date: February 2015 @@ -115,6 +138,7 @@ Description: read only record. The format is expected to match the either the standard or extended configuration space defined by the PCIe specification. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl @@ -126,18 +150,21 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped by userspace. This includes all slave contexts space also. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_len Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space length. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_off Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space offset. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl Card info (eg. /sys/class/cxl/card0) @@ -147,12 +174,14 @@ Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Identifies the CAIA Version the card implements. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_revision Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Identifies the revision level of the PSL. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/base_image Date: September 2014 @@ -162,6 +191,7 @@ Description: read only that support loadable PSLs. For FPGAs this field identifies the image contained in the on-adapter flash which is loaded during the initial program load. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/image_loaded Date: September 2014 @@ -169,6 +199,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Will return "user" or "factory" depending on the image loaded onto the card. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/load_image_on_perst Date: December 2014 @@ -183,6 +214,7 @@ Description: read/write user or factory image to be loaded. Default is to reload on PERST whichever image the card has loaded. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/reset Date: October 2014 @@ -190,3 +222,4 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: write only Writing 1 will issue a PERST to card which may cause the card to reload the FPGA depending on load_image_on_perst. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..220a0270b47b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_brightness +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read/write + Set the brightness of this LED in the flash strobe mode, in + microamperes. The file is created only for the flash LED devices + that support setting flash brightness. + + The value is between 0 and + /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read only + Maximum brightness level for this LED in the flash strobe mode, + in microamperes. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_timeout +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read/write + Hardware timeout for flash, in microseconds. The flash strobe + is stopped after this period of time has passed from the start + of the strobe. The file is created only for the flash LED + devices that support setting flash timeout. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_timeout +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read only + Maximum flash timeout for this LED, in microseconds. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_strobe +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read/write + Flash strobe state. When written with 1 it triggers flash strobe + and when written with 0 it turns the flash off. + + On read 1 means that flash is currently strobing and 0 means + that flash is off. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_fault +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read only + Space separated list of flash faults that may have occurred. + Flash faults are re-read after strobing the flash. Possible + flash faults: + + * led-over-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash LED + has exceeded the limit specific to the flash controller + * flash-timeout-exceeded - the flash strobe was still on when + the timeout set by the user has expired; not all flash + controllers may set this in all such conditions + * controller-over-temperature - the flash controller has + overheated + * controller-short-circuit - the short circuit protection + of the flash controller has been triggered + * led-power-supply-over-current - current in the LED power + supply has exceeded the limit specific to the flash + controller + * indicator-led-fault - the flash controller has detected + a short or open circuit condition on the indicator LED + * led-under-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash + LED has been below the minimum limit specific to + the flash + * controller-under-voltage - the input voltage of the flash + controller is below the limit under which strobing the + flash at full current will not be possible; + the condition persists until this flag is no longer set + * led-over-temperature - the temperature of the LED has exceeded + its allowed upper limit diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd index 76ee192f80a0..3b5c3bca9186 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd @@ -222,3 +222,13 @@ Description: The number of blocks that are marked as reserved, if any, in this partition. These are typically used to store the in-flash bad block table (BBT). + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/offset +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + For a partition, the offset of that partition from the start + of the master device in bytes. This attribute is absent on + main devices, so it can be used to distinguish between + partitions and devices that aren't partitions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net index beb8ec4dabbc..668604fc8e06 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net @@ -39,6 +39,25 @@ Description: Format is a string, e.g: 00:11:22:33:44:55 for an Ethernet MAC address. +What: /sys/class/net/<bridge iface>/bridge/group_fwd_mask +Date: January 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Bitmask to allow forwarding of link local frames with address + 01-80-C2-00-00-0X on a bridge device. Only values that set bits + not matching BR_GROUPFWD_RESTRICTED in net/bridge/br_private.h + allowed. + Default value 0 does not forward any link local frames. + + Restricted bits: + 0: 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP + 1: 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE + 2: 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad + + Any values not setting these bits can be used. Take special + care when forwarding control frames e.g. 802.1X-PAE or LLDP. + What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/broadcast Date: April 2005 KernelVersion: 2.6.12 @@ -188,6 +207,14 @@ Description: Indicates the interface unique physical port identifier within the NIC, as a string. +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_port_name +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface physical port name within the NIC, + as a string. + What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/speed Date: October 2009 KernelVersion: 2.6.33 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fdbc03a2b8f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/termination +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Ira W. Snyder <ira.snyder@gmail.com> +Description: + Value representing the can bus termination + + Default: 1 (termination active) + Reading: get actual termination state + Writing: set actual termination state (0=no termination, 1=termination active) + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/fwinfo +Date: May 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Andreas Gröger <andreas24groeger@gmail.com> +Description: + Firmware stamp of ican3 module + Read-only: 32 byte string identification of the ICAN3 module + (known values: "JANZ-ICAN3 ICANOS 1.xx", "JANZ-ICAN3 CAL/CANopen 1.xx") diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues index 5e9aeb91d355..0c0df91b1516 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues @@ -24,6 +24,14 @@ Description: Indicates the number of transmit timeout events seen by this network interface transmit queue. +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/tx_maxrate +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A Mbps max-rate set for the queue, a value of zero means disabled, + default is disabled. + What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/xps_cpus Date: November 2010 KernelVersion: 2.6.38 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9be398b87ee9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/in_flight +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Show the number of I/Os currently in-flight between the st + module and the SCSI mid-layer. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/io_ns +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total amount of time spent waiting for all I/O + to and from the tape drive to complete. This includes all + reads, writes, and other SCSI commands issued to the tape + drive. An example of other SCSI commands would be tape + movement such as a rewind when a rewind tape device is + closed. This item is measured in nanoseconds. + + To determine the amount of time spent waiting for other I/O + to complete subtract read_ns and write_ns from this value. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/other_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + The number of I/O requests issued to the tape drive other + than SCSI read/write requests. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_byte_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of bytes requested from the tape drive. + This value is presented in bytes because tape drives support + variable length block sizes. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of read requests issued to the tape + drive. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_ns +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total amount of time in nanoseconds waiting for + read I/O requests to complete. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_byte_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of bytes written to the tape drive. + This value is presented in bytes because tape drives support + variable length block sizes. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of write requests issued to the tape + drive. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_ms +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total amount of time in nanoseconds waiting for + write I/O requests to complete. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/resid_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the number of times we found that a residual >0 + was found when the SCSI midlayer indicated that there was + an error. For reads this may be a case of someone issuing + reads greater than the block size. +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..48ddacbe0e69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/class/zram-control/ +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The zram-control/ class sub-directory belongs to zram + device class + +What: /sys/class/zram-control/hot_add +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + RO attribute. Read operation will cause zram to add a new + device and return its device id back to user (so one can + use /dev/zram<id>), or error code. + +What: /sys/class/zram-control/hot_remove +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + WO attribute. Remove a specific /dev/zramX device, where X + is a device_id provided by user. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu index 99983e67c13c..b683e8ee69ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Description: Discover CPUs in the same CPU frequency coordination domain What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index3/cache_disable_{0,1} Date: August 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 -Contact: discuss@x86-64.org +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Description: Disable L3 cache indices These files exist in every CPU's cache/index3 directory. Each @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes coherency_line_size: the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets transferred from memory to cache - level: the cache hierarcy in the multi-level cache configuration + level: the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration number_of_sets: total number of sets in the cache, a set is a collection of cache lines with the same cache index diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid index b6490e14fe83..48942cacb0bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid @@ -8,3 +8,13 @@ Description: When read, this file returns the device's raw binary HID report descriptor. This file cannot be written. Users: HIDAPI library (http://www.signal11.us/oss/hidapi) + +What: For USB devices : /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country + For BT devices : /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country + Symlink : /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/country +Date: February 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Olivier Gay <ogay@logitech.com> +Description: When read, this file returns the hex integer value in ASCII + of the device's HID country code (e.g. 21 for US). + This file cannot be written. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff index 167d9032b970..db197a879580 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff @@ -1,7 +1,52 @@ -What: /sys/module/hid_logitech/drivers/hid:logitech/<dev>/range. +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/range Date: July 2011 KernelVersion: 3.2 -Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@gmail.com> +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net> Description: Display minimum, maximum and current range of the steering wheel. Writing a value within min and max boundaries sets the range of the wheel. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/alternate_modes +Date: Feb 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net> +Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each + mode is listed as follows: + Tag: Mode Name + Currently active mode is marked with an asterisk. List also + contains an abstract item "native" which always denotes the + native mode of the wheel. Echoing the mode tag switches the + wheel into the corresponding mode. Depending on the exact model + of the wheel not all listed modes might always be selectable. + If a wheel cannot be switched into the desired mode, -EINVAL + is returned accompanied with an explanatory message in the + kernel log. + This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode. + + Currently supported mode switches: + Driving Force Pro: + DF-EX --> DFP + + G25: + DF-EX --> DFP --> G25 + + G27: + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27 + DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27 + DF-EX <*----------------> G27 + + DFGT: + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> DFGT + DF-EX <*--------> DFGT + + * hid_logitech module must be loaded with lg4ff_no_autoswitch=1 + parameter set in order for the switch to DF-EX mode to work. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/real_id +Date: Feb 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net> +Description: Displays the real model of the wheel regardless of any + alternate mode the wheel might be switched to. + It is a read-only value. + This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi index ca9c71a531c5..eed922ef42e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi @@ -8,9 +8,11 @@ Description: This file controls the keyboard backlight operation mode, valid * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER) * 0x8 -> ON * 0x10 -> OFF - Note that the kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed + Note that from kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed parameters, kernel 3.15 only accepts the first two (FN-Z and AUTO). + Also note that toggling this value on type 1 devices, requires + a reboot for changes to take effect. Users: KToshiba What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_timeout @@ -67,15 +69,72 @@ Description: This file shows the current keyboard backlight type, * 2 -> Type 2, supporting modes TIMER, ON and OFF Users: KToshiba +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_charge +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB Sleep & Charge charging mode, which + can be: + * 0 -> Disabled (0x00) + * 1 -> Alternate (0x09) + * 2 -> Auto (0x21) + * 3 -> Typical (0x11) + Note that from kernel 4.1 onwards this file accepts all listed + values, kernel 4.0 only supports the first three. + Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if + you want to use it under battery, see the entry named + "sleep_functions_on_battery" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/sleep_functions_on_battery +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB Sleep Functions under battery, and + set the level at which point they will be disabled, accepted + values can be: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1-100 -> Battery level to disable sleep functions + Currently it prints two values, the first one indicates if the + feature is enabled or disabled, while the second one shows the + current battery level set. + Note that when the value is set to disabled, the sleep function + will only work when connected to power. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_rapid_charge +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB Rapid Charge state, which can be: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_music +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the Sleep & Music state, which values can be: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if + you want to use it under battery, see the entry named + "sleep_functions_on_battery" +Users: KToshiba + What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/version -Date: February, 2015 -KernelVersion: 3.20 +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file shows the current version of the driver +Users: KToshiba What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/fan -Date: February, 2015 -KernelVersion: 3.20 +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid values are: @@ -83,8 +142,8 @@ Description: This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid * 1 -> ON What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_function_keys -Date: February, 2015 -KernelVersion: 3.20 +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation mode, valid values are: @@ -94,21 +153,29 @@ Description: This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation and the hotkeys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}. In the "Special Functions" mode, the F{1-12} keys trigger the hotkey and the F{1-12} keys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}. + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/panel_power_on -Date: February, 2015 -KernelVersion: 3.20 +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file controls whether the laptop should turn ON whenever the LID is opened, valid values are: * 0 -> Disabled * 1 -> Enabled + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_three -Date: February, 2015 -KernelVersion: 3.20 +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> -Description: This file controls whether the USB 3 functionality, valid - values are: +Description: This file controls the USB 3 functionality, valid values are: * 0 -> Disabled (Acts as a regular USB 2) * 1 -> Enabled (Full USB 3 functionality) + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a662370b4dbf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS620A:00/protection_level +Date: August 16, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the built-in accelerometer protection level, + valid values are: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Low + * 2 -> Medium + * 3 -> High + The default potection value is set to 2 (Medium). +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS620A:00/reset_protection +Date: August 16, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file turns off the built-in accelerometer for a few + seconds and then restore normal operation. Accepting 1 as the + only parameter. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries index c78f9ab01e56..210ad44b95a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/firmware/dmi/ +What: /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/ Date: February 2011 Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> Description: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ff3cac8ed0bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/ +Date: April 2015 +Contact: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@globallogic.com> +Description: + The firmware provides DMI structures as a packed list of + data referenced by a SMBIOS table entry point. The SMBIOS + entry point contains general information, like SMBIOS + version, DMI table size, etc. The structure, content and + size of SMBIOS entry point is dependent on SMBIOS version. + The format of SMBIOS entry point and DMI structures + can be read in SMBIOS specification. + + The dmi/tables provides raw SMBIOS entry point and DMI tables + through sysfs as an alternative to utilities reading them + from /dev/mem. The raw SMBIOS entry point and DMI table are + presented as binary attributes and are accessible via: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/smbios_entry_point + /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/DMI + + The complete DMI information can be obtained using these two + tables. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi index 05874da7ce80..e794eac32a90 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi @@ -18,3 +18,13 @@ Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> Description: It shows the physical address of config table entry in the EFI system table. Users: Kexec + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/systab +Date: April 2005 +Contact: linux-efi@vger.kernel.org +Description: Displays the physical addresses of all EFI Configuration + Tables found via the EFI System Table. The order in + which the tables are printed forms an ABI and newer + versions are always printed first, i.e. ACPI20 comes + before ACPI. +Users: dmidecode diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6e431d1a4e79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/ +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: Provides userland access to read the EFI System Resource Table + (ESRT), a catalog of firmware for which can be updated with + the UEFI UpdateCapsule mechanism described in section 7.5 of + the UEFI Standard. +Users: fwupdate - https://github.com/rhinstaller/fwupdate + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_count +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The number of entries in the ESRT + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_count_max +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The maximum number of entries that /could/ be registered + in the allocation the table is currently in. This is + really only useful to the system firmware itself. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The version of the ESRT structure provided by the firmware. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/ +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: Each ESRT entry is identified by a GUID, and each gets a + subdirectory under entries/ . + example: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry0/ + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_type +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: What kind of firmware entry this is: + 0 - Unknown + 1 - System Firmware + 2 - Device Firmware + 3 - UEFI Driver + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_class +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: This is the entry's guid, and will match the directory name. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The version of the firmware currently installed. This is a + 32-bit unsigned integer. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/lowest_supported_fw_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The lowest version of the firmware that can be installed. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/capsule_flags +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: Flags that must be passed to UpdateCapsule() + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/last_attempt_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The last firmware version for which an update was attempted. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/last_attempt_status +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The result of the last firmware update attempt for the + firmware resource entry. + 0 - Success + 1 - Insufficient resources + 2 - Incorrect version + 3 - Invalid format + 4 - Authentication error + 5 - AC power event + 6 - Battery power event + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8c6a0b8e1131 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_enabled +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com> +Description: + This file allows to control the automatic keyboard + illumination mode on some systems that have an ambient + light sensor. Write 1 to this file to enable the auto + mode, 0 to disable it. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_setting +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com> +Description: + This file allows to specifiy the on/off threshold value, + as reported by the ambient light sensor. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com> +Description: + This file allows to control the input triggers that + turn on the keyboard backlight illumination that is + disabled because of inactivity. + Read the file to see the triggers available. The ones + enabled are preceded by '+', those disabled by '-'. + + To enable a trigger, write its name preceded by '+' to + this file. To disable a trigger, write its name preceded + by '-' instead. + + For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run: + echo +keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers + To disable it: + echo -keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers + + Note that not all the available triggers can be configured. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com> +Description: + This file allows to specify the interval after which the + keyboard illumination is disabled because of inactivity. + The timeouts are expressed in seconds, minutes, hours and + days, for which the symbols are 's', 'm', 'h' and 'd' + respectively. + + To configure the timeout, write to this file a value along + with any the above units. If no unit is specified, the value + is assumed to be expressed in seconds. + + For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run: + echo 10m > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout + + Note that when this file is read, the returned value might be + expressed in a different unit than the one used when the timeout + was set. + + Also note that only some timeouts are supported and that + some systems might fall back to a specific timeout in case + an invalid timeout is written to this file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..512c51be64ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*twl4030-usb/vbus +Description: + Read-only status reporting if VBUS (approx 5V) + is being supplied by the USB bus. + + Possible values: "on", "off". + + Changes are notified via select/poll. diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle index 449a8a19fc21..b713c35f8543 100644 --- a/Documentation/CodingStyle +++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ and NOT read it. Burn them, it's a great symbolic gesture. Anyway, here goes: - Chapter 1: Indentation + Chapter 1: Indentation Tabs are 8 characters, and thus indentations are also 8 characters. There are heretic movements that try to make indentations 4 (or even 2!) @@ -56,7 +56,6 @@ instead of "double-indenting" the "case" labels. E.g.: break; } - Don't put multiple statements on a single line unless you have something to hide: @@ -156,25 +155,25 @@ comments on. Do not unnecessarily use braces where a single statement will do. -if (condition) - action(); + if (condition) + action(); and -if (condition) - do_this(); -else - do_that(); + if (condition) + do_this(); + else + do_that(); This does not apply if only one branch of a conditional statement is a single statement; in the latter case use braces in both branches: -if (condition) { - do_this(); - do_that(); -} else { - otherwise(); -} + if (condition) { + do_this(); + do_that(); + } else { + otherwise(); + } 3.1: Spaces @@ -186,8 +185,11 @@ although they are not required in the language, as in: "sizeof info" after "struct fileinfo info;" is declared). So use a space after these keywords: + if, switch, case, for, do, while + but not with sizeof, typeof, alignof, or __attribute__. E.g., + s = sizeof(struct file); Do not add spaces around (inside) parenthesized expressions. This example is @@ -209,12 +211,15 @@ such as any of these: = + - < > * / % | & ^ <= >= == != ? : but no space after unary operators: + & * + - ~ ! sizeof typeof alignof __attribute__ defined no space before the postfix increment & decrement unary operators: + ++ -- no space after the prefix increment & decrement unary operators: + ++ -- and no space around the '.' and "->" structure member operators. @@ -268,13 +273,11 @@ See chapter 6 (Functions). Chapter 5: Typedefs Please don't use things like "vps_t". - It's a _mistake_ to use typedef for structures and pointers. When you see a vps_t a; in the source, what does it mean? - In contrast, if it says struct virtual_container *a; @@ -372,11 +375,11 @@ In source files, separate functions with one blank line. If the function is exported, the EXPORT* macro for it should follow immediately after the closing function brace line. E.g.: -int system_is_up(void) -{ - return system_state == SYSTEM_RUNNING; -} -EXPORT_SYMBOL(system_is_up); + int system_is_up(void) + { + return system_state == SYSTEM_RUNNING; + } + EXPORT_SYMBOL(system_is_up); In function prototypes, include parameter names with their data types. Although this is not required by the C language, it is preferred in Linux @@ -405,34 +408,34 @@ The rationale for using gotos is: modifications are prevented - saves the compiler work to optimize redundant code away ;) -int fun(int a) -{ - int result = 0; - char *buffer; - - buffer = kmalloc(SIZE, GFP_KERNEL); - if (!buffer) - return -ENOMEM; - - if (condition1) { - while (loop1) { - ... + int fun(int a) + { + int result = 0; + char *buffer; + + buffer = kmalloc(SIZE, GFP_KERNEL); + if (!buffer) + return -ENOMEM; + + if (condition1) { + while (loop1) { + ... + } + result = 1; + goto out_buffer; } - result = 1; - goto out_buffer; + ... + out_buffer: + kfree(buffer); + return result; } - ... -out_buffer: - kfree(buffer); - return result; -} A common type of bug to be aware of it "one err bugs" which look like this: -err: - kfree(foo->bar); - kfree(foo); - return ret; + err: + kfree(foo->bar); + kfree(foo); + return ret; The bug in this code is that on some exit paths "foo" is NULL. Normally the fix for this is to split it up into two error labels "err_bar:" and "err_foo:". @@ -503,9 +506,9 @@ values. To do the latter, you can stick the following in your .emacs file: (defun c-lineup-arglist-tabs-only (ignored) "Line up argument lists by tabs, not spaces" (let* ((anchor (c-langelem-pos c-syntactic-element)) - (column (c-langelem-2nd-pos c-syntactic-element)) - (offset (- (1+ column) anchor)) - (steps (floor offset c-basic-offset))) + (column (c-langelem-2nd-pos c-syntactic-element)) + (offset (- (1+ column) anchor)) + (steps (floor offset c-basic-offset))) (* (max steps 1) c-basic-offset))) @@ -612,7 +615,7 @@ have a reference count on it, you almost certainly have a bug. Names of macros defining constants and labels in enums are capitalized. -#define CONSTANT 0x12345 + #define CONSTANT 0x12345 Enums are preferred when defining several related constants. @@ -623,28 +626,28 @@ Generally, inline functions are preferable to macros resembling functions. Macros with multiple statements should be enclosed in a do - while block: -#define macrofun(a, b, c) \ - do { \ - if (a == 5) \ - do_this(b, c); \ - } while (0) + #define macrofun(a, b, c) \ + do { \ + if (a == 5) \ + do_this(b, c); \ + } while (0) Things to avoid when using macros: 1) macros that affect control flow: -#define FOO(x) \ - do { \ - if (blah(x) < 0) \ - return -EBUGGERED; \ - } while(0) + #define FOO(x) \ + do { \ + if (blah(x) < 0) \ + return -EBUGGERED; \ + } while(0) is a _very_ bad idea. It looks like a function call but exits the "calling" function; don't break the internal parsers of those who will read the code. 2) macros that depend on having a local variable with a magic name: -#define FOO(val) bar(index, val) + #define FOO(val) bar(index, val) might look like a good thing, but it's confusing as hell when one reads the code and it's prone to breakage from seemingly innocent changes. @@ -656,8 +659,21 @@ bite you if somebody e.g. turns FOO into an inline function. must enclose the expression in parentheses. Beware of similar issues with macros using parameters. -#define CONSTANT 0x4000 -#define CONSTEXP (CONSTANT | 3) + #define CONSTANT 0x4000 + #define CONSTEXP (CONSTANT | 3) + +5) namespace collisions when defining local variables in macros resembling +functions: + +#define FOO(x) \ +({ \ + typeof(x) ret; \ + ret = calc_ret(x); \ + (ret); \ +}) + +ret is a common name for a local variable - __foo_ret is less likely +to collide with an existing variable. The cpp manual deals with macros exhaustively. The gcc internals manual also covers RTL which is used frequently with assembly language in the kernel. @@ -796,11 +812,11 @@ you should use, rather than explicitly coding some variant of them yourself. For example, if you need to calculate the length of an array, take advantage of the macro - #define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0])) + #define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0])) Similarly, if you need to calculate the size of some structure member, use - #define FIELD_SIZEOF(t, f) (sizeof(((t*)0)->f)) + #define FIELD_SIZEOF(t, f) (sizeof(((t*)0)->f)) There are also min() and max() macros that do strict type checking if you need them. Feel free to peruse that header file to see what else is already @@ -813,19 +829,19 @@ Some editors can interpret configuration information embedded in source files, indicated with special markers. For example, emacs interprets lines marked like this: --*- mode: c -*- + -*- mode: c -*- Or like this: -/* -Local Variables: -compile-command: "gcc -DMAGIC_DEBUG_FLAG foo.c" -End: -*/ + /* + Local Variables: + compile-command: "gcc -DMAGIC_DEBUG_FLAG foo.c" + End: + */ Vim interprets markers that look like this: -/* vim:set sw=8 noet */ + /* vim:set sw=8 noet */ Do not include any of these in source files. People have their own personal editor configurations, and your source files should not override them. This @@ -902,9 +918,9 @@ At the end of any non-trivial #if or #ifdef block (more than a few lines), place a comment after the #endif on the same line, noting the conditional expression used. For instance: -#ifdef CONFIG_SOMETHING -... -#endif /* CONFIG_SOMETHING */ + #ifdef CONFIG_SOMETHING + ... + #endif /* CONFIG_SOMETHING */ Appendix I: References diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt index 0f7afb2bb442..55b70b903ead 100644 --- a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt +++ b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt @@ -25,13 +25,18 @@ physical addresses. These are the addresses in /proc/iomem. The physical address is not directly useful to a driver; it must use ioremap() to map the space and produce a virtual address. -I/O devices use a third kind of address: a "bus address" or "DMA address". -If a device has registers at an MMIO address, or if it performs DMA to read -or write system memory, the addresses used by the device are bus addresses. -In some systems, bus addresses are identical to CPU physical addresses, but -in general they are not. IOMMUs and host bridges can produce arbitrary +I/O devices use a third kind of address: a "bus address". If a device has +registers at an MMIO address, or if it performs DMA to read or write system +memory, the addresses used by the device are bus addresses. In some +systems, bus addresses are identical to CPU physical addresses, but in +general they are not. IOMMUs and host bridges can produce arbitrary mappings between physical and bus addresses. +From a device's point of view, DMA uses the bus address space, but it may +be restricted to a subset of that space. For example, even if a system +supports 64-bit addresses for main memory and PCI BARs, it may use an IOMMU +so devices only need to use 32-bit DMA addresses. + Here's a picture and some examples: CPU CPU Bus @@ -72,11 +77,11 @@ can use virtual address X to access the buffer, but the device itself cannot because DMA doesn't go through the CPU virtual memory system. In some simple systems, the device can do DMA directly to physical address -Y. But in many others, there is IOMMU hardware that translates bus +Y. But in many others, there is IOMMU hardware that translates DMA addresses to physical addresses, e.g., it translates Z to Y. This is part of the reason for the DMA API: the driver can give a virtual address X to an interface like dma_map_single(), which sets up any required IOMMU -mapping and returns the bus address Z. The driver then tells the device to +mapping and returns the DMA address Z. The driver then tells the device to do DMA to Z, and the IOMMU maps it to the buffer at address Y in system RAM. @@ -98,7 +103,7 @@ First of all, you should make sure #include <linux/dma-mapping.h> is in your driver, which provides the definition of dma_addr_t. This type -can hold any valid DMA or bus address for the platform and should be used +can hold any valid DMA address for the platform and should be used everywhere you hold a DMA address returned from the DMA mapping functions. What memory is DMA'able? @@ -240,7 +245,7 @@ the case would look like this: if (!dma_set_mask_and_coherent(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) { using_dac = 1; - consistent_using_dac = 1; + consistent_using_dac = 1; } else if (!dma_set_mask_and_coherent(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) { using_dac = 0; consistent_using_dac = 0; @@ -316,7 +321,7 @@ There are two types of DMA mappings: Think of "consistent" as "synchronous" or "coherent". The current default is to return consistent memory in the low 32 - bits of the bus space. However, for future compatibility you should + bits of the DMA space. However, for future compatibility you should set the consistent mask even if this default is fine for your driver. @@ -353,7 +358,7 @@ There are two types of DMA mappings: transfer, unmapped right after it (unless you use dma_sync_* below) and for which hardware can optimize for sequential accesses. - This of "streaming" as "asynchronous" or "outside the coherency + Think of "streaming" as "asynchronous" or "outside the coherency domain". Good examples of what to use streaming mappings for are: @@ -403,7 +408,7 @@ dma_alloc_coherent() returns two values: the virtual address which you can use to access it from the CPU and dma_handle which you pass to the card. -The CPU virtual address and the DMA bus address are both +The CPU virtual address and the DMA address are both guaranteed to be aligned to the smallest PAGE_SIZE order which is greater than or equal to the requested size. This invariant exists (for example) to guarantee that if you allocate a chunk @@ -645,8 +650,8 @@ PLEASE NOTE: The 'nents' argument to the dma_unmap_sg call must be dma_map_sg call. Every dma_map_{single,sg}() call should have its dma_unmap_{single,sg}() -counterpart, because the bus address space is a shared resource and -you could render the machine unusable by consuming all bus addresses. +counterpart, because the DMA address space is a shared resource and +you could render the machine unusable by consuming all DMA addresses. If you need to use the same streaming DMA region multiple times and touch the data in between the DMA transfers, the buffer needs to be synced diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt index 52088408668a..7eba542eff7c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DMA-API.txt +++ b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ Part I - dma_ API To get the dma_ API, you must #include <linux/dma-mapping.h>. This provides dma_addr_t and the interfaces described below. -A dma_addr_t can hold any valid DMA or bus address for the platform. It -can be given to a device to use as a DMA source or target. A CPU cannot -reference a dma_addr_t directly because there may be translation between -its physical address space and the bus address space. +A dma_addr_t can hold any valid DMA address for the platform. It can be +given to a device to use as a DMA source or target. A CPU cannot reference +a dma_addr_t directly because there may be translation between its physical +address space and the DMA address space. Part Ia - Using large DMA-coherent buffers ------------------------------------------ @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ It returns a pointer to the allocated region (in the processor's virtual address space) or NULL if the allocation failed. It also returns a <dma_handle> which may be cast to an unsigned integer the -same width as the bus and given to the device as the bus address base of +same width as the bus and given to the device as the DMA address base of the region. Note: consistent memory can be expensive on some platforms, and the @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ dma_map_single(struct device *dev, void *cpu_addr, size_t size, enum dma_data_direction direction) Maps a piece of processor virtual memory so it can be accessed by the -device and returns the bus address of the memory. +device and returns the DMA address of the memory. The direction for both APIs may be converted freely by casting. However the dma_ API uses a strongly typed enumerator for its @@ -212,20 +212,20 @@ contiguous piece of memory. For this reason, memory to be mapped by this API should be obtained from sources which guarantee it to be physically contiguous (like kmalloc). -Further, the bus address of the memory must be within the +Further, the DMA address of the memory must be within the dma_mask of the device (the dma_mask is a bit mask of the -addressable region for the device, i.e., if the bus address of -the memory ANDed with the dma_mask is still equal to the bus +addressable region for the device, i.e., if the DMA address of +the memory ANDed with the dma_mask is still equal to the DMA address, then the device can perform DMA to the memory). To ensure that the memory allocated by kmalloc is within the dma_mask, the driver may specify various platform-dependent flags to restrict -the bus address range of the allocation (e.g., on x86, GFP_DMA -guarantees to be within the first 16MB of available bus addresses, +the DMA address range of the allocation (e.g., on x86, GFP_DMA +guarantees to be within the first 16MB of available DMA addresses, as required by ISA devices). Note also that the above constraints on physical contiguity and dma_mask may not apply if the platform has an IOMMU (a device which -maps an I/O bus address to a physical memory address). However, to be +maps an I/O DMA address to a physical memory address). However, to be portable, device driver writers may *not* assume that such an IOMMU exists. @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ reduce current DMA mapping usage or delay and try again later). dma_map_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nents, enum dma_data_direction direction) -Returns: the number of bus address segments mapped (this may be shorter +Returns: the number of DMA address segments mapped (this may be shorter than <nents> passed in if some elements of the scatter/gather list are physically or virtually adjacent and an IOMMU maps them with a single entry). @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ must be the same as those and passed in to the scatter/gather mapping API. Note: <nents> must be the number you passed in, *not* the number of -bus address entries returned. +DMA address entries returned. void dma_sync_single_for_cpu(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle, size_t size, @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ it's asked for coherent memory for this device. phys_addr is the CPU physical address to which the memory is currently assigned (this will be ioremapped so the CPU can access the region). -device_addr is the bus address the device needs to be programmed +device_addr is the DMA address the device needs to be programmed with to actually address this memory (this will be handed out as the dma_addr_t in dma_alloc_coherent()). diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl index 04a8c24ead47..0992531ffefb 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ <para> Note: The terms "transformation" and cipher algorithm are used - interchangably. + interchangeably. </para> </sect1> @@ -509,6 +509,270 @@ select it due to the used type and mask field. </para> </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Internal Structure of Kernel Crypto API</title> + + <para> + The kernel crypto API has an internal structure where a cipher + implementation may use many layers and indirections. This section + shall help to clarify how the kernel crypto API uses + various components to implement the complete cipher. + </para> + + <para> + The following subsections explain the internal structure based + on existing cipher implementations. The first section addresses + the most complex scenario where all other scenarios form a logical + subset. + </para> + + <sect2><title>Generic AEAD Cipher Structure</title> + + <para> + The following ASCII art decomposes the kernel crypto API layers + when using the AEAD cipher with the automated IV generation. The + shown example is used by the IPSEC layer. + </para> + + <para> + For other use cases of AEAD ciphers, the ASCII art applies as + well, but the caller may not use the AEAD cipher with a separate + IV generator. In this case, the caller must generate the IV. + </para> + + <para> + The depicted example decomposes the AEAD cipher of GCM(AES) based + on the generic C implementations (gcm.c, aes-generic.c, ctr.c, + ghash-generic.c, seqiv.c). The generic implementation serves as an + example showing the complete logic of the kernel crypto API. + </para> + + <para> + It is possible that some streamlined cipher implementations (like + AES-NI) provide implementations merging aspects which in the view + of the kernel crypto API cannot be decomposed into layers any more. + In case of the AES-NI implementation, the CTR mode, the GHASH + implementation and the AES cipher are all merged into one cipher + implementation registered with the kernel crypto API. In this case, + the concept described by the following ASCII art applies too. However, + the decomposition of GCM into the individual sub-components + by the kernel crypto API is not done any more. + </para> + + <para> + Each block in the following ASCII art is an independent cipher + instance obtained from the kernel crypto API. Each block + is accessed by the caller or by other blocks using the API functions + defined by the kernel crypto API for the cipher implementation type. + </para> + + <para> + The blocks below indicate the cipher type as well as the specific + logic implemented in the cipher. + </para> + + <para> + The ASCII art picture also indicates the call structure, i.e. who + calls which component. The arrows point to the invoked block + where the caller uses the API applicable to the cipher type + specified for the block. + </para> + + <programlisting> +<![CDATA[ +kernel crypto API | IPSEC Layer + | ++-----------+ | +| | (1) +| aead | <----------------------------------- esp_output +| (seqniv) | ---+ ++-----------+ | + | (2) ++-----------+ | +| | <--+ (2) +| aead | <----------------------------------- esp_input +| (gcm) | ------------+ ++-----------+ | + | (3) | (5) + v v ++-----------+ +-----------+ +| | | | +| ablkcipher| | ahash | +| (ctr) | ---+ | (ghash) | ++-----------+ | +-----------+ + | ++-----------+ | (4) +| | <--+ +| cipher | +| (aes) | ++-----------+ +]]> + </programlisting> + + <para> + The following call sequence is applicable when the IPSEC layer + triggers an encryption operation with the esp_output function. During + configuration, the administrator set up the use of rfc4106(gcm(aes)) as + the cipher for ESP. The following call sequence is now depicted in the + ASCII art above: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + esp_output() invokes crypto_aead_encrypt() to trigger an encryption + operation of the AEAD cipher with IV generator. + </para> + + <para> + In case of GCM, the SEQIV implementation is registered as GIVCIPHER + in crypto_rfc4106_alloc(). + </para> + + <para> + The SEQIV performs its operation to generate an IV where the core + function is seqiv_geniv(). + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Now, SEQIV uses the AEAD API function calls to invoke the associated + AEAD cipher. In our case, during the instantiation of SEQIV, the + cipher handle for GCM is provided to SEQIV. This means that SEQIV + invokes AEAD cipher operations with the GCM cipher handle. + </para> + + <para> + During instantiation of the GCM handle, the CTR(AES) and GHASH + ciphers are instantiated. The cipher handles for CTR(AES) and GHASH + are retained for later use. + </para> + + <para> + The GCM implementation is responsible to invoke the CTR mode AES and + the GHASH cipher in the right manner to implement the GCM + specification. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The GCM AEAD cipher type implementation now invokes the ABLKCIPHER API + with the instantiated CTR(AES) cipher handle. + </para> + + <para> + During instantiation of the CTR(AES) cipher, the CIPHER type + implementation of AES is instantiated. The cipher handle for AES is + retained. + </para> + + <para> + That means that the ABLKCIPHER implementation of CTR(AES) only + implements the CTR block chaining mode. After performing the block + chaining operation, the CIPHER implementation of AES is invoked. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The ABLKCIPHER of CTR(AES) now invokes the CIPHER API with the AES + cipher handle to encrypt one block. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The GCM AEAD implementation also invokes the GHASH cipher + implementation via the AHASH API. + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <para> + When the IPSEC layer triggers the esp_input() function, the same call + sequence is followed with the only difference that the operation starts + with step (2). + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2><title>Generic Block Cipher Structure</title> + <para> + Generic block ciphers follow the same concept as depicted with the ASCII + art picture above. + </para> + + <para> + For example, CBC(AES) is implemented with cbc.c, and aes-generic.c. The + ASCII art picture above applies as well with the difference that only + step (4) is used and the ABLKCIPHER block chaining mode is CBC. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2><title>Generic Keyed Message Digest Structure</title> + <para> + Keyed message digest implementations again follow the same concept as + depicted in the ASCII art picture above. + </para> + + <para> + For example, HMAC(SHA256) is implemented with hmac.c and + sha256_generic.c. The following ASCII art illustrates the + implementation: + </para> + + <programlisting> +<![CDATA[ +kernel crypto API | Caller + | ++-----------+ (1) | +| | <------------------ some_function +| ahash | +| (hmac) | ---+ ++-----------+ | + | (2) ++-----------+ | +| | <--+ +| shash | +| (sha256) | ++-----------+ +]]> + </programlisting> + + <para> + The following call sequence is applicable when a caller triggers + an HMAC operation: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + The AHASH API functions are invoked by the caller. The HMAC + implementation performs its operation as needed. + </para> + + <para> + During initialization of the HMAC cipher, the SHASH cipher type of + SHA256 is instantiated. The cipher handle for the SHA256 instance is + retained. + </para> + + <para> + At one time, the HMAC implementation requires a SHA256 operation + where the SHA256 cipher handle is used. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The HMAC instance now invokes the SHASH API with the SHA256 + cipher handle to calculate the message digest. + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> <chapter id="Development"><title>Developing Cipher Algorithms</title> @@ -808,10 +1072,616 @@ </sect1> </chapter> + <chapter id="User"><title>User Space Interface</title> + <sect1><title>Introduction</title> + <para> + The concepts of the kernel crypto API visible to kernel space is fully + applicable to the user space interface as well. Therefore, the kernel + crypto API high level discussion for the in-kernel use cases applies + here as well. + </para> + + <para> + The major difference, however, is that user space can only act as a + consumer and never as a provider of a transformation or cipher algorithm. + </para> + + <para> + The following covers the user space interface exported by the kernel + crypto API. A working example of this description is libkcapi that + can be obtained from [1]. That library can be used by user space + applications that require cryptographic services from the kernel. + </para> + + <para> + Some details of the in-kernel kernel crypto API aspects do not + apply to user space, however. This includes the difference between + synchronous and asynchronous invocations. The user space API call + is fully synchronous. + </para> + + <para> + [1] http://www.chronox.de/libkcapi.html + </para> + + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>User Space API General Remarks</title> + <para> + The kernel crypto API is accessible from user space. Currently, + the following ciphers are accessible: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Message digest including keyed message digest (HMAC, CMAC)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Symmetric ciphers</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>AEAD ciphers</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Random Number Generators</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + The interface is provided via socket type using the type AF_ALG. + In addition, the setsockopt option type is SOL_ALG. In case the + user space header files do not export these flags yet, use the + following macros: + </para> + + <programlisting> +#ifndef AF_ALG +#define AF_ALG 38 +#endif +#ifndef SOL_ALG +#define SOL_ALG 279 +#endif + </programlisting> + + <para> + A cipher is accessed with the same name as done for the in-kernel + API calls. This includes the generic vs. unique naming schema for + ciphers as well as the enforcement of priorities for generic names. + </para> + + <para> + To interact with the kernel crypto API, a socket must be + created by the user space application. User space invokes the cipher + operation with the send()/write() system call family. The result of the + cipher operation is obtained with the read()/recv() system call family. + </para> + + <para> + The following API calls assume that the socket descriptor + is already opened by the user space application and discusses only + the kernel crypto API specific invocations. + </para> + + <para> + To initialize the socket interface, the following sequence has to + be performed by the consumer: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + Create a socket of type AF_ALG with the struct sockaddr_alg + parameter specified below for the different cipher types. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Invoke bind with the socket descriptor + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Invoke accept with the socket descriptor. The accept system call + returns a new file descriptor that is to be used to interact with + the particular cipher instance. When invoking send/write or recv/read + system calls to send data to the kernel or obtain data from the + kernel, the file descriptor returned by accept must be used. + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>In-place Cipher operation</title> + <para> + Just like the in-kernel operation of the kernel crypto API, the user + space interface allows the cipher operation in-place. That means that + the input buffer used for the send/write system call and the output + buffer used by the read/recv system call may be one and the same. + This is of particular interest for symmetric cipher operations where a + copying of the output data to its final destination can be avoided. + </para> + + <para> + If a consumer on the other hand wants to maintain the plaintext and + the ciphertext in different memory locations, all a consumer needs + to do is to provide different memory pointers for the encryption and + decryption operation. + </para> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Message Digest API</title> + <para> + The message digest type to be used for the cipher operation is + selected when invoking the bind syscall. bind requires the caller + to provide a filled struct sockaddr data structure. This data + structure must be filled as follows: + </para> + + <programlisting> +struct sockaddr_alg sa = { + .salg_family = AF_ALG, + .salg_type = "hash", /* this selects the hash logic in the kernel */ + .salg_name = "sha1" /* this is the cipher name */ +}; + </programlisting> + + <para> + The salg_type value "hash" applies to message digests and keyed + message digests. Though, a keyed message digest is referenced by + the appropriate salg_name. Please see below for the setsockopt + interface that explains how the key can be set for a keyed message + digest. + </para> + + <para> + Using the send() system call, the application provides the data that + should be processed with the message digest. The send system call + allows the following flags to be specified: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a + message digest update function where the final hash is not + yet calculated. If the flag is not set, the send system call + calculates the final message digest immediately. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + With the recv() system call, the application can read the message + digest from the kernel crypto API. If the buffer is too small for the + message digest, the flag MSG_TRUNC is set by the kernel. + </para> + + <para> + In order to set a message digest key, the calling application must use + the setsockopt() option of ALG_SET_KEY. If the key is not set the HMAC + operation is performed without the initial HMAC state change caused by + the key. + </para> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Symmetric Cipher API</title> + <para> + The operation is very similar to the message digest discussion. + During initialization, the struct sockaddr data structure must be + filled as follows: + </para> + + <programlisting> +struct sockaddr_alg sa = { + .salg_family = AF_ALG, + .salg_type = "skcipher", /* this selects the symmetric cipher */ + .salg_name = "cbc(aes)" /* this is the cipher name */ +}; + </programlisting> + + <para> + Before data can be sent to the kernel using the write/send system + call family, the consumer must set the key. The key setting is + described with the setsockopt invocation below. + </para> + + <para> + Using the sendmsg() system call, the application provides the data that should be processed for encryption or decryption. In addition, the IV is + specified with the data structure provided by the sendmsg() system call. + </para> + + <para> + The sendmsg system call parameter of struct msghdr is embedded into the + struct cmsghdr data structure. See recv(2) and cmsg(3) for more + information on how the cmsghdr data structure is used together with the + send/recv system call family. That cmsghdr data structure holds the + following information specified with a separate header instances: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + specification of the cipher operation type with one of these flags: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>ALG_OP_ENCRYPT - encryption of data</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ALG_OP_DECRYPT - decryption of data</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + specification of the IV information marked with the flag ALG_SET_IV + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + The send system call family allows the following flag to be specified: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a + cipher update function where more input data is expected + with a subsequent invocation of the send system call. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + Note: The kernel reports -EINVAL for any unexpected data. The caller + must make sure that all data matches the constraints given in + /proc/crypto for the selected cipher. + </para> + + <para> + With the recv() system call, the application can read the result of + the cipher operation from the kernel crypto API. The output buffer + must be at least as large as to hold all blocks of the encrypted or + decrypted data. If the output data size is smaller, only as many + blocks are returned that fit into that output buffer size. + </para> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>AEAD Cipher API</title> + <para> + The operation is very similar to the symmetric cipher discussion. + During initialization, the struct sockaddr data structure must be + filled as follows: + </para> + + <programlisting> +struct sockaddr_alg sa = { + .salg_family = AF_ALG, + .salg_type = "aead", /* this selects the symmetric cipher */ + .salg_name = "gcm(aes)" /* this is the cipher name */ +}; + </programlisting> + + <para> + Before data can be sent to the kernel using the write/send system + call family, the consumer must set the key. The key setting is + described with the setsockopt invocation below. + </para> + + <para> + In addition, before data can be sent to the kernel using the + write/send system call family, the consumer must set the authentication + tag size. To set the authentication tag size, the caller must use the + setsockopt invocation described below. + </para> + + <para> + Using the sendmsg() system call, the application provides the data that should be processed for encryption or decryption. In addition, the IV is + specified with the data structure provided by the sendmsg() system call. + </para> + + <para> + The sendmsg system call parameter of struct msghdr is embedded into the + struct cmsghdr data structure. See recv(2) and cmsg(3) for more + information on how the cmsghdr data structure is used together with the + send/recv system call family. That cmsghdr data structure holds the + following information specified with a separate header instances: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + specification of the cipher operation type with one of these flags: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>ALG_OP_ENCRYPT - encryption of data</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ALG_OP_DECRYPT - decryption of data</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + specification of the IV information marked with the flag ALG_SET_IV + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + specification of the associated authentication data (AAD) with the + flag ALG_SET_AEAD_ASSOCLEN. The AAD is sent to the kernel together + with the plaintext / ciphertext. See below for the memory structure. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + The send system call family allows the following flag to be specified: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a + cipher update function where more input data is expected + with a subsequent invocation of the send system call. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + Note: The kernel reports -EINVAL for any unexpected data. The caller + must make sure that all data matches the constraints given in + /proc/crypto for the selected cipher. + </para> + + <para> + With the recv() system call, the application can read the result of + the cipher operation from the kernel crypto API. The output buffer + must be at least as large as defined with the memory structure below. + If the output data size is smaller, the cipher operation is not performed. + </para> + + <para> + The authenticated decryption operation may indicate an integrity error. + Such breach in integrity is marked with the -EBADMSG error code. + </para> + + <sect2><title>AEAD Memory Structure</title> + <para> + The AEAD cipher operates with the following information that + is communicated between user and kernel space as one data stream: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>plaintext or ciphertext</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>associated authentication data (AAD)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>authentication tag</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + The sizes of the AAD and the authentication tag are provided with + the sendmsg and setsockopt calls (see there). As the kernel knows + the size of the entire data stream, the kernel is now able to + calculate the right offsets of the data components in the data + stream. + </para> + + <para> + The user space caller must arrange the aforementioned information + in the following order: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + AEAD encryption input: AAD || plaintext + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + AEAD decryption input: AAD || ciphertext || authentication tag + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + The output buffer the user space caller provides must be at least as + large to hold the following data: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + AEAD encryption output: ciphertext || authentication tag + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + AEAD decryption output: plaintext + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Random Number Generator API</title> + <para> + Again, the operation is very similar to the other APIs. + During initialization, the struct sockaddr data structure must be + filled as follows: + </para> + + <programlisting> +struct sockaddr_alg sa = { + .salg_family = AF_ALG, + .salg_type = "rng", /* this selects the symmetric cipher */ + .salg_name = "drbg_nopr_sha256" /* this is the cipher name */ +}; + </programlisting> + + <para> + Depending on the RNG type, the RNG must be seeded. The seed is provided + using the setsockopt interface to set the key. For example, the + ansi_cprng requires a seed. The DRBGs do not require a seed, but + may be seeded. + </para> + + <para> + Using the read()/recvmsg() system calls, random numbers can be obtained. + The kernel generates at most 128 bytes in one call. If user space + requires more data, multiple calls to read()/recvmsg() must be made. + </para> + + <para> + WARNING: The user space caller may invoke the initially mentioned + accept system call multiple times. In this case, the returned file + descriptors have the same state. + </para> + + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Zero-Copy Interface</title> + <para> + In addition to the send/write/read/recv system call family, the AF_ALG + interface can be accessed with the zero-copy interface of splice/vmsplice. + As the name indicates, the kernel tries to avoid a copy operation into + kernel space. + </para> + + <para> + The zero-copy operation requires data to be aligned at the page boundary. + Non-aligned data can be used as well, but may require more operations of + the kernel which would defeat the speed gains obtained from the zero-copy + interface. + </para> + + <para> + The system-interent limit for the size of one zero-copy operation is + 16 pages. If more data is to be sent to AF_ALG, user space must slice + the input into segments with a maximum size of 16 pages. + </para> + + <para> + Zero-copy can be used with the following code example (a complete working + example is provided with libkcapi): + </para> + + <programlisting> +int pipes[2]; + +pipe(pipes); +/* input data in iov */ +vmsplice(pipes[1], iov, iovlen, SPLICE_F_GIFT); +/* opfd is the file descriptor returned from accept() system call */ +splice(pipes[0], NULL, opfd, NULL, ret, 0); +read(opfd, out, outlen); + </programlisting> + + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Setsockopt Interface</title> + <para> + In addition to the read/recv and send/write system call handling + to send and retrieve data subject to the cipher operation, a consumer + also needs to set the additional information for the cipher operation. + This additional information is set using the setsockopt system call + that must be invoked with the file descriptor of the open cipher + (i.e. the file descriptor returned by the accept system call). + </para> + + <para> + Each setsockopt invocation must use the level SOL_ALG. + </para> + + <para> + The setsockopt interface allows setting the following data using + the mentioned optname: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + ALG_SET_KEY -- Setting the key. Key setting is applicable to: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>the skcipher cipher type (symmetric ciphers)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>the hash cipher type (keyed message digests)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>the AEAD cipher type</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>the RNG cipher type to provide the seed</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + ALG_SET_AEAD_AUTHSIZE -- Setting the authentication tag size + for AEAD ciphers. For a encryption operation, the authentication + tag of the given size will be generated. For a decryption operation, + the provided ciphertext is assumed to contain an authentication tag + of the given size (see section about AEAD memory layout below). + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>User space API example</title> + <para> + Please see [1] for libkcapi which provides an easy-to-use wrapper + around the aforementioned Netlink kernel interface. [1] also contains + a test application that invokes all libkcapi API calls. + </para> + + <para> + [1] http://www.chronox.de/libkcapi.html + </para> + + </sect1> + + </chapter> + <chapter id="API"><title>Programming Interface</title> + <para> + Please note that the kernel crypto API contains the AEAD givcrypt + API (crypto_aead_giv* and aead_givcrypt_* function calls in + include/crypto/aead.h). This API is obsolete and will be removed + in the future. To obtain the functionality of an AEAD cipher with + internal IV generation, use the IV generator as a regular cipher. + For example, rfc4106(gcm(aes)) is the AEAD cipher with external + IV generation and seqniv(rfc4106(gcm(aes))) implies that the kernel + crypto API generates the IV. Different IV generators are available. + </para> <sect1><title>Block Cipher Context Data Structures</title> !Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Block Cipher Context Data Structures -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request </sect1> <sect1><title>Block Cipher Algorithm Definitions</title> !Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Block Cipher Algorithm Definitions @@ -820,7 +1690,7 @@ !Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_alg !Finclude/linux/crypto.h blkcipher_alg !Finclude/linux/crypto.h cipher_alg -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h rng_alg +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h rng_alg </sect1> <sect1><title>Asynchronous Block Cipher API</title> !Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous Block Cipher API @@ -844,26 +1714,27 @@ !Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_set_crypt </sect1> <sect1><title>Authenticated Encryption With Associated Data (AEAD) Cipher API</title> -!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Authenticated Encryption With Associated Data (AEAD) Cipher API -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_aead -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_aead -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_ivsize -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_authsize -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_blocksize -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_setkey -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_setauthsize -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_encrypt -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_decrypt +!Pinclude/crypto/aead.h Authenticated Encryption With Associated Data (AEAD) Cipher API +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_alloc_aead +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_free_aead +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_ivsize +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_authsize +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_blocksize +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_setkey +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_setauthsize +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_encrypt +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_decrypt </sect1> <sect1><title>Asynchronous AEAD Request Handle</title> -!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous AEAD Request Handle -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_reqsize -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_tfm -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_alloc -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_free -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_callback -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_crypt -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_assoc +!Pinclude/crypto/aead.h Asynchronous AEAD Request Handle +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h crypto_aead_reqsize +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_tfm +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_alloc +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_free +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_callback +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_crypt +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_assoc +!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_ad </sect1> <sect1><title>Synchronous Block Cipher API</title> !Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Synchronous Block Cipher API diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl index 03f1985a4bd1..2fb9a5457522 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl @@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@ int max_width, max_height;</synopsis> </para> <para> If a page flip can be successfully scheduled the driver must set the - <code>drm_crtc-<fb</code> field to the new framebuffer pointed to + <code>drm_crtc->fb</code> field to the new framebuffer pointed to by <code>fb</code>. This is important so that the reference counting on framebuffers stays balanced. </para> @@ -2439,6 +2439,18 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <title>Tile group</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc.c Tile group </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Bridges</title> + <sect3> + <title>Overview</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_bridge.c overview + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>Default bridge callback sequence</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_bridge.c bridge callbacks + </sect3> +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_bridge.c + </sect2> </sect1> <!-- Internals: kms properties --> @@ -2573,7 +2585,22 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >Description/Restrictions</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="36" valign="top" >DRM</td> + <td rowspan="37" valign="top" >DRM</td> + <td valign="top" >Generic</td> + <td valign="top" >“rotation”</td> + <td valign="top" >BITMASK</td> + <td valign="top" >{ 0, "rotate-0" }, + { 1, "rotate-90" }, + { 2, "rotate-180" }, + { 3, "rotate-270" }, + { 4, "reflect-x" }, + { 5, "reflect-y" }</td> + <td valign="top" >CRTC, Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >rotate-(degrees) rotates the image by the specified amount in degrees + in counter clockwise direction. reflect-x and reflect-y reflects the + image along the specified axis prior to rotation</td> + </tr> + <tr> <td rowspan="5" valign="top" >Connector</td> <td valign="top" >“EDID”</td> <td valign="top" >BLOB | IMMUTABLE</td> @@ -2834,7 +2861,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="21" valign="top" >i915</td> + <td rowspan="20" valign="top" >i915</td> <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >"Broadcast RGB"</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> @@ -2850,14 +2877,6 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="1" valign="top" >Plane</td> - <td valign="top" >“rotation”</td> - <td valign="top" >BITMASK</td> - <td valign="top" >{ 0, "rotate-0" }, { 2, "rotate-180" }</td> - <td valign="top" >Plane</td> - <td valign="top" >TBD</td> - </tr> - <tr> <td rowspan="17" valign="top" >SDVO-TV</td> <td valign="top" >“mode”</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> @@ -3364,20 +3383,8 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >omap</td> - <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td> - <td valign="top" >“rotation”</td> - <td valign="top" >BITMASK</td> - <td valign="top" >{ 0, "rotate-0" }, - { 1, "rotate-90" }, - { 2, "rotate-180" }, - { 3, "rotate-270" }, - { 4, "reflect-x" }, - { 5, "reflect-y" }</td> - <td valign="top" >CRTC, Plane</td> - <td valign="top" >TBD</td> - </tr> - <tr> + <td valign="top" >omap</td> + <td valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >“zorder”</td> <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=3</td> @@ -3979,6 +3986,11 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> !Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_runtime_pm_disable_interrupts !Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_runtime_pm_enable_interrupts </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Intel GVT-g Guest Support(vGPU)</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_vgpu.c Intel GVT-g guest support +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_vgpu.c + </sect2> </sect1> <sect1> <title>Display Hardware Handling</title> @@ -4048,10 +4060,21 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fbc.c </sect2> <sect2> + <title>Display Refresh Rate Switching (DRRS)</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c Display Refresh Rate Switching (DRRS) +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_dp_set_drrs_state +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_enable +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_disable +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_invalidate +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_flush +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_dp_drrs_init + + </sect2> + <sect2> <title>DPIO</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_reg.h DPIO <table id="dpiox2"> - <title>Dual channel PHY (VLV/CHV)</title> + <title>Dual channel PHY (VLV/CHV/BXT)</title> <tgroup cols="8"> <colspec colname="c0" /> <colspec colname="c1" /> @@ -4102,7 +4125,7 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> </tgroup> </table> <table id="dpiox1"> - <title>Single channel PHY (CHV)</title> + <title>Single channel PHY (CHV/BXT)</title> <tgroup cols="4"> <colspec colname="c0" /> <colspec colname="c1" /> @@ -4137,6 +4160,12 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> </tgroup> </table> </sect2> + + <sect2> + <title>CSR firmware support for DMC</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_csr.c csr support for dmc +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_csr.c + </sect2> </sect1> <sect1> @@ -4168,7 +4197,7 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> <sect2> <title>Buffer Object Eviction</title> <para> - This section documents the interface function for evicting buffer + This section documents the interface functions for evicting buffer objects to make space available in the virtual gpu address spaces. Note that this is mostly orthogonal to shrinking buffer objects caches, which has the goal to make main memory (shared with the gpu @@ -4176,8 +4205,18 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> </para> !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_evict.c </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Buffer Object Memory Shrinking</title> + <para> + This section documents the interface function for shrinking memory + usage of buffer object caches. Shrinking is used to make main memory + available. Note that this is mostly orthogonal to evicting buffer + objects, which has the goal to make space in gpu virtual address + spaces. + </para> +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_shrinker.c + </sect2> </sect1> - <sect1> <title> Tracing </title> <para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl index e84f09467cd7..589b40cc5eb5 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl @@ -954,6 +954,8 @@ printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %pI4\n", &ipaddress); <function>MODULE_LICENSE()</function> that specifies a GPL compatible license. It implies that the function is considered an internal implementation issue, and not really an interface. + Some maintainers and developers may however + require EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL() when adding any new APIs or functionality. </para> </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/.gitignore b/Documentation/DocBook/media/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e461c585fde8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +!*.svg diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile index 8bf7c6191296..23996f88cd58 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile @@ -65,29 +65,31 @@ IOCTLS = \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION \ - VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION \ + +DEFINES = \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+(DTV_[^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \ TYPES = \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^typedef\s+[^\s]+\s+([^\s]+)\;/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^}\s+([a-z0-9_]+_t)/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^typedef\s+.*\s+(\S+)\;/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^typedef\s+.*\s+(\S+)\;/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) ENUMS = \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) + +ENUM_DEFS = \ + $(shell perl -e 'open IN,"cat @ARGV| cpp -fpreprocessed |"; while (<IN>) { if ($$enum) {print "$$1\n" if (/\s*([A-Z]\S+)\b/); } $$enum = 0 if ($$enum && /^\}/); $$enum = 1 if(/^\s*enum\s/); }; close IN;' \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h \ + $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) STRUCTS = \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \ @@ -95,7 +97,7 @@ STRUCTS = \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (!/dtv\_cmds\_h/ && /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \ - $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([A-Z][^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/ && !/_old/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \ @@ -179,7 +181,6 @@ DOCUMENTED = \ -e "s/v4l2\-mpeg\-vbi\-ITV0/v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-1/g" DVB_DOCUMENTED = \ - -e "s/\(linkend\=\"\)FE_SET_PROPERTY/\1FE_GET_PROPERTY/g" \ -e "s,\(struct\s\+\)\([a-z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+{\),\1\<link linkend=\"\2\">\2\<\/link\>\3,g" \ -e "s,\(}\s\+\)\([a-z0-9_]\+_t\+\),\1\<link linkend=\"\2\">\2\<\/link\>,g" \ -e "s,\(define\s\+\)\(DTV_[A-Z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+[0-9]\+\),\1\<link linkend=\"\2\">\2\<\/link\>\3,g" \ @@ -188,14 +189,17 @@ DVB_DOCUMENTED = \ -e "s,\(audio-mixer\|audio-karaoke\|audio-status\|ca-slot-info\|ca-descr-info\|ca-caps\|ca-msg\|ca-descr\|ca-pid\|dmx-filter\|dmx-caps\|video-system\|video-highlight\|video-spu\|video-spu-palette\|video-navi-pack\)-t,\1,g" \ -e "s,DTV-ISDBT-LAYER[A-C],DTV-ISDBT-LAYER,g" \ -e "s,\(define\s\+\)\([A-Z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+_IO\),\1\<link linkend=\"\2\">\2\<\/link\>\3,g" \ + -e "s,\(define\s\+\)\(DTV_[A-Z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+\),\1\<link linkend=\"\2\">\2\<\/link\>\3,g" \ -e "s,<link\s\+linkend=\".*\">\(__.*_OLD\)<\/link>,\1,g" \ + -e "s/\(linkend\=\"\)FE_SET_PROPERTY/\1FE_GET_PROPERTY/g" \ + -e "s,<link\s\+linkend=\".*\">\(DTV_ISDBS_TS_ID_LEGACY\|DTV_MAX_COMMAND\|DTV_IOCTL_MAX_MSGS\)<\/link>,\1,g" \ # # Media targets and dependencies # install_media_images = \ - $(Q)-cp $(OBJIMGFILES) $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/v4l/*.svg $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media_api + $(Q)-cp $(OBJIMGFILES) $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/*.svg $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/v4l/*.svg $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media_api $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/%: $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/%.b64 $(Q)base64 -d $< >$@ @@ -243,9 +247,14 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/dmx.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_ @( \ echo "<programlisting>") > $@ @( \ + for ident in $(ENUM_DEFS) ; do \ + entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ + r="$$r s/([^\w\-])$$ident([^\w\-])/\1\&$$entity\;\2/g;";\ + done; \ expand --tabs=8 < $< | \ sed $(ESCAPE) $(DVB_DOCUMENTED) | \ - sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/') >> $@ + sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/' | \ + perl -ne "$$r print $$_;") >> $@ @( \ echo "</programlisting>") >> $@ @@ -254,9 +263,14 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/frontend.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h $( @( \ echo "<programlisting>") > $@ @( \ + for ident in $(ENUM_DEFS) ; do \ + entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ + r="$$r s/([^\w\-])$$ident([^\w\-])/\1\&$$entity\;\2/g;";\ + done; \ expand --tabs=8 < $< | \ sed $(ESCAPE) $(DVB_DOCUMENTED) | \ - sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/') >> $@ + sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/' | \ + perl -ne "$$r print $$_;") >> $@ @( \ echo "</programlisting>") >> $@ @@ -298,11 +312,22 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media-entities.tmpl: $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml @( \ echo -e "\n<!-- Ioctls -->") >>$@ @( \ - for ident in $(IOCTLS) ; do \ + for ident in `echo $(IOCTLS) | sed -e "s,VIDIOC_RESERVED,,"`; do\ entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ - id=`grep "<refname>$$ident" $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/vidioc-*.xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media-ioc-*.xml | sed -r s,"^.*/(.*).xml.*","\1",` ; \ - echo "<!ENTITY $$entity \"<link" \ + id=`grep -e "<refname>$$ident" -e "<section id=\"$$ident\"" $$(find $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR) -name *.xml -type f)| sed -r s,"^.*/(.*).xml.*","\1",` ; \ + if [ "$$id" != "" ]; then echo "<!ENTITY $$entity \"<link" \ "linkend='$$id'><constant>$$ident</constant></link>\">" \ + >>$@ ; else \ + echo "Warning: undocumented ioctl: $$ident. Please document it at the media DocBook!" >&2; \ + fi; \ + done) + @( \ + echo -e "\n<!-- Defines -->") >>$@ + @( \ + for ident in $(DEFINES) ; do \ + entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ + echo "<!ENTITY $$entity \"<link" \ + "linkend='$$entity'><constant>$$ident</constant></link>\">" \ >>$@ ; \ done) @( \ @@ -322,6 +347,15 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media-entities.tmpl: $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml "linkend='$$entity'>$$ident</link>\">" >>$@ ; \ done) @( \ + echo -e "\n<!-- Enum definitions -->") >>$@ + @( \ + for ident in $(ENUM_DEFS) ; do \ + entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ + echo "<!ENTITY $$entity \"<link" \ + "linkend='$$entity'><constant>$$ident</constant></link>\">" \ + >>$@ ; \ + done) + @( \ echo -e "\n<!-- Structures -->") >>$@ @( \ for ident in $(STRUCTS) ; do \ diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml index a7ea56c71a27..ea56743ddbe7 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <title>DVB Audio Device</title> <para>The DVB audio device controls the MPEG2 audio decoder of the DVB hardware. It -can be accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/audio0</emphasis>. Data types and and -ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/audio.h</emphasis> in your +can be accessed through <constant>/dev/dvb/adapter?/audio?</constant>. Data types and and +ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <constant>linux/dvb/audio.h</constant> in your application. </para> <para>Please note that some DVB cards don’t have their own MPEG decoder, which results in @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ typedef enum { </programlisting> <para>AUDIO_SOURCE_DEMUX selects the demultiplexer (fed either by the frontend or the DVR device) as the source of the video stream. If AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY -is selected the stream comes from the application through the <emphasis role="tt">write()</emphasis> system +is selected the stream comes from the application through the <constant>write()</constant> system call. </para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml index 85eaf4fe2931..d0b07e763908 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <title>DVB CA Device</title> <para>The DVB CA device controls the conditional access hardware. It can be accessed through -<emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/ca0</emphasis>. Data types and and ioctl definitions can be accessed by -including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/ca.h</emphasis> in your application. +<constant>/dev/dvb/adapter?/ca?</constant>. Data types and and ioctl definitions can be accessed by +including <constant>linux/dvb/ca.h</constant> in your application. </para> <section id="ca_data_types"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml index c8683d66f059..34f2fb1cd601 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml @@ -1,33 +1,50 @@ <title>DVB Demux Device</title> <para>The DVB demux device controls the filters of the DVB hardware/software. It can be -accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/adapter0/demux0</emphasis>. Data types and and ioctl definitions can be -accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/dmx.h</emphasis> in your application. +accessed through <constant>/dev/adapter?/demux?</constant>. Data types and and ioctl definitions can be +accessed by including <constant>linux/dvb/dmx.h</constant> in your application. </para> <section id="dmx_types"> <title>Demux Data Types</title> <section id="dmx-output-t"> -<title>dmx_output_t</title> -<programlisting> -typedef enum -{ - DMX_OUT_DECODER, /⋆ Streaming directly to decoder. ⋆/ - DMX_OUT_TAP, /⋆ Output going to a memory buffer ⋆/ - /⋆ (to be retrieved via the read command).⋆/ - DMX_OUT_TS_TAP, /⋆ Output multiplexed into a new TS ⋆/ - /⋆ (to be retrieved by reading from the ⋆/ - /⋆ logical DVR device). ⋆/ - DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP /⋆ Like TS_TAP but retrieved from the DMX device ⋆/ -} dmx_output_t; -</programlisting> -<para><emphasis role="tt">DMX_OUT_TAP</emphasis> delivers the stream output to the demux device on which the ioctl is -called. -</para> -<para><emphasis role="tt">DMX_OUT_TS_TAP</emphasis> routes output to the logical DVR device <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/dvr0</emphasis>, -which delivers a TS multiplexed from all filters for which <emphasis role="tt">DMX_OUT_TS_TAP</emphasis> was -specified. -</para> +<title>Output for the demux</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dmx-output"> + <title>enum dmx_output</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="DMX-OUT-DECODER">DMX_OUT_DECODER</entry> + <entry>Streaming directly to decoder.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="DMX-OUT-TAP">DMX_OUT_TAP</entry> + <entry>Output going to a memory buffer (to be retrieved via the + read command). Delivers the stream output to the demux + device on which the ioctl is called.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="DMX-OUT-TS-TAP">DMX_OUT_TS_TAP</entry> + <entry>Output multiplexed into a new TS (to be retrieved by + reading from the logical DVR device). Routes output to the + logical DVR device <constant>/dev/dvb/adapter?/dvr?</constant>, + which delivers a TS multiplexed from all filters for which + <constant>DMX_OUT_TS_TAP</constant> was specified.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="DMX-OUT-TSDEMUX-TAP">DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP</entry> + <entry>Like &DMX-OUT-TS-TAP; but retrieved from the DMX + device.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + </section> <section id="dmx-input-t"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml index 4c15396c67e5..858fd7d17104 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml @@ -28,13 +28,23 @@ <holder>Convergence GmbH</holder> </copyright> <copyright> - <year>2009-2014</year> + <year>2009-2015</year> <holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder> </copyright> <revhistory> <!-- Put document revisions here, newest first. --> <revision> + <revnumber>2.1.0</revnumber> + <date>2015-05-29</date> + <authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials> + <revremark> + DocBook improvements and cleanups, in order to document the + system calls on a more standard way and provide more description + about the current DVB API. + </revremark> +</revision> +<revision> <revnumber>2.0.4</revnumber> <date>2011-05-06</date> <authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials> @@ -95,18 +105,26 @@ Added ISDB-T test originally written by Patrick Boettcher <chapter id="dvb_demux"> &sub-demux; </chapter> - <chapter id="dvb_video"> - &sub-video; - </chapter> - <chapter id="dvb_audio"> - &sub-audio; - </chapter> <chapter id="dvb_ca"> &sub-ca; </chapter> - <chapter id="dvb_net"> + <chapter id="net"> &sub-net; </chapter> + <chapter id="legacy_dvb_apis"> + <title>DVB Deprecated APIs</title> + <para>The APIs described here are kept only for historical reasons. There's + just one driver for a very legacy hardware that uses this API. No + modern drivers should use it. Instead, audio and video should be using + the V4L2 and ALSA APIs, and the pipelines should be set using the + Media Controller API</para> + <section id="dvb_video"> + &sub-video; + </section> + <section id="dvb_audio"> + &sub-audio; + </section> + </chapter> <chapter id="dvb_kdapi"> &sub-kdapi; </chapter> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml index 3018564ddfd9..08227d4e9150 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml @@ -1,14 +1,88 @@ -<section id="FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY"> -<title><constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></title> -<para>This section describes the DVB version 5 extension of the DVB-API, also -called "S2API", as this API were added to provide support for DVB-S2. It was -designed to be able to replace the old frontend API. Yet, the DISEQC and -the capability ioctls weren't implemented yet via the new way.</para> -<para>The typical usage for the <constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant> -API is to replace the ioctl's were the <link linkend="dvb-frontend-parameters"> -struct <constant>dvb_frontend_parameters</constant></link> were used.</para> +<section id="frontend-properties"> +<title>DVB Frontend properties</title> +<para>Tuning into a Digital TV physical channel and starting decoding it + requires changing a set of parameters, in order to control the + tuner, the demodulator, the Linear Low-noise Amplifier (LNA) and to set the + antenna subsystem via Satellite Equipment Control (SEC), on satellite + systems. The actual parameters are specific to each particular digital + TV standards, and may change as the digital TV specs evolves.</para> +<para>In the past, the strategy used was to have a union with the parameters + needed to tune for DVB-S, DVB-C, DVB-T and ATSC delivery systems grouped + there. The problem is that, as the second generation standards appeared, + those structs were not big enough to contain the additional parameters. + Also, the union didn't have any space left to be expanded without breaking + userspace. So, the decision was to deprecate the legacy union/struct based + approach, in favor of a properties set approach.</para> + +<para>NOTE: on Linux DVB API version 3, setting a frontend were done via + <link linkend="dvb-frontend-parameters">struct <constant>dvb_frontend_parameters</constant></link>. + This got replaced on version 5 (also called "S2API", as this API were + added originally_enabled to provide support for DVB-S2), because the old + API has a very limited support to new standards and new hardware. This + section describes the new and recommended way to set the frontend, with + suppports all digital TV delivery systems.</para> + +<para>Example: with the properties based approach, in order to set the tuner + to a DVB-C channel at 651 kHz, modulated with 256-QAM, FEC 3/4 and symbol + rate of 5.217 Mbauds, those properties should be sent to + <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY"><constant>FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> ioctl:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>&DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM; = SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>&DTV-FREQUENCY; = 651000000</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>&DTV-MODULATION; = QAM_256</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>&DTV-INVERSION; = INVERSION_AUTO</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>&DTV-SYMBOL-RATE; = 5217000</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>&DTV-INNER-FEC; = FEC_3_4</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>&DTV-TUNE;</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + +<para>The code that would do the above is:</para> +<programlisting> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <linux/dvb/frontend.h> + +static struct dtv_property props[] = { + { .cmd = DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM, .u.data = SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A }, + { .cmd = DTV_FREQUENCY, .u.data = 651000000 }, + { .cmd = DTV_MODULATION, .u.data = QAM_256 }, + { .cmd = DTV_INVERSION, .u.data = INVERSION_AUTO }, + { .cmd = DTV_SYMBOL_RATE, .u.data = 5217000 }, + { .cmd = DTV_INNER_FEC, .u.data = FEC_3_4 }, + { .cmd = DTV_TUNE } +}; + +static struct dtv_properties dtv_prop = { + .num = 6, .props = props +}; + +int main(void) +{ + int fd = open("/dev/dvb/adapter0/frontend0", O_RDWR); + + if (!fd) { + perror ("open"); + return -1; + } + if (ioctl(fd, FE_SET_PROPERTY, &dtv_prop) == -1) { + perror("ioctl"); + return -1; + } + printf("Frontend set\n"); + return 0; +} +</programlisting> + +<para>NOTE: While it is possible to directly call the Kernel code like the + above example, it is strongly recommended to use + <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org/docs/libdvbv5/index.html">libdvbv5</ulink>, + as it provides abstraction to work with the supported digital TV standards + and provides methods for usual operations like program scanning and to + read/write channel descriptor files.</para> + <section id="dtv-stats"> -<title>DTV stats type</title> +<title>struct <structname>dtv_stats</structname></title> <programlisting> struct dtv_stats { __u8 scale; /* enum fecap_scale_params type */ @@ -20,19 +94,19 @@ struct dtv_stats { </programlisting> </section> <section id="dtv-fe-stats"> -<title>DTV stats type</title> +<title>struct <structname>dtv_fe_stats</structname></title> <programlisting> #define MAX_DTV_STATS 4 struct dtv_fe_stats { __u8 len; - struct dtv_stats stat[MAX_DTV_STATS]; + &dtv-stats; stat[MAX_DTV_STATS]; } __packed; </programlisting> </section> <section id="dtv-property"> -<title>DTV property type</title> +<title>struct <structname>dtv_property</structname></title> <programlisting> /* Reserved fields should be set to 0 */ @@ -41,7 +115,7 @@ struct dtv_property { __u32 reserved[3]; union { __u32 data; - struct dtv_fe_stats st; + &dtv-fe-stats; st; struct { __u8 data[32]; __u32 len; @@ -57,115 +131,19 @@ struct dtv_property { </programlisting> </section> <section id="dtv-properties"> -<title>DTV properties type</title> +<title>struct <structname>dtv_properties</structname></title> <programlisting> struct dtv_properties { __u32 num; - struct dtv_property *props; + &dtv-property; *props; }; </programlisting> </section> -<section id="FE_GET_PROPERTY"> -<title>FE_GET_PROPERTY</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns one or more frontend properties. This call only - requires read-only access to the device.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY</link>, - dtv_properties ⋆props);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int num</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct dtv_property *props</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to the location where the front-end property commands are stored.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -&return-value-dvb; -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row> - <entry align="char"><para>EOPNOTSUPP</para></entry> - <entry align="char"><para>Property type not supported.</para></entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - -<section id="FE_SET_PROPERTY"> -<title>FE_SET_PROPERTY</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call sets one or more frontend properties. This call - requires read/write access to the device.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_SET_PROPERTY">FE_SET_PROPERTY</link>, - dtv_properties ⋆props);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int num</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_PROPERTY">FE_SET_PROPERTY</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct dtv_property *props</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to the location where the front-end property commands are stored.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -&return-value-dvb; -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row> - <entry align="char"><para>EOPNOTSUPP</para></entry> - <entry align="char"><para>Property type not supported.</para></entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - <section> <title>Property types</title> <para> -On <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY</link>/<link linkend="FE_SET_PROPERTY">FE_SET_PROPERTY</link>, +On <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY and FE_SET_PROPERTY</link>, the actual action is determined by the dtv_property cmd/data pairs. With one single ioctl, is possible to get/set up to 64 properties. The actual meaning of each property is described on the next sections. </para> @@ -193,7 +171,7 @@ get/set up to 64 properties. The actual meaning of each property is described on <para>Central frequency of the channel.</para> <para>Notes:</para> - <para>1)For satellital delivery systems, it is measured in kHz. + <para>1)For satellite delivery systems, it is measured in kHz. For the other ones, it is measured in Hz.</para> <para>2)For ISDB-T, the channels are usually transmitted with an offset of 143kHz. E.g. a valid frequency could be 474143 kHz. The stepping is bound to the bandwidth of @@ -205,25 +183,78 @@ get/set up to 64 properties. The actual meaning of each property is described on </section> <section id="DTV-MODULATION"> <title><constant>DTV_MODULATION</constant></title> -<para>Specifies the frontend modulation type for cable and satellite types. The modulation can be one of the types bellow:</para> -<programlisting> - typedef enum fe_modulation { - QPSK, - QAM_16, - QAM_32, - QAM_64, - QAM_128, - QAM_256, - QAM_AUTO, - VSB_8, - VSB_16, - PSK_8, - APSK_16, - APSK_32, - DQPSK, - QAM_4_NR, - } fe_modulation_t; -</programlisting> +<para>Specifies the frontend modulation type for delivery systems that supports + more than one modulation type. The modulation can be one of the types + defined by &fe-modulation;.</para> + + +<section id="fe-modulation-t"> +<title>Modulation property</title> + +<para>Most of the digital TV standards currently offers more than one possible + modulation (sometimes called as "constellation" on some standards). This + enum contains the values used by the Kernel. Please note that not all + modulations are supported by a given standard.</para> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-modulation"> + <title>enum fe_modulation</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="QPSK"><constant>QPSK</constant></entry> + <entry>QPSK modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-16"><constant>QAM_16</constant></entry> + <entry>16-QAM modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-32"><constant>QAM_32</constant></entry> + <entry>32-QAM modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-64"><constant>QAM_64</constant></entry> + <entry>64-QAM modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-128"><constant>QAM_128</constant></entry> + <entry>128-QAM modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-256"><constant>QAM_256</constant></entry> + <entry>256-QAM modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-AUTO"><constant>QAM_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect QAM modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="VSB-8"><constant>VSB_8</constant></entry> + <entry>8-VSB modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="VSB-16"><constant>VSB_16</constant></entry> + <entry>16-VSB modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="PSK-8"><constant>PSK_8</constant></entry> + <entry>8-PSK modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="APSK-16"><constant>APSK_16</constant></entry> + <entry>16-APSK modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="APSK-32"><constant>APSK_32</constant></entry> + <entry>32-APSK modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="DQPSK"><constant>DQPSK</constant></entry> + <entry>DQPSK modulation</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="QAM-4-NR"><constant>QAM_4_NR</constant></entry> + <entry>4-QAM-NR modulation</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</section> + </section> <section id="DTV-BANDWIDTH-HZ"> <title><constant>DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ</constant></title> @@ -253,19 +284,45 @@ get/set up to 64 properties. The actual meaning of each property is described on </section> <section id="DTV-INVERSION"> <title><constant>DTV_INVERSION</constant></title> - <para>The Inversion field can take one of these values: - </para> - <programlisting> - typedef enum fe_spectral_inversion { - INVERSION_OFF, - INVERSION_ON, - INVERSION_AUTO - } fe_spectral_inversion_t; - </programlisting> - <para>It indicates if spectral inversion should be presumed or not. In the automatic setting - (<constant>INVERSION_AUTO</constant>) the hardware will try to figure out the correct setting by - itself. - </para> + + <para>Specifies if the frontend should do spectral inversion or not.</para> + +<section id="fe-spectral-inversion-t"> +<title>enum fe_modulation: Frontend spectral inversion</title> + +<para>This parameter indicates if spectral inversion should be presumed or not. + In the automatic setting (<constant>INVERSION_AUTO</constant>) the hardware + will try to figure out the correct setting by itself. If the hardware + doesn't support, the DVB core will try to lock at the carrier first with + inversion off. If it fails, it will try to enable inversion. +</para> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-spectral-inversion"> + <title>enum fe_modulation</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="INVERSION-OFF"><constant>INVERSION_OFF</constant></entry> + <entry>Don't do spectral band inversion.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="INVERSION-ON"><constant>INVERSION_ON</constant></entry> + <entry>Do spectral band inversion.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="INVERSION-AUTO"><constant>INVERSION_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect spectral band inversion.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</section> + </section> <section id="DTV-DISEQC-MASTER"> <title><constant>DTV_DISEQC_MASTER</constant></title> @@ -279,25 +336,64 @@ get/set up to 64 properties. The actual meaning of each property is described on <title><constant>DTV_INNER_FEC</constant></title> <para>Used cable/satellite transmissions. The acceptable values are: </para> - <programlisting> -typedef enum fe_code_rate { - FEC_NONE = 0, - FEC_1_2, - FEC_2_3, - FEC_3_4, - FEC_4_5, - FEC_5_6, - FEC_6_7, - FEC_7_8, - FEC_8_9, - FEC_AUTO, - FEC_3_5, - FEC_9_10, - FEC_2_5, -} fe_code_rate_t; - </programlisting> - <para>which correspond to error correction rates of 1/2, 2/3, etc., - no error correction or auto detection.</para> +<section id="fe-code-rate-t"> +<title>enum fe_code_rate: type of the Forward Error Correction.</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-code-rate"> + <title>enum fe_code_rate</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="FEC-NONE"><constant>FEC_NONE</constant></entry> + <entry>No Forward Error Correction Code</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-AUTO"><constant>FEC_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect Error Correction Code</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-1-2"><constant>FEC_1_2</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 1/2</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-2-3"><constant>FEC_2_3</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 2/3</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-3-4"><constant>FEC_3_4</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 3/4</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-4-5"><constant>FEC_4_5</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 4/5</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-5-6"><constant>FEC_5_6</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 5/6</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-6-7"><constant>FEC_6_7</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 6/7</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-7-8"><constant>FEC_7_8</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 7/8</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-8-9"><constant>FEC_8_9</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 8/9</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-9-10"><constant>FEC_9_10</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 9/10</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-2-5"><constant>FEC_2_5</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 2/5</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="FEC-3-5"><constant>FEC_3_5</constant></entry> + <entry>Forward Error Correction Code 3/5</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</section> </section> <section id="DTV-VOLTAGE"> <title><constant>DTV_VOLTAGE</constant></title> @@ -305,12 +401,31 @@ typedef enum fe_code_rate { the polarzation (horizontal/vertical). When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to be switched consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC spec.</para> - <programlisting> - typedef enum fe_sec_voltage { - SEC_VOLTAGE_13, - SEC_VOLTAGE_18 - } fe_sec_voltage_t; - </programlisting> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-sec-voltage"> + <title id="fe-sec-voltage-t">enum fe_sec_voltage</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-VOLTAGE-13"><constant>SEC_VOLTAGE_13</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Set DC voltage level to 13V</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-VOLTAGE-18"><constant>SEC_VOLTAGE_18</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Set DC voltage level to 18V</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-VOLTAGE-OFF"><constant>SEC_VOLTAGE_OFF</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Don't send any voltage to the antenna</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> <section id="DTV-TONE"> <title><constant>DTV_TONE</constant></title> @@ -321,13 +436,30 @@ typedef enum fe_code_rate { <para>Sets DVB-S2 pilot</para> <section id="fe-pilot-t"> <title>fe_pilot type</title> - <programlisting> -typedef enum fe_pilot { - PILOT_ON, - PILOT_OFF, - PILOT_AUTO, -} fe_pilot_t; - </programlisting> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-pilot"> + <title>enum fe_pilot</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="PILOT-ON"><constant>PILOT_ON</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Pilot tones enabled</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="PILOT-OFF"><constant>PILOT_OFF</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Pilot tones disabled</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="PILOT-AUTO"><constant>PILOT_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Autodetect pilot tones</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> </section> <section id="DTV-ROLLOFF"> @@ -336,14 +468,33 @@ typedef enum fe_pilot { <section id="fe-rolloff-t"> <title>fe_rolloff type</title> - <programlisting> -typedef enum fe_rolloff { - ROLLOFF_35, /* Implied value in DVB-S, default for DVB-S2 */ - ROLLOFF_20, - ROLLOFF_25, - ROLLOFF_AUTO, -} fe_rolloff_t; - </programlisting> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-rolloff"> + <title>enum fe_rolloff</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="ROLLOFF-35"><constant>ROLLOFF_35</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Roloff factor: α=35%</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="ROLLOFF-20"><constant>ROLLOFF_20</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Roloff factor: α=20%</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="ROLLOFF-25"><constant>ROLLOFF_25</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Roloff factor: α=25%</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="ROLLOFF-AUTO"><constant>ROLLOFF_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Auto-detect the roloff factor.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> </section> <section id="DTV-DISEQC-SLAVE-REPLY"> @@ -364,31 +515,82 @@ typedef enum fe_rolloff { <section id="fe-delivery-system-t"> <title>fe_delivery_system type</title> <para>Possible values: </para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_delivery_system { - SYS_UNDEFINED, - SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A, - SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B, - SYS_DVBT, - SYS_DSS, - SYS_DVBS, - SYS_DVBS2, - SYS_DVBH, - SYS_ISDBT, - SYS_ISDBS, - SYS_ISDBC, - SYS_ATSC, - SYS_ATSCMH, - SYS_DTMB, - SYS_CMMB, - SYS_DAB, - SYS_DVBT2, - SYS_TURBO, - SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_C, -} fe_delivery_system_t; -</programlisting> - </section> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-delivery-system"> + <title>enum fe_delivery_system</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="SYS-UNDEFINED"><constant>SYS_UNDEFINED</constant></entry> + <entry>Undefined standard. Generally, indicates an error</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBC-ANNEX-A"><constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A</constant></entry> + <entry>Cable TV: DVB-C following ITU-T J.83 Annex A spec</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBC-ANNEX-B"><constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B</constant></entry> + <entry>Cable TV: DVB-C following ITU-T J.83 Annex B spec (ClearQAM)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBC-ANNEX-C"><constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_C</constant></entry> + <entry>Cable TV: DVB-C following ITU-T J.83 Annex C spec</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-ISDBC"><constant>SYS_ISDBC</constant></entry> + <entry>Cable TV: ISDB-C (no drivers yet)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBT"><constant>SYS_DVBT</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV: DVB-T</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBT2"><constant>SYS_DVBT2</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV: DVB-T2</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-ISDBT"><constant>SYS_ISDBT</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV: ISDB-T</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-ATSC"><constant>SYS_ATSC</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV: ATSC</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-ATSCMH"><constant>SYS_ATSCMH</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV (mobile): ATSC-M/H</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DTMB"><constant>SYS_DTMB</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestrial TV: DTMB</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBS"><constant>SYS_DVBS</constant></entry> + <entry>Satellite TV: DVB-S</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBS2"><constant>SYS_DVBS2</constant></entry> + <entry>Satellite TV: DVB-S2</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-TURBO"><constant>SYS_TURBO</constant></entry> + <entry>Satellite TV: DVB-S Turbo</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-ISDBS"><constant>SYS_ISDBS</constant></entry> + <entry>Satellite TV: ISDB-S</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DAB"><constant>SYS_DAB</constant></entry> + <entry>Digital audio: DAB (not fully supported)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DSS"><constant>SYS_DSS</constant></entry> + <entry>Satellite TV:"DSS (not fully supported)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-CMMB"><constant>SYS_CMMB</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV (mobile):CMMB (not fully supported)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="SYS-DVBH"><constant>SYS_DVBH</constant></entry> + <entry>Terrestral TV (mobile): DVB-H (standard deprecated)</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + + +</section> </section> <section id="DTV-ISDBT-PARTIAL-RECEPTION"> <title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION</constant></title> @@ -630,114 +832,177 @@ typedef enum fe_delivery_system { </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-MODE"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_MODE</constant></title> - <para>RS frame mode.</para> + <para>Reed Solomon (RS) frame mode.</para> <para>Possible values are:</para> - <para id="atscmh-rs-frame-mode"> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_rs_frame_mode { - ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_ONLY = 0, - ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_SEC = 1, -} atscmh_rs_frame_mode_t; -</programlisting> - </para> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="atscmh-rs-frame-mode"> + <title>enum atscmh_rs_frame_mode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSFRAME-PRI-ONLY"><constant>ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_ONLY</constant></entry> + <entry>Single Frame: There is only a primary RS Frame for all + Group Regions.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSFRAME-PRI-SEC"><constant>ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_SEC</constant></entry> + <entry>Dual Frame: There are two separate RS Frames: Primary RS + Frame for Group Region A and B and Secondary RS Frame for Group + Region C and D.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-ENSEMBLE"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_ENSEMBLE</constant></title> - <para>RS frame ensemble.</para> + <para>Reed Solomon(RS) frame ensemble.</para> <para>Possible values are:</para> - <para id="atscmh-rs-frame-ensemble"> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble { - ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_PRI = 0, - ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_SEC = 1, -} atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble_t; -</programlisting> - </para> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="atscmh-rs-frame-ensemble"> + <title>enum atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSFRAME-ENS-PRI"><constant>ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_PRI</constant></entry> + <entry>Primary Ensemble.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSFRAME-ENS-SEC"><constant>AATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_SEC</constant></entry> + <entry>Secondary Ensemble.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSFRAME-RES"><constant>AATSCMH_RSFRAME_RES</constant></entry> + <entry>Reserved. Shouldn't be used.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-PRI"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_PRI</constant></title> - <para>RS code mode (primary).</para> + <para>Reed Solomon (RS) code mode (primary).</para> <para>Possible values are:</para> - <para id="atscmh-rs-code-mode"> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_rs_code_mode { - ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187 = 0, - ATSCMH_RSCODE_223_187 = 1, - ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187 = 2, -} atscmh_rs_code_mode_t; -</programlisting> - </para> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="atscmh-rs-code-mode"> + <title>enum atscmh_rs_code_mode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSCODE-211-187"><constant>ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187</constant></entry> + <entry>Reed Solomon code (211,187).</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSCODE-223-187"><constant>ATSCMH_RSCODE_223_187</constant></entry> + <entry>Reed Solomon code (223,187).</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSCODE-235-187"><constant>ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187</constant></entry> + <entry>Reed Solomon code (235,187).</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-RSCODE-RES"><constant>ATSCMH_RSCODE_RES</constant></entry> + <entry>Reserved. Shouldn't be used.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-SEC"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_SEC</constant></title> - <para>RS code mode (secondary).</para> - <para>Possible values are:</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_rs_code_mode { - ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187 = 0, - ATSCMH_RSCODE_223_187 = 1, - ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187 = 2, -} atscmh_rs_code_mode_t; -</programlisting> + <para>Reed Solomon (RS) code mode (secondary).</para> + <para>Possible values are the same as documented on + &atscmh-rs-code-mode;:</para> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-BLOCK-MODE"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_BLOCK_MODE</constant></title> <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Block Mode.</para> <para>Possible values are:</para> - <para id="atscmh-sccc-block-mode"> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_sccc_block_mode { - ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_SEP = 0, - ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_COMB = 1, -} atscmh_sccc_block_mode_t; -</programlisting> - </para> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="atscmh-sccc-block-mode"> + <title>enum atscmh_scc_block_mode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-SCCC-BLK-SEP"><constant>ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_SEP</constant></entry> + <entry>Separate SCCC: the SCCC outer code mode shall be set independently + for each Group Region (A, B, C, D)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-SCCC-BLK-COMB"><constant>ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_COMB</constant></entry> + <entry>Combined SCCC: all four Regions shall have the same SCCC outer + code mode.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-SCCC-BLK-RES"><constant>ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_RES</constant></entry> + <entry>Reserved. Shouldn't be used.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-A"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_A</constant></title> <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para> <para>Possible values are:</para> - <para id="atscmh-sccc-code-mode"> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, -} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; -</programlisting> - </para> +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="atscmh-sccc-code-mode"> + <title>enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-HLF"><constant>ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF</constant></entry> + <entry>The outer code rate of a SCCC Block is 1/2 rate.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-QTR"><constant>ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR</constant></entry> + <entry>The outer code rate of a SCCC Block is 1/4 rate.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-RES"><constant>ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_RES</constant></entry> + <entry>to be documented.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-B"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_B</constant></title> <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para> - <para>Possible values are:</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, -} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; -</programlisting> + <para>Possible values are the same as documented on + &atscmh-sccc-code-mode;.</para> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-C"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_C</constant></title> <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para> - <para>Possible values are:</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, -} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; -</programlisting> + <para>Possible values are the same as documented on + &atscmh-sccc-code-mode;.</para> </section> <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-D"> <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_D</constant></title> <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para> - <para>Possible values are:</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, - ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, -} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; -</programlisting> + <para>Possible values are the same as documented on + &atscmh-sccc-code-mode;.</para> </section> </section> <section id="DTV-API-VERSION"> @@ -746,65 +1011,74 @@ typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { </section> <section id="DTV-CODE-RATE-HP"> <title><constant>DTV_CODE_RATE_HP</constant></title> - <para>Used on terrestrial transmissions. The acceptable values are: + <para>Used on terrestrial transmissions. The acceptable values are + the ones described at &fe-transmit-mode-t;. </para> - <programlisting> -typedef enum fe_code_rate { - FEC_NONE = 0, - FEC_1_2, - FEC_2_3, - FEC_3_4, - FEC_4_5, - FEC_5_6, - FEC_6_7, - FEC_7_8, - FEC_8_9, - FEC_AUTO, - FEC_3_5, - FEC_9_10, -} fe_code_rate_t; - </programlisting> </section> <section id="DTV-CODE-RATE-LP"> <title><constant>DTV_CODE_RATE_LP</constant></title> - <para>Used on terrestrial transmissions. The acceptable values are: + <para>Used on terrestrial transmissions. The acceptable values are + the ones described at &fe-transmit-mode-t;. </para> - <programlisting> -typedef enum fe_code_rate { - FEC_NONE = 0, - FEC_1_2, - FEC_2_3, - FEC_3_4, - FEC_4_5, - FEC_5_6, - FEC_6_7, - FEC_7_8, - FEC_8_9, - FEC_AUTO, - FEC_3_5, - FEC_9_10, -} fe_code_rate_t; - </programlisting> + </section> + <section id="DTV-GUARD-INTERVAL"> <title><constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant></title> <para>Possible values are:</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_guard_interval { - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_32, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_16, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_8, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_4, - GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_128, - GUARD_INTERVAL_19_128, - GUARD_INTERVAL_19_256, - GUARD_INTERVAL_PN420, - GUARD_INTERVAL_PN595, - GUARD_INTERVAL_PN945, -} fe_guard_interval_t; -</programlisting> + +<section id="fe-guard-interval-t"> +<title>Modulation guard interval</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-guard-interval"> + <title>enum fe_guard_interval</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-AUTO"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect the guard interval</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-1-128"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_128</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 1/128</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-1-32"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_32</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 1/32</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-1-16"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_16</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 1/16</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-1-8"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_8</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 1/8</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-1-4"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_4</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 1/4</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-19-128"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_19_128</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 19/128</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-19-256"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_19_256</constant></entry> + <entry>Guard interval 19/256</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-PN420"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_PN420</constant></entry> + <entry>PN length 420 (1/4)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-PN595"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_PN595</constant></entry> + <entry>PN length 595 (1/6)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="GUARD-INTERVAL-PN945"><constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_PN945</constant></entry> + <entry>PN length 945 (1/9)</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> <para>Notes:</para> <para>1) If <constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant> is set the <constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO</constant> the hardware will @@ -812,26 +1086,64 @@ typedef enum fe_guard_interval { in the missing parameters.</para> <para>2) Intervals 1/128, 19/128 and 19/256 are used only for DVB-T2 at present</para> <para>3) DTMB specifies PN420, PN595 and PN945.</para> +</section> </section> <section id="DTV-TRANSMISSION-MODE"> <title><constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant></title> - <para>Specifies the number of carriers used by the standard</para> + <para>Specifies the number of carriers used by the standard. + This is used only on OFTM-based standards, e. g. + DVB-T/T2, ISDB-T, DTMB</para> + +<section id="fe-transmit-mode-t"> +<title>enum fe_transmit_mode: Number of carriers per channel</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-transmit-mode"> + <title>enum fe_transmit_mode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-AUTO"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect transmission mode. The hardware will try to find + the correct FFT-size (if capable) to fill in the missing + parameters.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-1K"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_1K</constant></entry> + <entry>Transmission mode 1K</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-2K"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_2K</constant></entry> + <entry>Transmission mode 2K</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-8K"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_8K</constant></entry> + <entry>Transmission mode 8K</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-4K"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_4K</constant></entry> + <entry>Transmission mode 4K</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-16K"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_16K</constant></entry> + <entry>Transmission mode 16K</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-32K"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_32K</constant></entry> + <entry>Transmission mode 32K</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-C1"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_C1</constant></entry> + <entry>Single Carrier (C=1) transmission mode (DTMB)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="TRANSMISSION-MODE-C3780"><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_C3780</constant></entry> + <entry>Multi Carrier (C=3780) transmission mode (DTMB)</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + - <para>Possible values are:</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_transmit_mode { - TRANSMISSION_MODE_2K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_8K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_4K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_1K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_16K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_32K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_C1, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_C3780, -} fe_transmit_mode_t; -</programlisting> <para>Notes:</para> <para>1) ISDB-T supports three carrier/symbol-size: 8K, 4K, 2K. It is called 'mode' in the standard: Mode 1 is 2K, mode 2 is 4K, mode 3 is 8K</para> @@ -842,19 +1154,48 @@ typedef enum fe_transmit_mode { <para>3) DVB-T specifies 2K and 8K as valid sizes.</para> <para>4) DVB-T2 specifies 1K, 2K, 4K, 8K, 16K and 32K.</para> <para>5) DTMB specifies C1 and C3780.</para> +</section> </section> <section id="DTV-HIERARCHY"> <title><constant>DTV_HIERARCHY</constant></title> <para>Frontend hierarchy</para> - <programlisting> -typedef enum fe_hierarchy { - HIERARCHY_NONE, - HIERARCHY_1, - HIERARCHY_2, - HIERARCHY_4, - HIERARCHY_AUTO - } fe_hierarchy_t; - </programlisting> + + +<section id="fe-hierarchy-t"> +<title>Frontend hierarchy</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-hierarchy"> + <title>enum fe_hierarchy</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="HIERARCHY-NONE"><constant>HIERARCHY_NONE</constant></entry> + <entry>No hierarchy</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="HIERARCHY-AUTO"><constant>HIERARCHY_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect hierarchy (if supported)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="HIERARCHY-1"><constant>HIERARCHY_1</constant></entry> + <entry>Hierarchy 1</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="HIERARCHY-2"><constant>HIERARCHY_2</constant></entry> + <entry>Hierarchy 2</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="HIERARCHY-4"><constant>HIERARCHY_4</constant></entry> + <entry>Hierarchy 4</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</section> + </section> <section id="DTV-STREAM-ID"> <title><constant>DTV_STREAM_ID</constant></title> @@ -891,15 +1232,37 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy { </section> <section id="DTV-INTERLEAVING"> <title><constant>DTV_INTERLEAVING</constant></title> - <para id="fe-interleaving">Interleaving mode</para> - <programlisting> -enum fe_interleaving { - INTERLEAVING_NONE, - INTERLEAVING_AUTO, - INTERLEAVING_240, - INTERLEAVING_720, -}; - </programlisting> + +<para>Time interleaving to be used. Currently, used only on DTMB.</para> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-interleaving"> + <title>enum fe_interleaving</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="INTERLEAVING-NONE"><constant>INTERLEAVING_NONE</constant></entry> + <entry>No interleaving.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="INTERLEAVING-AUTO"><constant>INTERLEAVING_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Auto-detect interleaving.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="INTERLEAVING-240"><constant>INTERLEAVING_240</constant></entry> + <entry>Interleaving of 240 symbols.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="INTERLEAVING-720"><constant>INTERLEAVING_720</constant></entry> + <entry>Interleaving of 720 symbols.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + </section> <section id="DTV-LNA"> <title><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></title> @@ -921,7 +1284,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving { <para>For most delivery systems, <constant>dtv_property.stat.len</constant> will be 1 if the stats is supported, and the properties will return a single value for each parameter.</para> - <para>It should be noticed, however, that new OFDM delivery systems + <para>It should be noted, however, that new OFDM delivery systems like ISDB can use different modulation types for each group of carriers. On such standards, up to 3 groups of statistics can be provided, and <constant>dtv_property.stat.len</constant> is updated @@ -940,10 +1303,10 @@ enum fe_interleaving { and <constant>uvalue</constant> is for unsigned values (counters, relative scale)</para></listitem> <listitem><para><constant>scale</constant> - Scale for the value. It can be:</para> <itemizedlist mark='bullet' id="fecap-scale-params"> - <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - The parameter is supported by the frontend, but it was not possible to collect it (could be a transitory or permanent condition)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - parameter is a signed value, measured in 1/1000 dB</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_RELATIVE</constant> - parameter is a unsigned value, where 0 means 0% and 65535 means 100%.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_COUNTER</constant> - parameter is a unsigned value that counts the occurrence of an event, like bit error, block error, or lapsed time.</para></listitem> + <listitem id="FE-SCALE-NOT-AVAILABLE"><para><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - The parameter is supported by the frontend, but it was not possible to collect it (could be a transitory or permanent condition)</para></listitem> + <listitem id="FE-SCALE-DECIBEL"><para><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - parameter is a signed value, measured in 1/1000 dB</para></listitem> + <listitem id="FE-SCALE-RELATIVE"><para><constant>FE_SCALE_RELATIVE</constant> - parameter is a unsigned value, where 0 means 0% and 65535 means 100%.</para></listitem> + <listitem id="FE-SCALE-COUNTER"><para><constant>FE_SCALE_COUNTER</constant> - parameter is a unsigned value that counts the occurrence of an event, like bit error, block error, or lapsed time.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -953,7 +1316,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving { <para>Possible scales for this metric are:</para> <itemizedlist mark='bullet'> <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - signal strength is in 0.0001 dBm units, power measured in miliwatts. This value is generally negative.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - signal strength is in 0.001 dBm units, power measured in miliwatts. This value is generally negative.</para></listitem> <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_RELATIVE</constant> - The frontend provides a 0% to 100% measurement for power (actually, 0 to 65535).</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -963,7 +1326,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving { <para>Possible scales for this metric are:</para> <itemizedlist mark='bullet'> <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE</constant> - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - Signal/Noise ratio is in 0.0001 dB units.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_DECIBEL</constant> - Signal/Noise ratio is in 0.001 dB units.</para></listitem> <listitem><para><constant>FE_SCALE_RELATIVE</constant> - The frontend provides a 0% to 100% measurement for Signal/Noise (actually, 0 to 65535).</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -985,7 +1348,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving { <title><constant>DTV_STAT_PRE_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT</constant></title> <para>Measures the amount of bits received before the inner code block, during the same period as <link linkend="DTV-STAT-PRE-ERROR-BIT-COUNT"><constant>DTV_STAT_PRE_ERROR_BIT_COUNT</constant></link> measurement was taken.</para> - <para>It should be noticed that this measurement can be smaller than the total amount of bits on the transport stream, + <para>It should be noted that this measurement can be smaller than the total amount of bits on the transport stream, as the frontend may need to manually restart the measurement, losing some data between each measurement interval.</para> <para>This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements. The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned.</para> @@ -1014,7 +1377,7 @@ enum fe_interleaving { <title><constant>DTV_STAT_POST_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT</constant></title> <para>Measures the amount of bits received after the inner coding, during the same period as <link linkend="DTV-STAT-POST-ERROR-BIT-COUNT"><constant>DTV_STAT_POST_ERROR_BIT_COUNT</constant></link> measurement was taken.</para> - <para>It should be noticed that this measurement can be smaller than the total amount of bits on the transport stream, + <para>It should be noted that this measurement can be smaller than the total amount of bits on the transport stream, as the frontend may need to manually restart the measurement, losing some data between each measurement interval.</para> <para>This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements. The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned.</para> @@ -1255,8 +1618,8 @@ enum fe_interleaving { <para>In addition, the <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">DTV QoS statistics</link> are also valid.</para> </section> </section> - <section id="frontend-property-satellital-systems"> - <title>Properties used on satellital delivery systems</title> + <section id="frontend-property-satellite-systems"> + <title>Properties used on satellite delivery systems</title> <section id="dvbs-params"> <title>DVB-S delivery system</title> <para>The following parameters are valid for DVB-S:</para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/examples.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/examples.xml index f037e568eb6e..c9f68c7183cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/examples.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/examples.xml @@ -1,8 +1,10 @@ <title>Examples</title> <para>In this section we would like to present some examples for using the DVB API. </para> -<para>Maintainer note: This section is out of date. Please refer to the sample programs packaged -with the driver distribution from <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org/hg/dvb-apps" />. +<para>NOTE: This section is out of date, and the code below won't even + compile. Please refer to the + <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org/docs/libdvbv5/index.html">libdvbv5</ulink> + for updated/recommended examples. </para> <section id="tuning"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-recv-slave-reply.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-recv-slave-reply.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4595dbfff208 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-recv-slave-reply.xml @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +<refentry id="FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</refname> + <refpurpose>Receives reply from a DiSEqC 2.0 command</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &dvb-diseqc-slave-reply;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>Receives reply from a DiSEqC 2.0 command.</para> +&return-value-dvb; + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dvb-diseqc-slave-reply"> + <title>struct <structname>dvb_diseqc_slave_reply</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>uint8_t</entry> + <entry>msg[4]</entry> + <entry>DiSEqC message (framing, data[3])</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint8_t</entry> + <entry>msg_len</entry> + <entry>Length of the DiSEqC message. Valid values are 0 to 4, + where 0 means no msg</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>int</entry> + <entry>timeout</entry> + <entry>Return from ioctl after timeout ms with errorcode when no + message was received</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-reset-overload.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-reset-overload.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c104df77ecd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-reset-overload.xml @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<refentry id="FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</refname> + <refpurpose>Restores the power to the antenna subsystem, if it was powered + off due to power overload.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>NULL</paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>If the bus has been automatically powered off due to power overload, this ioctl + call restores the power to the bus. The call requires read/write access to the + device. This call has no effect if the device is manually powered off. Not all + DVB adapters support this ioctl.</para> +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-send-burst.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-send-burst.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9f6a68f32de3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-send-burst.xml @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +<refentry id="FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</refname> + <refpurpose>Sends a 22KHz tone burst for 2x1 mini DiSEqC satellite selection.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>enum fe_sec_mini_cmd *<parameter>tone</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>tone</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &fe-sec-mini-cmd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + +<para>This ioctl is used to set the generation of a 22kHz tone burst for mini + DiSEqC satellite + selection for 2x1 switches. + This call requires read/write permissions.</para> +<para>It provides support for what's specified at + <ulink url="http://www.eutelsat.com/files/contributed/satellites/pdf/Diseqc/associated%20docs/simple_tone_burst_detec.pdf">Digital Satellite Equipment Control + (DiSEqC) - Simple "ToneBurst" Detection Circuit specification.</ulink> + </para> +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> + +<refsect1 id="fe-sec-mini-cmd-t"> +<title>enum fe_sec_mini_cmd</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-sec-mini-cmd"> + <title>enum fe_sec_mini_cmd</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-MINI-A"><constant>SEC_MINI_A</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Sends a mini-DiSEqC 22kHz '0' Tone Burst to + select satellite-A</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-MINI-B"><constant>SEC_MINI_B</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Sends a mini-DiSEqC 22kHz '1' Data Burst to + select satellite-B</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</refsect1> + +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-send-master-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-send-master-cmd.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..38cf313e121b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-diseqc-send-master-cmd.xml @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<refentry id="FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</refname> + <refpurpose>Sends a DiSEqC command</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &dvb-diseqc-master-cmd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>Sends a DiSEqC command to the antenna subsystem.</para> +&return-value-dvb; + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dvb-diseqc-master-cmd"> + <title>struct <structname>dvb_diseqc_master_cmd</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>uint8_t</entry> + <entry>msg[6]</entry> + <entry>DiSEqC message (framing, address, command, data[3])</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint8_t</entry> + <entry>msg_len</entry> + <entry>Length of the DiSEqC message. Valid values are 3 to 6</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-enable-high-lnb-voltage.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-enable-high-lnb-voltage.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c11890b184ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-enable-high-lnb-voltage.xml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<refentry id="FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE</refname> + <refpurpose>Select output DC level between normal LNBf voltages or higher + LNBf voltages.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>unsigned int <parameter>high</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>high</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>Valid flags:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>0 - normal 13V and 18V.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>>0 - enables slightly higher voltages instead of + 13/18V, in order to compensate for long antenna cables.</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>Select output DC level between normal LNBf voltages or higher + LNBf voltages between 0 (normal) or a value grater than 0 for higher + voltages.</para> +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-get-info.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-get-info.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ed0eeb29dd65 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-get-info.xml @@ -0,0 +1,266 @@ +<refentry id="FE_GET_INFO"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_GET_INFO</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_GET_INFO</refname> + <refpurpose>Query DVB frontend capabilities and returns information about + the front-end. This call only requires read-only access to the device</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct dvb_frontend_info *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_GET_INFO</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to struct &dvb-frontend-info;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>All DVB frontend devices support the +<constant>FE_GET_INFO</constant> ioctl. It is used to identify +kernel devices compatible with this specification and to obtain +information about driver and hardware capabilities. The ioctl takes a +pointer to dvb_frontend_info which is filled by the driver. When the +driver is not compatible with this specification the ioctl returns an error. +</para> +&return-value-dvb; + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dvb-frontend-info"> + <title>struct <structname>dvb_frontend_info</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>char</entry> + <entry>name[128]</entry> + <entry>Name of the frontend</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>fe_type_t</entry> + <entry>type</entry> + <entry><emphasis role="bold">DEPRECATED</emphasis>. DVBv3 type. Should not be used on modern programs, as a + frontend may have more than one type. So, the DVBv5 API should + be used instead to enumerate and select the frontend type.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>frequency_min</entry> + <entry>Minimal frequency supported by the frontend</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>frequency_max</entry> + <entry>Maximal frequency supported by the frontend</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>frequency_stepsize</entry> + <entry>Frequency step - all frequencies are multiple of this value</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>frequency_tolerance</entry> + <entry>Tolerance of the frequency</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>symbol_rate_min</entry> + <entry>Minimal symbol rate (for Cable/Satellite systems), in bauds</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>symbol_rate_max</entry> + <entry>Maximal symbol rate (for Cable/Satellite systems), in bauds</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>symbol_rate_tolerance</entry> + <entry>Maximal symbol rate tolerance, in ppm</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>uint32_t</entry> + <entry>notifier_delay</entry> + <entry><emphasis role="bold">DEPRECATED</emphasis>. Not used by any driver.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry>&fe-caps;</entry> + <entry>caps</entry> + <entry>Capabilities supported by the frontend</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + <para>NOTE: The frequencies are specified in Hz for Terrestrial and Cable + systems. They're specified in kHz for Satellite systems</para> + </refsect1> + +<refsect1 id="fe-caps-t"> +<title>frontend capabilities</title> + +<para>Capabilities describe what a frontend can do. Some capabilities are + supported only on some specific frontend types.</para> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-caps"> + <title>enum fe_caps</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="FE-IS-STUPID"><constant>FE_IS_STUPID</constant></entry> + <entry>There's something wrong at the frontend, and it can't + report its capabilities</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-INVERSION-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_INVERSION_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend is capable of auto-detecting inversion</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-1-2"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_1_2</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 1/2</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-2-3"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_2_3</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 2/3</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-3-4"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_3_4</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 3/4</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-4-5"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_4_5</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 4/5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-5-6"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_5_6</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 5/6</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-6-7"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_6_7</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 6/7</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-7-8"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_7_8</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 7/8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-8-9"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_8_9</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports FEC 8/9</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-FEC-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_FEC_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can autodetect FEC.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QPSK"><constant>FE_CAN_QPSK</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports QPSK modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QAM-16"><constant>FE_CAN_QAM_16</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 16-QAM modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QAM-32"><constant>FE_CAN_QAM_32</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 32-QAM modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QAM-64"><constant>FE_CAN_QAM_64</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 64-QAM modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QAM-128"><constant>FE_CAN_QAM_128</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 128-QAM modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QAM-256"><constant>FE_CAN_QAM_256</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 256-QAM modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-QAM-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_QAM_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can autodetect modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-TRANSMISSION-MODE-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can autodetect the transmission mode</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-BANDWIDTH-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_BANDWIDTH_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can autodetect the bandwidth</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-GUARD-INTERVAL-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can autodetect the guard interval</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-HIERARCHY-AUTO"><constant>FE_CAN_HIERARCHY_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can autodetect hierarch</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-8VSB"><constant>FE_CAN_8VSB</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 8-VSB modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-16VSB"><constant>FE_CAN_16VSB</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports 16-VSB modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-HAS-EXTENDED-CAPS"><constant>FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS</constant></entry> + <entry>Currently, unused</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-MULTISTREAM"><constant>FE_CAN_MULTISTREAM</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports multistream filtering</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-TURBO-FEC"><constant>FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports turbo FEC modulation</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-2G-MODULATION"><constant>FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend supports "2nd generation modulation" (DVB-S2/T2)></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-NEEDS-BENDING"><constant>FE_NEEDS_BENDING</constant></entry> + <entry>Not supported anymore, don't use it</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-RECOVER"><constant>FE_CAN_RECOVER</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can recover from a cable unplug automatically</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-CAN-MUTE-TS"><constant>FE_CAN_MUTE_TS</constant></entry> + <entry>The frontend can stop spurious TS data output</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-get-property.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-get-property.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..53a170ed3bd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-get-property.xml @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<refentry id="FE_GET_PROPERTY"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_SET_PROPERTY, FE_GET_PROPERTY</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_SET_PROPERTY</refname> + <refname>FE_GET_PROPERTY</refname> + <refpurpose>FE_SET_PROPERTY sets one or more frontend properties. + FE_GET_PROPERTY returns one or more frontend properties.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct dtv_properties *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_PROPERTY, FE_GET_PROPERTY</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &dtv-properties;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>All DVB frontend devices support the +<constant>FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant> and <constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY</constant> +ioctls. The supported properties and statistics depends on the delivery system +and on the device:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> + <para><constant>FE_SET_PROPERTY:</constant></para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>This ioctl is used to set one or more + frontend properties.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>This is the basic command to request the frontend to tune into some + frequency and to start decoding the digital TV signal.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>This call requires read/write access to the device.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>At return, the values are updated to reflect the + actual parameters used.</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <para><constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY:</constant></para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>This ioctl is used to get properties and +statistics from the frontend.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>No properties are changed, and statistics aren't reset.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>This call only requires read-only access to the device.</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-read-status.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-read-status.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bc0dc2a55f19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-read-status.xml @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +<refentry id="FE_READ_STATUS"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_READ_STATUS</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_READ_STATUS</refname> + <refpurpose>Returns status information about the front-end. This call only + requires read-only access to the device</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>unsigned int *<parameter>status</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_READ_STATUS</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>status</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to a bitmask integer filled with the values defined by + &fe-status;.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>All DVB frontend devices support the +<constant>FE_READ_STATUS</constant> ioctl. It is used to check about the +locking status of the frontend after being tuned. The ioctl takes a +pointer to an integer where the status will be written. +</para> +<para>NOTE: the size of status is actually sizeof(enum fe_status), with varies + according with the architecture. This needs to be fixed in the future.</para> +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> + +<refsect1 id="fe-status-t"> +<title>int fe_status</title> + +<para>The fe_status parameter is used to indicate the current state + and/or state changes of the frontend hardware. It is produced using + the &fe-status; values on a bitmask</para> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-status"> + <title>enum fe_status</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-HAS-SIGNAL"><constant>FE_HAS_SIGNAL</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">The frontend has found something above the noise level</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-HAS-CARRIER"><constant>FE_HAS_CARRIER</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">The frontend has found a DVB signal</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-HAS-VITERBI"><constant>FE_HAS_VITERBI</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">The frontend FEC inner coding (Viterbi, LDPC or other inner code) is stable</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-HAS-SYNC"><constant>FE_HAS_SYNC</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Synchronization bytes was found</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-HAS-LOCK"><constant>FE_HAS_LOCK</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">The DVB were locked and everything is working</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-TIMEDOUT"><constant>FE_TIMEDOUT</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">no lock within the last about 2 seconds</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="FE-REINIT"><constant>FE_REINIT</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">The frontend was reinitialized, application is + recommended to reset DiSEqC, tone and parameters</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-frontend-tune-mode.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-frontend-tune-mode.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..99fa8a015c7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-frontend-tune-mode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<refentry id="FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE</refname> + <refpurpose>Allow setting tuner mode flags to the frontend.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>unsigned int <parameter>flags</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>flags</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>Valid flags:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>0 - normal tune mode</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>FE_TUNE_MODE_ONESHOT - When set, this flag will + disable any zigzagging or other "normal" tuning behaviour. + Additionally, there will be no automatic monitoring of the + lock status, and hence no frontend events will be + generated. If a frontend device is closed, this flag will + be automatically turned off when the device is reopened + read-write.</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>Allow setting tuner mode flags to the frontend, between 0 (normal) + or FE_TUNE_MODE_ONESHOT mode</para> +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-tone.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-tone.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..62d44e4ccc39 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-tone.xml @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +<refentry id="FE_SET_TONE"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_SET_TONE</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_SET_TONE</refname> + <refpurpose>Sets/resets the generation of the continuous 22kHz tone.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>enum fe_sec_tone_mode *<parameter>tone</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_TONE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>tone</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &fe-sec-tone-mode;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + +<para>This ioctl is used to set the generation of the continuous 22kHz tone. + This call requires read/write permissions.</para> +<para>Usually, satellite antenna subsystems require that the digital TV + device to send a 22kHz tone in order to select between high/low band on + some dual-band LNBf. It is also used to send signals to DiSEqC equipment, + but this is done using the DiSEqC ioctls.</para> +<para>NOTE: if more than one device is connected to the same antenna, + setting a tone may interfere on other devices, as they may lose + the capability of selecting the band. So, it is recommended that + applications would change to SEC_TONE_OFF when the device is not used.</para> + +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> + +<refsect1 id="fe-sec-tone-mode-t"> +<title>enum fe_sec_tone_mode</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-sec-tone-mode"> + <title>enum fe_sec_tone_mode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-TONE-ON"><constant>SEC_TONE_ON</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Sends a 22kHz tone burst to the antenna</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char" id="SEC-TONE-OFF"><constant>SEC_TONE_OFF</constant></entry> + <entry align="char">Don't send a 22kHz tone to the antenna + (except if the FE_DISEQC_* ioctls are called)</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</refsect1> + +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-voltage.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-voltage.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c89a6f79b5af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/fe-set-voltage.xml @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<refentry id="FE_SET_VOLTAGE"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl FE_SET_VOLTAGE</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>FE_SET_VOLTAGE</refname> + <refpurpose>Allow setting the DC level sent to the antenna subsystem.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>enum fe_sec_voltage *<parameter>voltage</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_VOLTAGE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>voltage</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &fe-sec-voltage;</para> + <para>Valid values are described at &fe-sec-voltage;.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + +<para>This ioctl allows to set the DC voltage level sent through the antenna + cable to 13V, 18V or off.</para> +<para>Usually, a satellite antenna subsystems require that the digital TV + device to send a DC voltage to feed power to the LNBf. Depending on the + LNBf type, the polarization or the intermediate frequency (IF) of the LNBf + can controlled by the voltage level. Other devices (for example, the ones + that implement DISEqC and multipoint LNBf's don't need to control the + voltage level, provided that either 13V or 18V is sent to power up the + LNBf.</para> +<para>NOTE: if more than one device is connected to the same antenna, + setting a voltage level may interfere on other devices, as they may lose + the capability of setting polarization or IF. So, on those + cases, setting the voltage to SEC_VOLTAGE_OFF while the device is not is + used is recommended.</para> + +&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> + +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml index 8a6a6ff27af5..01210b33c130 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml @@ -1,485 +1,112 @@ <title>DVB Frontend API</title> -<para>The DVB frontend device controls the tuner and DVB demodulator -hardware. It can be accessed through <emphasis -role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/frontend0</emphasis>. Data types and and -ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis -role="tt">linux/dvb/frontend.h</emphasis> in your application.</para> - -<para>DVB frontends come in three varieties: DVB-S (satellite), DVB-C -(cable) and DVB-T (terrestrial). Transmission via the internet (DVB-IP) -is not yet handled by this API but a future extension is possible. For -DVB-S the frontend device also supports satellite equipment control -(SEC) via DiSEqC and V-SEC protocols. The DiSEqC (digital SEC) -specification is available from +<para>The DVB frontend API was designed to support three types of delivery systems:</para> +<itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>Terrestrial systems: DVB-T, DVB-T2, ATSC, ATSC M/H, ISDB-T, DVB-H, DTMB, CMMB</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Cable systems: DVB-C Annex A/C, ClearQAM (DVB-C Annex B), ISDB-C</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Satellite systems: DVB-S, DVB-S2, DVB Turbo, ISDB-S, DSS</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<para>The DVB frontend controls several sub-devices including:</para> +<itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>Tuner</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Digital TV demodulator</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Low noise amplifier (LNA)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Satellite Equipment Control (SEC) hardware (only for Satellite).</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<para>The frontend can be accessed through + <constant>/dev/dvb/adapter?/frontend?</constant>. Data types and + ioctl definitions can be accessed by including + <constant>linux/dvb/frontend.h</constant> in your application. +</para> + +<para>NOTE: Transmission via the internet (DVB-IP) + is not yet handled by this API but a future extension is possible.</para> +<para>On Satellite systems, the API support for the Satellite Equipment Control + (SEC) allows to power control and to send/receive signals to control the + antenna subsystem, selecting the polarization and choosing the Intermediate + Frequency IF) of the Low Noise Block Converter Feed Horn (LNBf). It + supports the DiSEqC and V-SEC protocols. The DiSEqC (digital SEC) +specification is available at <ulink url="http://www.eutelsat.com/satellites/4_5_5.html">Eutelsat</ulink>.</para> -<para>Note that the DVB API may also be used for MPEG decoder-only PCI -cards, in which case there exists no frontend device.</para> - -<section id="frontend_types"> -<title>Frontend Data Types</title> - -<section id="fe-type-t"> -<title>Frontend type</title> - -<para>For historical reasons, frontend types are named by the type of modulation used in -transmission. The fontend types are given by fe_type_t type, defined as:</para> - -<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-type"> -<title>Frontend types</title> -<tgroup cols="3"> - &cs-def; - <thead> - <row> - <entry>fe_type</entry> - <entry>Description</entry> - <entry><link linkend="DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM">DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</link> equivalent type</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody valign="top"> - <row> - <entry id="FE_QPSK"><constant>FE_QPSK</constant></entry> - <entry>For DVB-S standard</entry> - <entry><constant>SYS_DVBS</constant></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry id="FE_QAM"><constant>FE_QAM</constant></entry> - <entry>For DVB-C annex A standard</entry> - <entry><constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A</constant></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry id="FE_OFDM"><constant>FE_OFDM</constant></entry> - <entry>For DVB-T standard</entry> - <entry><constant>SYS_DVBT</constant></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry id="FE_ATSC"><constant>FE_ATSC</constant></entry> - <entry>For ATSC standard (terrestrial) or for DVB-C Annex B (cable) used in US.</entry> - <entry><constant>SYS_ATSC</constant> (terrestrial) or <constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B</constant> (cable)</entry> - </row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> - -<para>Newer formats like DVB-S2, ISDB-T, ISDB-S and DVB-T2 are not described at the above, as they're -supported via the new <link linkend="FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY</link> ioctl's, using the <link linkend="DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM">DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</link> parameter. -</para> - -<para>The usage of this field is deprecated, as it doesn't report all supported standards, and -will provide an incomplete information for frontends that support multiple delivery systems. -Please use <link linkend="DTV-ENUM-DELSYS">DTV_ENUM_DELSYS</link> instead.</para> -</section> - -<section id="fe-caps-t"> -<title>frontend capabilities</title> - -<para>Capabilities describe what a frontend can do. Some capabilities can only be supported for -a specific frontend type.</para> -<programlisting> - typedef enum fe_caps { - FE_IS_STUPID = 0, - FE_CAN_INVERSION_AUTO = 0x1, - FE_CAN_FEC_1_2 = 0x2, - FE_CAN_FEC_2_3 = 0x4, - FE_CAN_FEC_3_4 = 0x8, - FE_CAN_FEC_4_5 = 0x10, - FE_CAN_FEC_5_6 = 0x20, - FE_CAN_FEC_6_7 = 0x40, - FE_CAN_FEC_7_8 = 0x80, - FE_CAN_FEC_8_9 = 0x100, - FE_CAN_FEC_AUTO = 0x200, - FE_CAN_QPSK = 0x400, - FE_CAN_QAM_16 = 0x800, - FE_CAN_QAM_32 = 0x1000, - FE_CAN_QAM_64 = 0x2000, - FE_CAN_QAM_128 = 0x4000, - FE_CAN_QAM_256 = 0x8000, - FE_CAN_QAM_AUTO = 0x10000, - FE_CAN_TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO = 0x20000, - FE_CAN_BANDWIDTH_AUTO = 0x40000, - FE_CAN_GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO = 0x80000, - FE_CAN_HIERARCHY_AUTO = 0x100000, - FE_CAN_8VSB = 0x200000, - FE_CAN_16VSB = 0x400000, - FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS = 0x800000, - FE_CAN_MULTISTREAM = 0x4000000, - FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC = 0x8000000, - FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION = 0x10000000, - FE_NEEDS_BENDING = 0x20000000, - FE_CAN_RECOVER = 0x40000000, - FE_CAN_MUTE_TS = 0x80000000 - } fe_caps_t; -</programlisting> -</section> - -<section id="dvb-frontend-info"> -<title>frontend information</title> - -<para>Information about the frontend ca be queried with - <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link>.</para> - -<programlisting> - struct dvb_frontend_info { - char name[128]; - fe_type_t type; - uint32_t frequency_min; - uint32_t frequency_max; - uint32_t frequency_stepsize; - uint32_t frequency_tolerance; - uint32_t symbol_rate_min; - uint32_t symbol_rate_max; - uint32_t symbol_rate_tolerance; /⋆ ppm ⋆/ - uint32_t notifier_delay; /⋆ ms ⋆/ - fe_caps_t caps; - }; -</programlisting> -</section> - -<section id="dvb-diseqc-master-cmd"> -<title>diseqc master command</title> - -<para>A message sent from the frontend to DiSEqC capable equipment.</para> -<programlisting> - struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd { - uint8_t msg [6]; /⋆ { framing, address, command, data[3] } ⋆/ - uint8_t msg_len; /⋆ valid values are 3...6 ⋆/ - }; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section role="subsection" id="dvb-diseqc-slave-reply"> -<title>diseqc slave reply</title> - -<para>A reply to the frontend from DiSEqC 2.0 capable equipment.</para> -<programlisting> - struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply { - uint8_t msg [4]; /⋆ { framing, data [3] } ⋆/ - uint8_t msg_len; /⋆ valid values are 0...4, 0 means no msg ⋆/ - int timeout; /⋆ return from ioctl after timeout ms with ⋆/ - }; /⋆ errorcode when no message was received ⋆/ -</programlisting> -</section> - -<section id="fe-sec-voltage-t"> -<title>diseqc slave reply</title> -<para>The voltage is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable LNBs to switch the polarzation -(horizontal/vertical). When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to be switched -consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC spec.</para> -<programlisting> - typedef enum fe_sec_voltage { - SEC_VOLTAGE_13, - SEC_VOLTAGE_18 - } fe_sec_voltage_t; -</programlisting> -</section> - -<section id="fe-sec-tone-mode-t"> -<title>SEC continuous tone</title> +<section id="query-dvb-frontend-info"> +<title>Querying frontend information</title> -<para>The continuous 22KHz tone is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable LNBs to switch the -high/low band of a dual-band LNB. When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to -be switched consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC -spec.</para> -<programlisting> - typedef enum fe_sec_tone_mode { - SEC_TONE_ON, - SEC_TONE_OFF - } fe_sec_tone_mode_t; -</programlisting> +<para>Usually, the first thing to do when the frontend is opened is to + check the frontend capabilities. This is done using <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link>. This ioctl will enumerate + the DVB API version and other characteristics about the frontend, and + can be opened either in read only or read/write mode.</para> </section> -<section id="fe-sec-mini-cmd-t"> -<title>SEC tone burst</title> - -<para>The 22KHz tone burst is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable switches to select -between two connected LNBs/satellites. When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to -be switched consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC -spec.</para> -<programlisting> - typedef enum fe_sec_mini_cmd { - SEC_MINI_A, - SEC_MINI_B - } fe_sec_mini_cmd_t; -</programlisting> - -<para></para> -</section> - -<section id="fe-status-t"> -<title>frontend status</title> -<para>Several functions of the frontend device use the fe_status data type defined -by</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_status { - FE_HAS_SIGNAL = 0x01, - FE_HAS_CARRIER = 0x02, - FE_HAS_VITERBI = 0x04, - FE_HAS_SYNC = 0x08, - FE_HAS_LOCK = 0x10, - FE_TIMEDOUT = 0x20, - FE_REINIT = 0x40, -} fe_status_t; -</programlisting> -<para>to indicate the current state and/or state changes of the frontend hardware: -</para> - -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody> -<row> -<entry align="char">FE_HAS_SIGNAL</entry> -<entry align="char">The frontend has found something above the noise level</entry> -</row><row> -<entry align="char">FE_HAS_CARRIER</entry> -<entry align="char">The frontend has found a DVB signal</entry> -</row><row> -<entry align="char">FE_HAS_VITERBI</entry> -<entry align="char">The frontend FEC inner coding (Viterbi, LDPC or other inner code) is stable</entry> -</row><row> -<entry align="char">FE_HAS_SYNC</entry> -<entry align="char">Synchronization bytes was found</entry> -</row><row> -<entry align="char">FE_HAS_LOCK</entry> -<entry align="char">The DVB were locked and everything is working</entry> -</row><row> -<entry align="char">FE_TIMEDOUT</entry> -<entry align="char">no lock within the last about 2 seconds</entry> -</row><row> -<entry align="char">FE_REINIT</entry> -<entry align="char">The frontend was reinitialized, application is -recommended to reset DiSEqC, tone and parameters</entry> -</row> -</tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<section id="dvb-fe-read-status"> +<title>Querying frontend status and statistics</title> +<para>Once <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY"><constant>FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> + is called, the frontend will run a kernel thread that will periodically + check for the tuner lock status and provide statistics about the quality + of the signal.</para> +<para>The information about the frontend tuner locking status can be queried + using <link linkend="FE_READ_STATUS">FE_READ_STATUS</link>.</para> +<para>Signal statistics are provided via <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY"><constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY</constant></link>. + Please note that several statistics require the demodulator to be fully + locked (e. g. with FE_HAS_LOCK bit set). See + <link linkend="frontend-stat-properties">Frontend statistics indicators</link> + for more details.</para> </section> -<section id="dvb-frontend-parameters"> -<title>frontend parameters</title> -<para>The kind of parameters passed to the frontend device for tuning depend on -the kind of hardware you are using.</para> -<para>The struct <constant>dvb_frontend_parameters</constant> uses an -union with specific per-system parameters. However, as newer delivery systems -required more data, the structure size weren't enough to fit, and just -extending its size would break the existing applications. So, those parameters -were replaced by the usage of <link linkend="FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY"> -<constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> ioctl's. The -new API is flexible enough to add new parameters to existing delivery systems, -and to add newer delivery systems.</para> -<para>So, newer applications should use <link linkend="FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY"> -<constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> instead, in -order to be able to support the newer System Delivery like DVB-S2, DVB-T2, -DVB-C2, ISDB, etc.</para> -<para>All kinds of parameters are combined as an union in the FrontendParameters structure: -<programlisting> -struct dvb_frontend_parameters { - uint32_t frequency; /⋆ (absolute) frequency in Hz for QAM/OFDM ⋆/ - /⋆ intermediate frequency in kHz for QPSK ⋆/ - fe_spectral_inversion_t inversion; - union { - struct dvb_qpsk_parameters qpsk; - struct dvb_qam_parameters qam; - struct dvb_ofdm_parameters ofdm; - struct dvb_vsb_parameters vsb; - } u; -}; -</programlisting></para> -<para>In the case of QPSK frontends the <constant>frequency</constant> field specifies the intermediate -frequency, i.e. the offset which is effectively added to the local oscillator frequency (LOF) of -the LNB. The intermediate frequency has to be specified in units of kHz. For QAM and -OFDM frontends the <constant>frequency</constant> specifies the absolute frequency and is given in Hz. -</para> - -<section id="dvb-qpsk-parameters"> -<title>QPSK parameters</title> -<para>For satellite QPSK frontends you have to use the <constant>dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant> structure:</para> -<programlisting> - struct dvb_qpsk_parameters { - uint32_t symbol_rate; /⋆ symbol rate in Symbols per second ⋆/ - fe_code_rate_t fec_inner; /⋆ forward error correction (see above) ⋆/ - }; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="dvb-qam-parameters"> -<title>QAM parameters</title> -<para>for cable QAM frontend you use the <constant>dvb_qam_parameters</constant> structure:</para> -<programlisting> - struct dvb_qam_parameters { - uint32_t symbol_rate; /⋆ symbol rate in Symbols per second ⋆/ - fe_code_rate_t fec_inner; /⋆ forward error correction (see above) ⋆/ - fe_modulation_t modulation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ - }; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="dvb-vsb-parameters"> -<title>VSB parameters</title> -<para>ATSC frontends are supported by the <constant>dvb_vsb_parameters</constant> structure:</para> -<programlisting> -struct dvb_vsb_parameters { - fe_modulation_t modulation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ -}; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="dvb-ofdm-parameters"> -<title>OFDM parameters</title> -<para>DVB-T frontends are supported by the <constant>dvb_ofdm_parameters</constant> structure:</para> -<programlisting> - struct dvb_ofdm_parameters { - fe_bandwidth_t bandwidth; - fe_code_rate_t code_rate_HP; /⋆ high priority stream code rate ⋆/ - fe_code_rate_t code_rate_LP; /⋆ low priority stream code rate ⋆/ - fe_modulation_t constellation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ - fe_transmit_mode_t transmission_mode; - fe_guard_interval_t guard_interval; - fe_hierarchy_t hierarchy_information; - }; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="fe-spectral-inversion-t"> -<title>frontend spectral inversion</title> -<para>The Inversion field can take one of these values: -</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_spectral_inversion { - INVERSION_OFF, - INVERSION_ON, - INVERSION_AUTO -} fe_spectral_inversion_t; -</programlisting> -<para>It indicates if spectral inversion should be presumed or not. In the automatic setting -(<constant>INVERSION_AUTO</constant>) the hardware will try to figure out the correct setting by -itself. -</para> -</section> -<section id="fe-code-rate-t"> -<title>frontend code rate</title> -<para>The possible values for the <constant>fec_inner</constant> field used on -<link linkend="dvb-qpsk-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant></link> and -<link linkend="dvb-qam-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link> are: -</para> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_code_rate { - FEC_NONE = 0, - FEC_1_2, - FEC_2_3, - FEC_3_4, - FEC_4_5, - FEC_5_6, - FEC_6_7, - FEC_7_8, - FEC_8_9, - FEC_AUTO, - FEC_3_5, - FEC_9_10, -} fe_code_rate_t; -</programlisting> -<para>which correspond to error correction rates of 1/2, 2/3, etc., no error correction or auto -detection. -</para> -</section> -<section id="fe-modulation-t"> -<title>frontend modulation type for QAM, OFDM and VSB</title> -<para>For cable and terrestrial frontends, e. g. for -<link linkend="dvb-qam-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant></link>, -<link linkend="dvb-ofdm-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link> and -<link linkend="dvb-vsb-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link>, -it needs to specify the quadrature modulation mode which can be one of the following: -</para> -<programlisting> - typedef enum fe_modulation { - QPSK, - QAM_16, - QAM_32, - QAM_64, - QAM_128, - QAM_256, - QAM_AUTO, - VSB_8, - VSB_16, - PSK_8, - APSK_16, - APSK_32, - DQPSK, - } fe_modulation_t; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section> -<title>More OFDM parameters</title> -<section id="fe-transmit-mode-t"> -<title>Number of carriers per channel</title> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_transmit_mode { - TRANSMISSION_MODE_2K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_8K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_4K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_1K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_16K, - TRANSMISSION_MODE_32K, - } fe_transmit_mode_t; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="fe-bandwidth-t"> -<title>frontend bandwidth</title> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_bandwidth { - BANDWIDTH_8_MHZ, - BANDWIDTH_7_MHZ, - BANDWIDTH_6_MHZ, - BANDWIDTH_AUTO, - BANDWIDTH_5_MHZ, - BANDWIDTH_10_MHZ, - BANDWIDTH_1_712_MHZ, -} fe_bandwidth_t; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="fe-guard-interval-t"> -<title>frontend guard inverval</title> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_guard_interval { - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_32, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_16, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_8, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_4, - GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO, - GUARD_INTERVAL_1_128, - GUARD_INTERVAL_19_128, - GUARD_INTERVAL_19_256, -} fe_guard_interval_t; -</programlisting> -</section> -<section id="fe-hierarchy-t"> -<title>frontend hierarchy</title> -<programlisting> -typedef enum fe_hierarchy { - HIERARCHY_NONE, - HIERARCHY_1, - HIERARCHY_2, - HIERARCHY_4, - HIERARCHY_AUTO - } fe_hierarchy_t; -</programlisting> -</section> -</section> - -</section> - -<section id="dvb-frontend-event"> -<title>frontend events</title> - <programlisting> - struct dvb_frontend_event { - fe_status_t status; - struct dvb_frontend_parameters parameters; - }; -</programlisting> - </section> -</section> - +&sub-dvbproperty; <section id="frontend_fcalls"> <title>Frontend Function Calls</title> -<section id="frontend_f_open"> -<title>open()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> -<para>This system call opens a named frontend device (/dev/dvb/adapter0/frontend0) +<refentry id="frontend_f_open"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>DVB frontend open()</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>fe-open</refname> + <refpurpose>Open a frontend device</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcsynopsisinfo>#include <fcntl.h></funcsynopsisinfo> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>open</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>const char *<parameter>device_name</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>flags</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>device_name</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>Device to be opened.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>flags</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>Open flags. Access can either be + <constant>O_RDWR</constant> or <constant>O_RDONLY</constant>.</para> + <para>Multiple opens are allowed with <constant>O_RDONLY</constant>. In this mode, only query and read ioctls are allowed.</para> + <para>Only one open is allowed in <constant>O_RDWR</constant>. In this mode, all ioctls are allowed.</para> + <para>When the <constant>O_NONBLOCK</constant> flag is given, the system calls may return &EAGAIN; when no data is available or when the device driver is temporarily busy.</para> + <para>Other flags have no effect.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + <para>This system call opens a named frontend device (<constant>/dev/dvb/adapter?/frontend?</constant>) for subsequent use. Usually the first thing to do after a successful open is to find out the frontend type with <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link>.</para> <para>The device can be opened in read-only mode, which only allows monitoring of @@ -497,1052 +124,146 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy { for use in the specified mode. This implies that the corresponding hardware is powered up, and that other front-ends may have been powered down to make that possible.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int open(const char ⋆deviceName, int flags);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>const char - *deviceName</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Name of specific video device.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int flags</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>A bit-wise OR of the following flags:</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>O_RDONLY read-only access</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>O_RDWR read/write access</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>O_NONBLOCK open in non-blocking mode</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>(blocking mode is the default)</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURN VALUE</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>ENODEV</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Device driver not loaded/available.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EINTERNAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Internal error.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EBUSY</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Device or resource busy.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Invalid argument.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - -<section id="frontend_f_close"> -<title>close()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Return Value</title> + + <para>On success <function>open</function> returns the new file +descriptor. On error -1 is returned, and the <varname>errno</varname> +variable is set appropriately. Possible error codes are:</para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EACCES</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The caller has no permission to access the +device.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The the device driver is already in use.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>ENXIO</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>No device corresponding to this device special file +exists.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>ENOMEM</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>Not enough kernel memory was available to complete the +request.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EMFILE</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The process already has the maximum number of +files open.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>ENFILE</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The limit on the total number of files open on the +system has been reached.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>ENODEV</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The device got removed.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> +</refentry> + +<refentry id="frontend_f_close"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>DVB frontend close()</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>fe-close</refname> + <refpurpose>Close a frontend device</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcsynopsisinfo>#include <unistd.h></funcsynopsisinfo> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>close</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> <para>This system call closes a previously opened front-end device. After closing a front-end device, its corresponding hardware might be powered down automatically.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int close(int fd);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURN VALUE</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EBADF</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - -<section id="FE_READ_STATUS"> -<title>FE_READ_STATUS</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns status information about the front-end. This call only - requires read-only access to the device.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_STATUS">FE_READ_STATUS</link>, - fe_status_t ⋆status);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> - -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_STATUS">FE_READ_STATUS</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct fe_status_t - *status</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to the location where the front-end status word is - to be stored.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURN VALUE</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EBADF</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EFAULT</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>status points to invalid address.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - -<section id="FE_READ_BER"> -<title>FE_READ_BER</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns the bit error rate for the signal currently - received/demodulated by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to - the device is sufficient.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_BER">FE_READ_BER</link>, - uint32_t ⋆ber);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_BER">FE_READ_BER</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>uint32_t *ber</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The bit error rate is stored into *ber.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_READ_SNR"> -<title>FE_READ_SNR</title> - -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns the signal-to-noise ratio for the signal currently received - by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_SNR">FE_READ_SNR</link>, uint16_t - ⋆snr);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_SNR">FE_READ_SNR</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>uint16_t *snr</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The signal-to-noise ratio is stored into *snr.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH"> -<title>FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns the signal strength value for the signal currently received - by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</link>, uint16_t ⋆strength);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</link> for this - command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>uint16_t *strength</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The signal strength value is stored into *strength.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS"> -<title>FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns the number of uncorrected blocks detected by the device - driver during its lifetime. For meaningful measurements, the increment in block - count during a specific time interval should be calculated. For this command, - read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Note that the counter will wrap to zero after its maximum count has been - reached.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS">FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</link>, uint32_t ⋆ublocks);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS">FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</link> for this - command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>uint32_t *ublocks</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The total number of uncorrected blocks seen by the driver - so far.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_SET_FRONTEND"> -<title>FE_SET_FRONTEND</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call starts a tuning operation using specified parameters. The result - of this call will be successful if the parameters were valid and the tuning could - be initiated. The result of the tuning operation in itself, however, will arrive - asynchronously as an event (see documentation for <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> and - FrontendEvent.) If a new <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> operation is initiated before - the previous one was completed, the previous operation will be aborted in favor - of the new one. This command requires read/write access to the device.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link>, - struct dvb_frontend_parameters ⋆p);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct - dvb_frontend_parameters - *p</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to parameters for tuning operation.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Maximum supported symbol rate reached.</para> -</entry> -</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - -<section id="FE_GET_FRONTEND"> -<title>FE_GET_FRONTEND</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call queries the currently effective frontend parameters. For this - command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_GET_FRONTEND">FE_GET_FRONTEND</link>, - struct dvb_frontend_parameters ⋆p);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct - dvb_frontend_parameters - *p</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to parameters for tuning operation.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Maximum supported symbol rate reached.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section> - -<section id="FE_GET_EVENT"> -<title>FE_GET_EVENT</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns a frontend event if available. If an event is not - available, the behavior depends on whether the device is in blocking or - non-blocking mode. In the latter case, the call fails immediately with errno - set to EWOULDBLOCK. In the former case, the call blocks until an event - becomes available.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>The standard Linux poll() and/or select() system calls can be used with the - device file descriptor to watch for new events. For select(), the file descriptor - should be included in the exceptfds argument, and for poll(), POLLPRI should - be specified as the wake-up condition. Since the event queue allocated is - rather small (room for 8 events), the queue must be serviced regularly to avoid - overflow. If an overflow happens, the oldest event is discarded from the queue, - and an error (EOVERFLOW) occurs the next time the queue is read. After - reporting the error condition in this fashion, subsequent - <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> - calls will return events from the queue as usual.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>For the sake of implementation simplicity, this command requires read/write - access to the device.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = QPSK_GET_EVENT, - struct dvb_frontend_event ⋆ev);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct - dvb_frontend_event - *ev</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to the location where the event,</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>if any, is to be stored.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EWOULDBLOCK</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>There is no event pending, and the device is in - non-blocking mode.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EOVERFLOW</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Overflow in event queue - one or more events were lost.</para> -</entry> -</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -</section> - -<section id="FE_GET_INFO"> -<title>FE_GET_INFO</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call returns information about the front-end. This call only requires - read-only access to the device.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> - -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para> int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link>, struct - dvb_frontend_info ⋆info);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> - -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct - dvb_frontend_info - *info</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Points to the location where the front-end information is - to be stored.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD"> -<title>FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>If the bus has been automatically powered off due to power overload, this ioctl - call restores the power to the bus. The call requires read/write access to the - device. This call has no effect if the device is manually powered off. Not all - DVB adapters support this ioctl.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD">FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</link>);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD">FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</link> for this - command.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD"> -<title>FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call is used to send a a DiSEqC command.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD">FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</link>, struct - dvb_diseqc_master_cmd ⋆cmd);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD">FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</link> for this - command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct - dvb_diseqc_master_cmd - *cmd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the command to be transmitted.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; +</refsect1> + <refsect1> + <title>Return Value</title> + + <para>The function returns <returnvalue>0</returnvalue> on +success, <returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> on failure and the +<varname>errno</varname> is set appropriately. Possible error +codes:</para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EBADF</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para><parameter>fd</parameter> is not a valid open file +descriptor.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> +</refentry> + +&sub-fe-get-info; +&sub-fe-read-status; +&sub-fe-get-property; +&sub-fe-diseqc-reset-overload; +&sub-fe-diseqc-send-master-cmd; +&sub-fe-diseqc-recv-slave-reply; +&sub-fe-diseqc-send-burst; +&sub-fe-set-tone; +&sub-fe-set-voltage; +&sub-fe-enable-high-lnb-voltage; +&sub-fe-set-frontend-tune-mode; + +</section> + +<section id="frontend_legacy_dvbv3_api"> +<title>DVB Frontend legacy API (a. k. a. DVBv3)</title> +<para>The usage of this API is deprecated, as it doesn't support all digital + TV standards, doesn't provide good statistics measurements and provides + incomplete information. This is kept only to support legacy applications.</para> + +&sub-frontend_legacy_api; </section> - -<section id="FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY"> -<title>FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call is used to receive reply to a DiSEqC 2.0 command.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY">FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</link>, struct - dvb_diseqc_slave_reply ⋆reply);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY">FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</link> for this - command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct - dvb_diseqc_slave_reply - *reply</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the command to be received.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST"> -<title>FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl call is used to send a 22KHz tone burst.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST">FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</link>, fe_sec_mini_cmd_t burst);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST">FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>fe_sec_mini_cmd_t - burst</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>burst A or B.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_SET_TONE"> -<title>FE_SET_TONE</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This call is used to set the generation of the continuous 22kHz tone. This call - requires read/write permissions.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_SET_TONE">FE_SET_TONE</link>, - fe_sec_tone_mode_t tone);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_TONE">FE_SET_TONE</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>fe_sec_tone_mode_t - tone</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The requested tone generation mode (on/off).</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_SET_VOLTAGE"> -<title>FE_SET_VOLTAGE</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This call is used to set the bus voltage. This call requires read/write - permissions.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_SET_VOLTAGE">FE_SET_VOLTAGE</link>, - fe_sec_voltage_t voltage);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_VOLTAGE">FE_SET_VOLTAGE</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>fe_sec_voltage_t - voltage</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The requested bus voltage.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE"> -<title>FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>If high != 0 enables slightly higher voltages instead of 13/18V (to compensate - for long cables). This call requires read/write permissions. Not all DVB - adapters support this ioctl.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE">FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE</link>, int high);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_VOLTAGE">FE_SET_VOLTAGE</link> for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int high</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The requested bus voltage.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE"> -<title>FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> -<para>Allow setting tuner mode flags to the frontend.</para> -</entry> -</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = -<link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE">FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE</link>, unsigned int flags);</para> -</entry> -</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> - <para>unsigned int flags</para> -</entry> -<entry align="char"> -<para> -FE_TUNE_MODE_ONESHOT When set, this flag will disable any zigzagging or other "normal" tuning behaviour. Additionally, there will be no automatic monitoring of the lock status, and hence no frontend events will be generated. If a frontend device is closed, this flag will be automatically turned off when the device is reopened read-write. -</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -<section id="FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD"> - <title>FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> -<para>WARNING: This is a very obscure legacy command, used only at stv0299 driver. Should not be used on newer drivers.</para> -<para>It provides a non-standard method for selecting Diseqc voltage on the frontend, for Dish Network legacy switches.</para> -<para>As support for this ioctl were added in 2004, this means that such dishes were already legacy in 2004.</para> -</entry> -</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>SYNOPSIS</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = - <link linkend="FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD">FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD</link>, unsigned long cmd);</para> -</entry> -</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -<para>PARAMETERS</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row> -<entry align="char"> - <para>unsigned long cmd</para> -</entry> -<entry align="char"> -<para> -sends the specified raw cmd to the dish via DISEqC. -</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -&return-value-dvb; -</section> - -</section> - -&sub-dvbproperty; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend_legacy_api.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend_legacy_api.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8fadf3a4ba44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend_legacy_api.xml @@ -0,0 +1,654 @@ +<section id="frontend_legacy_types"> +<title>Frontend Legacy Data Types</title> + +<section id="fe-type-t"> +<title>Frontend type</title> + +<para>For historical reasons, frontend types are named by the type of modulation + used in transmission. The fontend types are given by fe_type_t type, defined as:</para> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-type"> +<title>Frontend types</title> +<tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>fe_type</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + <entry><link linkend="DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM">DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</link> equivalent type</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="FE-QPSK"><constant>FE_QPSK</constant></entry> + <entry>For DVB-S standard</entry> + <entry><constant>SYS_DVBS</constant></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-QAM"><constant>FE_QAM</constant></entry> + <entry>For DVB-C annex A standard</entry> + <entry><constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A</constant></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-OFDM"><constant>FE_OFDM</constant></entry> + <entry>For DVB-T standard</entry> + <entry><constant>SYS_DVBT</constant></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry id="FE-ATSC"><constant>FE_ATSC</constant></entry> + <entry>For ATSC standard (terrestrial) or for DVB-C Annex B (cable) used in US.</entry> + <entry><constant>SYS_ATSC</constant> (terrestrial) or <constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B</constant> (cable)</entry> + </row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> + +<para>Newer formats like DVB-S2, ISDB-T, ISDB-S and DVB-T2 are not described at the above, as they're +supported via the new <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY</link> ioctl's, using the <link linkend="DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM">DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</link> parameter. +</para> + +<para>In the old days, &dvb-frontend-info; used to contain + <constant>fe_type_t</constant> field to indicate the delivery systems, + filled with either FE_QPSK, FE_QAM, FE_OFDM or FE_ATSC. While this is + still filled to keep backward compatibility, the usage of this + field is deprecated, as it can report just one delivery system, but some + devices support multiple delivery systems. Please use + <link linkend="DTV-ENUM-DELSYS">DTV_ENUM_DELSYS</link> instead. +</para> +<para>On devices that support multiple delivery systems, + &dvb-frontend-info;::<constant>fe_type_t</constant> is filled with the + currently standard, as selected by the last call to + <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_SET_PROPERTY</link> + using the &DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM; property.</para> +</section> + +<section id="fe-bandwidth-t"> +<title>Frontend bandwidth</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fe-bandwidth"> + <title>enum fe_bandwidth</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-AUTO"><constant>BANDWIDTH_AUTO</constant></entry> + <entry>Autodetect bandwidth (if supported)</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-1-712-MHZ"><constant>BANDWIDTH_1_712_MHZ</constant></entry> + <entry>1.712 MHz</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-5-MHZ"><constant>BANDWIDTH_5_MHZ</constant></entry> + <entry>5 MHz</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-6-MHZ"><constant>BANDWIDTH_6_MHZ</constant></entry> + <entry>6 MHz</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-7-MHZ"><constant>BANDWIDTH_7_MHZ</constant></entry> + <entry>7 MHz</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-8-MHZ"><constant>BANDWIDTH_8_MHZ</constant></entry> + <entry>8 MHz</entry> + </row><row> + <entry id="BANDWIDTH-10-MHZ"><constant>BANDWIDTH_10_MHZ</constant></entry> + <entry>10 MHz</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> + +</section> + +<section id="dvb-frontend-parameters"> +<title>frontend parameters</title> +<para>The kind of parameters passed to the frontend device for tuning depend on +the kind of hardware you are using.</para> +<para>The struct <constant>dvb_frontend_parameters</constant> uses an +union with specific per-system parameters. However, as newer delivery systems +required more data, the structure size weren't enough to fit, and just +extending its size would break the existing applications. So, those parameters +were replaced by the usage of <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY"> +<constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> ioctl's. The +new API is flexible enough to add new parameters to existing delivery systems, +and to add newer delivery systems.</para> +<para>So, newer applications should use <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY"> +<constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> instead, in +order to be able to support the newer System Delivery like DVB-S2, DVB-T2, +DVB-C2, ISDB, etc.</para> +<para>All kinds of parameters are combined as an union in the FrontendParameters structure: +<programlisting> +struct dvb_frontend_parameters { + uint32_t frequency; /⋆ (absolute) frequency in Hz for QAM/OFDM ⋆/ + /⋆ intermediate frequency in kHz for QPSK ⋆/ + &fe-spectral-inversion-t; inversion; + union { + struct dvb_qpsk_parameters qpsk; + struct dvb_qam_parameters qam; + struct dvb_ofdm_parameters ofdm; + struct dvb_vsb_parameters vsb; + } u; +}; +</programlisting></para> +<para>In the case of QPSK frontends the <constant>frequency</constant> field specifies the intermediate +frequency, i.e. the offset which is effectively added to the local oscillator frequency (LOF) of +the LNB. The intermediate frequency has to be specified in units of kHz. For QAM and +OFDM frontends the <constant>frequency</constant> specifies the absolute frequency and is given in Hz. +</para> + +<section id="dvb-qpsk-parameters"> +<title>QPSK parameters</title> +<para>For satellite QPSK frontends you have to use the <constant>dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant> structure:</para> +<programlisting> + struct dvb_qpsk_parameters { + uint32_t symbol_rate; /⋆ symbol rate in Symbols per second ⋆/ + &fe-code-rate-t; fec_inner; /⋆ forward error correction (see above) ⋆/ + }; +</programlisting> +</section> + +<section id="dvb-qam-parameters"> +<title>QAM parameters</title> +<para>for cable QAM frontend you use the <constant>dvb_qam_parameters</constant> structure:</para> +<programlisting> + struct dvb_qam_parameters { + uint32_t symbol_rate; /⋆ symbol rate in Symbols per second ⋆/ + &fe-code-rate-t; fec_inner; /⋆ forward error correction (see above) ⋆/ + &fe-modulation-t; modulation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ + }; +</programlisting> +</section> + +<section id="dvb-vsb-parameters"> +<title>VSB parameters</title> +<para>ATSC frontends are supported by the <constant>dvb_vsb_parameters</constant> structure:</para> +<programlisting> +struct dvb_vsb_parameters { + &fe-modulation-t; modulation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ +}; +</programlisting> +</section> + +<section id="dvb-ofdm-parameters"> +<title>OFDM parameters</title> +<para>DVB-T frontends are supported by the <constant>dvb_ofdm_parameters</constant> structure:</para> +<programlisting> + struct dvb_ofdm_parameters { + &fe-bandwidth-t; bandwidth; + &fe-code-rate-t; code_rate_HP; /⋆ high priority stream code rate ⋆/ + &fe-code-rate-t; code_rate_LP; /⋆ low priority stream code rate ⋆/ + &fe-modulation-t; constellation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ + &fe-transmit-mode-t; transmission_mode; + &fe-guard-interval-t; guard_interval; + &fe-hierarchy-t; hierarchy_information; + }; +</programlisting> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="dvb-frontend-event"> +<title>frontend events</title> + <programlisting> + struct dvb_frontend_event { + fe_status_t status; + struct dvb_frontend_parameters parameters; + }; +</programlisting> + </section> +</section> + +<section id="frontend_legacy_fcalls"> +<title>Frontend Legacy Function Calls</title> + +<para>Those functions are defined at DVB version 3. The support is kept in + the kernel due to compatibility issues only. Their usage is strongly + not recommended</para> + +<section id="FE_READ_BER"> +<title>FE_READ_BER</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call returns the bit error rate for the signal currently + received/demodulated by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to + the device is sufficient.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_BER">FE_READ_BER</link>, + uint32_t ⋆ber);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_BER">FE_READ_BER</link> for this command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>uint32_t *ber</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>The bit error rate is stored into *ber.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +</section> + +<section id="FE_READ_SNR"> +<title>FE_READ_SNR</title> + +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call returns the signal-to-noise ratio for the signal currently received + by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_SNR">FE_READ_SNR</link>, uint16_t + ⋆snr);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_SNR">FE_READ_SNR</link> for this command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>uint16_t *snr</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>The signal-to-noise ratio is stored into *snr.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +</section> + +<section id="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH"> +<title>FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call returns the signal strength value for the signal currently received + by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = + <link linkend="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</link>, uint16_t ⋆strength);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</link> for this + command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>uint16_t *strength</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>The signal strength value is stored into *strength.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +</section> + +<section id="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS"> +<title>FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call returns the number of uncorrected blocks detected by the device + driver during its lifetime. For meaningful measurements, the increment in block + count during a specific time interval should be calculated. For this command, + read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>Note that the counter will wrap to zero after its maximum count has been + reached.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = + <link linkend="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS">FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</link>, uint32_t ⋆ublocks);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS">FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</link> for this + command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>uint32_t *ublocks</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>The total number of uncorrected blocks seen by the driver + so far.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +</section> + +<section id="FE_SET_FRONTEND"> +<title>FE_SET_FRONTEND</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call starts a tuning operation using specified parameters. The result + of this call will be successful if the parameters were valid and the tuning could + be initiated. The result of the tuning operation in itself, however, will arrive + asynchronously as an event (see documentation for <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> and + FrontendEvent.) If a new <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> operation is initiated before + the previous one was completed, the previous operation will be aborted in favor + of the new one. This command requires read/write access to the device.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link>, + struct dvb_frontend_parameters ⋆p);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> for this command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>struct + dvb_frontend_parameters + *p</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Points to parameters for tuning operation.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>EINVAL</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Maximum supported symbol rate reached.</para> +</entry> +</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +</section> + +<section id="FE_GET_FRONTEND"> +<title>FE_GET_FRONTEND</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call queries the currently effective frontend parameters. For this + command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_GET_FRONTEND">FE_GET_FRONTEND</link>, + struct dvb_frontend_parameters ⋆p);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> for this command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>struct + dvb_frontend_parameters + *p</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Points to parameters for tuning operation.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>EINVAL</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Maximum supported symbol rate reached.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +</section> + +<section id="FE_GET_EVENT"> +<title>FE_GET_EVENT</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>This ioctl call returns a frontend event if available. If an event is not + available, the behavior depends on whether the device is in blocking or + non-blocking mode. In the latter case, the call fails immediately with errno + set to EWOULDBLOCK. In the former case, the call blocks until an event + becomes available.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>The standard Linux poll() and/or select() system calls can be used with the + device file descriptor to watch for new events. For select(), the file descriptor + should be included in the exceptfds argument, and for poll(), POLLPRI should + be specified as the wake-up condition. Since the event queue allocated is + rather small (room for 8 events), the queue must be serviced regularly to avoid + overflow. If an overflow happens, the oldest event is discarded from the queue, + and an error (EOVERFLOW) occurs the next time the queue is read. After + reporting the error condition in this fashion, subsequent + <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> + calls will return events from the queue as usual.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>For the sake of implementation simplicity, this command requires read/write + access to the device.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>SYNOPSIS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = QPSK_GET_EVENT, + struct dvb_frontend_event ⋆ev);</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>PARAMETERS +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int fd</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>int request</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> for this command.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>struct + dvb_frontend_event + *ev</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Points to the location where the event,</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>if any, is to be stored.</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>EWOULDBLOCK</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>There is no event pending, and the device is in + non-blocking mode.</para> +</entry> + </row><row><entry + align="char"> +<para>EOVERFLOW</para> +</entry><entry + align="char"> +<para>Overflow in event queue - one or more events were lost.</para> +</entry> +</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +</section> + +<section id="FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD"> + <title>FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD</title> +<para>DESCRIPTION</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> +<entry align="char"> +<para>WARNING: This is a very obscure legacy command, used only at stv0299 driver. Should not be used on newer drivers.</para> +<para>It provides a non-standard method for selecting Diseqc voltage on the frontend, for Dish Network legacy switches.</para> +<para>As support for this ioctl were added in 2004, this means that such dishes were already legacy in 2004.</para> +</entry> +</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>SYNOPSIS</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row> +<entry align="char"> +<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = + <link linkend="FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD">FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD</link>, unsigned long cmd);</para> +</entry> +</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +<para>PARAMETERS</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row> +<entry align="char"> + <para>unsigned long cmd</para> +</entry> +<entry align="char"> +<para> +sends the specified raw cmd to the dish via DISEqC. +</para> +</entry> + </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + +&return-value-dvb; +</section> + +</section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml index 2048b53d19b9..bcc72c216402 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml @@ -129,41 +129,41 @@ hardware. It can depend on the individual security requirements of the platform, if and how many of the CA functions are made available to the application through this device.</para> -<para>All devices can be found in the <emphasis role="tt">/dev</emphasis> -tree under <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb</emphasis>. The individual devices +<para>All devices can be found in the <constant>/dev</constant> +tree under <constant>/dev/dvb</constant>. The individual devices are called:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/audioM</emphasis>,</para> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/audioM</constant>,</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/videoM</emphasis>,</para> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/videoM</constant>,</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/frontendM</emphasis>,</para> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/frontendM</constant>,</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/netM</emphasis>,</para> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/netM</constant>,</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/demuxM</emphasis>,</para> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/demuxM</constant>,</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/dvrM</emphasis>,</para> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/dvrM</constant>,</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/caM</emphasis>,</para></listitem></itemizedlist> +<para><constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/caM</constant>,</para></listitem></itemizedlist> <para>where N enumerates the DVB PCI cards in a system starting from 0, and M enumerates the devices of each type within each -adapter, starting from 0, too. We will omit the “<emphasis -role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/</emphasis>” in the further dicussion +adapter, starting from 0, too. We will omit the “ +<constant>/dev/dvb/adapterN/</constant>” in the further dicussion of these devices. The naming scheme for the devices is the same wheter devfs is used or not.</para> @@ -202,10 +202,10 @@ a partial path like:</para> </programlisting> <para>To enable applications to support different API version, an -additional include file <emphasis -role="tt">linux/dvb/version.h</emphasis> exists, which defines the -constant <emphasis role="tt">DVB_API_VERSION</emphasis>. This document -describes <emphasis role="tt">DVB_API_VERSION 5.8</emphasis>. +additional include file +<constant>linux/dvb/version.h</constant> exists, which defines the +constant <constant>DVB_API_VERSION</constant>. This document +describes <constant>DVB_API_VERSION 5.10</constant>. </para> </section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml index 6c11ec52cbee..68bcd33a82c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ <title>Kernel Demux API</title> <para>The kernel demux API defines a driver-internal interface for registering low-level, hardware specific driver to a hardware independent demux layer. It is only of interest for -DVB device driver writers. The header file for this API is named <emphasis role="tt">demux.h</emphasis> and located in -<emphasis role="tt">drivers/media/dvb-core</emphasis>. +DVB device driver writers. The header file for this API is named <constant>demux.h</constant> and located in +<constant>">drivers/media/dvb-core</constant>. </para> <para>Maintainer note: This section must be reviewed. It is probably out of date. </para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml index a193e86941b5..d2e44b7e07df 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml @@ -1,156 +1,238 @@ <title>DVB Network API</title> -<para>The DVB net device enables feeding of MPE (multi protocol encapsulation) packets -received via DVB into the Linux network protocol stack, e.g. for internet via satellite -applications. It can be accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/net0</emphasis>. Data types and -and ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/net.h</emphasis> in your -application. -</para> -<section id="dvb_net_types"> -<title>DVB Net Data Types</title> - -<section id="dvb-net-if"> -<title>struct dvb_net_if</title> -<programlisting> -struct dvb_net_if { - __u16 pid; - __u16 if_num; - __u8 feedtype; -#define DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_MPE 0 /⋆ multi protocol encapsulation ⋆/ -#define DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_ULE 1 /⋆ ultra lightweight encapsulation ⋆/ -}; -</programlisting> -</section> +<para>The DVB net device controls the mapping of data packages that are + part of a transport stream to be mapped into a virtual network interface, + visible through the standard Linux network protocol stack.</para> +<para>Currently, two encapsulations are supported:</para> +<itemizedlist> + <listitem><para><ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multiprotocol_Encapsulation"> + Multi Protocol Encapsulation (MPE)</ulink></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unidirectional_Lightweight_Encapsulation"> + Ultra Lightweight Encapsulation (ULE)</ulink></para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>In order to create the Linux virtual network interfaces, an application + needs to tell to the Kernel what are the PIDs and the encapsulation types + that are present on the transport stream. This is done through + <constant>/dev/dvb/adapter?/net?</constant> device node. + The data will be available via virtual <constant>dvb?_?</constant> + network interfaces, and will be controled/routed via the standard + ip tools (like ip, route, netstat, ifconfig, etc).</para> +<para> Data types and and ioctl definitions are defined via + <constant>linux/dvb/net.h</constant> header.</para> -</section> <section id="net_fcalls"> <title>DVB net Function Calls</title> -<para>To be written… -</para> - -<section id="NET_ADD_IF" -role="subsection"><title>NET_ADD_IF</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_ADD_IF, - struct dvb_net_if *if);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals NET_ADD_IF for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct dvb_net_if *if -</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Undocumented.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> + + +<refentry id="NET_ADD_IF"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl NET_ADD_IF</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>NET_ADD_IF</refname> + <refpurpose>Creates a new network interface for a given Packet ID.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct dvb_net_if *<parameter>net_if</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_TONE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>net_if</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &dvb-net-if;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + +<para>The NET_ADD_IF ioctl system call selects the Packet ID (PID) that + contains a TCP/IP traffic, the type of encapsulation to be used (MPE or ULE) + and the interface number for the new interface to be created. When the + system call successfully returns, a new virtual network interface is created.</para> +<para>The &dvb-net-if;::ifnum field will be filled with the number of the + created interface.</para> + &return-value-dvb; -</section> +</refsect1> + +<refsect1 id="dvb-net-if-t"> +<title>struct <structname>dvb_net_if</structname> description</title> + +<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dvb-net-if"> + <title>struct <structname>dvb_net_if</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ID</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry align="char">pid</entry> + <entry align="char">Packet ID (PID) of the MPEG-TS that contains + data</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char">ifnum</entry> + <entry align="char">number of the DVB interface.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry align="char">feedtype</entry> + <entry align="char">Encapsulation type of the feed. It can be: + <constant>DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_MPE</constant> for MPE encoding + or + <constant>DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_ULE</constant> for ULE encoding. + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> +</table> +</refsect1> +</refentry> + +<refentry id="NET_REMOVE_IF"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl NET_REMOVE_IF</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>NET_REMOVE_IF</refname> + <refpurpose>Removes a network interface.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>ifnum</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_TONE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>net_if</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>number of the interface to be removed</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + +<para>The NET_REMOVE_IF ioctl deletes an interface previously created + via &NET-ADD-IF;.</para> -<section id="NET_REMOVE_IF" -role="subsection"><title>NET_REMOVE_IF</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_REMOVE_IF); -</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals NET_REMOVE_IF for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> &return-value-dvb; -</section> +</refsect1> +</refentry> + + +<refentry id="NET_GET_IF"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl NET_GET_IF</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>NET_GET_IF</refname> + <refpurpose>Read the configuration data of an interface created via + &NET-ADD-IF;.</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct dvb_net_if *<parameter>net_if</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fe_fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>FE_SET_TONE</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>net_if</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>pointer to &dvb-net-if;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + +<para>The NET_GET_IF ioctl uses the interface number given by the + &dvb-net-if;::ifnum field and fills the content of &dvb-net-if; with + the packet ID and encapsulation type used on such interface. If the + interface was not created yet with &NET-ADD-IF;, it will return -1 and + fill the <constant>errno</constant> with <constant>EINVAL</constant> + error code.</para> -<section id="NET_GET_IF" -role="subsection"><title>NET_GET_IF</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_GET_IF, - struct dvb_net_if *if);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int fd</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int request</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Equals NET_GET_IF for this command.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct dvb_net_if *if -</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Undocumented.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> &return-value-dvb; -</section> +</refsect1> +</refentry> </section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml index 3ea1ca7e785e..71547fcd7ba0 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ <title>DVB Video Device</title> <para>The DVB video device controls the MPEG2 video decoder of the DVB hardware. It -can be accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/video0</emphasis>. Data types and and -ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/video.h</emphasis> in your +can be accessed through <emphasis role="bold">/dev/dvb/adapter0/video0</emphasis>. Data types and and +ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="bold">linux/dvb/video.h</emphasis> in your application. </para> <para>Note that the DVB video device only controls decoding of the MPEG video stream, not its presentation on the TV or computer screen. On PCs this is typically handled by an -associated video4linux device, e.g. <emphasis role="tt">/dev/video</emphasis>, which allows scaling and defining output +associated video4linux device, e.g. <emphasis role="bold">/dev/video</emphasis>, which allows scaling and defining output windows. </para> <para>Some DVB cards don’t have their own MPEG decoder, which results in the omission of @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ have been created to replace that functionality.</para> <section id="video-format-t"> <title>video_format_t</title> -<para>The <emphasis role="tt">video_format_t</emphasis> data type defined by +<para>The <constant>video_format_t</constant> data type defined by </para> <programlisting> typedef enum { @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ typedef enum { </programlisting> <para>VIDEO_SOURCE_DEMUX selects the demultiplexer (fed either by the frontend or the DVR device) as the source of the video stream. If VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY -is selected the stream comes from the application through the <emphasis role="tt">write()</emphasis> system +is selected the stream comes from the application through the <emphasis role="bold">write()</emphasis> system call. </para> </section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/typical_media_device.svg b/Documentation/DocBook/media/typical_media_device.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f0c82f72c4b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/typical_media_device.svg @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?> +<svg stroke-linejoin="round" xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" clip-path="url(#a)" xml:space="preserve" fill-rule="evenodd" height="178.78mm" viewBox="0 0 24285.662 17877.829" width="251.99mm" version="1.2" xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" preserveAspectRatio="xMidYMid" stroke-width="28.222"><defs><clipPath id="a" clipPathUnits="userSpaceOnUse"><rect y="0" x="0" width="28000" height="21000"/></clipPath></defs><g transform="matrix(1.004 0 0 1 -2185.6 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#fcf" d="m12231 4800c-516 0-1031 515-1031 1031v4124c0 516 515 1032 1031 1032h8538c516 0 1032-516 1032-1032v-4124c0-516-516-1031-1032-1031h-8538z"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#ffc" d="m3595 15607c-293 0-585 292-585 585v2340c0 293 292 586 585 586h3275c293 0 586-293 586-586v-2340c0-293-293-585-586-585h-3275z"/></g><g transform="translate(-2197.3 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#e6e6e6" d="m2663 2186c-461 0-922 461-922 922v11169c0 461 461 923 922 923h3692c461 0 922-462 922-923v-11169c0-461-461-922-922-922h-3692z"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m4461 8602h-2260v-1086h4520v1086h-2260z"/><path fill="none" d="m4461 8602h-2260v-1086h4520v1086h-2260z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="8275" x="2579" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Audio decoder</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m4461 11772h-2260v-1270h4520v1270h-2260z"/><path fill="none" d="m4461 11772h-2260v-1270h4520v1270h-2260z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="11353" x="2617" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Video decoder</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m4453 10217h-2269v-1224h4537v1224h-2268z"/><path fill="none" d="m4453 10217h-2269v-1224h4537v1224h-2268z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="9821" x="2571" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Audio encoder</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2468.2)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#cfc" d="m15711 12832h-3810v-1281h7620v1281h-3810z"/><path fill="none" d="m15711 12832h-3810v-1281h7620v1281h-3810z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="12407" x="12377" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Button Key/IR input logic</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2411.8)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#cfe7f5" d="m14169 14572h-2268v-1412h4536v1412h-2268z"/><path fill="none" d="m14169 14572h-2268v-1412h4536v1412h-2268z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="14082" x="12882" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">EEPROM</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#fc9" d="m5140 17662h-1563v-1715h3126v1715h-1563z"/><path fill="none" d="m5140 17662h-1563v-1715h3126v1715h-1563z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="17020" x="4276" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Sensor</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m6719 8030 385-353v176h1167v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1167v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m6719 8030 385-353v176h1167v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1167v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m6719 9612 385-353v176h1167v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1167v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m6719 9612 385-353v176h1167v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1167v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m6721 11100 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m6721 11100 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2411.8)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9962 13854 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m9962 13854 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2468.2)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9962 12163 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m9962 12163 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9962 17158 670-353v176h2028v-176l671 353-671 354v-177h-2028v177l-670-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m9962 17158 670-353v176h2028v-176l671 353-671 354v-177h-2028v177l-670-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="matrix(0 .83339 -1.0005 0 30268 -5276.3)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m23229 12779 1009-978 1009 978h-505v2959h505l-1009 979-1009-979h504v-2959h-504z"/><path fill="none" d="m23229 12779 1009-978 1009 978h-505v2959h505l-1009 979-1009-979h504v-2959h-504z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-9973.6 -666.6)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="706px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="15832" x="24341" class="TextPosition" transform="matrix(0,-1,1,0,8509,40173)"><tspan fill="#000000">System Bus</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#cff" d="m13151 9262h-1250v-875h2499v875h-1249z"/><path fill="none" d="m13151 9262h-1250v-875h2499v875h-1249z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="9040" x="12215" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Demux</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9996 8765 373-357v178h1130v-178l374 357-374 358v-179h-1130v179l-373-358z"/><path fill="none" d="m9996 8765 373-357v178h1130v-178l374 357-374 358v-179h-1130v179l-373-358z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9996 7378 373-358v179h1130v-179l374 358-374 358v-179h-1130v179l-373-358z"/><path fill="none" d="m9996 7378 373-358v179h1130v-179l374 358-374 358v-179h-1130v179l-373-358z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#cff" d="m16322 7992h-4421v-1270h8841v1270h-4420z"/><path fill="none" d="m16322 7992h-4421v-1270h8841v1270h-4420z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="7573" x="12786" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Conditional Access Module</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m4445 13287h-2269v-1224h4537v1224h-2268z"/><path fill="none" d="m4445 13287h-2269v-1224h4537v1224h-2268z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="12891" x="2601" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Video encoder</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m6721 12634 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m6721 12634 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m20791 7545 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m20791 7545 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2028 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="14478" x="1990" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Radio / Analog TV</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="700" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="10724" x="14956" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Digital TV</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-8970.5 -1395.8)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="494px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="19167" x="14724" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">PS.: picture is not complete: other blocks may be present</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="18561" x="4199" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Webcam</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2468.2)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#f90" d="m14552 16372h-2650v-1412h5299v1412h-2649z"/><path fill="none" d="m14552 16372h-2650v-1412h5299v1412h-2649z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="15882" x="12265" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Processing blocks</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2468.2)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9962 15654 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m9962 15654 385-353v176h1166v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1166v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m6702 16954 397-353v176h1201v-176l398 353-398 354v-177h-1201v177l-397-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m6702 16954 397-353v176h1201v-176l398 353-398 354v-177h-1201v177l-397-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2479.5 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="8792" x="22850" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Smartcard</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="matrix(1.0048 0 0 1 -2207.4 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#fcf" d="m2766 2600c-333 0-666 333-666 666v2668c0 333 333 666 666 666h18368c333 0 667-333 667-666v-2668c0-333-334-666-667-666h-18368z"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m5121 5155h-1614v-1816h3227v1816h-1613z"/><path fill="none" d="m5121 5155h-1614v-1816h3227v1816h-1613z" stroke="#3465af"/><text font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextShape"><tspan class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="4111" x="4374" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Tuner</tspan></tspan></tspan><tspan class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="4814" x="4151" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">FM/TV</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m2902 3702c0 111 40 202 88 202h530c48 0 89-91 89-202 0-110-41-202-89-202h-530c-48 0-88 92-88 202z"/><path fill="none" d="m2902 3702c0 111 40 202 88 202h530c48 0 89-91 89-202 0-110-41-202-89-202h-530c-48 0-88 92-88 202z" stroke="#3465af"/><path fill="#ffb3b3" d="m2902 3702c0 111 40 202 88 202s88-91 88-202c0-110-40-202-88-202s-88 92-88 202z"/><path fill="none" d="m2902 3702c0 111 40 202 88 202s88-91 88-202c0-110-40-202-88-202s-88 92-88 202z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#ff8080" d="m2903 4267c0 110 40 202 88 202h530c48 0 89-92 89-202s-41-203-89-203h-530c-48 0-88 93-88 203z"/><path fill="none" d="m2903 4267c0 110 40 202 88 202h530c48 0 89-92 89-202s-41-203-89-203h-530c-48 0-88 93-88 203z" stroke="#3465af"/><path fill="#ffb3b3" d="m2903 4267c0 110 40 202 88 202s88-92 88-202-40-203-88-203-88 93-88 203z"/><path fill="none" d="m2903 4267c0 110 40 202 88 202s88-92 88-202-40-203-88-203-88 93-88 203z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m6719 4196 385-353v176h1167v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1167v177l-385-354z"/><path fill="none" d="m6719 4196 385-353v176h1167v-176l386 353-386 354v-177h-1167v177l-385-354z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9979 4150 402-368v184h1217v-184l403 368-403 369v-185h-1217v185l-402-369z"/><path fill="none" d="m9979 4150 402-368v184h1217v-184l403 368-403 369v-185h-1217v185l-402-369z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape"><path fill="#cff" d="m16500 6189h-4500v-1389h9e3v1389h-4500z"/><path fill="none" d="m16500 6189h-4500v-1389h9e3v1389h-4500z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="5710" x="12051" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Satellite Equipment Control (SEC)</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#cff" d="m13400 4600h-1400v-1e3h2800v1e3h-1400z"/><path fill="none" d="m13400 4600h-1400v-1e3h2800v1e3h-1400z" stroke="#3465af"/><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="4316" x="12465" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Demod</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="translate(-2140.9 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><path fill="#729fcf" d="m9979 5451 402-368v184h1217v-184l403 368-403 369v-185h-1217v185l-402-369z"/><path fill="none" d="m9979 5451 402-368v184h1217v-184l403 368-403 369v-185h-1217v185l-402-369z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><path fill="#ff9" d="m7855.1 9099v7302h-1270v-14605h1270v7303z"/><path fill="none" d="m7855.1 9099v7302h-1270v-14605h1270v7303z" stroke="#3465af"/><text y="-6640.4663" x="-20770.572" transform="rotate(-90)" class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="7409.5396" x="-11193.634" class="TextPosition" transform="matrix(0,-1,1,0,-4473,23627)"><tspan fill="#000000">I2C Bus (control bus)</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +<g transform="translate(-2197.3 -2186)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="3278" x="9391" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Digital TV Frontend</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g transform="matrix(1.015 0 0 .99994 -2233.3 -2185.7)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.CustomShape"><g stroke="#3465af" fill="none"><path d="m3e3 2800c-18 0-35 1-53 3"/><path d="m2915 2808c-17 3-35 7-52 12"/><path d="m2832 2830c-16 6-33 12-49 20"/><path d="m2754 2864c-15 8-31 17-46 27"/><path d="m2681 2909c-14 10-28 21-42 32"/><path d="m2614 2962c-13 12-26 24-38 37"/><path d="m2554 3023c-11 13-22 27-33 41"/><path d="m2502 3091c-10 14-19 29-28 45"/><path d="m2459 3164c-8 16-15 32-22 49"/><path d="m2426 3243c-5 17-10 34-14 51"/><path d="m2406 3326c-3 18-5 35-6 53"/><path d="m2400 3411v53"/><path d="m2400 3497v53"/><path d="m2400 3582v53"/><path d="m2400 3668v53"/><path d="m2400 3753v53"/><path d="m2400 3839v53"/><path d="m2400 3924v53"/><path d="m2400 4009v54"/><path d="m2400 4095v53"/><path d="m2400 4180v53"/><path d="m2400 4266v53"/><path d="m2400 4351v53"/><path d="m2400 4437v53"/><path d="m2400 4522v53"/><path d="m2400 4607v54"/><path d="m2400 4693v53"/><path d="m2400 4778v53"/><path d="m2400 4864v53"/><path d="m2400 4949v53"/><path d="m2400 5035v53"/><path d="m2400 5120v53"/><path d="m2400 5205v54"/><path d="m2400 5291v53"/><path d="m2400 5376v53"/><path d="m2400 5462v53"/><path d="m2400 5547v53"/><path d="m2400 5633v53"/><path d="m2400 5718v53"/><path d="m2400 5803c0 18 1 36 3 53"/><path d="m2408 5888c4 18 8 35 13 52"/><path d="m2431 5971c6 16 13 33 20 49"/><path d="m2466 6049c8 15 17 31 27 46"/><path d="m2511 6122c10 14 21 28 32 42"/><path d="m2564 6188c12 13 25 26 38 38"/><path d="m2626 6248c13 11 27 23 41 33"/><path d="m2694 6300c14 10 29 19 45 27"/><path d="m2768 6343c15 7 32 15 48 21"/><path d="m2847 6375c17 5 34 10 51 14"/><path d="m2930 6395c17 2 35 4 53 5"/><path d="m3015 6400h53"/><path d="m3100 6400h53"/><path d="m3186 6400h53"/><path d="m3271 6400h53"/><path d="m3357 6400h53"/><path d="m3442 6400h53"/><path d="m3527 6400h54"/><path d="m3613 6400h53"/><path d="m3698 6400h53"/><path d="m3784 6400h53"/><path d="m3869 6400h53"/><path d="m3955 6400h53"/><path d="m4040 6400h53"/><path d="m4125 6400h54"/><path d="m4211 6400h53"/><path d="m4296 6400h53"/><path d="m4382 6400h53"/><path d="m4467 6400h53"/><path d="m4553 6400h53"/><path d="m4638 6400h53"/><path d="m4723 6400h54"/><path d="m4809 6400h53"/><path d="m4894 6400h53"/><path d="m4980 6400h53"/><path d="m5065 6400h53"/><path d="m5151 6400h53"/><path d="m5236 6400h53"/><path d="m5322 6400h53"/><path d="m5407 6400h53"/><path d="m5492 6400h53"/><path d="m5578 6400h53"/><path d="m5663 6400h53"/><path d="m5749 6400h53"/><path d="m5834 6400h53"/><path d="m5920 6400h53"/><path d="m6005 6400h53"/><path d="m6090 6400h53"/><path d="m6176 6400h53"/><path d="m6261 6400h53"/><path d="m6347 6400h53"/><path d="m6432 6400h53"/><path d="m6518 6400h53"/><path d="m6603 6400h53"/><path d="m6688 6400h54"/><path d="m6774 6400h53"/><path d="m6859 6400h53"/><path d="m6945 6400h53"/><path d="m7030 6400h53"/><path d="m7116 6400h53"/><path d="m7201 6400h53"/><path d="m7286 6400h54"/><path d="m7372 6400h53"/><path d="m7457 6400h53"/><path d="m7543 6400h53"/><path d="m7628 6400h53"/><path d="m7714 6400h53"/><path d="m7799 6400h53"/><path d="m7884 6400h54"/><path d="m7970 6400h53"/><path d="m8055 6400h53"/><path d="m8141 6400h53"/><path d="m8226 6400h53"/><path d="m8312 6400h53"/><path d="m8397 6400h53"/><path d="m8482 6400h54"/><path d="m8568 6400h53"/><path d="m8653 6400h53"/><path d="m8739 6400h53"/><path d="m8824 6400h53"/><path d="m8910 6400h53"/><path d="m8995 6400h53"/><path d="m9081 6400h53"/><path d="m9166 6400h53"/><path d="m9251 6400h53"/><path d="m9337 6400h53"/><path d="m9422 6400h53"/><path d="m9508 6400h53"/><path d="m9593 6400h53"/><path d="m9679 6400h53"/><path d="m9764 6400h53"/><path d="m9849 6400h53"/><path d="m9935 6400h53"/><path d="m10020 6400h53"/><path d="m10106 6400h53"/><path d="m10191 6400h53"/><path d="m10277 6400h53"/><path d="m10362 6400h53"/><path d="m10447 6400h53"/><path d="m10533 6400h53"/><path d="m10618 6400h53"/><path d="m10704 6400h53"/><path d="m10789 6400h53"/><path d="m10875 6400h53"/><path d="m10960 6400h53"/><path d="m11045 6400h54"/><path d="m11131 6400h53"/><path d="m11216 6400h53"/><path d="m11302 6400h53"/><path d="m11387 6400h53"/><path d="m11473 6400h53"/><path d="m11558 6400h53"/><path d="m11643 6400h54"/><path d="m11729 6400h53"/><path d="m11814 6400h53"/><path d="m11900 6400h53"/><path d="m11985 6400h53"/><path d="m12071 6400h53"/><path d="m12156 6400h53"/><path d="m12241 6400h54"/><path d="m12327 6400h53"/><path d="m12412 6400h53"/><path d="m12498 6400h53"/><path d="m12583 6400h53"/><path d="m12669 6400h53"/><path d="m12754 6400h53"/><path d="m12839 6400h54"/><path d="m12925 6400h53"/><path d="m13010 6400h53"/><path d="m13096 6400h53"/><path d="m13181 6400h53"/><path d="m13267 6400h53"/><path d="m13352 6400h53"/><path d="m13438 6400h53"/><path d="m13523 6400h53"/><path d="m13608 6400h53"/><path d="m13694 6400h53"/><path d="m13779 6400h53"/><path d="m13865 6400h53"/><path d="m13950 6400h53"/><path d="m14036 6400h53"/><path d="m14121 6400h53"/><path d="m14206 6400h53"/><path d="m14292 6400h53"/><path d="m14377 6400h53"/><path d="m14463 6400h53"/><path d="m14548 6400h53"/><path d="m14634 6400h53"/><path d="m14719 6400h53"/><path d="m14804 6400h54"/><path d="m14890 6400h53"/><path d="m14975 6400h53"/><path d="m15061 6400h53"/><path d="m15146 6400h53"/><path d="m15232 6400h53"/><path d="m15317 6400h53"/><path d="m15402 6400h54"/><path d="m15488 6400h53"/><path d="m15573 6400h53"/><path d="m15659 6400h53"/><path d="m15744 6400h53"/><path d="m15830 6400h53"/><path d="m15915 6400h53"/><path d="m16000 6400h54"/><path d="m16086 6400h53"/><path d="m16171 6400h53"/><path d="m16257 6400h53"/><path d="m16342 6400h53"/><path d="m16428 6400h53"/><path d="m16513 6400h53"/><path d="m16598 6400h54"/><path d="m16684 6400h53"/><path d="m16769 6400h53"/><path d="m16855 6400h53"/><path d="m16940 6400h53"/><path d="m17026 6400h53"/><path d="m17111 6400h53"/><path d="m17196 6400h54"/><path d="m17282 6400h53"/><path d="m17367 6400h53"/><path d="m17453 6400h53"/><path d="m17538 6400h53"/><path d="m17624 6400h53"/><path d="m17709 6400h53"/><path d="m17795 6400h53"/><path d="m17880 6400h53"/><path d="m17965 6400h53"/><path d="m18051 6400h53"/><path d="m18136 6400h53"/><path d="m18222 6400h53"/><path d="m18307 6400h53"/><path d="m18393 6400h53"/><path d="m18478 6400h53"/><path d="m18563 6400h53"/><path d="m18649 6400h53"/><path d="m18734 6400h53"/><path d="m18820 6400h53"/><path d="m18905 6400h53"/><path d="m18991 6400h53"/><path d="m19076 6400h53"/><path d="m19161 6400h54"/><path d="m19247 6400h53"/><path d="m19332 6400h53"/><path d="m19418 6400h53"/><path d="m19503 6400h53"/><path d="m19589 6400h53"/><path d="m19674 6400h53"/><path d="m19759 6400h54"/><path d="m19845 6400h53"/><path d="m19930 6400h53"/><path d="m20016 6400h53"/><path d="m20101 6400h53"/><path d="m20187 6400h53"/><path d="m20272 6400h53"/><path d="m20357 6400h54"/><path d="m20443 6400h53"/><path d="m20528 6400h53"/><path d="m20614 6400c17-1 35-2 53-5"/><path d="m20699 6390c17-4 34-9 51-14"/><path d="m20781 6365c16-6 32-13 48-21"/><path d="m20858 6329c15-8 31-17 45-27"/><path d="m20930 6283c14-10 28-21 42-32"/><path d="m20996 6229c13-12 25-25 37-38"/><path d="m21055 6167c11-14 22-28 33-42"/><path d="m21106 6098c10-15 19-30 27-45"/><path d="m21148 6024c7-16 14-33 20-49"/><path d="m21179 5944c5-17 9-34 13-51"/><path d="m21197 5861c2-18 4-35 4-53"/><path d="m21201 5776v-54"/><path d="m21201 5690v-53"/><path d="m21201 5605v-53"/><path d="m21201 5519v-53"/><path d="m21201 5434v-53"/><path d="m21201 5348v-53"/><path d="m21201 5263v-53"/><path d="m21201 5178v-54"/><path d="m21201 5092v-53"/><path d="m21201 5007v-53"/><path d="m21201 4921v-53"/><path d="m21201 4836v-53"/><path d="m21201 4750v-53"/><path d="m21201 4665v-53"/><path d="m21201 4579v-53"/><path d="m21201 4494v-53"/><path d="m21201 4409v-53"/><path d="m21201 4323v-53"/><path d="m21201 4238v-53"/><path d="m21201 4152v-53"/><path d="m21201 4067v-53"/><path d="m21201 3981v-53"/><path d="m21201 3896v-53"/><path d="m21201 3811v-53"/><path d="m21201 3725v-53"/><path d="m21201 3640v-53"/><path d="m21201 3554v-53"/><path d="m21201 3469v-53"/><path d="m21201 3383c-1-17-3-35-5-52"/><path d="m21190 3299c-4-17-8-35-14-51"/><path d="m21165 3217c-6-16-13-33-21-49"/><path d="m21129 3140c-9-16-18-31-28-46"/><path d="m21082 3068c-10-14-21-28-33-42"/><path d="m21027 3002c-12-13-24-25-37-37"/><path d="m20965 2944c-14-12-28-22-42-33"/><path d="m20896 2893c-15-9-30-18-46-27"/><path d="m20821 2852c-16-8-32-14-49-20"/><path d="m20741 2821c-17-5-34-9-51-12"/><path d="m20658 2804c-18-3-35-4-53-4"/><path d="m20573 2800h-53"/><path d="m20487 2800h-53"/><path d="m20402 2800h-53"/><path d="m20316 2800h-53"/><path d="m20231 2800h-53"/><path d="m20146 2800h-54"/><path d="m20060 2800h-53"/><path d="m19975 2800h-53"/><path d="m19889 2800h-53"/><path d="m19804 2800h-53"/><path d="m19718 2800h-53"/><path d="m19633 2800h-53"/><path d="m19548 2800h-54"/><path d="m19462 2800h-53"/><path d="m19377 2800h-53"/><path d="m19291 2800h-53"/><path d="m19206 2800h-53"/><path d="m19120 2800h-53"/><path d="m19035 2800h-53"/><path d="m18950 2800h-54"/><path d="m18864 2800h-53"/><path d="m18779 2800h-53"/><path d="m18693 2800h-53"/><path d="m18608 2800h-53"/><path d="m18522 2800h-53"/><path d="m18437 2800h-53"/><path d="m18352 2800h-54"/><path d="m18266 2800h-53"/><path d="m18181 2800h-53"/><path d="m18095 2800h-53"/><path d="m18010 2800h-53"/><path d="m17924 2800h-53"/><path d="m17839 2800h-53"/><path d="m17753 2800h-53"/><path d="m17668 2800h-53"/><path d="m17583 2800h-53"/><path d="m17497 2800h-53"/><path d="m17412 2800h-53"/><path d="m17326 2800h-53"/><path d="m17241 2800h-53"/><path d="m17155 2800h-53"/><path d="m17070 2800h-53"/><path d="m16985 2800h-53"/><path d="m16899 2800h-53"/><path d="m16814 2800h-53"/><path d="m16728 2800h-53"/><path d="m16643 2800h-53"/><path d="m16557 2800h-53"/><path d="m16472 2800h-53"/><path d="m16387 2800h-54"/><path d="m16301 2800h-53"/><path d="m16216 2800h-53"/><path d="m16130 2800h-53"/><path d="m16045 2800h-53"/><path d="m15959 2800h-53"/><path d="m15874 2800h-53"/><path d="m15789 2800h-54"/><path d="m15703 2800h-53"/><path d="m15618 2800h-53"/><path d="m15532 2800h-53"/><path d="m15447 2800h-53"/><path d="m15361 2800h-53"/><path d="m15276 2800h-53"/><path d="m15191 2800h-54"/><path d="m15105 2800h-53"/><path d="m15020 2800h-53"/><path d="m14934 2800h-53"/><path d="m14849 2800h-53"/><path d="m14763 2800h-53"/><path d="m14678 2800h-53"/><path d="m14593 2800h-54"/><path d="m14507 2800h-53"/><path d="m14422 2800h-53"/><path d="m14336 2800h-53"/><path d="m14251 2800h-53"/><path d="m14165 2800h-53"/><path d="m14080 2800h-53"/><path d="m13994 2800h-53"/><path d="m13909 2800h-53"/><path d="m13824 2800h-53"/><path d="m13738 2800h-53"/><path d="m13653 2800h-53"/><path d="m13567 2800h-53"/><path d="m13482 2800h-53"/><path d="m13396 2800h-53"/><path d="m13311 2800h-53"/><path d="m13226 2800h-53"/><path d="m13140 2800h-53"/><path d="m13055 2800h-53"/><path d="m12969 2800h-53"/><path d="m12884 2800h-53"/><path d="m12798 2800h-53"/><path d="m12713 2800h-53"/><path d="m12628 2800h-53"/><path d="m12542 2800h-53"/><path d="m12457 2800h-53"/><path d="m12371 2800h-53"/><path d="m12286 2800h-53"/><path d="m12200 2800h-53"/><path d="m12115 2800h-53"/><path d="m12030 2800h-54"/><path d="m11944 2800h-53"/><path d="m11859 2800h-53"/><path d="m11773 2800h-53"/><path d="m11688 2800h-53"/><path d="m11602 2800h-53"/><path d="m11517 2800h-53"/><path d="m11432 2800h-54"/><path d="m11346 2800h-53"/><path d="m11261 2800h-53"/><path d="m11175 2800h-53"/><path d="m11090 2800h-53"/><path d="m11004 2800h-53"/><path d="m10919 2800h-53"/><path d="m10834 2800h-54"/><path d="m10748 2800h-53"/><path d="m10663 2800h-53"/><path d="m10577 2800h-53"/><path d="m10492 2800h-53"/><path d="m10406 2800h-53"/><path d="m10321 2800h-53"/><path d="m10236 2800h-54"/><path d="m10150 2800h-53"/><path d="m10065 2800h-53"/><path d="m9979 2800h-53"/><path d="m9894 2800h-53"/><path d="m9808 2800h-53"/><path d="m9723 2800h-53"/><path d="m9637 2800h-53"/><path d="m9552 2800h-53"/><path d="m9467 2800h-53"/><path d="m9381 2800h-53"/><path d="m9296 2800h-53"/><path d="m9210 2800h-53"/><path d="m9125 2800h-53"/><path d="m9039 2800h-53"/><path d="m8954 2800h-53"/><path d="m8869 2800h-53"/><path d="m8783 2800h-53"/><path d="m8698 2800h-53"/><path d="m8612 2800h-53"/><path d="m8527 2800h-53"/><path d="m8441 2800h-53"/><path d="m8356 2800h-53"/><path d="m8271 2800h-54"/><path d="m8185 2800h-53"/><path d="m8100 2800h-53"/><path d="m8014 2800h-53"/><path d="m7929 2800h-53"/><path d="m7843 2800h-53"/><path d="m7758 2800h-53"/><path d="m7673 2800h-54"/><path d="m7587 2800h-53"/><path d="m7502 2800h-53"/><path d="m7416 2800h-53"/><path d="m7331 2800h-53"/><path d="m7245 2800h-53"/><path d="m7160 2800h-53"/><path d="m7075 2800h-54"/><path d="m6989 2800h-53"/><path d="m6904 2800h-53"/><path d="m6818 2800h-53"/><path d="m6733 2800h-53"/><path d="m6647 2800h-53"/><path d="m6562 2800h-53"/><path d="m6477 2800h-54"/><path d="m6391 2800h-53"/><path d="m6306 2800h-53"/><path d="m6220 2800h-53"/><path d="m6135 2800h-53"/><path d="m6049 2800h-53"/><path d="m5964 2800h-53"/><path d="m5879 2800h-54"/><path d="m5793 2800h-53"/><path d="m5708 2800h-53"/><path d="m5622 2800h-53"/><path d="m5537 2800h-53"/><path d="m5451 2800h-53"/><path d="m5366 2800h-53"/><path d="m5280 2800h-53"/><path d="m5195 2800h-53"/><path d="m5110 2800h-53"/><path d="m5024 2800h-53"/><path d="m4939 2800h-53"/><path d="m4853 2800h-53"/><path d="m4768 2800h-53"/><path d="m4682 2800h-53"/><path d="m4597 2800h-53"/><path d="m4512 2800h-53"/><path d="m4426 2800h-53"/><path d="m4341 2800h-53"/><path d="m4255 2800h-53"/><path d="m4170 2800h-53"/><path d="m4084 2800h-53"/><path d="m3999 2800h-53"/><path d="m3914 2800h-54"/><path d="m3828 2800h-53"/><path d="m3743 2800h-53"/><path d="m3657 2800h-53"/><path d="m3572 2800h-53"/><path d="m3486 2800h-53"/><path d="m3401 2800h-53"/><path d="m3316 2800h-54"/><path d="m3230 2800h-53"/><path d="m3145 2800h-53"/><path d="m3059 2800h-53"/></g></g><g transform="translate(-2197.3 -2186)"><rect height="1100.7" width="1213.6" y="6917.1" x="23255" fill="#f3e777"/><path fill="#ca4677" d="m22802 7700.4v-405.46l150.7-169.16c82.886-93.039 170.53-186.62 194.77-207.96l44.069-38.798 783.23-0.086 783.23-0.086v613.5 613.5h-978-978v-405.46zm1027.7 136.98v-78.372l-169.91 4.925-169.91 4.9249-5.09 45.854c-8.249 74.303 46.711 101.04 207.69 101.04h137.21v-78.372zm235.86-262.94 4.495-341.31 207.2-8.6408 207.2-8.6408 5.144-46.443c9.596-86.615-41.863-102.05-322.02-96.607l-246.71 4.7956-4.438 419.08-4.439 419.08h74.537 74.538l4.494-341.31zm391.3 313.72c26.41-19.286 36.255-41.399 32.697-73.447l-5.09-45.854h-174.05-174.05l-5.38 48.984c-9.97 90.771 0.993 97.91 150.36 97.91 99.305 0 148.27-7.6982 175.52-27.594zm-627.16-274.84v-77.768h-174.05-174.05v66.246c0 36.436 4.973 71.431 11.051 77.768 6.078 6.3366 84.401 11.521 174.05 11.521h163v-77.768zm659.89-4.9154 5.125-74.042-179.18 4.9155-179.18 4.9155-5.38 48.984c-10.473 95.348-2.259 99.57 183.28 94.197l170.2-4.9284 5.125-74.042zm-659.89-237.63v-78.372l-169.91 4.925-169.91 4.925-5.097 73.447-5.097 73.447h175 175v-78.372zm659.86 4.925-5.097-73.447h-174.05-174.05l-5.38 48.984c-10.289 93.673-2.146 97.91 188.15 97.91h175.52l-5.097-73.447zm-659.86-228.98v-77.768h-137.21c-97.358 0-147.91 7.8138-174.05 26.902-34.952 25.523-49.645 92.242-25.79 117.11 6.078 6.3366 84.401 11.521 174.05 11.521h163v-77.768z"/></g><g transform="matrix(.84874 0 0 .76147 2408.1 3615.3)"><rect height="3076.2" width="2734.3" y="13264" x="19249" fill="#6076b3"/><g stroke-linejoin="round" fill-rule="evenodd" stroke-width="28.222" fill="#e0ee2c"><rect y="13369" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="13708" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="14048" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="14387" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="14726" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="15066" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="15405" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="15744" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="16083" width="356.65" x="18937" height="180.95"/><rect y="13324" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="13663" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="14002" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="14342" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="14681" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="15020" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="15360" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="15699" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/><rect y="16038" width="356.65" x="21939" height="180.95"/></g><g stroke-linejoin="round" fill-rule="evenodd" transform="matrix(.98702 0 0 .90336 -2675 7020.8)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape" stroke-width="28.222"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"/></text> +<text style="word-spacing:0px;letter-spacing:0px" xml:space="preserve" font-size="1128.9px" y="9042.0264" x="22439.668" font-family="Sans" line-height="125%" fill="#000000"><tspan y="9042.0264" x="22439.668">CPU</tspan></text> +</g></g><g stroke-linejoin="round" fill-rule="evenodd" transform="translate(-11752 543.6)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.TextShape" stroke-width="28.222"><text class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="706px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="15832" x="24341" class="TextPosition" transform="matrix(0,-1,1,0,8509,40173)"><tspan fill="#000000">PCI, USB, SPI, I2C, ...</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g><g stroke-linejoin="round" fill-rule="evenodd" transform="translate(-655.31 963.83)" class="com.sun.star.drawing.RectangleShape" stroke-width="28.222"><g transform="matrix(.49166 0 0 1.0059 6045.6 -82.24)"><path fill="#cfe7f5" d="m14169 14572h-2268v-1412h4536v1412h-2268z"/><path fill="none" d="m14169 14572h-2268v-1412h4536v1412h-2268z" stroke="#3465af"/></g><text y="-395.11282" x="-790.22229" class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="13686.9" x="12091.779" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000">Bridge</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +<text y="338.66486" x="-846.66675" class="TextShape"><tspan font-size="635px" font-family="'Times New Roman', serif" font-weight="400" class="TextParagraph"><tspan y="14420.677" x="12035.335" class="TextPosition"><tspan fill="#000000"> DMA</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +</g></svg> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml index 7ff01a23c2fe..fdee6b3f3eca 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml @@ -1,14 +1,13 @@ <bibliography> <title>References</title> - <biblioentry id="eia608"> - <abbrev>EIA 608-B</abbrev> + <biblioentry id="cea608"> + <abbrev>CEA 608-E</abbrev> <authorgroup> - <corpauthor>Electronic Industries Alliance (<ulink -url="http://www.eia.org">http://www.eia.org</ulink>)</corpauthor> + <corpauthor>Consumer Electronics Association (<ulink +url="http://www.ce.org">http://www.ce.org</ulink>)</corpauthor> </authorgroup> - <title>EIA 608-B "Recommended Practice for Line 21 Data -Service"</title> + <title>CEA-608-E R-2014 "Line 21 Data Services"</title> </biblioentry> <biblioentry id="en300294"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml index 350dfb3d71ea..a0aef85d33c1 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml @@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ that used it. It was originally scheduled for removal in 2.6.35. </listitem> <listitem> <para>Added <constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE</constant> control event - changes flag. See <xref linkend="changes-flags"/>.</para> + changes flag. See <xref linkend="ctrl-changes-flags"/>.</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml index 4e9462f1ab4c..6e1667b5f3eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml @@ -4863,7 +4863,7 @@ interface and may change in the future.</para> </note> <para> - The Image Source control class is intended for low-level control of + The Image Process control class is intended for low-level control of image processing functions. Unlike <constant>V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS</constant>, the controls in this class affect processing the image, and do not control capturing @@ -4871,7 +4871,7 @@ interface and may change in the future.</para> </para> <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="image-process-control-id"> - <title>Image Source Control IDs</title> + <title>Image Process Control IDs</title> <tgroup cols="4"> <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" /> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml index 7a8bf3011ee9..0aec62ed2bf8 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ ETS 300 231, lsb first transmitted.</entry> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525</constant></entry> <entry>0x1000</entry> - <entry><xref linkend="eia608" /></entry> + <entry><xref linkend="cea608" /></entry> <entry>NTSC line 21, 284 (second field 21)</entry> <entry>Two bytes in transmission order, including parity bit, lsb first transmitted.</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml index 1c17f802b471..7bbc2a48911e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml @@ -841,15 +841,15 @@ is the file descriptor associated with a DMABUF buffer.</entry> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved2</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Applications -should set this to 0.</entry> + <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Drivers and applications +must set this to 0.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Applications -should set this to 0.</entry> + <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Drivers and applications +must set this to 0.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -930,8 +930,8 @@ should set this to 0.</entry> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved[11]</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>Reserved for future use. Should be zeroed by an - application.</entry> + <entry>Reserved for future use. Should be zeroed by drivers and + applications.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -1129,6 +1129,18 @@ in this buffer has not been created by the CPU but by some DMA-capable unit, in which case caches have not been used.</entry> </row> <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST</constant></entry> + <entry>0x00100000</entry> + <entry>Last buffer produced by the hardware. mem2mem codec drivers +set this flag on the capture queue for the last buffer when the +<link linkend="vidioc-querybuf">VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</link> or +<link linkend="vidioc-qbuf">VIDIOC_DQBUF</link> ioctl is called. Due to hardware +limitations, the last buffer may be empty. In this case the driver will set the +<structfield>bytesused</structfield> field to 0, regardless of the format. Any +Any subsequent call to the <link linkend="vidioc-qbuf">VIDIOC_DQBUF</link> ioctl +will not block anymore, but return an &EPIPE;.</entry> + </row> + <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MASK</constant></entry> <entry>0x0000e000</entry> <entry>Mask for timestamp types below. To test the @@ -1155,7 +1167,7 @@ in which case caches have not been used.</entry> <entry>The buffer timestamp has been taken from the <constant>CLOCK_MONOTONIC</constant> clock. To access the same clock outside V4L2, use - <function>clock_gettime(2)</function> .</entry> + <function>clock_gettime(2)</function>.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_COPY</constant></entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-open.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-open.xml index f7df034dc9ed..122374a3e894 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-open.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-open.xml @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ <para>To open a media device applications call <function>open()</function> with the desired device name. The function has no side effects; the device configuration remain unchanged.</para> - <para>When the device is opened in read-only mode, attemps to modify its + <para>When the device is opened in read-only mode, attempts to modify its configuration will result in an error, and <varname>errno</varname> will be set to <errorcode>EBADF</errorcode>.</para> </refsect1> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml index 116c301656e0..5872f8bbf774 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml @@ -143,86 +143,28 @@ <row> <entry></entry> <entry>struct</entry> - <entry><structfield>v4l</structfield></entry> + <entry><structfield>dev</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>Valid for V4L sub-devices and nodes only.</entry> + <entry>Valid for (sub-)devices that create a single device node.</entry> </row> <row> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>major</structfield></entry> - <entry>V4L device node major number. For V4L sub-devices with no - device node, set by the driver to 0.</entry> + <entry>Device node major number.</entry> </row> <row> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>minor</structfield></entry> - <entry>V4L device node minor number. For V4L sub-devices with no - device node, set by the driver to 0.</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry>struct</entry> - <entry><structfield>fb</structfield></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry>Valid for frame buffer nodes only.</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry>__u32</entry> - <entry><structfield>major</structfield></entry> - <entry>Frame buffer device node major number.</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry>__u32</entry> - <entry><structfield>minor</structfield></entry> - <entry>Frame buffer device node minor number.</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry>struct</entry> - <entry><structfield>alsa</structfield></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry>Valid for ALSA devices only.</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry>__u32</entry> - <entry><structfield>card</structfield></entry> - <entry>ALSA card number</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry>__u32</entry> - <entry><structfield>device</structfield></entry> - <entry>ALSA device number</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry>__u32</entry> - <entry><structfield>subdevice</structfield></entry> - <entry>ALSA sub-device number</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry>int</entry> - <entry><structfield>dvb</structfield></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry>DVB card number</entry> + <entry>Device node minor number.</entry> </row> <row> <entry></entry> <entry>__u8</entry> - <entry><structfield>raw</structfield>[180]</entry> + <entry><structfield>raw</structfield>[184]</entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> </row> @@ -253,8 +195,24 @@ <entry>ALSA card</entry> </row> <row> - <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB</constant></entry> - <entry>DVB card</entry> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_FE</constant></entry> + <entry>DVB frontend devnode</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_DEMUX</constant></entry> + <entry>DVB demux devnode</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_DVR</constant></entry> + <entry>DVB DVR devnode</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_CA</constant></entry> + <entry>DVB CAM devnode</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_NET</constant></entry> + <entry>DVB network devnode</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV</constant></entry> @@ -282,6 +240,10 @@ it in some digital video standard, with appropriate embedded timing signals.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_TUNER</constant></entry> + <entry>TV and/or radio tuner</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml index 6ab4f0f3db64..b60fb935b91b 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml @@ -303,45 +303,6 @@ for a pixel lie next to each other in memory.</para> <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR666"> - <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR666</constant></entry> - <entry>'BGRH'</entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> - <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> - <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> - <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> - <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> - <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> - <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> - <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> - <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> - <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> - <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> - <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> - <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> - <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - </row> <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR24"> <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></entry> <entry>'BGR3'</entry> @@ -404,6 +365,46 @@ for a pixel lie next to each other in memory.</para> <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR666"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR666</constant></entry> + <entry>'BGRH'</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + </row> <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-ABGR32"> <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_ABGR32</constant></entry> <entry>'AR24'</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml index 19727ab4c757..7803b8c41b45 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ columns and rows.</para> </row> <row> <entry>start + 4:</entry> - <entry>R<subscript>10</subscript></entry> - <entry>B<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>R<subscript>12</subscript></entry> - <entry>B<subscript>13</subscript></entry> + <entry>B<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>G<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>B<subscript>12</subscript></entry> + <entry>G<subscript>13</subscript></entry> </row> <row> <entry>start + 8:</entry> @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ columns and rows.</para> </row> <row> <entry>start + 12:</entry> - <entry>R<subscript>30</subscript></entry> - <entry>B<subscript>31</subscript></entry> - <entry>R<subscript>32</subscript></entry> - <entry>B<subscript>33</subscript></entry> + <entry>B<subscript>30</subscript></entry> + <entry>G<subscript>31</subscript></entry> + <entry>B<subscript>32</subscript></entry> + <entry>G<subscript>33</subscript></entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml index 30aa63581fe3..a8cc102cde4f 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <title>Byte Order.</title> <para>Each cell is one byte. <informaltable frame="topbot" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> - <tgroup cols="5" align="center" border="1"> + <tgroup cols="5" align="center"> <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" /> <tbody valign="top"> <row> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16-be.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16-be.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cea53e1eaa43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16-be.xml @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y16-BE"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16_BE ('Y16 ' | (1 << 31))</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + <refnamediv> + <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16_BE</constant></refname> + <refpurpose>Grey-scale image</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>This is a grey-scale image with a depth of 16 bits per +pixel. The most significant byte is stored at lower memory addresses +(big-endian). Note the actual sampling precision may be lower than +16 bits, for example 10 bits per pixel with values in range 0 to +1023.</para> + + <example> + <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16_BE</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image</title> + + <formalpara> + <title>Byte Order.</title> + <para>Each cell is one byte. + <informaltable frame="none"> + <tgroup cols="9" align="center"> + <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" /> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>start + 0:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>00high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>00low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>01high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>01low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>02high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>02low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>03high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>03low</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 8:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>10high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>10low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>11high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>11low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>12high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>12low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>13high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>13low</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 16:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>20high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>20low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>21high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>21low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>22high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>22low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>23high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>23low</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 24:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>30high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>30low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>31high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>31low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>32high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>32low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>33high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>33low</subscript></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </para> + </formalpara> + </example> + </refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml index 60308f1eefdf..e781cc61786c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ and Cr planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row (including padding).</para> - <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant> is intended to be + <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant> is intended to be used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API, described in <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>. </para> <example> - <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> 4 × 4 + <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant> 4 × 4 pixel image</title> <formalpara> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml index 5e0352c50324..965ea916784a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml @@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ padding bytes after the last line of an image cross a system page boundary. Input devices may write padding bytes, the value is undefined. Output devices ignore the contents of padding bytes.</para><para>When the image format is planar the -<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the largest +<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the first plane and is divided by the same factor as the -<structfield>width</structfield> field for any smaller planes. For +<structfield>width</structfield> field for the other planes. For example the Cb and Cr planes of a YUV 4:2:0 image have half as many padding bytes following each line as the Y plane. To avoid ambiguities drivers must return a <structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value @@ -157,6 +157,14 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> capture streams and by the application for output streams, see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry>&v4l2-xfer-func;</entry> + <entry><structfield>xfer_func</structfield></entry> + <entry>This information supplements the +<structfield>colorspace</structfield> and must be set by the driver for +capture streams and by the application for output streams, +see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> @@ -182,16 +190,16 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> </entry> </row> <row> - <entry>__u16</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>bytesperline</structfield></entry> <entry>Distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in two adjacent lines. See &v4l2-pix-format;.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u16</entry> - <entry><structfield>reserved[7]</structfield></entry> - <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by the - application.</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved[6]</structfield></entry> + <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by drivers and + applications.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -264,11 +272,19 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> capture streams and by the application for output streams, see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry>&v4l2-xfer-func;</entry> + <entry><structfield>xfer_func</structfield></entry> + <entry>This information supplements the +<structfield>colorspace</structfield> and must be set by the driver for +capture streams and by the application for output streams, +see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> + </row> <row> <entry>__u8</entry> - <entry><structfield>reserved[8]</structfield></entry> - <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by the - application.</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved[7]</structfield></entry> + <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by drivers + and applications.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -476,15 +492,16 @@ is also very useful.</para> <section> <title>Defining Colorspaces in V4L2</title> - <para>In V4L2 colorspaces are defined by three values. The first is the colorspace -identifier (&v4l2-colorspace;) which defines the chromaticities, the transfer + <para>In V4L2 colorspaces are defined by four values. The first is the colorspace +identifier (&v4l2-colorspace;) which defines the chromaticities, the default transfer function, the default Y'CbCr encoding and the default quantization method. The second -is the Y'CbCr encoding identifier (&v4l2-ycbcr-encoding;) to specify non-standard -Y'CbCr encodings and the third is the quantization identifier (&v4l2-quantization;) -to specify non-standard quantization methods. Most of the time only the colorspace -field of &v4l2-pix-format; or &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; needs to be filled in. Note -that the default R'G'B' quantization is always full range for all colorspaces, -so this won't be mentioned explicitly for each colorspace description.</para> +is the transfer function identifier (&v4l2-xfer-func;) to specify non-standard +transfer functions. The third is the Y'CbCr encoding identifier (&v4l2-ycbcr-encoding;) +to specify non-standard Y'CbCr encodings and the fourth is the quantization identifier +(&v4l2-quantization;) to specify non-standard quantization methods. Most of the time +only the colorspace field of &v4l2-pix-format; or &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; needs to +be filled in. Note that the default R'G'B' quantization is full range for all +colorspaces except for BT.2020 which uses limited range R'G'B' quantization.</para> <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-colorspace"> <title>V4L2 Colorspaces</title> @@ -498,6 +515,11 @@ so this won't be mentioned explicitly for each colorspace description.</para> </thead> <tbody valign="top"> <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_DEFAULT</constant></entry> + <entry>The default colorspace. This can be used by applications to let the + driver fill in the colorspace.</entry> + </row> + <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M</constant></entry> <entry>See <xref linkend="col-smpte-170m" />.</entry> </row> @@ -533,6 +555,52 @@ so this won't be mentioned explicitly for each colorspace description.</para> <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG</constant></entry> <entry>See <xref linkend="col-jpeg" />.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_RAW</constant></entry> + <entry>The raw colorspace. This is used for raw image capture where + the image is minimally processed and is using the internal colorspace + of the device. The software that processes an image using this + 'colorspace' will have to know the internals of the capture device.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-xfer-func"> + <title>V4L2 Transfer Function</title> + <tgroup cols="2" align="left"> + &cs-def; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Identifier</entry> + <entry>Details</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DEFAULT</constant></entry> + <entry>Use the default transfer function as defined by the colorspace.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709</constant></entry> + <entry>Use the Rec. 709 transfer function.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SRGB</constant></entry> + <entry>Use the sRGB transfer function.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_ADOBERGB</constant></entry> + <entry>Use the AdobeRGB transfer function.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE240M</constant></entry> + <entry>Use the SMPTE 240M transfer function.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_NONE</constant></entry> + <entry>Do not use a transfer function (i.e. use linear RGB values).</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> @@ -598,7 +666,8 @@ so this won't be mentioned explicitly for each colorspace description.</para> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_QUANTIZATION_DEFAULT</constant></entry> <entry>Use the default quantization encoding as defined by the colorspace. -This is always full range for R'G'B' and usually limited range for Y'CbCr.</entry> +This is always full range for R'G'B' (except for the BT.2020 colorspace) and usually +limited range for Y'CbCr.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_QUANTIZATION_FULL_RANGE</constant></entry> @@ -620,10 +689,11 @@ is mapped to [16…235]. Cb and Cr are mapped from [-0.5…0.5] to [16 <section> <title>Detailed Colorspace Descriptions</title> - <section> - <title id="col-smpte-170m">Colorspace SMPTE 170M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M</constant>)</title> + <section id="col-smpte-170m"> + <title>Colorspace SMPTE 170M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M</constant>)</title> <para>The <xref linkend="smpte170m" /> standard defines the colorspace used by NTSC and PAL and by SDTV -in general. The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. +in general. The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> @@ -666,8 +736,7 @@ as the SMPTE C set, so this colorspace is sometimes called SMPTE C as well.</par <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>The transfer function defined for SMPTE 170M is the same as the -one defined in Rec. 709. Normally L is in the range [0…1], but for the extended -gamut xvYCC encoding values outside that range are allowed.</term> +one defined in Rec. 709.</term> <listitem> <para>L' = -1.099(-L)<superscript>0.45</superscript> + 0.099 for L ≤ -0.018</para> <para>L' = 4.5L for -0.018 < L < 0.018</para> @@ -702,30 +771,12 @@ defined in the <xref linkend="itu601" /> standard and this colorspace is sometim though BT.601 does not mention any color primaries.</para> <para>The default quantization is limited range, but full range is possible although rarely seen.</para> - <para>The <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant> encoding as described above is the -default for this colorspace, but it can be overridden with <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709</constant>, -in which case the Rec. 709 Y'CbCr encoding is used.</para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>The xvYCC 601 encoding (<constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601</constant>, <xref linkend="xvycc" />) is similar -to the BT.601 encoding, but it allows for R', G' and B' values that are outside the range -[0…1]. The resulting Y', Cb and Cr values are scaled and offset:</term> - <listitem> - <para>Y' = (219 / 255) * (0.299R' + 0.587G' + 0.114B') + (16 / 255)</para> - <para>Cb = (224 / 255) * (-0.169R' - 0.331G' + 0.5B')</para> - <para>Cr = (224 / 255) * (0.5R' - 0.419G' - 0.081B')</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - <para>Y' is clamped to the range [0…1] and Cb and Cr are clamped -to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The non-standard xvYCC 709 encoding can also be used by selecting -<constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV709</constant>. The xvYCC encodings always use full range -quantization.</para> </section> - <section> - <title id="col-rec709">Colorspace Rec. 709 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709</constant>)</title> - <para>The <xref linkend="itu709" /> standard defines the colorspace used by HDTV in general. The default + <section id="col-rec709"> + <title>Colorspace Rec. 709 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709</constant>)</title> + <para>The <xref linkend="itu709" /> standard defines the colorspace used by HDTV in general. +The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709</constant>. The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> @@ -803,29 +854,44 @@ rarely seen.</para> <para>The <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709</constant> encoding described above is the default for this colorspace, but it can be overridden with <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>, in which case the BT.601 Y'CbCr encoding is used.</para> + <para>Two additional extended gamut Y'CbCr encodings are also possible with this colorspace:</para> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>The xvYCC 709 encoding (<constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV709</constant>, <xref linkend="xvycc" />) is similar to the Rec. 709 encoding, but it allows for R', G' and B' values that are outside the range [0…1]. The resulting Y', Cb and Cr values are scaled and offset:</term> <listitem> - <para>Y' = (219 / 255) * (0.2126R' + 0.7152G' + 0.0722B') + (16 / 255)</para> - <para>Cb = (224 / 255) * (-0.1146R' - 0.3854G' + 0.5B')</para> - <para>Cr = (224 / 255) * (0.5R' - 0.4542G' - 0.0458B')</para> + <para>Y' = (219 / 256) * (0.2126R' + 0.7152G' + 0.0722B') + (16 / 256)</para> + <para>Cb = (224 / 256) * (-0.1146R' - 0.3854G' + 0.5B')</para> + <para>Cr = (224 / 256) * (0.5R' - 0.4542G' - 0.0458B')</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>The xvYCC 601 encoding (<constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601</constant>, <xref linkend="xvycc" />) is similar +to the BT.601 encoding, but it allows for R', G' and B' values that are outside the range +[0…1]. The resulting Y', Cb and Cr values are scaled and offset:</term> + <listitem> + <para>Y' = (219 / 256) * (0.299R' + 0.587G' + 0.114B') + (16 / 256)</para> + <para>Cb = (224 / 256) * (-0.169R' - 0.331G' + 0.5B')</para> + <para>Cr = (224 / 256) * (0.5R' - 0.419G' - 0.081B')</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> <para>Y' is clamped to the range [0…1] and Cb and Cr are clamped -to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The non-standard xvYCC 601 encoding can also be used by -selecting <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601</constant>. The xvYCC encodings always use full -range quantization.</para> +to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The non-standard xvYCC 709 or xvYCC 601 encodings can be used by +selecting <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV709</constant> or <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601</constant>. +The xvYCC encodings always use full range quantization.</para> </section> - <section> - <title id="col-srgb">Colorspace sRGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>)</title> - <para>The <xref linkend="srgb" /> standard defines the colorspace used by most webcams and computer graphics. The -default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SYCC</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization -is full range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> + <section id="col-srgb"> + <title>Colorspace sRGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>)</title> + <para>The <xref linkend="srgb" /> standard defines the colorspace used by most webcams +and computer graphics. The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SRGB</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SYCC</constant>. The default Y'CbCr +quantization is full range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white +reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> <title>sRGB Chromaticities</title> <tgroup cols="3" align="left"> @@ -898,10 +964,11 @@ encoding, it is not. The <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601</constant> scales and of values before quantization, but this encoding does not do that.</para> </section> - <section> - <title id="col-adobergb">Colorspace Adobe RGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB</constant>)</title> + <section id="col-adobergb"> + <title>Colorspace Adobe RGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB</constant>)</title> <para>The <xref linkend="adobergb" /> standard defines the colorspace used by computer graphics that use the AdobeRGB colorspace. This is also known as the <xref linkend="oprgb" /> standard. +The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_ADOBERGB</constant>. The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> @@ -970,12 +1037,13 @@ clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. This transform is identical to one defin SMPTE 170M/BT.601. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range.</para> </section> - <section> - <title id="col-bt2020">Colorspace BT.2020 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020</constant>)</title> + <section id="col-bt2020"> + <title>Colorspace BT.2020 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020</constant>)</title> <para>The <xref linkend="itu2020" /> standard defines the colorspace used by Ultra-high definition -television (UHDTV). The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020</constant>. -The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and -the white reference are:</para> +television (UHDTV). The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020</constant>. +The default R'G'B' quantization is limited range (!), and so is the default Y'CbCr quantization. +The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> <title>BT.2020 Chromaticities</title> <tgroup cols="3" align="left"> @@ -1032,7 +1100,7 @@ the white reference are:</para> <term>The luminance (Y') and color difference (Cb and Cr) are obtained with the following <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020</constant> encoding:</term> <listitem> - <para>Y' = 0.2627R' + 0.6789G' + 0.0593B'</para> + <para>Y' = 0.2627R' + 0.6780G' + 0.0593B'</para> <para>Cb = -0.1396R' - 0.3604G' + 0.5B'</para> <para>Cr = 0.5R' - 0.4598G' - 0.0402B'</para> </listitem> @@ -1046,7 +1114,7 @@ clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range <varlistentry> <term>Luma:</term> <listitem> - <para>Yc' = (0.2627R + 0.6789G + 0.0593B)'</para> + <para>Yc' = (0.2627R + 0.6780G + 0.0593B)'</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1054,7 +1122,7 @@ clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range <varlistentry> <term>B' - Yc' ≤ 0:</term> <listitem> - <para>Cbc = (B' - Y') / 1.9404</para> + <para>Cbc = (B' - Yc') / 1.9404</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1062,7 +1130,7 @@ clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range <varlistentry> <term>B' - Yc' > 0:</term> <listitem> - <para>Cbc = (B' - Y') / 1.5816</para> + <para>Cbc = (B' - Yc') / 1.5816</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1086,10 +1154,12 @@ clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Yc'CbcCrc quantization is limited range.</para> </section> - <section> - <title id="col-smpte-240m">Colorspace SMPTE 240M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M</constant>)</title> - <para>The <xref linkend="smpte240m" /> standard was an interim standard used during the early days of HDTV (1988-1998). -It has been superseded by Rec. 709. The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SMPTE240M</constant>. + <section id="col-smpte-240m"> + <title>Colorspace SMPTE 240M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M</constant>)</title> + <para>The <xref linkend="smpte240m" /> standard was an interim standard used during +the early days of HDTV (1988-1998). It has been superseded by Rec. 709. +The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE240M</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SMPTE240M</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> @@ -1159,11 +1229,13 @@ following <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SMPTE240M</constant> encoding:</term> clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range.</para> </section> - <section> - <title id="col-sysm">Colorspace NTSC 1953 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M</constant>)</title> + <section id="col-sysm"> + <title>Colorspace NTSC 1953 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M</constant>)</title> <para>This standard defines the colorspace used by NTSC in 1953. In practice this -colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. The default Y'CbCr encoding -is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. +colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. +The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> <title>NTSC 1953 Chromaticities</title> @@ -1237,11 +1309,13 @@ clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range This transform is identical to one defined in SMPTE 170M/BT.601.</para> </section> - <section> - <title id="col-sysbg">Colorspace EBU Tech. 3213 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG</constant>)</title> + <section id="col-sysbg"> + <title>Colorspace EBU Tech. 3213 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG</constant>)</title> <para>The <xref linkend="tech3213" /> standard defines the colorspace used by PAL/SECAM in 1975. In practice this -colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. The default Y'CbCr encoding -is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. +colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. +The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_709</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> <table frame="none"> <title>EBU Tech. 3213 Chromaticities</title> @@ -1311,10 +1385,11 @@ clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range This transform is identical to one defined in SMPTE 170M/BT.601.</para> </section> - <section> - <title id="col-jpeg">Colorspace JPEG (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG</constant>)</title> + <section id="col-jpeg"> + <title>Colorspace JPEG (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG</constant>)</title> <para>This colorspace defines the colorspace used by most (Motion-)JPEG formats. The chromaticities -of the primary colors and the white reference are identical to sRGB. The Y'CbCr encoding is +of the primary colors and the white reference are identical to sRGB. The transfer +function use is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SRGB</constant>. The Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant> with full range quantization where Y' is scaled to [0…255] and Cb/Cr are scaled to [-128…128] and then clipped to [-128…127].</para> @@ -1435,6 +1510,7 @@ information.</para> &sub-y12; &sub-y10b; &sub-y16; + &sub-y16-be; &sub-uv8; &sub-yuyv; &sub-uyvy; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml index 5124a6c4daa8..b86844e80257 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ different IR's. Due to that, V4L2 API now specifies a standard for mapping Media </tgroup> </table> -<para>It should be noticed that, sometimes, there some fundamental missing keys at some cheaper IR's. Due to that, it is recommended to:</para> +<para>It should be noted that, sometimes, there some fundamental missing keys at some cheaper IR's. Due to that, it is recommended to:</para> <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="rc_keymap_notes"> <title>Notes</title> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml index c5ea868e3909..4e73345e3eab 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml @@ -50,8 +50,16 @@ capture streams and by the application for output streams, see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>__u32</entry> - <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[6]</entry> + <entry>&v4l2-xfer-func;</entry> + <entry><structfield>xfer_func</structfield></entry> + <entry>This information supplements the +<structfield>colorspace</structfield> and must be set by the driver for +capture streams and by the application for output streams, +see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u16</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[11]</entry> <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must set the array to zero.</entry> </row> @@ -91,7 +99,9 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <listitem><para>For formats where the total number of bits per pixel is smaller than the number of bus samples per pixel times the bus width, a padding value stating if the bytes are padded in their most high order bits - (PADHI) or low order bits (PADLO).</para></listitem> + (PADHI) or low order bits (PADLO). A "C" prefix is used for component-wise + padding in the most high order bits (CPADHI) or low order bits (CPADLO) + of each separate component.</para></listitem> <listitem><para>For formats where the number of bus samples per pixel is larger than 1, an endianness value stating if the pixel is transferred MSB first (BE) or LSB first (LE).</para></listitem> @@ -192,6 +202,24 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody valign="top"> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB444-1X12"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB444_1X12</entry> + <entry>0x1016</entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB444-2X8-PADHI-BE"> <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB444_2X8_PADHI_BE</entry> <entry>0x1001</entry> @@ -304,6 +332,28 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> </row> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB565-1X16"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB565_1X16</entry> + <entry>0x1017</entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-16; + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-BGR565-2X8-BE"> <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_BGR565_2X8_BE</entry> <entry>0x1005</entry> @@ -440,6 +490,126 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RBG888-1X24"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RBG888_1X24</entry> + <entry>0x100e</entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-8; + <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB666-1X24_CPADHI"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB666_1X24_CPADHI</entry> + <entry>0x1015</entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-8; + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-BGR888-1X24"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_BGR888_1X24</entry> + <entry>0x1013</entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-8; + <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-GBR888-1X24"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_GBR888_1X24</entry> + <entry>0x1014</entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-8; + <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB888-1X24"> <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X24</entry> <entry>0x100a</entry> @@ -579,6 +749,298 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB888-1X32-PADHI"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X32_PADHI</entry> + <entry>0x100f</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + <para>On LVDS buses, usually each sample is transferred serialized in + seven time slots per pixel clock, on three (18-bit) or four (24-bit) + differential data pairs at the same time. The remaining bits are used for + control signals as defined by SPWG/PSWG/VESA or JEIDA standards. + The 24-bit RGB format serialized in seven time slots on four lanes using + JEIDA defined bit mapping will be named + <constant>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_JEIDA</constant>, for example. + </para> + + <table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-rgb-lvds"> + <title>LVDS RGB formats</title> + <tgroup cols="8"> + <colspec colname="id" align="left" /> + <colspec colname="code" align="center" /> + <colspec colname="slot" align="center" /> + <colspec colname="lane" /> + <colspec colnum="5" colname="l03" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="6" colname="l02" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="7" colname="l01" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="8" colname="l00" align="center" /> + <spanspec namest="l03" nameend="l00" spanname="l0" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Identifier</entry> + <entry>Code</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry spanname="l0">Data organization</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>Timeslot</entry> + <entry>Lane</entry> + <entry>3</entry> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB666-1X7X3-SPWG"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB666_1X7X3_SPWG</entry> + <entry>0x1010</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>3</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>4</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>5</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>6</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB888-1X7X4-SPWG"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_SPWG</entry> + <entry>0x1011</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>3</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>4</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>5</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>6</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB888-1X7X4-JEIDA"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_JEIDA</entry> + <entry>0x1012</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>3</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>4</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>5</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>6</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> @@ -2188,11 +2650,15 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY8-1X16"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY8_1X16</entry> - <entry>0x200f</entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY12-2X12"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY12_2X12</entry> + <entry>0x201c</entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-16; + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2201,6 +2667,16 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2214,7 +2690,11 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-16; + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2223,6 +2703,16 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2232,11 +2722,15 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-VYUY8-1X16"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY8_1X16</entry> - <entry>0x2010</entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-VYUY12-2X12"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY12_2X12</entry> + <entry>0x201d</entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-16; + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2245,6 +2739,16 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2258,7 +2762,11 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-16; + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2267,6 +2775,16 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2276,11 +2794,15 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUYV8-1X16"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV8_1X16</entry> - <entry>0x2011</entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUYV12-2X12"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV12_2X12</entry> + <entry>0x201e</entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-16; + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2289,6 +2811,16 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2302,7 +2834,11 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-16; + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2311,6 +2847,16 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2320,11 +2866,15 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YVYU8-1X16"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU8_1X16</entry> - <entry>0x2012</entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YVYU12-2X12"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU12_2X12</entry> + <entry>0x201f</entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-16; + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2333,6 +2883,16 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2346,29 +2906,11 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-16; - <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YDYUYDYV8-1X16"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YDYUYDYV8_1X16</entry> - <entry>0x2014</entry> - <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-16; + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2377,28 +2919,16 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> </row> <row> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-16; - <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-20; + <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2408,57 +2938,11 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-16; - <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> - <entry>d</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY8-1X16"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY8_1X16</entry> + <entry>0x200f</entry> <entry></entry> &dash-ent-16; - <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY10-1X20"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY10_1X20</entry> - <entry>0x201a</entry> - <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-12; - <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2467,8 +2951,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2482,9 +2964,7 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-12; - <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-16; <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2493,8 +2973,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2504,13 +2982,11 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-VYUY10-1X20"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY10_1X20</entry> - <entry>0x201b</entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-VYUY8-1X16"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY8_1X16</entry> + <entry>0x2010</entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-12; - <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-16; <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2519,8 +2995,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2534,9 +3008,7 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-12; - <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-16; <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2545,8 +3017,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2556,13 +3026,11 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUYV10-1X20"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV10_1X20</entry> - <entry>0x200d</entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUYV8-1X16"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV8_1X16</entry> + <entry>0x2011</entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-12; - <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-16; <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2571,8 +3039,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2586,9 +3052,7 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-12; - <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-16; <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2597,8 +3061,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2608,13 +3070,11 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YVYU10-1X20"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU10_1X20</entry> - <entry>0x200e</entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YVYU8-1X16"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU8_1X16</entry> + <entry>0x2012</entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-12; - <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-16; <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2623,8 +3083,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2638,9 +3096,7 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-12; - <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-16; <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2649,8 +3105,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2660,14 +3114,11 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUV10-1X30"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV10_1X30</entry> - <entry>0x2016</entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YDYUYDYV8-1X16"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YDYUYDYV8_1X16</entry> + <entry>0x2014</entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>-</entry> - <entry>-</entry> - <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-16; <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2676,39 +3127,20 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-AYUV8-1X32"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_AYUV8_1X32</entry> - <entry>0x2017</entry> + <row> <entry></entry> - <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry> - <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry> - <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry> - <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry> - <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry> - <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry> - <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry> - <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-16; <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2725,6 +3157,42 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-16; + <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + <entry>d</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-16; + <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -2734,13 +3202,11 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY12-2X12"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY12_2X12</entry> - <entry>0x201c</entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY10-1X20"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY10_1X20</entry> + <entry>0x201a</entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-12; <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2751,14 +3217,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2774,9 +3232,7 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-12; <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2787,14 +3243,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2806,13 +3254,11 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-VYUY12-2X12"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY12_2X12</entry> - <entry>0x201d</entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-VYUY10-1X20"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY10_1X20</entry> + <entry>0x201b</entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-12; <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2823,14 +3269,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2846,9 +3284,7 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-12; <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2859,14 +3295,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2878,13 +3306,11 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUYV12-2X12"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV12_2X12</entry> - <entry>0x201e</entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUYV10-1X20"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV10_1X20</entry> + <entry>0x200d</entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-12; <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2895,14 +3321,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2918,9 +3336,7 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-12; <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2931,14 +3347,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2950,13 +3358,11 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YVYU12-2X12"> - <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU12_2X12</entry> - <entry>0x201f</entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YVYU10-1X20"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU10_1X20</entry> + <entry>0x200e</entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-12; <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2967,14 +3373,6 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -2990,9 +3388,7 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + &dash-ent-12; <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> @@ -3003,16 +3399,67 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-VUY8-1X24"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VUY8_1X24</entry> + <entry>0x201a</entry> <entry></entry> + &dash-ent-8; + <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUV8-1X24"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV8_1X24</entry> + <entry>0x2025</entry> <entry></entry> - &dash-ent-20; - <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> - <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> @@ -3021,6 +3468,14 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY12-1X24"> <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY12_1X24</entry> @@ -3262,6 +3717,80 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry> <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> </row> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUV10-1X30"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV10_1X30</entry> + <entry>0x2016</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>-</entry> + <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-AYUV8-1X32"> + <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_AYUV8_1X32</entry> + <entry>0x2017</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml index ac0f8d9d2a49..e98caa1c39bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml @@ -136,6 +136,7 @@ Remote Controller chapter.</contrib> <year>2012</year> <year>2013</year> <year>2014</year> + <year>2015</year> <holder>Bill Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin Rubli, Andy Walls, Muralidharan Karicheri, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Pawel Osciak</holder> @@ -152,6 +153,14 @@ structs, ioctls) must be noted in more detail in the history chapter applications. --> <revision> + <revnumber>3.21</revnumber> + <date>2015-02-13</date> + <authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials> + <revremark>Fix documentation for media controller device nodes and add support for DVB device nodes. +Add support for Tuner sub-device. + </revremark> + </revision> + <revision> <revnumber>3.19</revnumber> <date>2014-12-05</date> <authorinitials>hv</authorinitials> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml index 9b700a5f4df7..8ffe74f84af1 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml @@ -134,7 +134,8 @@ information.</para> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry> - <entry>A place holder for future extensions.</entry> + <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Drivers and applications +must set the array to zero.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml index 1f5ed64cd75a..50cb940cbe5c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml @@ -59,6 +59,11 @@ constant except when switching the video standard. Remember this switch can occur implicit when switching the video input or output.</para> +<para>Do not use the multiplanar buffer types. Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> +instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant> +and use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> instead of +<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>.</para> + <para>This ioctl must be implemented for video capture or output devices that support cropping and/or scaling and/or have non-square pixels, and for overlay devices.</para> @@ -73,9 +78,7 @@ support cropping and/or scaling and/or have non-square pixels, and for overlay d <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application. Only these types are valid here: <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>, -<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>, -<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>, -<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant> and +<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> and <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry> </row> <row> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml index 9215627b04c7..73eb5cfe698a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml @@ -197,7 +197,17 @@ be muted when playing back at a non-standard speed. this command does nothing. This command has two flags: if <constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP_TO_BLACK</constant> is set, then the decoder will set the picture to black after it stopped decoding. Otherwise the last image will -repeat. If <constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP_IMMEDIATELY</constant> is set, then the decoder +repeat. mem2mem decoders will stop producing new frames altogether. They will send +a <constant>V4L2_EVENT_EOS</constant> event when the last frame has been decoded +and all frames are ready to be dequeued and will set the +<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST</constant> buffer flag on the last buffer of the +capture queue to indicate there will be no new buffers produced to dequeue. This +buffer may be empty, indicated by the driver setting the +<structfield>bytesused</structfield> field to 0. Once the +<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST</constant> flag was set, the +<link linkend="vidioc-qbuf">VIDIOC_DQBUF</link> ioctl will not block anymore, +but return an &EPIPE;. +If <constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP_IMMEDIATELY</constant> is set, then the decoder stops immediately (ignoring the <structfield>pts</structfield> value), otherwise it will keep decoding until timestamp >= pts or until the last of the pending data from its internal buffers was decoded. diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml index b036f8963353..c9c3c7713832 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>Type of the event.</entry> + <entry>Type of the event, see <xref linkend="event-type" />.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>union</entry> @@ -133,7 +133,10 @@ <entry>struct timespec</entry> <entry><structfield>timestamp</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>Event timestamp.</entry> + <entry>Event timestamp. The timestamp has been taken from the + <constant>CLOCK_MONOTONIC</constant> clock. To access the + same clock outside V4L2, use <function>clock_gettime(2)</function>. + </entry> </row> <row> <entry>u32</entry> @@ -154,6 +157,113 @@ </tgroup> </table> + <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="event-type"> + <title>Event Types</title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-def; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_ALL</constant></entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>All events. V4L2_EVENT_ALL is valid only for + VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT for unsubscribing all events at once. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_VSYNC</constant></entry> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry>This event is triggered on the vertical sync. + This event has a &v4l2-event-vsync; associated with it. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_EOS</constant></entry> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry>This event is triggered when the end of a stream is reached. + This is typically used with MPEG decoders to report to the application + when the last of the MPEG stream has been decoded. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL</constant></entry> + <entry>3</entry> + <entry><para>This event requires that the <structfield>id</structfield> + matches the control ID from which you want to receive events. + This event is triggered if the control's value changes, if a + button control is pressed or if the control's flags change. + This event has a &v4l2-event-ctrl; associated with it. This struct + contains much of the same information as &v4l2-queryctrl; and + &v4l2-control;.</para> + + <para>If the event is generated due to a call to &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; or + &VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS;, then the event will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be sent to + the file handle that called the ioctl function. This prevents + nasty feedback loops. If you <emphasis>do</emphasis> want to get the + event, then set the <constant>V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_ALLOW_FEEDBACK</constant> + flag. + </para> + + <para>This event type will ensure that no information is lost when + more events are raised than there is room internally. In that + case the &v4l2-event-ctrl; of the second-oldest event is kept, + but the <structfield>changes</structfield> field of the + second-oldest event is ORed with the <structfield>changes</structfield> + field of the oldest event.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_FRAME_SYNC</constant></entry> + <entry>4</entry> + <entry> + <para>Triggered immediately when the reception of a + frame has begun. This event has a + &v4l2-event-frame-sync; associated with it.</para> + + <para>If the hardware needs to be stopped in the case of a + buffer underrun it might not be able to generate this event. + In such cases the <structfield>frame_sequence</structfield> + field in &v4l2-event-frame-sync; will not be incremented. This + causes two consecutive frame sequence numbers to have n times + frame interval in between them.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE</constant></entry> + <entry>5</entry> + <entry> + <para>This event is triggered when a source parameter change is + detected during runtime by the video device. It can be a + runtime resolution change triggered by a video decoder or the + format change happening on an input connector. + This event requires that the <structfield>id</structfield> + matches the input index (when used with a video device node) + or the pad index (when used with a subdevice node) from which + you want to receive events.</para> + + <para>This event has a &v4l2-event-src-change; associated + with it. The <structfield>changes</structfield> bitfield denotes + what has changed for the subscribed pad. If multiple events + occurred before application could dequeue them, then the changes + will have the ORed value of all the events generated.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_MOTION_DET</constant></entry> + <entry>6</entry> + <entry> + <para>Triggered whenever the motion detection state for one or more of the regions + changes. This event has a &v4l2-event-motion-det; associated with it.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START</constant></entry> + <entry>0x08000000</entry> + <entry>Base event number for driver-private events.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-event-vsync"> <title>struct <structname>v4l2_event_vsync</structname></title> <tgroup cols="3"> @@ -177,7 +287,7 @@ <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>changes</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>A bitmask that tells what has changed. See <xref linkend="changes-flags" />.</entry> + <entry>A bitmask that tells what has changed. See <xref linkend="ctrl-changes-flags" />.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> @@ -309,8 +419,8 @@ </tgroup> </table> - <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="changes-flags"> - <title>Changes</title> + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="ctrl-changes-flags"> + <title>Control Changes</title> <tgroup cols="3"> &cs-def; <tbody valign="top"> @@ -318,9 +428,9 @@ <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE</constant></entry> <entry>0x0001</entry> <entry>This control event was triggered because the value of the control - changed. Special case: if a button control is pressed, then this - event is sent as well, even though there is not explicit value - associated with a button control.</entry> + changed. Special cases: Volatile controls do no generate this event; + If a control has the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE</constant> + flag set, then this event is sent as well, regardless its value.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS</constant></entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml index 0619ca5d2d36..fc1d4625a78c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml @@ -129,7 +129,15 @@ this command.</entry> encoding will continue until the end of the current <wordasword>Group Of Pictures</wordasword>, otherwise encoding will stop immediately. When the encoder is already stopped, this command does -nothing.</entry> +nothing. mem2mem encoders will send a <constant>V4L2_EVENT_EOS</constant> event +when the last frame has been decoded and all frames are ready to be dequeued and +will set the <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST</constant> buffer flag on the last +buffer of the capture queue to indicate there will be no new buffers produced to +dequeue. This buffer may be empty, indicated by the driver setting the +<structfield>bytesused</structfield> field to 0. Once the +<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST</constant> flag was set, the +<link linkend="vidioc-qbuf">VIDIOC_DQBUF</link> ioctl will not block anymore, +but return an &EPIPE;.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_ENC_CMD_PAUSE</constant></entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml index 5fd72c4c33e3..7c839ab0afbb 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml @@ -217,7 +217,8 @@ enumerated.</entry> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved[2]</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>Reserved space for future use.</entry> + <entry>Reserved space for future use. Must be zeroed by drivers and + applications.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml index a78454b5abcd..9ed68ac8f474 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml @@ -223,7 +223,8 @@ application should zero out all members except for the <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved[2]</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> - <entry>Reserved space for future use.</entry> + <entry>Reserved space for future use. Must be zeroed by drivers and + applications.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml index 4165e7bfa4ff..a78c9207422f 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml @@ -184,7 +184,8 @@ of open() for more details.</entry> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved[11]</structfield></entry> - <entry>Reserved field for future use. Must be set to zero.</entry> + <entry>Reserved field for future use. Drivers and applications must +set the array to zero.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml index 75c6a93de3c1..e6c4efb9e8b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml @@ -70,6 +70,11 @@ structure or returns the &EINVAL; if cropping is not supported.</para> <constant>VIDIOC_S_CROP</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this structure.</para> +<para>Do not use the multiplanar buffer types. Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> +instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant> +and use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> instead of +<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>.</para> + <para>The driver first adjusts the requested dimensions against hardware limits, &ie; the bounds given by the capture/output window, and it rounds to the closest possible values of horizontal and diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml index c4336577ff06..06952d7cc770 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ <refnamediv> <refname>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</refname> <refname>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_DV_TIMINGS</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_DV_TIMINGS</refname> <refpurpose>Get or set DV timings for input or output</refpurpose> </refnamediv> @@ -34,7 +36,7 @@ <varlistentry> <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> <listitem> - <para>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</para> + <para>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_DV_TIMINGS</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -318,10 +320,20 @@ can't generate such frequencies, then the flag will also be cleared. </row> <row> <entry>V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE</entry> - <entry>Specific to interlaced formats: if set, then field 1 (aka the odd field) -is really one half-line longer and field 2 (aka the even field) is really one half-line -shorter, so each field has exactly the same number of half-lines. Whether half-lines can be -detected or used depends on the hardware. + <entry>Specific to interlaced formats: if set, then the vertical frontporch +of field 1 (aka the odd field) is really one half-line longer and the vertical backporch +of field 2 (aka the even field) is really one half-line shorter, so each field has exactly +the same number of half-lines. Whether half-lines can be detected or used depends on +the hardware. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO</entry> + <entry>If set, then this is a Consumer Electronics (CE) video format. +Such formats differ from other formats (commonly called IT formats) in that if +R'G'B' encoding is used then by default the R'G'B' values use limited range +(i.e. 16-235) as opposed to full range (i.e. 0-255). All formats defined in CEA-861 +except for the 640x480p59.94 format are CE formats. </entry> </row> </tbody> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml index 6df40db4c8ba..2702536bbc7c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ <refnamediv> <refname>VIDIOC_G_EDID</refname> <refname>VIDIOC_S_EDID</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID</refname> <refpurpose>Get or set the EDID of a video receiver/transmitter</refpurpose> </refnamediv> @@ -42,7 +44,7 @@ <varlistentry> <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> <listitem> - <para>VIDIOC_G_EDID, VIDIOC_S_EDID</para> + <para>VIDIOC_G_EDID, VIDIOC_S_EDID, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -82,6 +84,13 @@ <para>If blocks have to be retrieved from the sink, then this call will block until they have been read.</para> + <para>If <structfield>start_block</structfield> and <structfield>blocks</structfield> are + both set to 0 when <constant>VIDIOC_G_EDID</constant> is called, then the driver will + set <structfield>blocks</structfield> to the total number of available EDID blocks + and it will return 0 without copying any data. This is an easy way to discover how many + EDID blocks there are. Note that if there are no EDID blocks available at all, then + the driver will set <structfield>blocks</structfield> to 0 and it returns 0.</para> + <para>To set the EDID blocks of a receiver the application has to fill in the <structfield>pad</structfield>, <structfield>blocks</structfield> and <structfield>edid</structfield> fields and set <structfield>start_block</structfield> to 0. It is not possible to set part of an EDID, diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml index 20460730b02c..77607cc19688 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml @@ -240,9 +240,9 @@ where padding bytes after the last line of an image cross a system page boundary. Capture devices may write padding bytes, the value is undefined. Output devices ignore the contents of padding bytes.</para><para>When the image format is planar the -<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the largest +<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the first plane and is divided by the same factor as the -<structfield>width</structfield> field for any smaller planes. For +<structfield>width</structfield> field for the other planes. For example the Cb and Cr planes of a YUV 4:2:0 image have half as many padding bytes following each line as the Y plane. To avoid ambiguities drivers must return a <structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml index 9c04ac8661b1..7865351688da 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ <para>To query the cropping (composing) rectangle set &v4l2-selection; <structfield> type </structfield> field to the respective buffer type. -Do not use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> -instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>. Use +Do not use the multiplanar buffer types. Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> +instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant> and use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>. The next step is setting the value of &v4l2-selection; <structfield>target</structfield> field @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ exist no rectangle</emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved[9]</structfield></entry> - <entry>Reserved fields for future use.</entry> + <entry>Reserved fields for future use. Drivers and applications must zero this array.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml index bd015d1563ff..d05623c55403 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ ETS 300 231, lsb first transmitted.</entry> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525</constant></entry> <entry>0x1000</entry> - <entry><xref linkend="eia608" /></entry> + <entry><xref linkend="cea608" /></entry> <entry>NTSC line 21, 284 (second field 21)</entry> <entry>Two bytes in transmission order, including parity bit, lsb first transmitted.</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml index 3504a7f2f382..8b98a0e421fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml @@ -187,6 +187,16 @@ continue streaming. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EPIPE</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para><constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> returns this on an empty +capture queue for mem2mem codecs if a buffer with the +<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST</constant> was already dequeued and no new buffers +are expected to become available. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml index e185f149e0a1..e9c70a8f3476 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ <refnamediv> <refname>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</refname> <refpurpose>Sense the DV preset received by the current input</refpurpose> </refnamediv> @@ -34,7 +35,7 @@ input</refpurpose> <varlistentry> <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> <listitem> - <para>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</para> + <para>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml index a597155c052d..50bfcb5e8508 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml @@ -60,7 +60,8 @@ buffer at any time after buffers have been allocated with the field. Valid index numbers range from zero to the number of buffers allocated with &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; (&v4l2-requestbuffers; <structfield>count</structfield>) minus one. -The <structfield>reserved</structfield> field should to set to 0. +The <structfield>reserved</structfield> and <structfield>reserved2 </structfield> +fields must be set to 0. When using the <link linkend="planar-apis">multi-planar API</link>, the <structfield>m.planes</structfield> field must contain a userspace pointer to an array of &v4l2-plane; and the <structfield>length</structfield> field has diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml index d0c5e604f014..20fda75a012d 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml @@ -102,10 +102,10 @@ The bus_info must start with "PCI:" for PCI boards, "PCIe:" for PCI Express boar <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>version</structfield></entry> <entry><para>Version number of the driver.</para> -<para>Starting on kernel 3.1, the version reported is provided per -V4L2 subsystem, following the same Kernel numberation scheme. However, it -should not always return the same version as the kernel, if, for example, -an stable or distribution-modified kernel uses the V4L2 stack from a +<para>Starting with kernel 3.1, the version reported is provided by the +V4L2 subsystem following the kernel numbering scheme. However, it +may not always return the same version as the kernel if, for example, +a stable or distribution-modified kernel uses the V4L2 stack from a newer kernel.</para> <para>The version number is formatted using the <constant>KERNEL_VERSION()</constant> macro:</para></entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml index 2bd98fd7a4e5..dc83ad70f8dc 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml @@ -600,7 +600,9 @@ writing a value will cause the device to carry out a given action changes continuously. A typical example would be the current gain value if the device is in auto-gain mode. In such a case the hardware calculates the gain value based on the lighting conditions which can change over time. Note that setting a new value for -a volatile control will have no effect. The new value will just be ignored.</entry> +a volatile control will have no effect and no <constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE</constant> +will be sent, unless the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE</constant> flag +(see below) is also set. Otherwise the new value will just be ignored.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD</constant></entry> @@ -610,6 +612,14 @@ using one of the pointer fields of &v4l2-ext-control;. This flag is set for cont that are an array, string, or have a compound type. In all cases you have to set a pointer to memory containing the payload of the control.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE</constant></entry> + <entry>0x0200</entry> + <entry>The value provided to the control will be propagated to the driver +even if remains constant. This is required when the control represents an action +on the hardware. For example: clearing an error flag or triggering the flash. All the +controls of the type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON</constant> have this flag set.</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml index 78a06a9a5ece..0f193fda0470 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml @@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ as the &v4l2-format; <structfield>type</structfield> field. See <xref <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[2]</entry> - <entry>A place holder for future extensions. This array should -be zeroed by applications.</entry> + <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Drivers and applications +must set the array to zero.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml index 2f8f4f0a0235..cff59f5cbf04 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml @@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ <para>To enumerate frame intervals applications initialize the <structfield>index</structfield>, <structfield>pad</structfield>, - <structfield>code</structfield>, <structfield>width</structfield> and - <structfield>height</structfield> fields of - &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval-enum; and call the + <structfield>which</structfield>, <structfield>code</structfield>, + <structfield>width</structfield> and <structfield>height</structfield> + fields of &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval-enum; and call the <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an &EINVAL; if one of the input fields is invalid. All frame intervals are @@ -123,7 +123,12 @@ </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> - <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry> + <entry><structfield>which</structfield></entry> + <entry>Frame intervals to be enumerated, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry> <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must set the array to zero.</entry> </row> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml index 79ce42b7c60c..abd545ede67a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml @@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ ioctl.</para> <para>To enumerate frame sizes applications initialize the - <structfield>pad</structfield>, <structfield>code</structfield> and - <structfield>index</structfield> fields of the - &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and call the + <structfield>pad</structfield>, <structfield>which</structfield> , + <structfield>code</structfield> and <structfield>index</structfield> + fields of the &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and call the <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE</constant> ioctl with a pointer to the structure. Drivers fill the minimum and maximum frame sizes or return an &EINVAL; if one of the input parameters is invalid.</para> @@ -127,7 +127,12 @@ </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> - <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry> + <entry><structfield>which</structfield></entry> + <entry>Frame sizes to be enumerated, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry> <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must set the array to zero.</entry> </row> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml index a6b3432449f6..0bcb278fd062 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ </note> <para>To enumerate media bus formats available at a given sub-device pad - applications initialize the <structfield>pad</structfield> and - <structfield>index</structfield> fields of &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and + applications initialize the <structfield>pad</structfield>, <structfield>which</structfield> + and <structfield>index</structfield> fields of &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and call the <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an &EINVAL; if either the <structfield>pad</structfield> or @@ -93,7 +93,12 @@ </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> - <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry> + <entry><structfield>which</structfield></entry> + <entry>Media bus format codes to be enumerated, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry> <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must set the array to zero.</entry> </row> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml index d7c9365ecdbe..5fd0ee78f880 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ </refmeta> <refnamediv> - <refname>VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT, VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT</refname> <refpurpose>Subscribe or unsubscribe event</refpurpose> </refnamediv> @@ -60,7 +61,9 @@ <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> - <entry>Type of the event.</entry> + <entry>Type of the event, see <xref linkend="event-type" />. Note that +<constant>V4L2_EVENT_ALL</constant> can be used with VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT +for unsubscribing all events at once.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> @@ -84,113 +87,6 @@ </tgroup> </table> - <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="event-type"> - <title>Event Types</title> - <tgroup cols="3"> - &cs-def; - <tbody valign="top"> - <row> - <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_ALL</constant></entry> - <entry>0</entry> - <entry>All events. V4L2_EVENT_ALL is valid only for - VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT for unsubscribing all events at once. - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_VSYNC</constant></entry> - <entry>1</entry> - <entry>This event is triggered on the vertical sync. - This event has a &v4l2-event-vsync; associated with it. - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_EOS</constant></entry> - <entry>2</entry> - <entry>This event is triggered when the end of a stream is reached. - This is typically used with MPEG decoders to report to the application - when the last of the MPEG stream has been decoded. - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL</constant></entry> - <entry>3</entry> - <entry><para>This event requires that the <structfield>id</structfield> - matches the control ID from which you want to receive events. - This event is triggered if the control's value changes, if a - button control is pressed or if the control's flags change. - This event has a &v4l2-event-ctrl; associated with it. This struct - contains much of the same information as &v4l2-queryctrl; and - &v4l2-control;.</para> - - <para>If the event is generated due to a call to &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; or - &VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS;, then the event will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be sent to - the file handle that called the ioctl function. This prevents - nasty feedback loops. If you <emphasis>do</emphasis> want to get the - event, then set the <constant>V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_ALLOW_FEEDBACK</constant> - flag. - </para> - - <para>This event type will ensure that no information is lost when - more events are raised than there is room internally. In that - case the &v4l2-event-ctrl; of the second-oldest event is kept, - but the <structfield>changes</structfield> field of the - second-oldest event is ORed with the <structfield>changes</structfield> - field of the oldest event.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_FRAME_SYNC</constant></entry> - <entry>4</entry> - <entry> - <para>Triggered immediately when the reception of a - frame has begun. This event has a - &v4l2-event-frame-sync; associated with it.</para> - - <para>If the hardware needs to be stopped in the case of a - buffer underrun it might not be able to generate this event. - In such cases the <structfield>frame_sequence</structfield> - field in &v4l2-event-frame-sync; will not be incremented. This - causes two consecutive frame sequence numbers to have n times - frame interval in between them.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE</constant></entry> - <entry>5</entry> - <entry> - <para>This event is triggered when a source parameter change is - detected during runtime by the video device. It can be a - runtime resolution change triggered by a video decoder or the - format change happening on an input connector. - This event requires that the <structfield>id</structfield> - matches the input index (when used with a video device node) - or the pad index (when used with a subdevice node) from which - you want to receive events.</para> - - <para>This event has a &v4l2-event-src-change; associated - with it. The <structfield>changes</structfield> bitfield denotes - what has changed for the subscribed pad. If multiple events - occurred before application could dequeue them, then the changes - will have the ORed value of all the events generated.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_MOTION_DET</constant></entry> - <entry>6</entry> - <entry> - <para>Triggered whenever the motion detection state for one or more of the regions - changes. This event has a &v4l2-event-motion-det; associated with it.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START</constant></entry> - <entry>0x08000000</entry> - <entry>Base event number for driver-private events.</entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="event-flags"> <title>Event Flags</title> <tgroup cols="3"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl index 03f9a1f8d413..f3f5fe5b64c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl @@ -1,12 +1,13 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ <!ENTITY % media-entities SYSTEM "./media-entities.tmpl"> %media-entities; <!ENTITY media-indices SYSTEM "./media-indices.tmpl"> <!ENTITY eg "e. g."> <!ENTITY ie "i. e."> <!ENTITY fd "File descriptor returned by <link linkend='func-open'><function>open()</function></link>."> +<!ENTITY fe_fd "File descriptor returned by <link linkend='frontend_f_open'><function>open()</function></link>."> <!ENTITY i2c "I<superscript>2</superscript>C"> <!ENTITY return-value "<title>Return Value</title><para>On success <returnvalue>0</returnvalue> is returned, on error <returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> and the <varname>errno</varname> variable is set appropriately. The generic error codes are described at the <link linkend='gen-errors'>Generic Error Codes</link> chapter.</para>"> <!ENTITY return-value-dvb "<para>RETURN VALUE</para><para>On success <returnvalue>0</returnvalue> is returned, on error <returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> and the <varname>errno</varname> variable is set appropriately. The generic error codes are described at the <link linkend='gen-errors'>Generic Error Codes</link> chapter.</para>"> @@ -32,7 +33,7 @@ <!ENTITY dash-ent-24 "<entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry><entry>-</entry>"> ]> -<book id="media_api"> +<book id="media_api" lang="en"> <bookinfo> <title>LINUX MEDIA INFRASTRUCTURE API</title> @@ -60,28 +61,56 @@ analog and digital TV receiver cards, AM/FM receiver cards, streaming capture and output devices, codec devices and remote controllers.</para> - <para>It is divided into four parts.</para> + <para>A typical media device hardware is shown at + <xref linkend="typical_media_device" />.</para> + <figure id="typical_media_device"> + <title>Typical Media Device</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="typical_media_device.svg" format="SVG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Typical Media Device Block Diagram</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>The media infrastructure API was designed to control such + devices. It is divided into four parts.</para> <para>The first part covers radio, video capture and output, cameras, analog TV devices and codecs.</para> <para>The second part covers the API used for digital TV and Internet reception via one of the several digital tv standards. While it is called as DVB API, in fact it covers several different video standards including - DVB-T, DVB-S, DVB-C and ATSC. The API is currently being updated - to document support also for DVB-S2, ISDB-T and ISDB-S.</para> + DVB-T/T2, DVB-S/S2, DVB-C, ATSC, ISDB-T, ISDB-S,etc. The complete + list of supported standards can be found at + <xref linkend="fe-delivery-system-t" />.</para> <para>The third part covers the Remote Controller API.</para> <para>The fourth part covers the Media Controller API.</para> + <para>It should also be noted that a media device may also have audio + components, like mixers, PCM capture, PCM playback, etc, which + are controlled via ALSA API.</para> <para>For additional information and for the latest development code, see: <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org">http://linuxtv.org</ulink>.</para> <para>For discussing improvements, reporting troubles, sending new drivers, etc, please mail to: <ulink url="http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-media">Linux Media Mailing List (LMML).</ulink>.</para> </preface> -<part id="v4l2spec">&sub-v4l2;</part> -<part id="dvbapi">&sub-dvbapi;</part> -<part id="remotes">&sub-remote_controllers;</part> -<part id="media_common">&sub-media-controller;</part> +<part id="v4l2spec"> +&sub-v4l2; +</part> +<part id="dvbapi"> +&sub-dvbapi; +</part> +<part id="remotes"> +&sub-remote_controllers; +</part> +<part id="media_common"> +&sub-media-controller; +</part> -<chapter id="gen_errors">&sub-gen-errors;</chapter> +<chapter id="gen_errors"> +&sub-gen-errors; +</chapter> &sub-fdl-appendix; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl index 324b53494f08..4b9b9b286cea 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ SAS, Fibre Channel, FireWire, and ATAPI devices. SCSI packets are also commonly exchanged over Infiniband, <ulink url='http://i2o.shadowconnect.com/faq.php'>I20</ulink>, TCP/IP - (<ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISCSI'>iSCSI</ulink>), even + (<ulink url='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISCSI'>iSCSI</ulink>), even <ulink url='http://cyberelk.net/tim/parport/parscsi.html'>Parallel ports</ulink>. </para> diff --git a/Documentation/IPMI.txt b/Documentation/IPMI.txt index 653d5d739d7f..31d1d658827f 100644 --- a/Documentation/IPMI.txt +++ b/Documentation/IPMI.txt @@ -505,7 +505,10 @@ at module load time (for a module) with: The addresses are normal I2C addresses. The adapter is the string name of the adapter, as shown in /sys/class/i2c-adapter/i2c-<n>/name. -It is *NOT* i2c-<n> itself. +It is *NOT* i2c-<n> itself. Also, the comparison is done ignoring +spaces, so if the name is "This is an I2C chip" you can say +adapter_name=ThisisanI2cchip. This is because it's hard to pass in +spaces in kernel parameters. The debug flags are bit flags for each BMC found, they are: IPMI messages: 1, driver state: 2, timing: 4, I2C probe: 8 diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt index 39cfa72732ff..3a8e15cba816 100644 --- a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt +++ b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt @@ -95,8 +95,7 @@ since it doesn't need to allocate a table as large as the largest hwirq number. The disadvantage is that hwirq to IRQ number lookup is dependent on how many entries are in the table. -Very few drivers should need this mapping. At the moment, powerpc -iseries is the only user. +Very few drivers should need this mapping. ==== No Map ===- irq_domain_add_nomap() diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile index 6883a1b9b351..bc0548201755 100644 --- a/Documentation/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/Makefile @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -subdir-y := accounting arm auxdisplay blackfin connector \ +subdir-y := accounting auxdisplay blackfin connector \ filesystems filesystems ia64 laptops mic misc-devices \ networking pcmcia prctl ptp spi timers vDSO video4linux \ watchdog diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt index 0d920d54536d..1179850f453c 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt +++ b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ retry: rc = pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries, maxvec, maxvec); /* - * -ENOSPC is the only error code allowed to be analized + * -ENOSPC is the only error code allowed to be analyzed */ if (rc == -ENOSPC) { if (maxvec == 1) @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ retry: return rc; } -Note how pci_enable_msix_range() return value is analized for a fallback - +Note how pci_enable_msix_range() return value is analyzed for a fallback - any error code other than -ENOSPC indicates a fatal error and should not be retried. @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ during development. If your device supports both MSI-X and MSI capabilities, you should use the MSI-X facilities in preference to the MSI facilities. As mentioned above, MSI-X supports any number of interrupts between 1 and 2048. -In constrast, MSI is restricted to a maximum of 32 interrupts (and +In contrast, MSI is restricted to a maximum of 32 interrupts (and must be a power of two). In addition, the MSI interrupt vectors must be allocated consecutively, so the system might not be able to allocate as many vectors for MSI as it could for MSI-X. On some platforms, MSI @@ -501,18 +501,9 @@ necessary to disable interrupts (Linux guarantees the same interrupt will not be re-entered). If a device uses multiple interrupts, the driver must disable interrupts while the lock is held. If the device sends a different interrupt, the driver will deadlock trying to recursively -acquire the spinlock. - -There are two solutions. The first is to take the lock with -spin_lock_irqsave() or spin_lock_irq() (see -Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking). The second is to specify -IRQF_DISABLED to request_irq() so that the kernel runs the entire -interrupt routine with interrupts disabled. - -If your MSI interrupt routine does not hold the lock for the whole time -it is running, the first solution may be best. The second solution is -normally preferred as it avoids making two transitions from interrupt -disabled to enabled and back again. +acquire the spinlock. Such deadlocks can be avoided by using +spin_lock_irqsave() or spin_lock_irq() which disable local interrupts +and acquire the lock (see Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking). 4.6 How to tell whether MSI/MSI-X is enabled on a device diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt index 898ded24510d..ac26869c7db4 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt +++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ STEP 4: Slot Reset ------------------ In response to a return value of PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET, the -the platform will peform a slot reset on the requesting PCI device(s). +the platform will perform a slot reset on the requesting PCI device(s). The actual steps taken by a platform to perform a slot reset will be platform-dependent. Upon completion of slot reset, the platform will call the device slot_reset() callback. diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt index 9518006f6675..123881f62219 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt +++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt @@ -564,14 +564,14 @@ to be handled by platform and generic code, not individual drivers. 8. Vendor and device identifications ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -One is not required to add new device ids to include/linux/pci_ids.h. -Please add PCI_VENDOR_ID_xxx for vendors and a hex constant for device ids. +Do not add new device or vendor IDs to include/linux/pci_ids.h unless they +are shared across multiple drivers. You can add private definitions in +your driver if they're helpful, or just use plain hex constants. -PCI_VENDOR_ID_xxx constants are re-used. The device ids are arbitrary -hex numbers (vendor controlled) and normally used only in a single -location, the pci_device_id table. +The device IDs are arbitrary hex numbers (vendor controlled) and normally used +only in a single location, the pci_device_id table. -Please DO submit new vendor/device ids to pciids.sourceforge.net project. +Please DO submit new vendor/device IDs to http://pciids.sourceforge.net/. diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt index 26d3d945c3c2..b4987c0bcb20 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt +++ b/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ hardware (mostly chipsets) has root ports that cannot obtain the reporting source ID. nosourceid=n by default. 2.3 AER error output -When a PCI-E AER error is captured, an error message will be outputed to -console. If it's a correctable error, it is outputed as a warning. +When a PCI-E AER error is captured, an error message will be outputted to +console. If it's a correctable error, it is outputted as a warning. Otherwise, it is printed as an error. So users could choose different log level to filter out correctable error messages. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt index f29bcbc463e7..370ca006db7a 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt @@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ Canis Rufus and Zoicon5 and Anome and Hal Eisen" ,month="July" ,day="8" ,year="2006" -,note="\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Read-copy-update}" +,note="\url{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Read-copy-update}" ,annotation={ Wikipedia RCU page as of July 8 2006. [Viewed August 21, 2006] diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/arrayRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/arrayRCU.txt index 453ebe6953ee..f05a9afb2c39 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/arrayRCU.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/arrayRCU.txt @@ -10,7 +10,19 @@ also be used to protect arrays. Three situations are as follows: 3. Resizeable Arrays -Each of these situations are discussed below. +Each of these three situations involves an RCU-protected pointer to an +array that is separately indexed. It might be tempting to consider use +of RCU to instead protect the index into an array, however, this use +case is -not- supported. The problem with RCU-protected indexes into +arrays is that compilers can play way too many optimization games with +integers, which means that the rules governing handling of these indexes +are far more trouble than they are worth. If RCU-protected indexes into +arrays prove to be particularly valuable (which they have not thus far), +explicit cooperation from the compiler will be required to permit them +to be safely used. + +That aside, each of the three RCU-protected pointer situations are +described in the following sections. Situation 1: Hash Tables @@ -36,9 +48,9 @@ Quick Quiz: Why is it so important that updates be rare when Situation 3: Resizeable Arrays Use of RCU for resizeable arrays is demonstrated by the grow_ary() -function used by the System V IPC code. The array is used to map from -semaphore, message-queue, and shared-memory IDs to the data structure -that represents the corresponding IPC construct. The grow_ary() +function formerly used by the System V IPC code. The array is used +to map from semaphore, message-queue, and shared-memory IDs to the data +structure that represents the corresponding IPC construct. The grow_ary() function does not acquire any locks; instead its caller must hold the ids->sem semaphore. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt b/Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt index cd83d2348fef..da51d3068850 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt @@ -47,11 +47,6 @@ checking of rcu_dereference() primitives: Use explicit check expression "c" along with srcu_read_lock_held()(). This is useful in code that is invoked by both SRCU readers and updaters. - rcu_dereference_index_check(p, c): - Use explicit check expression "c", but the caller - must supply one of the rcu_read_lock_held() functions. - This is useful in code that uses RCU-protected arrays - that is invoked by both RCU readers and updaters. rcu_dereference_raw(p): Don't check. (Use sparingly, if at all.) rcu_dereference_protected(p, c): @@ -64,11 +59,6 @@ checking of rcu_dereference() primitives: but retain the compiler constraints that prevent duplicating or coalescsing. This is useful when when testing the value of the pointer itself, for example, against NULL. - rcu_access_index(idx): - Return the value of the index and omit all barriers, but - retain the compiler constraints that prevent duplicating - or coalescsing. This is useful when when testing the - value of the index itself, for example, against -1. The rcu_dereference_check() check expression can be any boolean expression, but would normally include a lockdep expression. However, diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt index ceb05da5a5ac..1e6c0da994f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt @@ -25,17 +25,6 @@ o You must use one of the rcu_dereference() family of primitives for an example where the compiler can in fact deduce the exact value of the pointer, and thus cause misordering. -o Do not use single-element RCU-protected arrays. The compiler - is within its right to assume that the value of an index into - such an array must necessarily evaluate to zero. The compiler - could then substitute the constant zero for the computation, so - that the array index no longer depended on the value returned - by rcu_dereference(). If the array index no longer depends - on rcu_dereference(), then both the compiler and the CPU - are within their rights to order the array access before the - rcu_dereference(), which can cause the array access to return - garbage. - o Avoid cancellation when using the "+" and "-" infix arithmetic operators. For example, for a given variable "x", avoid "(x-x)". There are similar arithmetic pitfalls from other @@ -76,14 +65,15 @@ o Do not use the results from the boolean "&&" and "||" when dereferencing. For example, the following (rather improbable) code is buggy: - int a[2]; - int index; - int force_zero_index = 1; + int *p; + int *q; ... - r1 = rcu_dereference(i1) - r2 = a[r1 && force_zero_index]; /* BUGGY!!! */ + p = rcu_dereference(gp) + q = &global_q; + q += p != &oom_p1 && p != &oom_p2; + r1 = *q; /* BUGGY!!! */ The reason this is buggy is that "&&" and "||" are often compiled using branches. While weak-memory machines such as ARM or PowerPC @@ -94,14 +84,15 @@ o Do not use the results from relational operators ("==", "!=", ">", ">=", "<", or "<=") when dereferencing. For example, the following (quite strange) code is buggy: - int a[2]; - int index; - int flip_index = 0; + int *p; + int *q; ... - r1 = rcu_dereference(i1) - r2 = a[r1 != flip_index]; /* BUGGY!!! */ + p = rcu_dereference(gp) + q = &global_q; + q += p > &oom_p; + r1 = *q; /* BUGGY!!! */ As before, the reason this is buggy is that relational operators are often compiled using branches. And as before, although @@ -193,6 +184,11 @@ o Be very careful about comparing pointers obtained from pointer. Note that the volatile cast in rcu_dereference() will normally prevent the compiler from knowing too much. + However, please note that if the compiler knows that the + pointer takes on only one of two values, a not-equal + comparison will provide exactly the information that the + compiler needs to deduce the value of the pointer. + o Disable any value-speculation optimizations that your compiler might provide, especially if you are making use of feedback-based optimizations that take data collected from prior runs. Such diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt index 88dfce182f66..5746b0c77f3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt @@ -256,7 +256,9 @@ rcu_dereference() If you are going to be fetching multiple fields from the RCU-protected structure, using the local variable is of course preferred. Repeated rcu_dereference() calls look - ugly and incur unnecessary overhead on Alpha CPUs. + ugly, do not guarantee that the same pointer will be returned + if an update happened while in the critical section, and incur + unnecessary overhead on Alpha CPUs. Note that the value returned by rcu_dereference() is valid only within the enclosing RCU read-side critical section. @@ -879,9 +881,7 @@ SRCU: Initialization/cleanup All: lockdep-checked RCU-protected pointer access - rcu_access_index rcu_access_pointer - rcu_dereference_index_check rcu_dereference_raw rcu_lockdep_assert rcu_sleep_check diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches index 447671bd2927..27e7e5edeca8 100644 --- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches @@ -299,7 +299,9 @@ toward the stable maintainers by putting a line like this: Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org -into your patch. +into the sign-off area of your patch (note, NOT an email recipient). You +should also read Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt in addition to this +file. Note, however, that some subsystem maintainers want to come to their own conclusions on which patches should go to the stable trees. The networking @@ -614,8 +616,8 @@ The canonical patch message body contains the following: - An empty line. - - The body of the explanation, which will be copied to the - permanent changelog to describe this patch. + - The body of the explanation, line wrapped at 75 columns, which will + be copied to the permanent changelog to describe this patch. - The "Signed-off-by:" lines, described above, which will also go in the changelog. diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt b/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt index f51861bcb07b..e550c8b98139 100644 --- a/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt +++ b/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt @@ -1,129 +1,177 @@ APEI Error INJection ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -EINJ provides a hardware error injection mechanism -It is very useful for debugging and testing of other APEI and RAS features. +EINJ provides a hardware error injection mechanism. It is very useful +for debugging and testing APEI and RAS features in general. -To use EINJ, make sure the following are enabled in your kernel +You need to check whether your BIOS supports EINJ first. For that, look +for early boot messages similar to this one: + +ACPI: EINJ 0x000000007370A000 000150 (v01 INTEL 00000001 INTL 00000001) + +which shows that the BIOS is exposing an EINJ table - it is the +mechanism through which the injection is done. + +Alternatively, look in /sys/firmware/acpi/tables for an "EINJ" file, +which is a different representation of the same thing. + +It doesn't necessarily mean that EINJ is not supported if those above +don't exist: before you give up, go into BIOS setup to see if the BIOS +has an option to enable error injection. Look for something called WHEA +or similar. Often, you need to enable an ACPI5 support option prior, in +order to see the APEI,EINJ,... functionality supported and exposed by +the BIOS menu. + +To use EINJ, make sure the following are options enabled in your kernel configuration: CONFIG_DEBUG_FS CONFIG_ACPI_APEI CONFIG_ACPI_APEI_EINJ -The user interface of EINJ is debug file system, under the -directory apei/einj. The following files are provided. +The EINJ user interface is in <debugfs mount point>/apei/einj. + +The following files belong to it: - available_error_type - Reading this file returns the error injection capability of the - platform, that is, which error types are supported. The error type - definition is as follow, the left field is the error type value, the - right field is error description. - - 0x00000001 Processor Correctable - 0x00000002 Processor Uncorrectable non-fatal - 0x00000004 Processor Uncorrectable fatal - 0x00000008 Memory Correctable - 0x00000010 Memory Uncorrectable non-fatal - 0x00000020 Memory Uncorrectable fatal - 0x00000040 PCI Express Correctable - 0x00000080 PCI Express Uncorrectable fatal - 0x00000100 PCI Express Uncorrectable non-fatal - 0x00000200 Platform Correctable - 0x00000400 Platform Uncorrectable non-fatal - 0x00000800 Platform Uncorrectable fatal - - The format of file contents are as above, except there are only the - available error type lines. + + This file shows which error types are supported: + + Error Type Value Error Description + ================ ================= + 0x00000001 Processor Correctable + 0x00000002 Processor Uncorrectable non-fatal + 0x00000004 Processor Uncorrectable fatal + 0x00000008 Memory Correctable + 0x00000010 Memory Uncorrectable non-fatal + 0x00000020 Memory Uncorrectable fatal + 0x00000040 PCI Express Correctable + 0x00000080 PCI Express Uncorrectable fatal + 0x00000100 PCI Express Uncorrectable non-fatal + 0x00000200 Platform Correctable + 0x00000400 Platform Uncorrectable non-fatal + 0x00000800 Platform Uncorrectable fatal + + The format of the file contents are as above, except present are only + the available error types. - error_type - This file is used to set the error type value. The error type value - is defined in "available_error_type" description. + + Set the value of the error type being injected. Possible error types + are defined in the file available_error_type above. - error_inject - Write any integer to this file to trigger the error - injection. Before this, please specify all necessary error - parameters. + + Write any integer to this file to trigger the error injection. Make + sure you have specified all necessary error parameters, i.e. this + write should be the last step when injecting errors. - flags - Present for kernel version 3.13 and above. Used to specify which - of param{1..4} are valid and should be used by BIOS during injection. - Value is a bitmask as specified in ACPI5.0 spec for the + + Present for kernel versions 3.13 and above. Used to specify which + of param{1..4} are valid and should be used by the firmware during + injection. Value is a bitmask as specified in ACPI5.0 spec for the SET_ERROR_TYPE_WITH_ADDRESS data structure: - Bit 0 - Processor APIC field valid (see param3 below) - Bit 1 - Memory address and mask valid (param1 and param2) - Bit 2 - PCIe (seg,bus,dev,fn) valid (param4 below) - If set to zero, legacy behaviour is used where the type of injection - specifies just one bit set, and param1 is multiplexed. + + Bit 0 - Processor APIC field valid (see param3 below). + Bit 1 - Memory address and mask valid (param1 and param2). + Bit 2 - PCIe (seg,bus,dev,fn) valid (see param4 below). + + If set to zero, legacy behavior is mimicked where the type of + injection specifies just one bit set, and param1 is multiplexed. - param1 - This file is used to set the first error parameter value. Effect of - parameter depends on error_type specified. For example, if error - type is memory related type, the param1 should be a valid physical - memory address. [Unless "flag" is set - see above] + + This file is used to set the first error parameter value. Its effect + depends on the error type specified in error_type. For example, if + error type is memory related type, the param1 should be a valid + physical memory address. [Unless "flag" is set - see above] - param2 - This file is used to set the second error parameter value. Effect of - parameter depends on error_type specified. For example, if error - type is memory related type, the param2 should be a physical memory - address mask. Linux requires page or narrower granularity, say, - 0xfffffffffffff000. + + Same use as param1 above. For example, if error type is of memory + related type, then param2 should be a physical memory address mask. + Linux requires page or narrower granularity, say, 0xfffffffffffff000. - param3 - Used when the 0x1 bit is set in "flag" to specify the APIC id + + Used when the 0x1 bit is set in "flags" to specify the APIC id - param4 - Used when the 0x4 bit is set in "flag" to specify target PCIe device + Used when the 0x4 bit is set in "flags" to specify target PCIe device - notrigger - The EINJ mechanism is a two step process. First inject the error, then - perform some actions to trigger it. Setting "notrigger" to 1 skips the - trigger phase, which *may* allow the user to cause the error in some other - context by a simple access to the cpu, memory location, or device that is - the target of the error injection. Whether this actually works depends - on what operations the BIOS actually includes in the trigger phase. - -BIOS versions based in the ACPI 4.0 specification have limited options -to control where the errors are injected. Your BIOS may support an -extension (enabled with the param_extension=1 module parameter, or -boot command line einj.param_extension=1). This allows the address -and mask for memory injections to be specified by the param1 and -param2 files in apei/einj. - -BIOS versions using the ACPI 5.0 specification have more control over -the target of the injection. For processor related errors (type 0x1, -0x2 and 0x4) the APICID of the target should be provided using the -param1 file in apei/einj. For memory errors (type 0x8, 0x10 and 0x20) -the address is set using param1 with a mask in param2 (0x0 is equivalent -to all ones). For PCI express errors (type 0x40, 0x80 and 0x100) the -segment, bus, device and function are specified using param1: + + The error injection mechanism is a two-step process. First inject the + error, then perform some actions to trigger it. Setting "notrigger" + to 1 skips the trigger phase, which *may* allow the user to cause the + error in some other context by a simple access to the CPU, memory + location, or device that is the target of the error injection. Whether + this actually works depends on what operations the BIOS actually + includes in the trigger phase. + +BIOS versions based on the ACPI 4.0 specification have limited options +in controlling where the errors are injected. Your BIOS may support an +extension (enabled with the param_extension=1 module parameter, or boot +command line einj.param_extension=1). This allows the address and mask +for memory injections to be specified by the param1 and param2 files in +apei/einj. + +BIOS versions based on the ACPI 5.0 specification have more control over +the target of the injection. For processor-related errors (type 0x1, 0x2 +and 0x4), you can set flags to 0x3 (param3 for bit 0, and param1 and +param2 for bit 1) so that you have more information added to the error +signature being injected. The actual data passed is this: + + memory_address = param1; + memory_address_range = param2; + apicid = param3; + pcie_sbdf = param4; + +For memory errors (type 0x8, 0x10 and 0x20) the address is set using +param1 with a mask in param2 (0x0 is equivalent to all ones). For PCI +express errors (type 0x40, 0x80 and 0x100) the segment, bus, device and +function are specified using param1: 31 24 23 16 15 11 10 8 7 0 +-------------------------------------------------+ | segment | bus | device | function | reserved | +-------------------------------------------------+ -An ACPI 5.0 BIOS may also allow vendor specific errors to be injected. +Anyway, you get the idea, if there's doubt just take a look at the code +in drivers/acpi/apei/einj.c. + +An ACPI 5.0 BIOS may also allow vendor-specific errors to be injected. In this case a file named vendor will contain identifying information from the BIOS that hopefully will allow an application wishing to use -the vendor specific extension to tell that they are running on a BIOS +the vendor-specific extension to tell that they are running on a BIOS that supports it. All vendor extensions have the 0x80000000 bit set in error_type. A file vendor_flags controls the interpretation of param1 and param2 (1 = PROCESSOR, 2 = MEMORY, 4 = PCI). See your BIOS vendor documentation for details (and expect changes to this API if vendors creativity in using this feature expands beyond our expectations). -Example: + +An error injection example: + # cd /sys/kernel/debug/apei/einj # cat available_error_type # See which errors can be injected 0x00000002 Processor Uncorrectable non-fatal 0x00000008 Memory Correctable 0x00000010 Memory Uncorrectable non-fatal # echo 0x12345000 > param1 # Set memory address for injection -# echo 0xfffffffffffff000 > param2 # Mask - anywhere in this page +# echo $((-1 << 12)) > param2 # Mask 0xfffffffffffff000 - anywhere in this page # echo 0x8 > error_type # Choose correctable memory error # echo 1 > error_inject # Inject now +You should see something like this in dmesg: + +[22715.830801] EDAC sbridge MC3: HANDLING MCE MEMORY ERROR +[22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: CPU 0: Machine Check Event: 0 Bank 7: 8c00004000010090 +[22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: TSC 0 +[22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: ADDR 12345000 EDAC sbridge MC3: MISC 144780c86 +[22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: PROCESSOR 0:306e7 TIME 1422553404 SOCKET 0 APIC 0 +[22716.616173] EDAC MC3: 1 CE memory read error on CPU_SrcID#0_Channel#0_DIMM#0 (channel:0 slot:0 page:0x12345 offset:0x0 grain:32 syndrome:0x0 - area:DRAM err_code:0001:0090 socket:0 channel_mask:1 rank:0) For more information about EINJ, please refer to ACPI specification version 4.0, section 17.5 and ACPI 5.0, section 18.6. diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt index 9b121a569ab4..b731b292e812 100644 --- a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt +++ b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Adding ACPI support for an existing driver should be pretty straightforward. Here is the simplest example: #ifdef CONFIG_ACPI - static struct acpi_device_id mydrv_acpi_match[] = { + static const struct acpi_device_id mydrv_acpi_match[] = { /* ACPI IDs here */ { } }; @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ the platform device drivers. Below is an example where we add ACPI support to at25 SPI eeprom driver (this is meant for the above ACPI snippet): #ifdef CONFIG_ACPI - static struct acpi_device_id at25_acpi_match[] = { + static const struct acpi_device_id at25_acpi_match[] = { { "AT25", 0 }, { }, }; @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Below is an example of how to add ACPI support to the existing mpu3050 input driver: #ifdef CONFIG_ACPI - static struct acpi_device_id mpu3050_acpi_match[] = { + static const struct acpi_device_id mpu3050_acpi_match[] = { { "MPU3050", 0 }, { }, }; @@ -253,9 +253,14 @@ input driver: GPIO support ~~~~~~~~~~~~ ACPI 5 introduced two new resources to describe GPIO connections: GpioIo -and GpioInt. These resources are used be used to pass GPIO numbers used by -the device to the driver. For example: +and GpioInt. These resources can be used to pass GPIO numbers used by +the device to the driver. ACPI 5.1 extended this with _DSD (Device +Specific Data) which made it possible to name the GPIOs among other things. +For example: + +Device (DEV) +{ Method (_CRS, 0, NotSerialized) { Name (SBUF, ResourceTemplate() @@ -285,6 +290,18 @@ the device to the driver. For example: Return (SBUF) } + // ACPI 5.1 _DSD used for naming the GPIOs + Name (_DSD, Package () + { + ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"), + Package () + { + Package () {"power-gpios", Package() {^DEV, 0, 0, 0 }}, + Package () {"irq-gpios", Package() {^DEV, 1, 0, 0 }}, + } + }) + ... + These GPIO numbers are controller relative and path "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0" specifies the path to the controller. In order to use these GPIOs in Linux we need to translate them to the corresponding Linux GPIO descriptors. @@ -300,11 +317,11 @@ a code like this: struct gpio_desc *irq_desc, *power_desc; - irq_desc = gpiod_get_index(dev, NULL, 1); + irq_desc = gpiod_get(dev, "irq"); if (IS_ERR(irq_desc)) /* handle error */ - power_desc = gpiod_get_index(dev, NULL, 0); + power_desc = gpiod_get(dev, "power"); if (IS_ERR(power_desc)) /* handle error */ @@ -313,6 +330,9 @@ a code like this: There are also devm_* versions of these functions which release the descriptors once the device is released. +See Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt for more information about the +_DSD binding related to GPIOs. + MFD devices ~~~~~~~~~~~ The MFD devices register their children as platform devices. For the child @@ -339,3 +359,54 @@ the id should be set like: The ACPI id "XYZ0001" is then used to lookup an ACPI device directly under the MFD device and if found, that ACPI companion device is bound to the resulting child platform device. + +Device Tree namespace link device ID +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The Device Tree protocol uses device indentification based on the "compatible" +property whose value is a string or an array of strings recognized as device +identifiers by drivers and the driver core. The set of all those strings may be +regarded as a device indentification namespace analogous to the ACPI/PNP device +ID namespace. Consequently, in principle it should not be necessary to allocate +a new (and arguably redundant) ACPI/PNP device ID for a devices with an existing +identification string in the Device Tree (DT) namespace, especially if that ID +is only needed to indicate that a given device is compatible with another one, +presumably having a matching driver in the kernel already. + +In ACPI, the device identification object called _CID (Compatible ID) is used to +list the IDs of devices the given one is compatible with, but those IDs must +belong to one of the namespaces prescribed by the ACPI specification (see +Section 6.1.2 of ACPI 6.0 for details) and the DT namespace is not one of them. +Moreover, the specification mandates that either a _HID or an _ADR identificaion +object be present for all ACPI objects representing devices (Section 6.1 of ACPI +6.0). For non-enumerable bus types that object must be _HID and its value must +be a device ID from one of the namespaces prescribed by the specification too. + +The special DT namespace link device ID, PRP0001, provides a means to use the +existing DT-compatible device identification in ACPI and to satisfy the above +requirements following from the ACPI specification at the same time. Namely, +if PRP0001 is returned by _HID, the ACPI subsystem will look for the +"compatible" property in the device object's _DSD and will use the value of that +property to identify the corresponding device in analogy with the original DT +device identification algorithm. If the "compatible" property is not present +or its value is not valid, the device will not be enumerated by the ACPI +subsystem. Otherwise, it will be enumerated automatically as a platform device +(except when an I2C or SPI link from the device to its parent is present, in +which case the ACPI core will leave the device enumeration to the parent's +driver) and the identification strings from the "compatible" property value will +be used to find a driver for the device along with the device IDs listed by _CID +(if present). + +Analogously, if PRP0001 is present in the list of device IDs returned by _CID, +the identification strings listed by the "compatible" property value (if present +and valid) will be used to look for a driver matching the device, but in that +case their relative priority with respect to the other device IDs listed by +_HID and _CID depends on the position of PRP0001 in the _CID return package. +Specifically, the device IDs returned by _HID and preceding PRP0001 in the _CID +return package will be checked first. Also in that case the bus type the device +will be enumerated to depends on the device ID returned by _HID. + +It is valid to define device objects with a _HID returning PRP0001 and without +the "compatible" property in the _DSD or a _CID as long as one of their +ancestors provides a _DSD with a valid "compatible" property. Such device +objects are then simply regarded as additional "blocks" providing hierarchical +configuration information to the driver of the composite ancestor device. diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt b/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt index ae36fcf86dc7..f35dad11f0de 100644 --- a/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt +++ b/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ _DSD Device Properties Related to GPIO -------------------------------------- -With the release of ACPI 5.1 and the _DSD configuration objecte names -can finally be given to GPIOs (and other things as well) returned by -_CRS. Previously, we were only able to use an integer index to find +With the release of ACPI 5.1, the _DSD configuration object finally +allows names to be given to GPIOs (and other things as well) returned +by _CRS. Previously, we were only able to use an integer index to find the corresponding GPIO, which is pretty error prone (it depends on the _CRS output ordering, for example). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX index 8edb9007844e..dea011c8d7c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ IXP4xx - Intel IXP4xx Network processor. Makefile - Build sourcefiles as part of the Documentation-build for arm -msm/ - - MSM specific documentation Netwinder - Netwinder specific documentation Porting diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Booting b/Documentation/arm/Booting index 371814a36719..83c1df2fc758 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/Booting +++ b/Documentation/arm/Booting @@ -58,13 +58,18 @@ serial format options as described in -------------------------- Existing boot loaders: OPTIONAL -New boot loaders: MANDATORY +New boot loaders: MANDATORY except for DT-only platforms The boot loader should detect the machine type its running on by some method. Whether this is a hard coded value or some algorithm that looks at the connected hardware is beyond the scope of this document. The boot loader must ultimately be able to provide a MACH_TYPE_xxx -value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types). +value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types). This +should be passed to the kernel in register r1. + +For DT-only platforms, the machine type will be determined by device +tree. set the machine type to all ones (~0). This is not strictly +necessary, but assures that it will not match any existing types. 4. Setup boot data ------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt b/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt index 0632b3aad83e..ffca443a19b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt @@ -33,20 +33,23 @@ directory, with first 8 configurable by user and additional Cycle counter is described by a "type" value 0xff and does not require any other settings. +The driver also provides a "cpumask" sysfs attribute, which contains +a single CPU ID, of the processor which will be used to handle all +the CCN PMU events. It is recommended that the user space tools +request the events on this processor (if not, the perf_event->cpu value +will be overwritten anyway). In case of this processor being offlined, +the events are migrated to another one and the attribute is updated. + Example of perf tool use: / # perf list | grep ccn ccn/cycles/ [Kernel PMU event] <...> - ccn/xp_valid_flit/ [Kernel PMU event] + ccn/xp_valid_flit,xp=?,port=?,vc=?,dir=?/ [Kernel PMU event] <...> -/ # perf stat -C 0 -e ccn/cycles/,ccn/xp_valid_flit,xp=1,port=0,vc=1,dir=1/ \ +/ # perf stat -a -e ccn/cycles/,ccn/xp_valid_flit,xp=1,port=0,vc=1,dir=1/ \ sleep 1 The driver does not support sampling, therefore "perf record" will -not work. Also notice that only single cpu is being selected -("-C 0") - this is because perf framework does not support -"non-CPU related" counters (yet?) so system-wide session ("-a") -would try (and in most cases fail) to set up the same event -per each CPU. +not work. Per-task (without "-a") perf sessions are not supported. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Makefile b/Documentation/arm/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 732c77050cff..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -subdir-y := SH-Mobile diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README index 17453794fca5..18a775d10172 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README +++ b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README @@ -96,6 +96,11 @@ EBU Armada family 88F6820 88F6828 + Armada 390/398 Flavors: + 88F6920 + 88F6928 + Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-39x/ + Armada XP Flavors: MV78230 MV78260 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/README b/Documentation/arm/README index aea34095cdcf..9d1e5b2c92e6 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/README +++ b/Documentation/arm/README @@ -185,13 +185,20 @@ Kernel entry (head.S) board devices are used, or the device is setup, and provides that machine specific "personality." - This fine-grained machine specific selection is controlled by the machine - type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a compile-time code selection - method. + For platforms that support device tree (DT), the machine selection is + controlled at runtime by passing the device tree blob to the kernel. At + compile-time, support for the machine type must be selected. This allows for + a single multiplatform kernel build to be used for several machine types. - You can register a new machine via the web site at: + For platforms that do not use device tree, this machine selection is + controlled by the machine type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a + compile-time code selection method. You can register a new machine via the + web site at: <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/> + Note: Please do not register a machine type for DT-only platforms. If your + platform is DT-only, you do not need a registered machine type. + --- Russell King (15/03/2004) diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/Makefile b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index bca8a7ef6bbe..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -# List of programs to build -hostprogs-y := vrl4 - -# Tell kbuild to always build the programs -always := $(hostprogs-y) - -HOSTCFLAGS_vrl4.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include -I$(srctree)/tools/include diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/vrl4.c b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/vrl4.c deleted file mode 100644 index f4cd8ad4e720..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/vrl4.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,170 +0,0 @@ -/* - * vrl4 format generator - * - * Copyright (C) 2010 Simon Horman - * - * This file is subject to the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public - * License. See the file "COPYING" in the main directory of this archive - * for more details. - */ - -/* - * usage: vrl4 < zImage > out - * dd if=out of=/dev/sdx bs=512 seek=1 # Write the image to sector 1 - * - * Reads a zImage from stdin and writes a vrl4 image to stdout. - * In practice this means writing a padded vrl4 header to stdout followed - * by the zImage. - * - * The padding places the zImage at ALIGN bytes into the output. - * The vrl4 uses ALIGN + START_BASE as the start_address. - * This is where the mask ROM will jump to after verifying the header. - * - * The header sets copy_size to min(sizeof(zImage), MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN) + ALIGN. - * That is, the mask ROM will load the padded header (ALIGN bytes) - * And then MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN bytes of the image, or the entire image, - * whichever is smaller. - * - * The zImage is not modified in any way. - */ - -#define _BSD_SOURCE -#include <endian.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <stdint.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include <tools/endian.h> - -struct hdr { - uint32_t magic1; - uint32_t reserved1; - uint32_t magic2; - uint32_t reserved2; - uint16_t copy_size; - uint16_t boot_options; - uint32_t reserved3; - uint32_t start_address; - uint32_t reserved4; - uint32_t reserved5; - char reserved6[308]; -}; - -#define DECLARE_HDR(h) \ - struct hdr (h) = { \ - .magic1 = htole32(0xea000000), \ - .reserved1 = htole32(0x56), \ - .magic2 = htole32(0xe59ff008), \ - .reserved3 = htole16(0x1) } - -/* Align to 512 bytes, the MMCIF sector size */ -#define ALIGN_BITS 9 -#define ALIGN (1 << ALIGN_BITS) - -#define START_BASE 0xe55b0000 - -/* - * With an alignment of 512 the header uses the first sector. - * There is a 128 sector (64kbyte) limit on the data loaded by the mask ROM. - * So there are 127 sectors left for the boot programme. But in practice - * Only a small portion of a zImage is needed, 16 sectors should be more - * than enough. - * - * Note that this sets how much of the zImage is copied by the mask ROM. - * The entire zImage is present after the header and is loaded - * by the code in the boot program (which is the first portion of the zImage). - */ -#define MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN (16 * 512) - -#define ROUND_UP(x) ((x + ALIGN - 1) & ~(ALIGN - 1)) - -static ssize_t do_read(int fd, void *buf, size_t count) -{ - size_t offset = 0; - ssize_t l; - - while (offset < count) { - l = read(fd, buf + offset, count - offset); - if (!l) - break; - if (l < 0) { - if (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EWOULDBLOCK) - continue; - perror("read"); - return -1; - } - offset += l; - } - - return offset; -} - -static ssize_t do_write(int fd, const void *buf, size_t count) -{ - size_t offset = 0; - ssize_t l; - - while (offset < count) { - l = write(fd, buf + offset, count - offset); - if (l < 0) { - if (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EWOULDBLOCK) - continue; - perror("write"); - return -1; - } - offset += l; - } - - return offset; -} - -static ssize_t write_zero(int fd, size_t len) -{ - size_t i = len; - - while (i--) { - const char x = 0; - if (do_write(fd, &x, 1) < 0) - return -1; - } - - return len; -} - -int main(void) -{ - DECLARE_HDR(hdr); - char boot_program[MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN]; - size_t aligned_hdr_len, alligned_prog_len; - ssize_t prog_len; - - prog_len = do_read(0, boot_program, sizeof(boot_program)); - if (prog_len <= 0) - return -1; - - aligned_hdr_len = ROUND_UP(sizeof(hdr)); - hdr.start_address = htole32(START_BASE + aligned_hdr_len); - alligned_prog_len = ROUND_UP(prog_len); - hdr.copy_size = htole16(aligned_hdr_len + alligned_prog_len); - - if (do_write(1, &hdr, sizeof(hdr)) < 0) - return -1; - if (write_zero(1, aligned_hdr_len - sizeof(hdr)) < 0) - return -1; - - if (do_write(1, boot_program, prog_len) < 0) - return 1; - - /* Write out the rest of the kernel */ - while (1) { - prog_len = do_read(0, boot_program, sizeof(boot_program)); - if (prog_len < 0) - return 1; - if (prog_len == 0) - break; - if (do_write(1, boot_program, prog_len) < 0) - return 1; - } - - return 0; -} diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-mmcif.txt b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-mmcif.txt deleted file mode 100644 index efff8ae2713d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-mmcif.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -ROM-able zImage boot from MMC ------------------------------ - -An ROM-able zImage compiled with ZBOOT_ROM_MMCIF may be written to MMC and -SuperH Mobile ARM will to boot directly from the MMCIF hardware block. - -This is achieved by the mask ROM loading the first portion of the image into -MERAM and then jumping to it. This portion contains loader code which -copies the entire image to SDRAM and jumps to it. From there the zImage -boot code proceeds as normal, uncompressing the image into its final -location and then jumping to it. - -This code has been tested on an AP4EB board using the developer 1A eMMC -boot mode which is configured using the following jumper settings. -The board used for testing required a patched mask ROM in order for -this mode to function. - - 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 - x|x|x|x|x| |x| -S4 -+-+-+-+-+-+-+- - | | | | |x| |x on - -The zImage must be written to the MMC card at sector 1 (512 bytes) in -vrl4 format. A utility vrl4 is supplied to accomplish this. - -e.g. - vrl4 < zImage | dd of=/dev/sdX bs=512 seek=1 - -A dual-voltage MMC 4.0 card was used for testing. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-sdhi.txt b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-sdhi.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 441959846e1a..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-sdhi.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -ROM-able zImage boot from eSD ------------------------------ - -An ROM-able zImage compiled with ZBOOT_ROM_SDHI may be written to eSD and -SuperH Mobile ARM will to boot directly from the SDHI hardware block. - -This is achieved by the mask ROM loading the first portion of the image into -MERAM and then jumping to it. This portion contains loader code which -copies the entire image to SDRAM and jumps to it. From there the zImage -boot code proceeds as normal, uncompressing the image into its final -location and then jumping to it. - -This code has been tested on an mackerel board using the developer 1A eSD -boot mode which is configured using the following jumper settings. - - 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 - x|x|x|x| |x|x| -S4 -+-+-+-+-+-+-+- - | | | |x| | |x on - -The eSD card needs to be present in SDHI slot 1 (CN7). -As such S1 and S33 also need to be configured as per -the notes in arch/arm/mach-shmobile/board-mackerel.c. - -A partial zImage must be written to physical partition #1 (boot) -of the eSD at sector 0 in vrl4 format. A utility vrl4 is supplied to -accomplish this. - -e.g. - vrl4 < zImage | dd of=/dev/sdX bs=512 count=17 - -A full copy of _the same_ zImage should be written to physical partition #1 -(boot) of the eSD at sector 0. This should _not_ be in vrl4 format. - - vrl4 < zImage | dd of=/dev/sdX bs=512 - -Note: The commands above assume that the physical partition has been -switched. No such facility currently exists in the Linux Kernel. - -Physical partitions are described in the eSD specification. At the time of -writing they are not the same as partitions that are typically configured -using fdisk and visible through /proc/partitions diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt index 65610bf52ebf..1b049be6c84f 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt @@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ Introduction Document Author --------------- - Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>, (c) 2010-2012 ST Microelectronics + Viresh Kumar <vireshk@kernel.org>, (c) 2010-2012 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b96ead9a6919 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + Interface between kernel and boot loaders on Exynos boards + ========================================================== + +Author: Krzysztof Kozlowski +Date : 6 June 2015 + +The document tries to describe currently used interface between Linux kernel +and boot loaders on Samsung Exynos based boards. This is not a definition +of interface but rather a description of existing state, a reference +for information purpose only. + +In the document "boot loader" means any of following: U-boot, proprietary +SBOOT or any other firmware for ARMv7 and ARMv8 initializing the board before +executing kernel. + + +1. Non-Secure mode +Address: sysram_ns_base_addr +Offset Value Purpose +============================================================================= +0x08 exynos_cpu_resume_ns System suspend +0x0c 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend +0x1c exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot +0x1c + 4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot +0x20 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR +0x24 exynos_cpu_resume_ns AFTR +0x28 + 4*cpu 0x8 (Magic cookie, Exynos3250) AFTR + + +2. Secure mode +Address: sysram_base_addr +Offset Value Purpose +============================================================================= +0x00 exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot +0x04 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos542x) Secondary CPU boot +4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot +0x20 exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR +0x24 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR + +Address: pmu_base_addr +Offset Value Purpose +============================================================================= +0x0800 exynos_cpu_resume AFTR +0x0814 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4210 r1.1) Secondary CPU boot +0x0818 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR +0x081C exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR + + +3. Other (regardless of secure/non-secure mode) +Address: pmu_base_addr +Offset Value Purpose +============================================================================= +0x0908 Non-zero (only Exynos3250) Secondary CPU boot up indicator diff --git a/Documentation/arm/msm/gpiomux.txt b/Documentation/arm/msm/gpiomux.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 67a81620adf6..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/msm/gpiomux.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -This document provides an overview of the msm_gpiomux interface, which -is used to provide gpio pin multiplexing and configuration on mach-msm -targets. - -History -======= - -The first-generation API for gpio configuration & multiplexing on msm -is the function gpio_tlmm_config(). This function has a few notable -shortcomings, which led to its deprecation and replacement by gpiomux: - -The 'disable' parameter: Setting the second parameter to -gpio_tlmm_config to GPIO_CFG_DISABLE tells the peripheral -processor in charge of the subsystem to perform a look-up into a -low-power table and apply the low-power/sleep setting for the pin. -As the msm family evolved this became problematic. Not all pins -have sleep settings, not all peripheral processors will accept requests -to apply said sleep settings, and not all msm targets have their gpio -subsystems managed by a peripheral processor. In order to get consistent -behavior on all targets, drivers are forced to ignore this parameter, -rendering it useless. - -The 'direction' flag: for all mux-settings other than raw-gpio (0), -the output-enable bit of a gpio is hard-wired to a known -input (usually VDD or ground). For those settings, the direction flag -is meaningless at best, and deceptive at worst. In addition, using the -direction flag to change output-enable (OE) directly can cause trouble in -gpiolib, which has no visibility into gpio direction changes made -in this way. Direction control in gpio mode should be made through gpiolib. - -Key Features of gpiomux -======================= - -- A consistent interface across all generations of msm. Drivers can expect -the same results on every target. -- gpiomux plays nicely with gpiolib. Functions that should belong to gpiolib -are left to gpiolib and not duplicated here. gpiomux is written with the -intent that gpio_chips will call gpiomux reference-counting methods -from their request() and free() hooks, providing full integration. -- Tabular configuration. Instead of having to call gpio_tlmm_config -hundreds of times, gpio configuration is placed in a single table. -- Per-gpio sleep. Each gpio is individually reference counted, allowing only -those lines which are in use to be put in high-power states. -- 0 means 'do nothing': all flags are designed so that the default memset-zero -equates to a sensible default of 'no configuration', preventing users -from having to provide hundreds of 'no-op' configs for unused or -unwanted lines. - -Usage -===== - -To use gpiomux, provide configuration information for relevant gpio lines -in the msm_gpiomux_configs table. Since a 0 equates to "unconfigured", -only those lines to be managed by gpiomux need to be specified. Here -is a completely fictional example: - -struct msm_gpiomux_config msm_gpiomux_configs[GPIOMUX_NGPIOS] = { - [12] = { - .active = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_DRV_8MA | GPIOMUX_FUNC_1, - .suspended = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_PULL_DOWN, - }, - [34] = { - .suspended = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_PULL_DOWN, - }, -}; - -To indicate that a gpio is in use, call msm_gpiomux_get() to increase -its reference count. To decrease the reference count, call msm_gpiomux_put(). - -The effect of this configuration is as follows: - -When the system boots, gpios 12 and 34 will be initialized with their -'suspended' configurations. All other gpios, which were left unconfigured, -will not be touched. - -When msm_gpiomux_get() is called on gpio 12 to raise its reference count -above 0, its active configuration will be applied. Since no other gpio -line has a valid active configuration, msm_gpiomux_get() will have no -effect on any other line. - -When msm_gpiomux_put() is called on gpio 12 or 34 to drop their reference -count to 0, their suspended configurations will be applied. -Since no other gpio line has a valid suspended configuration, no other -gpio line will be effected by msm_gpiomux_put(). Since gpio 34 has no valid -active configuration, this is effectively a no-op for gpio 34 as well, -with one small caveat, see the section "About Output-Enable Settings". - -All of the GPIOMUX_VALID flags may seem like unnecessary overhead, but -they address some important issues. As unused entries (all those -except 12 and 34) are zero-filled, gpiomux needs a way to distinguish -the used fields from the unused. In addition, the all-zero pattern -is a valid configuration! Therefore, gpiomux defines an additional bit -which is used to indicate when a field is used. This has the pleasant -side-effect of allowing calls to msm_gpiomux_write to use '0' to indicate -that a value should not be changed: - - msm_gpiomux_write(0, GPIOMUX_VALID, 0); - -replaces the active configuration of gpio 0 with an all-zero configuration, -but leaves the suspended configuration as it was. - -Static Configurations -===================== - -To install a static configuration, which is applied at boot and does -not change after that, install a configuration with a suspended component -but no active component, as in the previous example: - - [34] = { - .suspended = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_PULL_DOWN, - }, - -The suspended setting is applied during boot, and the lack of any valid -active setting prevents any other setting from being applied at runtime. -If other subsystems attempting to access the line is a concern, one could -*really* anchor the configuration down by calling msm_gpiomux_get on the -line at initialization to move the line into active mode. With the line -held, it will never be re-suspended, and with no valid active configuration, -no new configurations will be applied. - -But then, if having other subsystems grabbing for the line is truly a concern, -it should be reserved with gpio_request instead, which carries an implicit -msm_gpiomux_get. - -gpiomux and gpiolib -=================== - -It is expected that msm gpio_chips will call msm_gpiomux_get() and -msm_gpiomux_put() from their request and free hooks, like this fictional -example: - -static int request(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned offset) -{ - return msm_gpiomux_get(chip->base + offset); -} - -static void free(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned offset) -{ - msm_gpiomux_put(chip->base + offset); -} - - ...somewhere in a gpio_chip declaration... - .request = request, - .free = free, - -This provides important functionality: -- It guarantees that a gpio line will have its 'active' config applied - when the line is requested, and will not be suspended while the line - remains requested; and -- It guarantees that gpio-direction settings from gpiolib behave sensibly. - See "About Output-Enable Settings." - -This mechanism allows for "auto-request" of gpiomux lines via gpiolib -when it is suitable. Drivers wishing more exact control are, of course, -free to also use msm_gpiomux_set and msm_gpiomux_get. - -About Output-Enable Settings -============================ - -Some msm targets do not have the ability to query the current gpio -configuration setting. This means that changes made to the output-enable -(OE) bit by gpiolib cannot be consistently detected and preserved by gpiomux. -Therefore, when gpiomux applies a configuration setting, any direction -settings which may have been applied by gpiolib are lost and the default -input settings are re-applied. - -For this reason, drivers should not assume that gpio direction settings -continue to hold if they free and then re-request a gpio. This seems like -common sense - after all, anybody could have obtained the line in the -meantime - but it needs saying. - -This also means that calls to msm_gpiomux_write will reset the OE bit, -which means that if the gpio line is held by a client of gpiolib and -msm_gpiomux_write is called, the direction setting has been lost and -gpiolib's internal state has been broken. -Release gpio lines before reconfiguring them. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..09aed5588d7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + STM32 ARM Linux Overview + ======================== + +Introduction +------------ + + The STMicroelectronics family of Cortex-M based MCUs are supported by the + 'STM32' platform of ARM Linux. Currently only the STM32F429 is supported. + + +Configuration +------------- + + A generic configuration is provided for STM32 family, and can be used as the + default by + make stm32_defconfig + +Layout +------ + + All the files for multiple machine families are located in the platform code + contained in arch/arm/mach-stm32 + + There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support + Flattened Device Tree, which means, it works with any compatible board with + Device Trees. + + +Document Author +--------------- + + Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com> diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5206822bd8ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + STM32F429 Overview + ================== + + Introduction + ------------ + The STM32F429 is a Cortex-M4 MCU aimed at various applications. + It features: + - ARM Cortex-M4 up to 180MHz with FPU + - 2MB internal Flash Memory + - External memory support through FMC controller (PSRAM, SDRAM, NOR, NAND) + - I2C, SPI, SAI, CAN, USB OTG, Ethernet controllers + - LCD controller & Camera interface + - Cryptographic processor + + Resources + --------- + Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website: + - http://www.st.com/web/en/catalog/mmc/FM141/SC1169/SS1577/LN1806?ecmp=stm32f429-439_pron_pr-ces2014_nov2013 + + Document Author + --------------- + Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com> diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README index 1fe2d7fd4108..5e38e1582f95 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README +++ b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ SunXi family + User Manual http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A20/A20%20User%20Manual%202013-03-22.pdf - - Allwinner A23 + - Allwinner A23 (sun8i) + Datasheet http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20Datasheet%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf + User Manual @@ -55,7 +55,23 @@ SunXi family + User Manual http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20User%20Manual%20%20V1.0%2020130322.pdf + - Allwinner A33 (sun8i) + + Datasheet + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20Datasheet%20release%201.1.pdf + + User Manual + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20user%20manual%20release%201.1.pdf + + - Allwinner H3 (sun8i) + + Datasheet + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/H3/Allwinner_H3_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf + * Quad ARM Cortex-A15, Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs - Allwinner A80 + Datasheet http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A80/A80_Datasheet_Revision_1.0_0404.pdf + + * Octa ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs + - Allwinner A83T + + Not Supported + + Datasheet + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A83T/A83T_datasheet_Revision_1.1.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt b/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt index 415960a9bab0..45731672c564 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt @@ -206,6 +206,6 @@ References [1] Lamport, L. "A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming Problem", Communications of the ACM 17, 8 (August 1974), 453-455. - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamport%27s_bakery_algorithm + https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamport%27s_bakery_algorithm [2] linux/arch/arm/common/vlock.S, www.kernel.org. diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt b/Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a6e1a1805e51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt @@ -0,0 +1,593 @@ +ACPI Tables +----------- +The expectations of individual ACPI tables are discussed in the list that +follows. + +If a section number is used, it refers to a section number in the ACPI +specification where the object is defined. If "Signature Reserved" is used, +the table signature (the first four bytes of the table) is the only portion +of the table recognized by the specification, and the actual table is defined +outside of the UEFI Forum (see Section 5.2.6 of the specification). + +For ACPI on arm64, tables also fall into the following categories: + + -- Required: DSDT, FADT, GTDT, MADT, MCFG, RSDP, SPCR, XSDT + + -- Recommended: BERT, EINJ, ERST, HEST, SSDT + + -- Optional: BGRT, CPEP, CSRT, DRTM, ECDT, FACS, FPDT, MCHI, MPST, + MSCT, RASF, SBST, SLIT, SPMI, SRAT, TCPA, TPM2, UEFI + + -- Not supported: BOOT, DBG2, DBGP, DMAR, ETDT, HPET, IBFT, IVRS, + LPIT, MSDM, RSDT, SLIC, WAET, WDAT, WDRT, WPBT + + +Table Usage for ARMv8 Linux +----- ---------------------------------------------------------------- +BERT Section 18.3 (signature == "BERT") + == Boot Error Record Table == + Must be supplied if RAS support is provided by the platform. It + is recommended this table be supplied. + +BOOT Signature Reserved (signature == "BOOT") + == simple BOOT flag table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +BGRT Section 5.2.22 (signature == "BGRT") + == Boot Graphics Resource Table == + Optional, not currently supported, with no real use-case for an + ARM server. + +CPEP Section 5.2.18 (signature == "CPEP") + == Corrected Platform Error Polling table == + Optional, not currently supported, and not recommended until such + time as ARM-compatible hardware is available, and the specification + suitably modified. + +CSRT Signature Reserved (signature == "CSRT") + == Core System Resources Table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +DBG2 Signature Reserved (signature == "DBG2") + == DeBuG port table 2 == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +DBGP Signature Reserved (signature == "DBGP") + == DeBuG Port table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +DSDT Section 5.2.11.1 (signature == "DSDT") + == Differentiated System Description Table == + A DSDT is required; see also SSDT. + + ACPI tables contain only one DSDT but can contain one or more SSDTs, + which are optional. Each SSDT can only add to the ACPI namespace, + but cannot modify or replace anything in the DSDT. + +DMAR Signature Reserved (signature == "DMAR") + == DMA Remapping table == + x86 only table, will not be supported. + +DRTM Signature Reserved (signature == "DRTM") + == Dynamic Root of Trust for Measurement table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +ECDT Section 5.2.16 (signature == "ECDT") + == Embedded Controller Description Table == + Optional, not currently supported, but could be used on ARM if and + only if one uses the GPE_BIT field to represent an IRQ number, since + there are no GPE blocks defined in hardware reduced mode. This would + need to be modified in the ACPI specification. + +EINJ Section 18.6 (signature == "EINJ") + == Error Injection table == + This table is very useful for testing platform response to error + conditions; it allows one to inject an error into the system as + if it had actually occurred. However, this table should not be + shipped with a production system; it should be dynamically loaded + and executed with the ACPICA tools only during testing. + +ERST Section 18.5 (signature == "ERST") + == Error Record Serialization Table == + On a platform supports RAS, this table must be supplied if it is not + UEFI-based; if it is UEFI-based, this table may be supplied. When this + table is not present, UEFI run time service will be utilized to save + and retrieve hardware error information to and from a persistent store. + +ETDT Signature Reserved (signature == "ETDT") + == Event Timer Description Table == + Obsolete table, will not be supported. + +FACS Section 5.2.10 (signature == "FACS") + == Firmware ACPI Control Structure == + It is unlikely that this table will be terribly useful. If it is + provided, the Global Lock will NOT be used since it is not part of + the hardware reduced profile, and only 64-bit address fields will + be considered valid. + +FADT Section 5.2.9 (signature == "FACP") + == Fixed ACPI Description Table == + Required for arm64. + + The HW_REDUCED_ACPI flag must be set. All of the fields that are + to be ignored when HW_REDUCED_ACPI is set are expected to be set to + zero. + + If an FACS table is provided, the X_FIRMWARE_CTRL field is to be + used, not FIRMWARE_CTRL. + + If PSCI is used (as is recommended), make sure that ARM_BOOT_ARCH is + filled in properly -- that the PSCI_COMPLIANT flag is set and that + PSCI_USE_HVC is set or unset as needed (see table 5-37). + + For the DSDT that is also required, the X_DSDT field is to be used, + not the DSDT field. + +FPDT Section 5.2.23 (signature == "FPDT") + == Firmware Performance Data Table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +GTDT Section 5.2.24 (signature == "GTDT") + == Generic Timer Description Table == + Required for arm64. + +HEST Section 18.3.2 (signature == "HEST") + == Hardware Error Source Table == + Until further error source types are defined, use only types 6 (AER + Root Port), 7 (AER Endpoint), 8 (AER Bridge), or 9 (Generic Hardware + Error Source). Firmware first error handling is possible if and only + if Trusted Firmware is being used on arm64. + + Must be supplied if RAS support is provided by the platform. It + is recommended this table be supplied. + +HPET Signature Reserved (signature == "HPET") + == High Precision Event timer Table == + x86 only table, will not be supported. + +IBFT Signature Reserved (signature == "IBFT") + == iSCSI Boot Firmware Table == + Microsoft defined table, support TBD. + +IVRS Signature Reserved (signature == "IVRS") + == I/O Virtualization Reporting Structure == + x86_64 (AMD) only table, will not be supported. + +LPIT Signature Reserved (signature == "LPIT") + == Low Power Idle Table == + x86 only table as of ACPI 5.1; future versions have been adapted for + use with ARM and will be recommended in order to support ACPI power + management. + +MADT Section 5.2.12 (signature == "APIC") + == Multiple APIC Description Table == + Required for arm64. Only the GIC interrupt controller structures + should be used (types 0xA - 0xE). + +MCFG Signature Reserved (signature == "MCFG") + == Memory-mapped ConFiGuration space == + If the platform supports PCI/PCIe, an MCFG table is required. + +MCHI Signature Reserved (signature == "MCHI") + == Management Controller Host Interface table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +MPST Section 5.2.21 (signature == "MPST") + == Memory Power State Table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +MSDM Signature Reserved (signature == "MSDM") + == Microsoft Data Management table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +MSCT Section 5.2.19 (signature == "MSCT") + == Maximum System Characteristic Table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +RASF Section 5.2.20 (signature == "RASF") + == RAS Feature table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +RSDP Section 5.2.5 (signature == "RSD PTR") + == Root System Description PoinTeR == + Required for arm64. + +RSDT Section 5.2.7 (signature == "RSDT") + == Root System Description Table == + Since this table can only provide 32-bit addresses, it is deprecated + on arm64, and will not be used. + +SBST Section 5.2.14 (signature == "SBST") + == Smart Battery Subsystem Table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +SLIC Signature Reserved (signature == "SLIC") + == Software LIcensing table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +SLIT Section 5.2.17 (signature == "SLIT") + == System Locality distance Information Table == + Optional in general, but required for NUMA systems. + +SPCR Signature Reserved (signature == "SPCR") + == Serial Port Console Redirection table == + Required for arm64. + +SPMI Signature Reserved (signature == "SPMI") + == Server Platform Management Interface table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +SRAT Section 5.2.16 (signature == "SRAT") + == System Resource Affinity Table == + Optional, but if used, only the GICC Affinity structures are read. + To support NUMA, this table is required. + +SSDT Section 5.2.11.2 (signature == "SSDT") + == Secondary System Description Table == + These tables are a continuation of the DSDT; these are recommended + for use with devices that can be added to a running system, but can + also serve the purpose of dividing up device descriptions into more + manageable pieces. + + An SSDT can only ADD to the ACPI namespace. It cannot modify or + replace existing device descriptions already in the namespace. + + These tables are optional, however. ACPI tables should contain only + one DSDT but can contain many SSDTs. + +TCPA Signature Reserved (signature == "TCPA") + == Trusted Computing Platform Alliance table == + Optional, not currently supported, and may need changes to fully + interoperate with arm64. + +TPM2 Signature Reserved (signature == "TPM2") + == Trusted Platform Module 2 table == + Optional, not currently supported, and may need changes to fully + interoperate with arm64. + +UEFI Signature Reserved (signature == "UEFI") + == UEFI ACPI data table == + Optional, not currently supported. No known use case for arm64, + at present. + +WAET Signature Reserved (signature == "WAET") + == Windows ACPI Emulated devices Table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +WDAT Signature Reserved (signature == "WDAT") + == Watch Dog Action Table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +WDRT Signature Reserved (signature == "WDRT") + == Watch Dog Resource Table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +WPBT Signature Reserved (signature == "WPBT") + == Windows Platform Binary Table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +XSDT Section 5.2.8 (signature == "XSDT") + == eXtended System Description Table == + Required for arm64. + + +ACPI Objects +------------ +The expectations on individual ACPI objects are discussed in the list that +follows: + +Name Section Usage for ARMv8 Linux +---- ------------ ------------------------------------------------- +_ADR 6.1.1 Use as needed. + +_BBN 6.5.5 Use as needed; PCI-specific. + +_BDN 6.5.3 Optional; not likely to be used on arm64. + +_CCA 6.2.17 This method should be defined for all bus masters + on arm64. While cache coherency is assumed, making + it explicit ensures the kernel will set up DMA as + it should. + +_CDM 6.2.1 Optional, to be used only for processor devices. + +_CID 6.1.2 Use as needed. + +_CLS 6.1.3 Use as needed. + +_CRS 6.2.2 Required on arm64. + +_DCK 6.5.2 Optional; not likely to be used on arm64. + +_DDN 6.1.4 This field can be used for a device name. However, + it is meant for DOS device names (e.g., COM1), so be + careful of its use across OSes. + +_DEP 6.5.8 Use as needed. + +_DIS 6.2.3 Optional, for power management use. + +_DLM 5.7.5 Optional. + +_DMA 6.2.4 Optional. + +_DSD 6.2.5 To be used with caution. If this object is used, try + to use it within the constraints already defined by the + Device Properties UUID. Only in rare circumstances + should it be necessary to create a new _DSD UUID. + + In either case, submit the _DSD definition along with + any driver patches for discussion, especially when + device properties are used. A driver will not be + considered complete without a corresponding _DSD + description. Once approved by kernel maintainers, + the UUID or device properties must then be registered + with the UEFI Forum; this may cause some iteration as + more than one OS will be registering entries. + +_DSM Do not use this method. It is not standardized, the + return values are not well documented, and it is + currently a frequent source of error. + +_DSW 7.2.1 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_EDL 6.3.1 Optional. + +_EJD 6.3.2 Optional. + +_EJx 6.3.3 Optional. + +_FIX 6.2.7 x86 specific, not used on arm64. + +\_GL 5.7.1 This object is not to be used in hardware reduced + mode, and therefore should not be used on arm64. + +_GLK 6.5.7 This object requires a global lock be defined; there + is no global lock on arm64 since it runs in hardware + reduced mode. Hence, do not use this object on arm64. + +\_GPE 5.3.1 This namespace is for x86 use only. Do not use it + on arm64. + +_GSB 6.2.7 Optional. + +_HID 6.1.5 Use as needed. This is the primary object to use in + device probing, though _CID and _CLS may also be used. + +_HPP 6.2.8 Optional, PCI specific. + +_HPX 6.2.9 Optional, PCI specific. + +_HRV 6.1.6 Optional, use as needed to clarify device behavior; in + some cases, this may be easier to use than _DSD. + +_INI 6.5.1 Not required, but can be useful in setting up devices + when UEFI leaves them in a state that may not be what + the driver expects before it starts probing. + +_IRC 7.2.15 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_LCK 6.3.4 Optional. + +_MAT 6.2.10 Optional; see also the MADT. + +_MLS 6.1.7 Optional, but highly recommended for use in + internationalization. + +_OFF 7.1.2 It is recommended to define this method for any device + that can be turned on or off. + +_ON 7.1.3 It is recommended to define this method for any device + that can be turned on or off. + +\_OS 5.7.3 This method will return "Linux" by default (this is + the value of the macro ACPI_OS_NAME on Linux). The + command line parameter acpi_os=<string> can be used + to set it to some other value. + +_OSC 6.2.11 This method can be a global method in ACPI (i.e., + \_SB._OSC), or it may be associated with a specific + device (e.g., \_SB.DEV0._OSC), or both. When used + as a global method, only capabilities published in + the ACPI specification are allowed. When used as + a device-specific method, the process described for + using _DSD MUST be used to create an _OSC definition; + out-of-process use of _OSC is not allowed. That is, + submit the device-specific _OSC usage description as + part of the kernel driver submission, get it approved + by the kernel community, then register it with the + UEFI Forum. + +\_OSI 5.7.2 Deprecated on ARM64. Any invocation of this method + will print a warning on the console and return false. + That is, as far as ACPI firmware is concerned, _OSI + cannot be used to determine what sort of system is + being used or what functionality is provided. The + _OSC method is to be used instead. + +_OST 6.3.5 Optional. + +_PDC 8.4.1 Deprecated, do not use on arm64. + +\_PIC 5.8.1 The method should not be used. On arm64, the only + interrupt model available is GIC. + +_PLD 6.1.8 Optional. + +\_PR 5.3.1 This namespace is for x86 use only on legacy systems. + Do not use it on arm64. + +_PRS 6.2.12 Optional. + +_PRT 6.2.13 Required as part of the definition of all PCI root + devices. + +_PRW 7.2.13 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_PRx 7.2.8-11 Use as needed; power management specific. If _PR0 is + defined, _PR3 must also be defined. + +_PSC 7.2.6 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_PSE 7.2.7 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_PSW 7.2.14 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_PSx 7.2.2-5 Use as needed; power management specific. If _PS0 is + defined, _PS3 must also be defined. If clocks or + regulators need adjusting to be consistent with power + usage, change them in these methods. + +\_PTS 7.3.1 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_PXM 6.2.14 Optional. + +_REG 6.5.4 Use as needed. + +\_REV 5.7.4 Always returns the latest version of ACPI supported. + +_RMV 6.3.6 Optional. + +\_SB 5.3.1 Required on arm64; all devices must be defined in this + namespace. + +_SEG 6.5.6 Use as needed; PCI-specific. + +\_SI 5.3.1, Optional. + 9.1 + +_SLI 6.2.15 Optional; recommended when SLIT table is in use. + +_STA 6.3.7, It is recommended to define this method for any device + 7.1.4 that can be turned on or off. + +_SRS 6.2.16 Optional; see also _PRS. + +_STR 6.1.10 Recommended for conveying device names to end users; + this is preferred over using _DDN. + +_SUB 6.1.9 Use as needed; _HID or _CID are preferred. + +_SUN 6.1.11 Optional. + +\_Sx 7.3.2 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_SxD 7.2.16-19 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_SxW 7.2.20-24 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_SWS 7.3.3 Use as needed; power management specific; this may + require specification changes for use on arm64. + +\_TTS 7.3.4 Use as needed; power management specific. + +\_TZ 5.3.1 Optional. + +_UID 6.1.12 Recommended for distinguishing devices of the same + class; define it if at all possible. + +\_WAK 7.3.5 Use as needed; power management specific. + + +ACPI Event Model +---------------- +Do not use GPE block devices; these are not supported in the hardware reduced +profile used by arm64. Since there are no GPE blocks defined for use on ARM +platforms, GPIO-signaled interrupts should be used for creating system events. + + +ACPI Processor Control +---------------------- +Section 8 of the ACPI specification is currently undergoing change that +should be completed in the 6.0 version of the specification. Processor +performance control will be handled differently for arm64 at that point +in time. Processor aggregator devices (section 8.5) will not be used, +for example, but another similar mechanism instead. + +While UEFI constrains what we can say until the release of 6.0, it is +recommended that CPPC (8.4.5) be used as the primary model. This will +still be useful into the future. C-states and P-states will still be +provided, but most of the current design work appears to favor CPPC. + +Further, it is essential that the ARMv8 SoC provide a fully functional +implementation of PSCI; this will be the only mechanism supported by ACPI +to control CPU power state (including secondary CPU booting). + +More details will be provided on the release of the ACPI 6.0 specification. + + +ACPI System Address Map Interfaces +---------------------------------- +In Section 15 of the ACPI specification, several methods are mentioned as +possible mechanisms for conveying memory resource information to the kernel. +For arm64, we will only support UEFI for booting with ACPI, hence the UEFI +GetMemoryMap() boot service is the only mechanism that will be used. + + +ACPI Platform Error Interfaces (APEI) +------------------------------------- +The APEI tables supported are described above. + +APEI requires the equivalent of an SCI and an NMI on ARMv8. The SCI is used +to notify the OSPM of errors that have occurred but can be corrected and the +system can continue correct operation, even if possibly degraded. The NMI is +used to indicate fatal errors that cannot be corrected, and require immediate +attention. + +Since there is no direct equivalent of the x86 SCI or NMI, arm64 handles +these slightly differently. The SCI is handled as a normal GPIO-signaled +interrupt; given that these are corrected (or correctable) errors being +reported, this is sufficient. The NMI is emulated as the highest priority +GPIO-signaled interrupt possible. This implies some caution must be used +since there could be interrupts at higher privilege levels or even interrupts +at the same priority as the emulated NMI. In Linux, this should not be the +case but one should be aware it could happen. + + +ACPI Objects Not Supported on ARM64 +----------------------------------- +While this may change in the future, there are several classes of objects +that can be defined, but are not currently of general interest to ARM servers. + +These are not supported: + + -- Section 9.2: ambient light sensor devices + + -- Section 9.3: battery devices + + -- Section 9.4: lids (e.g., laptop lids) + + -- Section 9.8.2: IDE controllers + + -- Section 9.9: floppy controllers + + -- Section 9.10: GPE block devices + + -- Section 9.15: PC/AT RTC/CMOS devices + + -- Section 9.16: user presence detection devices + + -- Section 9.17: I/O APIC devices; all GICs must be enumerable via MADT + + -- Section 9.18: time and alarm devices (see 9.15) + + +ACPI Objects Not Yet Implemented +-------------------------------- +While these objects have x86 equivalents, and they do make some sense in ARM +servers, there is either no hardware available at present, or in some cases +there may not yet be a non-ARM implementation. Hence, they are currently not +implemented though that may change in the future. + +Not yet implemented are: + + -- Section 10: power source and power meter devices + + -- Section 11: thermal management + + -- Section 12: embedded controllers interface + + -- Section 13: SMBus interfaces + + -- Section 17: NUMA support (prototypes have been submitted for + review) diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt b/Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..570a4f8e1a01 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,505 @@ +ACPI on ARMv8 Servers +--------------------- +ACPI can be used for ARMv8 general purpose servers designed to follow +the ARM SBSA (Server Base System Architecture) [0] and SBBR (Server +Base Boot Requirements) [1] specifications. Please note that the SBBR +can be retrieved simply by visiting [1], but the SBSA is currently only +available to those with an ARM login due to ARM IP licensing concerns. + +The ARMv8 kernel implements the reduced hardware model of ACPI version +5.1 or later. Links to the specification and all external documents +it refers to are managed by the UEFI Forum. The specification is +available at http://www.uefi.org/specifications and documents referenced +by the specification can be found via http://www.uefi.org/acpi. + +If an ARMv8 system does not meet the requirements of the SBSA and SBBR, +or cannot be described using the mechanisms defined in the required ACPI +specifications, then ACPI may not be a good fit for the hardware. + +While the documents mentioned above set out the requirements for building +industry-standard ARMv8 servers, they also apply to more than one operating +system. The purpose of this document is to describe the interaction between +ACPI and Linux only, on an ARMv8 system -- that is, what Linux expects of +ACPI and what ACPI can expect of Linux. + + +Why ACPI on ARM? +---------------- +Before examining the details of the interface between ACPI and Linux, it is +useful to understand why ACPI is being used. Several technologies already +exist in Linux for describing non-enumerable hardware, after all. In this +section we summarize a blog post [2] from Grant Likely that outlines the +reasoning behind ACPI on ARMv8 servers. Actually, we snitch a good portion +of the summary text almost directly, to be honest. + +The short form of the rationale for ACPI on ARM is: + +-- ACPI’s bytecode (AML) allows the platform to encode hardware behavior, + while DT explicitly does not support this. For hardware vendors, being + able to encode behavior is a key tool used in supporting operating + system releases on new hardware. + +-- ACPI’s OSPM defines a power management model that constrains what the + platform is allowed to do into a specific model, while still providing + flexibility in hardware design. + +-- In the enterprise server environment, ACPI has established bindings (such + as for RAS) which are currently used in production systems. DT does not. + Such bindings could be defined in DT at some point, but doing so means ARM + and x86 would end up using completely different code paths in both firmware + and the kernel. + +-- Choosing a single interface to describe the abstraction between a platform + and an OS is important. Hardware vendors would not be required to implement + both DT and ACPI if they want to support multiple operating systems. And, + agreeing on a single interface instead of being fragmented into per OS + interfaces makes for better interoperability overall. + +-- The new ACPI governance process works well and Linux is now at the same + table as hardware vendors and other OS vendors. In fact, there is no + longer any reason to feel that ACPI is only belongs to Windows or that + Linux is in any way secondary to Microsoft in this arena. The move of + ACPI governance into the UEFI forum has significantly opened up the + specification development process, and currently, a large portion of the + changes being made to ACPI is being driven by Linux. + +Key to the use of ACPI is the support model. For servers in general, the +responsibility for hardware behaviour cannot solely be the domain of the +kernel, but rather must be split between the platform and the kernel, in +order to allow for orderly change over time. ACPI frees the OS from needing +to understand all the minute details of the hardware so that the OS doesn’t +need to be ported to each and every device individually. It allows the +hardware vendors to take responsibility for power management behaviour without +depending on an OS release cycle which is not under their control. + +ACPI is also important because hardware and OS vendors have already worked +out the mechanisms for supporting a general purpose computing ecosystem. The +infrastructure is in place, the bindings are in place, and the processes are +in place. DT does exactly what Linux needs it to when working with vertically +integrated devices, but there are no good processes for supporting what the +server vendors need. Linux could potentially get there with DT, but doing so +really just duplicates something that already works. ACPI already does what +the hardware vendors need, Microsoft won’t collaborate on DT, and hardware +vendors would still end up providing two completely separate firmware +interfaces -- one for Linux and one for Windows. + + +Kernel Compatibility +-------------------- +One of the primary motivations for ACPI is standardization, and using that +to provide backward compatibility for Linux kernels. In the server market, +software and hardware are often used for long periods. ACPI allows the +kernel and firmware to agree on a consistent abstraction that can be +maintained over time, even as hardware or software change. As long as the +abstraction is supported, systems can be updated without necessarily having +to replace the kernel. + +When a Linux driver or subsystem is first implemented using ACPI, it by +definition ends up requiring a specific version of the ACPI specification +-- it's baseline. ACPI firmware must continue to work, even though it may +not be optimal, with the earliest kernel version that first provides support +for that baseline version of ACPI. There may be a need for additional drivers, +but adding new functionality (e.g., CPU power management) should not break +older kernel versions. Further, ACPI firmware must also work with the most +recent version of the kernel. + + +Relationship with Device Tree +----------------------------- +ACPI support in drivers and subsystems for ARMv8 should never be mutually +exclusive with DT support at compile time. + +At boot time the kernel will only use one description method depending on +parameters passed from the bootloader (including kernel bootargs). + +Regardless of whether DT or ACPI is used, the kernel must always be capable +of booting with either scheme (in kernels with both schemes enabled at compile +time). + + +Booting using ACPI tables +------------------------- +The only defined method for passing ACPI tables to the kernel on ARMv8 +is via the UEFI system configuration table. Just so it is explicit, this +means that ACPI is only supported on platforms that boot via UEFI. + +When an ARMv8 system boots, it can either have DT information, ACPI tables, +or in some very unusual cases, both. If no command line parameters are used, +the kernel will try to use DT for device enumeration; if there is no DT +present, the kernel will try to use ACPI tables, but only if they are present. +In neither is available, the kernel will not boot. If acpi=force is used +on the command line, the kernel will attempt to use ACPI tables first, but +fall back to DT if there are no ACPI tables present. The basic idea is that +the kernel will not fail to boot unless it absolutely has no other choice. + +Processing of ACPI tables may be disabled by passing acpi=off on the kernel +command line; this is the default behavior. + +In order for the kernel to load and use ACPI tables, the UEFI implementation +MUST set the ACPI_20_TABLE_GUID to point to the RSDP table (the table with +the ACPI signature "RSD PTR "). If this pointer is incorrect and acpi=force +is used, the kernel will disable ACPI and try to use DT to boot instead; the +kernel has, in effect, determined that ACPI tables are not present at that +point. + +If the pointer to the RSDP table is correct, the table will be mapped into +the kernel by the ACPI core, using the address provided by UEFI. + +The ACPI core will then locate and map in all other ACPI tables provided by +using the addresses in the RSDP table to find the XSDT (eXtended System +Description Table). The XSDT in turn provides the addresses to all other +ACPI tables provided by the system firmware; the ACPI core will then traverse +this table and map in the tables listed. + +The ACPI core will ignore any provided RSDT (Root System Description Table). +RSDTs have been deprecated and are ignored on arm64 since they only allow +for 32-bit addresses. + +Further, the ACPI core will only use the 64-bit address fields in the FADT +(Fixed ACPI Description Table). Any 32-bit address fields in the FADT will +be ignored on arm64. + +Hardware reduced mode (see Section 4.1 of the ACPI 5.1 specification) will +be enforced by the ACPI core on arm64. Doing so allows the ACPI core to +run less complex code since it no longer has to provide support for legacy +hardware from other architectures. Any fields that are not to be used for +hardware reduced mode must be set to zero. + +For the ACPI core to operate properly, and in turn provide the information +the kernel needs to configure devices, it expects to find the following +tables (all section numbers refer to the ACPI 5.1 specfication): + + -- RSDP (Root System Description Pointer), section 5.2.5 + + -- XSDT (eXtended System Description Table), section 5.2.8 + + -- FADT (Fixed ACPI Description Table), section 5.2.9 + + -- DSDT (Differentiated System Description Table), section + 5.2.11.1 + + -- MADT (Multiple APIC Description Table), section 5.2.12 + + -- GTDT (Generic Timer Description Table), section 5.2.24 + + -- If PCI is supported, the MCFG (Memory mapped ConFiGuration + Table), section 5.2.6, specifically Table 5-31. + +If the above tables are not all present, the kernel may or may not be +able to boot properly since it may not be able to configure all of the +devices available. + + +ACPI Detection +-------------- +Drivers should determine their probe() type by checking for a null +value for ACPI_HANDLE, or checking .of_node, or other information in +the device structure. This is detailed further in the "Driver +Recommendations" section. + +In non-driver code, if the presence of ACPI needs to be detected at +runtime, then check the value of acpi_disabled. If CONFIG_ACPI is not +set, acpi_disabled will always be 1. + + +Device Enumeration +------------------ +Device descriptions in ACPI should use standard recognized ACPI interfaces. +These may contain less information than is typically provided via a Device +Tree description for the same device. This is also one of the reasons that +ACPI can be useful -- the driver takes into account that it may have less +detailed information about the device and uses sensible defaults instead. +If done properly in the driver, the hardware can change and improve over +time without the driver having to change at all. + +Clocks provide an excellent example. In DT, clocks need to be specified +and the drivers need to take them into account. In ACPI, the assumption +is that UEFI will leave the device in a reasonable default state, including +any clock settings. If for some reason the driver needs to change a clock +value, this can be done in an ACPI method; all the driver needs to do is +invoke the method and not concern itself with what the method needs to do +to change the clock. Changing the hardware can then take place over time +by changing what the ACPI method does, and not the driver. + +In DT, the parameters needed by the driver to set up clocks as in the example +above are known as "bindings"; in ACPI, these are known as "Device Properties" +and provided to a driver via the _DSD object. + +ACPI tables are described with a formal language called ASL, the ACPI +Source Language (section 19 of the specification). This means that there +are always multiple ways to describe the same thing -- including device +properties. For example, device properties could use an ASL construct +that looks like this: Name(KEY0, "value0"). An ACPI device driver would +then retrieve the value of the property by evaluating the KEY0 object. +However, using Name() this way has multiple problems: (1) ACPI limits +names ("KEY0") to four characters unlike DT; (2) there is no industry +wide registry that maintains a list of names, minimzing re-use; (3) +there is also no registry for the definition of property values ("value0"), +again making re-use difficult; and (4) how does one maintain backward +compatibility as new hardware comes out? The _DSD method was created +to solve precisely these sorts of problems; Linux drivers should ALWAYS +use the _DSD method for device properties and nothing else. + +The _DSM object (ACPI Section 9.14.1) could also be used for conveying +device properties to a driver. Linux drivers should only expect it to +be used if _DSD cannot represent the data required, and there is no way +to create a new UUID for the _DSD object. Note that there is even less +regulation of the use of _DSM than there is of _DSD. Drivers that depend +on the contents of _DSM objects will be more difficult to maintain over +time because of this; as of this writing, the use of _DSM is the cause +of quite a few firmware problems and is not recommended. + +Drivers should look for device properties in the _DSD object ONLY; the _DSD +object is described in the ACPI specification section 6.2.5, but this only +describes how to define the structure of an object returned via _DSD, and +how specific data structures are defined by specific UUIDs. Linux should +only use the _DSD Device Properties UUID [5]: + + -- UUID: daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301 + + -- http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-device-properties-UUID.pdf + +The UEFI Forum provides a mechanism for registering device properties [4] +so that they may be used across all operating systems supporting ACPI. +Device properties that have not been registered with the UEFI Forum should +not be used. + +Before creating new device properties, check to be sure that they have not +been defined before and either registered in the Linux kernel documentation +as DT bindings, or the UEFI Forum as device properties. While we do not want +to simply move all DT bindings into ACPI device properties, we can learn from +what has been previously defined. + +If it is necessary to define a new device property, or if it makes sense to +synthesize the definition of a binding so it can be used in any firmware, +both DT bindings and ACPI device properties for device drivers have review +processes. Use them both. When the driver itself is submitted for review +to the Linux mailing lists, the device property definitions needed must be +submitted at the same time. A driver that supports ACPI and uses device +properties will not be considered complete without their definitions. Once +the device property has been accepted by the Linux community, it must be +registered with the UEFI Forum [4], which will review it again for consistency +within the registry. This may require iteration. The UEFI Forum, though, +will always be the canonical site for device property definitions. + +It may make sense to provide notice to the UEFI Forum that there is the +intent to register a previously unused device property name as a means of +reserving the name for later use. Other operating system vendors will +also be submitting registration requests and this may help smooth the +process. + +Once registration and review have been completed, the kernel provides an +interface for looking up device properties in a manner independent of +whether DT or ACPI is being used. This API should be used [6]; it can +eliminate some duplication of code paths in driver probing functions and +discourage divergence between DT bindings and ACPI device properties. + + +Programmable Power Control Resources +------------------------------------ +Programmable power control resources include such resources as voltage/current +providers (regulators) and clock sources. + +With ACPI, the kernel clock and regulator framework is not expected to be used +at all. + +The kernel assumes that power control of these resources is represented with +Power Resource Objects (ACPI section 7.1). The ACPI core will then handle +correctly enabling and disabling resources as they are needed. In order to +get that to work, ACPI assumes each device has defined D-states and that these +can be controlled through the optional ACPI methods _PS0, _PS1, _PS2, and _PS3; +in ACPI, _PS0 is the method to invoke to turn a device full on, and _PS3 is for +turning a device full off. + +There are two options for using those Power Resources. They can: + + -- be managed in a _PSx method which gets called on entry to power + state Dx. + + -- be declared separately as power resources with their own _ON and _OFF + methods. They are then tied back to D-states for a particular device + via _PRx which specifies which power resources a device needs to be on + while in Dx. Kernel then tracks number of devices using a power resource + and calls _ON/_OFF as needed. + +The kernel ACPI code will also assume that the _PSx methods follow the normal +ACPI rules for such methods: + + -- If either _PS0 or _PS3 is implemented, then the other method must also + be implemented. + + -- If a device requires usage or setup of a power resource when on, the ASL + should organize that it is allocated/enabled using the _PS0 method. + + -- Resources allocated or enabled in the _PS0 method should be disabled + or de-allocated in the _PS3 method. + + -- Firmware will leave the resources in a reasonable state before handing + over control to the kernel. + +Such code in _PSx methods will of course be very platform specific. But, +this allows the driver to abstract out the interface for operating the device +and avoid having to read special non-standard values from ACPI tables. Further, +abstracting the use of these resources allows the hardware to change over time +without requiring updates to the driver. + + +Clocks +------ +ACPI makes the assumption that clocks are initialized by the firmware -- +UEFI, in this case -- to some working value before control is handed over +to the kernel. This has implications for devices such as UARTs, or SoC-driven +LCD displays, for example. + +When the kernel boots, the clocks are assumed to be set to reasonable +working values. If for some reason the frequency needs to change -- e.g., +throttling for power management -- the device driver should expect that +process to be abstracted out into some ACPI method that can be invoked +(please see the ACPI specification for further recommendations on standard +methods to be expected). The only exceptions to this are CPU clocks where +CPPC provides a much richer interface than ACPI methods. If the clocks +are not set, there is no direct way for Linux to control them. + +If an SoC vendor wants to provide fine-grained control of the system clocks, +they could do so by providing ACPI methods that could be invoked by Linux +drivers. However, this is NOT recommended and Linux drivers should NOT use +such methods, even if they are provided. Such methods are not currently +standardized in the ACPI specification, and using them could tie a kernel +to a very specific SoC, or tie an SoC to a very specific version of the +kernel, both of which we are trying to avoid. + + +Driver Recommendations +---------------------- +DO NOT remove any DT handling when adding ACPI support for a driver. The +same device may be used on many different systems. + +DO try to structure the driver so that it is data-driven. That is, set up +a struct containing internal per-device state based on defaults and whatever +else must be discovered by the driver probe function. Then, have the rest +of the driver operate off of the contents of that struct. Doing so should +allow most divergence between ACPI and DT functionality to be kept local to +the probe function instead of being scattered throughout the driver. For +example: + +static int device_probe_dt(struct platform_device *pdev) +{ + /* DT specific functionality */ + ... +} + +static int device_probe_acpi(struct platform_device *pdev) +{ + /* ACPI specific functionality */ + ... +} + +static int device_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) +{ + ... + struct device_node node = pdev->dev.of_node; + ... + + if (node) + ret = device_probe_dt(pdev); + else if (ACPI_HANDLE(&pdev->dev)) + ret = device_probe_acpi(pdev); + else + /* other initialization */ + ... + /* Continue with any generic probe operations */ + ... +} + +DO keep the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE entries together in the driver to make it +clear the different names the driver is probed for, both from DT and from +ACPI: + +static struct of_device_id virtio_mmio_match[] = { + { .compatible = "virtio,mmio", }, + { } +}; +MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(of, virtio_mmio_match); + +static const struct acpi_device_id virtio_mmio_acpi_match[] = { + { "LNRO0005", }, + { } +}; +MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, virtio_mmio_acpi_match); + + +ASWG +---- +The ACPI specification changes regularly. During the year 2014, for instance, +version 5.1 was released and version 6.0 substantially completed, with most of +the changes being driven by ARM-specific requirements. Proposed changes are +presented and discussed in the ASWG (ACPI Specification Working Group) which +is a part of the UEFI Forum. + +Participation in this group is open to all UEFI members. Please see +http://www.uefi.org/workinggroup for details on group membership. + +It is the intent of the ARMv8 ACPI kernel code to follow the ACPI specification +as closely as possible, and to only implement functionality that complies with +the released standards from UEFI ASWG. As a practical matter, there will be +vendors that provide bad ACPI tables or violate the standards in some way. +If this is because of errors, quirks and fixups may be necessary, but will +be avoided if possible. If there are features missing from ACPI that preclude +it from being used on a platform, ECRs (Engineering Change Requests) should be +submitted to ASWG and go through the normal approval process; for those that +are not UEFI members, many other members of the Linux community are and would +likely be willing to assist in submitting ECRs. + + +Linux Code +---------- +Individual items specific to Linux on ARM, contained in the the Linux +source code, are in the list that follows: + +ACPI_OS_NAME This macro defines the string to be returned when + an ACPI method invokes the _OS method. On ARM64 + systems, this macro will be "Linux" by default. + The command line parameter acpi_os=<string> + can be used to set it to some other value. The + default value for other architectures is "Microsoft + Windows NT", for example. + +ACPI Objects +------------ +Detailed expectations for ACPI tables and object are listed in the file +Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt. + + +References +---------- +[0] http://silver.arm.com -- document ARM-DEN-0029, or newer + "Server Base System Architecture", version 2.3, dated 27 Mar 2014 + +[1] http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.den0044a/Server_Base_Boot_Requirements.pdf + Document ARM-DEN-0044A, or newer: "Server Base Boot Requirements, System + Software on ARM Platforms", dated 16 Aug 2014 + +[2] http://www.secretlab.ca/archives/151, 10 Jan 2015, Copyright (c) 2015, + Linaro Ltd., written by Grant Likely. A copy of the verbatim text (apart + from formatting) is also in Documentation/arm64/why_use_acpi.txt. + +[3] AMD ACPI for Seattle platform documentation: + http://amd-dev.wpengine.netdna-cdn.com/wordpress/media/2012/10/Seattle_ACPI_Guide.pdf + +[4] http://www.uefi.org/acpi -- please see the link for the "ACPI _DSD Device + Property Registry Instructions" + +[5] http://www.uefi.org/acpi -- please see the link for the "_DSD (Device + Specific Data) Implementation Guide" + +[6] Kernel code for the unified device property interface can be found in + include/linux/property.h and drivers/base/property.c. + + +Authors +------- +Al Stone <al.stone@linaro.org> +Graeme Gregory <graeme.gregory@linaro.org> +Hanjun Guo <hanjun.guo@linaro.org> + +Grant Likely <grant.likely@linaro.org>, for the "Why ACPI on ARM?" section diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt index f3c05b5f9f08..1690350f16e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt @@ -45,11 +45,13 @@ sees fit.) Requirement: MANDATORY -The device tree blob (dtb) must be placed on an 8-byte boundary within -the first 512 megabytes from the start of the kernel image and must not -cross a 2-megabyte boundary. This is to allow the kernel to map the -blob using a single section mapping in the initial page tables. +The device tree blob (dtb) must be placed on an 8-byte boundary and must +not exceed 2 megabytes in size. Since the dtb will be mapped cacheable +using blocks of up to 2 megabytes in size, it must not be placed within +any 2M region which must be mapped with any specific attributes. +NOTE: versions prior to v4.2 also require that the DTB be placed within +the 512 MB region starting at text_offset bytes below the kernel Image. 3. Decompress the kernel image ------------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt index 183e41bdcb69..dab6da3382d9 100644 --- a/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt +++ b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt @@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ These routines add 1 and subtract 1, respectively, from the given atomic_t and return the new counter value after the operation is performed. -Unlike the above routines, it is required that explicit memory -barriers are performed before and after the operation. It must be -done such that all memory operations before and after the atomic -operation calls are strongly ordered with respect to the atomic -operation itself. +Unlike the above routines, it is required that these primitives +include explicit memory barriers that are performed before and after +the operation. It must be done such that all memory operations before +and after the atomic operation calls are strongly ordered with respect +to the atomic operation itself. For example, it should behave as if a smp_mb() call existed both before and after the atomic operation. @@ -233,21 +233,21 @@ These two routines increment and decrement by 1, respectively, the given atomic counter. They return a boolean indicating whether the resulting counter value was zero or not. -It requires explicit memory barrier semantics around the operation as -above. +Again, these primitives provide explicit memory barrier semantics around +the atomic operation. int atomic_sub_and_test(int i, atomic_t *v); This is identical to atomic_dec_and_test() except that an explicit -decrement is given instead of the implicit "1". It requires explicit -memory barrier semantics around the operation. +decrement is given instead of the implicit "1". This primitive must +provide explicit memory barrier semantics around the operation. int atomic_add_negative(int i, atomic_t *v); -The given increment is added to the given atomic counter value. A -boolean is return which indicates whether the resulting counter value -is negative. It requires explicit memory barrier semantics around the -operation. +The given increment is added to the given atomic counter value. A boolean +is return which indicates whether the resulting counter value is negative. +This primitive must provide explicit memory barrier semantics around +the operation. Then: @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ This performs an atomic exchange operation on the atomic variable v, setting the given new value. It returns the old value that the atomic variable v had just before the operation. -atomic_xchg requires explicit memory barriers around the operation. +atomic_xchg must provide explicit memory barriers around the operation. int atomic_cmpxchg(atomic_t *v, int old, int new); @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ with the given old and new values. Like all atomic_xxx operations, atomic_cmpxchg will only satisfy its atomicity semantics as long as all other accesses of *v are performed through atomic_xxx operations. -atomic_cmpxchg requires explicit memory barriers around the operation. +atomic_cmpxchg must provide explicit memory barriers around the operation. The semantics for atomic_cmpxchg are the same as those defined for 'cas' below. @@ -279,8 +279,8 @@ If the atomic value v is not equal to u, this function adds a to v, and returns non zero. If v is equal to u then it returns zero. This is done as an atomic operation. -atomic_add_unless requires explicit memory barriers around the operation -unless it fails (returns 0). +atomic_add_unless must provide explicit memory barriers around the +operation unless it fails (returns 0). atomic_inc_not_zero, equivalent to atomic_add_unless(v, 1, 0) @@ -460,9 +460,9 @@ the return value into an int. There are other places where things like this occur as well. These routines, like the atomic_t counter operations returning values, -require explicit memory barrier semantics around their execution. All -memory operations before the atomic bit operation call must be made -visible globally before the atomic bit operation is made visible. +must provide explicit memory barrier semantics around their execution. +All memory operations before the atomic bit operation call must be +made visible globally before the atomic bit operation is made visible. Likewise, the atomic bit operation must be visible globally before any subsequent memory operation is made visible. For example: @@ -536,8 +536,9 @@ except that two underscores are prefixed to the interface name. These non-atomic variants also do not require any special memory barrier semantics. -The routines xchg() and cmpxchg() need the same exact memory barriers -as the atomic and bit operations returning values. +The routines xchg() and cmpxchg() must provide the same exact +memory-barrier semantics as the atomic and bit operations returning +values. Spinlocks and rwlocks have memory barrier expectations as well. The rule to follow is simple: diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile b/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile index 03f78059d6f5..6782c58fbc29 100644 --- a/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ ifneq ($(CONFIG_BLACKFIN),) -ifneq ($(CONFIG_BFIN_GPTIMERS,) +ifneq ($(CONFIG_BFIN_GPTIMERS),) obj-m := gptimers-example.o endif endif diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c b/Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c index b1bd6340e748..283eba993d9d 100644 --- a/Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c +++ b/Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c @@ -17,6 +17,12 @@ #define DRIVER_NAME "gptimer_example" +#ifdef IRQ_TIMER5 +#define SAMPLE_IRQ_TIMER IRQ_TIMER5 +#else +#define SAMPLE_IRQ_TIMER IRQ_TIMER2 +#endif + struct gptimer_data { uint32_t period, width; }; @@ -57,7 +63,8 @@ static int __init gptimer_example_init(void) } /* grab the IRQ for the timer */ - ret = request_irq(IRQ_TIMER5, gptimer_example_irq, IRQF_SHARED, DRIVER_NAME, &data); + ret = request_irq(SAMPLE_IRQ_TIMER, gptimer_example_irq, + IRQF_SHARED, DRIVER_NAME, &data); if (ret) { printk(KERN_NOTICE DRIVER_NAME ": IRQ request failed\n"); peripheral_free(P_TMR5); @@ -65,7 +72,8 @@ static int __init gptimer_example_init(void) } /* setup the timer and enable it */ - set_gptimer_config(TIMER5_id, WDTH_CAP | PULSE_HI | PERIOD_CNT | IRQ_ENA); + set_gptimer_config(TIMER5_id, + WDTH_CAP | PULSE_HI | PERIOD_CNT | IRQ_ENA); enable_gptimers(TIMER5bit); return 0; @@ -75,7 +83,7 @@ module_init(gptimer_example_init); static void __exit gptimer_example_exit(void) { disable_gptimers(TIMER5bit); - free_irq(IRQ_TIMER5, &data); + free_irq(SAMPLE_IRQ_TIMER, &data); peripheral_free(P_TMR5); } module_exit(gptimer_example_exit); diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt index 5aabc08de811..fd12c0d835fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt +++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt @@ -48,8 +48,7 @@ Description of Contents: - Highmem I/O support - I/O scheduler modularization 1.2 Tuning based on high level requirements/capabilities - 1.2.1 I/O Barriers - 1.2.2 Request Priority/Latency + 1.2.1 Request Priority/Latency 1.3 Direct access/bypass to lower layers for diagnostics and special device operations 1.3.1 Pre-built commands @@ -255,29 +254,12 @@ some control over i/o ordering. What kind of support exists at the generic block layer for this ? The flags and rw fields in the bio structure can be used for some tuning -from above e.g indicating that an i/o is just a readahead request, or for -marking barrier requests (discussed next), or priority settings (currently -unused). As far as user applications are concerned they would need an -additional mechanism either via open flags or ioctls, or some other upper -level mechanism to communicate such settings to block. - -1.2.1 I/O Barriers - -There is a way to enforce strict ordering for i/os through barriers. -All requests before a barrier point must be serviced before the barrier -request and any other requests arriving after the barrier will not be -serviced until after the barrier has completed. This is useful for higher -level control on write ordering, e.g flushing a log of committed updates -to disk before the corresponding updates themselves. - -A flag in the bio structure, BIO_BARRIER is used to identify a barrier i/o. -The generic i/o scheduler would make sure that it places the barrier request and -all other requests coming after it after all the previous requests in the -queue. Barriers may be implemented in different ways depending on the -driver. For more details regarding I/O barriers, please read barrier.txt -in this directory. - -1.2.2 Request Priority/Latency +from above e.g indicating that an i/o is just a readahead request, or priority +settings (currently unused). As far as user applications are concerned they +would need an additional mechanism either via open flags or ioctls, or some +other upper level mechanism to communicate such settings to block. + +1.2.1 Request Priority/Latency Todo/Under discussion: Arjan's proposed request priority scheme allows higher levels some broad @@ -906,8 +888,8 @@ queue and specific I/O schedulers. Unless stated otherwise, elevator is used to refer to both parts and I/O scheduler to specific I/O schedulers. Block layer implements generic dispatch queue in block/*.c. -The generic dispatch queue is responsible for properly ordering barrier -requests, requeueing, handling non-fs requests and all other subtleties. +The generic dispatch queue is responsible for requeueing, handling non-fs +requests and all other subtleties. Specific I/O schedulers are responsible for ordering normal filesystem requests. They can also choose to delay certain requests to improve diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt index 271e607304da..db242ea2bce8 100644 --- a/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt @@ -1,17 +1,31 @@ - Network Block Device (TCP version) - - What is it: With this compiled in the kernel (or as a module), Linux - can use a remote server as one of its block devices. So every time - the client computer wants to read, e.g., /dev/nb0, it sends a - request over TCP to the server, which will reply with the data read. - This can be used for stations with low disk space (or even diskless) - to borrow disk space from another computer. - Unlike NFS, it is possible to put any filesystem on it, etc. - - For more information, or to download the nbd-client and nbd-server - tools, go to http://nbd.sf.net/. - - The nbd kernel module need only be installed on the client - system, as the nbd-server is completely in userspace. In fact, - the nbd-server has been successfully ported to other operating - systems, including Windows. +Network Block Device (TCP version) +================================== + +1) Overview +----------- + +What is it: With this compiled in the kernel (or as a module), Linux +can use a remote server as one of its block devices. So every time +the client computer wants to read, e.g., /dev/nb0, it sends a +request over TCP to the server, which will reply with the data read. +This can be used for stations with low disk space (or even diskless) +to borrow disk space from another computer. +Unlike NFS, it is possible to put any filesystem on it, etc. + +For more information, or to download the nbd-client and nbd-server +tools, go to http://nbd.sf.net/. + +The nbd kernel module need only be installed on the client +system, as the nbd-server is completely in userspace. In fact, +the nbd-server has been successfully ported to other operating +systems, including Windows. + +A) NBD parameters +----------------- + +max_part + Number of partitions per device (default: 0). + +nbds_max + Number of block devices that should be initialized (default: 16). + diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt index 7fcf9c6592ec..c4de576093af 100644 --- a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt @@ -19,7 +19,9 @@ Following shows a typical sequence of steps for using zram. 1) Load Module: modprobe zram num_devices=4 This creates 4 devices: /dev/zram{0,1,2,3} - (num_devices parameter is optional. Default: 1) + +num_devices parameter is optional and tells zram how many devices should be +pre-created. Default: 1. 2) Set max number of compression streams Compression backend may use up to max_comp_streams compression streams, @@ -97,27 +99,103 @@ size of the disk when not in use so a huge zram is wasteful. mkfs.ext4 /dev/zram1 mount /dev/zram1 /tmp -7) Stats: - Per-device statistics are exported as various nodes under - /sys/block/zram<id>/ - disksize - num_reads - num_writes - failed_reads - failed_writes - invalid_io - notify_free - zero_pages - orig_data_size - compr_data_size - mem_used_total - mem_used_max - -8) Deactivate: +7) Add/remove zram devices + +zram provides a control interface, which enables dynamic (on-demand) device +addition and removal. + +In order to add a new /dev/zramX device, perform read operation on hot_add +attribute. This will return either new device's device id (meaning that you +can use /dev/zram<id>) or error code. + +Example: + cat /sys/class/zram-control/hot_add + 1 + +To remove the existing /dev/zramX device (where X is a device id) +execute + echo X > /sys/class/zram-control/hot_remove + +8) Stats: +Per-device statistics are exported as various nodes under /sys/block/zram<id>/ + +A brief description of exported device attritbutes. For more details please +read Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram. + +Name access description +---- ------ ----------- +disksize RW show and set the device's disk size +initstate RO shows the initialization state of the device +reset WO trigger device reset +num_reads RO the number of reads +failed_reads RO the number of failed reads +num_write RO the number of writes +failed_writes RO the number of failed writes +invalid_io RO the number of non-page-size-aligned I/O requests +max_comp_streams RW the number of possible concurrent compress operations +comp_algorithm RW show and change the compression algorithm +notify_free RO the number of notifications to free pages (either + slot free notifications or REQ_DISCARD requests) +zero_pages RO the number of zero filled pages written to this disk +orig_data_size RO uncompressed size of data stored in this disk +compr_data_size RO compressed size of data stored in this disk +mem_used_total RO the amount of memory allocated for this disk +mem_used_max RW the maximum amount memory zram have consumed to + store compressed data +mem_limit RW the maximum amount of memory ZRAM can use to store + the compressed data +num_migrated RO the number of objects migrated migrated by compaction +compact WO trigger memory compaction + +WARNING +======= +per-stat sysfs attributes are considered to be deprecated. +The basic strategy is: +-- the existing RW nodes will be downgraded to WO nodes (in linux 4.11) +-- deprecated RO sysfs nodes will eventually be removed (in linux 4.11) + +The list of deprecated attributes can be found here: +Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram + +Basically, every attribute that has its own read accessible sysfs node +(e.g. num_reads) *AND* is accessible via one of the stat files (zram<id>/stat +or zram<id>/io_stat or zram<id>/mm_stat) is considered to be deprecated. + +User space is advised to use the following files to read the device statistics. + +File /sys/block/zram<id>/stat + +Represents block layer statistics. Read Documentation/block/stat.txt for +details. + +File /sys/block/zram<id>/io_stat + +The stat file represents device's I/O statistics not accounted by block +layer and, thus, not available in zram<id>/stat file. It consists of a +single line of text and contains the following stats separated by +whitespace: + failed_reads + failed_writes + invalid_io + notify_free + +File /sys/block/zram<id>/mm_stat + +The stat file represents device's mm statistics. It consists of a single +line of text and contains the following stats separated by whitespace: + orig_data_size + compr_data_size + mem_used_total + mem_limit + mem_used_max + zero_pages + num_migrated + +9) Deactivate: swapoff /dev/zram0 umount /dev/zram1 -9) Reset: +10) Reset: Write any positive value to 'reset' sysfs node echo 1 > /sys/block/zram0/reset echo 1 > /sys/block/zram1/reset diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt index cd556b914786..68b6a6a470b0 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt @@ -387,8 +387,81 @@ groups and put applications in that group which are not driving enough IO to keep disk busy. In that case set group_idle=0, and CFQ will not idle on individual groups and throughput should improve. -What works -========== -- Currently only sync IO queues are support. All the buffered writes are - still system wide and not per group. Hence we will not see service - differentiation between buffered writes between groups. +Writeback +========= + +Page cache is dirtied through buffered writes and shared mmaps and +written asynchronously to the backing filesystem by the writeback +mechanism. Writeback sits between the memory and IO domains and +regulates the proportion of dirty memory by balancing dirtying and +write IOs. + +On traditional cgroup hierarchies, relationships between different +controllers cannot be established making it impossible for writeback +to operate accounting for cgroup resource restrictions and all +writeback IOs are attributed to the root cgroup. + +If both the blkio and memory controllers are used on the v2 hierarchy +and the filesystem supports cgroup writeback, writeback operations +correctly follow the resource restrictions imposed by both memory and +blkio controllers. + +Writeback examines both system-wide and per-cgroup dirty memory status +and enforces the more restrictive of the two. Also, writeback control +parameters which are absolute values - vm.dirty_bytes and +vm.dirty_background_bytes - are distributed across cgroups according +to their current writeback bandwidth. + +There's a peculiarity stemming from the discrepancy in ownership +granularity between memory controller and writeback. While memory +controller tracks ownership per page, writeback operates on inode +basis. cgroup writeback bridges the gap by tracking ownership by +inode but migrating ownership if too many foreign pages, pages which +don't match the current inode ownership, have been encountered while +writing back the inode. + +This is a conscious design choice as writeback operations are +inherently tied to inodes making strictly following page ownership +complicated and inefficient. The only use case which suffers from +this compromise is multiple cgroups concurrently dirtying disjoint +regions of the same inode, which is an unlikely use case and decided +to be unsupported. Note that as memory controller assigns page +ownership on the first use and doesn't update it until the page is +released, even if cgroup writeback strictly follows page ownership, +multiple cgroups dirtying overlapping areas wouldn't work as expected. +In general, write-sharing an inode across multiple cgroups is not well +supported. + +Filesystem support for cgroup writeback +--------------------------------------- + +A filesystem can make writeback IOs cgroup-aware by updating +address_space_operations->writepage[s]() to annotate bio's using the +following two functions. + +* wbc_init_bio(@wbc, @bio) + + Should be called for each bio carrying writeback data and associates + the bio with the inode's owner cgroup. Can be called anytime + between bio allocation and submission. + +* wbc_account_io(@wbc, @page, @bytes) + + Should be called for each data segment being written out. While + this function doesn't care exactly when it's called during the + writeback session, it's the easiest and most natural to call it as + data segments are added to a bio. + +With writeback bio's annotated, cgroup support can be enabled per +super_block by setting MS_CGROUPWB in ->s_flags. This allows for +selective disabling of cgroup writeback support which is helpful when +certain filesystem features, e.g. journaled data mode, are +incompatible. + +wbc_init_bio() binds the specified bio to its cgroup. Depending on +the configuration, the bio may be executed at a lower priority and if +the writeback session is holding shared resources, e.g. a journal +entry, may lead to priority inversion. There is no one easy solution +for the problem. Filesystems can try to work around specific problem +cases by skipping wbc_init_bio() or using bio_associate_blkcg() +directly. diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt index f2235a162529..fdf7dff3f607 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt @@ -392,8 +392,10 @@ Put simply, it costs less to balance between two smaller sched domains than one big one, but doing so means that overloads in one of the two domains won't be load balanced to the other one. -By default, there is one sched domain covering all CPUs, except those -marked isolated using the kernel boot time "isolcpus=" argument. +By default, there is one sched domain covering all CPUs, including those +marked isolated using the kernel boot time "isolcpus=" argument. However, +the isolated CPUs will not participate in load balancing, and will not +have tasks running on them unless explicitly assigned. This default load balancing across all CPUs is not well suited for the following two situations: @@ -465,6 +467,10 @@ such partially load balanced cpusets, as they may be artificially constrained to some subset of the CPUs allowed to them, for lack of load balancing to the other CPUs. +CPUs in "cpuset.isolcpus" were excluded from load balancing by the +isolcpus= kernel boot option, and will never be load balanced regardless +of the value of "cpuset.sched_load_balance" in any cpuset. + 1.7.1 sched_load_balance implementation details. ------------------------------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt index a22df3ad35ff..ff71e16cc752 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt @@ -275,11 +275,6 @@ When oom event notifier is registered, event will be delivered. 2.7 Kernel Memory Extension (CONFIG_MEMCG_KMEM) -WARNING: Current implementation lacks reclaim support. That means allocation - attempts will fail when close to the limit even if there are plenty of - kmem available for reclaim. That makes this option unusable in real - life so DO NOT SELECT IT unless for development purposes. - With the Kernel memory extension, the Memory Controller is able to limit the amount of kernel memory used by the system. Kernel memory is fundamentally different than user memory, since it can't be swapped out, which makes it @@ -345,6 +340,9 @@ set: In this case, the admin could set up K so that the sum of all groups is never greater than the total memory, and freely set U at the cost of his QoS. + WARNING: In the current implementation, memory reclaim will NOT be + triggered for a cgroup when it hits K while staying below U, which makes + this setup impractical. U != 0, K >= U: Since kmem charges will also be fed to the user counter and reclaim will be @@ -495,6 +493,7 @@ pgpgin - # of charging events to the memory cgroup. The charging pgpgout - # of uncharging events to the memory cgroup. The uncharging event happens each time a page is unaccounted from the cgroup. swap - # of bytes of swap usage +dirty - # of bytes that are waiting to get written back to the disk. writeback - # of bytes of file/anon cache that are queued for syncing to disk. inactive_anon - # of bytes of anonymous and swap cache memory on inactive diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt index eb102fb72213..86847a7647ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt @@ -17,15 +17,18 @@ CONTENTS 3. Structural Constraints 3-1. Top-down 3-2. No internal tasks -4. Other Changes - 4-1. [Un]populated Notification - 4-2. Other Core Changes - 4-3. Per-Controller Changes - 4-3-1. blkio - 4-3-2. cpuset - 4-3-3. memory -5. Planned Changes - 5-1. CAP for resource control +4. Delegation + 4-1. Model of delegation + 4-2. Common ancestor rule +5. Other Changes + 5-1. [Un]populated Notification + 5-2. Other Core Changes + 5-3. Per-Controller Changes + 5-3-1. blkio + 5-3-2. cpuset + 5-3-3. memory +6. Planned Changes + 6-1. CAP for resource control 1. Background @@ -245,9 +248,72 @@ cgroup must create children and transfer all its tasks to the children before enabling controllers in its "cgroup.subtree_control" file. -4. Other Changes +4. Delegation -4-1. [Un]populated Notification +4-1. Model of delegation + +A cgroup can be delegated to a less privileged user by granting write +access of the directory and its "cgroup.procs" file to the user. Note +that the resource control knobs in a given directory concern the +resources of the parent and thus must not be delegated along with the +directory. + +Once delegated, the user can build sub-hierarchy under the directory, +organize processes as it sees fit and further distribute the resources +it got from the parent. The limits and other settings of all resource +controllers are hierarchical and regardless of what happens in the +delegated sub-hierarchy, nothing can escape the resource restrictions +imposed by the parent. + +Currently, cgroup doesn't impose any restrictions on the number of +cgroups in or nesting depth of a delegated sub-hierarchy; however, +this may in the future be limited explicitly. + + +4-2. Common ancestor rule + +On the unified hierarchy, to write to a "cgroup.procs" file, in +addition to the usual write permission to the file and uid match, the +writer must also have write access to the "cgroup.procs" file of the +common ancestor of the source and destination cgroups. This prevents +delegatees from smuggling processes across disjoint sub-hierarchies. + +Let's say cgroups C0 and C1 have been delegated to user U0 who created +C00, C01 under C0 and C10 under C1 as follows. + + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - C0 - C00 + ~ cgroup ~ \ C01 + ~ hierarchy ~ + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - C1 - C10 + +C0 and C1 are separate entities in terms of resource distribution +regardless of their relative positions in the hierarchy. The +resources the processes under C0 are entitled to are controlled by +C0's ancestors and may be completely different from C1. It's clear +that the intention of delegating C0 to U0 is allowing U0 to organize +the processes under C0 and further control the distribution of C0's +resources. + +On traditional hierarchies, if a task has write access to "tasks" or +"cgroup.procs" file of a cgroup and its uid agrees with the target, it +can move the target to the cgroup. In the above example, U0 will not +only be able to move processes in each sub-hierarchy but also across +the two sub-hierarchies, effectively allowing it to violate the +organizational and resource restrictions implied by the hierarchical +structure above C0 and C1. + +On the unified hierarchy, let's say U0 wants to write the pid of a +process which has a matching uid and is currently in C10 into +"C00/cgroup.procs". U0 obviously has write access to the file and +migration permission on the process; however, the common ancestor of +the source cgroup C10 and the destination cgroup C00 is above the +points of delegation and U0 would not have write access to its +"cgroup.procs" and thus be denied with -EACCES. + + +5. Other Changes + +5-1. [Un]populated Notification cgroup users often need a way to determine when a cgroup's subhierarchy becomes empty so that it can be cleaned up. cgroup @@ -289,7 +355,7 @@ supported and the interface files "release_agent" and "notify_on_release" do not exist. -4-2. Other Core Changes +5-2. Other Core Changes - None of the mount options is allowed. @@ -306,14 +372,14 @@ supported and the interface files "release_agent" and - The "cgroup.clone_children" file is removed. -4-3. Per-Controller Changes +5-3. Per-Controller Changes -4-3-1. blkio +5-3-1. blkio - blk-throttle becomes properly hierarchical. -4-3-2. cpuset +5-3-2. cpuset - Tasks are kept in empty cpusets after hotplug and take on the masks of the nearest non-empty ancestor, instead of being moved to it. @@ -322,7 +388,7 @@ supported and the interface files "release_agent" and masks of the nearest non-empty ancestor. -4-3-3. memory +5-3-3. memory - use_hierarchy is on by default and the cgroup file for the flag is not created. @@ -407,9 +473,9 @@ supported and the interface files "release_agent" and memory.low, memory.high, and memory.max will use the string "max" to indicate and set the highest possible value. -5. Planned Changes +6. Planned Changes -5-1. CAP for resource control +6-1. CAP for resource control Unified hierarchy will require one of the capabilities(7), which is yet to be decided, for all resource control related knobs. Process diff --git a/Documentation/clk.txt b/Documentation/clk.txt index 0e4f90aa1c13..f463bdc37f88 100644 --- a/Documentation/clk.txt +++ b/Documentation/clk.txt @@ -230,30 +230,7 @@ clk_register(...) See the basic clock types in drivers/clk/clk-*.c for examples. - Part 5 - static initialization of clock data - -For platforms with many clocks (often numbering into the hundreds) it -may be desirable to statically initialize some clock data. This -presents a problem since the definition of struct clk should be hidden -from everyone except for the clock core in drivers/clk/clk.c. - -To get around this problem struct clk's definition is exposed in -include/linux/clk-private.h along with some macros for more easily -initializing instances of the basic clock types. These clocks must -still be initialized with the common clock framework via a call to -__clk_init. - -clk-private.h must NEVER be included by code which implements struct -clk_ops callbacks, nor must it be included by any logic which pokes -around inside of struct clk at run-time. To do so is a layering -violation. - -To better enforce this policy, always follow this simple rule: any -statically initialized clock data MUST be defined in a separate file -from the logic that implements its ops. Basically separate the logic -from the data and all is well. - - Part 6 - Disabling clock gating of unused clocks + Part 5 - Disabling clock gating of unused clocks Sometimes during development it can be useful to be able to bypass the default disabling of unused clocks. For example, if drivers aren't enabling @@ -264,7 +241,7 @@ are sorted out. To bypass this disabling, include "clk_ignore_unused" in the bootargs to the kernel. - Part 7 - Locking + Part 6 - Locking The common clock framework uses two global locks, the prepare lock and the enable lock. diff --git a/Documentation/cma/debugfs.txt b/Documentation/cma/debugfs.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6cef20a8cedc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/cma/debugfs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +The CMA debugfs interface is useful to retrieve basic information out of the +different CMA areas and to test allocation/release in each of the areas. + +Each CMA zone represents a directory under <debugfs>/cma/, indexed by the +kernel's CMA index. So the first CMA zone would be: + + <debugfs>/cma/cma-0 + +The structure of the files created under that directory is as follows: + + - [RO] base_pfn: The base PFN (Page Frame Number) of the zone. + - [RO] count: Amount of memory in the CMA area. + - [RO] order_per_bit: Order of pages represented by one bit. + - [RO] bitmap: The bitmap of page states in the zone. + - [WO] alloc: Allocate N pages from that CMA area. For example: + + echo 5 > <debugfs>/cma/cma-2/alloc + +would try to allocate 5 pages from the cma-2 area. + + - [WO] free: Free N pages from that CMA area, similar to the above. diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt index 77ec21574fb1..c15aa75f5227 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Contents: 1. What Is A CPUFreq Governor? ============================== -Most cpufreq drivers (in fact, all except one, longrun) or even most +Most cpufreq drivers (except the intel_pstate and longrun) or even most cpu frequency scaling algorithms only offer the CPU to be set to one frequency. In order to offer dynamic frequency scaling, the cpufreq core must be able to tell these drivers of a "target frequency". So diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt index 655750743fb0..be8d4006bf76 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ Intel P-state driver This driver provides an interface to control the P state selection for SandyBridge+ Intel processors. The driver can operate two different -modes based on the processor model legacy and Hardware P state (HWP) +modes based on the processor model, legacy mode and Hardware P state (HWP) mode. -In legacy mode the driver implements a scaling driver with an internal -governor for Intel Core processors. The driver follows the same model -as the Transmeta scaling driver (longrun.c) and implements the -setpolicy() instead of target(). Scaling drivers that implement -setpolicy() are assumed to implement internal governors by the cpufreq -core. All the logic for selecting the current P state is contained -within the driver; no external governor is used by the cpufreq core. +In legacy mode, the Intel P-state implements two internal governors, +performance and powersave, that differ from the general cpufreq governors of +the same name (the general cpufreq governors implement target(), whereas the +internal Intel P-state governors implement setpolicy()). The internal +performance governor sets the max_perf_pct and min_perf_pct to 100; that is, +the governor selects the highest available P state to maximize the performance +of the core. The internal powersave governor selects the appropriate P state +based on the current load on the CPU. In HWP mode P state selection is implemented in the processor itself. The driver provides the interfaces between the cpufreq core and the processor to control P state selection based on user preferences and reporting frequency to the cpufreq core. In this mode the -internal governor code is disabled. +internal Intel P-state governor code is disabled. -In addtion to the interfaces provided by the cpufreq core for +In addition to the interfaces provided by the cpufreq core for controlling frequency the driver provides sysfs files for controlling P state selection. These files have been added to /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/ diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt index ff2f28332cc4..109e97bbab77 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt @@ -196,8 +196,6 @@ affected_cpus : List of Online CPUs that require software related_cpus : List of Online + Offline CPUs that need software coordination of frequency. -scaling_driver : Hardware driver for cpufreq. - scaling_cur_freq : Current frequency of the CPU as determined by the governor and cpufreq core, in KHz. This is the frequency the kernel thinks the CPU runs diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt index a0b005d2bd95..f9ad5e048b11 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Never use anything other than cpumask_t to represent bitmap of CPUs. for_each_possible_cpu - Iterate over cpu_possible_mask for_each_online_cpu - Iterate over cpu_online_mask for_each_present_cpu - Iterate over cpu_present_mask - for_each_cpu_mask(x,mask) - Iterate over some random collection of cpu mask. + for_each_cpu(x,mask) - Iterate over some random collection of cpu mask. #include <linux/cpu.h> get_online_cpus() and put_online_cpus(): diff --git a/Documentation/cputopology.txt b/Documentation/cputopology.txt index 0aad6deb2d96..12b1b25b4da9 100644 --- a/Documentation/cputopology.txt +++ b/Documentation/cputopology.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Export CPU topology info via sysfs. Items (attributes) are similar -to /proc/cpuinfo. +to /proc/cpuinfo output of some architectures: 1) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/physical_package_id: @@ -23,20 +23,35 @@ to /proc/cpuinfo. 4) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/thread_siblings: internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same - core as cpuX + core as cpuX. -5) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings: +5) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/thread_siblings_list: + + human-readable list of cpuX's hardware threads within the same + core as cpuX. + +6) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same physical_package_id. -6) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_siblings: +7) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings_list: + + human-readable list of cpuX's hardware threads within the same + physical_package_id. + +8) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_siblings: internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same book_id. +9) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_siblings_list: + + human-readable list of cpuX's hardware threads within the same + book_id. + To implement it in an architecture-neutral way, a new source file, -drivers/base/topology.c, is to export the 4 or 6 attributes. The two book +drivers/base/topology.c, is to export the 6 or 9 attributes. The three book related sysfs files will only be created if CONFIG_SCHED_BOOK is selected. For an architecture to support this feature, it must define some of @@ -44,20 +59,22 @@ these macros in include/asm-XXX/topology.h: #define topology_physical_package_id(cpu) #define topology_core_id(cpu) #define topology_book_id(cpu) -#define topology_thread_cpumask(cpu) +#define topology_sibling_cpumask(cpu) #define topology_core_cpumask(cpu) #define topology_book_cpumask(cpu) -The type of **_id is int. -The type of siblings is (const) struct cpumask *. +The type of **_id macros is int. +The type of **_cpumask macros is (const) struct cpumask *. The latter +correspond with appropriate **_siblings sysfs attributes (except for +topology_sibling_cpumask() which corresponds with thread_siblings). To be consistent on all architectures, include/linux/topology.h provides default definitions for any of the above macros that are not defined by include/asm-XXX/topology.h: 1) physical_package_id: -1 2) core_id: 0 -3) thread_siblings: just the given CPU -4) core_siblings: just the given CPU +3) sibling_cpumask: just the given CPU +4) core_cpumask: just the given CPU For architectures that don't support books (CONFIG_SCHED_BOOK) there are no default definitions for topology_book_id() and topology_book_cpumask(). diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/crypto-API-userspace.txt b/Documentation/crypto/crypto-API-userspace.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ac619cd90300..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/crypto/crypto-API-userspace.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,205 +0,0 @@ -Introduction -============ - -The concepts of the kernel crypto API visible to kernel space is fully -applicable to the user space interface as well. Therefore, the kernel crypto API -high level discussion for the in-kernel use cases applies here as well. - -The major difference, however, is that user space can only act as a consumer -and never as a provider of a transformation or cipher algorithm. - -The following covers the user space interface exported by the kernel crypto -API. A working example of this description is libkcapi that can be obtained from -[1]. That library can be used by user space applications that require -cryptographic services from the kernel. - -Some details of the in-kernel kernel crypto API aspects do not -apply to user space, however. This includes the difference between synchronous -and asynchronous invocations. The user space API call is fully synchronous. -In addition, only a subset of all cipher types are available as documented -below. - - -User space API general remarks -============================== - -The kernel crypto API is accessible from user space. Currently, the following -ciphers are accessible: - - * Message digest including keyed message digest (HMAC, CMAC) - - * Symmetric ciphers - -Note, AEAD ciphers are currently not supported via the symmetric cipher -interface. - -The interface is provided via Netlink using the type AF_ALG. In addition, the -setsockopt option type is SOL_ALG. In case the user space header files do not -export these flags yet, use the following macros: - -#ifndef AF_ALG -#define AF_ALG 38 -#endif -#ifndef SOL_ALG -#define SOL_ALG 279 -#endif - -A cipher is accessed with the same name as done for the in-kernel API calls. -This includes the generic vs. unique naming schema for ciphers as well as the -enforcement of priorities for generic names. - -To interact with the kernel crypto API, a Netlink socket must be created by -the user space application. User space invokes the cipher operation with the -send/write system call family. The result of the cipher operation is obtained -with the read/recv system call family. - -The following API calls assume that the Netlink socket descriptor is already -opened by the user space application and discusses only the kernel crypto API -specific invocations. - -To initialize a Netlink interface, the following sequence has to be performed -by the consumer: - - 1. Create a socket of type AF_ALG with the struct sockaddr_alg parameter - specified below for the different cipher types. - - 2. Invoke bind with the socket descriptor - - 3. Invoke accept with the socket descriptor. The accept system call - returns a new file descriptor that is to be used to interact with - the particular cipher instance. When invoking send/write or recv/read - system calls to send data to the kernel or obtain data from the - kernel, the file descriptor returned by accept must be used. - -In-place cipher operation -========================= - -Just like the in-kernel operation of the kernel crypto API, the user space -interface allows the cipher operation in-place. That means that the input buffer -used for the send/write system call and the output buffer used by the read/recv -system call may be one and the same. This is of particular interest for -symmetric cipher operations where a copying of the output data to its final -destination can be avoided. - -If a consumer on the other hand wants to maintain the plaintext and the -ciphertext in different memory locations, all a consumer needs to do is to -provide different memory pointers for the encryption and decryption operation. - -Message digest API -================== - -The message digest type to be used for the cipher operation is selected when -invoking the bind syscall. bind requires the caller to provide a filled -struct sockaddr data structure. This data structure must be filled as follows: - -struct sockaddr_alg sa = { - .salg_family = AF_ALG, - .salg_type = "hash", /* this selects the hash logic in the kernel */ - .salg_name = "sha1" /* this is the cipher name */ -}; - -The salg_type value "hash" applies to message digests and keyed message digests. -Though, a keyed message digest is referenced by the appropriate salg_name. -Please see below for the setsockopt interface that explains how the key can be -set for a keyed message digest. - -Using the send() system call, the application provides the data that should be -processed with the message digest. The send system call allows the following -flags to be specified: - - * MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a - message digest update function where the final hash is not - yet calculated. If the flag is not set, the send system call - calculates the final message digest immediately. - -With the recv() system call, the application can read the message digest from -the kernel crypto API. If the buffer is too small for the message digest, the -flag MSG_TRUNC is set by the kernel. - -In order to set a message digest key, the calling application must use the -setsockopt() option of ALG_SET_KEY. If the key is not set the HMAC operation is -performed without the initial HMAC state change caused by the key. - - -Symmetric cipher API -==================== - -The operation is very similar to the message digest discussion. During -initialization, the struct sockaddr data structure must be filled as follows: - -struct sockaddr_alg sa = { - .salg_family = AF_ALG, - .salg_type = "skcipher", /* this selects the symmetric cipher */ - .salg_name = "cbc(aes)" /* this is the cipher name */ -}; - -Before data can be sent to the kernel using the write/send system call family, -the consumer must set the key. The key setting is described with the setsockopt -invocation below. - -Using the sendmsg() system call, the application provides the data that should -be processed for encryption or decryption. In addition, the IV is specified -with the data structure provided by the sendmsg() system call. - -The sendmsg system call parameter of struct msghdr is embedded into the -struct cmsghdr data structure. See recv(2) and cmsg(3) for more information -on how the cmsghdr data structure is used together with the send/recv system -call family. That cmsghdr data structure holds the following information -specified with a separate header instances: - - * specification of the cipher operation type with one of these flags: - ALG_OP_ENCRYPT - encryption of data - ALG_OP_DECRYPT - decryption of data - - * specification of the IV information marked with the flag ALG_SET_IV - -The send system call family allows the following flag to be specified: - - * MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a - cipher update function where more input data is expected - with a subsequent invocation of the send system call. - -Note: The kernel reports -EINVAL for any unexpected data. The caller must -make sure that all data matches the constraints given in /proc/crypto for the -selected cipher. - -With the recv() system call, the application can read the result of the -cipher operation from the kernel crypto API. The output buffer must be at least -as large as to hold all blocks of the encrypted or decrypted data. If the output -data size is smaller, only as many blocks are returned that fit into that -output buffer size. - -Setsockopt interface -==================== - -In addition to the read/recv and send/write system call handling to send and -retrieve data subject to the cipher operation, a consumer also needs to set -the additional information for the cipher operation. This additional information -is set using the setsockopt system call that must be invoked with the file -descriptor of the open cipher (i.e. the file descriptor returned by the -accept system call). - -Each setsockopt invocation must use the level SOL_ALG. - -The setsockopt interface allows setting the following data using the mentioned -optname: - - * ALG_SET_KEY -- Setting the key. Key setting is applicable to: - - - the skcipher cipher type (symmetric ciphers) - - - the hash cipher type (keyed message digests) - -User space API example -====================== - -Please see [1] for libkcapi which provides an easy-to-use wrapper around the -aforementioned Netlink kernel interface. [1] also contains a test application -that invokes all libkcapi API calls. - -[1] http://www.chronox.de/libkcapi.html - -Author -====== - -Stephan Mueller <smueller@chronox.de> diff --git a/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt b/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt index 5c9a567b3fac..03703afc4d30 100644 --- a/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt +++ b/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt @@ -181,4 +181,4 @@ Notes Documentation and specifications: http://halobates.de/firewire/ FireWire is a trademark of Apple Inc. - for more information please refer to: -http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FireWire +https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FireWire diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt index 0d124a971801..d9246a32e673 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ trying to see when the io scheduler has let the ios run. Overview of supplied cache replacement policies =============================================== -multiqueue ----------- +multiqueue (mq) +--------------- -This policy is the default. +This policy has been deprecated in favor of the smq policy (see below). The multiqueue policy has three sets of 16 queues: one set for entries waiting for the cache and another two for those in the cache (a set for @@ -73,6 +73,67 @@ If you're trying to quickly warm a new cache device you may wish to reduce these to encourage promotion. Remember to switch them back to their defaults after the cache fills though. +Stochastic multiqueue (smq) +--------------------------- + +This policy is the default. + +The stochastic multi-queue (smq) policy addresses some of the problems +with the multiqueue (mq) policy. + +The smq policy (vs mq) offers the promise of less memory utilization, +improved performance and increased adaptability in the face of changing +workloads. SMQ also does not have any cumbersome tuning knobs. + +Users may switch from "mq" to "smq" simply by appropriately reloading a +DM table that is using the cache target. Doing so will cause all of the +mq policy's hints to be dropped. Also, performance of the cache may +degrade slightly until smq recalculates the origin device's hotspots +that should be cached. + +Memory usage: +The mq policy uses a lot of memory; 88 bytes per cache block on a 64 +bit machine. + +SMQ uses 28bit indexes to implement it's data structures rather than +pointers. It avoids storing an explicit hit count for each block. It +has a 'hotspot' queue rather than a pre cache which uses a quarter of +the entries (each hotspot block covers a larger area than a single +cache block). + +All these mean smq uses ~25bytes per cache block. Still a lot of +memory, but a substantial improvement nontheless. + +Level balancing: +MQ places entries in different levels of the multiqueue structures +based on their hit count (~ln(hit count)). This means the bottom +levels generally have the most entries, and the top ones have very +few. Having unbalanced levels like this reduces the efficacy of the +multiqueue. + +SMQ does not maintain a hit count, instead it swaps hit entries with +the least recently used entry from the level above. The over all +ordering being a side effect of this stochastic process. With this +scheme we can decide how many entries occupy each multiqueue level, +resulting in better promotion/demotion decisions. + +Adaptability: +The MQ policy maintains a hit count for each cache block. For a +different block to get promoted to the cache it's hit count has to +exceed the lowest currently in the cache. This means it can take a +long time for the cache to adapt between varying IO patterns. +Periodically degrading the hit counts could help with this, but I +haven't found a nice general solution. + +SMQ doesn't maintain hit counts, so a lot of this problem just goes +away. In addition it tracks performance of the hotspot queue, which +is used to decide which blocks to promote. If the hotspot queue is +performing badly then it starts moving entries more quickly between +levels. This lets it adapt to new IO patterns very quickly. + +Performance: +Testing SMQ shows substantially better performance than MQ. + cleaner ------- diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt index 68c0f517c60e..785eab87aa71 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt @@ -221,6 +221,7 @@ Status <#read hits> <#read misses> <#write hits> <#write misses> <#demotions> <#promotions> <#dirty> <#features> <features>* <#core args> <core args>* <policy name> <#policy args> <policy args>* +<cache metadata mode> metadata block size : Fixed block size for each metadata block in sectors @@ -251,8 +252,18 @@ core args : Key/value pairs for tuning the core e.g. migration_threshold policy name : Name of the policy #policy args : Number of policy arguments to follow (must be even) -policy args : Key/value pairs - e.g. sequential_threshold +policy args : Key/value pairs e.g. sequential_threshold +cache metadata mode : ro if read-only, rw if read-write + In serious cases where even a read-only mode is deemed unsafe + no further I/O will be permitted and the status will just + contain the string 'Fail'. The userspace recovery tools + should then be used. +needs_check : 'needs_check' if set, '-' if not set + A metadata operation has failed, resulting in the needs_check + flag being set in the metadata's superblock. The metadata + device must be deactivated and checked/repaired before the + cache can be made fully operational again. '-' indicates + needs_check is not set. Messages -------- diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt index ad697781f9ac..692171fe9da0 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Device-Mapper's "crypt" target provides transparent encryption of block devices using the kernel crypto API. For a more detailed description of supported parameters see: -http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/wiki/DMCrypt +https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/DMCrypt Parameters: <cipher> <key> <iv_offset> <device path> \ <offset> [<#opt_params> <opt_params>] @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Example scripts =============== LUKS (Linux Unified Key Setup) is now the preferred way to set up disk encryption with dm-crypt using the 'cryptsetup' utility, see -http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/ +https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup [[ #!/bin/sh diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt index ef8ba9fa58c4..cb12af3b51c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt @@ -224,3 +224,5 @@ Version History New status (STATUSTYPE_INFO) fields: sync_action and mismatch_cnt. 1.5.1 Add ability to restore transiently failed devices on resume. 1.5.2 'mismatch_cnt' is zero unless [last_]sync_action is "check". +1.6.0 Add discard support (and devices_handle_discard_safely module param). +1.7.0 Add support for MD RAID0 mappings. diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/log-writes.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/log-writes.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c10f30c9b534 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/log-writes.txt @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +dm-log-writes +============= + +This target takes 2 devices, one to pass all IO to normally, and one to log all +of the write operations to. This is intended for file system developers wishing +to verify the integrity of metadata or data as the file system is written to. +There is a log_write_entry written for every WRITE request and the target is +able to take arbitrary data from userspace to insert into the log. The data +that is in the WRITE requests is copied into the log to make the replay happen +exactly as it happened originally. + +Log Ordering +============ + +We log things in order of completion once we are sure the write is no longer in +cache. This means that normal WRITE requests are not actually logged until the +next REQ_FLUSH request. This is to make it easier for userspace to replay the +log in a way that correlates to what is on disk and not what is in cache, to +make it easier to detect improper waiting/flushing. + +This works by attaching all WRITE requests to a list once the write completes. +Once we see a REQ_FLUSH request we splice this list onto the request and once +the FLUSH request completes we log all of the WRITEs and then the FLUSH. Only +completed WRITEs, at the time the REQ_FLUSH is issued, are added in order to +simulate the worst case scenario with regard to power failures. Consider the +following example (W means write, C means complete): + +W1,W2,W3,C3,C2,Wflush,C1,Cflush + +The log would show the following + +W3,W2,flush,W1.... + +Again this is to simulate what is actually on disk, this allows us to detect +cases where a power failure at a particular point in time would create an +inconsistent file system. + +Any REQ_FUA requests bypass this flushing mechanism and are logged as soon as +they complete as those requests will obviously bypass the device cache. + +Any REQ_DISCARD requests are treated like WRITE requests. Otherwise we would +have all the DISCARD requests, and then the WRITE requests and then the FLUSH +request. Consider the following example: + +WRITE block 1, DISCARD block 1, FLUSH + +If we logged DISCARD when it completed, the replay would look like this + +DISCARD 1, WRITE 1, FLUSH + +which isn't quite what happened and wouldn't be caught during the log replay. + +Target interface +================ + +i) Constructor + + log-writes <dev_path> <log_dev_path> + + dev_path : Device that all of the IO will go to normally. + log_dev_path : Device where the log entries are written to. + +ii) Status + + <#logged entries> <highest allocated sector> + + #logged entries : Number of logged entries + highest allocated sector : Highest allocated sector + +iii) Messages + + mark <description> + + You can use a dmsetup message to set an arbitrary mark in a log. + For example say you want to fsck a file system after every + write, but first you need to replay up to the mkfs to make sure + we're fsck'ing something reasonable, you would do something like + this: + + mkfs.btrfs -f /dev/mapper/log + dmsetup message log 0 mark mkfs + <run test> + + This would allow you to replay the log up to the mkfs mark and + then replay from that point on doing the fsck check in the + interval that you want. + + Every log has a mark at the end labeled "dm-log-writes-end". + +Userspace component +=================== + +There is a userspace tool that will replay the log for you in various ways. +It can be found here: https://github.com/josefbacik/log-writes + +Example usage +============= + +Say you want to test fsync on your file system. You would do something like +this: + +TABLE="0 $(blockdev --getsz /dev/sdb) log-writes /dev/sdb /dev/sdc" +dmsetup create log --table "$TABLE" +mkfs.btrfs -f /dev/mapper/log +dmsetup message log 0 mark mkfs + +mount /dev/mapper/log /mnt/btrfs-test +<some test that does fsync at the end> +dmsetup message log 0 mark fsync +md5sum /mnt/btrfs-test/foo +umount /mnt/btrfs-test + +dmsetup remove log +replay-log --log /dev/sdc --replay /dev/sdb --end-mark fsync +mount /dev/sdb /mnt/btrfs-test +md5sum /mnt/btrfs-test/foo +<verify md5sum's are correct> + +Another option is to do a complicated file system operation and verify the file +system is consistent during the entire operation. You could do this with: + +TABLE="0 $(blockdev --getsz /dev/sdb) log-writes /dev/sdb /dev/sdc" +dmsetup create log --table "$TABLE" +mkfs.btrfs -f /dev/mapper/log +dmsetup message log 0 mark mkfs + +mount /dev/mapper/log /mnt/btrfs-test +<fsstress to dirty the fs> +btrfs filesystem balance /mnt/btrfs-test +umount /mnt/btrfs-test +dmsetup remove log + +replay-log --log /dev/sdc --replay /dev/sdb --end-mark mkfs +btrfsck /dev/sdb +replay-log --log /dev/sdc --replay /dev/sdb --start-mark mkfs \ + --fsck "btrfsck /dev/sdb" --check fua + +And that will replay the log until it sees a FUA request, run the fsck command +and if the fsck passes it will replay to the next FUA, until it is completed or +the fsck command exists abnormally. diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.txt index 2a1673adc200..4919b2dfd1b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.txt @@ -13,9 +13,14 @@ the range specified. The I/O statistics counters for each step-sized area of a region are in the same format as /sys/block/*/stat or /proc/diskstats (see: Documentation/iostats.txt). But two extra counters (12 and 13) are -provided: total time spent reading and writing in milliseconds. All -these counters may be accessed by sending the @stats_print message to -the appropriate DM device via dmsetup. +provided: total time spent reading and writing. When the histogram +argument is used, the 14th parameter is reported that represents the +histogram of latencies. All these counters may be accessed by sending +the @stats_print message to the appropriate DM device via dmsetup. + +The reported times are in milliseconds and the granularity depends on +the kernel ticks. When the option precise_timestamps is used, the +reported times are in nanoseconds. Each region has a corresponding unique identifier, which we call a region_id, that is assigned when the region is created. The region_id @@ -33,7 +38,9 @@ memory is used by reading Messages ======== - @stats_create <range> <step> [<program_id> [<aux_data>]] + @stats_create <range> <step> + [<number_of_optional_arguments> <optional_arguments>...] + [<program_id> [<aux_data>]] Create a new region and return the region_id. @@ -48,6 +55,29 @@ Messages "/<number_of_areas>" - the range is subdivided into the specified number of areas. + <number_of_optional_arguments> + The number of optional arguments + + <optional_arguments> + The following optional arguments are supported + precise_timestamps - use precise timer with nanosecond resolution + instead of the "jiffies" variable. When this argument is + used, the resulting times are in nanoseconds instead of + milliseconds. Precise timestamps are a little bit slower + to obtain than jiffies-based timestamps. + histogram:n1,n2,n3,n4,... - collect histogram of latencies. The + numbers n1, n2, etc are times that represent the boundaries + of the histogram. If precise_timestamps is not used, the + times are in milliseconds, otherwise they are in + nanoseconds. For each range, the kernel will report the + number of requests that completed within this range. For + example, if we use "histogram:10,20,30", the kernel will + report four numbers a:b:c:d. a is the number of requests + that took 0-10 ms to complete, b is the number of requests + that took 10-20 ms to complete, c is the number of requests + that took 20-30 ms to complete and d is the number of + requests that took more than 30 ms to complete. + <program_id> An optional parameter. A name that uniquely identifies the userspace owner of the range. This groups ranges together @@ -55,6 +85,9 @@ Messages created and ignore those created by others. The kernel returns this string back in the output of @stats_list message, but it doesn't use it for anything else. + If we omit the number of optional arguments, program id must not + be a number, otherwise it would be interpreted as the number of + optional arguments. <aux_data> An optional parameter. A word that provides auxiliary data diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt index 8897d0494838..424835e57f27 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ consume far too much memory. Using this device-mapper switch target we can now build a two-layer device hierarchy: - Upper Tier – Determine which array member the I/O should be sent to. - Lower Tier – Load balance amongst paths to a particular member. + Upper Tier - Determine which array member the I/O should be sent to. + Lower Tier - Load balance amongst paths to a particular member. The lower tier consists of a single dm multipath device for each member. Each of these multipath devices contains the set of paths directly to diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt index 2f5173500bd9..1699a55b7b70 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ ii) Status underlying device. When this is enabled when loading the table, it can get disabled if the underlying device doesn't support it. - ro|rw + ro|rw|out_of_data_space If the pool encounters certain types of device failures it will drop into a read-only metadata mode in which no changes to the pool metadata (like allocating new blocks) are permitted. @@ -314,6 +314,13 @@ ii) Status module parameter can be used to change this timeout -- it defaults to 60 seconds but may be disabled using a value of 0. + needs_check + A metadata operation has failed, resulting in the needs_check + flag being set in the metadata's superblock. The metadata + device must be deactivated and checked/repaired before the + thin-pool can be made fully operational again. '-' indicates + needs_check is not set. + iii) Messages create_thin <dev id> @@ -380,9 +387,6 @@ then you'll have no access to blocks mapped beyond the end. If you load a target that is bigger than before, then extra blocks will be provisioned as and when needed. -If you wish to reduce the size of your thin device and potentially -regain some space then send the 'trim' message to the pool. - ii) Status <nr mapped sectors> <highest mapped sector> diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt index 9884681535ee..e15bc1a0fb98 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Construction Parameters <data_block_size> <hash_block_size> <num_data_blocks> <hash_start_block> <algorithm> <digest> <salt> + [<#opt_params> <opt_params>] <version> This is the type of the on-disk hash format. @@ -62,6 +63,22 @@ Construction Parameters <salt> The hexadecimal encoding of the salt value. +<#opt_params> + Number of optional parameters. If there are no optional parameters, + the optional paramaters section can be skipped or #opt_params can be zero. + Otherwise #opt_params is the number of following arguments. + + Example of optional parameters section: + 1 ignore_corruption + +ignore_corruption + Log corrupted blocks, but allow read operations to proceed normally. + +restart_on_corruption + Restart the system when a corrupted block is discovered. This option is + not compatible with ignore_corruption and requires user space support to + avoid restart loops. + Theory of operation =================== @@ -125,7 +142,7 @@ block boundary) are the hash blocks which are stored a depth at a time The full specification of kernel parameters and on-disk metadata format is available at the cryptsetup project's wiki page - http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/wiki/DMVerity + https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/DMVerity Status ====== @@ -142,7 +159,7 @@ Set up a device: A command line tool veritysetup is available to compute or verify the hash tree or activate the kernel device. This is available from -the cryptsetup upstream repository http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/ +the cryptsetup upstream repository https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/ (as a libcryptsetup extension). Create hash on the device: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/archs-idu-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/archs-idu-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0dcb7c7d3e40 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/archs-idu-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +* ARC-HS Interrupt Distribution Unit + + This optional 2nd level interrupt controller can be used in SMP configurations for + dynamic IRQ routing, load balancing of common/external IRQs towards core intc. + +Properties: + +- compatible: "snps,archs-idu-intc" +- interrupt-controller: This is an interrupt controller. +- interrupt-parent: <reference to parent core intc> +- #interrupt-cells: Must be <2>. +- interrupts: <...> specifies the upstream core irqs + + First cell specifies the "common" IRQ from peripheral to IDU + Second cell specifies the irq distribution mode to cores + 0=Round Robin; 1=cpu0, 2=cpu1, 4=cpu2, 8=cpu3 + + intc accessed via the special ARC AUX register interface, hence "reg" property + is not specified. + +Example: + core_intc: core-interrupt-controller { + compatible = "snps,archs-intc"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + }; + + idu_intc: idu-interrupt-controller { + compatible = "snps,archs-idu-intc"; + interrupt-controller; + interrupt-parent = <&core_intc>; + + /* + * <hwirq distribution> + * distribution: 0=RR; 1=cpu0, 2=cpu1, 4=cpu2, 8=cpu3 + */ + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + + /* upstream core irqs: downstream these are "COMMON" irq 0,1.. */ + interrupts = <24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31>; + }; + + some_device: serial@c0fc1000 { + interrupt-parent = <&idu_intc>; + interrupts = <0 0>; /* upstream idu IRQ #24, Round Robin */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/archs-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/archs-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..69f326d6a5ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/archs-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* ARC-HS incore Interrupt Controller (Provided by cores implementing ARCv2 ISA) + +Properties: + +- compatible: "snps,archs-intc" +- interrupt-controller: This is an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells: Must be <1>. + + Single Cell "interrupts" property of a device specifies the IRQ number + between 16 to 256 + + intc accessed via the special ARC AUX register interface, hence "reg" property + is not specified. + +Example: + + intc: interrupt-controller { + compatible = "snps,archs-intc"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupts = <16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/axs101.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/axs101.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..48290d5178b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/axs101.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Synopsys DesignWare ARC Software Development Platforms Device Tree Bindings +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +SDP Main Board with an AXC001 CPU Card hoisting ARC700 core in silicon + +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "snps,axs101", "snps,arc-sdp"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/axs103.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/axs103.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6eea862e72b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/axs103.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Synopsys DesignWare ARC Software Development Platforms Device Tree Bindings +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +SDP Main Board with an AXC003 FPGA Card which can contain various flavours of +HS38x cores. + +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "snps,axs103", "snps,arc-sdp"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pct.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pct.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7b9588444f20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pct.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +* ARC Performance Counters + +The ARC700 can be configured with a pipeline performance monitor for counting +CPU and cache events like cache misses and hits. Like conventional PCT there +are 100+ hardware conditions dynamically mapped to upto 32 counters + +Note that: + * The ARC 700 PCT does not support interrupts; although HW events may be + counted, the HW events themselves cannot serve as a trigger for a sample. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should contain + "snps,arc700-pct" + +Example: + +pmu { + compatible = "snps,arc700-pct"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pmu.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 49d517340de3..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pmu.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -* ARC Performance Monitor Unit - -The ARC 700 can be configured with a pipeline performance monitor for counting -CPU and cache events like cache misses and hits. - -Note that: - * ARC 700 refers to a family of ARC processor cores; - - There is only one type of PMU available for the whole family; - - The PMU may support different sets of events; supported events are probed - at boot time, as required by the reference manual. - - * The ARC 700 PMU does not support interrupts; although HW events may be - counted, the HW events themselves cannot serve as a trigger for a sample. - -Required properties: - -- compatible : should contain - "snps,arc700-pmu" - -Example: - -pmu { - compatible = "snps,arc700-pmu"; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f404a4f9b165 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +Annapurna Labs Alpine Platform Device Tree Bindings +--------------------------------------------------------------- + +Boards in the Alpine family shall have the following properties: + +* Required root node properties: +compatible: must contain "al,alpine" + +* Example: + +/ { + model = "Annapurna Labs Alpine Dev Board"; + compatible = "al,alpine"; + + ... +} + +* CPU node: + +The Alpine platform includes cortex-a15 cores. +enable-method: must be "al,alpine-smp" to allow smp [1] + +Example: + +cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + enable-method = "al,alpine-smp"; + + cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; + device_type = "cpu"; + reg = <0>; + }; + + cpu@1 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; + device_type = "cpu"; + reg = <1>; + }; + + cpu@2 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; + device_type = "cpu"; + reg = <2>; + }; + + cpu@3 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; + device_type = "cpu"; + reg = <3>; + }; +}; + + +* Alpine CPU resume registers + +The CPU resume register are used to define required resume address after +reset. + +Properties: +- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-cpu-resume". +- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device + +Example: + +cpu_resume { + compatible = "al,alpine-cpu-resume"; + reg = <0xfbff5ed0 0x30>; +}; + +* Alpine System-Fabric Service Registers + +The System-Fabric Service Registers allow various operation on CPU and +system fabric, like powering CPUs off. + +Properties: +- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-sysfabric-service" and "syscon". +- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device + +Example: + +nb_service { + compatible = "al,alpine-sysfabric-service", "syscon"; + reg = <0xfb070000 0x10000>; +}; + +[1] arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..558735aacca8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Altera's SoCFPGA platform device tree bindings +--------------------------------------------- + +Boards with Cyclone 5 SoC: +Required root node properties: +compatible = "altr,socfpga-cyclone5", "altr,socfpga"; + +Boards with Arria 5 SoC: +Required root node properties: +compatible = "altr,socfpga-arria5", "altr,socfpga"; + +Boards with Arria 10 SoC: +Required root node properties: +compatible = "altr,socfpga-arria10", "altr,socfpga"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-controller.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..77ca635765e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-controller.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +Altera SOCFPGA SDRAM Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should contain "altr,sdr-ctl" and "syscon". + syscon is required by the Altera SOCFPGA SDRAM EDAC. +- reg : Should contain 1 register range (address and length) + +Example: + sdr: sdr@ffc25000 { + compatible = "altr,sdr-ctl", "syscon"; + reg = <0xffc25000 0x1000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-edac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-edac.txt index d0ce01da5c59..f5ad0ff69fae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-edac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-edac.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Altera SOCFPGA SDRAM Error Detection & Correction [EDAC] The EDAC accesses a range of registers in the SDRAM controller. Required properties: -- compatible : should contain "altr,sdram-edac"; +- compatible : should contain "altr,sdram-edac" or "altr,sdram-edac-a10" - altr,sdr-syscon : phandle of the sdr module - interrupts : Should contain the SDRAM ECC IRQ in the appropriate format for the IRQ controller. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt index 8fe815046140..973884a1bacf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt @@ -8,3 +8,7 @@ Boards with the Amlogic Meson6 SoC shall have the following properties: Boards with the Amlogic Meson8 SoC shall have the following properties: Required root node property: compatible: "amlogic,meson8"; + +Board compatible values: + - "geniatech,atv1200" + - "minix,neo-x8" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt index 256b4d8bab7b..e774128935d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt @@ -17,7 +17,10 @@ to deliver its interrupts via SPIs. - interrupts : Interrupt list for secure, non-secure, virtual and hypervisor timers, in that order. -- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Optional. +- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Should be present + only where necessary to work around broken firmware which does not configure + CNTFRQ on all CPUs to a uniform correct value. Use of this property is + strongly discouraged; fix your firmware unless absolutely impossible. - always-on : a boolean property. If present, the timer is powered through an always-on power domain, therefore it never loses context. @@ -46,7 +49,8 @@ Example: - compatible : Should at least contain "arm,armv7-timer-mem". -- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Optional. +- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Should be present + only when firmware has not configured the MMIO CNTFRQ registers. - reg : The control frame base address. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards index b78564b2b201..1a709970e7f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards @@ -157,3 +157,69 @@ Example: }; }; + +ARM Versatile Express Boards +----------------------------- +For details on the device tree bindings for ARM Versatile Express boards +please consult the vexpress.txt file in the same directory as this file. + +ARM Juno Boards +---------------- +The Juno boards are targeting development for AArch64 systems. The first +iteration, Juno r0, is a vehicle for evaluating big.LITTLE on AArch64, +with the second iteration, Juno r1, mainly aimed at development of PCIe +based systems. Juno r1 also has support for AXI masters placed on the TLX +connectors to join the coherency domain. + +Juno boards are described in a similar way to ARM Versatile Express boards, +with the motherboard part of the hardware being described in a separate file +to highlight the fact that is part of the support infrastructure for the SoC. +Juno device tree bindings also share the Versatile Express bindings as +described under the RS1 memory mapping. + +Required properties (in root node): + compatible = "arm,juno"; /* For Juno r0 board */ + compatible = "arm,juno-r1"; /* For Juno r1 board */ + +Required nodes: +The description for the board must include: + - a "psci" node describing the boot method used for the secondary CPUs. + A detailed description of the bindings used for "psci" nodes is present + in the psci.txt file. + - a "cpus" node describing the available cores and their associated + "enable-method"s. For more details see cpus.txt file. + +Example: + +/dts-v1/; +/ { + model = "ARM Juno development board (r0)"; + compatible = "arm,juno", "arm,vexpress"; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + cpus { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + A57_0: cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a57","arm,armv8"; + reg = <0x0 0x0>; + device_type = "cpu"; + enable-method = "psci"; + }; + + ..... + + A53_0: cpu@100 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a53","arm,armv8"; + reg = <0x0 0x100>; + device_type = "cpu"; + enable-method = "psci"; + }; + + ..... + }; + +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-39x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-39x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..53d4ff9ea8ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-39x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Marvell Armada 39x Platforms Device Tree Bindings +------------------------------------------------- + +Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Armada 39x family shall have the +following property: + +Required root node property: + + - compatible: must contain "marvell,armada390" + +In addition, boards using the Marvell Armada 398 SoC shall have the +following property before the previous one: + +Required root node property: + +compatible: must contain "marvell,armada398" + +Example: + +compatible = "marvell,a398-db", "marvell,armada398", "marvell,armada390"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armv7m_systick.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armv7m_systick.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7cf4a24601eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armv7m_systick.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +* ARMv7M System Timer + +ARMv7-M includes a system timer, known as SysTick. Current driver only +implements the clocksource feature. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "arm,armv7m-systick" +- reg : The address range of the timer + +Required clocking property, have to be one of: +- clocks : The input clock of the timer +- clock-frequency : The rate in HZ in input of the ARM SysTick + +Examples: + +systick: timer@e000e010 { + compatible = "arm,armv7m-systick"; + reg = <0xe000e010 0x10>; + clocks = <&clk_systick>; +}; + +systick: timer@e000e010 { + compatible = "arm,armv7m-systick"; + reg = <0xe000e010 0x10>; + clock-frequency = <90000000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt index ad319f84f560..424ac8cbfa08 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt @@ -46,10 +46,12 @@ PIT Timer required properties: shared across all System Controller members. System Timer (ST) required properties: -- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-st" +- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-st", "syscon", "simple-mfd" - reg: Should contain registers location and length - interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the ST which is the IRQ line shared across all System Controller members. +Its subnodes can be: +- watchdog: compatible should be "atmel,at91rm9200-wdt" TC/TCLIB Timer required properties: - compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-tcb". @@ -96,7 +98,7 @@ Example: }; RAMC SDRAM/DDR Controller required properties: -- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-sdramc", +- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-sdramc", "syscon" "atmel,at91sam9260-sdramc", "atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc", "atmel,sama5d3-ddramc", diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm63138.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm63138.txt deleted file mode 100644 index bd49987a8812..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm63138.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -Broadcom BCM63138 DSL System-on-a-Chip device tree bindings ------------------------------------------------------------ - -Boards compatible with the BCM63138 DSL System-on-a-Chip should have the -following properties: - -Required root node property: - -compatible: should be "brcm,bcm63138" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method.txt index 8240c023e202..8240c023e202 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm11351.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351.txt index 0ff6560e6094..0ff6560e6094 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm11351.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm21664.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm21664.txt index e0774255e1a6..e0774255e1a6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm21664.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm21664.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c78576bb7729 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +Broadcom BCM2835 device tree bindings +------------------------------------------- + +Raspberry Pi Model A +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,model-a", "brcm,bcm2835"; + +Raspberry Pi Model A+ +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,model-a-plus", "brcm,bcm2835"; + +Raspberry Pi Model B +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,model-b", "brcm,bcm2835"; + +Raspberry Pi Model B (no P5) +early model B with I2C0 rather than I2C1 routed to the expansion header +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,model-b-i2c0", "brcm,bcm2835"; + +Raspberry Pi Model B rev2 +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,model-b-rev2", "brcm,bcm2835"; + +Raspberry Pi Model B+ +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,model-b-plus", "brcm,bcm2835"; + +Raspberry Pi Compute Module +Required root node properties: +compatible = "raspberrypi,compute-module", "brcm,bcm2835"; + +Generic BCM2835 board +Required root node properties: +compatible = "brcm,bcm2835"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm4708.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm4708.txt index 6b0f49f6f499..6b0f49f6f499 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm4708.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm4708.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm63138.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm63138.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b82b6a0ae6f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm63138.txt @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +Broadcom BCM63138 DSL System-on-a-Chip device tree bindings +----------------------------------------------------------- + +Boards compatible with the BCM63138 DSL System-on-a-Chip should have the +following properties: + +Required root node property: + +compatible: should be "brcm,bcm63138" + +An optional Boot lookup table Device Tree node is required for secondary CPU +initialization as well as a 'resets' phandle to the correct PMB controller as +defined in reset/brcm,bcm63138-pmb.txt for this secondary CPU, and an +'enable-method' property. + +Required properties for the Boot lookup table node: +- compatible: should be "brcm,bcm63138-bootlut" +- reg: register base address and length for the Boot Lookup table + +Optional properties for the primary CPU node: +- enable-method: should be "brcm,bcm63138" + +Optional properties for the secondary CPU node: +- enable-method: should be "brcm,bcm63138" +- resets: phandle to the relevant PMB controller, one integer indicating the internal + bus number, and a second integer indicating the address of the CPU in the PMB + internal bus number. + +Example: + + cpus { + cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cotex-a9"; + reg = <0>; + ... + enable-method = "brcm,bcm63138"; + }; + + cpu@1 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9"; + reg = <1>; + ... + enable-method = "brcm,bcm63138"; + resets = <&pmb0 4 1>; + }; + }; + + bootlut: bootlut@8000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm63138-bootlut"; + reg = <0x8000 0x50>; + }; + +======= +reboot +------ +Two nodes are required for software reboot: a timer node and a syscon-reboot node. + +Timer node: + +- compatible: Must be "brcm,bcm6328-timer", "syscon" +- reg: Register base address and length + +Syscon reboot node: + +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-reboot.txt for the +detailed list of properties, the two values defined below are specific to the +BCM6328-style timer: + +- offset: Should be 0x34 to denote the offset of the TIMER_WD_TIMER_RESET register + from the beginning of the TIMER block +- mask: Should be 1 for the SoftRst bit. + +Example: + + timer: timer@80 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6328-timer", "syscon"; + reg = <0x80 0x3c>; + }; + + reboot { + compatible = "syscon-reboot"; + regmap = <&timer>; + offset = <0x34>; + mask = <0x1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,brcmstb.txt index 430608ec09f0..430608ec09f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,brcmstb.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/cygnus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,cygnus.txt index 4c77169bb534..4c77169bb534 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/cygnus.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,cygnus.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm2835.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm2835.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ac683480c486..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm2835.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -Broadcom BCM2835 device tree bindings -------------------------------------------- - -Boards with the BCM2835 SoC shall have the following properties: - -Required root node property: - -compatible = "brcm,bcm2835"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt index f28d82bbbc56..aef1d200a9b2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt @@ -31,8 +31,9 @@ specific to ARM. - compatible Usage: required Value type: <string> - Definition: must be set to + Definition: must contain one of the following: "arm,cci-400" + "arm,cci-500" - reg Usage: required @@ -94,8 +95,12 @@ specific to ARM. - compatible Usage: required Value type: <string> - Definition: must be "arm,cci-400-pmu" - + Definition: Must contain one of: + "arm,cci-400-pmu,r0" + "arm,cci-400-pmu,r1" + "arm,cci-400-pmu" - DEPRECATED, permitted only where OS has + secure acces to CCI registers + "arm,cci-500-pmu,r0" - reg: Usage: required Value type: Integer cells. A register entry, expressed diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt index a3089359aaa6..65a6db2271a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt @@ -17,15 +17,19 @@ its hardware characteristcs. - "arm,coresight-tmc", "arm,primecell"; - "arm,coresight-funnel", "arm,primecell"; - "arm,coresight-etm3x", "arm,primecell"; + - "qcom,coresight-replicator1x", "arm,primecell"; * reg: physical base address and length of the register set(s) of the component. - * clocks: the clock associated to this component. + * clocks: the clocks associated to this component. - * clock-names: the name of the clock as referenced by the code. - Since we are using the AMBA framework, the name should be - "apb_pclk". + * clock-names: the name of the clocks referenced by the code. + Since we are using the AMBA framework, the name of the clock + providing the interconnect should be "apb_pclk", and some + coresight blocks also have an additional clock "atclk", which + clocks the core of that coresight component. The latter clock + is optional. * port or ports: The representation of the component's port layout using the generic DT graph presentation found in @@ -61,7 +65,6 @@ Example: compatible = "arm,coresight-etb10", "arm,primecell"; reg = <0 0x20010000 0 0x1000>; - coresight-default-sink; clocks = <&oscclk6a>; clock-names = "apb_pclk"; port { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c2e0cc5e4cfd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +======================================================== +Secondary CPU enable-method "al,alpine-smp" binding +======================================================== + +This document describes the "al,alpine-smp" method for +enabling secondary CPUs. To apply to all CPUs, a single +"al,alpine-smp" enable method should be defined in the +"cpus" node. + +Enable method name: "al,alpine-smp" +Compatible machines: "al,alpine" +Compatible CPUs: "arm,cortex-a15" +Related properties: (none) + +Note: +This enable method requires valid nodes compatible with +"al,alpine-cpu-resume" and "al,alpine-nb-service"[1]. + +Example: + +cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + enable-method = "al,alpine-smp"; + + cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; + device_type = "cpu"; + reg = <0>; + }; + + cpu@1 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; + device_type = "cpu"; + reg = <1>; + }; + + cpu@2 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; + device_type = "cpu"; + reg = <2>; + }; + + cpu@3 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; + device_type = "cpu"; + reg = <3>; + }; +}; + +-- +[1] arm/al,alpine.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt index 8b9e0a95de31..d6b794cef0b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt @@ -188,10 +188,12 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below. # On ARM 32-bit systems this property is optional and can be one of: "allwinner,sun6i-a31" + "allwinner,sun8i-a23" "arm,psci" "brcm,brahma-b15" "marvell,armada-375-smp" "marvell,armada-380-smp" + "marvell,armada-390-smp" "marvell,armada-xp-smp" "qcom,gcc-msm8660" "qcom,kpss-acc-v1" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt index 1e097037349c..e151057d92f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt @@ -19,9 +19,13 @@ Optional Properties: domains. - clock-names: The following clocks can be specified: - oscclk: Oscillator clock. - - pclkN, clkN: Pairs of parent of input clock and input clock to the - devices in this power domain. Maximum of 4 pairs (N = 0 to 3) - are supported currently. + - clkN: Input clocks to the devices in this power domain. These clocks + will be reparented to oscclk before swithing power domain off. + Their original parent will be brought back after turning on + the domain. Maximum of 4 clocks (N = 0 to 3) are supported. + - asbN: Clocks required by asynchronous bridges (ASB) present in + the power domain. These clock should be enabled during power + domain on/off operations. - power-domains: phandle pointing to the parent power domain, for more details see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-cpucfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-cpucfg.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..44aa3c451ccf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-cpucfg.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Freescale Vybrid Miscellaneous System Control - CPU Configuration + +The MSCM IP contains multiple sub modules, this binding describes the first +block of registers which contains CPU configuration information. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "fsl,vf610-mscm-cpucfg", "syscon" +- reg: the register range of the MSCM CPU configuration registers + +Example: + mscm_cpucfg: cpucfg@40001000 { + compatible = "fsl,vf610-mscm-cpucfg", "syscon"; + reg = <0x40001000 0x800>; + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-ir.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-ir.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..669808b2af49 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-ir.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +Freescale Vybrid Miscellaneous System Control - Interrupt Router + +The MSCM IP contains multiple sub modules, this binding describes the second +block of registers which control the interrupt router. The interrupt router +allows to configure the recipient of each peripheral interrupt. Furthermore +it controls the directed processor interrupts. The module is available in all +Vybrid SoC's but is only really useful in dual core configurations (VF6xx +which comes with a Cortex-A5/Cortex-M4 combination). + +Required properties: +- compatible: "fsl,vf610-mscm-ir" +- reg: the register range of the MSCM Interrupt Router +- fsl,cpucfg: The handle to the MSCM CPU configuration node, required + to get the current CPU ID +- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells: Two cells, interrupt number and cells. + The hardware interrupt number according to interrupt + assignment of the interrupt router is required. + Flags get passed only when using GIC as parent. Flags + encoding as documented by the GIC bindings. +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller of + the CPU the device tree is intended to be used on. This + is either the node of the GIC or NVIC controller. + +Example: + mscm_ir: interrupt-controller@40001800 { + compatible = "fsl,vf610-mscm-ir"; + reg = <0x40001800 0x400>; + fsl,cpucfg = <&mscm_cpucfg>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt index a5462b6b3c30..2a3ba73f0c5c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt @@ -81,12 +81,15 @@ Freescale Vybrid Platform Device Tree Bindings For the Vybrid SoC familiy all variants with DDR controller are supported, which is the VF5xx and VF6xx series. Out of historical reasons, in most places the kernel uses vf610 to refer to the whole familiy. +The compatible string "fsl,vf610m4" is used for the secondary Cortex-M4 +core support. Required root node compatible property (one of them): - compatible = "fsl,vf500"; - compatible = "fsl,vf510"; - compatible = "fsl,vf600"; - compatible = "fsl,vf610"; + - compatible = "fsl,vf610m4"; Freescale LS1021A Platform Device Tree Bindings ------------------------------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/geniatech.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/geniatech.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 74ccba40b73b..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/geniatech.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -Geniatech platforms device tree bindings -------------------------------------------- - -Geniatech ATV1200 - - compatible = "geniatech,atv1200" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt index c97484b73e72..2da059a4790c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ Main node required properties: "arm,arm11mp-gic" "brcm,brahma-b15-gic" "arm,arm1176jzf-devchip-gic" + "qcom,msm-8660-qgic" + "qcom,msm-qgic2" - interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller - #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt source. The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 3. @@ -56,11 +58,6 @@ Optional regions, used when the GIC doesn't have banked registers. The offset is cpu-offset * cpu-nr. -- arm,routable-irqs : Total number of gic irq inputs which are not directly - connected from the peripherals, but are routed dynamically - by a crossbar/multiplexer preceding the GIC. The GIC irq - input line is assigned dynamically when the corresponding - peripheral's crossbar line is mapped. Example: intc: interrupt-controller@fff11000 { @@ -68,7 +65,6 @@ Example: #interrupt-cells = <3>; #address-cells = <1>; interrupt-controller; - arm,routable-irqs = <160>; reg = <0xfff11000 0x1000>, <0xfff10100 0x100>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt index 35b1bd49cfa1..c431c67524d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt @@ -1,5 +1,8 @@ Hisilicon Platforms Device Tree Bindings ---------------------------------------------------- +Hi6220 SoC +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220"; Hi4511 Board Required root node properties: @@ -13,6 +16,9 @@ HiP01 ca9x2 Board Required root node properties: - compatible = "hisilicon,hip01-ca9x2"; +HiKey Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-hikey", "hisilicon,hi6220"; Hisilicon system controller @@ -41,6 +47,87 @@ Example: }; ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +Hisilicon Hi6220 system controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "hisilicon,hi6220-sysctrl" +- reg : Register address and size +- #clock-cells: should be set to 1, many clock registers are defined + under this controller and this property must be present. + +Hisilicon designs this controller as one of the system controllers, +its main functions are the same as Hisilicon system controller, but +the register offset of some core modules are different. + +Example: + /*for Hi6220*/ + sys_ctrl: sys_ctrl@f7030000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-sysctrl", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0xf7030000 0x0 0x2000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + +Hisilicon Hi6220 Power Always ON domain controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "hisilicon,hi6220-aoctrl" +- reg : Register address and size +- #clock-cells: should be set to 1, many clock registers are defined + under this controller and this property must be present. + +Hisilicon designs this system controller to control the power always +on domain for mobile platform. + +Example: + /*for Hi6220*/ + ao_ctrl: ao_ctrl@f7800000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-aoctrl", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0xf7800000 0x0 0x2000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + +Hisilicon Hi6220 Media domain controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "hisilicon,hi6220-mediactrl" +- reg : Register address and size +- #clock-cells: should be set to 1, many clock registers are defined + under this controller and this property must be present. + +Hisilicon designs this system controller to control the multimedia +domain(e.g. codec, G3D ...) for mobile platform. + +Example: + /*for Hi6220*/ + media_ctrl: media_ctrl@f4410000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-mediactrl", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0xf4410000 0x0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + +Hisilicon Hi6220 Power Management domain controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "hisilicon,hi6220-pmctrl" +- reg : Register address and size +- #clock-cells: should be set to 1, some clock registers are define + under this controller and this property must be present. + +Hisilicon designs this system controller to control the power management +domain for mobile platform. + +Example: + /*for Hi6220*/ + pm_ctrl: pm_ctrl@f7032000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-pmctrl", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0xf7032000 0x0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- Hisilicon HiP01 system controller Required properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt index 0dbabe9a6b0a..2251dccb141e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt @@ -67,6 +67,11 @@ Optional properties: disable if zero. - arm,prefetch-offset : Override prefetch offset value. Valid values are 0-7, 15, 23, and 31. +- prefetch-data : Data prefetch. Value: <0> (forcibly disable), <1> + (forcibly enable), property absent (retain settings set by firmware) +- prefetch-instr : Instruction prefetch. Value: <0> (forcibly disable), + <1> (forcibly enable), property absent (retain settings set by + firmware) Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt index a99eb9eb14c0..3bab18409b7a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt @@ -1,6 +1,18 @@ Marvell Berlin SoC Family Device Tree Bindings --------------------------------------------------------------- +Work in progress statement: + +Device tree files and bindings applying to Marvell Berlin SoCs and boards are +considered "unstable". Any Marvell Berlin device tree binding may change at any +time. Be sure to use a device tree binary and a kernel image generated from the +same source tree. + +Please refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt for a definition of a +stable binding/ABI. + +--------------------------------------------------------------- + Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Berlin family, e.g. Armada 1500 shall have the following properties: @@ -49,10 +61,9 @@ chip control registers, so there should be a single DT node only providing the different functions which are described below. Required properties: -- compatible: shall be one of - "marvell,berlin2-chip-ctrl" for BG2 - "marvell,berlin2cd-chip-ctrl" for BG2CD - "marvell,berlin2q-chip-ctrl" for BG2Q +- compatible: + * the first and second values must be: + "simple-mfd", "syscon" - reg: address and length of following register sets for BG2/BG2CD: chip control register set BG2Q: chip control register set and cpu pll registers @@ -63,90 +74,23 @@ Marvell Berlin SoCs have a system control register set providing several individual registers dealing with pinmux, padmux, and reset. Required properties: -- compatible: should be one of - "marvell,berlin2-system-ctrl" for BG2 - "marvell,berlin2cd-system-ctrl" for BG2CD - "marvell,berlin2q-system-ctrl" for BG2Q +- compatible: + * the first and second values must be: + "simple-mfd", "syscon" - reg: address and length of the system control register set -* Clock provider binding - -As clock related registers are spread among the chip control registers, the -chip control node also provides the clocks. Marvell Berlin2 (BG2, BG2CD, BG2Q) -SoCs share the same IP for PLLs and clocks, with some minor differences in -features and register layout. - -Required properties: -- #clock-cells: shall be set to 1 -- clocks: clock specifiers referencing the core clock input clocks -- clock-names: array of strings describing the input clock specifiers above. - Allowed clock-names for the reference clocks are - "refclk" for the SoCs osciallator input on all SoCs, - and SoC-specific input clocks for - BG2/BG2CD: "video_ext0" for the external video clock input - -Clocks provided by core clocks shall be referenced by a clock specifier -indexing one of the provided clocks. Refer to dt-bindings/clock/berlin<soc>.h -for the corresponding index mapping. - -* Pin controller binding - -Pin control registers are part of both register sets, chip control and system -control. The pins controlled are organized in groups, so no actual pin -information is needed. - -A pin-controller node should contain subnodes representing the pin group -configurations, one per function. Each subnode has the group name and the muxing -function used. - -Be aware the Marvell Berlin datasheets use the keyword 'mode' for what is called -a 'function' in the pin-controller subsystem. - -Required subnode-properties: -- groups: a list of strings describing the group names. -- function: a string describing the function used to mux the groups. - -* Reset controller binding - -A reset controller is part of the chip control registers set. The chip control -node also provides the reset. The register set is not at the same offset between -Berlin SoCs. - -Required property: -- #reset-cells: must be set to 2 - Example: chip: chip-control@ea0000 { - compatible = "marvell,berlin2-chip-ctrl"; - #clock-cells = <1>; - #reset-cells = <2>; + compatible = "simple-mfd", "syscon"; reg = <0xea0000 0x400>; - clocks = <&refclk>, <&externaldev 0>; - clock-names = "refclk", "video_ext0"; - spi1_pmux: spi1-pmux { - groups = "G0"; - function = "spi1"; - }; + /* sub-device nodes */ }; sysctrl: system-controller@d000 { - compatible = "marvell,berlin2-system-ctrl"; + compatible = "simple-mfd", "syscon"; reg = <0xd000 0x100>; - uart0_pmux: uart0-pmux { - groups = "GSM4"; - function = "uart0"; - }; - - uart1_pmux: uart1-pmux { - groups = "GSM5"; - function = "uart1"; - }; - - uart2_pmux: uart2-pmux { - groups = "GSM3"; - function = "uart2"; - }; + /* sub-device nodes */ }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt index 925ecbf6e7b7..4f40ff3fee4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ board. Currently known boards are: "lacie,cloudbox" "lacie,inetspace_v2" "lacie,laplug" +"lacie,nas2big" "lacie,netspace_lite_v2" "lacie,netspace_max_v2" "lacie,netspace_mini_v2" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..936166fbee09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Mediatek apmixedsys controller +============================== + +The Mediatek apmixedsys controller provides the PLLs to the system. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be: + - "mediatek,mt8135-apmixedsys" + - "mediatek,mt8173-apmixedsys" +- #clock-cells: Must be 1 + +The apmixedsys controller uses the common clk binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. + +Example: + +apmixedsys: clock-controller@10209000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-apmixedsys"; + reg = <0 0x10209000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f6cd3e4192ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Mediatek infracfg controller +============================ + +The Mediatek infracfg controller provides various clocks and reset +outputs to the system. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be: + - "mediatek,mt8135-infracfg", "syscon" + - "mediatek,mt8173-infracfg", "syscon" +- #clock-cells: Must be 1 +- #reset-cells: Must be 1 + +The infracfg controller uses the common clk binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. +Also it uses the common reset controller binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt. +The available reset outputs are defined in +dt-bindings/reset-controller/mt*-resets.h + +Example: + +infracfg: power-controller@10001000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-infracfg", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x10001000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f25b85499a6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Mediatek pericfg controller +=========================== + +The Mediatek pericfg controller provides various clocks and reset +outputs to the system. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be: + - "mediatek,mt8135-pericfg", "syscon" + - "mediatek,mt8173-pericfg", "syscon" +- #clock-cells: Must be 1 +- #reset-cells: Must be 1 + +The pericfg controller uses the common clk binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. +Also it uses the common reset controller binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt. +The available reset outputs are defined in +dt-bindings/reset-controller/mt*-resets.h + +Example: + +pericfg: power-controller@10003000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-pericfg", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x10003000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f9e917994ced --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Mediatek topckgen controller +============================ + +The Mediatek topckgen controller provides various clocks to the system. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be: + - "mediatek,mt8135-topckgen" + - "mediatek,mt8173-topckgen" +- #clock-cells: Must be 1 + +The topckgen controller uses the common clk binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. + +Example: + +topckgen: power-controller@10000000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-topckgen"; + reg = <0 0x10000000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..06df04cc827a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +QCOM Idle States for cpuidle driver + +ARM provides idle-state node to define the cpuidle states, as defined in [1]. +cpuidle-qcom is the cpuidle driver for Qualcomm SoCs and uses these idle +states. Idle states have different enter/exit latency and residency values. +The idle states supported by the QCOM SoC are defined as - + + * Standby + * Retention + * Standalone Power Collapse (Standalone PC or SPC) + * Power Collapse (PC) + +Standby: Standby does a little more in addition to architectural clock gating. +When the WFI instruction is executed the ARM core would gate its internal +clocks. In addition to gating the clocks, QCOM cpus use this instruction as a +trigger to execute the SPM state machine. The SPM state machine waits for the +interrupt to trigger the core back in to active. This triggers the cache +hierarchy to enter standby states, when all cpus are idle. An interrupt brings +the SPM state machine out of its wait, the next step is to ensure that the +cache hierarchy is also out of standby, and then the cpu is allowed to resume +execution. This state is defined as a generic ARM WFI state by the ARM cpuidle +driver and is not defined in the DT. The SPM state machine should be +configured to execute this state by default and after executing every other +state below. + +Retention: Retention is a low power state where the core is clock gated and +the memory and the registers associated with the core are retained. The +voltage may be reduced to the minimum value needed to keep the processor +registers active. The SPM should be configured to execute the retention +sequence and would wait for interrupt, before restoring the cpu to execution +state. Retention may have a slightly higher latency than Standby. + +Standalone PC: A cpu can power down and warmboot if there is a sufficient time +between the time it enters idle and the next known wake up. SPC mode is used +to indicate a core entering a power down state without consulting any other +cpu or the system resources. This helps save power only on that core. The SPM +sequence for this idle state is programmed to power down the supply to the +core, wait for the interrupt, restore power to the core, and ensure the +system state including cache hierarchy is ready before allowing core to +resume. Applying power and resetting the core causes the core to warmboot +back into Elevation Level (EL) which trampolines the control back to the +kernel. Entering a power down state for the cpu, needs to be done by trapping +into a EL. Failing to do so, would result in a crash enforced by the warm boot +code in the EL for the SoC. On SoCs with write-back L1 cache, the cache has to +be flushed in s/w, before powering down the core. + +Power Collapse: This state is similar to the SPC mode, but distinguishes +itself in that the cpu acknowledges and permits the SoC to enter deeper sleep +modes. In a hierarchical power domain SoC, this means L2 and other caches can +be flushed, system bus, clocks - lowered, and SoC main XO clock gated and +voltages reduced, provided all cpus enter this state. Since the span of low +power modes possible at this state is vast, the exit latency and the residency +of this low power mode would be considered high even though at a cpu level, +this essentially is cpu power down. The SPM in this state also may handshake +with the Resource power manager (RPM) processor in the SoC to indicate a +complete application processor subsystem shut down. + +The idle-state for QCOM SoCs are distinguished by the compatible property of +the idle-states device node. + +The devicetree representation of the idle state should be - + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Must be one of - + "qcom,idle-state-ret", + "qcom,idle-state-spc", + "qcom,idle-state-pc", + and "arm,idle-state". + +Other required and optional properties are specified in [1]. + +Example: + + idle-states { + CPU_SPC: spc { + compatible = "qcom,idle-state-spc", "arm,idle-state"; + entry-latency-us = <150>; + exit-latency-us = <200>; + min-residency-us = <2000>; + }; + }; + +[1]. Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt index 1505fb8e131a..ae4afc6dcfe0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt @@ -2,22 +2,31 @@ SPM AVS Wrapper 2 (SAW2) The SAW2 is a wrapper around the Subsystem Power Manager (SPM) and the Adaptive Voltage Scaling (AVS) hardware. The SPM is a programmable -micro-controller that transitions a piece of hardware (like a processor or +power-controller that transitions a piece of hardware (like a processor or subsystem) into and out of low power modes via a direct connection to the PMIC. It can also be wired up to interact with other processors in the system, notifying them when a low power state is entered or exited. +Multiple revisions of the SAW hardware are supported using these Device Nodes. +SAW2 revisions differ in the register offset and configuration data. Also, the +same revision of the SAW in different SoCs may have different configuration +data due the the differences in hardware capabilities. Hence the SoC name, the +version of the SAW hardware in that SoC and the distinction between cpu (big +or Little) or cache, may be needed to uniquely identify the SAW register +configuration and initialization data. The compatible string is used to +indicate this parameter. + PROPERTIES - compatible: Usage: required Value type: <string> - Definition: shall contain "qcom,saw2". A more specific value should be - one of: - "qcom,saw2-v1" - "qcom,saw2-v1.1" - "qcom,saw2-v2" - "qcom,saw2-v2.1" + Definition: Must have + "qcom,saw2" + A more specific value could be one of: + "qcom,apq8064-saw2-v1.1-cpu" + "qcom,msm8974-saw2-v2.1-cpu" + "qcom,apq8084-saw2-v2.1-cpu" - reg: Usage: required @@ -26,10 +35,23 @@ PROPERTIES the register region. An optional second element specifies the base address and size of the alias register region. +- regulator: + Usage: optional + Value type: boolean + Definition: Indicates that this SPM device acts as a regulator device + device for the core (CPU or Cache) the SPM is attached + to. -Example: +Example 1: - regulator@2099000 { + power-controller@2099000 { compatible = "qcom,saw2"; reg = <0x02099000 0x1000>, <0x02009000 0x1000>; + regulator; + }; + +Example 2: + saw0: power-controller@f9089000 { + compatible = "qcom,apq8084-saw2-v2.1-cpu", "qcom,saw2"; + reg = <0xf9089000 0x1000>, <0xf9009000 0x1000>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt index 74607b6c1117..5e10c345548f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt @@ -9,11 +9,17 @@ Properties: "qcom,scss-timer" - scorpion subsystem - interrupts : Interrupts for the debug timer, the first general purpose - timer, and optionally a second general purpose timer in that - order. + timer, and optionally a second general purpose timer, and + optionally as well, 2 watchdog interrupts, in that order. - reg : Specifies the base address of the timer registers. +- clocks: Reference to the parent clocks, one per output clock. The parents + must appear in the same order as the clock names. + +- clock-names: The name of the clocks as free-form strings. They should be in + the same order as the clocks. + - clock-frequency : The frequency of the debug timer and the general purpose timer(s) in Hz in that order. @@ -29,9 +35,13 @@ Example: compatible = "qcom,scss-timer", "qcom,msm-timer"; interrupts = <1 1 0x301>, <1 2 0x301>, - <1 3 0x301>; + <1 3 0x301>, + <1 4 0x301>, + <1 5 0x301>; reg = <0x0200a000 0x100>; clock-frequency = <19200000>, <32768>; + clocks = <&sleep_clk>; + clock-names = "sleep"; cpu-offset = <0x40000>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt index 4139db353d0a..a9b28d74d902 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt @@ -9,7 +9,9 @@ inputs. Required properties: - compatible : Should be "ti,irq-crossbar" - reg: Base address and the size of the crossbar registers. -- ti,max-irqs: Total number of irqs available at the interrupt controller. +- interrupt-controller: indicates that this block is an interrupt controller. +- interrupt-parent: the interrupt controller this block is connected to. +- ti,max-irqs: Total number of irqs available at the parent interrupt controller. - ti,max-crossbar-sources: Maximum number of crossbar sources that can be routed. - ti,reg-size: Size of a individual register in bytes. Every individual register is assumed to be of same size. Valid sizes are 1, 2, 4. @@ -27,13 +29,13 @@ Optional properties: when the interrupt controller irq is unused (when not provided, default is 0) Examples: - crossbar_mpu: @4a020000 { + crossbar_mpu: crossbar@4a002a48 { compatible = "ti,irq-crossbar"; reg = <0x4a002a48 0x130>; ti,max-irqs = <160>; ti,max-crossbar-sources = <400>; ti,reg-size = <2>; - ti,irqs-reserved = <0 1 2 3 5 6 131 132 139 140>; + ti,irqs-reserved = <0 1 2 3 5 6 131 132>; ti,irqs-skip = <10 133 139 140>; }; @@ -44,10 +46,6 @@ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt for further details. An interrupt consumer on an SoC using crossbar will use: interrupts = <GIC_SPI request_number interrupt_level> -When the request number is between 0 to that described by -"ti,max-crossbar-sources", it is assumed to be a crossbar mapping. If the -request_number is greater than "ti,max-crossbar-sources", then it is mapped as a -quirky hardware mapping direct to GIC. Example: device_x@0x4a023000 { @@ -55,9 +53,3 @@ Example: interrupts = <GIC_SPI 8 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; ... }; - - device_y@0x4a033000 { - /* Direct mapped GIC SPI 1 used */ - interrupts = <GIC_SPI DIRECT_IRQ(1) IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - ... - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3a4e5901ce31 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +OMAP Control Module bindings + +Control Module contains miscellaneous features under it based on SoC type. +Pincontrol is one common feature, and it has a specialized support +described in [1]. Typically some clock nodes are also under control module. +Syscon is used to share register level access to drivers external to +control module driver itself. + +See [2] for documentation about clock/clockdomain nodes. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/* + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must be one of: + "ti,am3-scm" + "ti,am4-scm" + "ti,dm814-scrm" + "ti,dm816-scrm" + "ti,omap2-scm" + "ti,omap3-scm" + "ti,omap4-scm-core" + "ti,omap4-scm-padconf-core" + "ti,omap5-scm-core" + "ti,omap5-scm-padconf-core" + "ti,dra7-scm-core" +- reg: Contains Control Module register address range + (base address and length) + +Optional properties: +- clocks: clocks for this module +- clockdomains: clockdomains for this module + +Examples: + +scm: scm@2000 { + compatible = "ti,omap3-scm", "simple-bus"; + reg = <0x2000 0x2000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0 0x2000 0x2000>; + + omap3_pmx_core: pinmux@30 { + compatible = "ti,omap3-padconf", + "pinctrl-single"; + reg = <0x30 0x230>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-controller; + pinctrl-single,register-width = <16>; + pinctrl-single,function-mask = <0xff1f>; + }; + + scm_conf: scm_conf@270 { + compatible = "syscon"; + reg = <0x270 0x330>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + scm_clocks: clocks { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; + }; + + scm_clockdomains: clockdomains { + }; +} + +&scm_clocks { + mcbsp5_mux_fck: mcbsp5_mux_fck { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,composite-mux-clock"; + clocks = <&core_96m_fck>, <&mcbsp_clks>; + ti,bit-shift = <4>; + reg = <0x02d8>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l3-noc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l3-noc.txt index 974624ea68f6..161448da959d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l3-noc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l3-noc.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ provided by Arteris. Required properties: - compatible : Should be "ti,omap3-l3-smx" for OMAP3 family Should be "ti,omap4-l3-noc" for OMAP4 family + Should be "ti,omap5-l3-noc" for OMAP5 family Should be "ti,dra7-l3-noc" for DRA7 family Should be "ti,am4372-l3-noc" for AM43 family - reg: Contains L3 register address range for each noc domain. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b4f8a16e7e3b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +L4 interconnect bindings + +These bindings describe the OMAP SoCs L4 interconnect bus. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "ti,omap2-l4" for OMAP2 family l4 core bus + Should be "ti,omap2-l4-wkup" for OMAP2 family l4 wkup bus + Should be "ti,omap3-l4-core" for OMAP3 family l4 core bus + Should be "ti,omap4-l4-cfg" for OMAP4 family l4 cfg bus + Should be "ti,omap4-l4-wkup" for OMAP4 family l4 wkup bus + Should be "ti,omap5-l4-cfg" for OMAP5 family l4 cfg bus + Should be "ti,omap5-l4-wkup" for OMAP5 family l4 wkup bus + Should be "ti,dra7-l4-cfg" for DRA7 family l4 cfg bus + Should be "ti,dra7-l4-wkup" for DRA7 family l4 wkup bus + Should be "ti,am3-l4-wkup" for AM33xx family l4 wkup bus + Should be "ti,am4-l4-wkup" for AM43xx family l4 wkup bus +- ranges : contains the IO map range for the bus + +Examples: + +l4: l4@48000000 { + compatible "ti,omap2-l4", "simple-bus"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0 0x48000000 0x100000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt index 79074dac684a..3eb6d7afff14 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt @@ -10,14 +10,10 @@ documentation about the individual clock/clockdomain nodes. Required properties: - compatible: Must be one of: "ti,am3-prcm" - "ti,am3-scrm" "ti,am4-prcm" - "ti,am4-scrm" "ti,omap2-prcm" - "ti,omap2-scrm" "ti,omap3-prm" "ti,omap3-cm" - "ti,omap3-scrm" "ti,omap4-cm1" "ti,omap4-prm" "ti,omap4-cm2" @@ -29,6 +25,8 @@ Required properties: "ti,dra7-prm" "ti,dra7-cm-core-aon" "ti,dra7-cm-core" + "ti,dm814-prcm" + "ti,dm816-prcm" - reg: Contains PRCM module register address range (base address and length) - clocks: clocks for this module diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt index 75ef91d08f3b..3b5f5d1088c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt @@ -18,12 +18,21 @@ Required properties: "arm,arm11mpcore-pmu" "arm,arm1176-pmu" "arm,arm1136-pmu" + "qcom,scorpion-pmu" + "qcom,scorpion-mp-pmu" "qcom,krait-pmu" - interrupts : 1 combined interrupt or 1 per core. If the interrupt is a per-cpu interrupt (PPI) then 1 interrupt should be specified. Optional properties: +- interrupt-affinity : Valid only when using SPIs, specifies a list of phandles + to CPU nodes corresponding directly to the affinity of + the SPIs listed in the interrupts property. + + This property should be present when there is more than + a single SPI. + - qcom,no-pc-write : Indicates that this PMU doesn't support the 0xc and 0xd events. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt index 6809e4e51ed2..60d4a1e0a9b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt @@ -22,3 +22,7 @@ Rockchip platforms device tree bindings - compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288"; or - compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3288-beta", "rockchip,rk3288"; + +- ChipSPARK PopMetal-RK3288 board: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "chipspark,popmetal-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt index 67b211381f2b..2d6356d8daf4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt @@ -29,10 +29,27 @@ Properties: - clocks : list of phandles and specifiers to all input clocks listed in clock-names property. +Optional properties: + +Some PMUs are capable of behaving as an interrupt controller (mostly +to wake up a suspended PMU). In which case, they can have the +following properties: + +- interrupt-controller: indicate that said PMU is an interrupt controller + +- #interrupt-cells: must be identical to the that of the parent interrupt + controller. + +- interrupt-parent: a phandle indicating which interrupt controller + this PMU signals interrupts to. + Example : pmu_system_controller: system-controller@10040000 { compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-pmu", "syscon"; reg = <0x10040000 0x5000>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; #clock-cells = <1>; clock-names = "clkout0", "clkout1", "clkout2", "clkout3", "clkout4", "clkout8", "clkout9"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c447680519bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* ARM Snoop Control Unit (SCU) + +As part of the MPCore complex, Cortex-A5 and Cortex-A9 are provided +with a Snoop Control Unit. The register range is usually 256 (0x100) +bytes. + +References: + +- Cortex-A9: see DDI0407E Cortex-A9 MPCore Technical Reference Manual + Revision r2p0 +- Cortex-A5: see DDI0434B Cortex-A5 MPCore Technical Reference Manual + Revision r0p1 + +- compatible : Should be: + "arm,cortex-a9-scu" + "arm,cortex-a5-scu" + +- reg : Specify the base address and the size of the SCU register window. + +Example: + +scu@a04100000 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-scu"; + reg = <0xa0410000 0x100>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt index 51147cb5c036..c4f19b2e7dd9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt @@ -7,8 +7,6 @@ SoCs: compatible = "renesas,emev2" - RZ/A1H (R7S72100) compatible = "renesas,r7s72100" - - SH-Mobile AP4 (R8A73720/SH7372) - compatible = "renesas,sh7372" - SH-Mobile AG5 (R8A73A00/SH73A0) compatible = "renesas,sh73a0" - R-Mobile APE6 (R8A73A40) @@ -37,8 +35,6 @@ Boards: compatible = "renesas,alt", "renesas,r8a7794" - APE6-EVM compatible = "renesas,ape6evm", "renesas,r8a73a4" - - APE6-EVM - Reference Device Tree Implementation - compatible = "renesas,ape6evm-reference", "renesas,r8a73a4" - Atmark Techno Armadillo-800 EVA compatible = "renesas,armadillo800eva" - BOCK-W @@ -57,12 +53,8 @@ Boards: compatible = "renesas,kzm9d", "renesas,emev2" - Kyoto Microcomputer Co. KZM-A9-GT compatible = "renesas,kzm9g", "renesas,sh73a0" - - Kyoto Microcomputer Co. KZM-A9-GT - Reference Device Tree Implementation - compatible = "renesas,kzm9g-reference", "renesas,sh73a0" - Lager (RTP0RC7790SEB00010S) compatible = "renesas,lager", "renesas,r8a7790" - - Mackerel (R0P7372LC0016RL, AP4 EVM 2nd) - compatible = "renesas,mackerel" - Marzen compatible = "renesas,marzen", "renesas,r8a7779" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt index 42941fdefb11..67da20539540 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt @@ -9,4 +9,6 @@ using one of the following compatible strings: allwinner,sun6i-a31 allwinner,sun7i-a20 allwinner,sun8i-a23 + allwinner,sun8i-a33 + allwinner,sun8i-h3 allwinner,sun9i-a80 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt index 067c9790062f..9a4295b54539 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt @@ -5,9 +5,12 @@ Required properties: Tegra30, must contain "nvidia,tegra30-ahb". Otherwise, must contain '"nvidia,<chip>-ahb", "nvidia,tegra30-ahb"' where <chip> is tegra124, tegra132, or tegra210. -- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length) +- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length). For + Tegra20, Tegra30, and Tegra114 chips, the value must be <0x6000c004 + 0x10c>. For Tegra124, Tegra132 and Tegra210 chips, the value should + be be <0x6000c000 0x150>. -Example: +Example (for a Tegra20 chip): ahb: ahb@6000c004 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-ahb"; reg = <0x6000c004 0x10c>; /* AHB Arbitration + Gizmo Controller */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-actmon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-actmon.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ea670a5d7ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-actmon.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra Activity Monitor + +The activity monitor block collects statistics about the behaviour of other +components in the system. This information can be used to derive the rate at +which the external memory needs to be clocked in order to serve all requests +from the monitored clients. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "nvidia,tegra<chip>-actmon" +- reg: offset and length of the register set for the device +- interrupts: standard interrupt property +- clocks: Must contain a phandle and clock specifier pair for each entry in +clock-names. See ../../clock/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: Must include the following entries: + - actmon + - emc +- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. See +../../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - actmon + +Example: + actmon@6000c800 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-actmon"; + reg = <0x0 0x6000c800 0x0 0x400>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 45 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_ACTMON>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_EMC>; + clock-names = "actmon", "emc"; + resets = <&tegra_car 119>; + reset-names = "actmon"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b8737a8de718 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +ST-Ericsson Ux500 boards +------------------------ + +Required properties (in root node) one of these: + compatible = "st-ericsson,mop500" (legacy) + compatible = "st-ericsson,u8500" + +Required node (under root node): + +soc: represents the system-on-chip and contains the chip +peripherals + +Required property of soc node, one of these: + compatible = "stericsson,db8500" + +Required subnodes under soc node: + +backupram: (used for CPU spin tables and for storing data +during retention, system won't boot without this): + compatible = "ste,dbx500-backupram" + +scu: + see binding for arm/scu.txt + +interrupt-controller: + see binding for arm/gic.txt + +timer: + see binding for arm/twd.txt + +clocks: + see binding for clocks/ux500.txt + +Example: + +/dts-v1/; + +/ { + model = "ST-Ericsson HREF (pre-v60) and ST UIB"; + compatible = "st-ericsson,mop500", "st-ericsson,u8500"; + + soc { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + compatible = "stericsson,db8500"; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + ranges; + + backupram@80150000 { + compatible = "ste,dbx500-backupram"; + reg = <0x80150000 0x2000>; + }; + + intc: interrupt-controller@a0411000 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-gic"; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + #address-cells = <1>; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0xa0411000 0x1000>, + <0xa0410100 0x100>; + }; + + scu@a04100000 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-scu"; + reg = <0xa0410000 0x100>; + }; + + timer@a0410600 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-twd-timer"; + reg = <0xa0410600 0x20>; + interrupts = <1 13 0x304>; /* IRQ level high per-CPU */ + clocks = <&smp_twd_clk>; + }; + + clocks { + compatible = "stericsson,u8500-clks"; + + smp_twd_clk: smp-twd-clock { + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3ff5c9e85c1c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +ZTE platforms device tree bindings +--------------------------------------- + +- ZX296702 board: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "zte,zx296702-ad1", "zte,zx296702" + +System management required properties: + - compatible = "zte,sysctrl" + +Low power management required properties: + - compatible = "zte,zx296702-pcu" + +Bus matrix required properties: + - compatible = "zte,zx-bus-matrix" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-ceva.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-ceva.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7ca8b976c13a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-ceva.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Binding for CEVA AHCI SATA Controller + +Required properties: + - reg: Physical base address and size of the controller's register area. + - compatible: Compatibility string. Must be 'ceva,ahci-1v84'. + - clocks: Input clock specifier. Refer to common clock bindings. + - interrupts: Interrupt specifier. Refer to interrupt binding. + +Optional properties: + - ceva,broken-gen2: limit to gen1 speed instead of gen2. + +Examples: + ahci@fd0c0000 { + compatible = "ceva,ahci-1v84"; + reg = <0xfd0c0000 0x200>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <0 133 4>; + clocks = <&clkc SATA_CLK_ID>; + ceva,broken-gen2; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt index c2340eeeb97f..a2321819e7f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ Required properties: - "snps,dwc-ahci" - "snps,exynos5440-ahci" - "snps,spear-ahci" + - "fsl,qoriq-ahci" : for qoriq series socs which include ls1021, ls2085, etc. + - "fsl,<chip>-ahci" : chip could be ls1021, ls2085 etc. - "generic-ahci" - interrupts : <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ> - reg : <registers mapping> diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt index 0574a77a0b9f..e1d01df8e3c1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt @@ -3,29 +3,48 @@ STMicroelectronics STi SATA controller This binding describes a SATA device. Required properties: - - compatible : Must be "st,sti-ahci" + - compatible : Must be "st,ahci" - reg : Physical base addresses and length of register sets - interrupts : Interrupt associated with the SATA device - interrupt-names : Associated name must be; "hostc" - - resets : The power-down and soft-reset lines of SATA IP - - reset-names : Associated names must be; "pwr-dwn" and "sw-rst" - clocks : The phandle for the clock - clock-names : Associated name must be; "ahci_clk" - - phys : The phandle for the PHY device + - phys : The phandle for the PHY port - phy-names : Associated name must be; "ahci_phy" +Optional properties: + - resets : The power-down, soft-reset and power-reset lines of SATA IP + - reset-names : Associated names must be; "pwr-dwn", "sw-rst" and "pwr-rst" + Example: + /* Example for stih416 */ sata0: sata@fe380000 { - compatible = "st,sti-ahci"; - reg = <0xfe380000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 157 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; - interrupt-names = "hostc"; - phys = <&miphy365x_phy MIPHY_PORT_0 MIPHY_TYPE_SATA>; - phy-names = "ahci_phy"; - resets = <&powerdown STIH416_SATA0_POWERDOWN>, + compatible = "st,ahci"; + reg = <0xfe380000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 157 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + interrupt-names = "hostc"; + phys = <&phy_port0 PHY_TYPE_SATA>; + phy-names = "ahci_phy"; + resets = <&powerdown STIH416_SATA0_POWERDOWN>, <&softreset STIH416_SATA0_SOFTRESET>; - reset-names = "pwr-dwn", "sw-rst"; - clocks = <&clk_s_a0_ls CLK_ICN_REG>; - clock-names = "ahci_clk"; + reset-names = "pwr-dwn", "sw-rst"; + clocks = <&clk_s_a0_ls CLK_ICN_REG>; + clock-names = "ahci_clk"; + }; + + /* Example for stih407 family silicon */ + sata0: sata@9b20000 { + compatible = "st,ahci"; + reg = <0x9b20000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 159 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + interrupt-names = "hostc"; + phys = <&phy_port0 PHY_TYPE_SATA>; + phy-names = "ahci_phy"; + resets = <&powerdown STIH407_SATA0_POWERDOWN>, + <&softreset STIH407_SATA0_SOFTRESET>, + <&softreset STIH407_SATA0_PWR_SOFTRESET>; + reset-names = "pwr-dwn", "sw-rst", "pwr-rst"; + clocks = <&clk_s_c0_flexgen CLK_ICN_REG>; + clock-names = "ahci_clk"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/brcm,sata-brcmstb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/brcm,sata-brcmstb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..20ac9bbfa1fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/brcm,sata-brcmstb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +* Broadcom SATA3 AHCI Controller for STB + +SATA nodes are defined to describe on-chip Serial ATA controllers. +Each SATA controller should have its own node. + +Required properties: +- compatible : compatible list, may contain "brcm,bcm7445-ahci" and/or + "brcm,sata3-ahci" +- reg : register mappings for AHCI and SATA_TOP_CTRL +- reg-names : "ahci" and "top-ctrl" +- interrupts : interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ + +Also see ahci-platform.txt. + +Example: + + sata@f045a000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-ahci", "brcm,sata3-ahci"; + reg = <0xf045a000 0xa9c>, <0xf0458040 0x24>; + reg-names = "ahci", "top-ctrl"; + interrupts = <0 30 0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + sata0: sata-port@0 { + reg = <0>; + phys = <&sata_phy 0>; + }; + + sata1: sata-port@1 { + reg = <1>; + phys = <&sata_phy 1>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/bcma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/brcm,bus-axi.txt index edd44d802139..edd44d802139 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/bcma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/brcm,bus-axi.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt index 63dd8051521c..18729f6fe1e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ * OMAP OCP2SCP - ocp interface to scp interface properties: -- compatible : Should be "ti,omap-ocp2scp" +- compatible : Should be "ti,am437x-ocp2scp" for AM437x processor + Should be "ti,omap-ocp2scp" for all others - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device - #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes - ranges : the child address space are mapped 1:1 onto the parent address space diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/renesas,bsc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/renesas,bsc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..90e947269437 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/renesas,bsc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +Renesas Bus State Controller (BSC) +================================== + +The Renesas Bus State Controller (BSC, sometimes called "LBSC within Bus +Bridge", or "External Bus Interface") can be found in several Renesas ARM SoCs. +It provides an external bus for connecting multiple external devices to the +SoC, driving several chip select lines, for e.g. NOR FLASH, Ethernet and USB. + +While the BSC is a fairly simple memory-mapped bus, it may be part of a PM +domain, and may have a gateable functional clock. +Before a device connected to the BSC can be accessed, the PM domain +containing the BSC must be powered on, and the functional clock +driving the BSC must be enabled. + +The bindings for the BSC extend the bindings for "simple-pm-bus". + + +Required properties + - compatible: Must contain an SoC-specific value, and "renesas,bsc" and + "simple-pm-bus" as fallbacks. + SoC-specific values can be: + "renesas,bsc-r8a73a4" for R-Mobile APE6 (r8a73a4) + "renesas,bsc-sh73a0" for SH-Mobile AG5 (sh73a0) + - #address-cells, #size-cells, ranges: Must describe the mapping between + parent address and child address spaces. + - reg: Must contain the base address and length to access the bus controller. + +Optional properties: + - interrupts: Must contain a reference to the BSC interrupt, if available. + - clocks: Must contain a reference to the functional clock, if available. + - power-domains: Must contain a reference to the PM domain, if available. + + +Example: + + bsc: bus@fec10000 { + compatible = "renesas,bsc-sh73a0", "renesas,bsc", + "simple-pm-bus"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0 0 0x20000000>; + reg = <0xfec10000 0x400>; + interrupts = <0 39 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&zb_clk>; + power-domains = <&pd_a4s>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/simple-pm-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/simple-pm-bus.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d032237512c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/simple-pm-bus.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +Simple Power-Managed Bus +======================== + +A Simple Power-Managed Bus is a transparent bus that doesn't need a real +driver, as it's typically initialized by the boot loader. + +However, its bus controller is part of a PM domain, or under the control of a +functional clock. Hence, the bus controller's PM domain and/or clock must be +enabled for child devices connected to the bus (either on-SoC or externally) +to function. + +While "simple-pm-bus" follows the "simple-bus" set of properties, as specified +in ePAPR, it is not an extension of "simple-bus". + + +Required properties: + - compatible: Must contain at least "simple-pm-bus". + Must not contain "simple-bus". + It's recommended to let this be preceded by one or more + vendor-specific compatible values. + - #address-cells, #size-cells, ranges: Must describe the mapping between + parent address and child address spaces. + +Optional platform-specific properties for clock or PM domain control (at least +one of them is required): + - clocks: Must contain a reference to the functional clock(s), + - power-domains: Must contain a reference to the PM domain. +Please refer to the binding documentation for the clock and/or PM domain +providers for more details. + + +Example: + + bsc: bus@fec10000 { + compatible = "renesas,bsc-sh73a0", "renesas,bsc", + "simple-pm-bus"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0 0 0x20000000>; + reg = <0xfec10000 0x400>; + interrupts = <0 39 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&zb_clk>; + power-domains = <&pd_a4s>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,meson8b-clkc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,meson8b-clkc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2b7b3fa588d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,meson8b-clkc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +* Amlogic Meson8b Clock and Reset Unit + +The Amlogic Meson8b clock controller generates and supplies clock to various +controllers within the SoC. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: should be "amlogic,meson8b-clkc" +- reg: it must be composed by two tuples: + 0) physical base address of the xtal register and length of memory + mapped region. + 1) physical base address of the clock controller and length of memory + mapped region. + +- #clock-cells: should be 1. + +Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier +to specify the clock which they consume. All available clocks are defined as +preprocessor macros in the dt-bindings/clock/meson8b-clkc.h header and can be +used in device tree sources. + +Example: Clock controller node: + + clkc: clock-controller@c1104000 { + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "amlogic,meson8b-clkc"; + reg = <0xc1108000 0x4>, <0xc1104000 0x460>; + }; + + +Example: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock + controller: + + uart_AO: serial@c81004c0 { + compatible = "amlogic,meson-uart"; + reg = <0xc81004c0 0x14>; + interrupts = <0 90 1>; + clocks = <&clkc CLKID_CLK81>; + status = "disabled"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt index 7a4d4926f44e..5ba6450693b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Required properties for peripheral clocks: - #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id). - clocks : shall be the master clock phandle. e.g. clocks = <&mck>; -- name: device tree node describing a specific system clock. +- name: device tree node describing a specific peripheral clock. * #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. * reg: peripheral id. See Atmel's datasheets to get a full list of peripheral ids. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-cygnus-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-cygnus-clock.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 00d26edec8bc..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-cygnus-clock.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -Broadcom Cygnus Clocks - -This binding uses the common clock binding: -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt - -Currently various "fixed" clocks are declared for peripheral drivers that use -the common clock framework to reference their core clocks. Proper support of -these clocks will be added later - -Device tree example: - - clocks { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <1>; - ranges; - - osc: oscillator { - compatible = "fixed-clock"; - #clock-cells = <1>; - clock-frequency = <25000000>; - }; - - apb_clk: apb_clk { - compatible = "fixed-clock"; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clock-frequency = <1000000000>; - }; - - periph_clk: periph_clk { - compatible = "fixed-clock"; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clock-frequency = <500000000>; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..da8d9bb5751c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +Broadcom iProc Family Clocks + +This binding uses the common clock binding: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +The iProc clock controller manages clocks that are common to the iProc family. +An SoC from the iProc family may have several PPLs, e.g., ARMPLL, GENPLL, +LCPLL0, MIPIPLL, and etc., all derived from an onboard crystal. Each PLL +comprises of several leaf clocks + +Required properties for a PLL and its leaf clocks: + +- compatible: + Should have a value of the form "brcm,<soc>-<pll>". For example, GENPLL on +Cygnus has a compatible string of "brcm,cygnus-genpll" + +- #clock-cells: + Have a value of <1> since there are more than 1 leaf clock of a given PLL + +- reg: + Define the base and range of the I/O address space that contain the iProc +clock control registers required for the PLL + +- clocks: + The input parent clock phandle for the PLL. For most iProc PLLs, this is an +onboard crystal with a fixed rate + +- clock-output-names: + An ordered list of strings defining the names of the clocks + +Example: + + osc: oscillator { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + clock-frequency = <25000000>; + }; + + genpll: genpll { + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "brcm,cygnus-genpll"; + reg = <0x0301d000 0x2c>, <0x0301c020 0x4>; + clocks = <&osc>; + clock-output-names = "genpll", "axi21", "250mhz", "ihost_sys", + "enet_sw", "audio_125", "can"; + }; + +Required properties for ASIU clocks: + +ASIU clocks are a special case. These clocks are derived directly from the +reference clock of the onboard crystal + +- compatible: + Should have a value of the form "brcm,<soc>-asiu-clk". For example, ASIU +clocks for Cygnus have a compatible string of "brcm,cygnus-asiu-clk" + +- #clock-cells: + Have a value of <1> since there are more than 1 ASIU clocks + +- reg: + Define the base and range of the I/O address space that contain the iProc +clock control registers required for ASIU clocks + +- clocks: + The input parent clock phandle for the ASIU clock, i.e., the onboard +crystal + +- clock-output-names: + An ordered list of strings defining the names of the ASIU clocks + +Example: + + osc: oscillator { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + clock-frequency = <25000000>; + }; + + asiu_clks: asiu_clks { + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "brcm,cygnus-asiu-clk"; + reg = <0x0301d048 0xc>, <0x180aa024 0x4>; + clocks = <&osc>; + clock-output-names = "keypad", "adc/touch", "pwm"; + }; + +Cygnus +------ +PLL and leaf clock compatible strings for Cygnus are: + "brcm,cygnus-armpll" + "brcm,cygnus-genpll" + "brcm,cygnus-lcpll0" + "brcm,cygnus-mipipll" + "brcm,cygnus-asiu-clk" + +The following table defines the set of PLL/clock index and ID for Cygnus. +These clock IDs are defined in: + "include/dt-bindings/clock/bcm-cygnus.h" + + Clock Source (Parent) Index ID + --- ----- ----- --------- + crystal N/A N/A N/A + + armpll crystal N/A N/A + + keypad crystal (ASIU) 0 BCM_CYGNUS_ASIU_KEYPAD_CLK + adc/tsc crystal (ASIU) 1 BCM_CYGNUS_ASIU_ADC_CLK + pwm crystal (ASIU) 2 BCM_CYGNUS_ASIU_PWM_CLK + + genpll crystal 0 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL + axi21 genpll 1 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL_AXI21_CLK + 250mhz genpll 2 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL_250MHZ_CLK + ihost_sys genpll 3 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL_IHOST_SYS_CLK + enet_sw genpll 4 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL_ENET_SW_CLK + audio_125 genpll 5 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL_AUDIO_125_CLK + can genpll 6 BCM_CYGNUS_GENPLL_CAN_CLK + + lcpll0 crystal 0 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0 + pcie_phy lcpll0 1 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_PCIE_PHY_REF_CLK + ddr_phy lcpll0 2 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_DDR_PHY_CLK + sdio lcpll0 3 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_SDIO_CLK + usb_phy lcpll0 4 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_USB_PHY_REF_CLK + smart_card lcpll0 5 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_SMART_CARD_CLK + ch5_unused lcpll0 6 BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_CH5_UNUSED + + mipipll crystal 0 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL + ch0_unused mipipll 1 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH0_UNUSED + ch1_lcd mipipll 2 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH1_LCD + ch2_v3d mipipll 3 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH2_V3D + ch3_unused mipipll 4 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH3_UNUSED + ch4_unused mipipll 5 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH4_UNUSED + ch5_unused mipipll 6 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH5_UNUSED diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-kona-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.txt index 5286e260fcae..5286e260fcae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-kona-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt index 06fc6d541c89..2ec489eebe72 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt @@ -138,9 +138,10 @@ Some platforms may require initial configuration of default parent clocks and clock frequencies. Such a configuration can be specified in a device tree node through assigned-clocks, assigned-clock-parents and assigned-clock-rates properties. The assigned-clock-parents property should contain a list of parent -clocks in form of phandle and clock specifier pairs, the assigned-clock-parents -property the list of assigned clock frequency values - corresponding to clocks -listed in the assigned-clocks property. +clocks in the form of a phandle and clock specifier pair and the +assigned-clock-rates property should contain a list of frequencies in Hz. Both +these properties should correspond to the clocks listed in the assigned-clocks +property. To skip setting parent or rate of a clock its corresponding entry should be set to 0, or can be omitted if it is not followed by any non-zero entry. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/csr,atlas7-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/csr,atlas7-car.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..54d6d1358339 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/csr,atlas7-car.txt @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +* Clock and reset bindings for CSR atlas7 + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "sirf,atlas7-car" +- reg: Address and length of the register set +- #clock-cells: Should be <1> +- #reset-cells: Should be <1> + +The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. +The ID list atlas7_clks defined in drivers/clk/sirf/clk-atlas7.c + +The reset consumer should specify the desired reset by having the reset +ID in its "reset" phandle cell. +The ID list atlas7_reset_unit defined in drivers/clk/sirf/clk-atlas7.c + +Examples: Clock and reset controller node: + +car: clock-controller@18620000 { + compatible = "sirf,atlas7-car"; + reg = <0x18620000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; +}; + +Examples: Consumers using clock or reset: + +timer@10dc0000 { + compatible = "sirf,macro-tick"; + reg = <0x10dc0000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&car 54>; + interrupts = <0 0 0>, + <0 1 0>, + <0 2 0>, + <0 49 0>, + <0 50 0>, + <0 51 0>; +}; + +uart1: uart@18020000 { + cell-index = <1>; + compatible = "sirf,macro-uart"; + reg = <0x18020000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&clks 95>; + interrupts = <0 18 0>; + fifosize = <32>; +}; + +vpp@13110000 { + compatible = "sirf,prima2-vpp"; + reg = <0x13110000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <0 31 0>; + clocks = <&car 85>; + resets = <&car 29>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt index 60bbb1a8c69a..268ca615459e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ usia_u0_sclk: usia_u0_sclk { Example of consumer: -uart@e1020000 { +serial@e1020000 { compatible = "renesas,em-uart"; reg = <0xe1020000 0x38>; interrupts = <0 8 0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt index f57d9dd9ea85..f1738b88c225 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ Required Properties: - "samsung,exynos3250-cmu" - controller compatible with Exynos3250 SoC. - "samsung,exynos3250-cmu-dmc" - controller compatible with Exynos3250 SoC for Dynamic Memory Controller domain. + - "samsung,exynos3250-cmu-isp" - ISP block clock controller compatible + with Exynos3250 SOC - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. @@ -36,6 +38,12 @@ Example 1: Examples of clock controller nodes are listed below. #clock-cells = <1>; }; + cmu_isp: clock-controller@10048000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos3250-cmu-isp"; + reg = <0x10048000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + Example 2: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock controller. Refer to the standard clock bindings for information about 'clocks' and 'clock-names' property. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..63379b04e052 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,462 @@ +* Samsung Exynos5433 CMU (Clock Management Units) + +The Exynos5433 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various +controllers within the Exynos5433 SoC. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: should be one of the following. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-top" - clock controller compatible for CMU_TOP + which generates clocks for IMEM/FSYS/G3D/GSCL/HEVC/MSCL/G2D/MFC/PERIC/PERIS + domains and bus clocks. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cpif" - clock controller compatible for CMU_CPIF + which generates clocks for LLI (Low Latency Interface) IP. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mif" - clock controller compatible for CMU_MIF + which generates clocks for DRAM Memory Controller domain. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-peric" - clock controller compatible for CMU_PERIC + which generates clocks for UART/I2C/SPI/I2S/PCM/SPDIF/PWM/SLIMBUS IPs. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-peris" - clock controller compatible for CMU_PERIS + which generates clocks for PMU/TMU/MCT/WDT/RTC/SECKEY/TZPC IPs. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-fsys" - clock controller compatible for CMU_FSYS + which generates clocks for USB/UFS/SDMMC/TSI/PDMA IPs. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-g2d" - clock controller compatible for CMU_G2D + which generates clocks for G2D/MDMA IPs. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-disp" - clock controller compatible for CMU_DISP + which generates clocks for Display (DECON/HDMI/DSIM/MIXER) IPs. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-aud" - clock controller compatible for CMU_AUD + which generates clocks for Cortex-A5/BUS/AUDIO clocks. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus0", "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus1" + and "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus2" - clock controller compatible for CMU_BUS + which generates global data buses clock and global peripheral buses clock. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-g3d" - clock controller compatible for CMU_G3D + which generates clocks for 3D Graphics Engine IP. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-gscl" - clock controller compatible for CMU_GSCL + which generates clocks for GSCALER IPs. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-apollo"- clock controller compatible for CMU_APOLLO + which generates clocks for Cortex-A53 Quad-core processor. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-atlas" - clock controller compatible for CMU_ATLAS + which generates clocks for Cortex-A57 Quad-core processor, CoreSight and + L2 cache controller. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mscl" - clock controller compatible for CMU_MSCL + which generates clocks for M2M (Memory to Memory) scaler and JPEG IPs. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mfc" - clock controller compatible for CMU_MFC + which generates clocks for MFC(Multi-Format Codec) IP. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-hevc" - clock controller compatible for CMU_HEVC + which generates clocks for HEVC(High Efficiency Video Codec) decoder IP. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-isp" - clock controller compatible for CMU_ISP + which generates clocks for FIMC-ISP/DRC/SCLC/DIS/3DNR IPs. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cam0" - clock controller compatible for CMU_CAM0 + which generates clocks for MIPI_CSIS{0|1}/FIMC_LITE_{A|B|D}/FIMC_3AA{0|1} + IPs. + - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cam1" - clock controller compatible for CMU_CAM1 + which generates clocks for Cortex-A5/MIPI_CSIS2/FIMC-LITE_C/FIMC-FD IPs. + +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. + +- #clock-cells: should be 1. + +- clocks: list of the clock controller input clock identifiers, + from common clock bindings. Please refer the next section + to find the input clocks for a given controller. + +- clock-names: list of the clock controller input clock names, + as described in clock-bindings.txt. + + Input clocks for top clock controller: + - oscclk + - sclk_mphy_pll + - sclk_mfc_pll + - sclk_bus_pll + + Input clocks for cpif clock controller: + - oscclk + + Input clocks for mif clock controller: + - oscclk + - sclk_mphy_pll + + Input clocks for fsys clock controller: + - oscclk + - sclk_ufs_mphy + - div_aclk_fsys_200 + - sclk_pcie_100_fsys + - sclk_ufsunipro_fsys + - sclk_mmc2_fsys + - sclk_mmc1_fsys + - sclk_mmc0_fsys + - sclk_usbhost30_fsys + - sclk_usbdrd30_fsys + + Input clocks for g2d clock controller: + - oscclk + - aclk_g2d_266 + - aclk_g2d_400 + + Input clocks for disp clock controller: + - oscclk + - sclk_dsim1_disp + - sclk_dsim0_disp + - sclk_dsd_disp + - sclk_decon_tv_eclk_disp + - sclk_decon_vclk_disp + - sclk_decon_eclk_disp + - sclk_decon_tv_vclk_disp + - aclk_disp_333 + + Input clocks for bus0 clock controller: + - aclk_bus0_400 + + Input clocks for bus1 clock controller: + - aclk_bus1_400 + + Input clocks for bus2 clock controller: + - oscclk + - aclk_bus2_400 + + Input clocks for g3d clock controller: + - oscclk + - aclk_g3d_400 + + Input clocks for gscl clock controller: + - oscclk + - aclk_gscl_111 + - aclk_gscl_333 + + Input clocks for apollo clock controller: + - oscclk + - sclk_bus_pll_apollo + + Input clocks for atlas clock controller: + - oscclk + - sclk_bus_pll_atlas + + Input clocks for mscl clock controller: + - oscclk + - sclk_jpeg_mscl + - aclk_mscl_400 + + Input clocks for mfc clock controller: + - oscclk + - aclk_mfc_400 + + Input clocks for hevc clock controller: + - oscclk + - aclk_hevc_400 + + Input clocks for isp clock controller: + - oscclk + - aclk_isp_dis_400 + - aclk_isp_400 + + Input clocks for cam0 clock controller: + - oscclk + - aclk_cam0_333 + - aclk_cam0_400 + - aclk_cam0_552 + + Input clocks for cam1 clock controller: + - oscclk + - sclk_isp_uart_cam1 + - sclk_isp_spi1_cam1 + - sclk_isp_spi0_cam1 + - aclk_cam1_333 + - aclk_cam1_400 + - aclk_cam1_552 + +Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier +to specify the clock which they consume. + +All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in +dt-bindings/clock/exynos5433.h header and can be used in device +tree sources. + +Example 1: Examples of 'oscclk' source clock node are listed below. + + xxti: xxti { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + clock-output-names = "oscclk"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; + +Example 2: Examples of clock controller nodes are listed below. + + cmu_top: clock-controller@10030000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-top"; + reg = <0x10030000 0x0c04>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", + "sclk_mphy_pll", + "sclk_mfc_pll", + "sclk_bus_pll"; + clocks = <&xxti>, + <&cmu_cpif CLK_SCLK_MPHY_PLL>, + <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_MFC_PLL>, + <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_BUS_PLL>; + }; + + cmu_cpif: clock-controller@10fc0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cpif"; + reg = <0x10fc0000 0x0c04>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk"; + clocks = <&xxti>; + }; + + cmu_mif: clock-controller@105b0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mif"; + reg = <0x105b0000 0x100c>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", + "sclk_mphy_pll"; + clocks = <&xxti>, + <&cmu_cpif CLK_SCLK_MPHY_PLL>; + }; + + cmu_peric: clock-controller@14c80000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-peric"; + reg = <0x14c80000 0x0b08>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + cmu_peris: clock-controller@10040000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-peris"; + reg = <0x10040000 0x0b20>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + cmu_fsys: clock-controller@156e0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-fsys"; + reg = <0x156e0000 0x0b04>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", + "sclk_ufs_mphy", + "div_aclk_fsys_200", + "sclk_pcie_100_fsys", + "sclk_ufsunipro_fsys", + "sclk_mmc2_fsys", + "sclk_mmc1_fsys", + "sclk_mmc0_fsys", + "sclk_usbhost30_fsys", + "sclk_usbdrd30_fsys"; + clocks = <&xxti>, + <&cmu_cpif CLK_SCLK_UFS_MPHY>, + <&cmu_top CLK_DIV_ACLK_FSYS_200>, + <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_PCIE_100_FSYS>, + <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_UFSUNIPRO_FSYS>, + <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_MMC2_FSYS>, + <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_MMC1_FSYS>, + <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_MMC0_FSYS>, + <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_USBHOST30_FSYS>, + <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_USBDRD30_FSYS>; + }; + + cmu_g2d: clock-controller@12460000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-g2d"; + reg = <0x12460000 0x0b08>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", + "aclk_g2d_266", + "aclk_g2d_400"; + clocks = <&xxti>, + <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_G2D_266>, + <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_G2D_400>; + }; + + cmu_disp: clock-controller@13b90000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-disp"; + reg = <0x13b90000 0x0c04>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", + "sclk_dsim1_disp", + "sclk_dsim0_disp", + "sclk_dsd_disp", + "sclk_decon_tv_eclk_disp", + "sclk_decon_vclk_disp", + "sclk_decon_eclk_disp", + "sclk_decon_tv_vclk_disp", + "aclk_disp_333"; + clocks = <&xxti>, + <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DSIM1_DISP>, + <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DSIM0_DISP>, + <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DSD_DISP>, + <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DECON_TV_ECLK_DISP>, + <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DECON_VCLK_DISP>, + <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DECON_ECLK_DISP>, + <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DECON_TV_VCLK_DISP>, + <&cmu_mif CLK_ACLK_DISP_333>; + }; + + cmu_aud: clock-controller@114c0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-aud"; + reg = <0x114c0000 0x0b04>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + cmu_bus0: clock-controller@13600000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus0"; + reg = <0x13600000 0x0b04>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "aclk_bus0_400"; + clocks = <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_BUS0_400>; + }; + + cmu_bus1: clock-controller@14800000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus1"; + reg = <0x14800000 0x0b04>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "aclk_bus1_400"; + clocks = <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_BUS1_400>; + }; + + cmu_bus2: clock-controller@13400000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus2"; + reg = <0x13400000 0x0b04>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", "aclk_bus2_400"; + clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_mif CLK_ACLK_BUS2_400>; + }; + + cmu_g3d: clock-controller@14aa0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-g3d"; + reg = <0x14aa0000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", "aclk_g3d_400"; + clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_G3D_400>; + }; + + cmu_gscl: clock-controller@13cf0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-gscl"; + reg = <0x13cf0000 0x0b10>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", + "aclk_gscl_111", + "aclk_gscl_333"; + clocks = <&xxti>, + <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_GSCL_111>, + <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_GSCL_333>; + }; + + cmu_apollo: clock-controller@11900000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-apollo"; + reg = <0x11900000 0x1088>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", "sclk_bus_pll_apollo"; + clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_BUS_PLL_APOLLO>; + }; + + cmu_atlas: clock-controller@11800000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-atlas"; + reg = <0x11800000 0x1088>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", "sclk_bus_pll_atlas"; + clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_BUS_PLL_ATLAS>; + }; + + cmu_mscl: clock-controller@105d0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mscl"; + reg = <0x105d0000 0x0b10>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", + "sclk_jpeg_mscl", + "aclk_mscl_400"; + clocks = <&xxti>, + <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_JPEG_MSCL>, + <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_MSCL_400>; + }; + + cmu_mfc: clock-controller@15280000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mfc"; + reg = <0x15280000 0x0b08>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", "aclk_mfc_400"; + clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_MFC_400>; + }; + + cmu_hevc: clock-controller@14f80000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-hevc"; + reg = <0x14f80000 0x0b08>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", "aclk_hevc_400"; + clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_HEVC_400>; + }; + + cmu_isp: clock-controller@146d0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-isp"; + reg = <0x146d0000 0x0b0c>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", + "aclk_isp_dis_400", + "aclk_isp_400"; + clocks = <&xxti>, + <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_ISP_DIS_400>, + <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_ISP_400>; + }; + + cmu_cam0: clock-controller@120d0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cam0"; + reg = <0x120d0000 0x0b0c>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", + "aclk_cam0_333", + "aclk_cam0_400", + "aclk_cam0_552"; + clocks = <&xxti>, + <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM0_333>, + <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM0_400>, + <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM0_552>; + }; + + cmu_cam1: clock-controller@145d0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cam1"; + reg = <0x145d0000 0x0b08>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + clock-names = "oscclk", + "sclk_isp_uart_cam1", + "sclk_isp_spi1_cam1", + "sclk_isp_spi0_cam1", + "aclk_cam1_333", + "aclk_cam1_400", + "aclk_cam1_552"; + clocks = <&xxti>, + <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_ISP_UART_CAM1>, + <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_ISP_SPI1_CAM1>, + <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_ISP_SPI0_CAM1>, + <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM1_333>, + <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM1_400>, + <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM1_552>; + }; + +Example 3: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock + controller. + + serial_0: serial@14C10000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-uart"; + reg = <0x14C10000 0x100>; + interrupts = <0 421 0>; + clocks = <&cmu_peric CLK_PCLK_UART0>, + <&cmu_peric CLK_SCLK_UART0>; + clock-names = "uart", "clk_uart_baud0"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_bus>; + status = "disabled"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..332396265689 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Fujitsu CRG11 clock driver bindings +----------------------------------- + +Required properties : +- compatible : Shall contain "fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11" +- #clock-cells : Shall be 3 {cntrlr domain port} + +The consumer specifies the desired clock pointing to its phandle. + +Example: + + clock: crg11 { + compatible = "fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11"; + #clock-cells = <3>; + }; + + mhu: mhu0@2b1f0000 { + #mbox-cells = <1>; + compatible = "arm,mhu"; + reg = <0 0x2B1F0000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 36 4>, /* LP Non-Sec */ + <0 35 4>, /* HP Non-Sec */ + <0 37 4>; /* Secure */ + clocks = <&clock 0 2 1>; /* Cntrlr:0 Domain:2 Port:1 */ + clock-names = "clk"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi6220-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi6220-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..259e30af9597 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi6220-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +* Hisilicon Hi6220 Clock Controller + +Clock control registers reside in different Hi6220 system controllers, +please refer the following document to know more about the binding rules +for these system controllers: + +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: the compatible should be one of the following strings to + indicate the clock controller functionality. + + - "hisilicon,hi6220-aoctrl" + - "hisilicon,hi6220-sysctrl" + - "hisilicon,hi6220-mediactrl" + - "hisilicon,hi6220-pmctrl" + +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. + +- #clock-cells: should be 1. + +For example: + sys_ctrl: sys_ctrl@f7030000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-sysctrl", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0xf7030000 0x0 0x2000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + +Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier +to specify the clock which they consume. + +All these identifier could be found in <dt-bindings/clock/hi6220-clock.h>. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx7d-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx7d-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9d3026d81a68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx7d-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX7 Dual + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx7d-ccm" +- reg: Address and length of the register set +- #clock-cells: Should be <1> +- clocks: list of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each required + entry in clock-names +- clock-names: should include entries "ckil", "osc" + +The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx7d-clock.h +for the full list of i.MX7 Dual clock IDs. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f8d4134ae409 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +Ingenic SoC CGU binding + +The CGU in an Ingenic SoC provides all the clocks generated on-chip. It +typically includes a variety of PLLs, multiplexers, dividers & gates in order +to provide many different clock signals derived from only 2 external source +clocks. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "ingenic,<soctype>-cgu". + For example "ingenic,jz4740-cgu" or "ingenic,jz4780-cgu". +- reg : The address & length of the CGU registers. +- clocks : List of phandle & clock specifiers for clocks external to the CGU. + Two such external clocks should be specified - first the external crystal + "ext" and second the RTC clock source "rtc". +- clock-names : List of name strings for the external clocks. +- #clock-cells: Should be 1. + Clock consumers specify this argument to identify a clock. The valid values + may be found in <dt-bindings/clock/<soctype>-cgu.h>. + +Example SoC include file: + +/ { + cgu: jz4740-cgu { + compatible = "ingenic,jz4740-cgu"; + reg = <0x10000000 0x100>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + uart0: serial@10030000 { + clocks = <&cgu JZ4740_CLK_UART0>; + }; +}; + +Example board file: + +/ { + ext: clock@0 { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <12000000>; + }; + + rtc: clock@1 { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <32768>; + }; + + &cgu { + clocks = <&ext> <&rtc>; + clock-names: "ext", "rtc"; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt index 225990f79b7c..47570d207215 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible : shall be "ti,keystone,main-pll-clock" or "ti,keystone,pll-clock" - clocks : parent clock phandle - reg - pll control0 and pll multipler registers -- reg-names : control and multiplier. The multiplier is applicable only for - main pll clock +- reg-names : control, multiplier and post-divider. The multiplier and + post-divider registers are applicable only for main pll clock - fixed-postdiv : fixed post divider value. If absent, use clkod register bits for postdiv @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ Example: #clock-cells = <0>; compatible = "ti,keystone,main-pll-clock"; clocks = <&refclksys>; - reg = <0x02620350 4>, <0x02310110 4>; - reg-names = "control", "multiplier"; + reg = <0x02620350 4>, <0x02310110 4>, <0x02310108 4>; + reg-names = "control", "multiplier", "post-divider"; fixed-postdiv = <2>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-ccu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-ccu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fa97c12014ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-ccu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +* NXP LPC1850 Clock Control Unit (CCU) + +Each CGU base clock has several clock branches which can be turned on +or off independently by the Clock Control Units CCU1 or CCU2. The +branch clocks are distributed between CCU1 and CCU2. + + - Above text taken from NXP LPC1850 User Manual. + +This binding uses the common clock binding: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible: + Should be "nxp,lpc1850-ccu" +- reg: + Shall define the base and range of the address space + containing clock control registers +- #clock-cells: + Shall have value <1>. The permitted clock-specifier values + are the branch clock names defined in table below. +- clocks: + Shall contain a list of phandles for the base clocks routed + from the CGU to the specific CCU. See mapping of base clocks + and CCU in table below. +- clock-names: + Shall contain a list of names for the base clock routed + from the CGU to the specific CCU. Valid CCU clock names: + "base_usb0_clk", "base_periph_clk", "base_usb1_clk", + "base_cpu_clk", "base_spifi_clk", "base_spi_clk", + "base_apb1_clk", "base_apb3_clk", "base_adchs_clk", + "base_sdio_clk", "base_ssp0_clk", "base_ssp1_clk", + "base_uart0_clk", "base_uart1_clk", "base_uart2_clk", + "base_uart3_clk", "base_audio_clk" + +Which branch clocks that are available on the CCU depends on the +specific LPC part. Check the user manual for your specific part. + +A list of CCU clocks can be found in dt-bindings/clock/lpc18xx-ccu.h. + +Example board file: + +soc { + ccu1: clock-controller@40051000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-ccu"; + reg = <0x40051000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&cgu BASE_APB3_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_APB1_CLK>, + <&cgu BASE_SPIFI_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_CPU_CLK>, + <&cgu BASE_PERIPH_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_USB0_CLK>, + <&cgu BASE_USB1_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_SPI_CLK>; + clock-names = "base_apb3_clk", "base_apb1_clk", + "base_spifi_clk", "base_cpu_clk", + "base_periph_clk", "base_usb0_clk", + "base_usb1_clk", "base_spi_clk"; + }; + + ccu2: clock-controller@40052000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-ccu"; + reg = <0x40052000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&cgu BASE_AUDIO_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_UART3_CLK>, + <&cgu BASE_UART2_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_UART1_CLK>, + <&cgu BASE_UART0_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_SSP1_CLK>, + <&cgu BASE_SSP0_CLK>, <&cgu BASE_SDIO_CLK>; + clock-names = "base_audio_clk", "base_uart3_clk", + "base_uart2_clk", "base_uart1_clk", + "base_uart0_clk", "base_ssp1_clk", + "base_ssp0_clk", "base_sdio_clk"; + }; + + /* A user of CCU brach clocks */ + uart1: serial@40082000 { + ... + clocks = <&ccu2 CLK_APB0_UART1>, <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_UART1>; + ... + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-cgu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-cgu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2cc32a9a945a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-cgu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +* NXP LPC1850 Clock Generation Unit (CGU) + +The CGU generates multiple independent clocks for the core and the +peripheral blocks of the LPC18xx. Each independent clock is called +a base clock and itself is one of the inputs to the two Clock +Control Units (CCUs) which control the branch clocks to the +individual peripherals. + +The CGU selects the inputs to the clock generators from multiple +clock sources, controls the clock generation, and routes the outputs +of the clock generators through the clock source bus to the output +stages. Each output stage provides an independent clock source and +corresponds to one of the base clocks for the LPC18xx. + + - Above text taken from NXP LPC1850 User Manual. + + +This binding uses the common clock binding: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible: + Should be "nxp,lpc1850-cgu" +- reg: + Shall define the base and range of the address space + containing clock control registers +- #clock-cells: + Shall have value <1>. The permitted clock-specifier values + are the base clock numbers defined below. +- clocks: + Shall contain a list of phandles for the external input + sources to the CGU. The list shall be in the following + order: xtal, 32khz, enet_rx_clk, enet_tx_clk, gp_clkin. +- clock-indices: + Shall be an ordered list of numbers defining the base clock + number provided by the CGU. +- clock-output-names: + Shall be an ordered list of strings defining the names of + the clocks provided by the CGU. + +Which base clocks that are available on the CGU depends on the +specific LPC part. Base clocks are numbered from 0 to 27. + +Number: Name: Description: + 0 BASE_SAFE_CLK Base safe clock (always on) for WWDT + 1 BASE_USB0_CLK Base clock for USB0 + 2 BASE_PERIPH_CLK Base clock for Cortex-M0SUB subsystem, + SPI, and SGPIO + 3 BASE_USB1_CLK Base clock for USB1 + 4 BASE_CPU_CLK System base clock for ARM Cortex-M core + and APB peripheral blocks #0 and #2 + 5 BASE_SPIFI_CLK Base clock for SPIFI + 6 BASE_SPI_CLK Base clock for SPI + 7 BASE_PHY_RX_CLK Base clock for Ethernet PHY Receive clock + 8 BASE_PHY_TX_CLK Base clock for Ethernet PHY Transmit clock + 9 BASE_APB1_CLK Base clock for APB peripheral block # 1 +10 BASE_APB3_CLK Base clock for APB peripheral block # 3 +11 BASE_LCD_CLK Base clock for LCD +12 BASE_ADCHS_CLK Base clock for ADCHS +13 BASE_SDIO_CLK Base clock for SD/MMC +14 BASE_SSP0_CLK Base clock for SSP0 +15 BASE_SSP1_CLK Base clock for SSP1 +16 BASE_UART0_CLK Base clock for UART0 +17 BASE_UART1_CLK Base clock for UART1 +18 BASE_UART2_CLK Base clock for UART2 +19 BASE_UART3_CLK Base clock for UART3 +20 BASE_OUT_CLK Base clock for CLKOUT pin +24-21 - Reserved +25 BASE_AUDIO_CLK Base clock for audio system (I2S) +26 BASE_CGU_OUT0_CLK Base clock for CGU_OUT0 clock output +27 BASE_CGU_OUT1_CLK Base clock for CGU_OUT1 clock output + +BASE_PERIPH_CLK and BASE_SPI_CLK is only available on LPC43xx. +BASE_ADCHS_CLK is only available on LPC4370. + + +Example board file: + +/ { + clocks { + xtal: xtal { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <12000000>; + }; + + xtal32: xtal32 { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <32768>; + }; + + enet_rx_clk: enet_rx_clk { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <0>; + clock-output-names = "enet_rx_clk"; + }; + + enet_tx_clk: enet_tx_clk { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <0>; + clock-output-names = "enet_tx_clk"; + }; + + gp_clkin: gp_clkin { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <0>; + clock-output-names = "gp_clkin"; + }; + }; + + soc { + cgu: clock-controller@40050000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-cgu"; + reg = <0x40050000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&xtal>, <&creg_clk 1>, <&enet_rx_clk>, <&enet_tx_clk>, <&gp_clkin>; + }; + + /* A CGU and CCU clock consumer */ + lcdc: lcdc@40008000 { + ... + clocks = <&cgu BASE_LCD_CLK>, <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_LCD>; + clock-names = "clcdclk", "apb_pclk"; + ... + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,berlin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,berlin.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c611c495f3ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,berlin.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +Device Tree Clock bindings for Marvell Berlin + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Clock related registers are spread among the chip control registers. Berlin +clock node should be a sub-node of the chip controller node. Marvell Berlin2 +(BG2, BG2CD, BG2Q) SoCs share the same IP for PLLs and clocks, with some +minor differences in features and register layout. + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "marvell,berlin2-clk" or "marvell,berlin2q-clk" +- #clock-cells: must be 1 +- clocks: must be the input parent clock phandle +- clock-names: name of the input parent clock + Allowed clock-names for the reference clocks are + "refclk" for the SoCs oscillator input on all SoCs, + and SoC-specific input clocks for + BG2/BG2CD: "video_ext0" for the external video clock input + + +Example: + +chip_clk: clock { + compatible = "marvell,berlin2q-clk"; + + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&refclk>; + clock-names = "refclk"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa1928.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa1928.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..809c5a2d8d9d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa1928.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +* Marvell PXA1928 Clock Controllers + +The PXA1928 clock subsystem generates and supplies clock to various +controllers within the PXA1928 SoC. The PXA1928 contains 3 clock controller +blocks called APMU, MPMU, and APBC roughly corresponding to internal buses. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: should be one of the following. + - "marvell,pxa1928-apmu" - APMU controller compatible + - "marvell,pxa1928-mpmu" - MPMU controller compatible + - "marvell,pxa1928-apbc" - APBC controller compatible +- reg: physical base address of the clock controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- #clock-cells: should be 1. +- #reset-cells: should be 1. + +Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use the clock controller +phandle and this identifier to specify the clock which they consume. + +All these identifiers can be found in <dt-bindings/clock/marvell,pxa1928.h>. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt index dc5ea5b22da9..670c2af3e931 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt @@ -23,6 +23,14 @@ The following is a list of provided IDs and clock names on Armada 380/385: 2 = l2clk (L2 Cache clock) 3 = ddrclk (DDR clock) +The following is a list of provided IDs and clock names on Armada 39x: + 0 = tclk (Internal Bus clock) + 1 = cpuclk (CPU clock) + 2 = nbclk (Coherent Fabric clock) + 3 = hclk (SDRAM Controller Internal Clock) + 4 = dclk (SDRAM Interface Clock) + 5 = refclk (Reference Clock) + The following is a list of provided IDs and clock names on Kirkwood and Dove: 0 = tclk (Internal Bus clock) 1 = cpuclk (CPU0 clock) @@ -39,6 +47,7 @@ Required properties: "marvell,armada-370-core-clock" - For Armada 370 SoC core clocks "marvell,armada-375-core-clock" - For Armada 375 SoC core clocks "marvell,armada-380-core-clock" - For Armada 380/385 SoC core clocks + "marvell,armada-390-core-clock" - For Armada 39x SoC core clocks "marvell,armada-xp-core-clock" - For Armada XP SoC core clocks "marvell,dove-core-clock" - for Dove SoC core clocks "marvell,kirkwood-core-clock" - for Kirkwood SoC (except mv88f6180) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt index 76477be742b2..660e64912cce 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ * Gated Clock bindings for Marvell EBU SoCs -Marvell Armada 370/375/380/385/XP, Dove and Kirkwood allow some +Marvell Armada 370/375/380/385/39x/XP, Dove and Kirkwood allow some peripheral clocks to be gated to save some power. The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The clock ID is directly mapped to the @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ ID Clock Peripheral 9 pex1 PCIe Cntrl 1 15 sata0 SATA Host 0 17 sdio SDHCI Host +23 crypto CESA (crypto engine) 25 tdm Time Division Mplx 28 ddr DDR Cntrl 30 sata1 SATA Host 0 @@ -77,6 +78,18 @@ ID Clock Peripheral 28 xor1 XOR 1 30 sata1 SATA 1 +The following is a list of provided IDs for Armada 39x: +ID Clock Peripheral +----------------------------------- +5 pex1 PCIe 1 +6 pex2 PCIe 2 +7 pex3 PCIe 3 +8 pex0 PCIe 0 +9 usb3h0 USB3 Host 0 +17 sdio SDIO +22 xor0 XOR 0 +28 xor1 XOR 1 + The following is a list of provided IDs for Armada XP: ID Clock Peripheral ----------------------------------- @@ -152,6 +165,7 @@ Required properties: "marvell,armada-370-gating-clock" - for Armada 370 SoC clock gating "marvell,armada-375-gating-clock" - for Armada 375 SoC clock gating "marvell,armada-380-gating-clock" - for Armada 380/385 SoC clock gating + "marvell,armada-390-gating-clock" - for Armada 39x SoC clock gating "marvell,armada-xp-gating-clock" - for Armada XP SoC clock gating "marvell,dove-gating-clock" - for Dove SoC clock gating "marvell,kirkwood-gating-clock" - for Kirkwood SoC clock gating diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt index c6620bc96703..7f02fb4ca4ad 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt @@ -20,15 +20,38 @@ Required properties : - #reset-cells : Should be 1. In clock consumers, this cell represents the bit number in the CAR's array of CLK_RST_CONTROLLER_RST_DEVICES_* registers. +- nvidia,external-memory-controller : phandle of the EMC driver. + +The node should contain a "emc-timings" subnode for each supported RAM type (see +field RAM_CODE in register PMC_STRAPPING_OPT_A). + +Required properties for "emc-timings" nodes : +- nvidia,ram-code : Should contain the value of RAM_CODE this timing set + is used for. + +Each "emc-timings" node should contain a "timing" subnode for every supported +EMC clock rate. + +Required properties for "timing" nodes : +- clock-frequency : Should contain the memory clock rate to which this timing +relates. +- nvidia,parent-clock-frequency : Should contain the rate at which the current +parent of the EMC clock should be running at this timing. +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names : Must include the following entries: + - emc-parent : the clock that should be the parent of the EMC clock at this +timing. Example SoC include file: / { - tegra_car: clock { + tegra_car: clock@60006000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-car"; reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>; #clock-cells = <1>; #reset-cells = <1>; + nvidia,external-memory-controller = <&emc>; }; usb@c5004000 { @@ -62,4 +85,23 @@ Example board file: &tegra_car { clocks = <&clk_32k> <&osc>; }; + + clock@60006000 { + emc-timings-3 { + nvidia,ram-code = <3>; + + timing-12750000 { + clock-frequency = <12750000>; + nvidia,parent-clock-frequency = <408000000>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_PLL_P>; + clock-names = "emc-parent"; + }; + timing-20400000 { + clock-frequency = <20400000>; + nvidia,parent-clock-frequency = <408000000>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_PLL_P>; + clock-names = "emc-parent"; + }; + }; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pistachio-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pistachio-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..868db499eed2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pistachio-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +Imagination Technologies Pistachio SoC clock controllers +======================================================== + +Pistachio has four clock controllers (core clock, peripheral clock, peripheral +general control, and top general control) which are instantiated individually +from the device-tree. + +External clocks: +---------------- + +There are three external inputs to the clock controllers which should be +defined with the following clock-output-names: +- "xtal": External 52Mhz oscillator (required) +- "audio_clk_in": Alternate audio reference clock (optional) +- "enet_clk_in": Alternate ethernet PHY clock (optional) + +Core clock controller: +---------------------- + +The core clock controller generates clocks for the CPU, RPU (WiFi + BT +co-processor), audio, and several peripherals. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must be "img,pistachio-clk". +- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the core clock controller. +- #clock-cells: Must be 1. The single cell is the clock identifier. + See dt-bindings/clock/pistachio-clk.h for the list of valid identifiers. +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each clock in clock-names. +- clock-names: Must include "xtal" (see "External clocks") and + "audio_clk_in_gate", "enet_clk_in_gate" which are generated by the + top-level general control. + +Example: + clk_core: clock-controller@18144000 { + compatible = "img,pistachio-clk"; + reg = <0x18144000 0x800>; + clocks = <&xtal>, <&cr_top EXT_CLK_AUDIO_IN>, + <&cr_top EXT_CLK_ENET_IN>; + clock-names = "xtal", "audio_clk_in_gate", "enet_clk_in_gate"; + + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + +Peripheral clock controller: +---------------------------- + +The peripheral clock controller generates clocks for the DDR, ROM, and other +peripherals. The peripheral system clock ("periph_sys") generated by the core +clock controller is the input clock to the peripheral clock controller. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must be "img,pistachio-periph-clk". +- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the peripheral clock + controller. +- #clock-cells: Must be 1. The single cell is the clock identifier. + See dt-bindings/clock/pistachio-clk.h for the list of valid identifiers. +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each clock in clock-names. +- clock-names: Must include "periph_sys", the peripheral system clock generated + by the core clock controller. + +Example: + clk_periph: clock-controller@18144800 { + compatible = "img,pistachio-clk-periph"; + reg = <0x18144800 0x800>; + clocks = <&clk_core CLK_PERIPH_SYS>; + clock-names = "periph_sys"; + + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + +Peripheral general control: +--------------------------- + +The peripheral general control block generates system interface clocks and +resets for various peripherals. It also contains miscellaneous peripheral +control registers. The system clock ("sys") generated by the peripheral clock +controller is the input clock to the system clock controller. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must include "img,pistachio-periph-cr" and "syscon". +- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the peripheral general + control registers. +- #clock-cells: Must be 1. The single cell is the clock identifier. + See dt-bindings/clock/pistachio-clk.h for the list of valid identifiers. +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each clock in clock-names. +- clock-names: Must include "sys", the system clock generated by the peripheral + clock controller. + +Example: + cr_periph: syscon@18144800 { + compatible = "img,pistachio-cr-periph", "syscon"; + reg = <0x18148000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&clock_periph PERIPH_CLK_PERIPH_SYS>; + clock-names = "sys"; + + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + +Top-level general control: +-------------------------- + +The top-level general control block contains miscellaneous control registers and +gates for the external clocks "audio_clk_in" and "enet_clk_in". + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must include "img,pistachio-cr-top" and "syscon". +- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the top-level + control registers. +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each clock in clock-names. +- clock-names: Two optional clocks, "audio_clk_in" and "enet_clk_in" (see + "External clocks"). +- #clock-cells: Must be 1. The single cell is the clock identifier. + See dt-bindings/clock/pistachio-clk.h for the list of valid identifiers. + +Example: + cr_top: syscon@18144800 { + compatible = "img,pistachio-cr-top", "syscon"; + reg = <0x18149000 0x200>; + clocks = <&audio_refclk>, <&ext_enet_in>; + clock-names = "audio_clk_in", "enet_clk_in"; + + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pwm-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pwm-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..83db876b3b90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pwm-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Binding for an external clock signal driven by a PWM pin. + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1] and the common PWM binding[2]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be "pwm-clock". +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- pwms : from common PWM binding; this determines the clock frequency + via the period given in the PWM specifier. + +Optional properties: +- clock-output-names : From common clock binding. +- clock-frequency : Exact output frequency, in case the PWM period + is not exact but was rounded to nanoseconds. + +Example: + clock { + compatible = "pwm-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <25000000>; + clock-output-names = "mipi_mclk"; + pwms = <&pwm2 0 40>; /* 1 / 40 ns = 25 MHz */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qca,ath79-pll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qca,ath79-pll.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e0fc2c11dd00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qca,ath79-pll.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9XXX PLL controller + +The PPL controller provides the 3 main clocks of the SoC: CPU, DDR and AHB. + +Required Properties: +- compatible: has to be "qca,<soctype>-cpu-intc" and one of the following + fallbacks: + - "qca,ar7100-pll" + - "qca,ar7240-pll" + - "qca,ar9130-pll" + - "qca,ar9330-pll" + - "qca,ar9340-pll" + - "qca,qca9550-pll" +- reg: Base address and size of the controllers memory area +- clock-names: Name of the input clock, has to be "ref" +- clocks: phandle of the external reference clock +- #clock-cells: has to be one + +Optional properties: +- clock-output-names: should be "cpu", "ddr", "ahb" + +Example: + + memory-controller@18050000 { + compatible = "qca,ar9132-ppl", "qca,ar9130-pll"; + reg = <0x18050000 0x20>; + + clock-names = "ref"; + clocks = <&extosc>; + + #clock-cells = <1>; + clock-output-names = "cpu", "ddr", "ahb"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt index aba3d254e037..54c23f34f194 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required properties : "qcom,gcc-apq8084" "qcom,gcc-ipq8064" "qcom,gcc-msm8660" + "qcom,gcc-msm8916" "qcom,gcc-msm8960" "qcom,gcc-msm8974" "qcom,gcc-msm8974pro" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt index 054f65f9319c..5ddb68418655 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt @@ -10,9 +10,11 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,r8a73a4-div6-clock" for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) DIV6 clocks - "renesas,r8a7740-div6-clock" for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) DIV6 clocks - "renesas,r8a7790-div6-clock" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) DIV6 clocks - - "renesas,r8a7791-div6-clock" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) DIV6 clocks + - "renesas,r8a7791-div6-clock" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) DIV6 clocks + - "renesas,r8a7793-div6-clock" for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) DIV6 clocks + - "renesas,r8a7794-div6-clock" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) DIV6 clocks - "renesas,sh73a0-div6-clock" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) DIV6 clocks - - "renesas,cpg-div6-clock" for generic DIV6 clocks + and "renesas,cpg-div6-clock" as a fallback. - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the DIV6 clock - clocks: Reference to the parent clock(s); either one, four, or eight clocks must be specified. For clocks with multiple parents, invalid diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt index 0a80fa70ca26..16ed18155160 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt @@ -13,12 +13,14 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,r7s72100-mstp-clocks" for R7S72100 (RZ) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,r8a73a4-mstp-clocks" for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,r8a7740-mstp-clocks" for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) MSTP gate clocks + - "renesas,r8a7778-mstp-clocks" for R8A7778 (R-Car M1) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,r8a7779-mstp-clocks" for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,r8a7790-mstp-clocks" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) MSTP gate clocks - - "renesas,r8a7791-mstp-clocks" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) MSTP gate clocks + - "renesas,r8a7791-mstp-clocks" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) MSTP gate clocks + - "renesas,r8a7793-mstp-clocks" for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,r8a7794-mstp-clocks" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,sh73a0-mstp-clocks" for SH73A0 (SH-MobileAG5) MSTP gate clocks - - "renesas,cpg-mstp-clock" for generic MSTP gate clocks + and "renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks" as a fallback. - reg: Base address and length of the I/O mapped registers used by the MSTP clocks. The first register is the clock control register and is mandatory. The second register is the clock status register and is optional when not diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,h8300-div-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,h8300-div-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..36c2b528245c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,h8300-div-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +* Renesas H8/300 divider clock + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: Must be "renesas,sh73a0-h8300-div-clock" + + - clocks: Reference to the parent clocks ("extal1" and "extal2") + + - #clock-cells: Must be 1 + + - reg: Base address and length of the divide rate selector + + - renesas,width: bit width of selector + +Example +------- + + cclk: cclk { + compatible = "renesas,h8300-div-clock"; + clocks = <&xclk>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <0xfee01b 2>; + renesas,width = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,h8s2678-pll-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,h8s2678-pll-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..500cdadbceb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,h8s2678-pll-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Renesas H8S2678 PLL clock + +This device is Clock multiplyer + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: Must be "renesas,h8s2678-pll-clock" + + - clocks: Reference to the parent clocks + + - #clock-cells: Must be 0 + + - reg: Two rate selector (Multiply / Divide) register address + +Example +------- + + pllclk: pllclk { + compatible = "renesas,h8s2678-pll-clock"; + clocks = <&xclk>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <0xfee03b 2>, <0xfee045 2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2f3747fdcf1c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* Renesas R8A7778 Clock Pulse Generator (CPG) + +The CPG generates core clocks for the R8A7778. It includes two PLLs and +several fixed ratio dividers + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: Must be "renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks" + - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG + - #clock-cells: Must be 1 + - clock-output-names: The names of the clocks. Supported clocks are + "plla", "pllb", "b", "out", "p", "s", and "s1". + + +Example +------- + + cpg_clocks: cpg_clocks@ffc80000 { + compatible = "renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks"; + reg = <0xffc80000 0x80>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&extal_clk>; + clock-output-names = "plla", "pllb", "b", + "out", "p", "s", "s1"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt index b02944fba9de..56f111bd3e45 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,r8a7791-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7791 CPG - "renesas,r8a7793-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7793 CPG - "renesas,r8a7794-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7794 CPG - - "renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks" for the generic R-Car Gen2 CPG + and "renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks" as a fallback. - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rz-cpg-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rz-cpg-clocks.txt index 98a257492522..b0f7ddb8cdb1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rz-cpg-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rz-cpg-clocks.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: Must be one of - "renesas,r7s72100-cpg-clocks" for the r7s72100 CPG - - "renesas,rz-cpg-clocks" for the generic RZ CPG + and "renesas,rz-cpg-clocks" as a fallback. - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG - clocks: References to possible parent clocks. Order must match clock modes in the datasheet. For the r7s72100, this is extal, usb_x1. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt index c40711e8e8f7..28b28309f535 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt @@ -17,7 +17,8 @@ Required properties: - #clock-cells: from common clock binding; shall be set to 1. - clocks: from common clock binding; list of parent clock handles, shall be xtal reference clock or xtal and clkin for - si5351c only. + si5351c only. Corresponding clock input names are "xtal" and + "clkin" respectively. - #address-cells: shall be set to 1. - #size-cells: shall be set to 0. @@ -71,6 +72,7 @@ i2c-master-node { /* connect xtal input to 25MHz reference */ clocks = <&ref25>; + clock-names = "xtal"; /* connect xtal input as source of pll0 and pll1 */ silabs,pll-source = <0 0>, <1 0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32-rcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32-rcc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fee3205cdff9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32-rcc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +STMicroelectronics STM32 Reset and Clock Controller +=================================================== + +The RCC IP is both a reset and a clock controller. This documentation only +describes the clock part. + +Please also refer to clock-bindings.txt in this directory for common clock +controller binding usage. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "st,stm32f42xx-rcc" +- reg: should be register base and length as documented in the + datasheet +- #clock-cells: 2, device nodes should specify the clock in their "clocks" + property, containing a phandle to the clock device node, an index selecting + between gated clocks and other clocks and an index specifying the clock to + use. + +Example: + + rcc: rcc@40023800 { + #clock-cells = <2> + compatible = "st,stm32f42xx-rcc", "st,stm32-rcc"; + reg = <0x40023800 0x400>; + }; + +Specifying gated clocks +======================= + +The primary index must be set to 0. + +The secondary index is the bit number within the RCC register bank, starting +from the first RCC clock enable register (RCC_AHB1ENR, address offset 0x30). + +It is calculated as: index = register_offset / 4 * 32 + bit_offset. +Where bit_offset is the bit offset within the register (LSB is 0, MSB is 31). + +Example: + + /* Gated clock, AHB1 bit 0 (GPIOA) */ + ... { + clocks = <&rcc 0 0> + }; + + /* Gated clock, AHB2 bit 4 (CRYP) */ + ... { + clocks = <&rcc 0 36> + }; + +Specifying other clocks +======================= + +The primary index must be set to 1. + +The secondary index is bound with the following magic numbers: + + 0 SYSTICK + 1 FCLK + +Example: + + /* Misc clock, FCLK */ + ... { + clocks = <&rcc 1 1> + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt index 60b44285250d..8a47b77abfca 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun8i-a23-axi-clk" - for the AXI clock on A23 "allwinner,sun4i-a10-axi-gates-clk" - for the AXI gates "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahb-clk" - for the AHB clock + "allwinner,sun5i-a13-ahb-clk" - for the AHB clock on A13 "allwinner,sun9i-a80-ahb-clk" - for the AHB bus clocks on A80 "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A10 "allwinner,sun5i-a13-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A13 @@ -66,6 +67,9 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun4i-a10-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A10 / A20 "allwinner,sun5i-a13-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A13 "allwinner,sun6i-a31-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A31 + "allwinner,sun8i-a23-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A23 + "allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-mod-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A80 + "allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-phy-clk" - for usb phy gates + resets on A80 Required properties for all clocks: - reg : shall be the control register address for the clock. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti,cdce925.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti,cdce925.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4c7669ad681b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti,cdce925.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +Binding for TO CDCE925 programmable I2C clock synthesizers. + +Reference +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] http://www.ti.com/product/cdce925 + +The driver provides clock sources for each output Y1 through Y5. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Shall be "ti,cdce925" + - reg: I2C device address. + - clocks: Points to a fixed parent clock that provides the input frequency. + - #clock-cells: From common clock bindings: Shall be 1. + +Optional properties: + - xtal-load-pf: Crystal load-capacitor value to fine-tune performance on a + board, or to compensate for external influences. + +For both PLL1 and PLL2 an optional child node can be used to specify spread +spectrum clocking parameters for a board. + - spread-spectrum: SSC mode as defined in the data sheet. + - spread-spectrum-center: Use "centered" mode instead of "max" mode. When + present, the clock runs at the requested frequency on average. Otherwise + the requested frequency is the maximum value of the SCC range. + + +Example: + + clockgen: cdce925pw@64 { + compatible = "cdce925"; + reg = <0x64>; + clocks = <&xtal_27Mhz>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + xtal-load-pf = <5>; + /* PLL options to get SSC 1% centered */ + PLL2 { + spread-spectrum = <4>; + spread-spectrum-center; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zx296702-clk.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zx296702-clk.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..750442b65505 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zx296702-clk.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +Device Tree Clock bindings for ZTE zx296702 + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be one of the following: + "zte,zx296702-topcrm-clk": + zx296702 top clock selection, divider and gating + + "zte,zx296702-lsp0crpm-clk" and + "zte,zx296702-lsp1crpm-clk": + zx296702 device level clock selection and gating + +- reg: Address and length of the register set + +The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/zx296702-clock.h +for the full list of zx296702 clock IDs. + + +topclk: topcrm@0x09800000 { + compatible = "zte,zx296702-topcrm-clk"; + reg = <0x09800000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; + +uart0: serial@0x09405000 { + compatible = "zte,zx296702-uart"; + reg = <0x09405000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 37 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&lsp1clk ZX296702_UART0_PCLK>; + status = "disabled"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/common-properties.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/common-properties.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3193979b1d05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/common-properties.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Common properties + +The ePAPR specification does not define any properties related to hardware +byteswapping, but endianness issues show up frequently in porting Linux to +different machine types. This document attempts to provide a consistent +way of handling byteswapping across drivers. + +Optional properties: + - big-endian: Boolean; force big endian register accesses + unconditionally (e.g. ioread32be/iowrite32be). Use this if you + know the peripheral always needs to be accessed in BE mode. + - little-endian: Boolean; force little endian register accesses + unconditionally (e.g. readl/writel). Use this if you know the + peripheral always needs to be accessed in LE mode. + - native-endian: Boolean; always use register accesses matched to the + endianness of the kernel binary (e.g. LE vmlinux -> readl/writel, + BE vmlinux -> ioread32be/iowrite32be). In this case no byteswaps + will ever be performed. Use this if the hardware "self-adjusts" + register endianness based on the CPU's configured endianness. + +If a binding supports these properties, then the binding should also +specify the default behavior if none of these properties are present. +In such cases, little-endian is the preferred default, but it is not +a requirement. The of_device_is_big_endian() and of_fdt_is_big_endian() +helper functions do assume that little-endian is the default, because +most existing (PCI-based) drivers implicitly default to LE by using +readl/writel for MMIO accesses. + +Examples: +Scenario 1 : CPU in LE mode & device in LE mode. +dev: dev@40031000 { + compatible = "name"; + reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>; + ... + native-endian; +}; + +Scenario 2 : CPU in LE mode & device in BE mode. +dev: dev@40031000 { + compatible = "name"; + reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>; + ... + big-endian; +}; + +Scenario 3 : CPU in BE mode & device in BE mode. +dev: dev@40031000 { + compatible = "name"; + reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>; + ... + native-endian; +}; + +Scenario 4 : CPU in BE mode & device in LE mode. +dev: dev@40031000 { + compatible = "name"; + reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>; + ... + little-endian; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d209ca2a47c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +Axis Communications AB +ARTPEC series SoC Device Tree Bindings + + +CRISv32 based SoCs are ETRAX FS and ARTPEC-3: + + - compatible = "axis,crisv32"; + + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..533dd273ccf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Boards based on the CRIS SoCs: + +Required root node properties: + - compatible = should be one or more of the following: + - "axis,dev88" - for Axis devboard 88 with ETRAX FS + +Optional: + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/interrupts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/interrupts.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e8b123b0a5e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/interrupts.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +* CRISv32 Interrupt Controller + +Interrupt controller for the CRISv32 SoCs. + +Main node required properties: + +- compatible : should be: + "axis,crisv32-intc" +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 1. +- reg: physical base address and size of the intc registers map. + +Example: + + intc: interrupt-controller { + compatible = "axis,crisv32-intc"; + reg = <0xb001c000 0x1000>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + }; + + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec2.txt index 38988ef1336b..f0d926bf9f36 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec2.txt @@ -1,9 +1,11 @@ -Freescale SoC SEC Security Engines versions 2.x-3.x +Freescale SoC SEC Security Engines versions 1.x-2.x-3.x Required properties: - compatible : Should contain entries for this and backward compatible - SEC versions, high to low, e.g., "fsl,sec2.1", "fsl,sec2.0" + SEC versions, high to low, e.g., "fsl,sec2.1", "fsl,sec2.0" (SEC2/3) + e.g., "fsl,sec1.2", "fsl,sec1.0" (SEC1) + warning: SEC1 and SEC2 are mutually exclusive - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : the SEC's interrupt number - fsl,num-channels : An integer representing the number of channels diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/img-hash.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/img-hash.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..91a3d757d641 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/img-hash.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Imagination Technologies hardware hash accelerator + +The hash accelerator provides hardware hashing acceleration for +SHA1, SHA224, SHA256 and MD5 hashes + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "img,hash-accelerator" +- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the module, and the DMA port +- interrupts : The designated IRQ line for the hashing module. +- dmas : DMA specifier as per Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt +- dma-names : Should be "tx" +- clocks : Clock specifiers +- clock-names : "sys" Used to clock the hash block registers + "hash" Used to clock data through the accelerator + +Example: + + hash: hash@18149600 { + compatible = "img,hash-accelerator"; + reg = <0x18149600 0x100>, <0x18101100 0x4>; + interrupts = <GIC_SHARED 59 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&dma 8 0xffffffff 0>; + dma-names = "tx"; + clocks = <&cr_periph SYS_CLK_HASH>, <&clk_periph PERIPH_CLK_ROM>; + clock-names = "sys", "hash"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/marvell-cesa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/marvell-cesa.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c6c6a4a045bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/marvell-cesa.txt @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +Marvell Cryptographic Engines And Security Accelerator + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be one of the following string + "marvell,orion-crypto" + "marvell,kirkwood-crypto" + "marvell,dove-crypto" + "marvell,armada-370-crypto" + "marvell,armada-xp-crypto" + "marvell,armada-375-crypto" + "marvell,armada-38x-crypto" +- reg: base physical address of the engine and length of memory mapped + region. Can also contain an entry for the SRAM attached to the CESA, + but this representation is deprecated and marvell,crypto-srams should + be used instead +- reg-names: "regs". Can contain an "sram" entry, but this representation + is deprecated and marvell,crypto-srams should be used instead +- interrupts: interrupt number +- clocks: reference to the crypto engines clocks. This property is not + required for orion and kirkwood platforms +- clock-names: "cesaX" and "cesazX", X should be replaced by the crypto engine + id. + This property is not required for the orion and kirkwoord + platforms. + "cesazX" clocks are not required on armada-370 platforms +- marvell,crypto-srams: phandle to crypto SRAM definitions + +Optional properties: +- marvell,crypto-sram-size: SRAM size reserved for crypto operations, if not + specified the whole SRAM is used (2KB) + + +Examples: + + crypto@90000 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-xp-crypto"; + reg = <0x90000 0x10000>; + reg-names = "regs"; + interrupts = <48>, <49>; + clocks = <&gateclk 23>, <&gateclk 23>; + clock-names = "cesa0", "cesa1"; + marvell,crypto-srams = <&crypto_sram0>, <&crypto_sram1>; + marvell,crypto-sram-size = <0x600>; + status = "okay"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt index 47229b1a594b..c0c35f00335b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt @@ -1,20 +1,33 @@ Marvell Cryptographic Engines And Security Accelerator Required properties: -- compatible : should be "marvell,orion-crypto" -- reg : base physical address of the engine and length of memory mapped - region, followed by base physical address of sram and its memory - length -- reg-names : "regs" , "sram"; -- interrupts : interrupt number +- compatible: should be one of the following string + "marvell,orion-crypto" + "marvell,kirkwood-crypto" + "marvell,dove-crypto" +- reg: base physical address of the engine and length of memory mapped + region. Can also contain an entry for the SRAM attached to the CESA, + but this representation is deprecated and marvell,crypto-srams should + be used instead +- reg-names: "regs". Can contain an "sram" entry, but this representation + is deprecated and marvell,crypto-srams should be used instead +- interrupts: interrupt number +- clocks: reference to the crypto engines clocks. This property is only + required for Dove platforms +- marvell,crypto-srams: phandle to crypto SRAM definitions + +Optional properties: +- marvell,crypto-sram-size: SRAM size reserved for crypto operations, if not + specified the whole SRAM is used (2KB) Examples: crypto@30000 { compatible = "marvell,orion-crypto"; - reg = <0x30000 0x10000>, - <0x4000000 0x800>; - reg-names = "regs" , "sram"; + reg = <0x30000 0x10000>; + reg-names = "regs"; interrupts = <22>; + marvell,crypto-srams = <&crypto_sram>; + marvell,crypto-sram-size = <0x600>; status = "okay"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d3058768b23d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Applied Micro X-Gene SoC DMA nodes + +DMA nodes are defined to describe on-chip DMA interfaces in +APM X-Gene SoC. + +Required properties for DMA interfaces: +- compatible: Should be "apm,xgene-dma". +- device_type: set to "dma". +- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device. + It contains the information of registers in the following order: + 1st - DMA control and status register address space. + 2nd - Descriptor ring control and status register address space. + 3rd - Descriptor ring command register address space. + 4th - Soc efuse register address space. +- interrupts: DMA has 5 interrupts sources. 1st interrupt is + DMA error reporting interrupt. 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th interrupts + are completion interrupts for each DMA channels. +- clocks: Reference to the clock entry. + +Optional properties: +- dma-coherent : Present if dma operations are coherent + +Example: + dmaclk: dmaclk@1f27c000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-device-clock"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&socplldiv2 0>; + reg = <0x0 0x1f27c000 0x0 0x1000>; + reg-names = "csr-reg"; + clock-output-names = "dmaclk"; + }; + + dma: dma@1f270000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-storm-dma"; + device_type = "dma"; + reg = <0x0 0x1f270000 0x0 0x10000>, + <0x0 0x1f200000 0x0 0x10000>, + <0x0 0x1b008000 0x0 0x2000>, + <0x0 0x1054a000 0x0 0x100>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x82 0x4>, + <0x0 0xb8 0x4>, + <0x0 0xb9 0x4>, + <0x0 0xba 0x4>, + <0x0 0xbb 0x4>; + dma-coherent; + clocks = <&dmaclk 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/bcm2835-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt index 1396078d15ac..1396078d15ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/bcm2835-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt index 82104271e754..6312fb00ce8d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt @@ -31,6 +31,34 @@ Example: dma-requests = <127>; }; +* DMA router + +DMA routers are transparent IP blocks used to route DMA request lines from +devices to the DMA controller. Some SoCs (like TI DRA7x) have more peripherals +integrated with DMA requests than what the DMA controller can handle directly. + +Required property: +- dma-masters: phandle of the DMA controller or list of phandles for + the DMA controllers the router can direct the signal to. +- #dma-cells: Must be at least 1. Used to provide DMA router specific + information. See DMA client binding below for more + details. + +Optional properties: +- dma-requests: Number of incoming request lines the router can handle. +- In the node pointed by the dma-masters: + - dma-requests: The router driver might need to look for this in order + to configure the routing. + +Example: + sdma_xbar: dma-router@4a002b78 { + compatible = "ti,dra7-dma-crossbar"; + reg = <0x4a002b78 0xfc>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + dma-requests = <205>; + ti,dma-safe-map = <0>; + dma-masters = <&sdma>; + }; * DMA client diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-mxs-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-mxs-dma.txt index a4873e5e3e36..e30e184f50c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-mxs-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-mxs-dma.txt @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ dma_apbx: dma-apbx@80024000 { 80 81 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77>; - interrupt-names = "auart4-rx", "aurat4-tx", "spdif-tx", "empty", + interrupt-names = "auart4-rx", "auart4-tx", "spdif-tx", "empty", "saif0", "saif1", "i2c0", "i2c1", "auart0-rx", "auart0-tx", "auart1-rx", "auart1-tx", "auart2-rx", "auart2-tx", "auart3-rx", "auart3-tx"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f25feee62b15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +* Ingenic JZ4780 DMA Controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Should be "ingenic,jz4780-dma" +- reg: Should contain the DMA controller registers location and length. +- interrupts: Should contain the interrupt specifier of the DMA controller. +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle of the interrupt controller that +- clocks: Should contain a clock specifier for the JZ4780 PDMA clock. +- #dma-cells: Must be <2>. Number of integer cells in the dmas property of + DMA clients (see below). + +Optional properties: + +- ingenic,reserved-channels: Bitmask of channels to reserve for devices that + need a specific channel. These channels will only be assigned when explicitly + requested by a client. The primary use for this is channels 0 and 1, which + can be configured to have special behaviour for NAND/BCH when using + programmable firmware. + +Example: + +dma: dma@13420000 { + compatible = "ingenic,jz4780-dma"; + reg = <0x13420000 0x10000>; + + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupts = <10>; + + clocks = <&cgu JZ4780_CLK_PDMA>; + + #dma-cells = <2>; + + ingenic,reserved-channels = <0x3>; +}; + +DMA clients must use the format described in dma.txt, giving a phandle to the +DMA controller plus the following 2 integer cells: + +1. Request type: The DMA request type for transfers to/from the device on + the allocated channel, as defined in the SoC documentation. + +2. Channel: If set to 0xffffffff, any available channel will be allocated for + the client. Otherwise, the exact channel specified will be used. The channel + should be reserved on the DMA controller using the ingenic,reserved-channels + property. + +Example: + +uart0: serial@10030000 { + ... + dmas = <&dma 0x14 0xffffffff + &dma 0x15 0xffffffff>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + ... +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt index 7c6cb7fcecd2..cc29c35266e2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ * Marvell XOR engines Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "marvell,orion-xor" +- compatible: Should be "marvell,orion-xor" or "marvell,armada-380-xor" - reg: Should contain registers location and length (two sets) the first set is the low registers, the second set the high registers for the XOR engine. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt index f8c3311b7153..1c9d48ea4914 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: must be one of the following: * "qcom,bam-v1.4.0" for MSM8974, APQ8074 and APQ8084 * "qcom,bam-v1.3.0" for APQ8064, IPQ8064 and MSM8960 + * "qcom,bam-v1.7.0" for MSM8916 - reg: Address range for DMA registers - interrupts: Should contain the one interrupt shared by all channels - #dma-cells: must be <1>, the cell in the dmas property of the client device diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 61bca509d7b9..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -* R-Car Audio DMAC peri peri Device Tree bindings - -Required properties: -- compatible: should be "renesas,rcar-audmapp" -- #dma-cells: should be <1>, see "dmas" property below - -Example: - audmapp: audio-dma-pp@0xec740000 { - compatible = "renesas,rcar-audmapp"; - #dma-cells = <1>; - - reg = <0 0xec740000 0 0x200>; - }; - - -* DMA client - -Required properties: -- dmas: a list of <[DMA multiplexer phandle] [SRS << 8 | DRS]> pairs. - where SRS/DRS are specified in the SoC manual. - It will be written into PDMACHCR as high 16-bit parts. -- dma-names: a list of DMA channel names, one per "dmas" entry - -Example: - - dmas = <&audmapp 0x2d00 - &audmapp 0x3700>; - dma-names = "src0_ssiu0", - "dvc0_ssiu0"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..040f365954cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +* Renesas USB DMA Controller Device Tree bindings + +Required Properties: +- compatible: must contain "renesas,usb-dmac" +- reg: base address and length of the registers block for the DMAC +- interrupts: interrupt specifiers for the DMAC, one for each entry in + interrupt-names. +- interrupt-names: one entry per channel, named "ch%u", where %u is the + channel number ranging from zero to the number of channels minus one. +- clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs. +- #dma-cells: must be <1>, the cell specifies the channel number of the DMAC + port connected to the DMA client. +- dma-channels: number of DMA channels + +Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) USB-DMACs + + usb_dmac0: dma-controller@e65a0000 { + compatible = "renesas,usb-dmac"; + reg = <0 0xe65a0000 0 0x100>; + interrupts = <0 109 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 109 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "ch0", "ch1"; + clocks = <&mstp3_clks R8A7790_CLK_USBDMAC0>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + dma-channels = <2>; + }; + + usb_dmac1: dma-controller@e65b0000 { + compatible = "renesas,usb-dmac"; + reg = <0 0xe65b0000 0 0x100>; + interrupts = <0 110 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 110 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "ch0", "ch1"; + clocks = <&mstp3_clks R8A7790_CLK_USBDMAC1>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + dma-channels = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt index ecbc96ad36f8..ccd52d6a231a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt @@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ See dma.txt first Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "sirf,prima2-dmac" or "sirf,marco-dmac" +- compatible: Should be "sirf,prima2-dmac", "sirf,atlas7-dmac" or + "sirf,atlas7-dmac-v2" - reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length. - interrupts: Should contain one interrupt shared by all channel - #dma-cells: must be <1>. used to represent the number of integer diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt index 9cdcba24d7c3..d13c136cef8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt @@ -4,7 +4,10 @@ This driver follows the generic DMA bindings defined in dma.txt. Required properties: -- compatible: Must be "allwinner,sun6i-a31-dma" or "allwinner,sun8i-a23-dma" +- compatible: Must be one of + "allwinner,sun6i-a31-dma" + "allwinner,sun8i-a23-dma" + "allwinner,sun8i-h3-dma" - reg: Should contain the registers base address and length - interrupts: Should contain a reference to the interrupt used by this device - clocks: Should contain a reference to the parent AHB clock diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti-dma-crossbar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti-dma-crossbar.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..63a48928f3a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti-dma-crossbar.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +Texas Instruments DMA Crossbar (DMA request router) + +Required properties: +- compatible: "ti,dra7-dma-crossbar" for DRA7xx DMA crossbar +- reg: Memory map for accessing module +- #dma-cells: Should be set to <1>. + Clients should use the crossbar request number (input) +- dma-requests: Number of DMA requests the crossbar can receive +- dma-masters: phandle pointing to the DMA controller + +The DMA controller node need to have the following poroperties: +- dma-requests: Number of DMA requests the controller can handle + +Optional properties: +- ti,dma-safe-map: Safe routing value for unused request lines + +Example: + +/* DMA controller */ +sdma: dma-controller@4a056000 { + compatible = "ti,omap4430-sdma"; + reg = <0x4a056000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 8 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 9 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 10 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + dma-channels = <32>; + dma-requests = <127>; +}; + +/* DMA crossbar */ +sdma_xbar: dma-router@4a002b78 { + compatible = "ti,dra7-dma-crossbar"; + reg = <0x4a002b78 0xfc>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + dma-requests = <205>; + ti,dma-safe-map = <0>; + dma-masters = <&sdma>; +}; + +/* DMA client */ +uart1: serial@4806a000 { + compatible = "ti,omap4-uart"; + reg = <0x4806a000 0x100>; + interrupts-extended = <&gic GIC_SPI 67 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + ti,hwmods = "uart1"; + clock-frequency = <48000000>; + status = "disabled"; + dmas = <&sdma_xbar 49>, <&sdma_xbar 50>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt index e75f0e549fff..971c3eedb1c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt @@ -65,8 +65,10 @@ Optional properties: - edid: verbatim EDID data block describing attached display. - ddc: phandle describing the i2c bus handling the display data channel -- port: A port node with endpoint definitions as defined in +- port@[0-1]: Port nodes with endpoint definitions as defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + Port 0 is the input port connected to the IPU display interface, + port 1 is the output port connected to a panel. example: @@ -75,9 +77,29 @@ display@di0 { edid = [edid-data]; interface-pix-fmt = "rgb24"; - port { + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + display_in: endpoint { remote-endpoint = <&ipu_di0_disp0>; }; }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + + display_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&panel_in>; + }; + }; +}; + +panel { + ... + + port { + panel_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&display_out>; + }; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt index 443bcb6134d5..9a21366436f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt @@ -44,23 +44,30 @@ Optional properties: LVDS Channel ============ -Each LVDS Channel has to contain a display-timings node that describes the -video timings for the connected LVDS display. For detailed information, also -have a look at Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt. +Each LVDS Channel has to contain either an of graph link to a panel device node +or a display-timings node that describes the video timings for the connected +LVDS display as well as the fsl,data-mapping and fsl,data-width properties. Required properties: - reg : should be <0> or <1> + - port: Input and output port nodes with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. + On i.MX5, the internal two-input-multiplexer is used. Due to hardware + limitations, only one input port (port@[0,1]) can be used for each channel + (lvds-channel@[0,1], respectively). + On i.MX6, there should be four input ports (port@[0-3]) that correspond + to the four LVDS multiplexer inputs. + A single output port (port@2 on i.MX5, port@4 on i.MX6) must be connected + to a panel input port. Optionally, the output port can be left out if + display-timings are used instead. + +Optional properties (required if display-timings are used): + - display-timings : A node that describes the display timings as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt. - fsl,data-mapping : should be "spwg" or "jeida" This describes how the color bits are laid out in the serialized LVDS signal. - fsl,data-width : should be <18> or <24> - - port: A port node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. - On i.MX5, the internal two-input-multiplexer is used. - Due to hardware limitations, only one port (port@[0,1]) - can be used for each channel (lvds-channel@[0,1], respectively) - On i.MX6, there should be four ports (port@[0-3]) that correspond - to the four LVDS multiplexer inputs. example: @@ -73,23 +80,21 @@ ldb: ldb@53fa8008 { #size-cells = <0>; compatible = "fsl,imx53-ldb"; gpr = <&gpr>; - clocks = <&clks 122>, <&clks 120>, - <&clks 115>, <&clks 116>, - <&clks 123>, <&clks 85>; + clocks = <&clks IMX5_CLK_LDB_DI0_SEL>, + <&clks IMX5_CLK_LDB_DI1_SEL>, + <&clks IMX5_CLK_IPU_DI0_SEL>, + <&clks IMX5_CLK_IPU_DI1_SEL>, + <&clks IMX5_CLK_LDB_DI0_GATE>, + <&clks IMX5_CLK_LDB_DI1_GATE>; clock-names = "di0_pll", "di1_pll", "di0_sel", "di1_sel", "di0", "di1"; + /* Using an of-graph endpoint link to connect the panel */ lvds-channel@0 { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; reg = <0>; - fsl,data-mapping = "spwg"; - fsl,data-width = <24>; - - display-timings { - /* ... */ - }; port@0 { reg = <0>; @@ -98,8 +103,17 @@ ldb: ldb@53fa8008 { remote-endpoint = <&ipu_di0_lvds0>; }; }; + + port@2 { + reg = <2>; + + lvds0_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&panel_in>; + }; + }; }; + /* Using display-timings and fsl,data-mapping/width instead */ lvds-channel@1 { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; @@ -120,3 +134,13 @@ ldb: ldb@53fa8008 { }; }; }; + +panel: lvds-panel { + /* ... */ + + port { + panel_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&lvds0_out>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/dsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/dsi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cd8fe6cf536c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/dsi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +Qualcomm Technologies Inc. adreno/snapdragon DSI output + +DSI Controller: +Required properties: +- compatible: + * "qcom,mdss-dsi-ctrl" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers of controller +- reg-names: The names of register regions. The following regions are required: + * "dsi_ctrl" +- qcom,dsi-host-index: The ID of DSI controller hardware instance. This should + be 0 or 1, since we have 2 DSI controllers at most for now. +- interrupts: The interrupt signal from the DSI block. +- power-domains: Should be <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>. +- clocks: device clocks + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: the following clocks are required: + * "bus_clk" + * "byte_clk" + * "core_clk" + * "core_mmss_clk" + * "iface_clk" + * "mdp_core_clk" + * "pixel_clk" +- vdd-supply: phandle to vdd regulator device node +- vddio-supply: phandle to vdd-io regulator device node +- vdda-supply: phandle to vdda regulator device node +- qcom,dsi-phy: phandle to DSI PHY device node + +Optional properties: +- panel@0: Node of panel connected to this DSI controller. + See files in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ for each supported + panel. +- qcom,dual-panel-mode: Boolean value indicating if the DSI controller is + driving a panel which needs 2 DSI links. +- qcom,master-panel: Boolean value indicating if the DSI controller is driving + the master link of the 2-DSI panel. +- qcom,sync-dual-panel: Boolean value indicating if the DSI controller is + driving a 2-DSI panel whose 2 links need receive command simultaneously. +- interrupt-parent: phandle to the MDP block if the interrupt signal is routed + through MDP block + +DSI PHY: +Required properties: +- compatible: Could be the following + * "qcom,dsi-phy-28nm-hpm" + * "qcom,dsi-phy-28nm-lp" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers of PLL, PHY and PHY + regulator +- reg-names: The names of register regions. The following regions are required: + * "dsi_pll" + * "dsi_phy" + * "dsi_phy_regulator" +- qcom,dsi-phy-index: The ID of DSI PHY hardware instance. This should + be 0 or 1, since we have 2 DSI PHYs at most for now. +- power-domains: Should be <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>. +- clocks: device clocks + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: the following clocks are required: + * "iface_clk" +- vddio-supply: phandle to vdd-io regulator device node + +Example: + mdss_dsi0: qcom,mdss_dsi@fd922800 { + compatible = "qcom,mdss-dsi-ctrl"; + qcom,dsi-host-index = <0>; + interrupt-parent = <&mdss_mdp>; + interrupts = <4 0>; + reg-names = "dsi_ctrl"; + reg = <0xfd922800 0x200>; + power-domains = <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>; + clock-names = + "bus_clk", + "byte_clk", + "core_clk", + "core_mmss_clk", + "iface_clk", + "mdp_core_clk", + "pixel_clk"; + clocks = + <&mmcc MDSS_AXI_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_BYTE0_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_ESC0_CLK>, + <&mmcc MMSS_MISC_AHB_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_AHB_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_MDP_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_PCLK0_CLK>; + vdda-supply = <&pma8084_l2>; + vdd-supply = <&pma8084_l22>; + vddio-supply = <&pma8084_l12>; + + qcom,dsi-phy = <&mdss_dsi_phy0>; + + qcom,dual-panel-mode; + qcom,master-panel; + qcom,sync-dual-panel; + + panel: panel@0 { + compatible = "sharp,lq101r1sx01"; + reg = <0>; + link2 = <&secondary>; + + power-supply = <...>; + backlight = <...>; + }; + }; + + mdss_dsi_phy0: qcom,mdss_dsi_phy@fd922a00 { + compatible = "qcom,dsi-phy-28nm-hpm"; + qcom,dsi-phy-index = <0>; + reg-names = + "dsi_pll", + "dsi_phy", + "dsi_phy_regulator"; + reg = <0xfd922a00 0xd4>, + <0xfd922b00 0x2b0>, + <0xfd922d80 0x7b>; + clock-names = "iface_clk"; + clocks = <&mmcc MDSS_AHB_CLK>; + vddio-supply = <&pma8084_l12>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/edp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/edp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3a20f6ea5898 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/edp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Qualcomm Technologies Inc. adreno/snapdragon eDP output + +Required properties: +- compatible: + * "qcom,mdss-edp" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers of controller and PLL +- reg-names: The names of register regions. The following regions are required: + * "edp" + * "pll_base" +- interrupts: The interrupt signal from the eDP block. +- power-domains: Should be <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>. +- clocks: device clocks + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: the following clocks are required: + * "core_clk" + * "iface_clk" + * "mdp_core_clk" + * "pixel_clk" + * "link_clk" +- #clock-cells: The value should be 1. +- vdda-supply: phandle to vdda regulator device node +- lvl-vdd-supply: phandle to regulator device node which is used to supply power + to HPD receiving chip +- panel-en-gpios: GPIO pin to supply power to panel. +- panel-hpd-gpios: GPIO pin used for eDP hpd. + + +Optional properties: +- interrupt-parent: phandle to the MDP block if the interrupt signal is routed + through MDP block + +Example: + mdss_edp: qcom,mdss_edp@fd923400 { + compatible = "qcom,mdss-edp"; + reg-names = + "edp", + "pll_base"; + reg = <0xfd923400 0x700>, + <0xfd923a00 0xd4>; + interrupt-parent = <&mdss_mdp>; + interrupts = <12 0>; + power-domains = <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>; + clock-names = + "core_clk", + "pixel_clk", + "iface_clk", + "link_clk", + "mdp_core_clk"; + clocks = + <&mmcc MDSS_EDPAUX_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_EDPPIXEL_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_AHB_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_EDPLINK_CLK>, + <&mmcc MDSS_MDP_CLK>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + vdda-supply = <&pma8084_l12>; + lvl-vdd-supply = <&lvl_vreg>; + panel-en-gpios = <&tlmm 137 0>; + panel-hpd-gpios = <&tlmm 103 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt index a29a55f3d937..c43aa53debed 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt @@ -20,6 +20,9 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - qcom,hdmi-tx-mux-en-gpio: hdmi mux enable pin - qcom,hdmi-tx-mux-sel-gpio: hdmi mux select pin +- pinctrl-names: the pin control state names; should contain "default" +- pinctrl-0: the default pinctrl state (active) +- pinctrl-1: the "sleep" pinctrl state Example: @@ -44,5 +47,8 @@ Example: qcom,hdmi-tx-hpd = <&msmgpio 72 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; core-vdda-supply = <&pm8921_hdmi_mvs>; hdmi-mux-supply = <&ext_3p3v>; + pinctrl-names = "default", "sleep"; + pinctrl-0 = <&hpd_active &ddc_active &cec_active>; + pinctrl-1 = <&hpd_suspend &ddc_suspend &cec_suspend>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/slave.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/slave.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3d2c52460dca..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/slave.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -Device-Tree bindings for tilcdc DRM encoder slave output driver - -Required properties: - - compatible: value should be "ti,tilcdc,slave". - - i2c: the phandle for the i2c device the encoder slave is connected to - -Recommended properties: - - pinctrl-names, pinctrl-0: the pincontrol settings to configure - muxing properly for pins that connect to TFP410 device - -Example: - - hdmi { - compatible = "ti,tilcdc,slave"; - i2c = <&i2c0>; - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&nxp_hdmi_bonelt_pins>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt index fff10da5e927..2136ee81e061 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt @@ -18,6 +18,12 @@ Optional properties: - max-pixelclock: The maximum pixel clock that can be supported by the lcd controller in KHz. +Optional nodes: + + - port/ports: to describe a connection to an external encoder. The + binding follows Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt and + suppors a single port with a single endpoint. + Example: fb: fb@4830e000 { @@ -26,4 +32,25 @@ Example: interrupt-parent = <&intc>; interrupts = <36>; ti,hwmods = "lcdc"; + + port { + lcdc_0: endpoint@0 { + remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_0>; + }; + }; + }; + + tda19988: tda19988 { + compatible = "nxp,tda998x"; + reg = <0x70>; + + pinctrl-names = "default", "off"; + pinctrl-0 = <&nxp_hdmi_bonelt_pins>; + pinctrl-1 = <&nxp_hdmi_bonelt_off_pins>; + + port { + hdmi_0: endpoint@0 { + remote-endpoint = <&lcdc_0>; + }; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..78edb80002c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +* APM X-Gene SoC EDAC node + +EDAC node is defined to describe on-chip error detection and correction. +The follow error types are supported: + + memory controller - Memory controller + PMD (L1/L2) - Processor module unit (PMD) L1/L2 cache + +The following section describes the EDAC DT node binding. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Shall be "apm,xgene-edac". +- regmap-csw : Regmap of the CPU switch fabric (CSW) resource. +- regmap-mcba : Regmap of the MCB-A (memory bridge) resource. +- regmap-mcbb : Regmap of the MCB-B (memory bridge) resource. +- regmap-efuse : Regmap of the PMD efuse resource. +- reg : First resource shall be the CPU bus (PCP) resource. +- interrupts : Interrupt-specifier for MCU, PMD, L3, or SoC error + IRQ(s). + +Required properties for memory controller subnode: +- compatible : Shall be "apm,xgene-edac-mc". +- reg : First resource shall be the memory controller unit + (MCU) resource. +- memory-controller : Instance number of the memory controller. + +Required properties for PMD subnode: +- compatible : Shall be "apm,xgene-edac-pmd" or + "apm,xgene-edac-pmd-v2". +- reg : First resource shall be the PMD resource. +- pmd-controller : Instance number of the PMD controller. + +Example: + csw: csw@7e200000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-csw", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0x7e200000 0x0 0x1000>; + }; + + mcba: mcba@7e700000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-mcb", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0x7e700000 0x0 0x1000>; + }; + + mcbb: mcbb@7e720000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-mcb", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0x7e720000 0x0 0x1000>; + }; + + efuse: efuse@1054a000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-efuse", "syscon"; + reg = <0x0 0x1054a000 0x0 0x20>; + }; + + edac@78800000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-edac"; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + ranges; + regmap-csw = <&csw>; + regmap-mcba = <&mcba>; + regmap-mcbb = <&mcbb>; + regmap-efuse = <&efuse>; + reg = <0x0 0x78800000 0x0 0x100>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x20 0x4>, + <0x0 0x21 0x4>, + <0x0 0x27 0x4>; + + edacmc@7e800000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-edac-mc"; + reg = <0x0 0x7e800000 0x0 0x1000>; + memory-controller = <0>; + }; + + edacpmd@7c000000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-edac-pmd"; + reg = <0x0 0x7c000000 0x0 0x200000>; + pmd-controller = <0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-usb-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-usb-gpio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..af0b903de293 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-usb-gpio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +USB GPIO Extcon device + +This is a virtual device used to generate USB cable states from the USB ID pin +connected to a GPIO pin. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "linux,extcon-usb-gpio" +- id-gpio: gpio for USB ID pin. See gpio binding. + +Example: Examples of extcon-usb-gpio node in dra7-evm.dts as listed below: + extcon_usb1 { + compatible = "linux,extcon-usb-gpio"; + id-gpio = <&gpio6 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + } + + &omap_dwc3_1 { + extcon = <&extcon_usb1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt index 23e1d3194174..41372d441131 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Example: fuse@7000f800 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-efuse"; - reg = <0x7000F800 0x400>, + reg = <0x7000f800 0x400>, <0x70000000 0x400>; clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_FUSE>; clock-names = "fuse"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,brcmstb-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,brcmstb-gpio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..435f1bcca341 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,brcmstb-gpio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +Broadcom STB "UPG GIO" GPIO controller + +The controller's registers are organized as sets of eight 32-bit +registers with each set controlling a bank of up to 32 pins. A single +interrupt is shared for all of the banks handled by the controller. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: + Must be "brcm,brcmstb-gpio" + +- reg: + Define the base and range of the I/O address space containing + the brcmstb GPIO controller registers + +- #gpio-cells: + Should be <2>. The first cell is the pin number (within the controller's + pin space), and the second is used for the following: + bit[0]: polarity (0 for active-high, 1 for active-low) + +- gpio-controller: + Specifies that the node is a GPIO controller. + +- brcm,gpio-bank-widths: + Number of GPIO lines for each bank. Number of elements must + correspond to number of banks suggested by the 'reg' property. + +Optional properties: + +- interrupts: + The interrupt shared by all GPIO lines for this controller. + +- interrupt-parent: + phandle of the parent interrupt controller + +- #interrupt-cells: + Should be <2>. The first cell is the GPIO number, the second should specify + flags. The following subset of flags is supported: + - bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags + 1 = low-to-high edge triggered + 2 = high-to-low edge triggered + 4 = active high level-sensitive + 8 = active low level-sensitive + Valid combinations are 1, 2, 3, 4, 8. + See also Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt + +- interrupt-controller: + Marks the device node as an interrupt controller + +- interrupt-names: + The name of the IRQ resource used by this controller + +Example: + upg_gio: gpio@f040a700 { + #gpio-cells = <0x2>; + #interrupt-cells = <0x2>; + compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-gpio", "brcm,brcmstb-gpio"; + gpio-controller; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0xf040a700 0x80>; + interrupt-parent = <0xf>; + interrupts = <0x6>; + interrupt-names = "upg_gio"; + brcm,gpio-bank-widths = <0x20 0x20 0x20 0x18>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-bcm-kona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,kona-gpio.txt index 4a63bc96b687..4a63bc96b687 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-bcm-kona.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,kona-gpio.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..12f50149e1ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +Altera GPIO controller bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible: + - "altr,pio-1.0" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- #gpio-cells : Should be 2 + - The first cell is the gpio offset number. + - The second cell is reserved and is currently unused. +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- interrupt-controller: Mark the device node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Should be 1. The interrupt type is fixed in the hardware. + - The first cell is the GPIO offset number within the GPIO controller. +- interrupts: Specify the interrupt. +- altr,interrupt-trigger: Specifies the interrupt trigger type the GPIO + hardware is synthesized. This field is required if the Altera GPIO controller + used has IRQ enabled as the interrupt type is not software controlled, + but hardware synthesized. Required if GPIO is used as an interrupt + controller. The value is defined in <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + Only the following flags are supported: + IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING + IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING + IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH + IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + +Optional properties: +- altr,ngpio: Width of the GPIO bank. This defines how many pins the + GPIO device has. Ranges between 1-32. Optional and defaults to 32 if not + specified. + +Example: + +gpio_altr: gpio@0xff200000 { + compatible = "altr,pio-1.0"; + reg = <0xff200000 0x10>; + interrupts = <0 45 4>; + altr,ngpio = <32>; + altr,interrupt-trigger = <IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-controller; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-ath79.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-ath79.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c522851017ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-ath79.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9xxx GPIO controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: has to be "qca,<soctype>-gpio" and one of the following + fallbacks: + - "qca,ar7100-gpio" + - "qca,ar9340-gpio" +- reg: Base address and size of the controllers memory area +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and the + second cell is used to specify optional parameters. +- ngpios: Should be set to the number of GPIOs available on the SoC. + +Optional properties: +- interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller. +- interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the controllers interrupt. +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode interrupt + source, should be 2 + +Please refer to interrupts.txt in this directory for details of the common +Interrupt Controllers bindings used by client devices. + +Example: + + gpio@18040000 { + compatible = "qca,ar9132-gpio", "qca,ar7100-gpio"; + reg = <0x18040000 0x30>; + interrupts = <2>; + + ngpios = <22>; + + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-atlas7.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-atlas7.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d7e123fc90b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-atlas7.txt @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +CSR SiRFatlas7 GPIO controller bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible : "sirf,atlas7-gpio" +- reg : Address range of the pinctrl registers +- interrupts : Interrupts used by every GPIO group +- gpio-banks : How many gpio banks on this controller +- gpio-controller : Indicates this device is a GPIO controller +- interrupt-controller : Marks the device node as an interrupt controller + +The GPIO controller also acts as an interrupt controller. It uses the default +two cells specifier as described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ +interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt. + +Example: + + gpio_0: gpio_mediam@17040000 { + compatible = "sirf,atlas7-gpio"; + reg = <0x17040000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 13 0>, <0 14 0>; + + #gpio-cells = <2>; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + + gpio-controller; + interrupt-controller; + + gpio-banks = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl 0 0 0>, + <&pinctrl 32 0 0>; + gpio-ranges-group-names = "lvds_gpio_grp", + "uart_nand_gpio_grp"; + }; + + leds { + compatible = "gpio-leds"; + + led1 { + gpios = <&gpio_1 15 0>; + ... + }; + + led2 { + gpios = <&gpio_2 34 0>; + ... + }; + }; + +Please refer to gpio.txt in this directory for details of the common +gpio properties used by devices. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-etraxfs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-etraxfs.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..abf4db736c6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-etraxfs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Axis ETRAX FS General I/O controller bindings + +Required properties: + +- compatible: + - "axis,etraxfs-gio" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- #gpio-cells: Should be 3 + - The first cell is the gpio offset number. + - The second cell is reserved and is currently unused. + - The third cell is the port number (hex). +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. + +Example: + + gio: gpio@b001a000 { + compatible = "axis,etraxfs-gio"; + reg = <0xb001a000 0x1000>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <3>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt index 2dd457a3469a..439a7430fc68 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt @@ -2,15 +2,20 @@ Bindings for fan connected to GPIO lines Required properties: - compatible : "gpio-fan" + +Optional properties: - gpios: Specifies the pins that map to bits in the control value, ordered MSB-->LSB. - gpio-fan,speed-map: A mapping of possible fan RPM speeds and the control value that should be set to achieve them. This array must have the RPM values in ascending order. - -Optional properties: - alarm-gpios: This pin going active indicates something is wrong with the fan, and a udev event will be fired. +- cooling-cells: If used as a cooling device, must be <2> + Also see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt + min and max states are derived from the speed-map of the fan. + +Note: At least one the "gpios" or "alarm-gpios" properties must be set. Examples: @@ -23,3 +28,13 @@ Examples: 6000 2>; alarm-gpios = <&gpio1 15 1>; }; + gpio_fan_cool: gpio_fan { + compatible = "gpio-fan"; + gpios = <&gpio2 14 1 + &gpio2 13 1>; + gpio-fan,speed-map = <0 0>, + <3000 1>, + <6000 2>; + alarm-gpios = <&gpio2 15 1>; + #cooling-cells = <2>; /* min followed by max */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xlp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xlp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..262ee4ddf2cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xlp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Netlogic XLP Family GPIO +======================== + +This GPIO driver is used for following Netlogic XLP SoCs: + XLP832, XLP316, XLP208, XLP980, XLP532 + +Required properties: +------------------- + +- compatible: Should be one of the following: + - "netlogic,xlp832-gpio": For Netlogic XLP832 + - "netlogic,xlp316-gpio": For Netlogic XLP316 + - "netlogic,xlp208-gpio": For Netlogic XLP208 + - "netlogic,xlp980-gpio": For Netlogic XLP980 + - "netlogic,xlp532-gpio": For Netlogic XLP532 +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and the second + cell is used to specify optional parameters (currently unused). +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- nr-gpios: Number of GPIO pins supported by the controller. +- interrupt-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the GPIO Number. The + second cell is used to specify flags. The following subset of flags is + supported: + - trigger type: + 1 = low to high edge triggered. + 2 = high to low edge triggered. + 4 = active high level-sensitive. + 8 = active low level-sensitive. +- interrupts: Interrupt number for this device. +- interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller. +- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. + +Example: + + gpio: xlp_gpio@34000 { + compatible = "netlogic,xlp316-gpio"; + reg = <0 0x34100 0x1000 + 0 0x35100 0x1000>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + nr-gpios = <57>; + + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-parent = <&pic>; + interrupts = <39>; + interrupt-controller; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt index 986371a4be2c..db4c6a663c03 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Required properties: - First cell is the GPIO line number - Second cell is used to specify optional parameters (unused) -- compatible : Should be "xlnx,zynq-gpio-1.0" +- compatible : Should be "xlnx,zynq-gpio-1.0" or "xlnx,zynqmp-gpio-1.0" - clocks : Clock specifier (see clock bindings for details) - gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. - interrupts : Interrupt specifier (see interrupt bindings for diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt index f7a158d85862..5788d5cf1252 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt @@ -116,6 +116,29 @@ Every GPIO controller node must contain both an empty "gpio-controller" property, and a #gpio-cells integer property, which indicates the number of cells in a gpio-specifier. +The GPIO chip may contain GPIO hog definitions. GPIO hogging is a mechanism +providing automatic GPIO request and configuration as part of the +gpio-controller's driver probe function. + +Each GPIO hog definition is represented as a child node of the GPIO controller. +Required properties: +- gpio-hog: A property specifying that this child node represent a GPIO hog. +- gpios: Store the GPIO information (id, flags, ...). Shall contain the + number of cells specified in its parent node (GPIO controller + node). +Only one of the following properties scanned in the order shown below. +This means that when multiple properties are present they will be searched +in the order presented below and the first match is taken as the intended +configuration. +- input: A property specifying to set the GPIO direction as input. +- output-low A property specifying to set the GPIO direction as output with + the value low. +- output-high A property specifying to set the GPIO direction as output with + the value high. + +Optional properties: +- line-name: The GPIO label name. If not present the node name is used. + Example of two SOC GPIO banks defined as gpio-controller nodes: qe_pio_a: gpio-controller@1400 { @@ -123,6 +146,13 @@ Example of two SOC GPIO banks defined as gpio-controller nodes: reg = <0x1400 0x18>; gpio-controller; #gpio-cells = <2>; + + line_b { + gpio-hog; + gpios = <6 0>; + output-low; + line-name = "foo-bar-gpio"; + }; }; qe_pio_e: gpio-controller@1460 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt index 67a2e4e414a5..98d198396956 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Required properties: gpio_mux. - interrupt-names : Should be the names of irq resources. Each interrupt uses its own interrupt name, so there should be as many interrupt names - as referenced interrups. + as referenced interrupts. - interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. - #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt source. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nxp,lpc1850-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nxp,lpc1850-gpio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..eb7cdd69e10b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nxp,lpc1850-gpio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +NXP LPC18xx/43xx GPIO controller Device Tree Bindings +----------------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "nxp,lpc1850-gpio" +- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device +- clocks : Clock specifier (see clock bindings for details) +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells : Should be two + - First cell is the GPIO line number + - Second cell is used to specify polarity + +Optional properties: +- gpio-ranges : Mapping between GPIO and pinctrl + +Example: +#define LPC_GPIO(port, pin) (port * 32 + pin) +#define LPC_PIN(port, pin) (0x##port * 32 + pin) + +gpio: gpio@400f4000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-gpio"; + reg = <0x400f4000 0x4000>; + clocks = <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_GPIO>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl LPC_GPIO(0,0) LPC_PIN(0,0) 2>, + ... + <&pinctrl LPC_GPIO(7,19) LPC_PIN(f,5) 7>; +}; + +gpio_joystick { + compatible = "gpio-keys-polled"; + ... + + button@0 { + ... + gpios = <&gpio LPC_GPIO(4,8) GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/h8300/cpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/h8300/cpu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..70cd58608f4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/h8300/cpu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +* H8/300 CPU bindings + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Compatible property value should be "renesas,h8300". +- clock-frequency: Contains the clock frequency for CPU, in Hz. + +Example: + + cpu@0 { + compatible = "renesas,h8300"; + clock-frequency = <20000000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/hwlock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/hwlock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..085d1f5c916a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/hwlock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +Generic hwlock bindings +======================= + +Generic bindings that are common to all the hwlock platform specific driver +implementations. + +Please also look through the individual platform specific hwlock binding +documentations for identifying any additional properties specific to that +platform. + +hwlock providers: +================= + +Required properties: +- #hwlock-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to represent a + specific lock. + +hwlock users: +============= + +Consumers that require specific hwlock(s) should specify them using the +property "hwlocks", and an optional "hwlock-names" property. + +Required properties: +- hwlocks: List of phandle to a hwlock provider node and an + associated hwlock args specifier as indicated by + #hwlock-cells. The list can have just a single hwlock + or multiple hwlocks, with each hwlock represented by + a phandle and a corresponding args specifier. + +Optional properties: +- hwlock-names: List of hwlock name strings defined in the same order + as the hwlocks, with one name per hwlock. Consumers can + use the hwlock-names to match and get a specific hwlock. + + +1. Example of a node using a single specific hwlock: + +The following example has a node requesting a hwlock in the bank defined by +the node hwlock1. hwlock1 is a hwlock provider with an argument specifier +of length 1. + + node { + ... + hwlocks = <&hwlock1 2>; + ... + }; + +2. Example of a node using multiple specific hwlocks: + +The following example has a node requesting two hwlocks, a hwlock within +the hwlock device node 'hwlock1' with #hwlock-cells value of 1, and another +hwlock within the hwlock device node 'hwlock2' with #hwlock-cells value of 2. + + node { + ... + hwlocks = <&hwlock1 2>, <&hwlock2 0 3>; + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/omap-hwspinlock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/omap-hwspinlock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2c9804f4f4ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/omap-hwspinlock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +OMAP4+ HwSpinlock Driver +======================== + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "ti,omap4-hwspinlock" for + OMAP44xx, OMAP54xx, AM33xx, AM43xx, DRA7xx SoCs +- reg: Contains the hwspinlock module register address space + (base address and length) +- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated with the hwspinlock device +- #hwlock-cells: Should be 1. The OMAP hwspinlock users will use a + 0-indexed relative hwlock number as the argument + specifier value for requesting a specific hwspinlock + within a hwspinlock bank. + +Please look at the generic hwlock binding for usage information for consumers, +"Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/hwlock.txt" + +Example: + +/* OMAP4 */ +hwspinlock: spinlock@4a0f6000 { + compatible = "ti,omap4-hwspinlock"; + reg = <0x4a0f6000 0x1000>; + ti,hwmods = "spinlock"; + #hwlock-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/qcom-hwspinlock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/qcom-hwspinlock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4563f524556b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/qcom-hwspinlock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +Qualcomm Hardware Mutex Block: + +The hardware block provides mutexes utilized between different processors on +the SoC as part of the communication protocol used by these processors. + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be one of: + "qcom,sfpb-mutex", + "qcom,tcsr-mutex" + +- syscon: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: one cell containing: + syscon phandle + offset of the hwmutex block within the syscon + stride of the hwmutex registers + +- #hwlock-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be 1, the specified cell represent the lock id + (hwlock standard property, see hwlock.txt) + +Example: + + tcsr_mutex_block: syscon@fd484000 { + compatible = "syscon"; + reg = <0xfd484000 0x2000>; + }; + + hwlock@fd484000 { + compatible = "qcom,tcsr-mutex"; + syscon = <&tcsr_mutex_block 0 0x80>; + + #hwlock-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/sirf,hwspinlock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/sirf,hwspinlock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9bb1240a68e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/sirf,hwspinlock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +SIRF Hardware spinlock device Binding +----------------------------------------------- + +Required properties : +- compatible : shall contain only one of the following: + "sirf,hwspinlock" + +- reg : the register address of hwspinlock + +- #hwlock-cells : hwlock users only use the hwlock id to represent a specific + hwlock, so the number of cells should be <1> here. + +Please look at the generic hwlock binding for usage information for consumers, +"Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/hwlock.txt" + +Example of hwlock provider: + hwlock { + compatible = "sirf,hwspinlock"; + reg = <0x13240000 0x00010000>; + #hwlock-cells = <1>; + }; + +Example of hwlock users: + node { + ... + hwlocks = <&hwlock 2>; + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt index fcca8e744f41..a04a80f9cc70 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Requires node properties: "murata,ncp21wb473" "murata,ncp03wb473" "murata,ncp15wl333" + "murata,ncp03wf104" /* Usage of vendor name "ntc" is deprecated */ <DEPRECATED> "ntc,ncp15wb473" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/brcm,iproc-rng200.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/brcm,iproc-rng200.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e25a456664b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/brcm,iproc-rng200.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +HWRNG support for the iproc-rng200 driver + +Required properties: +- compatible : "brcm,iproc-rng200" +- reg : base address and size of control register block + +Example: + +rng { + compatible = "brcm,iproc-rng200"; + reg = <0x18032000 0x28>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-bcm-kona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,kona-i2c.txt index 1b87b741fa8e..1b87b741fa8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-bcm-kona.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,kona-i2c.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt index 388f0a275fba..6e81dc153f3b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ I2C for Atmel platforms Required properties : - compatible : Must be "atmel,at91rm9200-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9261-i2c", - "atmel,at91sam9260-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9g20-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9g10-i2c" - or "atmel,at91sam9x5-i2c" + "atmel,at91sam9260-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9g20-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9g10-i2c", + "atmel,at91sam9x5-i2c" or "atmel,sama5d2-i2c" - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. - interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu. @@ -13,6 +13,10 @@ Required properties : Optional properties: - clock-frequency: Desired I2C bus frequency in Hz, otherwise defaults to 100000 +- dmas: A list of two dma specifiers, one for each entry in dma-names. +- dma-names: should contain "tx" and "rx". +- atmel,fifo-size: maximum number of data the RX and TX FIFOs can store for FIFO + capable I2C controllers. - Child nodes conforming to i2c bus binding Examples : @@ -32,3 +36,25 @@ i2c0: i2c@fff84000 { pagesize = <128>; } } + +i2c0: i2c@f8034600 { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-i2c"; + reg = <0xf8034600 0x100>; + interrupts = <19 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>; + dmas = <&dma0 + (AT91_XDMAC_DT_MEM_IF(0) | AT91_XDMAC_DT_PER_IF(1)) + AT91_XDMAC_DT_PERID(11)>, + <&dma0 + (AT91_XDMAC_DT_MEM_IF(0) | AT91_XDMAC_DT_PER_IF(1)) + AT91_XDMAC_DT_PERID(12)>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&flx0>; + atmel,fifo-size = <16>; + + wm8731: wm8731@1a { + compatible = "wm8731"; + reg = <0x1a>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-brcmstb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-brcmstb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d6f724efdcf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-brcmstb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Broadcom stb bsc iic master controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be "brcm,brcmstb-i2c" +- clock-frequency: 32-bit decimal value of iic master clock freqency in Hz + valid values are 375000, 390000, 187500, 200000 + 93750, 97500, 46875 and 50000 +- reg: specifies the base physical address and size of the registers + +Optional properties : + +- interrupt-parent: specifies the phandle to the parent interrupt controller + this one is cascaded from +- interrupts: specifies the interrupt number, the irq line to be used +- interrupt-names: Interrupt name string + +Example: + +bsca: i2c@f0406200 { + clock-frequency = <390000>; + compatible = "brcm,brcmstb-i2c"; + interrupt-parent = <&irq0_intc>; + reg = <0xf0406200 0x58>; + interrupts = <0x18>; + interrupt-names = "upg_bsca"; +}; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-davinci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-davinci.txt index 2dc935b4113d..a4e1cbc810c1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-davinci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-davinci.txt @@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ Required properties: Recommended properties : - interrupts : standard interrupt property. - clock-frequency : desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. +- ti,has-pfunc: boolean; if defined, it indicates that SoC supports PFUNC + registers. PFUNC registers allow to switch I2C pins to function as + GPIOs, so they can by toggled manually. Example (enbw_cmc board): i2c@1c22000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-digicolor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-digicolor.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..457a098d4f7e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-digicolor.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Conexant Digicolor I2C controller + +Required properties: + - compatible: must be "cnxt,cx92755-i2c" + - reg: physical address and length of the device registers + - interrupts: a single interrupt specifier + - clocks: clock for the device + - #address-cells: should be <1> + - #size-cells: should be <0> + +Optional properties: +- clock-frequency: the desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz; in + absence of this property the default value is used (100 kHz). + +Example: + + i2c: i2c@f0000120 { + compatible = "cnxt,cx92755-i2c"; + reg = <0xf0000120 0x10>; + interrupts = <28>; + clocks = <&main_clk>; + clock-frequency = <100000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-jz4780.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-jz4780.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..231e4cc4008c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-jz4780.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +* Ingenic JZ4780 I2C Bus controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "ingenic,jz4780-i2c" +- reg: Should contain the address & size of the I2C controller registers. +- interrupts: Should specify the interrupt provided by parent. +- clocks: Should contain a single clock specifier for the JZ4780 I2C clock. +- clock-frequency: desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. + +Recommended properties: +- pinctrl-names: should be "default"; +- pinctrl-0: phandle to pinctrl function + +Optional properties: +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle of the interrupt controller that + delivers interrupts to the I2C block. + +Example + +/ { + i2c4: i2c4@0x10054000 { + compatible = "ingenic,jz4780-i2c"; + reg = <0x10054000 0x1000>; + + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupts = <56>; + + clocks = <&cgu JZ4780_CLK_SMB4>; + clock-frequency = <100000>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pins_i2c4_data>; + + }; +}; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mt6577.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mt6577.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0ce6fa3242f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mt6577.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +* Mediatek's I2C controller + +The Mediatek's I2C controller is used to interface with I2C devices. + +Required properties: + - compatible: value should be either of the following. + (a) "mediatek,mt6577-i2c", for i2c compatible with mt6577 i2c. + (b) "mediatek,mt6589-i2c", for i2c compatible with mt6589 i2c. + (c) "mediatek,mt8127-i2c", for i2c compatible with mt8127 i2c. + (d) "mediatek,mt8135-i2c", for i2c compatible with mt8135 i2c. + (e) "mediatek,mt8173-i2c", for i2c compatible with mt8173 i2c. + - reg: physical base address of the controller and dma base, length of memory + mapped region. + - interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu. + - clock-div: the fixed value for frequency divider of clock source in i2c + module. Each IC may be different. + - clocks: clock name from clock manager + - clock-names: Must include "main" and "dma", if enable have-pmic need include + "pmic" extra. + +Optional properties: + - clock-frequency: Frequency in Hz of the bus when transfer, the default value + is 100000. + - mediatek,have-pmic: platform can control i2c form special pmic side. + Only mt6589 and mt8135 support this feature. + - mediatek,use-push-pull: IO config use push-pull mode. + +Example: + + i2c0: i2c@1100d000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6577-i2c"; + reg = <0x1100d000 0x70>, + <0x11000300 0x80>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 44 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + clock-frequency = <400000>; + mediatek,have-pmic; + clock-div = <16>; + clocks = <&i2c0_ck>, <&ap_dma_ck>; + clock-names = "main", "dma"; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xgene-slimpro.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xgene-slimpro.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f6b2c20cfbf6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xgene-slimpro.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +APM X-Gene SLIMpro Mailbox I2C Driver + +An I2C controller accessed over the "SLIMpro" mailbox. + +Required properties : + + - compatible : should be "apm,xgene-slimpro-i2c" + - mboxes : use the label reference for the mailbox as the first parameter. + The second parameter is the channel number. + +Example : + i2cslimpro { + compatible = "apm,xgene-slimpro-i2c"; + mboxes = <&mailbox 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xlp9xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xlp9xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f818ef507ab7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xlp9xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Device tree configuration for the I2C controller on the XLP9xx/5xx SoC + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be "netlogic,xlp980-i2c" +- reg : bus address start and address range size of device +- interrupts : interrupt number + +Optional properties: +- clock-frequency : frequency of bus clock in Hz + Defaults to 100 KHz when the property is not specified + +Example: + +i2c0: i2c@113100 { + compatible = "netlogic,xlp980-i2c"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0 0x113100 0x100>; + clock-frequency = <400000>; + interrupts = <30>; + interrupt-parent = <&pic>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt index 03db59125569..00f8652e193a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt @@ -76,6 +76,7 @@ nxp,pca9556 Octal SMBus and I2C registered interface nxp,pca9557 8-bit I2C-bus and SMBus I/O port with reset nxp,pcf8563 Real-time clock/calendar nxp,pcf85063 Tiny Real-Time Clock +oki,ml86v7667 OKI ML86V7667 video decoder ovti,ov5642 OV5642: Color CMOS QSXGA (5-megapixel) Image Sensor with OmniBSI and Embedded TrueFocus pericom,pt7c4338 Real-time Clock Module plx,pex8648 48-Lane, 12-Port PCI Express Gen 2 (5.0 GT/s) Switch @@ -88,6 +89,7 @@ ricoh,rv5c386 I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC ricoh,rv5c387a I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC samsung,24ad0xd1 S524AD0XF1 (128K/256K-bit Serial EEPROM for Low Power) sii,s35390a 2-wire CMOS real-time clock +skyworks,sky81452 Skyworks SKY81452: Six-Channel White LED Driver with Touch Panel Bias Supply st-micro,24c256 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) stm,m41t00 Serial Access TIMEKEEPER stm,m41t62 Serial real-time clock (RTC) with alarm diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/berlin2_adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/berlin2_adc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..908334c6b07f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/berlin2_adc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +* Berlin Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) + +The Berlin ADC has 8 channels, with one connected to a temperature sensor. +It is part of the system controller register set. The ADC node should be a +sub-node of the system controller node. + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "marvell,berlin2-adc" +- interrupts: the interrupts for the ADC and the temperature sensor +- interrupt-names: should be "adc" and "tsen" + +Example: + +adc: adc { + compatible = "marvell,berlin2-adc"; + interrupt-parent = <&sic>; + interrupts = <12>, <14>; + interrupt-names = "adc", "tsen"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/da9150-gpadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/da9150-gpadc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c07228da92ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/da9150-gpadc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +Dialog Semiconductor DA9150 IIO GPADC bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible: "dlg,da9150-gpadc" for DA9150 IIO GPADC +- #io-channel-cells: Should be set to <1> + (See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/iio-bindings.txt for further info) + +For further information on GPADC channels, see device datasheet. + + +Example: + + gpadc: da9150-gpadc { + compatible = "dlg,da9150-gpadc"; + #io-channel-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp320x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp320x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b85184391b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp320x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +* Microchip Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) + +The node for this driver must be a child node of a SPI controller, hence +all mandatory properties described in + + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt + +must be specified. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Must be one of the following, depending on the + model: + "mcp3001" + "mcp3002" + "mcp3004" + "mcp3008" + "mcp3201" + "mcp3202" + "mcp3204" + "mcp3208" + + +Examples: +spi_controller { + mcp3x0x@0 { + compatible = "mcp3002"; + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <1000000>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3422.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3422.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..333139cc0bfb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3422.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +* Microchip mcp3422/3/4/6/7/8 chip family (ADC) + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be + "microchip,mcp3422" or + "microchip,mcp3423" or + "microchip,mcp3424" or + "microchip,mcp3426" or + "microchip,mcp3427" or + "microchip,mcp3428" + - reg: I2C address for the device + +Example: +adc@0 { + compatible = "microchip,mcp3424"; + reg = <0x68>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..15ca6b47958e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +* Texas Instruments' ADC128S052 and ADC122S021 ADC chip + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "ti,adc128s052" or "ti,adc122s021" + - reg: spi chip select number for the device + - vref-supply: The regulator supply for ADC reference voltage + +Recommended properties: + - spi-max-frequency: Definition as per + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt + +Example: +adc@0 { + compatible = "ti,adc128s052"; + reg = <0>; + vref-supply = <&vdd_supply>; + spi-max-frequency = <1000000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/vf610-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/vf610-adc.txt index 1a4a43d5c9ea..3eb40e20c143 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/vf610-adc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/vf610-adc.txt @@ -11,6 +11,13 @@ Required properties: - clock-names: Must contain "adc", matching entry in the clocks property. - vref-supply: The regulator supply ADC reference voltage. +Recommended properties: +- fsl,adck-max-frequency: Maximum frequencies according to datasheets operating + requirements. Three values are required, depending on conversion mode: + - Frequency in normal mode (ADLPC=0, ADHSC=0) + - Frequency in high-speed mode (ADLPC=0, ADHSC=1) + - Frequency in low-power mode (ADLPC=1, ADHSC=0) + Example: adc0: adc@4003b000 { compatible = "fsl,vf610-adc"; @@ -18,5 +25,7 @@ adc0: adc@4003b000 { interrupts = <0 53 0x04>; clocks = <&clks VF610_CLK_ADC0>; clock-names = "adc"; + fsl,adck-max-frequency = <30000000>, <40000000>, + <20000000>; vref-supply = <®_vcc_3v3_mcu>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e4d8f1c52f4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +InvenSense MPU-6050 Six-Axis (Gyro + Accelerometer) MEMS MotionTracking Device + +http://www.invensense.com/mems/gyro/mpu6050.html + +Required properties: + - compatible : should be "invensense,mpu6050" + - reg : the I2C address of the sensor + - interrupt-parent : should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + - interrupts : interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ + +Example: + mpu6050@68 { + compatible = "invensense,mpu6050"; + reg = <0x68>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <18 1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/bmc150_magn.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/bmc150_magn.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9f263b7df162 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/bmc150_magn.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* Bosch BMC150 magnetometer sensor + +http://ae-bst.resource.bosch.com/media/products/dokumente/bmc150/BST-BMC150-DS000-04.pdf + +Required properties: + + - compatible : should be "bosch,bmc150_magn" + - reg : the I2C address of the magnetometer + +Optional properties: + + - interrupt-parent : phandle to the parent interrupt controller + - interrupts : interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ + +Example: + +bmc150_magn@12 { + compatible = "bosch,bmc150_magn"; + reg = <0x12>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <0 1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt index a7a0a15913ad..8a6be3bdf267 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt @@ -23,12 +23,14 @@ standard bindings from pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt. Valid compatible strings: Accelerometers: +- st,lis3lv02dl-accel - st,lsm303dlh-accel - st,lsm303dlhc-accel - st,lis3dh-accel - st,lsm330d-accel - st,lsm330dl-accel - st,lsm330dlc-accel +- st,lis331dl-accel - st,lis331dlh-accel - st,lsm303dl-accel - st,lsm303dlm-accel @@ -44,6 +46,7 @@ Gyroscopes: - st,lsm330-gyro Magnetometers: +- st,lsm303dlh-magn - st,lsm303dlhc-magn - st,lsm303dlm-magn - st,lis3mdl-magn diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/mlx90614.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/mlx90614.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9be57b036092 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/mlx90614.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +* Melexis MLX90614 contactless IR temperature sensor + +http://melexis.com/Infrared-Thermometer-Sensors/Infrared-Thermometer-Sensors/MLX90614-615.aspx + +Required properties: + + - compatible: should be "melexis,mlx90614" + - reg: the I2C address of the sensor + +Optional properties: + + - wakeup-gpios: device tree identifier of the GPIO connected to the SDA line + to hold low in order to wake up the device. In normal operation, the + GPIO is set as input and will not interfere in I2C communication. There + is no need for a GPIO driving the SCL line. If no GPIO is given, power + management is disabled. + +Example: + +mlx90614@5a { + compatible = "melexis,mlx90614"; + reg = <0x5a>; + wakeup-gpios = <&gpio0 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt index 5f7619c22743..df8b1279491d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Optional properties: pendown-gpio (u32). pendown-gpio GPIO handle describing the pin the !PENIRQ line is connected to. - linux,wakeup use any event on touchscreen as wakeup event. + wakeup-source use any event on touchscreen as wakeup event. Example for a TSC2046 chip connected to an McSPI controller of an OMAP SoC:: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap11xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap11xx.txt index 7d0a3009771b..8c67a0b5058d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap11xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap11xx.txt @@ -55,5 +55,24 @@ i2c_controller { <105>, /* KEY_LEFT */ <109>, /* KEY_PAGEDOWN */ <104>; /* KEY_PAGEUP */ + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + usr@0 { + label = "cap11xx:green:usr0"; + reg = <0>; + }; + + usr@1 { + label = "cap11xx:green:usr1"; + reg = <1>; + }; + + alive@2 { + label = "cap11xx:green:alive"; + reg = <2>; + linux,default_trigger = "heartbeat"; + }; }; } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cypress,cyapa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cypress,cyapa.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..635a3b036630 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cypress,cyapa.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +Cypress I2C Touchpad + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "cypress,cyapa". +- reg: I2C address of the chip. +- interrupt-parent: a phandle for the interrupt controller (see interrupt + binding[0]). +- interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected (see interrupt + binding[0]). + +Optional properties: +- wakeup-source: touchpad can be used as a wakeup source. +- pinctrl-names: should be "default" (see pinctrl binding [1]). +- pinctrl-0: a phandle pointing to the pin settings for the device (see + pinctrl binding [1]). +- vcc-supply: a phandle for the regulator supplying 3.3V power. + +[0]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt +[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt + +Example: + &i2c0 { + /* ... */ + + /* Cypress Gen3 touchpad */ + touchpad@67 { + compatible = "cypress,cyapa"; + reg = <0x24>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; /* GPIO 2 */ + wakeup-source; + }; + + /* Cypress Gen5 and later touchpad */ + touchpad@24 { + compatible = "cypress,cyapa"; + reg = <0x24>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; /* GPIO 2 */ + wakeup-source; + }; + + /* ... */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elants_i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elants_i2c.txt index a765232e6446..8a71038f3489 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elants_i2c.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elants_i2c.txt @@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ Optional properties: - pinctrl-names: should be "default" (see pinctrl binding [1]). - pinctrl-0: a phandle pointing to the pin settings for the device (see pinctrl binding [1]). +- reset-gpios: reset gpio the chip is connected to. +- vcc33-supply: a phandle for the regulator supplying 3.3V power. +- vccio-supply: a phandle for the regulator supplying IO power. [0]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt [1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys-polled.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys-polled.txt index 313abefa37cc..5b91f5a3bd5c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys-polled.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys-polled.txt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Optional subnode-properties: If not specified defaults to <1> == EV_KEY. - debounce-interval: Debouncing interval time in milliseconds. If not specified defaults to 5. - - gpio-key,wakeup: Boolean, button can wake-up the system. + - wakeup-source: Boolean, button can wake-up the system. Example nodes: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt index 44b705767aca..072bf7573c37 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Optional subnode-properties: If not specified defaults to <1> == EV_KEY. - debounce-interval: Debouncing interval time in milliseconds. If not specified defaults to 5. - - gpio-key,wakeup: Boolean, button can wake-up the system. + - wakeup-source: Boolean, button can wake-up the system. - linux,can-disable: Boolean, indicates that button is connected to dedicated (not shared) interrupt which can be disabled to suppress events from the button. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-matrix-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-matrix-keypad.txt index ead641c65e0a..4d86059c370c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-matrix-keypad.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-matrix-keypad.txt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Required Properties: Optional Properties: - linux,no-autorepeat: do no enable autorepeat feature. -- linux,wakeup: use any event on keypad as wakeup event. +- wakeup-source: use any event on keypad as wakeup event. - debounce-delay-ms: debounce interval in milliseconds - col-scan-delay-us: delay, measured in microseconds, that is needed before we can scan keypad after activating column gpio diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-keypad.txt index 7d8cb92831d7..ee6215681182 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-keypad.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-keypad.txt @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ PROPERTIES Value type: <bool> Definition: don't enable autorepeat feature. -- linux,keypad-wakeup: +- wakeup-source: Usage: optional Value type: <bool> Definition: use any event on keypad as wakeup event. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/samsung-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/samsung-keypad.txt index 942d071baaa5..863e77f619dc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/samsung-keypad.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/samsung-keypad.txt @@ -36,9 +36,11 @@ Required Board Specific Properties: - pinctrl-0: Should specify pin control groups used for this controller. - pinctrl-names: Should contain only one value - "default". +Optional Properties: +- wakeup-source: use any event on keypad as wakeup event. + Optional Properties specific to linux: - linux,keypad-no-autorepeat: do no enable autorepeat feature. -- linux,keypad-wakeup: use any event on keypad as wakeup event. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/pixcir_i2c_ts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/pixcir_i2c_ts.txt index 6e551090f465..8eb240a287c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/pixcir_i2c_ts.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/pixcir_i2c_ts.txt @@ -8,6 +8,9 @@ Required properties: - touchscreen-size-x: horizontal resolution of touchscreen (in pixels) - touchscreen-size-y: vertical resolution of touchscreen (in pixels) +Optional properties: +- reset-gpio: GPIO connected to the RESET line of the chip + Example: i2c@00000000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt index 6c4fb34823d3..b1163bf97146 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt @@ -42,6 +42,27 @@ Optional properties: hardware knob for adjusting the amount of "settling time". +- child "adc" + ti,chan-step-opendelay: List of open delays for each channel of + ADC in the order of ti,adc-channels. The + value corresponds to the number of ADC + clock cycles to wait after applying the + step configuration registers and before + sending the start of ADC conversion. + Maximum value is 0x3FFFF. + ti,chan-step-sampledelay: List of sample delays for each channel + of ADC in the order of ti,adc-channels. + The value corresponds to the number of + ADC clock cycles to sample (to hold + start of conversion high). + Maximum value is 0xFF. + ti,chan-step-avg: Number of averages to be performed for each + channel of ADC. If average is 16 then input + is sampled 16 times and averaged to get more + accurate value. This increases the time taken + by ADC to generate a sample. Valid range is 0 + average to 16 averages. Maximum value is 16. + Example: tscadc: tscadc@44e0d000 { compatible = "ti,am3359-tscadc"; @@ -55,5 +76,8 @@ Example: adc { ti,adc-channels = <4 5 6 7>; + ti,chan-step-opendelay = <0x098 0x3ffff 0x098 0x0>; + ti,chan-step-sampledelay = <0xff 0x0 0xf 0x0>; + ti,chan-step-avg = <16 2 4 8>; }; } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/tsc2005.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/tsc2005.txt index 4b641c7bf1c2..09089a6d69ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/tsc2005.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/tsc2005.txt @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ Example: touchscreen-fuzz-x = <4>; touchscreen-fuzz-y = <7>; touchscreen-fuzz-pressure = <2>; - touchscreen-max-x = <4096>; - touchscreen-max-y = <4096>; + touchscreen-size-x = <4096>; + touchscreen-size-y = <4096>; touchscreen-max-pressure = <2048>; ti,x-plate-ohms = <280>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt index 80c37df940a7..e3c27c4fd9c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt @@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ Required properties: - compatible: must be "neonode,zforce" - reg: I2C address of the chip - interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected -- gpios: gpios the chip is connected to - first one is the interrupt gpio and second one the reset gpio +- reset-gpios: reset gpio the chip is connected to - x-size: horizontal resolution of touchscreen - y-size: vertical resolution of touchscreen Optional properties: +- irq-gpios : interrupt gpio the chip is connected to - vdd-supply: Regulator controlling the controller supply Example: @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Example: interrupts = <2 0>; vdd-supply = <®_zforce_vdd>; - gpios = <&gpio5 6 0>, /* INT */ - <&gpio5 9 0>; /* RST */ + reset-gpios = <&gpio5 9 0>; /* RST */ + irq-gpios = <&gpio5 6 0>; /* IRQ, optional */ x-size = <800>; y-size = <600>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt index f292917fa00d..0e9f09a6a2fe 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-aic" - <chip> can be "at91rm9200", "sama5d3" or "sama5d4" + <chip> can be "at91rm9200", "sama5d2", "sama5d3" or "sama5d4" - interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. - interrupt-parent: For single AIC system, it is an empty property. - #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. It should be 3. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8f48aad50868 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +Broadcom BCM3380-style Level 1 / Level 2 interrupt controller + +This interrupt controller shows up in various forms on many BCM338x/BCM63xx +chipsets. It has the following properties: + +- outputs a single interrupt signal to its interrupt controller parent + +- contains one or more enable/status word pairs, which often appear at + different offsets in different blocks + +- no atomic set/clear operations + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be "brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc" +- reg: specifies one or more enable/status pairs, in the following format: + <enable_reg 0x4 status_reg 0x4>... +- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt + source, should be 1. +- interrupt-parent: specifies the phandle to the parent interrupt controller + this one is cascaded from +- interrupts: specifies the interrupt line in the interrupt-parent controller + node, valid values depend on the type of parent interrupt controller + +Optional properties: + +- brcm,irq-can-wake: if present, this means the L2 controller can be used as a + wakeup source for system suspend/resume. + +Example: + +irq0_intc: interrupt-controller@10000020 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc"; + reg = <0x10000024 0x4 0x1000002c 0x4>, + <0x10000020 0x4 0x10000028 0x4>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-parent = <&cpu_intc>; + interrupts = <2>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cc217b22dccd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +Broadcom BCM7038-style Level 1 interrupt controller + +This block is a first level interrupt controller that is typically connected +directly to one of the HW INT lines on each CPU. Every BCM7xxx set-top chip +since BCM7038 has contained this hardware. + +Key elements of the hardware design include: + +- 64, 96, 128, or 160 incoming level IRQ lines + +- Most onchip peripherals are wired directly to an L1 input + +- A separate instance of the register set for each CPU, allowing individual + peripheral IRQs to be routed to any CPU + +- Atomic mask/unmask operations + +- No polarity/level/edge settings + +- No FIFO or priority encoder logic; software is expected to read all + 2-5 status words to determine which IRQs are pending + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be "brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc" +- reg: specifies the base physical address and size of the registers; + the number of supported IRQs is inferred from the size argument +- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt + source, should be 1. +- interrupt-parent: specifies the phandle to the parent interrupt controller(s) + this one is cascaded from +- interrupts: specifies the interrupt line(s) in the interrupt-parent controller + node; valid values depend on the type of parent interrupt controller + +If multiple reg ranges and interrupt-parent entries are present on an SMP +system, the driver will allow IRQ SMP affinity to be set up through the +/proc/irq/ interface. In the simplest possible configuration, only one +reg range and one interrupt-parent is needed. + +Example: + +periph_intc: periph_intc@1041a400 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc"; + reg = <0x1041a400 0x30 0x1041a600 0x30>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + + interrupt-parent = <&cpu_intc>; + interrupts = <2>, <3>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt index bae1f2187226..44a9bb15dd56 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt @@ -13,8 +13,7 @@ Such an interrupt controller has the following hardware design: or if they will output an interrupt signal at this 2nd level interrupt controller, in particular for UARTs -- typically has one 32-bit enable word and one 32-bit status word, but on - some hardware may have more than one enable/status pair +- has one 32-bit enable word and one 32-bit status word - no atomic set/clear operations @@ -53,9 +52,7 @@ The typical hardware layout for this controller is represented below: Required properties: - compatible: should be "brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc" -- reg: specifies the base physical address and size of the registers; - multiple pairs may be specified, with the first pair handling IRQ offsets - 0..31 and the second pair handling 32..63 +- reg: specifies the base physical address and size of the registers - interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller - #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt source, should be 1. @@ -66,10 +63,7 @@ Required properties: - brcm,int-map-mask: 32-bits bit mask describing how many and which interrupts are wired to this 2nd level interrupt controller, and how they match their respective interrupt parents. Should match exactly the number of interrupts - specified in the 'interrupts' property, multiplied by the number of - enable/status register pairs implemented by this controller. For - multiple parent IRQs with multiple enable/status words, this looks like: - <irq0_w0 irq0_w1 irq1_w0 irq1_w1 ...> + specified in the 'interrupts' property. Optional properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-mx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-mx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d4de980e55fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-mx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +* Xtensa Interrupt Distributor and Programmable Interrupt Controller (MX) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "cdns,xtensa-mx". + +Remaining properties have exact same meaning as in Xtensa PIC +(see cdns,xtensa-pic.txt). + +Examples: + pic: pic { + compatible = "cdns,xtensa-mx"; + /* one cell: internal irq number, + * two cells: second cell == 0: internal irq number + * second cell == 1: external irq number + */ + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-pic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-pic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..026ef4cfc1d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-pic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* Xtensa built-in Programmable Interrupt Controller (PIC) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "cdns,xtensa-pic". +- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. + It may be either 1 or 2. + When it's 1, the first cell is the internal IRQ number. + When it's 2, the first cell is the IRQ number, and the second cell + specifies whether it's internal (0) or external (1). + Periferals are usually connected to a fixed external IRQ, but for different + core variants it may be mapped to different internal IRQ. + IRQ sensitivity and priority are fixed for each core variant and may not be + changed at runtime. + +Examples: + pic: pic { + compatible = "cdns,xtensa-pic"; + /* one cell: internal irq number, + * two cells: second cell == 0: internal irq number + * second cell == 1: external irq number + */ + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ingenic,intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ingenic,intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5f89fb635a1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ingenic,intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Ingenic SoC Interrupt Controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should be "ingenic,<socname>-intc". Valid strings are: + ingenic,jz4740-intc + ingenic,jz4770-intc + ingenic,jz4775-intc + ingenic,jz4780-intc +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. The value shall be 1. +- interrupt-parent : phandle of the CPU interrupt controller. +- interrupts : Specifies the CPU interrupt the controller is connected to. + +Example: + +intc: interrupt-controller@10001000 { + compatible = "ingenic,jz4740-intc"; + reg = <0x10001000 0x14>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + + interrupt-parent = <&cpuintc>; + interrupts = <2>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt index 5a65478e5d40..aae4c384ee1f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt @@ -27,8 +27,13 @@ Optional properties: Required properties for timer sub-node: - compatible : Should be "mti,gic-timer". - interrupts : Interrupt for the GIC local timer. + +Optional properties for timer sub-node: +- clocks : GIC timer operating clock. - clock-frequency : Clock frequency at which the GIC timers operate. +Note that one of clocks or clock-frequency must be specified. + Example: gic: interrupt-controller@1bdc0000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/nvidia,tegra-ictlr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/nvidia,tegra-ictlr.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1099fe0788fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/nvidia,tegra-ictlr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +NVIDIA Legacy Interrupt Controller + +All Tegra SoCs contain a legacy interrupt controller that routes +interrupts to the GIC, and also serves as a wakeup source. It is also +referred to as "ictlr", hence the name of the binding. + +The HW block exposes a number of interrupt controllers, each +implementing a set of 32 interrupts. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should be: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-ictlr". The LIC on + subsequent SoCs remained backwards-compatible with Tegra30, so on + Tegra generations later than Tegra30 the compatible value should + include "nvidia,tegra30-ictlr". +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. + Each controller must be described separately (Tegra20 has 4 of them, + whereas Tegra30 and later have 5" +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. The value must be 3. +- interrupt-parent : a phandle to the GIC these interrupts are routed + to. + +Notes: + +- Because this HW ultimately routes interrupts to the GIC, the + interrupt specifier must be that of the GIC. +- Only SPIs can use the ictlr as an interrupt parent. SGIs and PPIs + are explicitly forbidden. + +Example: + + ictlr: interrupt-controller@60004000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-ictlr", "nvidia,tegra-ictlr"; + reg = <0x60004000 64>, + <0x60004100 64>, + <0x60004200 64>, + <0x60004300 64>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-cpu-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-cpu-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..aabce7810d29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-cpu-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9XXX CPU interrupt controller + +On most SoC the IRQ controller need to flush the DDR FIFO before running +the interrupt handler of some devices. This is configured using the +qca,ddr-wb-channels and qca,ddr-wb-channel-interrupts properties. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: has to be "qca,<soctype>-cpu-intc", "qca,ar7100-cpu-intc" + as fallback +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode interrupt + source, should be 1 for intc + +Please refer to interrupts.txt in this directory for details of the common +Interrupt Controllers bindings used by client devices. + +Optional Properties: + +- qca,ddr-wb-channel-interrupts: List of the interrupts needing a write + buffer flush +- qca,ddr-wb-channels: List of phandles to the write buffer channels for + each interrupt. If qca,ddr-wb-channel-interrupts is not present the interrupt + default to the entry's index. + +Example: + + interrupt-controller { + compatible = "qca,ar9132-cpu-intc", "qca,ar7100-cpu-intc"; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + + qca,ddr-wb-channel-interrupts = <2>, <3>, <4>, <5>; + qca,ddr-wb-channels = <&ddr_ctrl 3>, <&ddr_ctrl 2>, + <&ddr_ctrl 0>, <&ddr_ctrl 1>; + }; + + ... + + ddr_ctrl: memory-controller@18000000 { + ... + #qca,ddr-wb-channel-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-misc-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-misc-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..391717a68f3b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-misc-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9XXX MISC interrupt controller + +The MISC interrupt controller is a secondary controller for lower priority +interrupt. + +Required Properties: +- compatible: has to be "qca,<soctype>-cpu-intc", "qca,ar7100-misc-intc" + as fallback +- reg: Base address and size of the controllers memory area +- interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller. +- interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the controllers interrupt. +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode interrupt + source, should be 1 + +Please refer to interrupts.txt in this directory for details of the common +Interrupt Controllers bindings used by client devices. + +Example: + + interrupt-controller@18060010 { + compatible = "qca,ar9132-misc-intc", qca,ar7100-misc-intc"; + reg = <0x18060010 0x4>; + + interrupt-parent = <&cpuintc>; + interrupts = <6>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,h8300h-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,h8300h-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..56e8d82aff34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,h8300h-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* H8/300H Interrupt controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible: has to be "renesas,h8300h-intc", "renesas,h8300-intc" as fallback. +- #interrupt-cells: has to be <2>: an interrupt index and flags, as defined in + interrupts.txt in this directory +- regs: Base address of interrupt controller registers. + +Optional properties: + +- any properties, listed in interrupts.txt, and any standard resource allocation + properties + +Example: + + h8intc: interrupt-controller@fee012 { + compatible = "renesas,h8300h-intc", "renesas,h8300-intc"; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0xfee012 7>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,h8s-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,h8s-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..faded2b1559b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,h8s-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* H8S Interrupt controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible: has to be "renesas,h8s-intc", "renesas,h8300-intc" as fallback. +- #interrupt-cells: has to be <2>: an interrupt index and flags, as defined in + interrupts.txt in this directory +- regs: Base address of interrupt controller registers. + +Optional properties: + +- any properties, listed in interrupts.txt, and any standard resource allocation + properties + +Example: + + h8intc: interrupt-controller@fffe00 { + compatible = "renesas,h8s-intc", "renesas,h8300-intc"; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0xfffe00 24>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt index 4f7946ae8adc..772c550d3b4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt @@ -13,9 +13,12 @@ Required properties: - reg: Base address and length of each register bank used by the external IRQ pins driven by the interrupt controller hardware module. The base addresses, length and number of required register banks varies with soctype. - +- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. - #interrupt-cells: has to be <2>: an interrupt index and flags, as defined in - interrupts.txt in this directory + interrupts.txt in this directory. +- interrupts: Must contain a list of interrupt specifiers. For each interrupt + provided by this irqpin controller instance, there must be one entry, + referring to the corresponding parent interrupt. Optional properties: @@ -25,3 +28,35 @@ Optional properties: if different from the default 4 bits - control-parent: disable and enable interrupts on the parent interrupt controller, needed for some broken implementations +- clocks: Must contain a reference to the functional clock. This property is + mandatory if the hardware implements a controllable functional clock for + the irqpin controller instance. +- power-domains: Must contain a reference to the power domain. This property is + mandatory if the irqpin controller instance is part of a controllable power + domain. + + +Example +------- + + irqpin1: interrupt-controller@e6900004 { + compatible = "renesas,intc-irqpin-r8a7740", + "renesas,intc-irqpin"; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0xe6900004 4>, + <0xe6900014 4>, + <0xe6900024 1>, + <0xe6900044 1>, + <0xe6900064 1>; + interrupts = <0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH + 0 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&mstp2_clks R8A7740_CLK_INTCA>; + power-domains = <&pd_a4s>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt index 1a88e62228e5..63633bdea7e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: has to be "renesas,irqc-<soctype>", "renesas,irqc" as fallback. Examples with soctypes are: - - "renesas,irqc-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile AP6) + - "renesas,irqc-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6) - "renesas,irqc-r8a7790" (R-Car H2) - "renesas,irqc-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W) - "renesas,irqc-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H) @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,irqc-r8a7794" (R-Car E2) - #interrupt-cells: has to be <2>: an interrupt index and flags, as defined in interrupts.txt in this directory +- clocks: Must contain a reference to the functional clock. Optional properties: @@ -29,4 +30,5 @@ Example: <0 1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <0 2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <0 3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&mstp4_clks R8A7790_CLK_IRQC>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,sti-irq-syscfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,sti-irq-syscfg.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ced6014061a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,sti-irq-syscfg.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +STMicroelectronics STi System Configuration Controlled IRQs +----------------------------------------------------------- + +On STi based systems; External, CTI (Core Sight), PMU (Performance Management), +and PL310 L2 Cache IRQs are controlled using System Configuration registers. +This driver is used to unmask them prior to use. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be set to one of: + "st,stih415-irq-syscfg" + "st,stih416-irq-syscfg" + "st,stih407-irq-syscfg" + "st,stid127-irq-syscfg" +- st,syscfg : Phandle to Cortex-A9 IRQ system config registers +- st,irq-device : Array of IRQs to enable - should be 2 in length +- st,fiq-device : Array of FIQs to enable - should be 2 in length + +Optional properties: +- st,invert-ext : External IRQs can be inverted at will. This property inverts + these IRQs using bitwise logic. A number of defines have been + provided for convenience: + ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_EXT_1_INV + ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_EXT_2_INV + ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_EXT_3_INV +Example: + +irq-syscfg { + compatible = "st,stih416-irq-syscfg"; + st,syscfg = <&syscfg_cpu>; + st,irq-device = <ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_PMU_0>, + <ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_PMU_1>; + st,fiq-device = <ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_DISABLED>, + <ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_DISABLED>; + st,invert-ext = <(ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_EXT_1_INV | ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_EXT_3_INV)>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap4-wugen-mpu b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap4-wugen-mpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..43effa0a4fe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap4-wugen-mpu @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +TI OMAP4 Wake-up Generator + +All TI OMAP4/5 (and their derivatives) an interrupt controller that +routes interrupts to the GIC, and also serves as a wakeup source. It +is also referred to as "WUGEN-MPU", hence the name of the binding. + +Reguired properties: + +- compatible : should contain at least "ti,omap4-wugen-mpu" or + "ti,omap5-wugen-mpu" +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. The value must be 3. +- interrupt-parent : a phandle to the GIC these interrupts are routed + to. + +Notes: + +- Because this HW ultimately routes interrupts to the GIC, the + interrupt specifier must be that of the GIC. +- Only SPIs can use the WUGEN as an interrupt parent. SGIs and PPIs + are explicitly forbiden. + +Example: + + wakeupgen: interrupt-controller@48281000 { + compatible = "ti,omap5-wugen-mpu", "ti,omap4-wugen-mpu"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + reg = <0x48281000 0x1000>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu-v3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu-v3.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c03eec116872 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu-v3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +* ARM SMMUv3 Architecture Implementation + +The SMMUv3 architecture is a significant deparature from previous +revisions, replacing the MMIO register interface with in-memory command +and event queues and adding support for the ATS and PRI components of +the PCIe specification. + +** SMMUv3 required properties: + +- compatible : Should include: + + * "arm,smmu-v3" for any SMMUv3 compliant + implementation. This entry should be last in the + compatible list. + +- reg : Base address and size of the SMMU. + +- interrupts : Non-secure interrupt list describing the wired + interrupt sources corresponding to entries in + interrupt-names. If no wired interrupts are + present then this property may be omitted. + +- interrupt-names : When the interrupts property is present, should + include the following: + * "eventq" - Event Queue not empty + * "priq" - PRI Queue not empty + * "cmdq-sync" - CMD_SYNC complete + * "gerror" - Global Error activated + +** SMMUv3 optional properties: + +- dma-coherent : Present if DMA operations made by the SMMU (page + table walks, stream table accesses etc) are cache + coherent with the CPU. + + NOTE: this only applies to the SMMU itself, not + masters connected upstream of the SMMU. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt index 34811c57db69..747c53805eec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt @@ -14,8 +14,10 @@ Optional properties for child nodes: - led-sources : List of device current outputs the LED is connected to. The outputs are identified by the numbers that must be defined in the LED device binding documentation. -- label : The label for this LED. If omitted, the label is - taken from the node name (excluding the unit address). +- label : The label for this LED. If omitted, the label is taken from the node + name (excluding the unit address). It has to uniquely identify + a device, i.e. no other LED class device can be assigned the same + label. - linux,default-trigger : This parameter, if present, is a string defining the trigger assigned to the LED. Current triggers are: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-aat1290.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-aat1290.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c05ed91a4e42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-aat1290.txt @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +* Skyworks Solutions, Inc. AAT1290 Current Regulator for Flash LEDs + +The device is controlled through two pins: FL_EN and EN_SET. The pins when, +asserted high, enable flash strobe and movie mode (max 1/2 of flash current) +respectively. In order to add a capability of selecting the strobe signal source +(e.g. CPU or camera sensor) there is an additional switch required, independent +of the flash chip. The switch is controlled with pin control. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : Must be "skyworks,aat1290". +- flen-gpios : Must be device tree identifier of the flash device FL_EN pin. +- enset-gpios : Must be device tree identifier of the flash device EN_SET pin. + +Optional properties: +- pinctrl-names : Must contain entries: "default", "host", "isp". Entries + "default" and "host" must refer to the same pin configuration + node, which sets the host as a strobe signal provider. Entry + "isp" must refer to the pin configuration node, which sets the + ISP as a strobe signal provider. + +A discrete LED element connected to the device must be represented by a child +node - see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt. + +Required properties of the LED child node: +- led-max-microamp : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +- flash-max-microamp : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + Maximum flash LED supply current can be calculated using + following formula: I = 1A * 162kohm / Rset. +- flash-timeout-us : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + Maximum flash timeout can be calculated using following + formula: T = 8.82 * 10^9 * Ct. + +Optional properties of the LED child node: +- label : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +Example (by Ct = 220nF, Rset = 160kohm and exynos4412-trats2 board with +a switch that allows for routing strobe signal either from the host or from +the camera sensor): + +#include "exynos4412.dtsi" + +aat1290 { + compatible = "skyworks,aat1290"; + flen-gpios = <&gpj1 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + enset-gpios = <&gpj1 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + + pinctrl-names = "default", "host", "isp"; + pinctrl-0 = <&camera_flash_host>; + pinctrl-1 = <&camera_flash_host>; + pinctrl-2 = <&camera_flash_isp>; + + camera_flash: flash-led { + label = "aat1290-flash"; + led-max-microamp = <520833>; + flash-max-microamp = <1012500>; + flash-timeout-us = <1940000>; + }; +}; + +&pinctrl_0 { + camera_flash_host: camera-flash-host { + samsung,pins = "gpj1-0"; + samsung,pin-function = <1>; + samsung,pin-val = <0>; + }; + + camera_flash_isp: camera-flash-isp { + samsung,pins = "gpj1-0"; + samsung,pin-function = <1>; + samsung,pin-val = <1>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6328.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6328.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f9e36adc0ebf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6328.txt @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +LEDs connected to Broadcom BCM6328 controller + +This controller is present on BCM6318, BCM6328, BCM6362 and BCM63268. +In these SoCs it's possible to control LEDs both as GPIOs or by hardware. +However, on some devices there are Serial LEDs (LEDs connected to a 74x164 +controller), which can either be controlled by software (exporting the 74x164 +as spi-gpio. See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74x164.txt), or +by hardware using this driver. +Some of these Serial LEDs are hardware controlled (e.g. ethernet LEDs) and +exporting the 74x164 as spi-gpio prevents those LEDs to be hardware +controlled, so the only chance to keep them working is by using this driver. + +BCM6328 LED controller has a HWDIS register, which controls whether a LED +should be controlled by a hardware signal instead of the MODE register value, +with 0 meaning hardware control enabled and 1 hardware control disabled. This +is usually 1:1 for hardware to LED signals, but through the activity/link +registers you have some limited control over rerouting the LEDs (as +explained later in brcm,link-signal-sources). Even if a LED is hardware +controlled you are still able to make it blink or light it up if it isn't, +but you can't turn it off if the hardware decides to light it up. For this +reason, hardware controlled LEDs aren't registered as LED class devices. + +Required properties: + - compatible : should be "brcm,bcm6328-leds". + - #address-cells : must be 1. + - #size-cells : must be 0. + - reg : BCM6328 LED controller address and size. + +Optional properties: + - brcm,serial-leds : Boolean, enables Serial LEDs. + Default : false + +Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the brcm,bcm6328-leds device. + +LED sub-node required properties: + - reg : LED pin number (only LEDs 0 to 23 are valid). + +LED sub-node optional properties: + a) Optional properties for sub-nodes related to software controlled LEDs: + - label : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + - active-low : Boolean, makes LED active low. + Default : false + - default-state : see + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt + - linux,default-trigger : see + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + + b) Optional properties for sub-nodes related to hardware controlled LEDs: + - brcm,hardware-controlled : Boolean, makes this LED hardware controlled. + Default : false + - brcm,link-signal-sources : An array of hardware link + signal sources. Up to four link hardware signals can get muxed into + these LEDs. Only valid for LEDs 0 to 7, where LED signals 0 to 3 may + be muxed to LEDs 0 to 3, and signals 4 to 7 may be muxed to LEDs + 4 to 7. A signal can be muxed to more than one LED, and one LED can + have more than one source signal. + - brcm,activity-signal-sources : An array of hardware activity + signal sources. Up to four activity hardware signals can get muxed into + these LEDs. Only valid for LEDs 0 to 7, where LED signals 0 to 3 may + be muxed to LEDs 0 to 3, and signals 4 to 7 may be muxed to LEDs + 4 to 7. A signal can be muxed to more than one LED, and one LED can + have more than one source signal. + +Examples: +Scenario 1 : BCM6328 with 4 EPHY LEDs + leds0: led-controller@10000800 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6328-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x10000800 0x24>; + + alarm_red@2 { + reg = <2>; + active-low; + label = "red:alarm"; + }; + inet_green@3 { + reg = <3>; + active-low; + label = "green:inet"; + }; + power_green@4 { + reg = <4>; + active-low; + label = "green:power"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + ephy0_spd@17 { + reg = <17>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy1_spd@18 { + reg = <18>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy2_spd@19 { + reg = <19>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy3_spd@20 { + reg = <20>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + }; + +Scenario 2 : BCM63268 with Serial/GPHY0 LEDs + leds0: led-controller@10001900 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6328-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x10001900 0x24>; + brcm,serial-leds; + + gphy0_spd0@0 { + reg = <0>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <0>; + }; + gphy0_spd1@1 { + reg = <1>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <1>; + }; + inet_red@2 { + reg = <2>; + active-low; + label = "red:inet"; + }; + dsl_green@3 { + reg = <3>; + active-low; + label = "green:dsl"; + }; + usb_green@4 { + reg = <4>; + active-low; + label = "green:usb"; + }; + wps_green@7 { + reg = <7>; + active-low; + label = "green:wps"; + }; + inet_green@8 { + reg = <8>; + active-low; + label = "green:inet"; + }; + ephy0_act@9 { + reg = <9>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy1_act@10 { + reg = <10>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy2_act@11 { + reg = <11>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + gphy0_act@12 { + reg = <12>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy0_spd@13 { + reg = <13>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy1_spd@14 { + reg = <14>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + ephy2_spd@15 { + reg = <15>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + }; + power_green@20 { + reg = <20>; + active-low; + label = "green:power"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + }; + +Scenario 3 : BCM6362 with 1 LED for each EPHY + leds0: led-controller@10001900 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6328-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x10001900 0x24>; + + usb@0 { + reg = <0>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <0>; + brcm,activity-signal-sources = <0>; + /* USB link/activity routed to USB LED */ + }; + inet@1 { + reg = <1>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,activity-signal-sources = <1>; + /* INET activity routed to INET LED */ + }; + ephy0@4 { + reg = <4>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <4>; + /* EPHY0 link routed to EPHY0 LED */ + }; + ephy1@5 { + reg = <5>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <5>; + /* EPHY1 link routed to EPHY1 LED */ + }; + ephy2@6 { + reg = <6>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <6>; + /* EPHY2 link routed to EPHY2 LED */ + }; + ephy3@7 { + reg = <7>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <7>; + /* EPHY3 link routed to EPHY3 LED */ + }; + power_green@20 { + reg = <20>; + active-low; + label = "green:power"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + }; + +Scenario 4 : BCM6362 with 1 LED for all EPHYs + leds0: led-controller@10001900 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6328-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x10001900 0x24>; + + usb@0 { + reg = <0>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <0 1>; + brcm,activity-signal-sources = <0 1>; + /* USB/INET link/activity routed to USB LED */ + }; + ephy@4 { + reg = <4>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <4 5 6 7>; + /* EPHY0/1/2/3 link routed to EPHY0 LED */ + }; + power_green@20 { + reg = <20>; + active-low; + label = "green:power"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + }; + +Scenario 5 : BCM6362 with EPHY LEDs swapped + leds0: led-controller@10001900 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6328-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x10001900 0x24>; + + usb@0 { + reg = <0>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <0>; + brcm,activity-signal-sources = <0 1>; + /* USB link/act and INET act routed to USB LED */ + }; + ephy0@4 { + reg = <4>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <7>; + /* EPHY3 link routed to EPHY0 LED */ + }; + ephy1@5 { + reg = <5>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <6>; + /* EPHY2 link routed to EPHY1 LED */ + }; + ephy2@6 { + reg = <6>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <5>; + /* EPHY1 link routed to EPHY2 LED */ + }; + ephy3@7 { + reg = <7>; + brcm,hardware-controlled; + brcm,link-signal-sources = <4>; + /* EPHY0 link routed to EPHY3 LED */ + }; + power_green@20 { + reg = <20>; + active-low; + label = "green:power"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6358.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6358.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b22a55bcc65d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6358.txt @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +LEDs connected to Broadcom BCM6358 controller + +This controller is present on BCM6358 and BCM6368. +In these SoCs there are Serial LEDs (LEDs connected to a 74x164 controller), +which can either be controlled by software (exporting the 74x164 as spi-gpio. +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74x164.txt), or +by hardware using this driver. + +Required properties: + - compatible : should be "brcm,bcm6358-leds". + - #address-cells : must be 1. + - #size-cells : must be 0. + - reg : BCM6358 LED controller address and size. + +Optional properties: + - brcm,clk-div : SCK signal divider. Possible values are 1, 2, 4 and 8. + Default : 1 + - brcm,clk-dat-low : Boolean, makes clock and data signals active low. + Default : false + +Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the brcm,bcm6358-leds device. + +LED sub-node required properties: + - reg : LED pin number (only LEDs 0 to 31 are valid). + +LED sub-node optional properties: + - label : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + - active-low : Boolean, makes LED active low. + Default : false + - default-state : see + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt + - linux,default-trigger : see + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +Examples: +Scenario 1 : BCM6358 + leds0: led-controller@fffe00d0 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6358-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0xfffe00d0 0x8>; + + alarm_white { + reg = <0>; + active-low; + label = "white:alarm"; + }; + tv_white { + reg = <2>; + active-low; + label = "white:tv"; + }; + tel_white { + reg = <3>; + active-low; + label = "white:tel"; + }; + adsl_white { + reg = <4>; + active-low; + label = "white:adsl"; + }; + }; + +Scenario 2 : BCM6368 + leds0: led-controller@100000d0 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6358-leds"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x100000d0 0x8>; + brcm,pol-low; + brcm,clk-div = <4>; + + power_red { + reg = <0>; + active-low; + label = "red:power"; + }; + power_green { + reg = <1>; + active-low; + label = "green:power"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + power_blue { + reg = <2>; + label = "blue:power"; + }; + broadband_red { + reg = <3>; + active-low; + label = "red:broadband"; + }; + broadband_green { + reg = <4>; + label = "green:broadband"; + }; + broadband_blue { + reg = <5>; + active-low; + label = "blue:broadband"; + }; + wireless_red { + reg = <6>; + active-low; + label = "red:wireless"; + }; + wireless_green { + reg = <7>; + active-low; + label = "green:wireless"; + }; + wireless_blue { + reg = <8>; + label = "blue:wireless"; + }; + phone_red { + reg = <9>; + active-low; + label = "red:phone"; + }; + phone_green { + reg = <10>; + active-low; + label = "green:phone"; + }; + phone_blue { + reg = <11>; + label = "blue:phone"; + }; + upgrading_red { + reg = <12>; + active-low; + label = "red:upgrading"; + }; + upgrading_green { + reg = <13>; + active-low; + label = "green:upgrading"; + }; + upgrading_blue { + reg = <14>; + label = "blue:upgrading"; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt index f77148f372ea..fea1ebfe24a9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt @@ -26,16 +26,18 @@ LED sub-node properties: Examples: +#include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + leds { compatible = "gpio-leds"; hdd { label = "IDE Activity"; - gpios = <&mcu_pio 0 1>; /* Active low */ + gpios = <&mcu_pio 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; linux,default-trigger = "ide-disk"; }; fault { - gpios = <&mcu_pio 1 0>; + gpios = <&mcu_pio 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* Keep LED on if BIOS detected hardware fault */ default-state = "keep"; }; @@ -44,11 +46,11 @@ leds { run-control { compatible = "gpio-leds"; red { - gpios = <&mpc8572 6 0>; + gpios = <&mpc8572 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; default-state = "off"; }; green { - gpios = <&mpc8572 7 0>; + gpios = <&mpc8572 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; default-state = "on"; }; }; @@ -57,7 +59,7 @@ leds { compatible = "gpio-leds"; charger-led { - gpios = <&gpio1 2 0>; + gpios = <&gpio1 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; linux,default-trigger = "max8903-charger-charging"; retain-state-suspended; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ktd2692.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ktd2692.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..853737452580 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ktd2692.txt @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +* Kinetic Technologies - KTD2692 Flash LED Driver + +KTD2692 is the ideal power solution for high-power flash LEDs. +It uses ExpressWire single-wire programming for maximum flexibility. + +The ExpressWire interface through CTRL pin can control LED on/off and +enable/disable the IC, Movie(max 1/3 of Flash current) / Flash mode current, +Flash timeout, LVP(low voltage protection). + +Also, When the AUX pin is pulled high while CTRL pin is high, +LED current will be ramped up to the flash-mode current level. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "kinetic,ktd2692". +- ctrl-gpios : Specifier of the GPIO connected to CTRL pin. +- aux-gpios : Specifier of the GPIO connected to AUX pin. + +Optional properties: +- vin-supply : "vin" LED supply (2.7V to 5.5V). + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + +A discrete LED element connected to the device must be represented by a child +node - See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +Required properties for flash LED child nodes: + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +- led-max-microamp : Minimum Threshold for Timer protection + is defined internally (Maximum 300mA). +- flash-max-microamp : Flash LED maximum current + Formula : I(mA) = 15000 / Rset. +- flash-max-timeout-us : Flash LED maximum timeout. + +Optional properties for flash LED child nodes: +- label : See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +Example: + +ktd2692 { + compatible = "kinetic,ktd2692"; + ctrl-gpios = <&gpc0 1 0>; + aux-gpios = <&gpc0 2 0>; + vin-supply = <&vbat>; + + flash-led { + label = "ktd2692-flash"; + led-max-microamp = <300000>; + flash-max-microamp = <1500000>; + flash-max-timeout-us = <1835000>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pm8941-wled.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pm8941-wled.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a85a964d61f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pm8941-wled.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm PM8941 WLED driver + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "qcom,pm8941-wled" +- reg: slave address + +Optional properties: +- label: The label for this led + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +- linux,default-trigger: Default trigger assigned to the LED + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +- qcom,cs-out: bool; enable current sink output +- qcom,cabc: bool; enable content adaptive backlight control +- qcom,ext-gen: bool; use externally generated modulator signal to dim +- qcom,current-limit: mA; per-string current limit; value from 0 to 25 + default: 20mA +- qcom,current-boost-limit: mA; boost current limit; one of: + 105, 385, 525, 805, 980, 1260, 1400, 1680 + default: 805mA +- qcom,switching-freq: kHz; switching frequency; one of: + 600, 640, 685, 738, 800, 872, 960, 1066, 1200, 1371, + 1600, 1920, 2400, 3200, 4800, 9600, + default: 1600kHz +- qcom,ovp: V; Over-voltage protection limit; one of: + 27, 29, 32, 35 + default: 29V +- qcom,num-strings: #; number of led strings attached; value from 1 to 3 + default: 2 + +Example: + +pm8941-wled@d800 { + compatible = "qcom,pm8941-wled"; + reg = <0xd800>; + label = "backlight"; + + qcom,cs-out; + qcom,current-limit = <20>; + qcom,current-boost-limit = <805>; + qcom,switching-freq = <1600>; + qcom,ovp = <29>; + qcom,num-strings = <2>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-tlc591xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-tlc591xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3bbbf7024411 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-tlc591xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +LEDs connected to tlc59116 or tlc59108 + +Required properties +- compatible: should be "ti,tlc59116" or "ti,tlc59108" +- #address-cells: must be 1 +- #size-cells: must be 0 +- reg: typically 0x68 + +Each led is represented as a sub-node of the ti,tlc59116. +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +LED sub-node properties: +- reg: number of LED line, 0 to 15 or 0 to 7 +- label: (optional) name of LED +- linux,default-trigger : (optional) + +Examples: + +tlc59116@68 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,tlc59116"; + reg = <0x68>; + + wan@0 { + label = "wrt1900ac:amber:wan"; + reg = <0x0>; + }; + + 2g@2 { + label = "wrt1900ac:white:2g"; + reg = <0x2>; + }; + + alive@9 { + label = "wrt1900ac:green:alive"; + reg = <0x9>; + linux,default_trigger = "heartbeat"; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/arm-mhu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/arm-mhu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4971f03f0b33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/arm-mhu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +ARM MHU Mailbox Driver +====================== + +The ARM's Message-Handling-Unit (MHU) is a mailbox controller that has +3 independent channels/links to communicate with remote processor(s). + MHU links are hardwired on a platform. A link raises interrupt for any +received data. However, there is no specified way of knowing if the sent +data has been read by the remote. This driver assumes the sender polls +STAT register and the remote clears it after having read the data. +The last channel is specified to be a 'Secure' resource, hence can't be +used by Linux running NS. + +Mailbox Device Node: +==================== + +Required properties: +-------------------- +- compatible: Shall be "arm,mhu" & "arm,primecell" +- reg: Contains the mailbox register address range (base + address and length) +- #mbox-cells Shall be 1 - the index of the channel needed. +- interrupts: Contains the interrupt information corresponding to + each of the 3 links of MHU. + +Example: +-------- + + mhu: mailbox@2b1f0000 { + #mbox-cells = <1>; + compatible = "arm,mhu", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0 0x2b1f0000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 36 4>, /* LP-NonSecure */ + <0 35 4>, /* HP-NonSecure */ + <0 37 4>; /* Secure */ + clocks = <&clock 0 2 1>; + clock-names = "apb_pclk"; + }; + + mhu_client: scb@2e000000 { + compatible = "fujitsu,mb86s70-scb-1.0"; + reg = <0 0x2e000000 0x4000>; + mboxes = <&mhu 1>; /* HP-NonSecure */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/brcm,bcm2835-mbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/brcm,bcm2835-mbox.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e893615ef635 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/brcm,bcm2835-mbox.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Broadcom BCM2835 VideoCore mailbox IPC + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Should be "brcm,bcm2835-mbox" +- reg: Specifies base physical address and size of the registers +- interrupts: The interrupt number + See bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt +- #mbox-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode a mailbox + channel. The value shall be 0, since there is only one + mailbox channel implemented by the device. + +Example: + +mailbox: mailbox@7e00b800 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-mbox"; + reg = <0x7e00b880 0x40>; + interrupts = <0 1>; + #mbox-cells = <0>; +}; + +firmware: firmware { + compatible = "raspberrypi,firmware"; + mboxes = <&mailbox>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt index 1a2cd3d266db..be05b9746c69 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt @@ -22,17 +22,11 @@ Required property: - mboxes: List of phandle and mailbox channel specifiers. Optional property: -- mbox-names: List of identifier strings for each mailbox channel - required by the client. The use of this property - is discouraged in favor of using index in list of - 'mboxes' while requesting a mailbox. Instead the - platforms may define channel indices, in DT headers, - to something legible. +- mbox-names: List of identifier strings for each mailbox channel. Example: pwr_cntrl: power { ... mbox-names = "pwr-ctrl", "rpc"; - mboxes = <&mailbox 0 - &mailbox 1>; + mboxes = <&mailbox 0 &mailbox 1>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt index bf52ed4a5067..4ef45636ebde 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be one of: "samsung,s5pv210-jpeg", "samsung,exynos4210-jpeg", - "samsung,exynos3250-jpeg"; + "samsung,exynos3250-jpeg", "samsung,exynos5420-jpeg"; - reg : address and length of the JPEG codec IP register set; - interrupts : specifies the JPEG codec IP interrupt; - clock-names : should contain: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adp1653.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adp1653.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5ce66f2104e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adp1653.txt @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +* Analog Devices ADP1653 flash LED driver + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: Must contain "adi,adp1653" + + - reg: I2C slave address + + - enable-gpios: Specifier of the GPIO connected to EN pin + +There are two LED outputs available - flash and indicator. One LED is +represented by one child node, nodes need to be named "flash" and "indicator". + +Required properties of the LED child node: +- max-microamp : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +Required properties of the flash LED child node: + +- flash-max-microamp : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +- flash-timeout-us : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +Example: + + adp1653: led-controller@30 { + compatible = "adi,adp1653"; + reg = <0x30>; + enable-gpios = <&gpio3 24 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* 88 */ + + flash { + flash-timeout-us = <500000>; + flash-max-microamp = <320000>; + max-microamp = <50000>; + }; + indicator { + max-microamp = <17500>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..202565313e82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +* Aptina 1/3-Inch WVGA CMOS Digital Image Sensor + +The Aptina MT9V032 is a 1/3-inch CMOS active pixel digital image sensor with +an active array size of 752H x 480V. It is programmable through a simple +two-wire serial interface. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: value should be either one among the following + (a) "aptina,mt9v022" for MT9V022 color sensor + (b) "aptina,mt9v022m" for MT9V022 monochrome sensor + (c) "aptina,mt9v024" for MT9V024 color sensor + (d) "aptina,mt9v024m" for MT9V024 monochrome sensor + (e) "aptina,mt9v032" for MT9V032 color sensor + (f) "aptina,mt9v032m" for MT9V032 monochrome sensor + (g) "aptina,mt9v034" for MT9V034 color sensor + (h) "aptina,mt9v034m" for MT9V034 monochrome sensor + +Optional Properties: + +- link-frequencies: List of allowed link frequencies in Hz. Each frequency is + expressed as a 64-bit big-endian integer. + +For further reading on port node refer to +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + +Example: + + mt9v032@5c { + compatible = "aptina,mt9v032"; + reg = <0x5c>; + + port { + mt9v032_out: endpoint { + link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 + <13000000 26600000 27000000>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2640.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2640.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c429b5bdcaa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2640.txt @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +* Omnivision OV2640 CMOS sensor + +The Omnivision OV2640 sensor support multiple resolutions output, such as +CIF, SVGA, UXGA. It also can support YUV422/420, RGB565/555 or raw RGB +output format. + +Required Properties: +- compatible: should be "ovti,ov2640" +- clocks: reference to the xvclk input clock. +- clock-names: should be "xvclk". + +Optional Properties: +- resetb-gpios: reference to the GPIO connected to the resetb pin, if any. +- pwdn-gpios: reference to the GPIO connected to the pwdn pin, if any. + +The device node must contain one 'port' child node for its digital output +video port, in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + +Example: + + i2c1: i2c@f0018000 { + ov2640: camera@0x30 { + compatible = "ovti,ov2640"; + reg = <0x30>; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_pck1 &pinctrl_ov2640_pwdn &pinctrl_ov2640_resetb>; + + resetb-gpios = <&pioE 24 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + pwdn-gpios = <&pioE 29 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + + clocks = <&pck1>; + clock-names = "xvclk"; + + assigned-clocks = <&pck1>; + assigned-clock-rates = <25000000>; + + port { + ov2640_0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&isi_0>; + bus-width = <8>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2659.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2659.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cabc7d827dfb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2659.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +* OV2659 1/5-Inch 2Mp SOC Camera + +The Omnivision OV2659 is a 1/5-inch SOC camera, with an active array size of +1632H x 1212V. It is programmable through a SCCB. The OV2659 sensor supports +multiple resolutions output, such as UXGA, SVGA, 720p. It also can support +YUV422, RGB565/555 or raw RGB output formats. + +Required Properties: +- compatible: Must be "ovti,ov2659" +- reg: I2C slave address +- clocks: reference to the xvclk input clock. +- clock-names: should be "xvclk". +- link-frequencies: target pixel clock frequency. + +For further reading on port node refer to +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + +Example: + + i2c0@1c22000 { + ... + ... + ov2659@30 { + compatible = "ovti,ov2659"; + reg = <0x30>; + + clocks = <&clk_ov2659 0>; + clock-names = "xvclk"; + + port { + ov2659_0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&vpfe_ep>; + link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 <70000000>; + }; + }; + }; + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stih4xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stih4xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..df655cd3a4f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stih4xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +STMicroelectronics stih4xx platforms + +bdisp: 2D blitter for STMicroelectronics SoC. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "st,stih407-bdisp". +- reg: BDISP physical address location and length. +- interrupts: BDISP interrupt number. +- clocks: from common clock binding: handle hardware IP needed clocks, the + number of clocks may depend on the SoC type. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same order. + +Example: + + bdisp0:bdisp@9f10000 { + compatible = "st,stih407-bdisp"; + reg = <0x9f10000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 38 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + clock-names = "bdisp"; + clocks = <&clk_s_c0_flexgen CLK_IC_BDISP_0>; + }; + +Aliases: +Each BDISP should have a numbered alias in the aliases node, in the form of +bdispN, N = 0 or 1. + +Example: + + aliases { + bdisp0 = &bdisp0; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,omap3isp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,omap3isp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ac23de855641 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,omap3isp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +OMAP 3 ISP Device Tree bindings +=============================== + +The DT definitions can be found in include/dt-bindings/media/omap3-isp.h. + +Required properties +=================== + +compatible : must contain "ti,omap3-isp" + +reg : the two registers sets (physical address and length) for the + ISP. The first set contains the core ISP registers up to + the end of the SBL block. The second set contains the + CSI PHYs and receivers registers. +interrupts : the ISP interrupt specifier +iommus : phandle and IOMMU specifier for the IOMMU that serves the ISP +syscon : the phandle and register offset to the Complex I/O or CSI-PHY + register +ti,phy-type : 0 -- OMAP3ISP_PHY_TYPE_COMPLEX_IO (e.g. 3430) + 1 -- OMAP3ISP_PHY_TYPE_CSIPHY (e.g. 3630) +#clock-cells : Must be 1 --- the ISP provides two external clocks, + cam_xclka and cam_xclkb, at indices 0 and 1, + respectively. Please find more information on common + clock bindings in ../clock/clock-bindings.txt. + +Port nodes (optional) +--------------------- + +More documentation on these bindings is available in +video-interfaces.txt in the same directory. + +reg : The interface: + 0 - parallel (CCDC) + 1 - CSIPHY1 -- CSI2C / CCP2B on 3630; + CSI1 -- CSIb on 3430 + 2 - CSIPHY2 -- CSI2A / CCP2B on 3630; + CSI2 -- CSIa on 3430 + +Optional properties +=================== + +vdd-csiphy1-supply : voltage supply of the CSI-2 PHY 1 +vdd-csiphy2-supply : voltage supply of the CSI-2 PHY 2 + +Endpoint nodes +-------------- + +lane-polarities : lane polarity (required on CSI-2) + 0 -- not inverted; 1 -- inverted +data-lanes : an array of data lanes from 1 to 3. The length can + be either 1 or 2. (required on CSI-2) +clock-lanes : the clock lane (from 1 to 3). (required on CSI-2) + + +Example +======= + + isp@480bc000 { + compatible = "ti,omap3-isp"; + reg = <0x480bc000 0x12fc + 0x480bd800 0x0600>; + interrupts = <24>; + iommus = <&mmu_isp>; + syscon = <&scm_conf 0x2f0>; + ti,phy-type = <OMAP3ISP_PHY_TYPE_CSIPHY>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt index 571b4c60665f..9cd2a369125d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt @@ -106,6 +106,12 @@ Optional endpoint properties - link-frequencies: Allowed data bus frequencies. For MIPI CSI-2, for instance, this is the actual frequency of the bus, not bits per clock per lane value. An array of 64-bit unsigned integers. +- lane-polarities: an array of polarities of the lanes starting from the clock + lane and followed by the data lanes in the same order as in data-lanes. + Valid values are 0 (normal) and 1 (inverted). The length of the array + should be the combined length of data-lanes and clock-lanes properties. + If the lane-polarities property is omitted, the value must be interpreted + as 0 (normal). This property is valid for serial busses only. Example diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/video.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/video.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cbd46fa0988f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/video.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +DT bindings for Xilinx video IP cores +------------------------------------- + +Xilinx video IP cores process video streams by acting as video sinks and/or +sources. They are connected by links through their input and output ports, +creating a video pipeline. + +Each video IP core is represented by an AMBA bus child node in the device +tree using bindings documented in this directory. Connections between the IP +cores are represented as defined in ../video-interfaces.txt. + +The whole pipeline is represented by an AMBA bus child node in the device +tree using bindings documented in ./xlnx,video.txt. + +Common properties +----------------- + +The following properties are common to all Xilinx video IP cores. + +- xlnx,video-format: This property represents a video format transmitted on an + AXI bus between video IP cores, using its VF code as defined in "AXI4-Stream + Video IP and System Design Guide" [UG934]. How the format relates to the IP + core is decribed in the IP core bindings documentation. + +- xlnx,video-width: This property qualifies the video format with the sample + width expressed as a number of bits per pixel component. All components must + use the same width. + +- xlnx,cfa-pattern: When the video format is set to Mono/Sensor, this property + describes the sensor's color filter array pattern. Supported values are + "bggr", "gbrg", "grbg", "rggb" and "mono". If not specified, the pattern + defaults to "mono". + + +[UG934] http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/ip_documentation/axi_videoip/v1_0/ug934_axi_videoIP.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2aed3b4a6cf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +Xilinx Video Timing Controller (VTC) +------------------------------------ + +The Video Timing Controller is a general purpose video timing generator and +detector. + +Required properties: + + - compatible: Must be "xlnx,v-tc-6.1". + + - reg: Physical base address and length of the registers set for the device. + + - clocks: Must contain a clock specifier for the VTC core and timing + interfaces clock. + +Optional properties: + + - xlnx,detector: The VTC has a timing detector + - xlnx,generator: The VTC has a timing generator + + At least one of the xlnx,detector and xlnx,generator properties must be + specified. + + +Example: + + vtc: vtc@43c40000 { + compatible = "xlnx,v-tc-6.1"; + reg = <0x43c40000 0x10000>; + + clocks = <&clkc 15>; + xlnx,generator; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tpg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tpg.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9dd86b3db937 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tpg.txt @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +Xilinx Video Test Pattern Generator (TPG) +----------------------------------------- + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Must contain at least one of + + "xlnx,v-tpg-5.0" (TPG version 5.0) + "xlnx,v-tpg-6.0" (TPG version 6.0) + + TPG versions backward-compatible with previous versions should list all + compatible versions in the newer to older order. + +- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers set for the device. + +- clocks: Reference to the video core clock. + +- xlnx,video-format, xlnx,video-width: Video format and width, as defined in + video.txt. + +- port: Video port, using the DT bindings defined in ../video-interfaces.txt. + The TPG has a single output port numbered 0. + +Optional properties: + +- xlnx,vtc: A phandle referencing the Video Timing Controller that generates + video timings for the TPG test patterns. + +- timing-gpios: Specifier for a GPIO that controls the timing mux at the TPG + input. The GPIO active level corresponds to the selection of VTC-generated + video timings. + +The xlnx,vtc and timing-gpios properties are mandatory when the TPG is +synthesized with two ports and forbidden when synthesized with one port. + +Example: + + tpg_0: tpg@40050000 { + compatible = "xlnx,v-tpg-6.0", "xlnx,v-tpg-5.0"; + reg = <0x40050000 0x10000>; + clocks = <&clkc 15>; + + xlnx,vtc = <&vtc_3>; + timing-gpios = <&ps7_gpio_0 55 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + + xlnx,video-format = <XVIP_VF_YUV_422>; + xlnx,video-width = <8>; + + tpg_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&adv7611_out>; + }; + }; + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + + xlnx,video-format = <XVIP_VF_YUV_422>; + xlnx,video-width = <8>; + + tpg1_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&switch_in0>; + }; + }: + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,video.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,video.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5a0227023608 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,video.txt @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +Xilinx Video IP Pipeline (VIPP) +------------------------------- + +General concept +--------------- + +Xilinx video IP pipeline processes video streams through one or more Xilinx +video IP cores. Each video IP core is represented as documented in video.txt +and IP core specific documentation, xlnx,v-*.txt, in this directory. The DT +node of the VIPP represents as a top level node of the pipeline and defines +mappings between DMAs and the video IP cores. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Must be "xlnx,video". + +- dmas, dma-names: List of one DMA specifier and identifier string (as defined + in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt) per port. Each port + requires a DMA channel with the identifier string set to "port" followed by + the port index. + +- ports: Video port, using the DT bindings defined in ../video-interfaces.txt. + +Required port properties: + +- direction: should be either "input" or "output" depending on the direction + of stream. + +Example: + + video_cap { + compatible = "xlnx,video"; + dmas = <&vdma_1 1>, <&vdma_3 1>; + dma-names = "port0", "port1"; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + direction = "input"; + vcap0_in0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&scaler0_out>; + }; + }; + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + direction = "input"; + vcap0_in1: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&switch_out1>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ath79-ddr-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ath79-ddr-controller.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..efe35a065714 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ath79-ddr-controller.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9xxx DDR controller + +The DDR controller of the ARxxx and AR9xxx families provides an interface +to flush the FIFO between various devices and the DDR. This is mainly used +by the IRQ controller to flush the FIFO before running the interrupt handler +of such devices. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: has to be "qca,<soc-type>-ddr-controller", + "qca,[ar7100|ar7240]-ddr-controller" as fallback. + On SoC with PCI support "qca,ar7100-ddr-controller" should be used as + fallback, otherwise "qca,ar7240-ddr-controller" should be used. +- reg: Base address and size of the controllers memory area +- #qca,ddr-wb-channel-cells: has to be 1, the index of the write buffer + channel + +Example: + + ddr_ctrl: memory-controller@18000000 { + compatible = "qca,ar9132-ddr-controller", + "qca,ar7240-ddr-controller"; + reg = <0x18000000 0x100>; + + #qca,ddr-wb-channel-cells = <1>; + }; + + ... + + interrupt-controller { + ... + qca,ddr-wb-channel-interrupts = <2>, <3>, <4>, <5>; + qca,ddr-wb-channels = <&ddr_ctrl 3>, <&ddr_ctrl 2>, + <&ddr_ctrl 0>, <&ddr_ctrl 1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,jz4780-nemc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,jz4780-nemc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f936b5589b19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,jz4780-nemc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +* Ingenic JZ4780 NAND/external memory controller (NEMC) + +This file documents the device tree bindings for the NEMC external memory +controller in Ingenic JZ4780 + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be set to one of: + "ingenic,jz4780-nemc" (JZ4780) +- reg: Should specify the NEMC controller registers location and length. +- clocks: Clock for the NEMC controller. +- #address-cells: Must be set to 2. +- #size-cells: Must be set to 1. +- ranges: A set of ranges for each bank describing the physical memory layout. + Each should specify the following 4 integer values: + + <cs number> 0 <physical address of mapping> <size of mapping> + +Each child of the NEMC node describes a device connected to the NEMC. + +Required child node properties: +- reg: Should contain at least one register specifier, given in the following + format: + + <cs number> <offset> <size> + + Multiple registers can be specified across multiple banks. This is needed, + for example, for packaged NAND devices with multiple dies. Such devices + should be grouped into a single node. + +Optional child node properties: +- ingenic,nemc-bus-width: Specifies the bus width in bits. Defaults to 8 bits. +- ingenic,nemc-tAS: Address setup time in nanoseconds. +- ingenic,nemc-tAH: Address hold time in nanoseconds. +- ingenic,nemc-tBP: Burst pitch time in nanoseconds. +- ingenic,nemc-tAW: Access wait time in nanoseconds. +- ingenic,nemc-tSTRV: Static memory recovery time in nanoseconds. + +If a child node references multiple banks in its "reg" property, the same value +for all optional parameters will be configured for all banks. If any optional +parameters are omitted, they will be left unchanged from whatever they are +configured to when the NEMC device is probed (which may be the reset value as +given in the hardware reference manual, or a value configured by the boot +loader). + +Example (NEMC node with a NAND child device attached at CS1): + +nemc: nemc@13410000 { + compatible = "ingenic,jz4780-nemc"; + reg = <0x13410000 0x10000>; + + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + ranges = <1 0 0x1b000000 0x1000000 + 2 0 0x1a000000 0x1000000 + 3 0 0x19000000 0x1000000 + 4 0 0x18000000 0x1000000 + 5 0 0x17000000 0x1000000 + 6 0 0x16000000 0x1000000>; + + clocks = <&cgu JZ4780_CLK_NEMC>; + + nand: nand@1 { + compatible = "ingenic,jz4780-nand"; + reg = <1 0 0x1000000>; + + ingenic,nemc-tAS = <10>; + ingenic,nemc-tAH = <5>; + ingenic,nemc-tBP = <10>; + ingenic,nemc-tAW = <15>; + ingenic,nemc-tSTRV = <100>; + + ... + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra-mc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra-mc.txt index f3db93c85eea..3338a2834ad7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra-mc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra-mc.txt @@ -1,6 +1,9 @@ NVIDIA Tegra Memory Controller device tree bindings =================================================== +memory-controller node +---------------------- + Required properties: - compatible: Should be "nvidia,tegra<chip>-mc" - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. @@ -15,9 +18,49 @@ Required properties: This device implements an IOMMU that complies with the generic IOMMU binding. See ../iommu/iommu.txt for details. -Example: --------- +emc-timings subnode +------------------- + +The node should contain a "emc-timings" subnode for each supported RAM type (see field RAM_CODE in +register PMC_STRAPPING_OPT_A). + +Required properties for "emc-timings" nodes : +- nvidia,ram-code : Should contain the value of RAM_CODE this timing set is used for. + +timing subnode +-------------- + +Each "emc-timings" node should contain a subnode for every supported EMC clock rate. + +Required properties for timing nodes : +- clock-frequency : Should contain the memory clock rate in Hz. +- nvidia,emem-configuration : Values to be written to the EMEM register block. For the Tegra124 SoC +(see section "15.6.1 MC Registers" in the TRM), these are the registers whose values need to be +specified, according to the board documentation: + + MC_EMEM_ARB_CFG + MC_EMEM_ARB_OUTSTANDING_REQ + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RCD + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RP + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RC + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RAS + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_FAW + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RRD + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RAP2PRE + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_WAP2PRE + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_R2R + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_W2W + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_R2W + MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_W2R + MC_EMEM_ARB_DA_TURNS + MC_EMEM_ARB_DA_COVERS + MC_EMEM_ARB_MISC0 + MC_EMEM_ARB_MISC1 + MC_EMEM_ARB_RING1_THROTTLE +Example SoC include file: + +/ { mc: memory-controller@0,70019000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-mc"; reg = <0x0 0x70019000 0x0 0x1000>; @@ -34,3 +77,40 @@ Example: ... iommus = <&mc TEGRA_SWGROUP_SDMMC1A>; }; +}; + +Example board file: + +/ { + memory-controller@0,70019000 { + emc-timings-3 { + nvidia,ram-code = <3>; + + timing-12750000 { + clock-frequency = <12750000>; + + nvidia,emem-configuration = < + 0x40040001 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_CFG */ + 0x8000000a /* MC_EMEM_ARB_OUTSTANDING_REQ */ + 0x00000001 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RCD */ + 0x00000001 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RP */ + 0x00000002 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RC */ + 0x00000000 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RAS */ + 0x00000002 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_FAW */ + 0x00000001 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RRD */ + 0x00000002 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_RAP2PRE */ + 0x00000008 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_WAP2PRE */ + 0x00000003 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_R2R */ + 0x00000002 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_W2W */ + 0x00000003 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_R2W */ + 0x00000006 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_TIMING_W2R */ + 0x06030203 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_DA_TURNS */ + 0x000a0402 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_DA_COVERS */ + 0x77e30303 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_MISC0 */ + 0x70000f03 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_MISC1 */ + 0x001f0000 /* MC_EMEM_ARB_RING1_THROTTLE */ + >; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,h8300-bsc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,h8300-bsc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cdf406c902e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,h8300-bsc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +* H8/300 bus controller + +Required properties: + - compatible: Must be "renesas,h8300-bsc". + - reg: Base address and length of BSC registers. + +Example. + bsc: memory-controller@fee01e { + compatible = "renesas,h8300h-bsc", "renesas,h8300-bsc"; + reg = <0xfee01e 8>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/tegra-emc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/tegra-emc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b59c625d6336 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/tegra-emc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,374 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra124 SoC EMC (external memory controller) +==================================================== + +Required properties : +- compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra124-emc". +- reg : physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- nvidia,memory-controller : phandle of the MC driver. + +The node should contain a "emc-timings" subnode for each supported RAM type +(see field RAM_CODE in register PMC_STRAPPING_OPT_A), with its unit address +being its RAM_CODE. + +Required properties for "emc-timings" nodes : +- nvidia,ram-code : Should contain the value of RAM_CODE this timing set is +used for. + +Each "emc-timings" node should contain a "timing" subnode for every supported +EMC clock rate. The "timing" subnodes should have the clock rate in Hz as +their unit address. + +Required properties for "timing" nodes : +- clock-frequency : Should contain the memory clock rate in Hz. +- The following properties contain EMC timing characterization values +(specified in the board documentation) : + - nvidia,emc-auto-cal-config : EMC_AUTO_CAL_CONFIG + - nvidia,emc-auto-cal-config2 : EMC_AUTO_CAL_CONFIG2 + - nvidia,emc-auto-cal-config3 : EMC_AUTO_CAL_CONFIG3 + - nvidia,emc-auto-cal-interval : EMC_AUTO_CAL_INTERVAL + - nvidia,emc-bgbias-ctl0 : EMC_BGBIAS_CTL0 + - nvidia,emc-cfg : EMC_CFG + - nvidia,emc-cfg-2 : EMC_CFG_2 + - nvidia,emc-ctt-term-ctrl : EMC_CTT_TERM_CTRL + - nvidia,emc-mode-1 : Mode Register 1 + - nvidia,emc-mode-2 : Mode Register 2 + - nvidia,emc-mode-4 : Mode Register 4 + - nvidia,emc-mode-reset : Mode Register 0 + - nvidia,emc-mrs-wait-cnt : EMC_MRS_WAIT_CNT + - nvidia,emc-sel-dpd-ctrl : EMC_SEL_DPD_CTRL + - nvidia,emc-xm2dqspadctrl2 : EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL2 + - nvidia,emc-zcal-cnt-long : EMC_ZCAL_WAIT_CNT after clock change + - nvidia,emc-zcal-interval : EMC_ZCAL_INTERVAL +- nvidia,emc-configuration : EMC timing characterization data. These are the +registers (see section "15.6.2 EMC Registers" in the TRM) whose values need to +be specified, according to the board documentation: + + EMC_RC + EMC_RFC + EMC_RFC_SLR + EMC_RAS + EMC_RP + EMC_R2W + EMC_W2R + EMC_R2P + EMC_W2P + EMC_RD_RCD + EMC_WR_RCD + EMC_RRD + EMC_REXT + EMC_WEXT + EMC_WDV + EMC_WDV_MASK + EMC_QUSE + EMC_QUSE_WIDTH + EMC_IBDLY + EMC_EINPUT + EMC_EINPUT_DURATION + EMC_PUTERM_EXTRA + EMC_PUTERM_WIDTH + EMC_PUTERM_ADJ + EMC_CDB_CNTL_1 + EMC_CDB_CNTL_2 + EMC_CDB_CNTL_3 + EMC_QRST + EMC_QSAFE + EMC_RDV + EMC_RDV_MASK + EMC_REFRESH + EMC_BURST_REFRESH_NUM + EMC_PRE_REFRESH_REQ_CNT + EMC_PDEX2WR + EMC_PDEX2RD + EMC_PCHG2PDEN + EMC_ACT2PDEN + EMC_AR2PDEN + EMC_RW2PDEN + EMC_TXSR + EMC_TXSRDLL + EMC_TCKE + EMC_TCKESR + EMC_TPD + EMC_TFAW + EMC_TRPAB + EMC_TCLKSTABLE + EMC_TCLKSTOP + EMC_TREFBW + EMC_FBIO_CFG6 + EMC_ODT_WRITE + EMC_ODT_READ + EMC_FBIO_CFG5 + EMC_CFG_DIG_DLL + EMC_CFG_DIG_DLL_PERIOD + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS0 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS1 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS2 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS3 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS4 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS5 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS6 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS7 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS8 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS9 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS10 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS11 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS12 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS13 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS14 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS15 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE0 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE1 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE2 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE3 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE4 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE5 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE6 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE7 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR0 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR1 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR2 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR3 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR4 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR5 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE8 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE9 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE10 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE11 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE12 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE13 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE14 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE15 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS0 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS1 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS2 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS3 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS4 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS5 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS6 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS7 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS8 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS9 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS10 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS11 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS12 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS13 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS14 + EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS15 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ0 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ1 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ2 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ3 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ4 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ5 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ6 + EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ7 + EMC_XM2CMDPADCTRL + EMC_XM2CMDPADCTRL4 + EMC_XM2CMDPADCTRL5 + EMC_XM2DQPADCTRL2 + EMC_XM2DQPADCTRL3 + EMC_XM2CLKPADCTRL + EMC_XM2CLKPADCTRL2 + EMC_XM2COMPPADCTRL + EMC_XM2VTTGENPADCTRL + EMC_XM2VTTGENPADCTRL2 + EMC_XM2VTTGENPADCTRL3 + EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL3 + EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL4 + EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL5 + EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL6 + EMC_DSR_VTTGEN_DRV + EMC_TXDSRVTTGEN + EMC_FBIO_SPARE + EMC_ZCAL_WAIT_CNT + EMC_MRS_WAIT_CNT2 + EMC_CTT + EMC_CTT_DURATION + EMC_CFG_PIPE + EMC_DYN_SELF_REF_CONTROL + EMC_QPOP + +Example SoC include file: + +/ { + emc@0,7001b000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-emc"; + reg = <0x0 0x7001b000 0x0 0x1000>; + + nvidia,memory-controller = <&mc>; + }; +}; + +Example board file: + +/ { + emc@0,7001b000 { + emc-timings-3 { + nvidia,ram-code = <3>; + + timing-12750000 { + clock-frequency = <12750000>; + + nvidia,emc-zcal-cnt-long = <0x00000042>; + nvidia,emc-auto-cal-interval = <0x001fffff>; + nvidia,emc-ctt-term-ctrl = <0x00000802>; + nvidia,emc-cfg = <0x73240000>; + nvidia,emc-cfg-2 = <0x000008c5>; + nvidia,emc-sel-dpd-ctrl = <0x00040128>; + nvidia,emc-bgbias-ctl0 = <0x00000008>; + nvidia,emc-auto-cal-config = <0xa1430000>; + nvidia,emc-auto-cal-config2 = <0x00000000>; + nvidia,emc-auto-cal-config3 = <0x00000000>; + nvidia,emc-mode-reset = <0x80001221>; + nvidia,emc-mode-1 = <0x80100003>; + nvidia,emc-mode-2 = <0x80200008>; + nvidia,emc-mode-4 = <0x00000000>; + + nvidia,emc-configuration = < + 0x00000000 /* EMC_RC */ + 0x00000003 /* EMC_RFC */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_RFC_SLR */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_RAS */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_RP */ + 0x00000004 /* EMC_R2W */ + 0x0000000a /* EMC_W2R */ + 0x00000003 /* EMC_R2P */ + 0x0000000b /* EMC_W2P */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_RD_RCD */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_WR_RCD */ + 0x00000003 /* EMC_RRD */ + 0x00000003 /* EMC_REXT */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_WEXT */ + 0x00000006 /* EMC_WDV */ + 0x00000006 /* EMC_WDV_MASK */ + 0x00000006 /* EMC_QUSE */ + 0x00000002 /* EMC_QUSE_WIDTH */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_IBDLY */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_EINPUT */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_EINPUT_DURATION */ + 0x00010000 /* EMC_PUTERM_EXTRA */ + 0x00000003 /* EMC_PUTERM_WIDTH */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_PUTERM_ADJ */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_CDB_CNTL_1 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_CDB_CNTL_2 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_CDB_CNTL_3 */ + 0x00000004 /* EMC_QRST */ + 0x0000000c /* EMC_QSAFE */ + 0x0000000d /* EMC_RDV */ + 0x0000000f /* EMC_RDV_MASK */ + 0x00000060 /* EMC_REFRESH */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_BURST_REFRESH_NUM */ + 0x00000018 /* EMC_PRE_REFRESH_REQ_CNT */ + 0x00000002 /* EMC_PDEX2WR */ + 0x00000002 /* EMC_PDEX2RD */ + 0x00000001 /* EMC_PCHG2PDEN */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_ACT2PDEN */ + 0x00000007 /* EMC_AR2PDEN */ + 0x0000000f /* EMC_RW2PDEN */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_TXSR */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_TXSRDLL */ + 0x00000004 /* EMC_TCKE */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_TCKESR */ + 0x00000004 /* EMC_TPD */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_TFAW */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_TRPAB */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_TCLKSTABLE */ + 0x00000005 /* EMC_TCLKSTOP */ + 0x00000064 /* EMC_TREFBW */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_FBIO_CFG6 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_ODT_WRITE */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_ODT_READ */ + 0x106aa298 /* EMC_FBIO_CFG5 */ + 0x002c00a0 /* EMC_CFG_DIG_DLL */ + 0x00008000 /* EMC_CFG_DIG_DLL_PERIOD */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS0 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS1 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS2 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS3 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS4 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS5 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS6 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS7 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS8 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS9 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS10 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS11 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS12 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS13 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS14 */ + 0x00064000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQS15 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE0 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE1 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE2 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE3 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE4 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE5 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE6 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE7 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR0 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR1 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR2 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR3 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR4 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_ADDR5 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE8 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE9 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE10 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE11 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE12 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE13 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE14 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_QUSE15 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS0 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS1 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS2 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS3 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS4 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS5 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS6 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS7 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS8 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS9 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS10 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS11 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS12 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS13 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS14 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_DLI_TRIM_TXDQS15 */ + 0x000fc000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ0 */ + 0x000fc000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ1 */ + 0x000fc000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ2 */ + 0x000fc000 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ3 */ + 0x0000fc00 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ4 */ + 0x0000fc00 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ5 */ + 0x0000fc00 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ6 */ + 0x0000fc00 /* EMC_DLL_XFORM_DQ7 */ + 0x10000280 /* EMC_XM2CMDPADCTRL */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_XM2CMDPADCTRL4 */ + 0x00111111 /* EMC_XM2CMDPADCTRL5 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_XM2DQPADCTRL2 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_XM2DQPADCTRL3 */ + 0x77ffc081 /* EMC_XM2CLKPADCTRL */ + 0x00000e0e /* EMC_XM2CLKPADCTRL2 */ + 0x81f1f108 /* EMC_XM2COMPPADCTRL */ + 0x07070004 /* EMC_XM2VTTGENPADCTRL */ + 0x0000003f /* EMC_XM2VTTGENPADCTRL2 */ + 0x016eeeee /* EMC_XM2VTTGENPADCTRL3 */ + 0x51451400 /* EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL3 */ + 0x00514514 /* EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL4 */ + 0x00514514 /* EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL5 */ + 0x51451400 /* EMC_XM2DQSPADCTRL6 */ + 0x0000003f /* EMC_DSR_VTTGEN_DRV */ + 0x00000007 /* EMC_TXDSRVTTGEN */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_FBIO_SPARE */ + 0x00000042 /* EMC_ZCAL_WAIT_CNT */ + 0x000e000e /* EMC_MRS_WAIT_CNT2 */ + 0x00000000 /* EMC_CTT */ + 0x00000003 /* EMC_CTT_DURATION */ + 0x0000f2f3 /* EMC_CFG_PIPE */ + 0x800001c5 /* EMC_DYN_SELF_REF_CONTROL */ + 0x0000000a /* EMC_QPOP */ + >; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt index 938f8e1ba205..0db60470ebb6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ of the EMIF IP and memory parts attached to it. Required properties: - compatible : Should be of the form "ti,emif-<ip-rev>" where <ip-rev> is the IP revision of the specific EMIF instance. + For am437x should be ti,emif-am4372. - phy-type : <u32> indicating the DDR phy type. Following are the allowed values diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt index 7bd1273f571a..a8fee60dc20d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt @@ -8,7 +8,11 @@ Required properties: - compatible : One of the following chip-specific strings: "wlf,wm5102" "wlf,wm5110" + "wlf,wm8280" "wlf,wm8997" + "wlf,wm8998" + "wlf,wm1814" + - reg : I2C slave address when connected using I2C, chip select number when using SPI. @@ -26,28 +30,48 @@ Required properties: - #gpio-cells : Must be 2. The first cell is the pin number and the second cell is used to specify optional parameters (currently unused). - - AVDD-supply, DBVDD1-supply, DBVDD2-supply, DBVDD3-supply (wm5102, wm5110), - CPVDD-supply, SPKVDDL-supply (wm5102, wm5110), SPKVDDR-supply (wm5102, - wm5110), SPKVDD-supply (wm8997) : Power supplies for the device, as covered - in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + - AVDD-supply, DBVDD1-supply, CPVDD-supply : Power supplies for the device, + as covered in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + + - DBVDD2-supply, DBVDD3-supply : Additional databus power supplies (wm5102, + wm5110, wm8280, wm8998, wm1814) + + - SPKVDDL-supply, SPKVDDR-supply : Speaker driver power supplies (wm5102, + wm5110, wm8280, wm8998, wm1814) + + - SPKVDD-supply : Speaker driver power supply (wm8997) Optional properties: - wlf,reset : GPIO specifier for the GPIO controlling /RESET - wlf,ldoena : GPIO specifier for the GPIO controlling LDOENA - - wlf,gpio-defaults : A list of GPIO configuration register values. If - absent, no configuration of these registers is performed. If any - entry has a value that is out of range for a 16 bit register then - the chip default will be used. If present exactly five values must - be specified. + - wlf,gpio-defaults : A list of GPIO configuration register values. Defines + for the appropriate values can found in <dt-bindings/mfd/arizona.txt>. If + absent, no configuration of these registers is performed. If any entry has + a value that is out of range for a 16 bit register then the chip default + will be used. If present exactly five values must be specified. - wlf,inmode : A list of INn_MODE register values, where n is the number of input signals. Valid values are 0 (Differential), 1 (Single-ended) and 2 (Digital Microphone). If absent, INn_MODE registers set to 0 by default. If present, values must be specified less than or equal to the number of - input singals. If values less than the number of input signals, elements - that has not been specifed are set to 0 by default. + input signals. If values less than the number of input signals, elements + that have not been specified are set to 0 by default. Entries are: + <IN1, IN2, IN3, IN4> (wm5102, wm5110, wm8280, wm8997) + <IN1A, IN2A, IN1B, IN2B> (wm8998, wm1814) + + - wlf,dmic-ref : DMIC reference voltage source for each input, can be + selected from either MICVDD or one of the MICBIAS's, defines + (ARIZONA_DMIC_xxxx) are provided in <dt-bindings/mfd/arizona.txt>. If + present, the number of values should be less than or equal to the + number of inputs, unspecified inputs will use the chip default. + + - wlf,hpdet-channel : Headphone detection channel. + ARIZONA_ACCDET_MODE_HPL or 1 - Headphone detect mode is set to HPDETL + ARIZONA_ACCDET_MODE_HPR or 2 - Headphone detect mode is set to HPDETR + If this node is not mentioned or if the value is unknown, then + headphone detection mode is set to HPDETL. - DCVDD-supply, MICVDD-supply : Power supplies, only need to be specified if they are being externally supplied. As covered in @@ -73,10 +97,10 @@ codec: wm5102@1a { #gpio-cells = <2>; wlf,gpio-defaults = < - 0x00000000 /* AIF1TXLRCLK */ - 0xffffffff - 0xffffffff - 0xffffffff - 0xffffffff + ARIZONA_GP_FN_TXLRCLK + ARIZONA_GP_DEFAULT + ARIZONA_GP_DEFAULT + ARIZONA_GP_DEFAULT + ARIZONA_GP_DEFAULT >; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..753f14f46e85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +AXP family PMIC device tree bindings + +The axp20x family current members : +axp202 (X-Powers) +axp209 (X-Powers) +axp221 (X-Powers) + +Required properties: +- compatible: "x-powers,axp202", "x-powers,axp209", "x-powers,axp221" +- reg: The I2C slave address for the AXP chip +- interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller +- interrupts: SoC NMI / GPIO interrupt connected to the PMIC's IRQ pin +- interrupt-controller: The PMIC has its own internal IRQs +- #interrupt-cells: Should be set to 1 + +Optional properties: +- x-powers,dcdc-freq: defines the work frequency of DC-DC in KHz + (range: 750-1875). Default: 1.5MHz +- <input>-supply: a phandle to the regulator supply node. May be omitted if + inputs are unregulated, such as using the IPSOUT output + from the PMIC. + +- regulators: A node that houses a sub-node for each regulator. Regulators + not used but preferred to be managed by the OS should be + listed as well. + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + for more information on standard regulator bindings. + +Optional properties for DCDC regulators: +- x-powers,dcdc-workmode: 1 for PWM mode, 0 for AUTO (PWM/PFM) mode + Default: Current hardware setting + The DCDC regulators work in a mixed PWM/PFM mode, + using PFM under light loads and switching to PWM + for heavier loads. Forcing PWM mode trades efficiency + under light loads for lower output noise. This + probably makes sense for HiFi audio related + applications that aren't battery constrained. + + +AXP202/AXP209 regulators, type, and corresponding input supply names: + +Regulator Type Supply Name Notes +--------- ---- ----------- ----- +DCDC2 : DC-DC buck : vin2-supply +DCDC3 : DC-DC buck : vin3-supply +LDO1 : LDO : acin-supply : always on +LDO2 : LDO : ldo24in-supply : shared supply +LDO3 : LDO : ldo3in-supply +LDO4 : LDO : ldo24in-supply : shared supply +LDO5 : LDO : ldo5in-supply + +AXP221 regulators, type, and corresponding input supply names: + +Regulator Type Supply Name Notes +--------- ---- ----------- ----- +DCDC1 : DC-DC buck : vin1-supply +DCDC2 : DC-DC buck : vin2-supply +DCDC3 : DC-DC buck : vin3-supply +DCDC4 : DC-DC buck : vin4-supply +DCDC5 : DC-DC buck : vin5-supply +DC1SW : On/Off Switch : dcdc1-supply : DCDC1 secondary output +DC5LDO : LDO : dcdc5-supply : input from DCDC5 +ALDO1 : LDO : aldoin-supply : shared supply +ALDO2 : LDO : aldoin-supply : shared supply +ALDO3 : LDO : aldoin-supply : shared supply +DLDO1 : LDO : dldoin-supply : shared supply +DLDO2 : LDO : dldoin-supply : shared supply +DLDO3 : LDO : dldoin-supply : shared supply +DLDO4 : LDO : dldoin-supply : shared supply +ELDO1 : LDO : eldoin-supply : shared supply +ELDO2 : LDO : eldoin-supply : shared supply +ELDO3 : LDO : eldoin-supply : shared supply +LDO_IO0 : LDO : ips-supply : GPIO 0 +LDO_IO1 : LDO : ips-supply : GPIO 1 +RTC_LDO : LDO : ips-supply : always on + +Example: + +axp209: pmic@34 { + compatible = "x-powers,axp209"; + reg = <0x34>; + interrupt-parent = <&nmi_intc>; + interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + + regulators { + x-powers,dcdc-freq = <1500>; + + vdd_cpu: dcdc2 { + regulator-always-on; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1450000>; + regulator-name = "vdd-cpu"; + }; + + vdd_int_dll: dcdc3 { + regulator-always-on; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1400000>; + regulator-name = "vdd-int-dll"; + }; + + vdd_rtc: ldo1 { + regulator-always-on; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1400000>; + regulator-name = "vdd-rtc"; + }; + + avcc: ldo2 { + regulator-always-on; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2700000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-name = "avcc"; + }; + + ldo3 { + /* unused but preferred to be managed by OS */ + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bcm590xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/brcm,bcm59056.txt index be51a15e05f9..be51a15e05f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bcm590xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/brcm,bcm59056.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt index 8009c3d87f33..1777916e9e28 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt @@ -18,6 +18,10 @@ Required properties (SPI): - reg: SPI chip select Optional properties (SPI): +- google,cros-ec-spi-pre-delay: Some implementations of the EC need a little + time to wake up from sleep before they can receive SPI transfers at a high + clock rate. This property specifies the delay, in usecs, between the + assertion of the CS to the start of the first clock pulse. - google,cros-ec-spi-msg-delay: Some implementations of the EC require some additional processing time in order to accept new transactions. If the delay between transactions is not long enough the EC may not be able to respond diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9063.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9063.txt index 42c6fa6f1c9a..05b21bcb8543 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9063.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9063.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ DA9093 consists of a large and varied group of sub-devices (I2C Only): Device Supply Names Description ------ ------------ ----------- da9063-regulator : : LDOs & BUCKs +da9063-onkey : : On Key da9063-rtc : : Real-Time Clock da9063-watchdog : : Watchdog @@ -51,6 +52,18 @@ Sub-nodes: the DA9063. There are currently no entries in this binding, however compatible = "dlg,da9063-rtc" should be added if a node is created. +- onkey : This node defines the OnKey settings for controlling the key + functionality of the device. The node should contain the compatible property + with the value "dlg,da9063-onkey". + + Optional onkey properties: + + - dlg,disable-key-power : Disable power-down using a long key-press. If this + entry exists the OnKey driver will remove support for the KEY_POWER key + press. If this entry does not exist then by default the key-press + triggered power down is enabled and the OnKey will support both KEY_POWER + and KEY_SLEEP. + - watchdog : This node defines settings for the Watchdog timer associated with the DA9063. There are currently no entries in this binding, however compatible = "dlg,da9063-watchdog" should be added if a node is created. @@ -73,6 +86,11 @@ Example: compatible = "dlg,da9063-watchdog"; }; + onkey { + compatible = "dlg,da9063-onkey"; + dlg,disable-key-power; + }; + regulators { DA9063_BCORE1: bcore1 { regulator-name = "BCORE1"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9150.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9150.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d0588eaa0d71 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9150.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +Dialog Semiconductor DA9150 Combined Charger/Fuel-Gauge MFD bindings + +DA9150 consists of a group of sub-devices: + +Device Description +------ ----------- +da9150-gpadc : General Purpose ADC +da9150-charger : Battery Charger + +====== + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "dlg,da9150" +- reg: Specifies the I2C slave address +- interrupt-parent: Specifies the phandle of the interrupt controller to which + the IRQs from da9150 are delivered to. +- interrupts: IRQ line info for da9150 chip. +- interrupt-controller: da9150 has internal IRQs (own IRQ domain). + (See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for + further information relating to interrupt properties) + +Sub-devices: +- da9150-gpadc: See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/da9150-gpadc.txt +- da9150-charger: See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/da9150-charger.txt + + +Example: + + charger_fg: da9150@58 { + compatible = "dlg,da9150"; + reg = <0x58>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio6>; + interrupts = <11 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + interrupt-controller; + + gpadc: da9150-gpadc { + ... + }; + + da9150-charger { + ... + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt index e39f0bc1f55e..163bd81a4607 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Maxim MAX77686 multi-function device -MAX77686 is a Mulitifunction device with PMIC, RTC and Charger on chip. It is +MAX77686 is a Multifunction device with PMIC, RTC and Charger on chip. It is interfaced to host controller using i2c interface. PMIC and Charger submodules are addressed using same i2c slave address whereas RTC submodule uses different i2c slave address,presently for which we are statically creating i2c diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt index 38e64405e98d..d3425846aa5b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt @@ -76,7 +76,60 @@ Optional properties: Valid values: 4300000, 4700000, 4800000, 4900000 Default: 4300000 +- led : the LED submodule device node + +There are two LED outputs available - FLED1 and FLED2. Each of them can +control a separate LED or they can be connected together to double +the maximum current for a single connected LED. One LED is represented +by one child node. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Must be "maxim,max77693-led". + +Optional properties: +- maxim,boost-mode : + In boost mode the device can produce up to 1.2A of total current + on both outputs. The maximum current on each output is reduced + to 625mA then. If not enabled explicitly, boost setting defaults to + LEDS_BOOST_FIXED in case both current sources are used. + Possible values: + LEDS_BOOST_OFF (0) - no boost, + LEDS_BOOST_ADAPTIVE (1) - adaptive mode, + LEDS_BOOST_FIXED (2) - fixed mode. +- maxim,boost-mvout : Output voltage of the boost module in millivolts. + Valid values: 3300 - 5500, step by 25 (rounded down) + Default: 3300 +- maxim,mvsys-min : Low input voltage level in millivolts. Flash is not fired + if chip estimates that system voltage could drop below this level due + to flash power consumption. + Valid values: 2400 - 3400, step by 33 (rounded down) + Default: 2400 + +Required properties for the LED child node: +- led-sources : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt; + device current output identifiers: 0 - FLED1, 1 - FLED2 +- led-max-microamp : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + Valid values for a LED connected to one FLED output: + 15625 - 250000, step by 15625 (rounded down) + Valid values for a LED connected to both FLED outputs: + 15625 - 500000, step by 15625 (rounded down) +- flash-max-microamp : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + Valid values for a single LED connected to one FLED output + (boost mode must be turned off): + 15625 - 1000000, step by 15625 (rounded down) + Valid values for a single LED connected to both FLED outputs: + 15625 - 1250000, step by 15625 (rounded down) + Valid values for two LEDs case: + 15625 - 625000, step by 15625 (rounded down) +- flash-max-timeout-us : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + Valid values: 62500 - 1000000, step by 62500 (rounded down) + +Optional properties for the LED child node: +- label : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + Example: +#include <dt-bindings/leds/common.h> + max77693@66 { compatible = "maxim,max77693"; reg = <0x66>; @@ -117,5 +170,19 @@ Example: maxim,thermal-regulation-celsius = <75>; maxim,battery-overcurrent-microamp = <3000000>; maxim,charge-input-threshold-microvolt = <4300000>; + + led { + compatible = "maxim,max77693-led"; + maxim,boost-mode = <LEDS_BOOST_FIXED>; + maxim,boost-mvout = <5000>; + maxim,mvsys-min = <2400>; + + camera_flash: flash-led { + label = "max77693-flash"; + led-sources = <0>, <1>; + led-max-microamp = <500000>; + flash-max-microamp = <1250000>; + flash-max-timeout-us = <1000000>; + }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mfd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mfd.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..af9d6931a1a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mfd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +Multi-Function Devices (MFD) + +These devices comprise a nexus for heterogeneous hardware blocks containing +more than one non-unique yet varying hardware functionality. + +A typical MFD can be: + +- A mixed signal ASIC on an external bus, sometimes a PMIC (Power Management + Integrated Circuit) that is manufactured in a lower technology node (rough + silicon) that handles analog drivers for things like audio amplifiers, LED + drivers, level shifters, PHY (physical interfaces to things like USB or + ethernet), regulators etc. + +- A range of memory registers containing "miscellaneous system registers" also + known as a system controller "syscon" or any other memory range containing a + mix of unrelated hardware devices. + +Optional properties: + +- compatible : "simple-mfd" - this signifies that the operating system should + consider all subnodes of the MFD device as separate devices akin to how + "simple-bus" inidicates when to see subnodes as children for a simple + memory-mapped bus. For more complex devices, when the nexus driver has to + probe registers to figure out what child devices exist etc, this should not + be used. In the latter case the child devices will be determined by the + operating system. + +Example: + +foo@1000 { + compatible = "syscon", "simple-mfd"; + reg = <0x01000 0x1000>; + + led@08.0 { + compatible = "register-bit-led"; + offset = <0x08>; + mask = <0x01>; + label = "myled"; + default-state = "on"; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..15043e652699 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +MediaTek MT6397 Multifunction Device Driver + +MT6397 is a multifunction device with the following sub modules: +- Regulator +- RTC +- Audio codec +- GPIO +- Clock + +It is interfaced to host controller using SPI interface by a proprietary hardware +called PMIC wrapper or pwrap. MT6397 MFD is a child device of pwrap. +See the following for pwarp node definitions: +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/pwrap.txt + +This document describes the binding for MFD device and its sub module. + +Required properties: +compatible: "mediatek,mt6397" + +Optional subnodes: + +- rtc + Required properties: + - compatible: "mediatek,mt6397-rtc" +- regulators + Required properties: + - compatible: "mediatek,mt6397-regulator" + see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6397-regulator.txt +- codec + Required properties: + - compatible: "mediatek,mt6397-codec" +- clk + Required properties: + - compatible: "mediatek,mt6397-clk" + +Example: + pwrap: pwrap@1000f000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8135-pwrap"; + + ... + + pmic { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6397"; + + codec: mt6397codec { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6397-codec"; + }; + + regulators { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6397-regulator"; + + mt6397_vpca15_reg: buck_vpca15 { + regulator-compatible = "buck_vpca15"; + regulator-name = "vpca15"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <850000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1400000>; + regulator-ramp-delay = <12500>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + mt6397_vgp4_reg: ldo_vgp4 { + regulator-compatible = "ldo_vgp4"; + regulator-name = "vgp4"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <218>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.txt index 7182b8857f57..6ac06c1b9aec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.txt @@ -15,10 +15,21 @@ each. A function can consume one or more of these fixed-size register regions. Required properties: - compatible: Should contain one of: - "qcom,pm8941" - "qcom,pm8841" - "qcom,pma8084" - or generalized "qcom,spmi-pmic". + "qcom,pm8941", + "qcom,pm8841", + "qcom,pma8084", + "qcom,pm8019", + "qcom,pm8226", + "qcom,pm8110", + "qcom,pma8084", + "qcom,pmi8962", + "qcom,pmd9635", + "qcom,pm8994", + "qcom,pmi8994", + "qcom,pm8916", + "qcom,pm8004", + "qcom,pm8909", + or generalized "qcom,spmi-pmic". - reg: Specifies the SPMI USID slave address for this device. For more information see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/spmi.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e90519d566a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +QCOM Top Control and Status Register + +Qualcomm devices have a set of registers that provide various control and status +functions for their peripherals. This node is intended to allow access to these +registers via syscon. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain: + "qcom,tcsr-ipq8064", "syscon" for IPQ8064 + "qcom,tcsr-apq8064", "syscon" for APQ8064 + "qcom,tcsr-msm8660", "syscon" for MSM8660 + "qcom,tcsr-msm8960", "syscon" for MSM8960 + "qcom,tcsr-msm8974", "syscon" for MSM8974 + "qcom,tcsr-apq8084", "syscon" for APQ8084 + "qcom,tcsr-msm8916", "syscon" for MSM8916 +- reg: Address range for TCSR registers + +Example: + tcsr: syscon@1a400000 { + compatible = "qcom,tcsr-msm8960", "syscon"; + reg = <0x1a400000 0x100>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt index 85e31980017a..5e97a9593ad7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ frequencies. "qcom,rpm-apq8064" "qcom,rpm-msm8660" "qcom,rpm-msm8960" + "qcom,rpm-ipq8064" - reg: Usage: required @@ -31,16 +32,6 @@ frequencies. Value type: <string-array> Definition: must be the three strings "ack", "err" and "wakeup", in order -- #address-cells: - Usage: required - Value type: <u32> - Definition: must be 1 - -- #size-cells: - Usage: required - Value type: <u32> - Definition: must be 0 - - qcom,ipc: Usage: required Value type: <prop-encoded-array> @@ -52,6 +43,188 @@ frequencies. - u32 representing the ipc bit within the register += SUBNODES + +The RPM exposes resources to its subnodes. The below bindings specify the set +of valid subnodes that can operate on these resources. + +== Regulators + +Regulator nodes are identified by their compatible: + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be one of: + "qcom,rpm-pm8058-regulators" + "qcom,rpm-pm8901-regulators" + "qcom,rpm-pm8921-regulators" + +- vdd_l0_l1_lvs-supply: +- vdd_l2_l11_l12-supply: +- vdd_l3_l4_l5-supply: +- vdd_l6_l7-supply: +- vdd_l8-supply: +- vdd_l9-supply: +- vdd_l10-supply: +- vdd_l13_l16-supply: +- vdd_l14_l15-supply: +- vdd_l17_l18-supply: +- vdd_l19_l20-supply: +- vdd_l21-supply: +- vdd_l22-supply: +- vdd_l23_l24_l25-supply: +- vdd_ncp-supply: +- vdd_s0-supply: +- vdd_s1-supply: +- vdd_s2-supply: +- vdd_s3-supply: +- vdd_s4-supply: + Usage: optional (pm8058 only) + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as + described in the data sheet + +- lvs0_in-supply: +- lvs1_in-supply: +- lvs2_in-supply: +- lvs3_in-supply: +- mvs_in-supply: +- vdd_l0-supply: +- vdd_l1-supply: +- vdd_l2-supply: +- vdd_l3-supply: +- vdd_l4-supply: +- vdd_l5-supply: +- vdd_l6-supply: +- vdd_s0-supply: +- vdd_s1-supply: +- vdd_s2-supply: +- vdd_s3-supply: +- vdd_s4-supply: + Usage: optional (pm8901 only) + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as + described in the data sheet + +- vdd_l1_l2_l12_l18-supply: +- vdd_l3_l15_l17-supply: +- vdd_l4_l14-supply: +- vdd_l5_l8_l16-supply: +- vdd_l6_l7-supply: +- vdd_l9_l11-supply: +- vdd_l10_l22-supply: +- vdd_l21_l23_l29-supply: +- vdd_l24-supply: +- vdd_l25-supply: +- vdd_l26-supply: +- vdd_l27-supply: +- vdd_l28-supply: +- vdd_ncp-supply: +- vdd_s1-supply: +- vdd_s2-supply: +- vdd_s4-supply: +- vdd_s5-supply: +- vdd_s6-supply: +- vdd_s7-supply: +- vdd_s8-supply: +- vin_5vs-supply: +- vin_lvs1_3_6-supply: +- vin_lvs2-supply: +- vin_lvs4_5_7-supply: + Usage: optional (pm8921 only) + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as + described in the data sheet + +The regulator node houses sub-nodes for each regulator within the device. Each +sub-node is identified using the node's name, with valid values listed for each +of the pmics below. + +pm8058: + l0, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, l11, l12, l13, l14, l15, + l16, l17, l18, l19, l20, l21, l22, l23, l24, l25, s0, s1, s2, s3, s4, + lvs0, lvs1, ncp + +pm8901: + l0, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, s0, s1, s2, s3, s4, lvs0, lvs1, lvs2, lvs3, + mvs + +pm8921: + s1, s2, s3, s4, s7, s8, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, l11, + l12, l14, l15, l16, l17, l18, l21, l22, l23, l24, l25, l26, l27, l28, + l29, lvs1, lvs2, lvs3, lvs4, lvs5, lvs6, lvs7, usb-switch, hdmi-switch, + ncp + +The content of each sub-node is defined by the standard binding for regulators - +see regulator.txt - with additional custom properties described below: + +=== Switch-mode Power Supply regulator custom properties + +- bias-pull-down: + Usage: optional + Value type: <empty> + Definition: enable pull down of the regulator when inactive + +- qcom,switch-mode-frequency: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Frequency (Hz) of the switch-mode power supply; + must be one of: + 19200000, 9600000, 6400000, 4800000, 3840000, 3200000, + 2740000, 2400000, 2130000, 1920000, 1750000, 1600000, + 1480000, 1370000, 1280000, 1200000 + +- qcom,force-mode: + Usage: optional (default if no other qcom,force-mode is specified) + Value type: <u32> + Defintion: indicates that the regulator should be forced to a + particular mode, valid values are: + QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_NONE - do not force any mode + QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_LPM - force into low power mode + QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_HPM - force into high power mode + QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_AUTO - allow regulator to automatically + select its own mode based on + realtime current draw, only for: + pm8921 smps and ftsmps + +- qcom,power-mode-hysteretic: + Usage: optional + Value type: <empty> + Definition: select that the power supply should operate in hysteretic + mode, instead of the default pwm mode + +=== Low-dropout regulator custom properties + +- bias-pull-down: + Usage: optional + Value type: <empty> + Definition: enable pull down of the regulator when inactive + +- qcom,force-mode: + Usage: optional + Value type: <u32> + Defintion: indicates that the regulator should not be forced to any + particular mode, valid values are: + QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_NONE - do not force any mode + QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_LPM - force into low power mode + QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_HPM - force into high power mode + QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_BYPASS - set regulator to use bypass + mode, i.e. to act as a switch + and not regulate, only for: + pm8921 pldo, nldo and nldo1200 + +=== Negative Charge Pump custom properties + +- qcom,switch-mode-frequency: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Frequency (Hz) of the swith mode power supply; + must be one of: + 19200000, 9600000, 6400000, 4800000, 3840000, 3200000, + 2740000, 2400000, 2130000, 1920000, 1750000, 1600000, + 1480000, 1370000, 1280000, 1200000 + = EXAMPLE #include <dt-bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.h> @@ -64,7 +237,28 @@ frequencies. interrupts = <0 19 0>, <0 21 0>, <0 22 0>; interrupt-names = "ack", "err", "wakeup"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; + regulators { + compatible = "qcom,rpm-pm8921-regulators"; + vdd_l1_l2_l12_l18-supply = <&pm8921_s4>; + + s1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1225000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1225000>; + + bias-pull-down; + + qcom,switch-mode-frequency = <3200000>; + }; + + pm8921_s4: s4 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; + + qcom,switch-mode-frequency = <1600000>; + bias-pull-down; + + qcom,force-mode = <QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_AUTO>; + }; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sky81452.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sky81452.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..35181794aa24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sky81452.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +SKY81452 bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible : Must be "skyworks,sky81452" +- reg : I2C slave address + +Required child nodes: +- backlight : container node for backlight following the binding + in video/backlight/sky81452-backlight.txt +- regulator : container node for regulators following the binding + in regulator/sky81452-regulator.txt + +Example: + + sky81452@2c { + compatible = "skyworks,sky81452"; + reg = <0x2c>; + + backlight { + compatible = "skyworks,sky81452-backlight"; + name = "pwm-backlight"; + led-sources = <0 1 2 3 6>; + skyworks,ignore-pwm; + skyworks,phase-shift; + skyworks,current-limit = <2300>; + }; + + regulator { + lout { + regulator-name = "sky81452-lout"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <4500000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <8000000>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tc3589x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tc3589x.txt index 6fcedba46ae9..37bf7f1aa70a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tc3589x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tc3589x.txt @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Optional nodes: - linux,keymap: the definition can be found in bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt - linux,no-autorepeat: do no enable autorepeat feature. - - linux,wakeup: use any event on keypad as wakeup event. + - wakeup-source: use any event on keypad as wakeup event. Example: @@ -84,7 +84,6 @@ tc35893@44 { keypad,num-columns = <8>; keypad,num-rows = <8>; linux,no-autorepeat; - linux,wakeup; linux,keymap = <0x0301006b 0x04010066 0x06040072 @@ -103,5 +102,6 @@ tc35893@44 { 0x01030039 0x07060069 0x050500d9>; + wakeup-source; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt index 8fffa3c5ed40..8fffa3c5ed40 100755..100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/ath79-soc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/ath79-soc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..88a12a43e44e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/ath79-soc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9XXX SoC + +Each device tree must specify a compatible value for the AR SoC +it uses in the compatible property of the root node. The compatible +value must be one of the following values: + +- qca,ar7130 +- qca,ar7141 +- qca,ar7161 +- qca,ar7240 +- qca,ar7241 +- qca,ar7242 +- qca,ar9130 +- qca,ar9132 +- qca,ar9330 +- qca,ar9331 +- qca,ar9341 +- qca,ar9342 +- qca,ar9344 +- qca,qca9556 +- qca,qca9558 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bcm3384-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bcm3384-intc.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d4e0141d3620..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bcm3384-intc.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -* Interrupt Controller - -Properties: -- compatible: "brcm,bcm3384-intc" - - Compatibility with BCM3384 and possibly other BCM33xx/BCM63xx SoCs. - -- reg: Address/length pairs for each mask/status register set. Length must - be 8. If multiple register sets are specified, the first set will - handle IRQ offsets 0..31, the second set 32..63, and so on. - -- interrupt-controller: This is an interrupt controller. - -- #interrupt-cells: Must be <1>. Just a simple IRQ offset; no level/edge - or polarity configuration is possible with this controller. - -- interrupt-parent: This controller is cascaded from a MIPS CPU HW IRQ, or - from another INTC. - -- interrupts: The IRQ on the parent controller. - -Example: - periph_intc: periph_intc@14e00038 { - compatible = "brcm,bcm3384-intc"; - - /* - * IRQs 0..31: mask reg 0x14e00038, status reg 0x14e0003c - * IRQs 32..63: mask reg 0x14e00340, status reg 0x14e00344 - */ - reg = <0x14e00038 0x8 0x14e00340 0x8>; - - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <1>; - - interrupt-parent = <&cpu_intc>; - interrupts = <4>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bmips.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/brcm,bmips.txt index 8ef71b4085ca..8ef71b4085ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bmips.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/brcm,bmips.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/cm-dsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/cm-dsl.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8a139cb3c0b5..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/cm-dsl.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -* Broadcom cable/DSL platforms - -SoCs: - -Required properties: -- compatible: "brcm,bcm3384", "brcm,bcm33843" - -Boards: - -Required properties: -- compatible: "brcm,bcm93384wvg" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/soc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/soc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7bab90cc4a7b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/soc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +* Broadcom cable/DSL/settop platforms + +Required properties: + +- compatible: "brcm,bcm3384", "brcm,bcm33843" + "brcm,bcm3384-viper", "brcm,bcm33843-viper" + "brcm,bcm6328", "brcm,bcm6368", + "brcm,bcm7125", "brcm,bcm7346", "brcm,bcm7358", "brcm,bcm7360", + "brcm,bcm7362", "brcm,bcm7420", "brcm,bcm7425" + +The experimental -viper variants are for running Linux on the 3384's +BMIPS4355 cable modem CPU instead of the BMIPS5000 application processor. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/img/pistachio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/img/pistachio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a736d889c2b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/img/pistachio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +Imagination Pistachio SoC +========================= + +Required properties: +-------------------- + - compatible: Must include "img,pistachio". + +CPU nodes: +---------- +A "cpus" node is required. Required properties: + - #address-cells: Must be 1. + - #size-cells: Must be 0. +A CPU sub-node is also required for at least CPU 0. Since the topology may +be probed via CPS, it is not necessary to specify secondary CPUs. Required +propertis: + - device_type: Must be "cpu". + - compatible: Must be "mti,interaptiv". + - reg: CPU number. + - clocks: Must include the CPU clock. See ../../clock/clock-bindings.txt for + details on clock bindings. +Example: + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + cpu0: cpu@0 { + device_type = "cpu"; + compatible = "mti,interaptiv"; + reg = <0>; + clocks = <&clk_core CLK_MIPS>; + }; + }; + + +Boot protocol: +-------------- +In accordance with the MIPS UHI specification[1], the bootloader must pass the +following arguments to the kernel: + - $a0: -2. + - $a1: KSEG0 address of the flattened device-tree blob. + +[1] http://prplfoundation.org/wiki/MIPS_documentation diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/smc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/brcm,kona-smc.txt index 6c9f176f3571..6c9f176f3571 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/smc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/brcm,kona-smc.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt index 6def86f6b053..2a19bff9693f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt @@ -46,11 +46,18 @@ Optional properties for all bus drivers: interrupt 2 - st,wakeup-{x,y,z}-{lo,hi}: set wakeup condition on x/y/z axis for upper/lower limit + - st,wakeup-threshold: set wakeup threshold + - st,wakeup2-{x,y,z}-{lo,hi}: set wakeup condition on x/y/z axis for + upper/lower limit for second wakeup + engine. + - st,wakeup2-threshold: set wakeup threshold for second wakeup + engine. - st,highpass-cutoff-hz=: 1, 2, 4 or 8 for 1Hz, 2Hz, 4Hz or 8Hz of highpass cut-off frequency - st,hipass{1,2}-disable: disable highpass 1/2. - st,default-rate=: set the default rate - - st,axis-{x,y,z}=: set the axis to map to the three coordinates + - st,axis-{x,y,z}=: set the axis to map to the three coordinates. + Negative values can be used for inverted axis. - st,{min,max}-limit-{x,y,z} set the min/max limits for x/y/z axis (used by self-test) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt index 47b205cc9cc7..4556359c5876 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt @@ -10,3 +10,5 @@ Required properties: The second entry gives the physical address and length of the registers indicating the strapping options. +Optional properties: +- nvidia,long-ram-code: If present, the RAM code is long (4 bit). If not, short (2 bit). diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt index 98ee2abbe138..7e9490313d5a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt @@ -8,7 +8,8 @@ Device Tree Bindings for the Arasan SDHCI Controller [3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt Required Properties: - - compatible: Compatibility string. Must be 'arasan,sdhci-8.9a' + - compatible: Compatibility string. Must be 'arasan,sdhci-8.9a' or + 'arasan,sdhci-4.9a' - reg: From mmc bindings: Register location and length. - clocks: From clock bindings: Handles to clock inputs. - clock-names: From clock bindings: Tuple including "clk_xin" and "clk_ahb" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,kona-sdhci.txt index aaba2483b4ff..aaba2483b4ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,kona-sdhci.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-iproc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-iproc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..72cc9cc95880 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-iproc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Broadcom IPROC SDHCI controller + +This file documents differences between the core properties described +by mmc.txt and the properties that represent the IPROC SDHCI controller. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "brcm,sdhci-iproc-cygnus". +- clocks : The clock feeding the SDHCI controller. + +Optional properties: + - sdhci,auto-cmd12: specifies that controller should use auto CMD12. + +Example: + +sdhci0: sdhci@0x18041000 { + compatible = "brcm,sdhci-iproc-cygnus"; + reg = <0x18041000 0x100>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 108 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&lcpll0_clks BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_SDIO_CLK>; + bus-width = <4>; + sdhci,auto-cmd12; + no-1-8-v; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt index ee4fc0576c7d..aad98442788b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt @@ -36,6 +36,8 @@ Required Properties: in transmit mode and CIU clock phase shift value in receive mode for double data rate mode operation. Refer notes below for the order of the cells and the valid values. +* samsung,dw-mshc-hs400-timing: Specifies the value of CIU TX and RX clock phase + shift value for hs400 mode operation. Notes for the sdr-timing and ddr-timing values: @@ -50,6 +52,9 @@ Required Properties: - if CIU clock divider value is 0 (that is divide by 1), both tx and rx phase shift clocks should be 0. +* samsung,read-strobe-delay: RCLK (Data strobe) delay to control HS400 mode + (Latency value for delay line in Read path) + Required properties for a slot (Deprecated - Recommend to use one slot per host): * gpios: specifies a list of gpios used for command, clock and data bus. The @@ -82,5 +87,7 @@ Example: samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div = <3>; samsung,dw-mshc-sdr-timing = <2 3>; samsung,dw-mshc-ddr-timing = <1 2>; + samsung,dw-mshc-hs400-timing = <0 2>; + samsung,read-strobe-delay = <90>; bus-width = <8>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt index 9046ba06c47a..5d0376b8f202 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt @@ -7,7 +7,14 @@ This file documents differences between the core properties described by mmc.txt and the properties used by the sdhci-esdhc-imx driver. Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "fsl,<chip>-esdhc" +- compatible : Should be "fsl,<chip>-esdhc", the supported chips include + "fsl,imx25-esdhc" + "fsl,imx35-esdhc" + "fsl,imx51-esdhc" + "fsl,imx53-esdhc" + "fsl,imx6q-usdhc" + "fsl,imx6sl-usdhc" + "fsl,imx6sx-usdhc" Optional properties: - fsl,cd-controller : Indicate to use controller internal card detection @@ -17,6 +24,10 @@ Optional properties: to select a proper data sampling window in case the clock quality is not good due to signal path is too long on the board. Please refer to eSDHC/uSDHC chapter, DLL (Delay Line) section in RM for details. +- voltage-ranges : Specify the voltage range in case there are software + transparent level shifters on the outputs of the controller. Two cells are + required, first cell specifies minimum slot voltage (mV), second cell + specifies maximum slot voltage (mV). Several ranges could be specified. Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt index 3b3544931437..df370585cbcc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt @@ -13,6 +13,10 @@ Required Properties: * compatible: should be one of the following. - "hisilicon,hi4511-dw-mshc": for controllers with hi4511 specific extensions. + - "hisilicon,hi6220-dw-mshc": for controllers with hi6220 specific extensions. + +Optional Properties: +- hisilicon,peripheral-syscon: phandle of syscon used to control peripheral. Example: @@ -42,3 +46,27 @@ Example: cap-mmc-highspeed; cap-sd-highspeed; }; + + /* for Hi6220 */ + + dwmmc_1: dwmmc1@f723e000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-dw-mshc"; + num-slots = <0x1>; + bus-width = <0x4>; + disable-wp; + cap-sd-highspeed; + sd-uhs-sdr12; + sd-uhs-sdr25; + card-detect-delay = <200>; + hisilicon,peripheral-syscon = <&ao_ctrl>; + reg = <0x0 0xf723e000 0x0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x49 0x4>; + clocks = <&clock_sys HI6220_MMC1_CIUCLK>, <&clock_sys HI6220_MMC1_CLK>; + clock-names = "ciu", "biu"; + cd-gpios = <&gpio1 0 1>; + pinctrl-names = "default", "idle"; + pinctrl-0 = <&sd_pmx_func &sd_clk_cfg_func &sd_cfg_func>; + pinctrl-1 = <&sd_pmx_idle &sd_clk_cfg_idle &sd_cfg_idle>; + vqmmc-supply = <&ldo7>; + vmmc-supply = <&ldo10>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-card.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a70fcd65b9ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-card.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +mmc-card / eMMC bindings +------------------------ + +This documents describes the devicetree bindings for a mmc-host controller +child node describing a mmc-card / an eMMC, see "Use of Function subnodes" +in mmc.txt + +Required properties: +-compatible : Must be "mmc-card" +-reg : Must be <0> + +Optional properties: +-broken-hpi : Use this to indicate that the mmc-card has a broken hpi + implementation, and that hpi should not be used + +Example: + +&mmc2 { + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&mmc2_pins_a>; + vmmc-supply = <®_vcc3v3>; + bus-width = <8>; + non-removable; + status = "okay"; + + mmccard: mmccard@0 { + reg = <0>; + compatible = "mmc-card"; + broken-hpi; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt index a462c50f19a8..ce0e76749671 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt @@ -21,5 +21,7 @@ Example: sdhci0_pwrseq { compatible = "mmc-pwrseq-simple"; - reset-gpios = <&gpio1 12 0>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + clocks = <&clk_32768_ck>; + clock-names = "ext_clock"; } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt index 438899e8829b..0384fc3f64e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt @@ -21,6 +21,11 @@ Optional properties: below for the case, when a GPIO is used for the CD line - wp-inverted: when present, polarity on the WP line is inverted. See the note below for the case, when a GPIO is used for the WP line +- disable-wp: When set no physical WP line is present. This property should + only be specified when the controller has a dedicated write-protect + detection logic. If a GPIO is always used for the write-protect detection + logic it is sufficient to not specify wp-gpios property in the absence of a WP + line. - max-frequency: maximum operating clock frequency - no-1-8-v: when present, denotes that 1.8v card voltage is not supported on this system, even if the controller claims it is. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a1adfa495ad3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +* MTK MMC controller + +The MTK MSDC can act as a MMC controller +to support MMC, SD, and SDIO types of memory cards. + +This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt +and the properties used by the msdc driver. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "mediatek,mt8173-mmc","mediatek,mt8135-mmc" +- interrupts: Should contain MSDC interrupt number +- clocks: MSDC source clock, HCLK +- clock-names: "source", "hclk" +- pinctrl-names: should be "default", "state_uhs" +- pinctrl-0: should contain default/high speed pin ctrl +- pinctrl-1: should contain uhs mode pin ctrl +- vmmc-supply: power to the Core +- vqmmc-supply: power to the IO + +Examples: +mmc0: mmc@11230000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-mmc", "mediatek,mt8135-mmc"; + reg = <0 0x11230000 0 0x108>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 39 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + vmmc-supply = <&mt6397_vemc_3v3_reg>; + vqmmc-supply = <&mt6397_vio18_reg>; + clocks = <&pericfg CLK_PERI_MSDC30_0>, <&topckgen CLK_TOP_MSDC50_0_H_SEL>; + clock-names = "source", "hclk"; + pinctrl-names = "default", "state_uhs"; + pinctrl-0 = <&mmc0_pins_default>; + pinctrl-1 = <&mmc0_pins_uhs>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt index 299081f94abd..d38942f6c5ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ Required properties: dma-names property. - dma-names: must contain "tx" for the transmit DMA channel and "rx" for the receive DMA channel. +- max-frequency: Maximum operating clock frequency, driver uses default clock + frequency if it is not set. Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) MMCIF0 @@ -29,4 +31,5 @@ Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) MMCIF0 clocks = <&mstp3_clks R8A7790_CLK_MMCIF0>; dmas = <&dmac0 0xd1>, <&dmac0 0xd2>; dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + max-frequency = <97500000>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-st.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-st.txt index 7527db447a35..18d950df2749 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-st.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-st.txt @@ -5,20 +5,62 @@ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt and the properties used by the sdhci-st driver. Required properties: -- compatible : Must be "st,sdhci" -- clock-names : Should be "mmc" - See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt -- clocks : Phandle of the clock used by the sdhci controler - See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +- compatible: Must be "st,sdhci" and it can be compatible to "st,sdhci-stih407" + to set the internal glue logic used for configuring the MMC + subsystem (mmcss) inside the FlashSS (available in STiH407 SoC + family). + +- clock-names: Should be "mmc". + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt +- clocks: Phandle to the clock. + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +- interrupts: One mmc interrupt should be described here. +- interrupt-names: Should be "mmcirq". + +- pinctrl-names: A pinctrl state names "default" must be defined. +- pinctrl-0: Phandle referencing pin configuration of the sd/emmc controller. + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-binding.txt + +- reg: This must provide the host controller base address and it can also + contain the FlashSS Top register for TX/RX delay used by the driver + to configure DLL inside the flashSS, if so reg-names must also be + specified. Optional properties: -- non-removable: non-removable slot - See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt -- bus-width: Number of data lines - See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt +- reg-names: Should be "mmc" and "top-mmc-delay". "top-mmc-delay" is optional + for eMMC on stih407 family silicon to configure DLL inside FlashSS. + +- non-removable: Non-removable slot. Also used for configuring mmcss in STiH407 SoC + family. + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt. + +- bus-width: Number of data lines. + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt. + +- max-frequency: Can be 200MHz, 100Mz or 50MHz (default) and used for + configuring the CCONFIG3 in the mmcss. + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt. + +- resets: Phandle and reset specifier pair to softreset line of HC IP. + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt + +- vqmmc-supply: Phandle to the regulator dt node, mentioned as the vcc/vdd + supply in eMMC/SD specs. + +- sd-uhs--sdr50: To enable the SDR50 in the mmcss. + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt. + +- sd-uhs-sdr104: To enable the SDR104 in the mmcss. + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt. + +- sd-uhs-ddr50: To enable the DDR50 in the mmcss. + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt. Example: +/* Example stih416e eMMC configuration */ + mmc0: sdhci@fe81e000 { compatible = "st,sdhci"; status = "disabled"; @@ -29,5 +71,43 @@ mmc0: sdhci@fe81e000 { pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_mmc0>; clock-names = "mmc"; clocks = <&clk_s_a1_ls 1>; - bus-width = <8> + bus-width = <8> + +/* Example SD stih407 family configuration */ + +mmc1: sdhci@09080000 { + compatible = "st,sdhci-stih407", "st,sdhci"; + status = "disabled"; + reg = <0x09080000 0x7ff>; + reg-names = "mmc"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 90 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + interrupt-names = "mmcirq"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_sd1>; + clock-names = "mmc"; + clocks = <&clk_s_c0_flexgen CLK_MMC_1>; + resets = <&softreset STIH407_MMC1_SOFTRESET>; + bus-width = <4>; +}; + +/* Example eMMC stih407 family configuration */ + +mmc0: sdhci@09060000 { + compatible = "st,sdhci-stih407", "st,sdhci"; + status = "disabled"; + reg = <0x09060000 0x7ff>, <0x9061008 0x20>; + reg-names = "mmc", "top-mmc-delay"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 92 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + interrupt-names = "mmcirq"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_mmc0>; + clock-names = "mmc"; + clocks = <&clk_s_c0_flexgen CLK_MMC_0>; + vqmmc-supply = <&vmmc_reg>; + max-frequency = <200000000>; + bus-width = <8>; + non-removable; + sd-uhs-sdr50; + sd-uhs-sdr104; + sd-uhs-ddr50; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/brcm,brcmnand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/brcm,brcmnand.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4ff7128ee3b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/brcm,brcmnand.txt @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +* Broadcom STB NAND Controller + +The Broadcom Set-Top Box NAND controller supports low-level access to raw NAND +flash chips. It has a memory-mapped register interface for both control +registers and for its data input/output buffer. On some SoCs, this controller is +paired with a custom DMA engine (inventively named "Flash DMA") which supports +basic PROGRAM and READ functions, among other features. + +This controller was originally designed for STB SoCs (BCM7xxx) but is now +available on a variety of Broadcom SoCs, including some BCM3xxx, BCM63xx, and +iProc/Cygnus. Its history includes several similar (but not fully register +compatible) versions. + +Required properties: +- compatible : May contain an SoC-specific compatibility string (see below) + to account for any SoC-specific hardware bits that may be + added on top of the base core controller. + In addition, must contain compatibility information about + the core NAND controller, of the following form: + "brcm,brcmnand" and an appropriate version compatibility + string, like "brcm,brcmnand-v7.0" + Possible values: + brcm,brcmnand-v4.0 + brcm,brcmnand-v5.0 + brcm,brcmnand-v6.0 + brcm,brcmnand-v6.1 + brcm,brcmnand-v7.0 + brcm,brcmnand-v7.1 + brcm,brcmnand +- reg : the register start and length for NAND register region. + (optional) Flash DMA register range (if present) + (optional) NAND flash cache range (if at non-standard offset) +- reg-names : a list of the names corresponding to the previous register + ranges. Should contain "nand" and (optionally) + "flash-dma" and/or "nand-cache". +- interrupts : The NAND CTLRDY interrupt and (if Flash DMA is available) + FLASH_DMA_DONE +- interrupt-names : May be "nand_ctlrdy" or "flash_dma_done", if broken out as + individual interrupts. + May be "nand", if the SoC has the individual NAND + interrupts multiplexed behind another custom piece of + hardware +- interrupt-parent : See standard interrupt bindings +- #address-cells : <1> - subnodes give the chip-select number +- #size-cells : <0> + +Optional properties: +- brcm,nand-has-wp : Some versions of this IP include a write-protect + (WP) control bit. It is always available on >= + v7.0. Use this property to describe the rare + earlier versions of this core that include WP + + -- Additonal SoC-specific NAND controller properties -- + +The NAND controller is integrated differently on the variety of SoCs on which it +is found. Part of this integration involves providing status and enable bits +with which to control the 8 exposed NAND interrupts, as well as hardware for +configuring the endianness of the data bus. On some SoCs, these features are +handled via standard, modular components (e.g., their interrupts look like a +normal IRQ chip), but on others, they are controlled in unique and interesting +ways, sometimes with registers that lump multiple NAND-related functions +together. The former case can be described simply by the standard interrupts +properties in the main controller node. But for the latter exceptional cases, +we define additional 'compatible' properties and associated register resources within the NAND controller node above. + + - compatible: Can be one of several SoC-specific strings. Each SoC may have + different requirements for its additional properties, as described below each + bullet point below. + + * "brcm,nand-bcm63138" + - reg: (required) the 'NAND_INT_BASE' register range, with separate status + and enable registers + - reg-names: (required) "nand-int-base" + + * "brcm,nand-iproc" + - reg: (required) the "IDM" register range, for interrupt enable and APB + bus access endianness configuration, and the "EXT" register range, + for interrupt status/ack. + - reg-names: (required) a list of the names corresponding to the previous + register ranges. Should contain "iproc-idm" and "iproc-ext". + + +* NAND chip-select + +Each controller (compatible: "brcm,brcmnand") may contain one or more subnodes +to represent enabled chip-selects which (may) contain NAND flash chips. Their +properties are as follows. + +Required properties: +- compatible : should contain "brcm,nandcs" +- reg : a single integer representing the chip-select + number (e.g., 0, 1, 2, etc.) +- #address-cells : see partition.txt +- #size-cells : see partition.txt +- nand-ecc-strength : see nand.txt +- nand-ecc-step-size : must be 512 or 1024. See nand.txt + +Optional properties: +- nand-on-flash-bbt : boolean, to enable the on-flash BBT for this + chip-select. See nand.txt +- brcm,nand-oob-sector-size : integer, to denote the spare area sector size + expected for the ECC layout in use. This size, in + addition to the strength and step-size, + determines how the hardware BCH engine will lay + out the parity bytes it stores on the flash. + This property can be automatically determined by + the flash geometry (particularly the NAND page + and OOB size) in many cases, but when booting + from NAND, the boot controller has only a limited + number of available options for its default ECC + layout. + +Each nandcs device node may optionally contain sub-nodes describing the flash +partition mapping. See partition.txt for more detail. + + +Example: + +nand@f0442800 { + compatible = "brcm,brcmnand-v7.0", "brcm,brcmnand"; + reg = <0xF0442800 0x600>, + <0xF0443000 0x100>; + reg-names = "nand", "flash-dma"; + interrupt-parent = <&hif_intr2_intc>; + interrupts = <24>, <4>; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + nandcs@1 { + compatible = "brcm,nandcs"; + reg = <1>; // Chip select 1 + nand-on-flash-bbt; + nand-ecc-strength = <12>; + nand-ecc-step-size = <512>; + + // Partitions + #address-cells = <1>; // <2>, for 64-bit offset + #size-cells = <1>; // <2>, for 64-bit length + flash0.rootfs@0 { + reg = <0 0x10000000>; + }; + flash0@0 { + reg = <0 0>; // MTDPART_SIZ_FULL + }; + flash0.kernel@10000000 { + reg = <0x10000000 0x400000>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/m25p80.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.txt index 4611aa83531b..2bee68103b01 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/m25p80.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.txt @@ -3,10 +3,13 @@ Required properties: - #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes representing partitions. -- compatible : Should be the manufacturer and the name of the chip. Bear in mind - the DT binding is not Linux-only, but in case of Linux, see the - "spi_nor_ids" table in drivers/mtd/spi-nor/spi-nor.c for the list - of supported chips. +- compatible : May include a device-specific string consisting of the + manufacturer and name of the chip. Bear in mind the DT binding + is not Linux-only, but in case of Linux, see the "m25p_ids" + table in drivers/mtd/devices/m25p80.c for the list of supported + chips. + Must also include "jedec,spi-nor" for any SPI NOR flash that can + be identified by the JEDEC READ ID opcode (0x9F). - reg : Chip-Select number - spi-max-frequency : Maximum frequency of the SPI bus the chip can operate at @@ -22,7 +25,7 @@ Example: flash: m25p80@0 { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <1>; - compatible = "spansion,m25p80"; + compatible = "spansion,m25p80", "jedec,spi-nor"; reg = <0>; spi-max-frequency = <40000000>; m25p,fast-read; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt index de8b517a5521..4f833e3c4f51 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Optional properties: - marvell,nand-enable-arbiter: Set to enable the bus arbiter - marvell,nand-keep-config: Set to keep the NAND controller config as set by the bootloader - - num-cs: Number of chipselect lines to usw + - num-cs: Number of chipselect lines to use - nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not present false - nand-ecc-strength: number of bits to correct per ECC step diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt index 0273adb8638c..086d6f44c4b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Optional properties: - nand-ecc-mode : one of the supported ECC modes ("hw", "hw_syndrome", "soft", "soft_bch" or "none") -see Documentation/devicetree/mtd/nand.txt for generic bindings. +see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt for generic bindings. Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8db32384a486..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -* AMD 10GbE PHY driver (amd-xgbe-phy) - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "amd,xgbe-phy-seattle-v1a" and - "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45" -- reg: Address and length of the register sets for the device - - SerDes Rx/Tx registers - - SerDes integration registers (1/2) - - SerDes integration registers (2/2) -- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller - that services interrupts for this device -- interrupts: Should contain the amd-xgbe-phy interrupt. - -Optional properties: -- amd,speed-set: Speed capabilities of the device - 0 - 1GbE and 10GbE (default) - 1 - 2.5GbE and 10GbE - -The following optional properties are represented by an array with each -value corresponding to a particular speed. The first array value represents -the setting for the 1GbE speed, the second value for the 2.5GbE speed and -the third value for the 10GbE speed. All three values are required if the -property is used. -- amd,serdes-blwc: Baseline wandering correction enablement - 0 - Off - 1 - On -- amd,serdes-cdr-rate: CDR rate speed selection -- amd,serdes-pq-skew: PQ (data sampling) skew -- amd,serdes-tx-amp: TX amplitude boost -- amd,serdes-dfe-tap-config: DFE taps available to run -- amd,serdes-dfe-tap-enable: DFE taps to enable - -Example: - xgbe_phy@e1240800 { - compatible = "amd,xgbe-phy-seattle-v1a", "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45"; - reg = <0 0xe1240800 0 0x00400>, - <0 0xe1250000 0 0x00060>, - <0 0xe1250080 0 0x00004>; - interrupt-parent = <&gic>; - interrupts = <0 323 4>; - amd,speed-set = <0>; - amd,serdes-blwc = <1>, <1>, <0>; - amd,serdes-cdr-rate = <2>, <2>, <7>; - amd,serdes-pq-skew = <10>, <10>, <30>; - amd,serdes-tx-amp = <15>, <15>, <10>; - amd,serdes-dfe-tap-config = <3>, <3>, <1>; - amd,serdes-dfe-tap-enable = <0>, <0>, <127>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt index 26efd526d16c..4bb624a73b54 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt @@ -5,12 +5,16 @@ Required properties: - reg: Address and length of the register sets for the device - MAC registers - PCS registers + - SerDes Rx/Tx registers + - SerDes integration registers (1/2) + - SerDes integration registers (2/2) - interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller that services interrupts for this device - interrupts: Should contain the amd-xgbe interrupt(s). The first interrupt listed is required and is the general device interrupt. If the optional amd,per-channel-interrupt property is specified, then one additional - interrupt for each DMA channel supported by the device should be specified + interrupt for each DMA channel supported by the device should be specified. + The last interrupt listed should be the PCS auto-negotiation interrupt. - clocks: - DMA clock for the amd-xgbe device (used for calculating the correct Rx interrupt watchdog timer value on a DMA channel @@ -19,7 +23,6 @@ Required properties: - clock-names: Should be the names of the clocks - "dma_clk" for the DMA clock - "ptp_clk" for the PTP clock -- phy-handle: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory - phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory Optional properties: @@ -29,19 +32,46 @@ Optional properties: - amd,per-channel-interrupt: Indicates that Rx and Tx complete will generate a unique interrupt for each DMA channel - this requires an additional interrupt be configured for each DMA channel +- amd,speed-set: Speed capabilities of the device + 0 - 1GbE and 10GbE (default) + 1 - 2.5GbE and 10GbE + +The following optional properties are represented by an array with each +value corresponding to a particular speed. The first array value represents +the setting for the 1GbE speed, the second value for the 2.5GbE speed and +the third value for the 10GbE speed. All three values are required if the +property is used. +- amd,serdes-blwc: Baseline wandering correction enablement + 0 - Off + 1 - On +- amd,serdes-cdr-rate: CDR rate speed selection +- amd,serdes-pq-skew: PQ (data sampling) skew +- amd,serdes-tx-amp: TX amplitude boost +- amd,serdes-dfe-tap-config: DFE taps available to run +- amd,serdes-dfe-tap-enable: DFE taps to enable Example: xgbe@e0700000 { compatible = "amd,xgbe-seattle-v1a"; reg = <0 0xe0700000 0 0x80000>, - <0 0xe0780000 0 0x80000>; + <0 0xe0780000 0 0x80000>, + <0 0xe1240800 0 0x00400>, + <0 0xe1250000 0 0x00060>, + <0 0xe1250080 0 0x00004>; interrupt-parent = <&gic>; interrupts = <0 325 4>, - <0 326 1>, <0 327 1>, <0 328 1>, <0 329 1>; + <0 326 1>, <0 327 1>, <0 328 1>, <0 329 1>, + <0 323 4>; amd,per-channel-interrupt; clocks = <&xgbe_dma_clk>, <&xgbe_ptp_clk>; clock-names = "dma_clk", "ptp_clk"; - phy-handle = <&phy>; phy-mode = "xgmii"; mac-address = [ 02 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 ]; + amd,speed-set = <0>; + amd,serdes-blwc = <1>, <1>, <0>; + amd,serdes-cdr-rate = <2>, <2>, <7>; + amd,serdes-pq-skew = <10>, <10>, <30>; + amd,serdes-tx-amp = <15>, <15>, <10>; + amd,serdes-dfe-tap-config = <3>, <3>, <1>; + amd,serdes-dfe-tap-enable = <0>, <0>, <127>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt index 6151999c5dca..f55aa280d34f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt @@ -14,7 +14,11 @@ Required properties for all the ethernet interfaces: - "enet_csr": Ethernet control and status register address space - "ring_csr": Descriptor ring control and status register address space - "ring_cmd": Descriptor ring command register address space -- interrupts: Ethernet main interrupt +- interrupts: Two interrupt specifiers can be specified. + - First is the Rx interrupt. This irq is mandatory. + - Second is the Tx completion interrupt. + This is supported only on SGMII based 1GbE and 10GbE interfaces. +- port-id: Port number (0 or 1) - clocks: Reference to the clock entry. - local-mac-address: MAC address assigned to this device - phy-connection-type: Interface type between ethernet device and PHY device @@ -49,6 +53,7 @@ Example: <0x0 0X10000000 0x0 0X200>; reg-names = "enet_csr", "ring_csr", "ring_cmd"; interrupts = <0x0 0x3c 0x4>; + port-id = <0>; clocks = <&menetclk 0>; local-mac-address = [00 01 73 00 00 01]; phy-connection-type = "rgmii"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-sf2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt index 30d487597ecb..30d487597ecb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-sf2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bcmgenet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt index 451fef26b4df..451fef26b4df 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bcmgenet.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,systemport.txt index 877da34145b0..877da34145b0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,systemport.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-mdio-unimac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,unimac-mdio.txt index ab0bb4247d14..ab0bb4247d14 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-mdio-unimac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,unimac-mdio.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cdns-emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cdns-emac.txt index abd67c13d344..4451ee973223 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cdns-emac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cdns-emac.txt @@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be "cdns,[<chip>-]{emac}" Use "cdns,at91rm9200-emac" Atmel at91rm9200 SoC. - or the generic form: "cdns,emac". + Use "cdns,zynq-gem" Xilinx Zynq-7xxx SoC. + Or the generic form: "cdns,emac". - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts: Should contain macb interrupt - phy-mode: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt index 3fc360523bc9..41b3f3f864e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt @@ -19,6 +19,12 @@ The following properties are common to the Ethernet controllers: - phy: the same as "phy-handle" property, not recommended for new bindings. - phy-device: the same as "phy-handle" property, not recommended for new bindings. +- rx-fifo-depth: the size of the controller's receive fifo in bytes. This + is used for components that can have configurable receive fifo sizes, + and is useful for determining certain configuration settings such as + flow control thresholds. +- tx-fifo-depth: the size of the controller's transmit fifo in bytes. This + is used for components that can have configurable fifo sizes. Child nodes of the Ethernet controller are typically the individual PHY devices connected via the MDIO bus (sometimes the MDIO bus controller is separate). diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ezchip_enet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ezchip_enet.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4e29b2b82873 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ezchip_enet.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +* EZchip NPS Management Ethernet port driver + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "ezchip,nps-mgt-enet" +- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device +- interrupts: Should contain the ENET interrupt + +Examples: + + ethernet@f0003000 { + compatible = "ezchip,nps-mgt-enet"; + reg = <0xf0003000 0x44>; + interrupts = <7>; + mac-address = [ 00 11 22 33 44 55 ]; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/at86rf230.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/at86rf230.txt index d3bbdded4cbe..168f1be50912 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/at86rf230.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/at86rf230.txt @@ -6,11 +6,14 @@ Required properties: - spi-max-frequency: maximal bus speed, should be set to 7500000 depends sync or async operation mode - reg: the chipselect index - - interrupts: the interrupt generated by the device + - interrupts: the interrupt generated by the device. Non high-level + can occur deadlocks while handling isr. Optional properties: - reset-gpio: GPIO spec for the rstn pin - sleep-gpio: GPIO spec for the slp_tr pin + - xtal-trim: u8 value for fine tuning the internal capacitance + arrays of xtal pins: 0 = +0 pF, 0xf = +4.5 pF Example: @@ -18,6 +21,7 @@ Example: compatible = "atmel,at86rf231"; spi-max-frequency = <7500000>; reg = <0>; - interrupts = <19 1>; + interrupts = <19 4>; interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>; + xtal-trim = /bits/ 8 <0x06>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt index 0071883c08d8..fb6d49f184ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt @@ -13,11 +13,15 @@ Required properties: - cca-gpio: GPIO spec for the CCA pin - vreg-gpio: GPIO spec for the VREG pin - reset-gpio: GPIO spec for the RESET pin +Optional properties: + - amplified: include if the CC2520 is connected to a CC2591 amplifier + Example: cc2520@0 { compatible = "ti,cc2520"; reg = <0>; spi-max-frequency = <4000000>; + amplified; pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&cc2520_cape_pins>; fifo-gpio = <&gpio1 18 0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ipq806x-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ipq806x-dwmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6d7ab4e524d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ipq806x-dwmac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +* IPQ806x DWMAC Ethernet controller + +The device inherits all the properties of the dwmac/stmmac devices +described in the file net/stmmac.txt with the following changes. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be "qcom,ipq806x-gmac" along with "snps,dwmac" + and any applicable more detailed version number + described in net/stmmac.txt + +- qcom,nss-common: should contain a phandle to a syscon device mapping the + nss-common registers. + +- qcom,qsgmii-csr: should contain a phandle to a syscon device mapping the + qsgmii-csr registers. + +Example: + + gmac: ethernet@37000000 { + device_type = "network"; + compatible = "qcom,ipq806x-gmac"; + reg = <0x37000000 0x200000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 220 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "macirq"; + + qcom,nss-common = <&nss_common>; + qcom,qsgmii-csr = <&qsgmii_csr>; + + clocks = <&gcc GMAC_CORE1_CLK>; + clock-names = "stmmaceth"; + + resets = <&gcc GMAC_CORE1_RESET>; + reset-names = "stmmaceth"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt index f9c07710478d..d0e6fa38f335 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be "ti,netcp-1.0" - clocks: phandle to the reference clocks for the subsystem. - dma-id: Navigator packet dma instance id. +- ranges: address range of NetCP (includes, Ethernet SS, PA and SA) Optional properties: - reg: register location and the size for the following register @@ -64,10 +65,30 @@ NetCP device properties: Device specification for NetCP sub-modules. 1Gb/10Gb (gbe/xgbe) ethernet switch sub-module specifications. Required properties: - label: Must be "netcp-gbe" for 1Gb & "netcp-xgbe" for 10Gb. +- compatible: Must be one of below:- + "ti,netcp-gbe" for 1GbE on NetCP 1.4 + "ti,netcp-gbe-5" for 1GbE N NetCP 1.5 (N=5) + "ti,netcp-gbe-9" for 1GbE N NetCP 1.5 (N=9) + "ti,netcp-gbe-2" for 1GbE N NetCP 1.5 (N=2) + "ti,netcp-xgbe" for 10 GbE + - reg: register location and the size for the following register regions in the specified order. - - subsystem registers - - serdes registers + - switch subsystem registers + - sgmii port3/4 module registers (only for NetCP 1.4) + - switch module registers + - serdes registers (only for 10G) + + NetCP 1.4 ethss, here is the order + index #0 - switch subsystem registers + index #1 - sgmii port3/4 module registers + index #2 - switch module registers + + NetCP 1.5 ethss 9 port, 5 port and 2 port + index #0 - switch subsystem registers + index #1 - switch module registers + index #2 - serdes registers + - tx-channel: the navigator packet dma channel name for tx. - tx-queue: the navigator queue number associated with the tx dma channel. - interfaces: specification for each of the switch port to be registered as a @@ -120,14 +141,13 @@ Optional properties: Example binding: -netcp: netcp@2090000 { +netcp: netcp@2000000 { reg = <0x2620110 0x8>; reg-names = "efuse"; compatible = "ti,netcp-1.0"; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <1>; - ranges; - + ranges = <0 0x2000000 0xfffff>; clocks = <&papllclk>, <&clkcpgmac>, <&chipclk12>; dma-coherent; /* big-endian; */ @@ -137,9 +157,9 @@ netcp: netcp@2090000 { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <1>; ranges; - gbe@0x2090000 { + gbe@90000 { label = "netcp-gbe"; - reg = <0x2090000 0xf00>; + reg = <0x90000 0x300>, <0x90400 0x400>, <0x90800 0x700>; /* enable-ale; */ tx-queue = <648>; tx-channel = <8>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt index aaa696414f57..b5d79761ac97 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt @@ -2,10 +2,15 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be "cdns,[<chip>-]{macb|gem}" - Use "cdns,at91sam9260-macb" Atmel at91sam9260 and at91sam9263 SoCs. + Use "cdns,at91sam9260-macb" for Atmel at91sam9 SoCs or the 10/100Mbit IP + available on sama5d3 SoCs. Use "cdns,at32ap7000-macb" for other 10/100 usage or use the generic form: "cdns,macb". Use "cdns,pc302-gem" for Picochip picoXcell pc302 and later devices based on the Cadence GEM, or the generic form: "cdns,gem". + Use "atmel,sama5d2-gem" for the GEM IP (10/100) available on Atmel sama5d2 SoCs. + Use "atmel,sama5d3-gem" for the Gigabit IP available on Atmel sama5d3 SoCs. + Use "atmel,sama5d4-gem" for the GEM IP (10/100) available on Atmel sama5d4 SoCs. + Use "cdns,zynqmp-gem" for Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC. - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts: Should contain macb interrupt - phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt index 750d577e8083..f5a8ca29aff0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ * Marvell Armada 370 / Armada XP Ethernet Controller (NETA) Required properties: -- compatible: should be "marvell,armada-370-neta". +- compatible: "marvell,armada-370-neta" or "marvell,armada-xp-neta". - reg: address and length of the register set for the device. - interrupts: interrupt for the device - phy: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nfcmrvl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nfcmrvl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7c4a0cc370cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nfcmrvl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +* Marvell International Ltd. NCI NFC Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "mrvl,nfc-uart". + +Optional SoC specific properties: +- pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default". +- pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller. +- reset-n-io: Output GPIO pin used to reset the chip (active low). +- hci-muxed: Specifies that the chip is muxing NCI over HCI frames. + +Optional UART-based chip specific properties: +- flow-control: Specifies that the chip is using RTS/CTS. +- break-control: Specifies that the chip needs specific break management. + +Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard Black with 88W8887 on UART5): + +&uart5 { + status = "okay"; + + nfcmrvluart: nfcmrvluart@5 { + compatible = "mrvl,nfc-uart"; + + reset-n-io = <&gpio3 16 0>; + + hci-muxed; + flow-control; + } +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nxp-nci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nxp-nci.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5b6cd9b3f628 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nxp-nci.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +* NXP Semiconductors NXP NCI NFC Controllers + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "nxp,nxp-nci-i2c". +- clock-frequency: I²C work frequency. +- reg: address on the bus +- interrupt-parent: phandle for the interrupt gpio controller +- interrupts: GPIO interrupt to which the chip is connected +- enable-gpios: Output GPIO pin used for enabling/disabling the chip +- firmware-gpios: Output GPIO pin used to enter firmware download mode + +Optional SoC Specific Properties: +- pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default". +- pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller. + +Example (for ARM-based BeagleBone with NPC100 NFC controller on I2C2): + +&i2c2 { + + status = "okay"; + + npc100: npc100@29 { + + compatible = "nxp,nxp-nci-i2c"; + + reg = <0x29>; + clock-frequency = <100000>; + + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <29 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + + enable-gpios = <&gpio0 30 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + firmware-gpios = <&gpio0 31 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st-nci.txt index bb237072dbe9..d707588ed734 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st-nci.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -* STMicroelectronics SAS. ST21NFCB NFC Controller +* STMicroelectronics SAS. ST NCI NFC Controller Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "st,st21nfcb-i2c". +- compatible: Should be "st,st21nfcb-i2c" or "st,st21nfcc-i2c". - clock-frequency: I²C work frequency. - reg: address on the bus - interrupt-parent: phandle for the interrupt gpio controller diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt index 7c89ca290ced..32b35a07abe4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt @@ -18,6 +18,9 @@ Optional SoC Specific Properties: "IRQ Status Read" erratum. - en2-rf-quirk: Specify that the trf7970a being used has the "EN2 RF" erratum. +- t5t-rmb-extra-byte-quirk: Specify that the trf7970a has the erratum + where an extra byte is returned by Read Multiple Block commands issued + to Type 5 tags. Example (for ARM-based BeagleBone with TRF7970A on SPI1): @@ -39,6 +42,7 @@ Example (for ARM-based BeagleBone with TRF7970A on SPI1): autosuspend-delay = <30000>; irq-status-read-quirk; en2-rf-quirk; + t5t-rmb-extra-byte-quirk; status = "okay"; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nxp,lpc1850-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nxp,lpc1850-dwmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7edba1264f6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nxp,lpc1850-dwmac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +* NXP LPC1850 GMAC ethernet controller + +This device is a platform glue layer for stmmac. +Please see stmmac.txt for the other unchanged properties. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should contain "nxp,lpc1850-dwmac" + +Examples: + +mac: ethernet@40010000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-dwmac", "snps,dwmac-3.611", "snps,dwmac"; + reg = <0x40010000 0x2000>; + interrupts = <5>; + interrupt-names = "macirq"; + clocks = <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_ETHERNET>; + clock-names = "stmmaceth"; + resets = <&rgu 22>; + reset-names = "stmmaceth"; +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt index 40831fbaff72..525e1658f2da 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt @@ -30,6 +30,9 @@ Optional Properties: - max-speed: Maximum PHY supported speed (10, 100, 1000...) +- broken-turn-around: If set, indicates the PHY device does not correctly + release the turn around line low at the end of a MDIO transaction. + Example: ethernet-phy@0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1fd8831437bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +* Renesas Electronics Ethernet AVB + +This file provides information on what the device node for the Ethernet AVB +interface contains. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "renesas,etheravb-r8a7790" if the device is a part of R8A7790 SoC. + "renesas,etheravb-r8a7794" if the device is a part of R8A7794 SoC. +- reg: offset and length of (1) the register block and (2) the stream buffer. +- interrupts: interrupt specifier for the sole interrupt. +- phy-mode: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory. +- phy-handle: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory. +- #address-cells: number of address cells for the MDIO bus, must be equal to 1. +- #size-cells: number of size cells on the MDIO bus, must be equal to 0. +- clocks: clock phandle and specifier pair. +- pinctrl-0: phandle, referring to a default pin configuration node. + +Optional properties: +- interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller that services + interrupts for this device. +- pinctrl-names: pin configuration state name ("default"). +- renesas,no-ether-link: boolean, specify when a board does not provide a proper + AVB_LINK signal. +- renesas,ether-link-active-low: boolean, specify when the AVB_LINK signal is + active-low instead of normal active-high. + +Example: + + ethernet@e6800000 { + compatible = "renesas,etheravb-r8a7790"; + reg = <0 0xe6800000 0 0x800>, <0 0xee0e8000 0 0x4000>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <0 163 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&mstp8_clks R8A7790_CLK_ETHERAVB>; + phy-mode = "rmii"; + phy-handle = <&phy0>; + pinctrl-0 = <ðer_pins>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + renesas,no-ether-link; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + phy0: ethernet-phy@0 { + reg = <0>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio2>; + interrupts = <15 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt index 21fd199e89b5..93eac7ce1446 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Rockchip SoC RK3288 10/100/1000 Ethernet driver(GMAC) The device node has following properties. Required properties: - - compatible: Can be "rockchip,rk3288-gmac". + - compatible: Can be one of "rockchip,rk3288-gmac", "rockchip,rk3368-gmac" - reg: addresses and length of the register sets for the device. - interrupts: Should contain the GMAC interrupts. - interrupt-names: Should contain the interrupt names "macirq". diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt index 8ca65cec52ae..f34fc3c81a75 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt @@ -35,15 +35,18 @@ Optional properties: - reset-names: Should contain the reset signal name "stmmaceth", if a reset phandle is given - max-frame-size: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory -- clocks: If present, the first clock should be the GMAC main clock, - further clocks may be specified in derived bindings. +- clocks: If present, the first clock should be the GMAC main clock and + the second clock should be peripheral's register interface clock. Further + clocks may be specified in derived bindings. - clock-names: One name for each entry in the clocks property, the - first one should be "stmmaceth". + first one should be "stmmaceth" and the second one should be "pclk". - clk_ptp_ref: this is the PTP reference clock; in case of the PTP is available this clock is used for programming the Timestamp Addend Register. If not passed then the system clock will be used and this is fine on some platforms. - snps,burst_len: The AXI burst lenth value of the AXI BUS MODE register. +- tx-fifo-depth: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory +- rx-fifo-depth: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory Examples: @@ -58,6 +61,8 @@ Examples: phy-mode = "gmii"; snps,multicast-filter-bins = <256>; snps,perfect-filter-entries = <128>; + rx-fifo-depth = <16384>; + tx-fifo-depth = <16384>; clocks = <&clock>; clock-names = "stmmaceth"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..58d935b58598 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* Texas Instruments - dp83867 Giga bit ethernet phy + +Required properties: + - reg - The ID number for the phy, usually a small integer + - ti,rx-internal-delay - RGMII Recieve Clock Delay - see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83867.h + for applicable values + - ti,tx-internal-delay - RGMII Transmit Clock Delay - see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83867.h + for applicable values + - ti,fifo-depth - Transmitt FIFO depth- see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83867.h + for applicable values + +Default child nodes are standard Ethernet PHY device +nodes as described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt + +Example: + + ethernet-phy@0 { + reg = <0>; + ti,rx-internal-delay = <DP83867_RGMIIDCTL_2_25_NS>; + ti,tx-internal-delay = <DP83867_RGMIIDCTL_2_75_NS>; + ti,fifo-depth = <DP83867_PHYCR_FIFO_DEPTH_4_B_NIB>; + }; + +Datasheet can be found: +http://www.ti.com/product/DP83867IR/datasheet diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wlcore.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wlcore.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2a3d90de18ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wlcore.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +TI Wilink 6/7/8 (wl12xx/wl18xx) SDIO devices + +This node provides properties for controlling the wilink wireless device. The +node is expected to be specified as a child node to the SDIO controller that +connects the device to the system. + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be one of the following: + * "ti,wl1271" + * "ti,wl1273" + * "ti,wl1281" + * "ti,wl1283" + * "ti,wl1801" + * "ti,wl1805" + * "ti,wl1807" + * "ti,wl1831" + * "ti,wl1835" + * "ti,wl1837" + - interrupts : specifies attributes for the out-of-band interrupt. + +Optional properties: + - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller to which the + device interrupts are connected. + - ref-clock-frequency : ref clock frequency in Hz + - tcxo-clock-frequency : tcxo clock frequency in Hz + +Note: the *-clock-frequency properties assume internal clocks. In case of external +clock, new bindings (for parsing the clock nodes) have to be added. + +Example: + +&mmc3 { + status = "okay"; + vmmc-supply = <&wlan_en_reg>; + bus-width = <4>; + cap-power-off-card; + keep-power-in-suspend; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + wlcore: wlcore@2 { + compatible = "ti,wl1835"; + reg = <2>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>; + interrupts = <19 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ampire,am800480r3tmqwa1h.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ampire,am800480r3tmqwa1h.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..83e2cae1cc1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ampire,am800480r3tmqwa1h.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Ampire AM-800480R3TMQW-A1H 7.0" WVGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "ampire,am800480r3tmqwa1h" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101ean01.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101ean01.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3590b0741619 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101ean01.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +AU Optronics Corporation 10.1" WSVGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "auo,b101ean01" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd100pxn1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd100pxn1.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8270319a99de --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd100pxn1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +HannStar Display Corp. HSD100PXN1 10.1" XGA LVDS panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "hannstar,hsd100pxn1" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,at043tn24.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,at043tn24.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4104226b61bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,at043tn24.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Innolux AT043TN24 4.3" WQVGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "innolux,at043tn24" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,zj070na-01p.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,zj070na-01p.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..824f87f1526d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,zj070na-01p.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Innolux Corporation 7.0" WSVGA (1024x600) TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "innolux,zj070na-01p" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lb070wv8.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lb070wv8.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a7588e5259cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lb070wv8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +LG 7" (800x480 pixels) TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "lg,lb070wv8" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ortustech,com43h4m85ulc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ortustech,com43h4m85ulc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..de19e9398618 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ortustech,com43h4m85ulc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +OrtusTech COM43H4M85ULC Blanview 3.7" TFT-LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "ortustech,com43h4m85ulc" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn140at29-301.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn140at29-301.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e7f969d891cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn140at29-301.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Samsung Electronics 14" WXGA (1366x768) TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "samsung,ltn140at29-301" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/shelly,sca07010-bfn-lnn.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/shelly,sca07010-bfn-lnn.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fc1ea9e26c94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/shelly,sca07010-bfn-lnn.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Shelly SCA07010-BFN-LNN 7.0" WVGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "shelly,sca07010-bfn-lnn" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,iproc-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,iproc-pcie.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f7ce50e38ed4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,iproc-pcie.txt @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +* Broadcom iProc PCIe controller with the platform bus interface + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must be "brcm,iproc-pcie" +- reg: base address and length of the PCIe controller I/O register space +- #interrupt-cells: set to <1> +- interrupt-map-mask and interrupt-map, standard PCI properties to define the + mapping of the PCIe interface to interrupt numbers +- linux,pci-domain: PCI domain ID. Should be unique for each host controller +- bus-range: PCI bus numbers covered +- #address-cells: set to <3> +- #size-cells: set to <2> +- device_type: set to "pci" +- ranges: ranges for the PCI memory and I/O regions + +Optional properties: +- phys: phandle of the PCIe PHY device +- phy-names: must be "pcie-phy" + +Example: + pcie0: pcie@18012000 { + compatible = "brcm,iproc-pcie"; + reg = <0x18012000 0x1000>; + + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 0>; + interrupt-map = <0 0 0 0 &gic GIC_SPI 100 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + + linux,pci-domain = <0>; + + bus-range = <0x00 0xff>; + + #address-cells = <3>; + #size-cells = <2>; + device_type = "pci"; + ranges = <0x81000000 0 0 0x28000000 0 0x00010000 + 0x82000000 0 0x20000000 0x20000000 0 0x04000000>; + + phys = <&phy 0 5>; + phy-names = "pcie-phy"; + }; + + pcie1: pcie@18013000 { + compatible = "brcm,iproc-pcie"; + reg = <0x18013000 0x1000>; + + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 0>; + interrupt-map = <0 0 0 0 &gic GIC_SPI 106 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + + linux,pci-domain = <1>; + + bus-range = <0x00 0xff>; + + #address-cells = <3>; + #size-cells = <2>; + device_type = "pci"; + ranges = <0x81000000 0 0 0x48000000 0 0x00010000 + 0x82000000 0 0x40000000 0x40000000 0 0x04000000>; + + phys = <&phy 1 6>; + phy-names = "pcie-phy"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xgene-pci-msi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xgene-pci-msi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..36d881c8e6d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xgene-pci-msi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +* AppliedMicro X-Gene v1 PCIe MSI controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be "apm,xgene1-msi" to identify + X-Gene v1 PCIe MSI controller block. +- msi-controller: indicates that this is X-Gene v1 PCIe MSI controller node +- reg: physical base address (0x79000000) and length (0x900000) for controller + registers. These registers include the MSI termination address and data + registers as well as the MSI interrupt status registers. +- reg-names: not required +- interrupts: A list of 16 interrupt outputs of the controller, starting from + interrupt number 0x10 to 0x1f. +- interrupt-names: not required + +Each PCIe node needs to have property msi-parent that points to msi controller node + +Examples: + +SoC DTSI: + + + MSI node: + msi@79000000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene1-msi"; + msi-controller; + reg = <0x00 0x79000000 0x0 0x900000>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x10 0x4> + <0x0 0x11 0x4> + <0x0 0x12 0x4> + <0x0 0x13 0x4> + <0x0 0x14 0x4> + <0x0 0x15 0x4> + <0x0 0x16 0x4> + <0x0 0x17 0x4> + <0x0 0x18 0x4> + <0x0 0x19 0x4> + <0x0 0x1a 0x4> + <0x0 0x1b 0x4> + <0x0 0x1c 0x4> + <0x0 0x1d 0x4> + <0x0 0x1e 0x4> + <0x0 0x1f 0x4>; + }; + + + PCIe controller node with msi-parent property pointing to MSI node: + pcie0: pcie@1f2b0000 { + status = "disabled"; + device_type = "pci"; + compatible = "apm,xgene-storm-pcie", "apm,xgene-pcie"; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <2>; + #address-cells = <3>; + reg = < 0x00 0x1f2b0000 0x0 0x00010000 /* Controller registers */ + 0xe0 0xd0000000 0x0 0x00040000>; /* PCI config space */ + reg-names = "csr", "cfg"; + ranges = <0x01000000 0x00 0x00000000 0xe0 0x10000000 0x00 0x00010000 /* io */ + 0x02000000 0x00 0x80000000 0xe1 0x80000000 0x00 0x80000000>; /* mem */ + dma-ranges = <0x42000000 0x80 0x00000000 0x80 0x00000000 0x00 0x80000000 + 0x42000000 0x00 0x00000000 0x00 0x00000000 0x80 0x00000000>; + interrupt-map-mask = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x7>; + interrupt-map = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x1 &gic 0x0 0xc2 0x1 + 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x2 &gic 0x0 0xc3 0x1 + 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x3 &gic 0x0 0xc4 0x1 + 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x4 &gic 0x0 0xc5 0x1>; + dma-coherent; + clocks = <&pcie0clk 0>; + msi-parent= <&msi>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt index 3e2c88d97ad4..02f979a48aeb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt @@ -58,5 +58,5 @@ Example: interrupt-controller; #address-cells = <0>; #interrupt-cells = <1>; - } + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-sata-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-sata-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7f81ef90146a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-sata-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +* Broadcom SATA3 PHY for STB + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be one or more of + "brcm,bcm7445-sata-phy" + "brcm,phy-sata3" +- address-cells: should be 1 +- size-cells: should be 0 +- reg: register range for the PHY PCB interface +- reg-names: should be "phy" + +Sub-nodes: + Each port's PHY should be represented as a sub-node. + +Sub-nodes required properties: +- reg: the PHY number +- phy-cells: generic PHY binding; must be 0 +Optional: +- brcm,enable-ssc: use spread spectrum clocking (SSC) on this port + + +Example: + + sata-phy@f0458100 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-sata-phy", "brcm,phy-sata3"; + reg = <0xf0458100 0x1e00>, <0xf045804c 0x10>; + reg-names = "phy"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + sata-phy@0 { + reg = <0>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; + + sata-phy@1 { + reg = <1>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/bcm-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,kona-usb2-phy.txt index 3dc8b3d2ffbb..3dc8b3d2ffbb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/bcm-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,kona-usb2-phy.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/dm816x-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/dm816x-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2fe3d11d063d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/dm816x-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Device tree binding documentation for am816x USB PHY +========================= + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be "ti,dm816x-usb-phy" +- reg : offset and length of the PHY register set. +- reg-names : name for the phy registers +- clocks : phandle to the clock +- clock-names : name of the clock +- syscon: phandle for the syscon node to access misc registers +- #phy-cells : from the generic PHY bindings, must be 1 +- syscon: phandle for the syscon node to access misc registers + +Example: + +usb_phy0: usb-phy@20 { + compatible = "ti,dm8168-usb-phy"; + reg = <0x20 0x8>; + reg-names = "phy"; + clocks = <&main_fapll 6>; + clock-names = "refclk"; + #phy-cells = <0>; + syscon = <&scm_conf>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt index 9802d5d911aa..8772900e056a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ Required nodes : A sub-node is required for each channel the controller Required properties (port (child) node): - #phy-cells : Should be 1 (See second example) Cell after port phandle is device type from: - - MIPHY_TYPE_SATA - - MIPHY_TYPE_PCI + - PHY_TYPE_SATA + - PHY_TYPE_PCI - reg : Address and length of register sets for each device in "reg-names" - reg-names : The names of the register addresses corresponding to the @@ -68,10 +68,10 @@ property, containing a phandle to the phy port node and a device type. Example: -#include <dt-bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.h> +#include <dt-bindings/phy/phy.h> sata0: sata@fe380000 { ... - phys = <&phy_port0 MIPHY_TYPE_SATA>; + phys = <&phy_port0 PHY_TYPE_SATA>; ... }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/pistachio-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/pistachio-usb-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..afbc7e24a3de --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/pistachio-usb-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +IMG Pistachio USB PHY +===================== + +Required properties: +-------------------- + - compatible: Must be "img,pistachio-usb-phy". + - #phy-cells: Must be 0. See ./phy-bindings.txt for details. + - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clock/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - clock-names: Must include "usb_phy". + - img,cr-top: Must constain a phandle to the CR_TOP syscon node. + - img,refclk: Indicates the reference clock source for the USB PHY. + See <dt-bindings/phy/phy-pistachio-usb.h> for a list of valid values. + +Optional properties: +-------------------- + - phy-supply: USB VBUS supply. Must supply 5.0V. + +Example: +-------- +usb_phy: usb-phy { + compatible = "img,pistachio-usb-phy"; + clocks = <&clk_core CLK_USB_PHY>; + clock-names = "usb_phy"; + phy-supply = <&usb_vbus>; + img,refclk = <REFCLK_CLK_CORE>; + img,cr-top = <&cr_top>; + #phy-cells = <0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/pxa1928-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/pxa1928-usb-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..660a13ca90b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/pxa1928-usb-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +* Marvell PXA1928 USB and HSIC PHYs + +Required properties: +- compatible: "marvell,pxa1928-usb-phy" or "marvell,pxa1928-hsic-phy" +- reg: base address and length of the registers +- clocks - A single clock. From common clock binding. +- #phys-cells: should be 0. From commmon phy binding. +- resets: reference to the reset controller + +Example: + + usbphy: phy@7000 { + compatible = "marvell,pxa1928-usb-phy"; + reg = <0x7000 0xe0>; + clocks = <&apmu_clocks PXA1928_CLK_USB>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt index 00fc52a034b7..d564ba4f1cf6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ This file provides information on what the device node for the R-Car generation Required properties: - compatible: "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7790" if the device is a part of R8A7790 SoC. "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7791" if the device is a part of R8A7791 SoC. + "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7794" if the device is a part of R8A7794 SoC. - reg: offset and length of the register block. - #address-cells: number of address cells for the USB channel subnodes, must be <1>. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt index 91e38cfe1f8f..60c6f2a633e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt @@ -128,6 +128,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should be set to one of the following supported values: - "samsung,exynos5250-usbdrd-phy" - for exynos5250 SoC, - "samsung,exynos5420-usbdrd-phy" - for exynos5420 SoC. + - "samsung,exynos5433-usbdrd-phy" - for exynos5433 SoC. - "samsung,exynos7-usbdrd-phy" - for exynos7 SoC. - reg : Register offset and length of USB DRD PHY register set; - clocks: Clock IDs array as required by the controller @@ -139,7 +140,7 @@ Required properties: PHY operations, associated by phy name. It is used to determine bit values for clock settings register. For Exynos5420 this is given as 'sclk_usbphy30' in CMU. - - optional clocks: Exynos7 SoC has now following additional + - optional clocks: Exynos5433 & Exynos7 SoC has now following additional gate clocks available: - phy_pipe: for PIPE3 phy - phy_utmi: for UTMI+ phy diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun9i-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun9i-usb-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1cca85c709d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun9i-usb-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +Allwinner sun9i USB PHY +----------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be one of + * allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-phy +- reg : a list of offset + length pairs +- #phy-cells : from the generic phy bindings, must be 0 +- phy_type : "hsic" for HSIC usage; + other values or absence of this property indicates normal USB +- clocks : phandle + clock specifier for the phy clocks +- clock-names : depending on the "phy_type" property, + * "phy" for normal USB + * "hsic_480M", "hsic_12M" for HSIC +- resets : a list of phandle + reset specifier pairs +- reset-names : depending on the "phy_type" property, + * "phy" for normal USB + * "hsic" for HSIC + +Optional Properties: +- phy-supply : from the generic phy bindings, a phandle to a regulator that + provides power to VBUS. + +It is recommended to list all clocks and resets available. +The driver will only use those matching the phy_type. + +Example: + usbphy1: phy@00a01800 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-phy"; + reg = <0x00a01800 0x4>; + clocks = <&usb_phy_clk 2>, <&usb_phy_clk 10>, + <&usb_phy_clk 3>; + clock-names = "hsic_480M", "hsic_12M", "phy"; + resets = <&usb_phy_clk 18>, <&usb_phy_clk 19>; + reset-names = "hsic", "phy"; + status = "disabled"; + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt index fdd8046e650a..9462ab7ddd1f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun7i-a20-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun8i-a23-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun8i-a23-r-pinctrl" + "allwinner,sun8i-a33-pinctrl" + - reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for the pin controller. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/berlin,pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/berlin,pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a8bb5e26019c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/berlin,pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +* Pin-controller driver for the Marvell Berlin SoCs + +Pin control registers are part of both chip controller and system +controller register sets. Pin controller nodes should be a sub-node of +either the chip controller or system controller node. The pins +controlled are organized in groups, so no actual pin information is +needed. + +A pin-controller node should contain subnodes representing the pin group +configurations, one per function. Each subnode has the group name and +the muxing function used. + +Be aware the Marvell Berlin datasheets use the keyword 'mode' for what +is called a 'function' in the pin-controller subsystem. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be one of: + "marvell,berlin2-soc-pinctrl", + "marvell,berlin2-system-pinctrl", + "marvell,berlin2cd-soc-pinctrl", + "marvell,berlin2cd-system-pinctrl", + "marvell,berlin2q-soc-pinctrl", + "marvell,berlin2q-system-pinctrl" + +Required subnode-properties: +- groups: a list of strings describing the group names. +- function: a string describing the function used to mux the groups. + +Example: + +sys_pinctrl: pin-controller { + compatible = "marvell,berlin2q-system-pinctrl"; + + uart0_pmux: uart0-pmux { + groups = "GSM12"; + function = "uart0"; + }; +}; + +&uart0 { + pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_pmux>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-gpio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6540ca56be5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-gpio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +Broadcom Cygnus GPIO/PINCONF Controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible: + Must be "brcm,cygnus-ccm-gpio", "brcm,cygnus-asiu-gpio", or + "brcm,cygnus-crmu-gpio" + +- reg: + Define the base and range of the I/O address space that contains the Cygnus +GPIO/PINCONF controller registers + +- #gpio-cells: + Must be two. The first cell is the GPIO pin number (within the +controller's pin space) and the second cell is used for the following: + bit[0]: polarity (0 for active high and 1 for active low) + +- gpio-controller: + Specifies that the node is a GPIO controller + +Optional properties: + +- interrupts: + Interrupt ID + +- interrupt-controller: + Specifies that the node is an interrupt controller + +- pinmux: + Specifies the phandle to the IOMUX device, where pins can be individually +muxed to GPIO + +Supported generic PINCONF properties in child nodes: + +- pins: + The list of pins (within the controller's own pin space) that properties +in the node apply to. Pin names are "gpio-<pin>" + +- bias-disable: + Disable pin bias + +- bias-pull-up: + Enable internal pull up resistor + +- bias-pull-down: + Enable internal pull down resistor + +- drive-strength: + Valid drive strength values include 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 (mA) + +Example: + gpio_ccm: gpio@1800a000 { + compatible = "brcm,cygnus-ccm-gpio"; + reg = <0x1800a000 0x50>, + <0x0301d164 0x20>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 84 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-controller; + + touch_pins: touch_pins { + pwr: pwr { + pins = "gpio-0"; + drive-strength = <16>; + }; + + event: event { + pins = "gpio-1"; + bias-pull-up; + }; + }; + }; + + gpio_asiu: gpio@180a5000 { + compatible = "brcm,cygnus-asiu-gpio"; + reg = <0x180a5000 0x668>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 174 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-controller; + }; + + /* + * Touchscreen that uses the CCM GPIO 0 and 1 + */ + tsc { + ... + ... + gpio-pwr = <&gpio_ccm 0 0>; + gpio-event = <&gpio_ccm 1 0>; + }; + + /* Bluetooth that uses the ASIU GPIO 5, with polarity inverted */ + bluetooth { + ... + ... + bcm,rfkill-bank-sel = <&gpio_asiu 5 1> + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-pinmux.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3600d5c6c4d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-pinmux.txt @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +Broadcom Cygnus IOMUX Controller + +The Cygnus IOMUX controller supports group based mux configuration. In +addition, certain pins can be muxed to GPIO function individually. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: + Must be "brcm,cygnus-pinmux" + +- reg: + Define the base and range of the I/O address space that contains the Cygnus +IOMUX registers + +Properties in subnodes: + +- function: + The mux function to select + +- groups: + The list of groups to select with a given function + +For more details, refer to +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt + +For example: + + pinmux: pinmux@0x0301d0c8 { + compatible = "brcm,cygnus-pinmux"; + reg = <0x0301d0c8 0x1b0>; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&i2s0_default>; + + i2s0_default: i2s0_default { + mux { + function = "i2s0"; + groups = "i2s0_0_grp", "i2s0_1_grp"; + }; + }; + }; + +List of supported functions and groups in Cygnus: + +"i2s0": "i2s0_0_grp", "i2s0_1_grp" + +"i2s1": "i2s1_0_grp", "i2s1_1_grp" + +"i2s2": "i2s2_0_grp", "i2s2_1_grp", "i2s2_2_grp", "i2s2_3_grp", "i2s2_4_grp" + +"spdif": "spdif_grp" + +"pwm0": "pwm0_grp" + +"pwm1": "pwm1_grp" + +"pwm2": "pwm2_grp" + +"pwm3": "pwm3_grp" + +"pwm4": "pwm4_grp" + +"pwm5": "pwm5_grp" + +"key": "key0_grp", "key1_grp", "key2_grp", "key3_grp", "key4_grp", "key5_grp", +"key6_grp", "key7_grp", "key8_grp", "key9_grp", "key10_grp", "key11_grp", +"key12_grp", "key13_grp", "key14_grp", "key15_grp" + +"audio_dte": "audio_dte0_grp", "audio_dte1_grp", "audio_dte2_grp", "audio_dte3_grp" + +"smart_card0": "smart_card0_grp", "smart_card0_fcb_grp" + +"smart_card1": "smart_card1_grp", "smart_card1_fcb_grp" + +"spi0": "spi0_grp" + +"spi1": "spi1_grp" + +"spi2": "spi2_grp" + +"spi3": "spi3_grp" + +"spi4": "spi4_0_grp", "spi4_1_grp" + +"spi5": "spi5_grp" + +"sw_led0": "sw_led0_0_grp", "sw_led0_1_grp" + +"sw_led1": "sw_led1_grp" + +"sw_led2": "sw_led2_0_grp", "sw_led2_1_grp" + +"d1w": "d1w_grp" + +"lcd": "lcd_grp" + +"sram": "sram_0_grp", "sram_1_grp" + +"uart0": "uart0_grp" + +"uart1": "uart1_grp", "uart1_dte_grp" + +"uart2": "uart2_grp" + +"uart3": "uart3_grp" + +"uart4": "uart4_grp" + +"qspi": "qspi_0_grp", "qspi_1_grp" + +"nand": "nand_grp" + +"sdio0": "sdio0_grp", "sdio0_cd_grp", "sdio0_mmc_grp" + +"sdio1": "sdio1_data_0_grp", "sdio1_data_1_grp", "sdio1_cd_grp", +"sdio1_led_grp", "sdio1_mmc_grp" + +"can0": "can0_grp" + +"can1": "can1_grp" + +"cam": "cam_led_grp", "cam_0_grp", "cam_1_grp" + +"bsc1": "bsc1_grp" + +"pcie_clkreq": "pcie_clkreq_grp" + +"usb0_oc": "usb0_oc_grp" + +"usb1_oc": "usb1_oc_grp" + +"usb2_oc": "usb2_oc_grp" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8bbf25d58656 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +* Freescale i.MX7 Dual IOMUX Controller + +Please refer to fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding part +and usage. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "fsl,imx7d-iomuxc" +- fsl,pins: each entry consists of 6 integers and represents the mux and config + setting for one pin. The first 5 integers <mux_reg conf_reg input_reg mux_val + input_val> are specified using a PIN_FUNC_ID macro, which can be found in + imx7d-pinfunc.h under device tree source folder. The last integer CONFIG is + the pad setting value like pull-up on this pin. Please refer to i.MX7 Dual + Reference Manual for detailed CONFIG settings. + +CONFIG bits definition: +PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_DOWN (0 << 5) +PAD_CTL_PUS_5K_UP (1 << 5) +PAD_CTL_PUS_47K_UP (2 << 5) +PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_UP (3 << 5) +PAD_CTL_PUE (1 << 4) +PAD_CTL_HYS (1 << 3) +PAD_CTL_SRE_SLOW (1 << 2) +PAD_CTL_SRE_FAST (0 << 2) +PAD_CTL_DSE_X1 (0 << 0) +PAD_CTL_DSE_X2 (1 << 0) +PAD_CTL_DSE_X3 (2 << 0) +PAD_CTL_DSE_X4 (3 << 0) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,pistachio-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,pistachio-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..08a4a32c8eb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,pistachio-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +Imagination Technologies Pistachio SoC pin controllers +====================================================== + +The pin controllers on Pistachio are a combined GPIO controller, (GPIO) +interrupt controller, and pinmux + pinconf device. The system ("east") pin +controller on Pistachio has 99 pins, 90 of which are MFIOs which can be +configured as GPIOs. The 90 GPIOs are divided into 6 banks of up to 16 GPIOs +each. The GPIO banks are represented as sub-nodes of the pad controller node. + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt, ../gpio/gpio.txt, and +../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for generic information regarding +pin controller, GPIO, and interrupt bindings. + +Required properties for pin controller node: +-------------------------------------------- + - compatible: "img,pistachio-system-pinctrl". + - reg: Address range of the pinctrl registers. + +Required properties for GPIO bank sub-nodes: +-------------------------------------------- + - interrupts: Interrupt line for the GPIO bank. + - gpio-controller: Indicates the device is a GPIO controller. + - #gpio-cells: Must be two. The first cell is the GPIO pin number and the + second cell indicates the polarity. See <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> for + a list of possible values. + - interrupt-controller: Indicates the device is an interrupt controller. + - #interrupt-cells: Must be two. The first cell is the GPIO pin number and + the second cell encodes the interrupt flags. See + <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> for a list of valid flags. + +Note that the N GPIO bank sub-nodes *must* be named gpio0, gpio1, ... gpioN-1. + +Required properties for pin configuration sub-nodes: +---------------------------------------------------- + - pins: List of pins to which the configuration applies. See below for a + list of possible pins. + +Optional properties for pin configuration sub-nodes: +---------------------------------------------------- + - function: Mux function for the specified pins. This is not applicable for + non-MFIO pins. See below for a list of valid functions for each pin. + - bias-high-impedance: Enable high-impedance mode. + - bias-pull-up: Enable weak pull-up. + - bias-pull-down: Enable weak pull-down. + - bias-bus-hold: Enable bus-keeper mode. + - drive-strength: Drive strength in mA. Supported values: 2, 4, 8, 12. + - input-schmitt-enable: Enable Schmitt trigger. + - input-schmitt-disable: Disable Schmitt trigger. + - slew-rate: Slew rate control. 0 for slow, 1 for fast. + +Pin Functions +--- --------- +mfio0 spim1 +mfio1 spim1, spim0, uart1 +mfio2 spim1, spim0, uart1 +mfio3 spim1 +mfio4 spim1 +mfio5 spim1 +mfio6 spim1 +mfio7 spim1 +mfio8 spim0 +mfio9 spim0 +mfio10 spim0 +mfio11 spis +mfio12 spis +mfio13 spis +mfio14 spis +mfio15 sdhost, mips_trace_clk, mips_trace_data +mfio16 sdhost, mips_trace_dint, mips_trace_data +mfio17 sdhost, mips_trace_trigout, mips_trace_data +mfio18 sdhost, mips_trace_trigin, mips_trace_data +mfio19 sdhost, mips_trace_dm, mips_trace_data +mfio20 sdhost, mips_trace_probe_n, mips_trace_data +mfio21 sdhost, mips_trace_data +mfio22 sdhost, mips_trace_data +mfio23 sdhost +mfio24 sdhost +mfio25 sdhost +mfio26 sdhost +mfio27 sdhost +mfio28 i2c0, spim0 +mfio29 i2c0, spim0 +mfio30 i2c1, spim0 +mfio31 i2c1, spim1 +mfio32 i2c2 +mfio33 i2c2 +mfio34 i2c3 +mfio35 i2c3 +mfio36 i2s_out, audio_clk_in +mfio37 i2s_out, debug_raw_cca_ind +mfio38 i2s_out, debug_ed_sec20_cca_ind +mfio39 i2s_out, debug_ed_sec40_cca_ind +mfio40 i2s_out, debug_agc_done_0 +mfio41 i2s_out, debug_agc_done_1 +mfio42 i2s_out, debug_ed_cca_ind +mfio43 i2s_out, debug_s2l_done +mfio44 i2s_out +mfio45 i2s_dac_clk, audio_sync +mfio46 audio_trigger +mfio47 i2s_in +mfio48 i2s_in +mfio49 i2s_in +mfio50 i2s_in +mfio51 i2s_in +mfio52 i2s_in +mfio53 i2s_in +mfio54 i2s_in, spdif_in +mfio55 uart0, spim0, spim1 +mfio56 uart0, spim0, spim1 +mfio57 uart0, spim0, spim1 +mfio58 uart0, spim1 +mfio59 uart1 +mfio60 uart1 +mfio61 spdif_out +mfio62 spdif_in +mfio63 eth, mips_trace_clk, mips_trace_data +mfio64 eth, mips_trace_dint, mips_trace_data +mfio65 eth, mips_trace_trigout, mips_trace_data +mfio66 eth, mips_trace_trigin, mips_trace_data +mfio67 eth, mips_trace_dm, mips_trace_data +mfio68 eth, mips_trace_probe_n, mips_trace_data +mfio69 eth, mips_trace_data +mfio70 eth, mips_trace_data +mfio71 eth +mfio72 ir +mfio73 pwmpdm, mips_trace_clk, sram_debug +mfio74 pwmpdm, mips_trace_dint, sram_debug +mfio75 pwmpdm, mips_trace_trigout, rom_debug +mfio76 pwmpdm, mips_trace_trigin, rom_debug +mfio77 mdc_debug, mips_trace_dm, rpu_debug +mfio78 mdc_debug, mips_trace_probe_n, rpu_debug +mfio79 ddr_debug, mips_trace_data, mips_debug +mfio80 ddr_debug, mips_trace_data, mips_debug +mfio81 dreq0, mips_trace_data, eth_debug +mfio82 dreq1, mips_trace_data, eth_debug +mfio83 mips_pll_lock, mips_trace_data, usb_debug +mfio84 sys_pll_lock, mips_trace_data, usb_debug +mfio85 wifi_pll_lock, mips_trace_data, sdhost_debug +mfio86 bt_pll_lock, mips_trace_data, sdhost_debug +mfio87 rpu_v_pll_lock, dreq2, socif_debug +mfio88 rpu_l_pll_lock, dreq3, socif_debug +mfio89 audio_pll_lock, dreq4, dreq5 +tck +trstn +tdi +tms +tdo +jtag_comply +safe_mode +por_disable +resetn + +Example: +-------- +pinctrl@18101C00 { + compatible = "img,pistachio-system-pinctrl"; + reg = <0x18101C00 0x400>; + + gpio0: gpio0 { + interrupts = <GIC_SHARED 71 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; + + ... + + gpio5: gpio5 { + interrupts = <GIC_SHARED 76 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; + + ... + + uart0_xfer: uart0-xfer { + uart0-rxd { + pins = "mfio55"; + function = "uart0"; + }; + uart0-txd { + pins = "mfio56"; + function = "uart0"; + }; + }; + + uart0_rts_cts: uart0-rts-cts { + uart0-rts { + pins = "mfio57"; + function = "uart0"; + }; + uart0-cts { + pins = "mfio58"; + function = "uart0"; + }; + }; +}; + +uart@... { + ... + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_xfer>, <&uart0_rts_cts>; + ... +}; + +usb_vbus: fixed-regulator { + ... + gpio = <&gpio5 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + ... +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,falcon-pinumx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,pinctrl-falcon.txt index ac4da9fe07bd..ac4da9fe07bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,falcon-pinumx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,pinctrl-falcon.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,xway-pinumx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,pinctrl-xway.txt index e89b4677567d..e89b4677567d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,xway-pinumx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,pinctrl-xway.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt index adda2a8d1d52..add7c38ec7d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ mpp0 0 gpio, uart0(rxd) mpp1 1 gpo, uart0(txd) mpp2 2 gpio, i2c0(sck), uart0(txd) mpp3 3 gpio, i2c0(sda), uart0(rxd) -mpp4 4 gpio, cpu_pd(vdd) -mpp5 5 gpo, ge0(txclko), uart1(txd), spi1(clk), audio(mclk) +mpp4 4 gpio, vdd(cpu-pd) +mpp5 5 gpo, ge0(txclkout), uart1(txd), spi1(sck), audio(mclk) mpp6 6 gpio, ge0(txd0), sata0(prsnt), tdm(rst), audio(sdo) -mpp7 7 gpo, ge0(txd1), tdm(tdx), audio(lrclk) +mpp7 7 gpo, ge0(txd1), tdm(dtx), audio(lrclk) mpp8 8 gpio, ge0(txd2), uart0(rts), tdm(drx), audio(bclk) mpp9 9 gpo, ge0(txd3), uart1(txd), sd0(clk), audio(spdifo) mpp10 10 gpio, ge0(txctl), uart0(cts), tdm(fsync), audio(sdi) @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ mpp30 30 gpio, ge0(rxd7), ge1(rxclk), i2c1(sck) mpp31 31 gpio, tclk, ge0(txerr) mpp32 32 gpio, spi0(cs0) mpp33 33 gpio, dev(bootcs), spi0(cs0) -mpp34 34 gpo, dev(wen0), spi0(mosi) -mpp35 35 gpo, dev(oen), spi0(sck) +mpp34 34 gpo, dev(we0), spi0(mosi) +mpp35 35 gpo, dev(oe), spi0(sck) mpp36 36 gpo, dev(a1), spi0(miso) mpp37 37 gpo, dev(a0), sata0(prsnt) mpp38 38 gpio, dev(ready), uart1(cts), uart0(cts) @@ -86,11 +86,11 @@ mpp57 57 gpio, dev(cs3), uart1(rxd), tdm(fsync), sata0(prsnt), mpp58 58 gpio, dev(cs0), uart1(rts), tdm(int), audio(extclk), uart0(rts) mpp59 59 gpo, dev(ale0), uart1(rts), uart0(rts), audio(bclk) -mpp60 60 gpio, dev(ale1), uart1(rxd), sata0(prsnt), pcie(rst-out), +mpp60 60 gpio, dev(ale1), uart1(rxd), sata0(prsnt), pcie(rstout), audio(sdi) -mpp61 61 gpo, dev(wen1), uart1(txd), audio(rclk) +mpp61 61 gpo, dev(we1), uart1(txd), audio(lrclk) mpp62 62 gpio, dev(a2), uart1(cts), tdm(drx), pcie(clkreq0), audio(mclk), uart0(cts) mpp63 63 gpo, spi0(sck), tclk -mpp64 64 gpio, spi0(miso), spi0-1(cs1) -mpp65 65 gpio, spi0(mosi), spi0-1(cs2) +mpp64 64 gpio, spi0(miso), spi0(cs1) +mpp65 65 gpio, spi0(mosi), spi0(cs2) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-375-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-375-pinctrl.txt index 7de0cda4a379..06e5bb0367f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-375-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-375-pinctrl.txt @@ -15,24 +15,24 @@ name pins functions ================================================================================ mpp0 0 gpio, dev(ad2), spi0(cs1), spi1(cs1) mpp1 1 gpio, dev(ad3), spi0(mosi), spi1(mosi) -mpp2 2 gpio, dev(ad4), ptp(eventreq), led(c0), audio(sdi) -mpp3 3 gpio, dev(ad5), ptp(triggen), led(p3), audio(mclk) +mpp2 2 gpio, dev(ad4), ptp(evreq), led(c0), audio(sdi) +mpp3 3 gpio, dev(ad5), ptp(trig), led(p3), audio(mclk) mpp4 4 gpio, dev(ad6), spi0(miso), spi1(miso) mpp5 5 gpio, dev(ad7), spi0(cs2), spi1(cs2) -mpp6 6 gpio, dev(ad0), led(p1), audio(rclk) +mpp6 6 gpio, dev(ad0), led(p1), audio(lrclk) mpp7 7 gpio, dev(ad1), ptp(clk), led(p2), audio(extclk) mpp8 8 gpio, dev (bootcs), spi0(cs0), spi1(cs0) -mpp9 9 gpio, nf(wen), spi0(sck), spi1(sck) -mpp10 10 gpio, nf(ren), dram(vttctrl), led(c1) +mpp9 9 gpio, spi0(sck), spi1(sck), nand(we) +mpp10 10 gpio, dram(vttctrl), led(c1), nand(re) mpp11 11 gpio, dev(a0), led(c2), audio(sdo) mpp12 12 gpio, dev(a1), audio(bclk) -mpp13 13 gpio, dev(readyn), pcie0(rstoutn), pcie1(rstoutn) +mpp13 13 gpio, dev(ready), pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) mpp14 14 gpio, i2c0(sda), uart1(txd) mpp15 15 gpio, i2c0(sck), uart1(rxd) mpp16 16 gpio, uart0(txd) mpp17 17 gpio, uart0(rxd) -mpp18 18 gpio, tdm(intn) -mpp19 19 gpio, tdm(rstn) +mpp18 18 gpio, tdm(int) +mpp19 19 gpio, tdm(rst) mpp20 20 gpio, tdm(pclk) mpp21 21 gpio, tdm(fsync) mpp22 22 gpio, tdm(drx) @@ -45,12 +45,12 @@ mpp28 28 gpio, led(p3), ge1(txctl), sd(clk) mpp29 29 gpio, pcie1(clkreq), ge1(rxclk), sd(d3) mpp30 30 gpio, ge1(txd0), spi1(cs0) mpp31 31 gpio, ge1(txd1), spi1(mosi) -mpp32 32 gpio, ge1(txd2), spi1(sck), ptp(triggen) +mpp32 32 gpio, ge1(txd2), spi1(sck), ptp(trig) mpp33 33 gpio, ge1(txd3), spi1(miso) mpp34 34 gpio, ge1(txclkout), spi1(sck) mpp35 35 gpio, ge1(rxctl), spi1(cs1), spi0(cs2) mpp36 36 gpio, pcie0(clkreq) -mpp37 37 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), tdm(intn), ge(mdc) +mpp37 37 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), tdm(int), ge(mdc) mpp38 38 gpio, pcie1(clkreq), ge(mdio) mpp39 39 gpio, ref(clkout) mpp40 40 gpio, uart1(txd) @@ -58,25 +58,25 @@ mpp41 41 gpio, uart1(rxd) mpp42 42 gpio, spi1(cs2), led(c0) mpp43 43 gpio, sata0(prsnt), dram(vttctrl) mpp44 44 gpio, sata0(prsnt) -mpp45 45 gpio, spi0(cs2), pcie0(rstoutn) -mpp46 46 gpio, led(p0), ge0(txd0), ge1(txd0) +mpp45 45 gpio, spi0(cs2), pcie0(rstout) +mpp46 46 gpio, led(p0), ge0(txd0), ge1(txd0), dev(we1) mpp47 47 gpio, led(p1), ge0(txd1), ge1(txd1) mpp48 48 gpio, led(p2), ge0(txd2), ge1(txd2) mpp49 49 gpio, led(p3), ge0(txd3), ge1(txd3) mpp50 50 gpio, led(c0), ge0(rxd0), ge1(rxd0) mpp51 51 gpio, led(c1), ge0(rxd1), ge1(rxd1) mpp52 52 gpio, led(c2), ge0(rxd2), ge1(rxd2) -mpp53 53 gpio, pcie1(rstoutn), ge0(rxd3), ge1(rxd3) -mpp54 54 gpio, pcie0(rstoutn), ge0(rxctl), ge1(rxctl) +mpp53 53 gpio, pcie1(rstout), ge0(rxd3), ge1(rxd3) +mpp54 54 gpio, pcie0(rstout), ge0(rxctl), ge1(rxctl) mpp55 55 gpio, ge0(rxclk), ge1(rxclk) mpp56 56 gpio, ge0(txclkout), ge1(txclkout) -mpp57 57 gpio, ge0(txctl), ge1(txctl) +mpp57 57 gpio, ge0(txctl), ge1(txctl), dev(we0) mpp58 58 gpio, led(c0) mpp59 59 gpio, led(c1) mpp60 60 gpio, uart1(txd), led(c2) mpp61 61 gpio, i2c1(sda), uart1(rxd), spi1(cs2), led(p0) mpp62 62 gpio, i2c1(sck), led(p1) -mpp63 63 gpio, ptp(triggen), led(p2) +mpp63 63 gpio, ptp(trig), led(p2), dev(burst/last) mpp64 64 gpio, dram(vttctrl), led(p3) mpp65 65 gpio, sata1(prsnt) -mpp66 66 gpio, ptp(eventreq), spi1(cs3) +mpp66 66 gpio, ptp(evreq), spi1(cs3) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-38x-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-38x-pinctrl.txt index b17c96849fc9..54ec4c0a0d0e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-38x-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-38x-pinctrl.txt @@ -27,16 +27,16 @@ mpp8 8 gpio, ge0(txd1), dev(ad10) mpp9 9 gpio, ge0(txd2), dev(ad11) mpp10 10 gpio, ge0(txd3), dev(ad12) mpp11 11 gpio, ge0(txctl), dev(ad13) -mpp12 12 gpio, ge0(rxd0), pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) [1], spi0(cs1), dev(ad14) -mpp13 13 gpio, ge0(rxd1), pcie0(clkreq), pcie1(clkreq) [1], spi0(cs2), dev(ad15) -mpp14 14 gpio, ge0(rxd2), ptp(clk), m(vtt_ctrl), spi0(cs3), dev(wen1) -mpp15 15 gpio, ge0(rxd3), ge(mdc slave), pcie0(rstout), spi0(mosi), pcie1(rstout) [1] -mpp16 16 gpio, ge0(rxctl), ge(mdio slave), m(decc_err), spi0(miso), pcie0(clkreq) -mpp17 17 gpio, ge0(rxclk), ptp(clk), ua1(rxd), spi0(sck), sata1(prsnt) -mpp18 18 gpio, ge0(rxerr), ptp(trig_gen), ua1(txd), spi0(cs0), pcie1(rstout) [1] -mpp19 19 gpio, ge0(col), ptp(event_req), pcie0(clkreq), sata1(prsnt), ua0(cts) -mpp20 20 gpio, ge0(txclk), ptp(clk), pcie1(rstout) [1], sata0(prsnt), ua0(rts) -mpp21 21 gpio, spi0(cs1), ge1(rxd0), sata0(prsnt), sd0(cmd), dev(bootcs) +mpp12 12 gpio, ge0(rxd0), pcie0(rstout), spi0(cs1), dev(ad14), pcie3(clkreq) +mpp13 13 gpio, ge0(rxd1), pcie0(clkreq), pcie1(clkreq) [1], spi0(cs2), dev(ad15), pcie2(clkreq) +mpp14 14 gpio, ge0(rxd2), ptp(clk), dram(vttctrl), spi0(cs3), dev(we1), pcie3(clkreq) +mpp15 15 gpio, ge0(rxd3), ge(mdc slave), pcie0(rstout), spi0(mosi) +mpp16 16 gpio, ge0(rxctl), ge(mdio slave), dram(deccerr), spi0(miso), pcie0(clkreq), pcie1(clkreq) [1] +mpp17 17 gpio, ge0(rxclk), ptp(clk), ua1(rxd), spi0(sck), sata1(prsnt), sata0(prsnt) +mpp18 18 gpio, ge0(rxerr), ptp(trig), ua1(txd), spi0(cs0) +mpp19 19 gpio, ge0(col), ptp(evreq), ge0(txerr), sata1(prsnt), ua0(cts) +mpp20 20 gpio, ge0(txclk), ptp(clk), sata0(prsnt), ua0(rts) +mpp21 21 gpio, spi0(cs1), ge1(rxd0), sata0(prsnt), sd0(cmd), dev(bootcs), sata1(prsnt) mpp22 22 gpio, spi0(mosi), dev(ad0) mpp23 23 gpio, spi0(sck), dev(ad2) mpp24 24 gpio, spi0(miso), ua0(cts), ua1(rxd), sd0(d4), dev(ready) @@ -45,36 +45,36 @@ mpp26 26 gpio, spi0(cs2), i2c1(sck), sd0(d6), dev(cs1) mpp27 27 gpio, spi0(cs3), ge1(txclkout), i2c1(sda), sd0(d7), dev(cs2) mpp28 28 gpio, ge1(txd0), sd0(clk), dev(ad5) mpp29 29 gpio, ge1(txd1), dev(ale0) -mpp30 30 gpio, ge1(txd2), dev(oen) +mpp30 30 gpio, ge1(txd2), dev(oe) mpp31 31 gpio, ge1(txd3), dev(ale1) -mpp32 32 gpio, ge1(txctl), dev(wen0) -mpp33 33 gpio, m(decc_err), dev(ad3) +mpp32 32 gpio, ge1(txctl), dev(we0) +mpp33 33 gpio, dram(deccerr), dev(ad3) mpp34 34 gpio, dev(ad1) mpp35 35 gpio, ref(clk_out1), dev(a1) -mpp36 36 gpio, ptp(trig_gen), dev(a0) +mpp36 36 gpio, ptp(trig), dev(a0) mpp37 37 gpio, ptp(clk), ge1(rxclk), sd0(d3), dev(ad8) -mpp38 38 gpio, ptp(event_req), ge1(rxd1), ref(clk_out0), sd0(d0), dev(ad4) +mpp38 38 gpio, ptp(evreq), ge1(rxd1), ref(clk_out0), sd0(d0), dev(ad4) mpp39 39 gpio, i2c1(sck), ge1(rxd2), ua0(cts), sd0(d1), dev(a2) mpp40 40 gpio, i2c1(sda), ge1(rxd3), ua0(rts), sd0(d2), dev(ad6) -mpp41 41 gpio, ua1(rxd), ge1(rxctl), ua0(cts), spi1(cs3), dev(burst/last) +mpp41 41 gpio, ua1(rxd), ge1(rxctl), ua0(cts), spi1(cs3), dev(burst/last), nand(rb0) mpp42 42 gpio, ua1(txd), ua0(rts), dev(ad7) -mpp43 43 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), m(vtt_ctrl), m(decc_err), pcie0(rstout), dev(clkout) -mpp44 44 gpio, sata0(prsnt), sata1(prsnt), sata2(prsnt) [2], sata3(prsnt) [3], pcie0(rstout) -mpp45 45 gpio, ref(clk_out0), pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) [1], pcie2(rstout), pcie3(rstout) -mpp46 46 gpio, ref(clk_out1), pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) [1], pcie2(rstout), pcie3(rstout) -mpp47 47 gpio, sata0(prsnt), sata1(prsnt), sata2(prsnt) [2], spi1(cs2), sata3(prsnt) [2] -mpp48 48 gpio, sata0(prsnt), m(vtt_ctrl), tdm2c(pclk), audio(mclk), sd0(d4) -mpp49 49 gpio, sata2(prsnt) [2], sata3(prsnt) [2], tdm2c(fsync), audio(lrclk), sd0(d5) -mpp50 50 gpio, pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) [1], tdm2c(drx), audio(extclk), sd0(cmd) -mpp51 51 gpio, tdm2c(dtx), audio(sdo), m(decc_err) -mpp52 52 gpio, pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) [1], tdm2c(intn), audio(sdi), sd0(d6) -mpp53 53 gpio, sata1(prsnt), sata0(prsnt), tdm2c(rstn), audio(bclk), sd0(d7) -mpp54 54 gpio, sata0(prsnt), sata1(prsnt), pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) [1], sd0(d3) -mpp55 55 gpio, ua1(cts), ge(mdio), pcie1(clkreq) [1], spi1(cs1), sd0(d0) -mpp56 56 gpio, ua1(rts), ge(mdc), m(decc_err), spi1(mosi) -mpp57 57 gpio, spi1(sck), sd0(clk) -mpp58 58 gpio, pcie1(clkreq) [1], i2c1(sck), pcie2(clkreq), spi1(miso), sd0(d1) -mpp59 59 gpio, pcie0(rstout), i2c1(sda), pcie1(rstout) [1], spi1(cs0), sd0(d2) +mpp43 43 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), dram(vttctrl), dram(deccerr), spi1(cs2), dev(clkout), nand(rb1) +mpp44 44 gpio, sata0(prsnt), sata1(prsnt), sata2(prsnt) [2], sata3(prsnt) [3] +mpp45 45 gpio, ref(clk_out0), pcie0(rstout), ua1(rxd) +mpp46 46 gpio, ref(clk_out1), pcie0(rstout), ua1(txd) +mpp47 47 gpio, sata0(prsnt), sata1(prsnt), sata2(prsnt) [2], sata3(prsnt) [2] +mpp48 48 gpio, sata0(prsnt), dram(vttctrl), tdm(pclk), audio(mclk), sd0(d4), pcie0(clkreq) +mpp49 49 gpio, sata2(prsnt) [2], sata3(prsnt) [2], tdm(fsync), audio(lrclk), sd0(d5), pcie1(clkreq) +mpp50 50 gpio, pcie0(rstout), tdm(drx), audio(extclk), sd0(cmd) +mpp51 51 gpio, tdm(dtx), audio(sdo), dram(deccerr), ptp(trig) +mpp52 52 gpio, pcie0(rstout), tdm(int), audio(sdi), sd0(d6), ptp(clk) +mpp53 53 gpio, sata1(prsnt), sata0(prsnt), tdm(rst), audio(bclk), sd0(d7), ptp(evreq) +mpp54 54 gpio, sata0(prsnt), sata1(prsnt), pcie0(rstout), ge0(txerr), sd0(d3) +mpp55 55 gpio, ua1(cts), ge(mdio), pcie1(clkreq) [1], spi1(cs1), sd0(d0), ua1(rxd) +mpp56 56 gpio, ua1(rts), ge(mdc), dram(deccerr), spi1(mosi), ua1(txd) +mpp57 57 gpio, spi1(sck), sd0(clk), ua1(txd) +mpp58 58 gpio, pcie1(clkreq) [1], i2c1(sck), pcie2(clkreq), spi1(miso), sd0(d1), ua1(rxd) +mpp59 59 gpio, pcie0(rstout), i2c1(sda), spi1(cs0), sd0(d2) [1]: only available on 88F6820 and 88F6828 [2]: only available on 88F6828 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-39x-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-39x-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a40b60f1ca4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-39x-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +* Marvell Armada 39x SoC pinctrl driver for mpp + +Please refer to marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding +part and usage. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "marvell,88f6920-pinctrl", "marvell,88f6925-pinctrl" or + "marvell,88f6928-pinctrl" depending on the specific variant of the + SoC being used. +- reg: register specifier of MPP registers + +Available mpp pins/groups and functions: +Note: brackets (x) are not part of the mpp name for marvell,function and given +only for more detailed description in this document. + +name pins functions +================================================================================ +mpp0 0 gpio, ua0(rxd) +mpp1 1 gpio, ua0(txd) +mpp2 2 gpio, i2c0(sck) +mpp3 3 gpio, i2c0(sda) +mpp4 4 gpio, ua1(txd), ua0(rts), smi(mdc) +mpp5 5 gpio, ua1(rxd), ua0(cts), smi(mdio) +mpp6 6 gpio, dev(cs3), xsmi(mdio) +mpp7 7 gpio, dev(ad9), xsmi(mdc) +mpp8 8 gpio, dev(ad10), ptp(trig) +mpp9 9 gpio, dev(ad11), ptp(clk) +mpp10 10 gpio, dev(ad12), ptp(evreq) +mpp11 11 gpio, dev(ad13), led(clk) +mpp12 12 gpio, pcie0(rstout), dev(ad14), led(stb) +mpp13 13 gpio, dev(ad15), pcie2(clkreq), led(data) +mpp14 14 gpio, dram(vttctrl), dev(we1), ua1(txd) +mpp15 15 gpio, pcie0(rstout), spi0(mosi), i2c1(sck) +mpp16 16 gpio, dram(deccerr), spi0(miso), pcie0(clkreq), i2c1(sda) +mpp17 17 gpio, ua1(rxd), spi0(sck), sata1(prsnt) [1], sata0(prsnt) [1], smi(mdio) +mpp18 18 gpio, ua1(txd), spi0(cs0), i2c2(sck) +mpp19 19 gpio, sata1(prsnt) [1], ua0(cts), ua1(rxd), i2c2(sda) +mpp20 20 gpio, sata0(prsnt) [1], ua0(rts), ua1(txd), smi(mdc) +mpp21 21 gpio, spi0(cs1), sata0(prsnt) [1], sd0(cmd), dev(bootcs), + sata1(prsnt) [1], ge(rxd0) +mpp22 22 gpio, spi0(mosi), dev(ad0) +mpp23 23 gpio, spi0(sck), dev(ad2) +mpp24 24 gpio, spi0(miso), ua0(cts), ua1(rxd), sd0(d4), dev(ready) +mpp25 25 gpio, spi0(cs0), ua0(rts), ua1(txd), sd0(d5), dev(cs0) +mpp26 26 gpio, spi0(cs2), i2c1(sck), sd0(d6), dev(cs1) +mpp27 27 gpio, spi0(cs3), i2c1(sda), sd0(d7), dev(cs2), ge(txclkout) +mpp28 28 gpio, sd0(clk), dev(ad5), ge(txd0) +mpp29 29 gpio, dev(ale0), ge(txd1) +mpp30 30 gpio, dev(oe), ge(txd2) +mpp31 31 gpio, dev(ale1), ge(txd3) +mpp32 32 gpio, dev(we0), ge(txctl) +mpp33 33 gpio, dram(deccerr), dev(ad3) +mpp34 34 gpio, dev(ad1) +mpp35 35 gpio, ref(clk), dev(a1) +mpp36 36 gpio, dev(a0) +mpp37 37 gpio, sd0(d3), dev(ad8), ge(rxclk) +mpp38 38 gpio, ref(clk), sd0(d0), dev(ad4), ge(rxd1) +mpp39 39 gpio, i2c1(sck), ua0(cts), sd0(d1), dev(a2), ge(rxd2) +mpp40 40 gpio, i2c1(sda), ua0(rts), sd0(d2), dev(ad6), ge(rxd3) +mpp41 41 gpio, ua1(rxd), ua0(cts), spi1(cs3), dev(burst/last), nand(rb0), ge(rxctl) +mpp42 42 gpio, ua1(txd), ua0(rts), dev(ad7) +mpp43 43 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), dram(vttctrl), dram(deccerr), spi1(cs2), dev(clkout), nand(rb1) +mpp44 44 gpio, sata0(prsnt) [1], sata1(prsnt) [1], sata2(prsnt) [2], + sata3(prsnt) [2], led(clk) +mpp45 45 gpio, ref(clk), pcie0(rstout), ua1(rxd) +mpp46 46 gpio, ref(clk), pcie0(rstout), ua1(txd), led(stb) +mpp47 47 gpio, sata0(prsnt) [1], sata1(prsnt) [1], sata2(prsnt) [2], + sata3(prsnt) [2], led(data) +mpp48 48 gpio, sata0(prsnt) [1], dram(vttctrl), tdm(pclk) [2], audio(mclk) [2], sd0(d4), pcie0(clkreq), ua1(txd) +mpp49 49 gpio, sata2(prsnt) [2], sata3(prsnt) [2], tdm(fsync) [2], + audio(lrclk) [2], sd0(d5), ua2(rxd) +mpp50 50 gpio, pcie0(rstout), tdm(drx) [2], audio(extclk) [2], sd0(cmd), ua2(rxd) +mpp51 51 gpio, tdm(dtx) [2], audio(sdo) [2], dram(deccerr), ua2(txd) +mpp52 52 gpio, pcie0(rstout), tdm(int) [2], audio(sdi) [2], sd0(d6), i2c3(sck) +mpp53 53 gpio, sata1(prsnt) [1], sata0(prsnt) [1], tdm(rst) [2], audio(bclk) [2], sd0(d7), i2c3(sda) +mpp54 54 gpio, sata0(prsnt) [1], sata1(prsnt) [1], pcie0(rstout), sd0(d3), ua3(txd) +mpp55 55 gpio, ua1(cts), spi1(cs1), sd0(d0), ua1(rxd), ua3(rxd) +mpp56 56 gpio, ua1(rts), dram(deccerr), spi1(mosi), ua1(txd) +mpp57 57 gpio, spi1(sck), sd0(clk), ua1(txd) +mpp58 58 gpio, i2c1(sck), pcie2(clkreq), spi1(miso), sd0(d1), ua1(rxd) +mpp59 59 gpio, pcie0(rstout), i2c1(sda), spi1(cs0), sd0(d2) + +[1]: only available on 88F6925/88F6928 +[2]: only available on 88F6928 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt index 373dbccd7ab0..76da7222ff92 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ only for more detailed description in this document. name pins functions ================================================================================ -mpp0 0 gpio, ge0(txclko), lcd(d0) +mpp0 0 gpio, ge0(txclkout), lcd(d0) mpp1 1 gpio, ge0(txd0), lcd(d1) mpp2 2 gpio, ge0(txd1), lcd(d2) mpp3 3 gpio, ge0(txd2), lcd(d3) @@ -30,49 +30,50 @@ mpp8 8 gpio, ge0(rxd2), lcd(d8) mpp9 9 gpio, ge0(rxd3), lcd(d9) mpp10 10 gpio, ge0(rxctl), lcd(d10) mpp11 11 gpio, ge0(rxclk), lcd(d11) -mpp12 12 gpio, ge0(txd4), ge1(txd0), lcd(d12) -mpp13 13 gpio, ge0(txd5), ge1(txd1), lcd(d13) -mpp14 14 gpio, ge0(txd6), ge1(txd2), lcd(d15) -mpp15 15 gpio, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd3), lcd(d16) -mpp16 16 gpio, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd3), lcd(d16) -mpp17 17 gpio, ge0(col), ge1(txctl), lcd(d17) +mpp12 12 gpio, ge0(txd4), ge1(txclkout), lcd(d12) +mpp13 13 gpio, ge0(txd5), ge1(txd0), spi1(mosi), lcd(d13) +mpp14 14 gpio, ge0(txd6), ge1(txd1), spi1(sck), lcd(d15) +mpp15 15 gpio, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd2), lcd(d16) +mpp16 16 gpio, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd3), spi1(cs0), lcd(d16) +mpp17 17 gpio, ge0(col), ge1(txctl), spi1(miso), lcd(d17) mpp18 18 gpio, ge0(rxerr), ge1(rxd0), lcd(d18), ptp(trig) mpp19 19 gpio, ge0(crs), ge1(rxd1), lcd(d19), ptp(evreq) mpp20 20 gpio, ge0(rxd4), ge1(rxd2), lcd(d20), ptp(clk) -mpp21 21 gpio, ge0(rxd5), ge1(rxd3), lcd(d21), mem(bat) +mpp21 21 gpio, ge0(rxd5), ge1(rxd3), lcd(d21), dram(bat) mpp22 22 gpio, ge0(rxd6), ge1(rxctl), lcd(d22), sata0(prsnt) mpp23 23 gpio, ge0(rxd7), ge1(rxclk), lcd(d23), sata1(prsnt) -mpp24 24 gpio, lcd(hsync), sata1(prsnt), nf(bootcs-re), tdm(rst) -mpp25 25 gpio, lcd(vsync), sata0(prsnt), nf(bootcs-we), tdm(pclk) -mpp26 26 gpio, lcd(clk), tdm(fsync), vdd(cpu1-pd) +mpp24 24 gpio, lcd(hsync), sata1(prsnt), tdm(rst) +mpp25 25 gpio, lcd(vsync), sata0(prsnt), tdm(pclk) +mpp26 26 gpio, lcd(clk), tdm(fsync) mpp27 27 gpio, lcd(e), tdm(dtx), ptp(trig) mpp28 28 gpio, lcd(pwm), tdm(drx), ptp(evreq) -mpp29 29 gpio, lcd(ref-clk), tdm(int0), ptp(clk), vdd(cpu0-pd) +mpp29 29 gpio, lcd(ref-clk), tdm(int0), ptp(clk) mpp30 30 gpio, tdm(int1), sd0(clk) -mpp31 31 gpio, tdm(int2), sd0(cmd), vdd(cpu0-pd) -mpp32 32 gpio, tdm(int3), sd0(d0), vdd(cpu1-pd) -mpp33 33 gpio, tdm(int4), sd0(d1), mem(bat) -mpp34 34 gpio, tdm(int5), sd0(d2), sata0(prsnt) +mpp31 31 gpio, tdm(int2), sd0(cmd) +mpp32 32 gpio, tdm(int3), sd0(d0) +mpp33 33 gpio, tdm(int4), sd0(d1), dram(bat), dram(vttctrl) +mpp34 34 gpio, tdm(int5), sd0(d2), sata0(prsnt), dram(deccerr) mpp35 35 gpio, tdm(int6), sd0(d3), sata1(prsnt) -mpp36 36 gpio, spi(mosi) -mpp37 37 gpio, spi(miso) -mpp38 38 gpio, spi(sck) -mpp39 39 gpio, spi(cs0) -mpp40 40 gpio, spi(cs1), uart2(cts), lcd(vga-hsync), vdd(cpu1-pd), - pcie(clkreq0) -mpp41 41 gpio, spi(cs2), uart2(rts), lcd(vga-vsync), sata1(prsnt), - pcie(clkreq1) -mpp42 42 gpio, uart2(rxd), uart0(cts), tdm(int7), tdm-1(timer), - vdd(cpu0-pd) -mpp43 43 gpio, uart2(txd), uart0(rts), spi(cs3), pcie(rstout), - vdd(cpu2-3-pd){1} -mpp44 44 gpio, uart2(cts), uart3(rxd), spi(cs4), pcie(clkreq2), - mem(bat) -mpp45 45 gpio, uart2(rts), uart3(txd), spi(cs5), sata1(prsnt) -mpp46 46 gpio, uart3(rts), uart1(rts), spi(cs6), sata0(prsnt) -mpp47 47 gpio, uart3(cts), uart1(cts), spi(cs7), pcie(clkreq3), - ref(clkout) -mpp48 48 gpio, tclk, dev(burst/last) +mpp36 36 gpio, spi0(mosi) +mpp37 37 gpio, spi0(miso) +mpp38 38 gpio, spi0(sck) +mpp39 39 gpio, spi0(cs0) +mpp40 40 gpio, spi0(cs1), uart2(cts), lcd(vga-hsync), pcie(clkreq0), + spi1(cs1) +mpp41 41 gpio, spi0(cs2), uart2(rts), lcd(vga-vsync), sata1(prsnt), + pcie(clkreq1), spi1(cs2) +mpp42 42 gpio, uart2(rxd), uart0(cts), tdm(int7), tdm(timer) +mpp43 43 gpio, uart2(txd), uart0(rts), spi0(cs3), pcie(rstout), + spi1(cs3) +mpp44 44 gpio, uart2(cts), uart3(rxd), spi0(cs4), pcie(clkreq2), + dram(bat), spi1(cs4) +mpp45 45 gpio, uart2(rts), uart3(txd), spi0(cs5), sata1(prsnt), + spi1(cs5), dram(vttctrl) +mpp46 46 gpio, uart3(rts), uart1(rts), spi0(cs6), sata0(prsnt), + spi1(cs6) +mpp47 47 gpio, uart3(cts), uart1(cts), spi0(cs7), pcie(clkreq3), + ref(clkout), spi1(cs7) +mpp48 48 gpio, dev(clkout), dev(burst/last), nand(rb) * Marvell Armada XP (mv78260 and mv78460 only) @@ -84,9 +85,9 @@ mpp51 51 gpio, dev(ad16) mpp52 52 gpio, dev(ad17) mpp53 53 gpio, dev(ad18) mpp54 54 gpio, dev(ad19) -mpp55 55 gpio, dev(ad20), vdd(cpu0-pd) -mpp56 56 gpio, dev(ad21), vdd(cpu1-pd) -mpp57 57 gpio, dev(ad22), vdd(cpu2-3-pd){1} +mpp55 55 gpio, dev(ad20) +mpp56 56 gpio, dev(ad21) +mpp57 57 gpio, dev(ad22) mpp58 58 gpio, dev(ad23) mpp59 59 gpio, dev(ad24) mpp60 60 gpio, dev(ad25) @@ -96,6 +97,3 @@ mpp63 63 gpio, dev(ad28) mpp64 64 gpio, dev(ad29) mpp65 65 gpio, dev(ad30) mpp66 66 gpio, dev(ad31) - -Notes: -* {1} vdd(cpu2-3-pd) only available on mv78460. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/meson,pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/meson,pinctrl.txt index 17e7240c6998..3f6a524cc5ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/meson,pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/meson,pinctrl.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ == Amlogic Meson pinmux controller == Required properties for the root node: - - compatible: "amlogic,meson8-pinctrl" + - compatible: "amlogic,meson8-pinctrl" or "amlogic,meson8b-pinctrl" - reg: address and size of registers controlling irq functionality === GPIO sub-nodes === diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra210-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra210-pinmux.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a62d82d5fbe9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra210-pinmux.txt @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra210 pinmux controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: "nvidia,tegra210-pinmux" +- reg: Should contain a list of base address and size pairs for: + - first entry: The APB_MISC_GP_*_PADCTRL registers (pad control) + - second entry: The PINMUX_AUX_* registers (pinmux) + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the +phrase "pin configuration node". + +Tegra's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of +subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a +pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the +mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration +parameters, such as pull-up, tristate, drive strength, etc. + +The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated +and processed purely based on their content. + +Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In +other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration +parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters. +Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no +information about e.g. the mux function or tristate parameter. For this +reason, even seemingly boolean values are actually tristates in this binding: +unspecified, off, or on. Unspecified is represented as an absent property, +and off/on are represented as integer values 0 and 1. + +See the TRM to determine which properties and values apply to each pin/group. +Macro values for property values are defined in +include/dt-binding/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra.h. + +Required subnode-properties: +- nvidia,pins : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin or + group. Valid values for these names are listed below. + +Optional subnode-properties: +- nvidia,function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the + pin or group. +- nvidia,pull: Integer, representing the pull-down/up to apply to the pin. + 0: none, 1: down, 2: up. +- nvidia,tristate: Integer. + 0: drive, 1: tristate. +- nvidia,enable-input: Integer. Enable the pin's input path. + enable :TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE0 and + disable or output only: TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE. +- nvidia,open-drain: Integer. + enable: TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE. + disable: TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE. +- nvidia,lock: Integer. Lock the pin configuration against further changes + until reset. + enable: TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE. + disable: TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE. +- nvidia,io-hv: Integer. Select high-voltage receivers. + normal: TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE + high: TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE +- nvidia,high-speed-mode: Integer. Enable high speed mode the pins. + normal: TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE + high: TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE +- nvidia,schmitt: Integer. Enables Schmitt Trigger on the input. + normal: TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE + high: TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE +- nvidia,drive-type: Integer. Valid range 0...3. +- nvidia,pull-down-strength: Integer. Controls drive strength. 0 is weakest. + The range of valid values depends on the pingroup. See "CAL_DRVDN" in the + Tegra TRM. +- nvidia,pull-up-strength: Integer. Controls drive strength. 0 is weakest. + The range of valid values depends on the pingroup. See "CAL_DRVUP" in the + Tegra TRM. +- nvidia,slew-rate-rising: Integer. Controls rising signal slew rate. 0 is + fastest. The range of valid values depends on the pingroup. See + "DRVDN_SLWR" in the Tegra TRM. +- nvidia,slew-rate-falling: Integer. Controls falling signal slew rate. 0 is + fastest. The range of valid values depends on the pingroup. See + "DRVUP_SLWF" in the Tegra TRM. + +Valid values for pin and group names (nvidia,pin) are: + + Mux groups: + + These correspond to Tegra PINMUX_AUX_* (pinmux) registers. Any property + that exists in those registers may be set for the following pin names. + + In Tegra210, many pins also have a dedicated APB_MISC_GP_*_PADCTRL + register. Where that is true, and property that exists in that register + may also be set on the following pin names. + + als_prox_int_px3, ap_ready_pv5, ap_wake_bt_ph3, ap_wake_nfc_ph7, + aud_mclk_pbb0, batt_bcl, bt_rst_ph4, bt_wake_ap_ph5, button_home_py1, + button_power_on_px5, button_slide_sw_py0, button_vol_down_px7, + button_vol_up_px6, cam1_mclk_ps0, cam1_pwdn_ps7, cam1_strobe_pt1, + cam2_mclk_ps1, cam2_pwdn_pt0, cam_af_en_ps5, cam_flash_en_ps6, + cam_i2c_scl_ps2, cam_i2c_sda_ps3, cam_rst_ps4cam_rst_ps4, clk_32k_in, + clk_32k_out_py5, clk_req, core_pwr_req, cpu_pwr_req, dap1_din_pb1, + dap1_dout_pb2, dap1_fs_pb0, dap1_sclk_pb3, dap2_din_paa2, dap2_dout_paa3, + dap2_fs_paa0, dap2_sclk_paa1, dap4_din_pj5, dap4_dout_pj6, dap4_fs_pj4, + dap4_sclk_pj7, dmic1_clk_pe0, dmic1_dat_pe1, dmic2_clk_pe2, dmic2_dat_pe3, + dmic3_clk_pe4, dmic3_dat_pe5, dp_hpd0_pcc6, dvfs_clk_pbb2, dvfs_pwm_pbb1, + gen1_i2c_scl_pj1, gen1_i2c_sda_pj0, gen2_i2c_scl_pj2, gen2_i2c_sda_pj3, + gen3_i2c_scl_pf0, gen3_i2c_sda_pf1, gpio_x1_aud_pbb3, gpio_x3_aud_pbb4, + gps_en_pi2, gps_rst_pi3, hdmi_cec_pcc0, hdmi_int_dp_hpd_pcc1, jtag_rtck, + lcd_bl_en_pv1, lcd_bl_pwm_pv0, lcd_gpio1_pv3, lcd_gpio2_pv4, lcd_rst_pv2, + lcd_te_py2, modem_wake_ap_px0, motion_int_px2, nfc_en_pi0, nfc_int_pi1, + pa6, pcc7, pe6, pe7, pex_l0_clkreq_n_pa1, pex_l0_rst_n_pa0, + pex_l1_clkreq_n_pa4, pex_l1_rst_n_pa3, pex_wake_n_pa2, ph6, pk0, pk1, pk2, + pk3, pk4, pk5, pk6, pk7, pl0, pl1, pwr_i2c_scl_py3, pwr_i2c_sda_py4, + pwr_int_n, pz0, pz1, pz2, pz3, pz4, pz5, qspi_cs_n_pee1, qspi_io0_pee2, + qspi_io1_pee3, qspi_io2_pee4, qspi_io3_pee5, qspi_sck_pee0, + sata_led_active_pa5, sdmmc1_clk_pm0, sdmmc1_cmd_pm1, sdmmc1_dat0_pm5, + sdmmc1_dat1_pm4, sdmmc1_dat2_pm3, sdmmc1_dat3_pm2, sdmmc3_clk_pp0, + sdmmc3_cmd_pp1, sdmmc3_dat0_pp5, sdmmc3_dat1_pp4, sdmmc3_dat2_pp3, + sdmmc3_dat3_pp2, shutdown, spdif_in_pcc3, spdif_out_pcc2, spi1_cs0_pc3, + spi1_cs1_pc4, spi1_miso_pc1, spi1_mosi_pc0, spi1_sck_pc2, spi2_cs0_pb7, + spi2_cs1_pdd0, spi2_miso_pb5, spi2_mosi_pb4, spi2_sck_pb6, spi4_cs0_pc6, + spi4_miso_pd0, spi4_mosi_pc7, spi4_sck_pc5, temp_alert_px4, touch_clk_pv7, + touch_int_px1, touch_rst_pv6, uart1_cts_pu3, uart1_rts_pu2, uart1_rx_pu1, + uart1_tx_pu0, uart2_cts_pg3, uart2_rts_pg2, uart2_rx_pg1, uart2_tx_pg0, + uart3_cts_pd4, uart3_rts_pd3, uart3_rx_pd2, uart3_tx_pd1, uart4_cts_pi7, + uart4_rts_pi6, uart4_rx_pi5, uart4_tx_pi4, usb_vbus_en0_pcc4, + usb_vbus_en1_pcc5, wifi_en_ph0, wifi_rst_ph1, wifi_wake_ap_ph2 + + Drive groups: + + These correspond to the Tegra APB_MISC_GP_*_PADCTRL (pad control) + registers. Note that where one of these registers controls a single pin + for which a PINMUX_AUX_* exists, see the list above for the pin name to + use when configuring the pinmux. + + pa6, pcc7, pe6, pe7, ph6, pk0, pk1, pk2, pk3, pk4, pk5, pk6, pk7, pl0, pl1, + pz0, pz1, pz2, pz3, pz4, pz5, sdmmc1, sdmmc2, sdmmc3, sdmmc4 + +Valid values for nvidia,functions are: + + aud, bcl, blink, ccla, cec, cldvfs, clk, core, cpu, displaya, displayb, + dmic1, dmic2, dmic3, dp, dtv, extperiph3, i2c1, i2c2, i2c3, i2cpmu, i2cvi, + i2s1, i2s2, i2s3, i2s4a, i2s4b, i2s5a, i2s5b, iqc0, iqc1, jtag, pe, pe0, + pe1, pmi, pwm0, pwm1, pwm2, pwm3, qspi, rsvd0, rsvd1, rsvd2, rsvd3, sata, + sdmmc1, sdmmc3, shutdown, soc, sor0, sor1, spdif, spi1, spi2, spi3, spi4, + sys, touch, uart, uarta, uartb, uartc, uartd, usb, vgp1, vgp2, vgp3, vgp4, + vgp5, vgp6, vimclk, vimclk2 + +Example: + + pinmux: pinmux@70000800 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-pinmux"; + reg = <0x0 0x700008d4 0x0 0x2a8>, /* Pad control registers */ + <0x0 0x70003000 0x0 0x1000>; /* Mux registers */ + + pinctrl-names = "boot"; + pinctrl-0 = <&state_boot>; + + state_boot: pinmux { + gen1_i2c_scl_pj1 { + nvidia,pins = "gen1_i2c_scl_pj1", + nvidia,function = "i2c1"; + nvidia,pull = <TEGRA_PIN_PULL_NONE>; + nvidia,tristate = <TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE>; + nvidia,enable-input = <TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE>; + nvidia,open-drain = <TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE>; + nvidia,io-hv = <TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nxp,lpc1850-scu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nxp,lpc1850-scu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..df0309c57505 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nxp,lpc1850-scu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +NXP LPC18xx/43xx SCU pin controller Device Tree Bindings +-------------------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "nxp,lpc1850-scu" +- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device +- clocks : Clock specifier (see clock bindings for details) + +The lpc1850-scu driver uses the generic pin multiplexing and generic pin +configuration documented in pinctrl-bindings.txt. + +The following generic nodes are supported: + - function + - pins + - bias-disable + - bias-pull-up + - bias-pull-down + - drive-strength + - input-enable + - input-disable + - input-schmitt-enable + - input-schmitt-disable + - slew-rate + +Not all pins support all properties so either refer to the NXP 1850/4350 +user manual or the pin table in the pinctrl-lpc18xx driver for supported +pin properties. + +Example: +pinctrl: pinctrl@40086000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-scu"; + reg = <0x40086000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_SCU>; + + i2c0_pins: i2c0-pins { + i2c0_pins_cfg { + pins = "i2c0_scl", "i2c0_sda"; + function = "i2c0"; + input-enable; + }; + }; + + uart0_pins: uart0-pins { + uart0_rx_cfg { + pins = "pf_11"; + function = "uart0"; + bias-disable; + input-enable; + }; + + uart0_tx_cfg { + pins = "pf_10"; + function = "uart0"; + bias-disable; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-atlas7.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-atlas7.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..eecf028ff485 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-atlas7.txt @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +CSR SiRFatlas7 pinmux controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "sirf,atlas7-ioc" +- reg : Address range of the pinctrl registers + +For example, pinctrl might have properties like the following: + pinctrl: ioc@18880000 { + compatible = "sirf,atlas7-ioc"; + reg = <0x18880000 0x1000>; + + a_ac97_pmx: ac97@0 { + ac97 { + groups = "audio_ac97_grp"; + function = "audio_ac97"; + }; + }; + + ... + + sd2_pmx: sd2@0 { + sd2 { + groups = "sd2_grp0"; + function = "sd2"; + }; + }; + + ... + + + sample0_cfg: sample0@0 { + sample0 { + pins = "ldd_0", "ldd_1"; + bias-pull-up; + }; + }; + + sample1_cfg: sample1@0 { + sample1 { + pins = "ldd_2", "ldd_3"; + input-schmitt-enable; + }; + }; + + sample2_cfg: sample2@0 { + sample2 { + groups = "uart4_nopause_grp"; + bias-pull-down; + }; + }; + + sample3_cfg: sample3@0 { + sample3 { + pins = "ldd_4", "ldd_5"; + drive-strength = <2>; + }; + }; + }; + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the common +pinctrl bindings used by client devices. + +SiRFatlas7's pinmux nodes act as a container for an abitrary number of subnodes. +Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a group of pins. + +Required subnode-properties: +- groups : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a group. +- function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the + group. + + Valid values for group and function names can be found from looking at the + group and function arrays in driver files: + drivers/pinctrl/pinctrl-sirf.c + +For example, pinctrl might have subnodes like the following: + sd0_pmx: sd0@0 { + sd0 { + groups = "sd0_grp"; + function = "sd0"; + }; + }; + + sd1_pmx0: sd1@0 { + sd1 { + groups = "sd1_grp0"; + function = "sd1_m0"; + }; + }; + + sd1_pmx1: sd1@1 { + sd1 { + groups = "sd1_grp1"; + function = "sd1_m1"; + }; + }; + +For a specific board, if it wants to use sd1, +it can add the following to its board-specific .dts file. +sd1: sd@0x12340000 { + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&sd1_pmx0>; +} + +or + +sd1: sd@0x12340000 { + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&sd1_pmx1>; +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt index 47d84b6ee91b..b73c96d24f59 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ property exists to define the pin configuration. Each state may also be assigned a name. When names are used, another property exists to map from those names to the integer IDs. -Each client device's own binding determines the set of states the must be +Each client device's own binding determines the set of states that must be defined in its device tree node, and whether to define the set of state IDs that must be provided, or whether to define the set of state names that must be provided. @@ -133,16 +133,27 @@ pin multiplexing nodes: function - the mux function to select groups - the list of groups to select with this function + (either this or "pins" must be specified) +pins - the list of pins to select with this function (either + this or "groups" must be specified) Example: state_0_node_a { - function = "uart0"; - groups = "u0rxtx", "u0rtscts"; + uart0 { + function = "uart0"; + groups = "u0rxtx", "u0rtscts"; + }; }; state_1_node_a { - function = "spi0"; - groups = "spi0pins"; + spi0 { + function = "spi0"; + groups = "spi0pins"; + }; +}; +state_2_node_a { + function = "i2c0"; + pins = "mfio29", "mfio30"; }; == Generic pin configuration node content == @@ -188,16 +199,22 @@ slew-rate - set the slew rate For example: state_0_node_a { - pins = "GPIO0_AJ5", "GPIO2_AH4"; /* CTS+RXD */ - bias-pull-up; + cts_rxd { + pins = "GPIO0_AJ5", "GPIO2_AH4"; /* CTS+RXD */ + bias-pull-up; + }; }; state_1_node_a { - pins = "GPIO1_AJ3", "GPIO3_AH3"; /* RTS+TXD */ - output-high; + rts_txd { + pins = "GPIO1_AJ3", "GPIO3_AH3"; /* RTS+TXD */ + output-high; + }; }; state_2_node_a { - group = "foo-group"; - bias-pull-up; + foo { + group = "foo-group"; + bias-pull-up; + }; }; Some of the generic properties take arguments. For those that do, the diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0480bc31bfd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +* Mediatek MT65XX Pin Controller + +The Mediatek's Pin controller is used to control SoC pins. + +Required properties: +- compatible: value should be one of the following. + (a) "mediatek,mt8135-pinctrl", compatible with mt8135 pinctrl. + (b) "mediatek,mt8173-pinctrl", compatible with mt8173 pinctrl. + (c) "mediatek,mt6397-pinctrl", compatible with mt6397 pinctrl. + (d) "mediatek,mt8127-pinctrl", compatible with mt8127 pinctrl. +- pins-are-numbered: Specify the subnodes are using numbered pinmux to + specify pins. +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller. +- #gpio-cells: number of cells in GPIO specifier. Since the generic GPIO + binding is used, the amount of cells must be specified as 2. See the below + mentioned gpio binding representation for description of particular cells. + + Eg: <&pio 6 0> + <[phandle of the gpio controller node] + [line number within the gpio controller] + [flags]> + + Values for gpio specifier: + - Line number: is a value between 0 to 202. + - Flags: bit field of flags, as defined in <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>. + Only the following flags are supported: + 0 - GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH + 1 - GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW + +Optional properties: +- mediatek,pctl-regmap: Should be a phandle of the syscfg node. +- reg: physicall address base for EINT registers +- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells: Should be two. +- interrupts : The interrupt outputs from the controller. + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices. + +Subnode format +A pinctrl node should contain at least one subnodes representing the +pinctrl groups available on the machine. Each subnode will list the +pins it needs, and how they should be configured, with regard to muxer +configuration, pullups, drive strength, input enable/disable and input schmitt. + + node { + pinmux = <PIN_NUMBER_PINMUX>; + GENERIC_PINCONFIG; + }; + +Required properties: +- pinmux: integer array, represents gpio pin number and mux setting. + Supported pin number and mux varies for different SoCs, and are defined + as macros in boot/dts/<soc>-pinfunc.h directly. + +Optional properties: +- GENERIC_PINCONFIG: is the generic pinconfig options to use, bias-disable, + bias-pull-down, bias-pull-up, input-enable, input-disable, output-low, output-high, + input-schmitt-enable, input-schmitt-disable and drive-strength are valid. + + Some special pins have extra pull up strength, there are R0 and R1 pull-up + resistors available, but for user, it's only need to set R1R0 as 00, 01, 10 or 11. + So when config bias-pull-up, it support arguments for those special pins. + Some macros have been defined for this usage, such as MTK_PUPD_SET_R1R0_00. + See dt-bindings/pinctrl/mt65xx.h. + + When config drive-strength, it can support some arguments, such as + MTK_DRIVE_4mA, MTK_DRIVE_6mA, etc. See dt-bindings/pinctrl/mt65xx.h. + +Examples: + +#include "mt8135-pinfunc.h" + +... +{ + syscfg_pctl_a: syscfg_pctl_a@10005000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8135-pctl-a-syscfg", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x10005000 0 0x1000>; + }; + + syscfg_pctl_b: syscfg_pctl_b@1020C020 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8135-pctl-b-syscfg", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x1020C020 0 0x1000>; + }; + + pinctrl@01c20800 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8135-pinctrl"; + reg = <0 0x1000B000 0 0x1000>; + mediatek,pctl-regmap = <&syscfg_pctl_a &syscfg_pctl_b>; + pins-are-numbered; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 116 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 117 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 118 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + + i2c0_pins_a: i2c0@0 { + pins1 { + pinmux = <MT8135_PIN_100_SDA0__FUNC_SDA0>, + <MT8135_PIN_101_SCL0__FUNC_SCL0>; + bias-disable; + }; + }; + + i2c1_pins_a: i2c1@0 { + pins { + pinmux = <MT8135_PIN_195_SDA1__FUNC_SDA1>, + <MT8135_PIN_196_SCL1__FUNC_SCL1>; + bias-pull-up = <55>; + }; + }; + + i2c2_pins_a: i2c2@0 { + pins1 { + pinmux = <MT8135_PIN_193_SDA2__FUNC_SDA2>; + bias-pull-down; + }; + + pins2 { + pinmux = <MT8135_PIN_49_WATCHDOG__FUNC_GPIO49>; + bias-pull-up; + }; + }; + + i2c3_pins_a: i2c3@0 { + pins1 { + pinmux = <MT8135_PIN_40_DAC_CLK__FUNC_GPIO40>, + <MT8135_PIN_41_DAC_WS__FUNC_GPIO41>; + bias-pull-up = <55>; + }; + + pins2 { + pinmux = <MT8135_PIN_35_SCL3__FUNC_SCL3>, + <MT8135_PIN_36_SDA3__FUNC_SDA3>; + output-low; + bias-pull-up = <55>; + }; + + pins3 { + pinmux = <MT8135_PIN_57_JTCK__FUNC_GPIO57>, + <MT8135_PIN_60_JTDI__FUNC_JTDI>; + drive-strength = <32>; + }; + }; + + ... + } +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8660-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8660-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..77aa11790163 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8660-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +Qualcomm MSM8660 TLMM block + +Required properties: +- compatible: "qcom,msm8660-pinctrl" +- reg: Should be the base address and length of the TLMM block. +- interrupts: Should be the parent IRQ of the TLMM block. +- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells: Should be two. +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells : Should be two. + The first cell is the gpio pin number and the + second cell is used for optional parameters. + +Please refer to ../gpio/gpio.txt and ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for +a general description of GPIO and interrupt bindings. + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the +phrase "pin configuration node". + +Qualcomm's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of +subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a +pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the +mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration +parameters, such as pull-up, drive strength, etc. + +The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated +and processed purely based on their content. + +Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In +other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration +parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters. +Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no +information about e.g. the mux function. + + +The following generic properties as defined in pinctrl-bindings.txt are valid +to specify in a pin configuration subnode: + + pins, function, bias-disable, bias-pull-down, bias-pull,up, drive-strength, + output-low, output-high. + +Non-empty subnodes must specify the 'pins' property. + +Valid values for pins are: + gpio0-gpio172, sdc3_clk, sdc3_cmd, sdc3_data sdc4_clk, sdc4_cmd, sdc4_data + +Valid values for function are: + gpio, cam_mclk, dsub, ext_gps, gp_clk_0a, gp_clk_0b, gp_clk_1a, gp_clk_1b, + gp_clk_2a, gp_clk_2b, gp_mn, gsbi1, gsbi1_spi_cs1_n, gsbi1_spi_cs2a_n, + gsbi1_spi_cs2b_n, gsbi1_spi_cs3_n, gsbi2, gsbi2_spi_cs1_n, gsbi2_spi_cs2_n, + gsbi2_spi_cs3_n, gsbi3, gsbi3_spi_cs1_n, gsbi3_spi_cs2_n, gsbi3_spi_cs3_n, + gsbi4, gsbi5, gsbi6, gsbi7, gsbi8, gsbi9, gsbi10, gsbi11, gsbi12, hdmi, i2s, + lcdc, mdp_vsync, mi2s, pcm, ps_hold, sdc1, sdc2, sdc5, tsif1, tsif2, usb_fs1, + usb_fs1_oe_n, usb_fs2, usb_fs2_oe_n, vfe, vsens_alarm, + +Example: + + msmgpio: pinctrl@800000 { + compatible = "qcom,msm8660-pinctrl"; + reg = <0x800000 0x4000>; + + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupts = <0 16 0x4>; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&gsbi12_uart>; + + gsbi12_uart: gsbi12-uart { + mux { + pins = "gpio117", "gpio118"; + function = "gsbi12"; + }; + + tx { + pins = "gpio118"; + drive-strength = <8>; + bias-disable; + }; + + rx { + pins = "gpio117"; + drive-strength = <2>; + bias-pull-up; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt index 7ed08048516a..1ae63c0acd40 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ PMIC's from Qualcomm. "qcom,pm8018-gpio" "qcom,pm8038-gpio" "qcom,pm8058-gpio" + "qcom,pm8916-gpio" "qcom,pm8917-gpio" "qcom,pm8921-gpio" "qcom,pm8941-gpio" @@ -74,6 +75,7 @@ to specify in a pin configuration subnode: gpio1-gpio6 for pm8018 gpio1-gpio12 for pm8038 gpio1-gpio40 for pm8058 + gpio1-gpio4 for pm8916 gpio1-gpio38 for pm8917 gpio1-gpio44 for pm8921 gpio1-gpio36 for pm8941 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.txt index 854774b194ed..ed19991aad35 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ of PMIC's from Qualcomm. Value type: <string> Definition: Should contain one of: "qcom,pm8841-mpp", + "qcom,pm8916-mpp", "qcom,pm8941-mpp", "qcom,pma8084-mpp", @@ -67,6 +68,7 @@ to specify in a pin configuration subnode: Definition: List of MPP pins affected by the properties specified in this subnode. Valid pins are: mpp1-mpp4 for pm8841 + mpp1-mpp4 for pm8916 mpp1-mpp8 for pm8941 mpp1-mpp4 for pma8084 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt index bfe72ec055e3..51cee44fc140 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt @@ -16,7 +16,9 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,pfc-r8a7778": for R8A7778 (R-Mobile M1) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7779": for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7790": for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible pin-controller. - - "renesas,pfc-r8a7791": for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) compatible pin-controller. + - "renesas,pfc-r8a7791": for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) compatible pin-controller. + - "renesas,pfc-r8a7793": for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) compatible pin-controller. + - "renesas,pfc-r8a7794": for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-sh73a0": for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) compatible pin-controller. - reg: Base address and length of each memory resource used by the pin diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt index 388b213249fd..391ef4be8d50 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt @@ -21,14 +21,15 @@ defined as gpio sub-nodes of the pinmux controller. Required properties for iomux controller: - compatible: one of "rockchip,rk2928-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3066a-pinctrl" "rockchip,rk3066b-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3188-pinctrl" - "rockchip,rk3288-pinctrl" + "rockchip,rk3288-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3368-pinctrl" - rockchip,grf: phandle referencing a syscon providing the "general register files" Optional properties for iomux controller: - rockchip,pmu: phandle referencing a syscon providing the pmu registers as some SoCs carry parts of the iomux controller registers there. - Required for at least rk3188 and rk3288. + Required for at least rk3188 and rk3288. On the rk3368 this should + point to the PMUGRF syscon. Deprecated properties for iomux controller: - reg: first element is the general register space of the iomux controller diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.txt index b7b55a964f65..f488b0f77406 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.txt @@ -45,8 +45,9 @@ to specify in a pinconf subnode: Valid values for groups are: ethernet0_0_grp, ethernet1_0_grp, mdio0_0_grp, mdio1_0_grp, - qspi0_0_grp, qspi1_0_grp, qspi_fbclk, qspi_cs1_grp, spi0_0_grp, - spi0_1_grp - spi0_2_grp, spi1_0_grp - spi1_3_grp, sdio0_0_grp - sdio0_2_grp, + qspi0_0_grp, qspi1_0_grp, qspi_fbclk, qspi_cs1_grp, spi0_0_grp - spi0_2_grp, + spi0_X_ssY (X=0..2, Y=0..2), spi1_0_grp - spi1_3_grp, + spi1_X_ssY (X=0..3, Y=0..2), sdio0_0_grp - sdio0_2_grp, sdio1_0_grp - sdio1_3_grp, sdio0_emio_wp, sdio0_emio_cd, sdio1_emio_wp, sdio1_emio_cd, smc0_nor, smc0_nor_cs1_grp, smc0_nor_addr25_grp, smc0_nand, can0_0_grp - can0_10_grp, can1_0_grp - can1_11_grp, uart0_0_grp - uart0_10_grp, @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ to specify in a pinconf subnode: Valid values for function are: ethernet0, ethernet1, mdio0, mdio1, qspi0, qspi1, qspi_fbclk, qspi_cs1, - spi0, spi1, sdio0, sdio0_pc, sdio0_cd, sdio0_wp, + spi0, spi0_ss, spi1, spi1_ss, sdio0, sdio0_pc, sdio0_cd, sdio0_wp, sdio1, sdio1_pc, sdio1_cd, sdio1_wp, smc0_nor, smc0_nor_cs1, smc0_nor_addr25, smc0_nand, can0, can1, uart0, uart1, i2c0, i2c1, ttc0, ttc1, swdt0, gpio0, usb0, usb1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq24257.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq24257.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5c9d3940d07c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq24257.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Binding for TI bq24257 Li-Ion Charger + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain one of the following: + * "ti,bq24257" +- reg: integer, i2c address of the device. +- ti,battery-regulation-voltage: integer, maximum charging voltage in uV. +- ti,charge-current: integer, maximum charging current in uA. +- ti,termination-current: integer, charge will be terminated when current in + constant-voltage phase drops below this value (in uA). + +Example: + +bq24257 { + compatible = "ti,bq24257"; + reg = <0x6a>; + + ti,battery-regulation-voltage = <4200000>; + ti,charge-current = <1000000>; + ti,termination-current = <50000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq25890.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq25890.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c9dd17d142ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq25890.txt @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +Binding for TI bq25890 Li-Ion Charger + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain one of the following: + * "ti,bq25890" +- reg: integer, i2c address of the device. +- ti,battery-regulation-voltage: integer, maximum charging voltage (in uV); +- ti,charge-current: integer, maximum charging current (in uA); +- ti,termination-current: integer, charge will be terminated when current in + constant-voltage phase drops below this value (in uA); +- ti,precharge-current: integer, maximum charge current during precharge + phase (in uA); +- ti,minimum-sys-voltage: integer, when battery is charging and it is below + minimum system voltage, the system will be regulated above + minimum-sys-voltage setting (in uV); +- ti,boost-voltage: integer, VBUS voltage level in boost mode (in uV); +- ti,boost-max-current: integer, maximum allowed current draw in boost mode + (in uA). + +Optional properties: +- ti,boost-low-freq: boolean, if present boost mode frequency will be 500kHz, + otherwise 1.5MHz; +- ti,use-ilim-pin: boolean, if present the ILIM resistor will be used and the + input current will be the lower between the resistor setting and the IINLIM + register setting; +- ti,thermal-regulation-threshold: integer, temperature above which the charge + current is lowered, to avoid overheating (in degrees Celsius). If omitted, + the default setting will be used (120 degrees); + +Example: + +bq25890 { + compatible = "ti,bq25890"; + reg = <0x6a>; + + ti,battery-regulation-voltage = <4200000>; + ti,charge-current = <1000000>; + ti,termination-current = <50000>; + ti,precharge-current = <128000>; + ti,minimum-sys-voltage = <3600000>; + ti,boost-voltage = <5000000>; + ti,boost-max-current = <1000000>; + + ti,use-ilim-pin; + ti,thermal-regulation-threshold = <120>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/da9150-charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/da9150-charger.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f3906663c454 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/da9150-charger.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Dialog Semiconductor DA9150 Charger Power Supply bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible: "dlg,da9150-charger" for DA9150 Charger Power Supply + +Optional properties: +- io-channels: List of phandle and IIO specifier pairs +- io-channel-names: List of channel names used by charger + ["CHAN_IBUS", "CHAN_VBUS", "CHAN_TJUNC", "CHAN_VBAT"] + (See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/iio-bindings.txt for further info) + + +Example: + + da9150-charger { + compatible = "dlg,da9150-charger"; + + io-channels = <&gpadc 0>, + <&gpadc 2>, + <&gpadc 8>, + <&gpadc 5>; + io-channel-names = "CHAN_IBUS", + "CHAN_VBUS", + "CHAN_TJUNC", + "CHAN_VBAT"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,imx-gpc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,imx-gpc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..65cc0345747d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,imx-gpc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +Freescale i.MX General Power Controller +======================================= + +The i.MX6Q General Power Control (GPC) block contains DVFS load tracking +counters and Power Gating Control (PGC) for the CPU and PU (GPU/VPU) power +domains. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx6q-gpc" or "fsl,imx6sl-gpc" +- reg: should be register base and length as documented in the + datasheet +- interrupts: Should contain GPC interrupt request 1 +- pu-supply: Link to the LDO regulator powering the PU power domain +- clocks: Clock phandles to devices in the PU power domain that need + to be enabled during domain power-up for reset propagation. +- #power-domain-cells: Should be 1, see below: + +The gpc node is a power-controller as documented by the generic power domain +bindings in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt. + +Example: + + gpc: gpc@020dc000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx6q-gpc"; + reg = <0x020dc000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <0 89 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 90 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + pu-supply = <®_pu>; + clocks = <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_GPU3D_CORE>, + <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_GPU3D_SHADER>, + <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_GPU2D_CORE>, + <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_GPU2D_AXI>, + <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_OPENVG_AXI>, + <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_VPU_AXI>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + }; + + +Specifying power domain for IP modules +====================================== + +IP cores belonging to a power domain should contain a 'power-domains' property +that is a phandle pointing to the gpc device node and a DOMAIN_INDEX specifying +the power domain the device belongs to. + +Example of a device that is part of the PU power domain: + + vpu: vpu@02040000 { + reg = <0x02040000 0x3c000>; + /* ... */ + power-domains = <&gpc 1>; + /* ... */ + }; + +The following DOMAIN_INDEX values are valid for i.MX6Q: +ARM_DOMAIN 0 +PU_DOMAIN 1 +The following additional DOMAIN_INDEX value is valid for i.MX6SL: +DISPLAY_DOMAIN 2 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt index 74499e5033fc..0d5e7c978121 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt @@ -1,8 +1,19 @@ -* Generic OPP Interface +Generic OPP (Operating Performance Points) Bindings +---------------------------------------------------- -SoCs have a standard set of tuples consisting of frequency and -voltage pairs that the device will support per voltage domain. These -are called Operating Performance Points or OPPs. +Devices work at voltage-current-frequency combinations and some implementations +have the liberty of choosing these. These combinations are called Operating +Performance Points aka OPPs. This document defines bindings for these OPPs +applicable across wide range of devices. For illustration purpose, this document +uses CPU as a device. + +This document contain multiple versions of OPP binding and only one of them +should be used per device. + +Binding 1: operating-points +============================ + +This binding only supports voltage-frequency pairs. Properties: - operating-points: An array of 2-tuples items, and each item consists @@ -23,3 +34,432 @@ cpu@0 { 198000 850000 >; }; + + +Binding 2: operating-points-v2 +============================ + +* Property: operating-points-v2 + +Devices supporting OPPs must set their "operating-points-v2" property with +phandle to a OPP table in their DT node. The OPP core will use this phandle to +find the operating points for the device. + +Devices may want to choose OPP tables at runtime and so can provide a list of +phandles here. But only *one* of them should be chosen at runtime. This must be +accompanied by a corresponding "operating-points-names" property, to uniquely +identify the OPP tables. + +If required, this can be extended for SoC vendor specfic bindings. Such bindings +should be documented as Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/<vendor>-opp.txt +and should have a compatible description like: "operating-points-v2-<vendor>". + +Optional properties: +- operating-points-names: Names of OPP tables (required if multiple OPP + tables are present), to uniquely identify them. The same list must be present + for all the CPUs which are sharing clock/voltage rails and hence the OPP + tables. + +* OPP Table Node + +This describes the OPPs belonging to a device. This node can have following +properties: + +Required properties: +- compatible: Allow OPPs to express their compatibility. It should be: + "operating-points-v2". + +- OPP nodes: One or more OPP nodes describing voltage-current-frequency + combinations. Their name isn't significant but their phandle can be used to + reference an OPP. + +Optional properties: +- opp-shared: Indicates that device nodes using this OPP Table Node's phandle + switch their DVFS state together, i.e. they share clock/voltage/current lines. + Missing property means devices have independent clock/voltage/current lines, + but they share OPP tables. + +- status: Marks the OPP table enabled/disabled. + + +* OPP Node + +This defines voltage-current-frequency combinations along with other related +properties. + +Required properties: +- opp-hz: Frequency in Hz + +Optional properties: +- opp-microvolt: voltage in micro Volts. + + A single regulator's voltage is specified with an array of size one or three. + Single entry is for target voltage and three entries are for <target min max> + voltages. + + Entries for multiple regulators must be present in the same order as + regulators are specified in device's DT node. + +- opp-microamp: The maximum current drawn by the device in microamperes + considering system specific parameters (such as transients, process, aging, + maximum operating temperature range etc.) as necessary. This may be used to + set the most efficient regulator operating mode. + + Should only be set if opp-microvolt is set for the OPP. + + Entries for multiple regulators must be present in the same order as + regulators are specified in device's DT node. If this property isn't required + for few regulators, then this should be marked as zero for them. If it isn't + required for any regulator, then this property need not be present. + +- clock-latency-ns: Specifies the maximum possible transition latency (in + nanoseconds) for switching to this OPP from any other OPP. + +- turbo-mode: Marks the OPP to be used only for turbo modes. Turbo mode is + available on some platforms, where the device can run over its operating + frequency for a short duration of time limited by the device's power, current + and thermal limits. + +- opp-suspend: Marks the OPP to be used during device suspend. Only one OPP in + the table should have this. + +- status: Marks the node enabled/disabled. + +Example 1: Single cluster Dual-core ARM cortex A9, switch DVFS states together. + +/ { + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9"; + reg = <0>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 0>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply0>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu0_opp_table>; + }; + + cpu@1 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9"; + reg = <1>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 0>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply0>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu0_opp_table>; + }; + }; + + cpu0_opp_table: opp_table0 { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + opp-shared; + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + opp-microvolt = <970000 975000 985000>; + opp-microamp = <70000>; + clock-latency-ns = <300000>; + opp-suspend; + }; + opp01 { + opp-hz = <1100000000>; + opp-microvolt = <980000 1000000 1010000>; + opp-microamp = <80000>; + clock-latency-ns = <310000>; + }; + opp02 { + opp-hz = <1200000000>; + opp-microvolt = <1025000>; + clock-latency-ns = <290000>; + turbo-mode; + }; + }; +}; + +Example 2: Single cluster, Quad-core Qualcom-krait, switches DVFS states +independently. + +/ { + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + cpu@0 { + compatible = "qcom,krait"; + reg = <0>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 0>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply0>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu_opp_table>; + }; + + cpu@1 { + compatible = "qcom,krait"; + reg = <1>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 1>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply1>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu_opp_table>; + }; + + cpu@2 { + compatible = "qcom,krait"; + reg = <2>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 2>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply2>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu_opp_table>; + }; + + cpu@3 { + compatible = "qcom,krait"; + reg = <3>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 3>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply3>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu_opp_table>; + }; + }; + + cpu_opp_table: opp_table { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + + /* + * Missing opp-shared property means CPUs switch DVFS states + * independently. + */ + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + opp-microvolt = <970000 975000 985000>; + opp-microamp = <70000>; + clock-latency-ns = <300000>; + opp-suspend; + }; + opp01 { + opp-hz = <1100000000>; + opp-microvolt = <980000 1000000 1010000>; + opp-microamp = <80000>; + clock-latency-ns = <310000>; + }; + opp02 { + opp-hz = <1200000000>; + opp-microvolt = <1025000>; + opp-microamp = <90000; + lock-latency-ns = <290000>; + turbo-mode; + }; + }; +}; + +Example 3: Dual-cluster, Dual-core per cluster. CPUs within a cluster switch +DVFS state together. + +/ { + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a7"; + reg = <0>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 0>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply0>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cluster0_opp>; + }; + + cpu@1 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a7"; + reg = <1>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 0>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply0>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cluster0_opp>; + }; + + cpu@100 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; + reg = <100>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 1>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply1>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cluster1_opp>; + }; + + cpu@101 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15"; + reg = <101>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + clocks = <&clk_controller 1>; + clock-names = "cpu"; + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply1>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cluster1_opp>; + }; + }; + + cluster0_opp: opp_table0 { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + opp-shared; + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + opp-microvolt = <970000 975000 985000>; + opp-microamp = <70000>; + clock-latency-ns = <300000>; + opp-suspend; + }; + opp01 { + opp-hz = <1100000000>; + opp-microvolt = <980000 1000000 1010000>; + opp-microamp = <80000>; + clock-latency-ns = <310000>; + }; + opp02 { + opp-hz = <1200000000>; + opp-microvolt = <1025000>; + opp-microamp = <90000>; + clock-latency-ns = <290000>; + turbo-mode; + }; + }; + + cluster1_opp: opp_table1 { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + opp-shared; + + opp10 { + opp-hz = <1300000000>; + opp-microvolt = <1045000 1050000 1055000>; + opp-microamp = <95000>; + clock-latency-ns = <400000>; + opp-suspend; + }; + opp11 { + opp-hz = <1400000000>; + opp-microvolt = <1075000>; + opp-microamp = <100000>; + clock-latency-ns = <400000>; + }; + opp12 { + opp-hz = <1500000000>; + opp-microvolt = <1010000 1100000 1110000>; + opp-microamp = <95000>; + clock-latency-ns = <400000>; + turbo-mode; + }; + }; +}; + +Example 4: Handling multiple regulators + +/ { + cpus { + cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a7"; + ... + + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply0>, <&cpu_supply1>, <&cpu_supply2>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu0_opp_table>; + }; + }; + + cpu0_opp_table: opp_table0 { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + opp-shared; + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + opp-microvolt = <970000>, /* Supply 0 */ + <960000>, /* Supply 1 */ + <960000>; /* Supply 2 */ + opp-microamp = <70000>, /* Supply 0 */ + <70000>, /* Supply 1 */ + <70000>; /* Supply 2 */ + clock-latency-ns = <300000>; + }; + + /* OR */ + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + opp-microvolt = <970000 975000 985000>, /* Supply 0 */ + <960000 965000 975000>, /* Supply 1 */ + <960000 965000 975000>; /* Supply 2 */ + opp-microamp = <70000>, /* Supply 0 */ + <70000>, /* Supply 1 */ + <70000>; /* Supply 2 */ + clock-latency-ns = <300000>; + }; + + /* OR */ + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + opp-microvolt = <970000 975000 985000>, /* Supply 0 */ + <960000 965000 975000>, /* Supply 1 */ + <960000 965000 975000>; /* Supply 2 */ + opp-microamp = <70000>, /* Supply 0 */ + <0>, /* Supply 1 doesn't need this */ + <70000>; /* Supply 2 */ + clock-latency-ns = <300000>; + }; + }; +}; + +Example 5: Multiple OPP tables + +/ { + cpus { + cpu@0 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a7"; + ... + + cpu-supply = <&cpu_supply> + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu0_opp_table_slow>, <&cpu0_opp_table_fast>; + operating-points-names = "slow", "fast"; + }; + }; + + cpu0_opp_table_slow: opp_table_slow { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + status = "okay"; + opp-shared; + + opp00 { + opp-hz = <600000000>; + ... + }; + + opp01 { + opp-hz = <800000000>; + ... + }; + }; + + cpu0_opp_table_fast: opp_table_fast { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + status = "okay"; + opp-shared; + + opp10 { + opp-hz = <1000000000>; + ... + }; + + opp11 { + opp-hz = <1100000000>; + ... + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,sysc-rmobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,sysc-rmobile.txt index cc3b1f0a9b1a..beda7d2efc30 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,sysc-rmobile.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,sysc-rmobile.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be "renesas,sysc-<soctype>", "renesas,sysc-rmobile" as fallback. Examples with soctypes are: + - "renesas,sysc-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6) - "renesas,sysc-r8a7740" (R-Mobile A1) - "renesas,sysc-sh73a0" (SH-Mobile AG5) - reg: Two address start and address range blocks for the device: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1e2546f8b08a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Generic SYSCON mapped register poweroff driver + +This is a generic poweroff driver using syscon to map the poweroff register. +The poweroff is generally performed with a write to the poweroff register +defined by the register map pointed by syscon reference plus the offset +with the mask defined in the poweroff node. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should contain "syscon-poweroff" +- regmap: this is phandle to the register map node +- offset: offset in the register map for the poweroff register (in bytes) +- mask: the poweroff value written to the poweroff register (32 bit access) + +Default will be little endian mode, 32 bit access only. + +Examples: + + poweroff { + compatible = "syscon-poweroff"; + regmap = <®mapnode>; + offset = <0x0>; + mask = <0x7a>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rt9455_charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rt9455_charger.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5d9ad5cf2c5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rt9455_charger.txt @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +Binding for Richtek rt9455 battery charger + +Required properties: +- compatible: it should contain one of the following: + "richtek,rt9455". +- reg: integer, i2c address of the device. +- interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller that + services interrupts for this device. +- interrupts: interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ, it should be + configured with IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW flag. +- richtek,output-charge-current: integer, output current from the charger to the + battery, in uA. +- richtek,end-of-charge-percentage: integer, percent of the output charge current. + When the current in constant-voltage phase drops + below output_charge_current x end-of-charge-percentage, + charge is terminated. +- richtek,battery-regulation-voltage: integer, maximum battery voltage in uV. +- richtek,boost-output-voltage: integer, maximum voltage provided to consumer + devices, when the charger is in boost mode, in uV. + +Optional properties: +- richtek,min-input-voltage-regulation: integer, input voltage level in uV, used to + decrease voltage level when the over current + of the input power source occurs. + This prevents input voltage drop due to insufficient + current provided by the power source. + Default: 4500000 uV (4.5V) +- richtek,avg-input-current-regulation: integer, input current value in uA drained by the + charger from the power source. + Default: 500000 uA (500mA) + +Example: + +rt9455@22 { + compatible = "richtek,rt9455"; + reg = <0x22>; + + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + + richtek,output-charge-current = <500000>; + richtek,end-of-charge-percentage = <10>; + richtek,battery-regulation-voltage = <4200000>; + richtek,boost-output-voltage = <5050000>; + + richtek,min-input-voltage-regulation = <4500000>; + richtek,avg-input-current-regulation = <500000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/twl-charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/twl-charger.txt index d5c706216df5..3b4ea1b73b38 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/twl-charger.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/twl-charger.txt @@ -1,5 +1,15 @@ TWL BCI (Battery Charger Interface) +The battery charger needs to interact with the USB phy in order +to know when charging is permissible, and when there is a connection +or disconnection. + +The choice of phy cannot be configured at a hardware level, so there +is no value in explicit configuration in device-tree. Rather +if there is a sibling of the BCI node which is compatible with +"ti,twl4030-usb", then that is used to determine when and how +use USB power for charging. + Required properties: - compatible: - "ti,twl4030-bci" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max17042_battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max17042_battery.txt index 5bc9b685cf8a..3f3894aaeebc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max17042_battery.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max17042_battery.txt @@ -9,10 +9,23 @@ Optional properties : (datasheet-recommended value is 10000). Defining this property enables current-sense functionality. +Optional threshold properties : + If skipped the condition won't be reported. + - maxim,cold-temp : Temperature threshold to report battery + as cold (in tenths of degree Celsius). + - maxim,over-heat-temp : Temperature threshold to report battery + as over heated (in tenths of degree Celsius). + - maxim,dead-volt : Voltage threshold to report battery + as dead (in mV). + - maxim,over-volt : Voltage threshold to report battery + as over voltage (in mV). + Example: battery-charger@36 { compatible = "maxim,max17042"; reg = <0x36>; maxim,rsns-microohm = <10000>; + maxim,over-heat-temp = <600>; + maxim,over-volt = <4300>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt index edda55f74004..1fc5328c0651 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt @@ -189,6 +189,19 @@ PROPERTIES Definition: There is one reg region describing the port configuration registers. +- fsl,fman-10g-port + Usage: optional + Value type: boolean + Definition: The default port rate is 1G. + If this property exists, the port is s 10G port. + +- fsl,fman-best-effort-port + Usage: optional + Value type: boolean + Definition: Can be defined only if 10G-support is set. + This property marks a best-effort 10G port (10G port that + may not be capable of line rate). + EXAMPLE port@a8000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt index 7f150b5012cc..b71b2039e112 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt @@ -9,6 +9,11 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should define the compatible device type for global-utilities. + Possible compatibles: + "fsl,qoriq-device-config-1.0" + "fsl,qoriq-device-config-2.0" + "fsl,<chip>-device-config" + "fsl,<chip>-guts" - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device. Recommended properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/bcm-kona-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/brcm,kona-pwm.txt index 8eae9fe7841c..8eae9fe7841c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/bcm-kona-pwm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/brcm,kona-pwm.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/imx-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/imx-pwm.txt index b50d7a6d9d7f..e00c2e9f484d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/imx-pwm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/imx-pwm.txt @@ -1,10 +1,17 @@ Freescale i.MX PWM controller Required properties: -- compatible: should be "fsl,<soc>-pwm" +- compatible : should be "fsl,<soc>-pwm" and one of the following + compatible strings: + - "fsl,imx1-pwm" for PWM compatible with the one integrated on i.MX1 + - "fsl,imx27-pwm" for PWM compatible with the one integrated on i.MX27 - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers - #pwm-cells: should be 2. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of the cells format. +- clocks : Clock specifiers for both ipg and per clocks. +- clock-names : Clock names should include both "ipg" and "per" +See the clock consumer binding, + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt - interrupts: The interrupt for the pwm controller Example: @@ -13,5 +20,8 @@ pwm1: pwm@53fb4000 { #pwm-cells = <2>; compatible = "fsl,imx53-pwm", "fsl,imx27-pwm"; reg = <0x53fb4000 0x4000>; + clocks = <&clks IMX5_CLK_PWM1_IPG_GATE>, + <&clks IMX5_CLK_PWM1_HF_GATE>; + clock-names = "ipg", "per"; interrupts = <61>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt index dad6358074ac..e91485d11241 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt @@ -2,13 +2,35 @@ ACT88xx regulators ------------------- Required properties: -- compatible: "active-semi,act8846" or "active-semi,act8865" +- compatible: "active-semi,act8846" or "active-semi,act8865" or "active-semi,act8600" - reg: I2C slave address Optional properties: - system-power-controller: Telling whether or not this pmic is controlling the system power. See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power-controller.txt . +Optional input supply properties: +- for act8600: + - vp1-supply: The input supply for DCDC_REG1 + - vp2-supply: The input supply for DCDC_REG2 + - vp3-supply: The input supply for DCDC_REG3 + - inl-supply: The input supply for LDO_REG5, LDO_REG6, LDO_REG7 and LDO_REG8 + SUDCDC_REG4, LDO_REG9 and LDO_REG10 do not have separate supplies. +- for act8846: + - vp1-supply: The input supply for REG1 + - vp2-supply: The input supply for REG2 + - vp3-supply: The input supply for REG3 + - vp4-supply: The input supply for REG4 + - inl1-supply: The input supply for REG5, REG6 and REG7 + - inl2-supply: The input supply for REG8 and LDO_REG9 + - inl3-supply: The input supply for REG10, REG11 and REG12 +- for act8865: + - vp1-supply: The input supply for DCDC_REG1 + - vp2-supply: The input supply for DCDC_REG2 + - vp3-supply: The input supply for DCDC_REG3 + - inl45-supply: The input supply for LDO_REG1 and LDO_REG2 + - inl67-supply: The input supply for LDO_REG3 and LDO_REG4 + Any standard regulator properties can be used to configure the single regulator. The valid names for regulators are: @@ -16,6 +38,9 @@ The valid names for regulators are: REG1, REG2, REG3, REG4, REG5, REG6, REG7, REG8, REG9, REG10, REG11, REG12 - for act8865: DCDC_REG1, DCDC_REG2, DCDC_REG3, LDO_REG1, LDO_REG2, LDO_REG3, LDO_REG4. + - for act8600: + DCDC_REG1, DCDC_REG2, DCDC_REG3, SUDCDC_REG4, LDO_REG5, LDO_REG6, LDO_REG7, + LDO_REG8, LDO_REG9, LDO_REG10, Example: -------- diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8973-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8973-regulator.txt index 4f15d8a1bfd0..55efb24e5683 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8973-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8973-regulator.txt @@ -2,12 +2,30 @@ Required properties: -- compatible: must be "maxim,max8973" +- compatible: must be one of following: + "maxim,max8973" + "maxim,max77621". - reg: the i2c slave address of the regulator. It should be 0x1b. Any standard regulator properties can be used to configure the single max8973 DCDC. +Optional properties: + +-maxim,externally-enable: boolean, externally control the regulator output + enable/disable. +-maxim,enable-gpio: GPIO for enable control. If the valid GPIO is provided + then externally enable control will be considered. +-maxim,dvs-gpio: GPIO which is connected to DVS pin of device. +-maxim,dvs-default-state: Default state of GPIO during initialisation. + 1 for HIGH and 0 for LOW. +-maxim,enable-remote-sense: boolean, enable reote sense. +-maxim,enable-falling-slew-rate: boolean, enable falling slew rate. +-maxim,enable-active-discharge: boolean: enable active discharge. +-maxim,enable-frequency-shift: boolean, enable 9% frequency shift. +-maxim,enable-bias-control: boolean, enable bias control. By enabling this + startup delay can be reduce to 20us from 220us. + Example: max8973@1b { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..75b4604bad07 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.txt @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +Qualcomm SPMI Regulators + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be one of: + "qcom,pm8841-regulators" + "qcom,pm8916-regulators" + "qcom,pm8941-regulators" + +- interrupts: + Usage: optional + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: List of OCP interrupts. + +- interrupt-names: + Usage: required if 'interrupts' property present + Value type: <string-array> + Definition: List of strings defining the names of the + interrupts in the 'interrupts' property 1-to-1. + Supported values are "ocp-<regulator_name>", where + <regulator_name> corresponds to a voltage switch + type regulator. + +- vdd_s1-supply: +- vdd_s2-supply: +- vdd_s3-supply: +- vdd_s4-supply: +- vdd_s5-supply: +- vdd_s6-supply: +- vdd_s7-supply: +- vdd_s8-supply: + Usage: optional (pm8841 only) + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: Reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as + described in the data sheet. + +- vdd_s1-supply: +- vdd_s2-supply: +- vdd_s3-supply: +- vdd_s4-supply: +- vdd_l1_l3-supply: +- vdd_l2-supply: +- vdd_l4_l5_l6-supply: +- vdd_l7-supply: +- vdd_l8_l11_l14_l15_l16-supply: +- vdd_l9_l10_l12_l13_l17_l18-supply: + Usage: optional (pm8916 only) + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: Reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as + described in the data sheet. + +- vdd_s1-supply: +- vdd_s2-supply: +- vdd_s3-supply: +- vdd_l1_l3-supply: +- vdd_l2_lvs_1_2_3-supply: +- vdd_l4_l11-supply: +- vdd_l5_l7-supply: +- vdd_l6_l12_l14_l15-supply: +- vdd_l8_l16_l18_19-supply: +- vdd_l9_l10_l17_l22-supply: +- vdd_l13_l20_l23_l24-supply: +- vdd_l21-supply: +- vin_5vs-supply: + Usage: optional (pm8941 only) + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: Reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as + described in the data sheet. + + +The regulator node houses sub-nodes for each regulator within the device. Each +sub-node is identified using the node's name, with valid values listed for each +of the PMICs below. + +pm8841: + s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6, s7, s8 + +pm8916: + s1, s2, s3, s4, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, l11, l12, l13, + l14, l15, l16, l17, l18 + +pm8941: + s1, s2, s3, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, l11, l12, l13, l14, + l15, l16, l17, l18, l19, l20, l21, l22, l23, l24, lvs1, lvs2, lvs3, + mvs1, mvs2 + +The content of each sub-node is defined by the standard binding for regulators - +see regulator.txt - with additional custom properties described below: + +- regulator-initial-mode: + Usage: optional + Value type: <u32> + Descrption: 1 = Set initial mode to high power mode (HPM), also referred + to as NPM. HPM consumes more ground current than LPM, but + it can source significantly higher load current. HPM is not + available on boost type regulators. For voltage switch type + regulators, HPM implies that over current protection and + soft start are active all the time. 0 = Set initial mode to + low power mode (LPM). + +Example: + + regulators { + compatible = "qcom,pm8941-regulators"; + vdd_l1_l3-supply = <&s1>; + + s1: s1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1400000>; + }; + + ... + + l1: l1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1225000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>; + }; + + .... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt index abb26b58c83e..db88feb28c03 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt @@ -7,18 +7,20 @@ Optional properties: - regulator-microvolt-offset: Offset applied to voltages to compensate for voltage drops - regulator-min-microamp: smallest current consumers may set - regulator-max-microamp: largest current consumers may set +- regulator-input-current-limit-microamp: maximum input current regulator allows - regulator-always-on: boolean, regulator should never be disabled - regulator-boot-on: bootloader/firmware enabled regulator - regulator-allow-bypass: allow the regulator to go into bypass mode - <name>-supply: phandle to the parent supply/regulator node - regulator-ramp-delay: ramp delay for regulator(in uV/uS) For hardware which supports disabling ramp rate, it should be explicitly - intialised to zero (regulator-ramp-delay = <0>) for disabling ramp delay. + initialised to zero (regulator-ramp-delay = <0>) for disabling ramp delay. - regulator-enable-ramp-delay: The time taken, in microseconds, for the supply rail to reach the target voltage, plus/minus whatever tolerance the board design requires. This property describes the total system ramp time required due to the combination of internal ramping of the regulator itself, and board design issues such as trace capacitance and load on the supply. +- regulator-soft-start: Enable soft start so that voltage ramps slowly - regulator-state-mem sub-root node for Suspend-to-RAM mode : suspend to memory, the device goes to sleep, but all data stored in memory, only some external interrupt can wake the device. @@ -37,6 +39,9 @@ Optional properties: - regulator-initial-mode: initial operating mode. The set of possible operating modes depends on the capabilities of every hardware so each device binding documentation explains which values the regulator supports. +- regulator-system-load: Load in uA present on regulator that is not captured by + any consumer request. +- regulator-pull-down: Enable pull down resistor when the regulator is disabled. Deprecated properties: - regulator-compatible: If a regulator chip contains multiple diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/wkup_m3_rproc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/wkup_m3_rproc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3a70073797eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/wkup_m3_rproc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +TI Wakeup M3 Remoteproc Driver +============================== + +The TI AM33xx and AM43xx family of devices use a small Cortex M3 co-processor +(commonly referred to as Wakeup M3 or CM3) to help with various low power tasks +that cannot be controlled from the MPU. This CM3 processor requires a firmware +binary to accomplish this. The wkup_m3 remoteproc driver handles the loading of +the firmware and booting of the CM3. + +Wkup M3 Device Node: +==================== +A wkup_m3 device node is used to represent the Wakeup M3 processor instance +within the SoC. It is added as a child node of the parent interconnect bus +(l4_wkup) through which it is accessible to the MPU. + +Required properties: +-------------------- +- compatible: Should be one of, + "ti,am3352-wkup-m3" for AM33xx SoCs + "ti,am4372-wkup-m3" for AM43xx SoCs +- reg: Should contain the address ranges for the two internal + memory regions, UMEM and DMEM. The parent node should + provide an appropriate ranges property for properly + translating these into bus addresses. +- reg-names: Contains the corresponding names for the two memory + regions. These should be named "umem" & "dmem". +- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated with the wkupm3 device. +- ti,pm-firmware: Name of firmware file to be used for loading and + booting the wkup_m3 remote processor. + +Example: +-------- +/* AM33xx */ +ocp { + l4_wkup: l4_wkup@44c00000 { + compatible = "am335-l4-wkup", "simple-bus"; + ranges = <0 0x44c00000 0x400000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + wkup_m3: wkup_m3@100000 { + compatible = "ti,am3352-wkup-m3"; + reg = <0x100000 0x4000>, + <0x180000 0x2000>; + reg-names = "umem", "dmem"; + ti,hwmods = "wkup_m3"; + ti,pm-firmware = "am335x-pm-firmware.elf"; + }; + }; + + ... +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/berlin,reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/berlin,reset.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..514fee098b4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/berlin,reset.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Marvell Berlin reset controller +=============================== + +Please also refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset +controller binding usage. + +The reset controller node must be a sub-node of the chip controller +node on Berlin SoCs. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "marvell,berlin2-reset" +- #reset-cells: must be set to 2 + +Example: + +chip_rst: reset { + compatible = "marvell,berlin2-reset"; + #reset-cells = <2>; +}; + +&usb_phy0 { + resets = <&chip_rst 0x104 12>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-resetmgr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm21664-resetmgr.txt index 93f31ca1ef4b..93f31ca1ef4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-resetmgr.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm21664-resetmgr.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm63138-pmb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm63138-pmb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a98872d27872 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm63138-pmb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +Broadcom BCM63138 Processor Monitor Bus binding +=============================================== + +Please also refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset +controller binding usage. + +Require properties: + +- compatible: must be "brcm,bcm63138-pmb" +- reg: base register address and size for this bus controller +- #reset-cells: must be 2 first cell is the address within the bus instance designated + by the phandle, and the second is the number of zones for this peripheral + +Example: + pmb0: reset-controller@4800c0 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm63138-pmb"; + reg = <0x4800c0 0x10>; + #reset-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/abracon,abx80x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/abracon,abx80x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..be789685a1c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/abracon,abx80x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Abracon ABX80X I2C ultra low power RTC/Alarm chip + +The Abracon ABX80X family consist of the ab0801, ab0803, ab0804, ab0805, ab1801, +ab1803, ab1804 and ab1805. The ab0805 is the superset of ab080x and the ab1805 +is the superset of ab180x. + +Required properties: + + - "compatible": should one of: + "abracon,abx80x" + "abracon,ab0801" + "abracon,ab0803" + "abracon,ab0804" + "abracon,ab0805" + "abracon,ab1801" + "abracon,ab1803" + "abracon,ab1804" + "abracon,ab1805" + Using "abracon,abx80x" will enable chip autodetection. + - "reg": I2C bus address of the device + +Optional properties: + +The abx804 and abx805 have a trickle charger that is able to charge the +connected battery or supercap. Both the following properties have to be defined +and valid to enable charging: + + - "abracon,tc-diode": should be "standard" (0.6V) or "schottky" (0.3V) + - "abracon,tc-resistor": should be <0>, <3>, <6> or <11>. 0 disables the output + resistor, the other values are in ohm. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/digicolor-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/digicolor-rtc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d464986012cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/digicolor-rtc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Conexant Digicolor Real Time Clock controller + +This binding currently supports the CX92755 SoC. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "cnxt,cx92755-rtc" +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupts: rtc alarm interrupt + +Example: + + rtc@f0000c30 { + compatible = "cnxt,cx92755-rtc"; + reg = <0xf0000c30 0x18>; + interrupts = <25>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt index 5c199ee044cb..a8934fe2ab4c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt @@ -6,11 +6,11 @@ as well as a clock output of up to 32kHz. Required properties: - compatible: should be: "haoyu,hym8563" - reg: i2c address -- interrupts: rtc alarm/event interrupt - #clock-cells: the value should be 0 Optional properties: - clock-output-names: From common clock binding +- interrupts: rtc alarm/event interrupt Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-st-lpc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-st-lpc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..73407f502e4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-st-lpc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +STMicroelectronics Low Power Controller (LPC) - RTC +=================================================== + +LPC currently supports Watchdog OR Real Time Clock functionality. + +[See: ../watchdog/st_lpc_wdt.txt for Watchdog options] + +Required properties + +- compatible : Must be one of: "st,stih407-lpc" "st,stih416-lpc" + "st,stih415-lpc" "st,stid127-lpc" +- reg : LPC registers base address + size +- interrupts : LPC interrupt line number and associated flags +- clocks : Clock used by LPC device (See: ../clock/clock-bindings.txt) +- st,lpc-mode : The LPC can run either one of two modes ST_LPC_MODE_RTC [0] or + ST_LPC_MODE_WDT [1]. One (and only one) mode must be + selected. + +Example: + lpc@fde05000 { + compatible = "st,stih407-lpc"; + reg = <0xfde05000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&clk_s_d3_flexgen CLK_LPC_0>; + st,lpc-mode = <ST_LPC_MODE_RTC>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt index ab757b84daa7..ac2fcd6ff4b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt @@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ Required properties: * "samsung,s3c2416-rtc" - for controllers compatible with s3c2416 rtc. * "samsung,s3c2443-rtc" - for controllers compatible with s3c2443 rtc. * "samsung,s3c6410-rtc" - for controllers compatible with s3c6410 rtc. - * "samsung,exynos3250-rtc" - for controllers compatible with exynos3250 rtc. + * "samsung,exynos3250-rtc" - (deprecated) for controllers compatible with + exynos3250 rtc (use "samsung,s3c6410-rtc"). - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. - interrupts: Two interrupt numbers to the cpu should be specified. First diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/stmp3xxx-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/stmp3xxx-rtc.txt index b800070fe6e9..fa6a94226669 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/stmp3xxx-rtc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/stmp3xxx-rtc.txt @@ -7,6 +7,11 @@ Required properties: region. - interrupts: rtc alarm interrupt +Optional properties: +- stmp,crystal-freq: override crystal frequency as determined from fuse bits. + Only <32000> and <32768> are possible for the hardware. Use <0> for + "no crystal". + Example: rtc@80056000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-spi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..158b0165e01c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-spi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +* STMicroelectronics SAS. ST33ZP24 TPM SoC + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "st,st33zp24-spi". +- spi-max-frequency: Maximum SPI frequency (<= 10000000). + +Optional ST33ZP24 Properties: +- interrupt-parent: phandle for the interrupt gpio controller +- interrupts: GPIO interrupt to which the chip is connected +- lpcpd-gpios: Output GPIO pin used for ST33ZP24 power management D1/D2 state. +If set, power must be present when the platform is going into sleep/hibernate mode. + +Optional SoC Specific Properties: +- pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default". +- pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller. + +Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST33ZP24 on SPI4): + +&mcspi4 { + + status = "okay"; + + st33zp24@0 { + + compatible = "st,st33zp24-spi"; + + spi-max-frequency = <10000000>; + + interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>; + interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + + lpcpd-gpios = <&gpio5 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arm_sbsa_uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arm_sbsa_uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4163e7eb7763 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arm_sbsa_uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +* ARM SBSA defined generic UART +This UART uses a subset of the PL011 registers and consequently lives +in the PL011 driver. It's baudrate and other communication parameters +cannot be adjusted at runtime, so it lacks a clock specifier here. + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "arm,sbsa-uart" +- reg: exactly one register range +- interrupts: exactly one interrupt specifier +- current-speed: the (fixed) baud rate set by the firmware diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt index a6391e70a8fd..90787aa2e648 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ * Atmel Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (USART) Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-usart" +- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-usart" or "atmel,<chip>-dbgu" The compatible <chip> indicated will be the first SoC to support an additional mode or an USART new feature. + For the dbgu UART, use "atmel,<chip>-dbgu", "atmel,<chip>-usart" - reg: Should contain registers location and length - interrupts: Should contain interrupt - clock-names: tuple listing input clock names. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/bcm63xx-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/brcm,bcm6345-uart.txt index 5c52e5eef16d..5c52e5eef16d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/bcm63xx-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/brcm,bcm6345-uart.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c2d3b3abe7d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* Ingenic SoC UART + +Required properties: +- compatible : "ingenic,jz4740-uart" or "ingenic,jz4780-uart" +- reg : offset and length of the register set for the device. +- interrupts : should contain uart interrupt. +- clocks : phandles to the module & baud clocks. +- clock-names: tuple listing input clock names. + Required elements: "baud", "module" + +Example: + +uart0: serial@10030000 { + compatible = "ingenic,jz4740-uart"; + reg = <0x10030000 0x100>; + + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupts = <9>; + + clocks = <&ext>, <&cgu JZ4740_CLK_UART0>; + clock-names = "baud", "module"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt index 44152261e5c5..8d63f1da07aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt @@ -14,7 +14,14 @@ Required properties: - interrupts: A single interrupt specifier. -- clocks: Clock driving the hardware. +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: + - "baud": The clock the baudrate is derived from + - "bus": The bus clock for register accesses (optional) + +For compatibility with older device trees an unnamed clock is used for the +baud clock if the baudclk does not exist. Do not use this for new designs. Example: @@ -22,5 +29,6 @@ Example: compatible = "mediatek,mt6589-uart", "mediatek,mt6577-uart"; reg = <0x11006000 0x400>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 51 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; - clocks = <&uart_clk>; + clocks = <&uart_clk>, <&bus_clk>; + clock-names = "baud", "bus"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,lpc1850-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,lpc1850-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..04e23e63ee4f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,lpc1850-uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +* NXP LPC1850 UART + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nxp,lpc1850-uart", "ns16550a". +- reg : offset and length of the register set for the device. +- interrupts : should contain uart interrupt. +- clocks : phandle to the input clocks. +- clock-names : required elements: "uartclk", "reg". + +Optional properties: +- dmas : Two or more DMA channel specifiers following the + convention outlined in bindings/dma/dma.txt +- dma-names : Names for the dma channels, if present. There must + be at least one channel named "tx" for transmit + and named "rx" for receive. + +Since it's also possible to also use the of_serial.c driver all +parameters from 8250.txt also apply but are optional. + +Example: +uart0: serial@40081000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-uart", "ns16550a"; + reg = <0x40081000 0x1000>; + reg-shift = <2>; + interrupts = <24>; + clocks = <&ccu2 CLK_APB0_UART0>, <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_UART0>; + clock-names = "uartclk", "reg"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,sc16is7xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,sc16is7xx.txt index 246c795668dc..fbfe53635a3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,sc16is7xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,sc16is7xx.txt @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ * NXP SC16IS7xx advanced Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter (UART) +* i2c as bus Required properties: - compatible: Should be one of the following: @@ -31,3 +32,39 @@ Example: gpio-controller; #gpio-cells = <2>; }; + +* spi as bus + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be one of the following: + - "nxp,sc16is740" for NXP SC16IS740, + - "nxp,sc16is741" for NXP SC16IS741, + - "nxp,sc16is750" for NXP SC16IS750, + - "nxp,sc16is752" for NXP SC16IS752, + - "nxp,sc16is760" for NXP SC16IS760, + - "nxp,sc16is762" for NXP SC16IS762. +- reg: SPI chip select number. +- interrupt-parent: The phandle for the interrupt controller that + services interrupts for this IC. +- interrupts: Specifies the interrupt source of the parent interrupt + controller. The format of the interrupt specifier depends on the + parent interrupt controller. +- clocks: phandle to the IC source clock. + +Optional properties: +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the GPIO number and + the second cell is used to specify the GPIO polarity: + 0 = active high, + 1 = active low. + +Example: + sc16is750: sc16is750@0 { + compatible = "nxp,sc16is750"; + reg = <0>; + clocks = <&clk20m>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>; + interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt index 342eedd10050..54c2a155c783 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt @@ -4,7 +4,27 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be "ti,omap2-uart" for OMAP2 controllers - compatible : should be "ti,omap3-uart" for OMAP3 controllers - compatible : should be "ti,omap4-uart" for OMAP4 controllers +- reg : address and length of the register space +- interrupts or interrupts-extended : Should contain the uart interrupt + specifier or both the interrupt + controller phandle and interrupt + specifier. - ti,hwmods : Must be "uart<n>", n being the instance number (1-based) Optional properties: - clock-frequency : frequency of the clock input to the UART +- dmas : DMA specifier, consisting of a phandle to the DMA controller + node and a DMA channel number. +- dma-names : "rx" for receive channel, "tx" for transmit channel. + +Example: + + uart4: serial@49042000 { + compatible = "ti,omap3-uart"; + reg = <0x49042000 0x400>; + interrupts = <80>; + dmas = <&sdma 81 &sdma 82>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + ti,hwmods = "uart4"; + clock-frequency = <48000000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt index ba3ecb8cb5a1..cbae3d9a0278 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ * ARM AMBA Primecell PL011 serial UART Required properties: -- compatible: must be "arm,primecell", "arm,pl011" +- compatible: must be "arm,primecell", "arm,pl011", "zte,zx296702-uart" - reg: exactly one register range with length 0x1000 - interrupts: exactly one interrupt specifier diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt index ae73bb0e9ad9..e84b13a8eda3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,scifa" for generic SCIFA compatible UART. - "renesas,scifb" for generic SCIFB compatible UART. - "renesas,hscif" for generic HSCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,sci" for generic SCI compatible UART. When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first followed by the @@ -44,6 +45,11 @@ Required properties: Note: Each enabled SCIx UART should have an alias correctly numbered in the "aliases" node. +Optional properties: + - dmas: Must contain a list of two references to DMA specifiers, one for + transmission, and one for reception. + - dma-names: Must contain a list of two DMA names, "tx" and "rx". + Example: aliases { serial0 = &scifa0; @@ -56,4 +62,6 @@ Example: interrupts = <0 144 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; clocks = <&mstp2_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCIFA0>; clock-names = "sci_ick"; + dmas = <&dmac0 0x21>, <&dmac0 0x22>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt index f0c39261c5d4..67e2a0aeb042 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt @@ -2,8 +2,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should be "sirf,prima2-uart", "sirf, prima2-usp-uart", - "sirf,atlas7-uart" or "sirf,atlas7-bt-uart" which means - uart located in BT module and used for BT. + "sirf,atlas7-uart" or "sirf,atlas7-usp-uart". - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt - fifosize : Should define hardware rx/tx fifo size @@ -33,15 +32,3 @@ usp@b0090000 { rts-gpios = <&gpio 15 0>; cts-gpios = <&gpio 46 0>; }; - -for uart use in BT module, -uart6: uart@11000000 { - cell-index = <6>; - compatible = "sirf,atlas7-bt-uart", "sirf,atlas7-uart"; - reg = <0x11000000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <0 100 0>; - clocks = <&clks 138>, <&clks 140>, <&clks 141>; - clock-names = "uart", "general", "noc"; - fifosize = <128>; - status = "disabled"; -} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0b3892a7a528 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +UniPhier UART controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "socionext,uniphier-uart". +- reg: offset and length of the register set for the device. +- interrupts: a single interrupt specifier. +- clocks: phandle to the input clock. + +Optional properties: +- fifo-size: the RX/TX FIFO size. Defaults to 64 if not specified. + +Example: + aliases { + serial0 = &serial0; + }; + + serial0: serial@54006800 { + compatible = "socionext,uniphier-uart"; + reg = <0x54006800 0x40>; + interrupts = <0 33 4>; + clocks = <&uart_clk>; + fifo-size = <64>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman-portals.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman-portals.txt index 48c4dae5d6f9..47e46ccbc170 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman-portals.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman-portals.txt @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ PROPERTIES For additional details about the PAMU/LIODN binding(s) see pamu.txt -- fsl,qman-channel-id +- cell-index Usage: Required Value type: <u32> Definition: The hardware index of the channel. This can also be @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ The example below shows a (P4080) QMan portals container/bus node with two porta reg = <0x4000 0x4000>, <0x101000 0x1000>; interrupts = <106 2 0 0>; fsl,liodn = <3 4>; - fsl,qman-channel-id = <1>; + cell-index = <1>; fman0 { fsl,liodn = <0x22>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ddeb5b6a53c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +MediaTek PMIC Wrapper Driver + +This document describes the binding for the MediaTek PMIC wrapper. + +On MediaTek SoCs the PMIC is connected via SPI. The SPI master interface +is not directly visible to the CPU, but only through the PMIC wrapper +inside the SoC. The communication between the SoC and the PMIC can +optionally be encrypted. Also a non standard Dual IO SPI mode can be +used to increase speed. + +IP Pairing + +on MT8135 the pins of some SoC internal peripherals can be on the PMIC. +The signals of these pins are routed over the SPI bus using the pwrap +bridge. In the binding description below the properties needed for bridging +are marked with "IP Pairing". These are optional on SoCs which do not support +IP Pairing + +Required properties in pwrap device node. +- compatible: + "mediatek,mt8135-pwrap" for MT8135 SoCs + "mediatek,mt8173-pwrap" for MT8173 SoCs +- interrupts: IRQ for pwrap in SOC +- reg-names: Must include the following entries: + "pwrap": Main registers base + "pwrap-bridge": bridge base (IP Pairing) +- reg: Must contain an entry for each entry in reg-names. +- reset-names: Must include the following entries: + "pwrap" + "pwrap-bridge" (IP Pairing) +- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. +- clock-names: Must include the following entries: + "spi": SPI bus clock + "wrap": Main module clock +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + +Optional properities: +- pmic: Mediatek PMIC MFD is the child device of pwrap + See the following for child node definitions: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt + +Example: + pwrap: pwrap@1000f000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8135-pwrap"; + reg = <0 0x1000f000 0 0x1000>, + <0 0x11017000 0 0x1000>; + reg-names = "pwrap", "pwrap-bridge"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 128 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + resets = <&infracfg MT8135_INFRA_PMIC_WRAP_RST>, + <&pericfg MT8135_PERI_PWRAP_BRIDGE_SW_RST>; + reset-names = "pwrap", "pwrap-bridge"; + clocks = <&clk26m>, <&clk26m>; + clock-names = "spi", "wrap"; + + pmic { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6397"; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,gsbi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,gsbi.txt index 4ce24d425bf1..2f5ede39bea2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,gsbi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,gsbi.txt @@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ configuration settings. The mode setting will govern the input/output mode of the 4 GSBI IOs. Required properties: -- compatible: must contain "qcom,gsbi-v1.0.0" for APQ8064/IPQ8064 +- compatible: Should contain "qcom,gsbi-v1.0.0" +- cell-index: Should contain the GSBI index - reg: Address range for GSBI registers - clocks: required clock - clock-names: must contain "iface" entry @@ -16,6 +17,8 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - qcom,crci : indicates CRCI MUX value for QUP CRCI ports. Please reference dt-bindings/soc/qcom,gsbi.h for valid CRCI mux values. +- syscon-tcsr: indicates phandle of TCSR syscon node. Required if child uses + dma. Required properties if child node exists: - #address-cells: Must be 1 @@ -39,6 +42,7 @@ Example for APQ8064: gsbi4@16300000 { compatible = "qcom,gsbi-v1.0.0"; + cell-index = <4>; reg = <0x16300000 0x100>; clocks = <&gcc GSBI4_H_CLK>; clock-names = "iface"; @@ -48,22 +52,24 @@ Example for APQ8064: qcom,mode = <GSBI_PROT_I2C_UART>; qcom,crci = <GSBI_CRCI_QUP>; + syscon-tcsr = <&tcsr>; + /* child nodes go under here */ i2c_qup4: i2c@16380000 { - compatible = "qcom,i2c-qup-v1.1.1"; - reg = <0x16380000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <0 153 0>; + compatible = "qcom,i2c-qup-v1.1.1"; + reg = <0x16380000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 153 0>; - clocks = <&gcc GSBI4_QUP_CLK>, <&gcc GSBI4_H_CLK>; - clock-names = "core", "iface"; + clocks = <&gcc GSBI4_QUP_CLK>, <&gcc GSBI4_H_CLK>; + clock-names = "core", "iface"; - clock-frequency = <200000>; + clock-frequency = <200000>; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; - }; + }; uart4: serial@16340000 { compatible = "qcom,msm-uartdm-v1.3", "qcom,msm-uartdm"; @@ -76,3 +82,7 @@ Example for APQ8064: }; }; + tcsr: syscon@1a400000 { + compatible = "qcom,apq8064-tcsr", "syscon"; + reg = <0x1a400000 0x100>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/sunxi/sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/sunxi/sram.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..067698112f5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/sunxi/sram.txt @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +Allwinnner SoC SRAM controllers +----------------------------------------------------- + +The SRAM controller found on most Allwinner devices is represented by +a regular node for the SRAM controller itself, with sub-nodes +reprensenting the SRAM handled by the SRAM controller. + +Controller Node +--------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible : "allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-controller" +- reg : sram controller register offset + length + +SRAM nodes +---------- + +Each SRAM is described using the mmio-sram bindings documented in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/sram.txt + +Each SRAM will have SRAM sections that are going to be handled by the +SRAM controller as subnodes. These sections are represented following +once again the representation described in the mmio-sram binding. + +The valid sections compatible are: + - allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-a3-a4 + - allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-d + +Devices using SRAM sections +--------------------------- + +Some devices need to request to the SRAM controller to map an SRAM for +their exclusive use. + +The relationship between such a device and an SRAM section is +expressed through the allwinner,sram property, that will take a +phandle and an argument. + +This valid values for this argument are: + - 0: CPU + - 1: Device + +Example +------- +sram-controller@01c00000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-controller"; + reg = <0x01c00000 0x30>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + sram_a: sram@00000000 { + compatible = "mmio-sram"; + reg = <0x00000000 0xc000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0 0x00000000 0xc000>; + + emac_sram: sram-section@8000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-a3-a4"; + reg = <0x8000 0x4000>; + status = "disabled"; + }; + }; +}; + +emac: ethernet@01c0b000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-emac"; + ... + + allwinner,sram = <&emac_sram 1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1701.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1701.txt index 547a49b56a62..0d1128ce2ea7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1701.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1701.txt @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ Optional properties: pin configurations as described in the datasheet, table 53. Note that the value of this property has to be prefixed with '/bits/ 8'. + - avdd-supply: Power supply for AVDD, providing 3.3V + - dvdd-supply: Power supply for DVDD, providing 3.3V Examples: @@ -28,6 +30,8 @@ Examples: compatible = "adi,adau1701"; reg = <0x34>; reset-gpio = <&gpio 23 0>; + avdd-supply = <&vdd_3v3_reg>; + dvdd-supply = <&vdd_3v3_reg>; adi,pll-mode-gpios = <&gpio 24 0 &gpio 25 0>; adi,pin-config = /bits/ 8 <0x4 0x7 0x5 0x5 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4 0x4>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/bcm2835-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/brcm,bcm2835-i2s.txt index 65783de0aedf..65783de0aedf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/bcm2835-i2s.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/brcm,bcm2835-i2s.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/bt-sco.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/bt-sco.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..29b8e5d40203 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/bt-sco.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +Bluetooth-SCO audio CODEC + +This device support generic Bluetooth SCO link. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : "delta,dfbmcs320" + +Example: + +codec: bt_sco { + compatible = "delta,dfbmcs320"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/gtm601.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/gtm601.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5efc8c068de0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/gtm601.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +GTM601 UMTS modem audio interface CODEC + +This device has no configuration interface. Sample rate is fixed - 8kHz. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : "option,gtm601" + +Example: + +codec: gtm601_codec { + compatible = "option,gtm601"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4740-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4740-i2s.txt index b41433386e2f..b623d50004fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4740-i2s.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4740-i2s.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Ingenic JZ4740 I2S controller Required properties: -- compatible : "ingenic,jz4740-i2s" +- compatible : "ingenic,jz4740-i2s" or "ingenic,jz4780-i2s" - reg : I2S registers location and length - clocks : AIC and I2S PLL clock specifiers. - clock-names: "aic" and "i2s" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt index aa802a274520..4e3be6682c98 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt @@ -18,6 +18,12 @@ Optional properties: - maxim,dmic-freq: Frequency at which to clock DMIC +- maxim,micbias: Micbias voltage applies to the analog mic, valid voltages value are: + 0 - 2.2v + 1 - 2.55v + 2 - 2.4v + 3 - 2.8v + Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes): * MIC1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98925.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98925.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..27be63e2aa0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98925.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +max98925 audio CODEC + +This device supports I2C. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : "maxim,max98925" + + - vmon-slot-no : slot number used to send voltage information + + - imon-slot-no : slot number used to send current information + + - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C + +Example: + +codec: max98925@1a { + compatible = "maxim,max98925"; + vmon-slot-no = <0>; + imon-slot-no = <2>; + reg = <0x1a>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-max98090.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-max98090.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..829bd26d17f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-max98090.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +MT8173 with MAX98090 CODEC + +Required properties: +- compatible : "mediatek,mt8173-max98090" +- mediatek,audio-codec: the phandle of the MAX98090 audio codec + +Example: + + sound { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-max98090"; + mediatek,audio-codec = <&max98090>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650-rt5676.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650-rt5676.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..61e98c976bd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650-rt5676.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +MT8173 with RT5650 RT5676 CODECS + +Required properties: +- compatible : "mediatek,mt8173-rt5650-rt5676" +- mediatek,audio-codec: the phandles of rt5650 and rt5676 codecs + +Example: + + sound { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-rt5650-rt5676"; + mediatek,audio-codec = <&rt5650 &rt5676>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mtk-afe-pcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mtk-afe-pcm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e302c7f43b95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mtk-afe-pcm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +Mediatek AFE PCM controller + +Required properties: +- compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-afe-pcm"; +- reg: register location and size +- interrupts: Should contain AFE interrupt +- clock-names: should have these clock names: + "infra_sys_audio_clk", + "top_pdn_audio", + "top_pdn_aud_intbus", + "bck0", + "bck1", + "i2s0_m", + "i2s1_m", + "i2s2_m", + "i2s3_m", + "i2s3_b"; + +Example: + + afe: mt8173-afe-pcm@11220000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-afe-pcm"; + reg = <0 0x11220000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 134 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + clocks = <&infracfg INFRA_AUDIO>, + <&topckgen TOP_AUDIO_SEL>, + <&topckgen TOP_AUD_INTBUS_SEL>, + <&topckgen TOP_APLL1_DIV0>, + <&topckgen TOP_APLL2_DIV0>, + <&topckgen TOP_I2S0_M_CK_SEL>, + <&topckgen TOP_I2S1_M_CK_SEL>, + <&topckgen TOP_I2S2_M_CK_SEL>, + <&topckgen TOP_I2S3_M_CK_SEL>, + <&topckgen TOP_I2S3_B_CK_SEL>; + clock-names = "infra_sys_audio_clk", + "top_pdn_audio", + "top_pdn_aud_intbus", + "bck0", + "bck1", + "i2s0_m", + "i2s1_m", + "i2s2_m", + "i2s3_m", + "i2s3_b"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max98090.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max98090.txt index c949abc2992f..c3495beba358 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max98090.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max98090.txt @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ Required properties: * Headphones * Speakers * Mic Jack + * Int Mic - nvidia,i2s-controller : The phandle of the Tegra I2S controller that's connected to the CODEC. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt index 1ab6bc8404d5..f6a715e4ef43 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ Required properties: - compatible: "ti,omap-twl4030" - ti,model: Name of the sound card (for example "omap3beagle") - ti,mcbsp: phandle for the McBSP node -- ti,codec: phandle for the twl4030 audio node Optional properties: +- ti,codec: phandle for the twl4030 audio node - ti,mcbsp-voice: phandle for the McBSP node connected to the voice port of twl - ti, jack-det-gpio: Jack detect GPIO - ti,audio-routing: List of connections between audio components. @@ -59,5 +59,4 @@ sound { ti,model = "omap3beagle"; ti,mcbsp = <&mcbsp2>; - ti,codec = <&twl_audio>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,apq8016-sbc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,apq8016-sbc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..48129368d4d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,apq8016-sbc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +* Qualcomm Technologies APQ8016 SBC ASoC machine driver + +This node models the Qualcomm Technologies APQ8016 SBC ASoC machine driver + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "qcom,apq8016-sbc-sndcard" + +- pinctrl-N : One property must exist for each entry in + pinctrl-names. See ../pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt + for details of the property values. +- pinctrl-names : Must contain a "default" entry. +- reg : Must contain an address for each entry in reg-names. +- reg-names : A list which must include the following entries: + * "mic-iomux" + * "spkr-iomux" +- qcom,model : Name of the sound card. + +Dai-link subnode properties and subnodes: + +Required dai-link subnodes: + +- cpu : CPU sub-node +- codec : CODEC sub-node + +Required CPU/CODEC subnodes properties: + +-link-name : Name of the dai link. +-sound-dai : phandle and port of CPU/CODEC +-capture-dai : phandle and port of CPU/CODEC + +Example: + +sound: sound { + compatible = "qcom,apq8016-sbc-sndcard"; + reg = <0x07702000 0x4>, <0x07702004 0x4>; + reg-names = "mic-iomux", "spkr-iomux"; + qcom,model = "DB410c"; + + /* I2S - Internal codec */ + internal-dai-link@0 { + cpu { /* PRIMARY */ + sound-dai = <&lpass MI2S_PRIMARY>; + }; + codec { + sound-dai = <&wcd_codec 0>; + }; + }; + + /* External Primary or External Secondary -ADV7533 HDMI */ + external-dai-link@0 { + link-name = "ADV7533"; + cpu { /* QUAT */ + sound-dai = <&lpass MI2S_QUATERNARY>; + }; + codec { + sound-dai = <&adv_bridge 0>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-cpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-cpu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..21c648328be9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-cpu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +* Qualcomm Technologies LPASS CPU DAI + +This node models the Qualcomm Technologies Low-Power Audio SubSystem (LPASS). + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "qcom,lpass-cpu" or "qcom,apq8016-lpass-cpu" +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. +- clock-names : A list which must include the following entries: + * "ahbix-clk" + * "mi2s-osr-clk" + * "mi2s-bit-clk" + : required clocks for "qcom,lpass-cpu-apq8016" + * "ahbix-clk" + * "mi2s-bit-clk0" + * "mi2s-bit-clk1" + * "mi2s-bit-clk2" + * "mi2s-bit-clk3" + * "pcnoc-mport-clk" + * "pcnoc-sway-clk" + +- interrupts : Must contain an entry for each entry in + interrupt-names. +- interrupt-names : A list which must include the following entries: + * "lpass-irq-lpaif" +- pinctrl-N : One property must exist for each entry in + pinctrl-names. See ../pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt + for details of the property values. +- pinctrl-names : Must contain a "default" entry. +- reg : Must contain an address for each entry in reg-names. +- reg-names : A list which must include the following entries: + * "lpass-lpaif" + + + +Optional properties: + +- qcom,adsp : Phandle for the audio DSP node + +Example: + +lpass@28100000 { + compatible = "qcom,lpass-cpu"; + clocks = <&lcc AHBIX_CLK>, <&lcc MI2S_OSR_CLK>, <&lcc MI2S_BIT_CLK>; + clock-names = "ahbix-clk", "mi2s-osr-clk", "mi2s-bit-clk"; + interrupts = <0 85 1>; + interrupt-names = "lpass-irq-lpaif"; + pinctrl-names = "default", "idle"; + pinctrl-0 = <&mi2s_default>; + pinctrl-1 = <&mi2s_idle>; + reg = <0x28100000 0x10000>; + reg-names = "lpass-lpaif"; + qcom,adsp = <&adsp>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt index 2dd690bc19cc..b6b3a786855f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Required properties: "renesas,rcar_sound-gen1" if generation1, and "renesas,rcar_sound-gen2" if generation2 Examples with soctypes are: + - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7778" (R-Car M1A) - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7790" (R-Car H2) - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W) - reg : Should contain the register physical address. @@ -29,9 +30,17 @@ SSI subnode properties: - shared-pin : if shared clock pin - pio-transfer : use PIO transfer mode - no-busif : BUSIF is not ussed when [mem -> SSI] via DMA case +- dma : Should contain Audio DMAC entry +- dma-names : SSI case "rx" (=playback), "tx" (=capture) + SSIU case "rxu" (=playback), "txu" (=capture) SRC subnode properties: -no properties at this point +- dma : Should contain Audio DMAC entry +- dma-names : "rx" (=playback), "tx" (=capture) + +DVC subnode properties: +- dma : Should contain Audio DMAC entry +- dma-names : "tx" (=playback/capture) DAI subnode properties: - playback : list of playback modules @@ -39,62 +48,151 @@ DAI subnode properties: Example: -rcar_sound: rcar_sound@ec500000 { +rcar_sound: sound@ec500000 { #sound-dai-cells = <1>; compatible = "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7791", "renesas,rcar_sound-gen2"; reg = <0 0xec500000 0 0x1000>, /* SCU */ <0 0xec5a0000 0 0x100>, /* ADG */ <0 0xec540000 0 0x1000>, /* SSIU */ - <0 0xec541000 0 0x1280>; /* SSI */ + <0 0xec541000 0 0x1280>, /* SSI */ + <0 0xec740000 0 0x200>; /* Audio DMAC peri peri*/ + reg-names = "scu", "adg", "ssiu", "ssi", "audmapp"; + + clocks = <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SSI_ALL>, + <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SSI9>, <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SSI8>, + <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SSI7>, <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SSI6>, + <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SSI5>, <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SSI4>, + <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SSI3>, <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SSI2>, + <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SSI1>, <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SSI0>, + <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCU_SRC9>, <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCU_SRC8>, + <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCU_SRC7>, <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCU_SRC6>, + <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCU_SRC5>, <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCU_SRC4>, + <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCU_SRC3>, <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCU_SRC2>, + <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCU_SRC1>, <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCU_SRC0>, + <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCU_DVC0>, <&mstp10_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCU_DVC1>, + <&audio_clk_a>, <&audio_clk_b>, <&audio_clk_c>, <&m2_clk>; + clock-names = "ssi-all", + "ssi.9", "ssi.8", "ssi.7", "ssi.6", "ssi.5", + "ssi.4", "ssi.3", "ssi.2", "ssi.1", "ssi.0", + "src.9", "src.8", "src.7", "src.6", "src.5", + "src.4", "src.3", "src.2", "src.1", "src.0", + "dvc.0", "dvc.1", + "clk_a", "clk_b", "clk_c", "clk_i"; rcar_sound,dvc { - dvc0: dvc@0 { }; - dvc1: dvc@1 { }; + dvc0: dvc@0 { + dmas = <&audma0 0xbc>; + dma-names = "tx"; + }; + dvc1: dvc@1 { + dmas = <&audma0 0xbe>; + dma-names = "tx"; + }; }; rcar_sound,src { - src0: src@0 { }; - src1: src@1 { }; - src2: src@2 { }; - src3: src@3 { }; - src4: src@4 { }; - src5: src@5 { }; - src6: src@6 { }; - src7: src@7 { }; - src8: src@8 { }; - src9: src@9 { }; + src0: src@0 { + interrupts = <0 352 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x85>, <&audma1 0x9a>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + }; + src1: src@1 { + interrupts = <0 353 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x87>, <&audma1 0x9c>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + }; + src2: src@2 { + interrupts = <0 354 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x89>, <&audma1 0x9e>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + }; + src3: src@3 { + interrupts = <0 355 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x8b>, <&audma1 0xa0>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + }; + src4: src@4 { + interrupts = <0 356 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x8d>, <&audma1 0xb0>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + }; + src5: src@5 { + interrupts = <0 357 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x8f>, <&audma1 0xb2>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + }; + src6: src@6 { + interrupts = <0 358 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x91>, <&audma1 0xb4>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + }; + src7: src@7 { + interrupts = <0 359 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x93>, <&audma1 0xb6>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + }; + src8: src@8 { + interrupts = <0 360 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x95>, <&audma1 0xb8>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + }; + src9: src@9 { + interrupts = <0 361 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x97>, <&audma1 0xba>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + }; }; rcar_sound,ssi { ssi0: ssi@0 { interrupts = <0 370 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x01>, <&audma1 0x02>, <&audma0 0x15>, <&audma1 0x16>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu"; }; ssi1: ssi@1 { interrupts = <0 371 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x03>, <&audma1 0x04>, <&audma0 0x49>, <&audma1 0x4a>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu"; }; ssi2: ssi@2 { interrupts = <0 372 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x05>, <&audma1 0x06>, <&audma0 0x63>, <&audma1 0x64>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu"; }; ssi3: ssi@3 { interrupts = <0 373 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x07>, <&audma1 0x08>, <&audma0 0x6f>, <&audma1 0x70>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu"; }; ssi4: ssi@4 { interrupts = <0 374 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x09>, <&audma1 0x0a>, <&audma0 0x71>, <&audma1 0x72>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu"; }; ssi5: ssi@5 { interrupts = <0 375 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x0b>, <&audma1 0x0c>, <&audma0 0x73>, <&audma1 0x74>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu"; }; ssi6: ssi@6 { interrupts = <0 376 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x0d>, <&audma1 0x0e>, <&audma0 0x75>, <&audma1 0x76>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu"; }; ssi7: ssi@7 { interrupts = <0 377 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x0f>, <&audma1 0x10>, <&audma0 0x79>, <&audma1 0x7a>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu"; }; ssi8: ssi@8 { interrupts = <0 378 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x11>, <&audma1 0x12>, <&audma0 0x7b>, <&audma1 0x7c>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu"; }; ssi9: ssi@9 { interrupts = <0 379 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&audma0 0x13>, <&audma1 0x14>, <&audma0 0x7d>, <&audma1 0x7e>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu"; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsrc-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsrc-card.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c64155027288 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsrc-card.txt @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +Renesas Sampling Rate Convert Sound Card: + +Renesas Sampling Rate Convert Sound Card specifies audio DAI connections of SoC <-> codec. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "renesas,rsrc-card,<board>" + Examples with soctypes are: + - "renesas,rsrc-card,lager" + - "renesas,rsrc-card,koelsch" +Optional properties: + +- card_name : User specified audio sound card name, one string + property. +- cpu : CPU sub-node +- codec : CODEC sub-node + +Optional subnode properties: + +- format : CPU/CODEC common audio format. + "i2s", "right_j", "left_j" , "dsp_a" + "dsp_b", "ac97", "pdm", "msb", "lsb" +- frame-master : Indicates dai-link frame master. + phandle to a cpu or codec subnode. +- bitclock-master : Indicates dai-link bit clock master. + phandle to a cpu or codec subnode. +- bitclock-inversion : bool property. Add this if the + dai-link uses bit clock inversion. +- frame-inversion : bool property. Add this if the + dai-link uses frame clock inversion. +- convert-rate : platform specified sampling rate convert + +Required CPU/CODEC subnodes properties: + +- sound-dai : phandle and port of CPU/CODEC + +Optional CPU/CODEC subnodes properties: + +- clocks / system-clock-frequency : specify subnode's clock if needed. + it can be specified via "clocks" if system has + clock node (= common clock), or "system-clock-frequency" + (if system doens't support common clock) + If a clock is specified, it is + enabled with clk_prepare_enable() + in dai startup() and disabled with + clk_disable_unprepare() in dai + shutdown(). + +Example + +sound { + compatible = "renesas,rsrc-card,lager"; + + card-name = "rsnd-ak4643"; + format = "left_j"; + bitclock-master = <&sndcodec>; + frame-master = <&sndcodec>; + + sndcpu: cpu { + sound-dai = <&rcar_sound>; + }; + + sndcodec: codec { + sound-dai = <&ak4643>; + system-clock-frequency = <11289600>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5645.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5645.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7cee1f518f59 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5645.txt @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +RT5650/RT5645 audio CODEC + +This device supports I2C only. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : One of "realtek,rt5645" or "realtek,rt5650". + +- reg : The I2C address of the device. + +- interrupts : The CODEC's interrupt output. + +Optional properties: + +- hp-detect-gpios: + a GPIO spec for the external headphone detect pin. If jd-mode = 0, + we will get the JD status by getting the value of hp-detect-gpios. + +- realtek,in2-differential + Boolean. Indicate MIC2 input are differential, rather than single-ended. + +- realtek,dmic1-data-pin + 0: dmic1 is not used + 1: using IN2P pin as dmic1 data pin + 2: using GPIO6 pin as dmic1 data pin + 3: using GPIO10 pin as dmic1 data pin + 4: using GPIO12 pin as dmic1 data pin + +- realtek,dmic2-data-pin + 0: dmic2 is not used + 1: using IN2N pin as dmic2 data pin + 2: using GPIO5 pin as dmic2 data pin + 3: using GPIO11 pin as dmic2 data pin + +-- realtek,jd-mode : The JD mode of rt5645/rt5650 + 0 : rt5645/rt5650 JD function is not used + 1 : Mode-0 (VDD=3.3V), two port jack detection + 2 : Mode-1 (VDD=3.3V), one port jack detection + 3 : Mode-2 (VDD=1.8V), one port jack detection + +Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes) for RT5645/RT5650: + + * DMIC L1 + * DMIC R1 + * DMIC L2 + * DMIC R2 + * IN1P + * IN1N + * IN2P + * IN2N + * Haptic Generator + * HPOL + * HPOR + * LOUTL + * LOUTR + * PDM1L + * PDM1R + * SPOL + * SPOR + +Example: + +codec: rt5650@1a { + compatible = "realtek,rt5650"; + reg = <0x1a>; + hp-detect-gpios = <&gpio 19 0>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + realtek,dmic-en = "true"; + realtek,en-jd-func = "true"; + realtek,jd-mode = <3>; +};
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5677.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5677.txt index 740ff771aa8b..f07078997f87 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5677.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5677.txt @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - realtek,pow-ldo2-gpio : The GPIO that controls the CODEC's POW_LDO2 pin. +- realtek,reset-gpio : The GPIO that controls the CODEC's RESET pin. - realtek,in1-differential - realtek,in2-differential @@ -70,6 +71,7 @@ rt5677 { realtek,pow-ldo2-gpio = <&gpio TEGRA_GPIO(V, 3) GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + realtek,reset-gpio = <&gpio TEGRA_GPIO(BB, 3) GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; realtek,in1-differential = "true"; realtek,gpio-config = /bits/ 8 <0 0 0 0 0 2>; /* pull up GPIO6 */ realtek,jd2-gpio = <3>; /* Enables Jack detection for GPIO6 */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt index 73bf314f7240..cf3979eb3578 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ Optional properties: connection's sink, the second being the connection's source. - simple-audio-card,mclk-fs : Multiplication factor between stream rate and codec - mclk. + mclk. When defined, mclk-fs property defined in + dai-link sub nodes are ignored. - simple-audio-card,hp-det-gpio : Reference to GPIO that signals when headphones are attached. - simple-audio-card,mic-det-gpio : Reference to GPIO that signals when @@ -55,6 +56,9 @@ Optional dai-link subnode properties: dai-link uses bit clock inversion. - frame-inversion : bool property. Add this if the dai-link uses frame clock inversion. +- mclk-fs : Multiplication factor between stream + rate and codec mclk, applied only for + the dai-link. For backward compatibility the frame-master and bitclock-master properties can be used as booleans in codec subnode to indicate if the diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/storm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/storm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..062a4c185fa9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/storm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +* Sound complex for Storm boards + +Models a soundcard for Storm boards with the Qualcomm Technologies IPQ806x SOC +connected to a MAX98357A DAC via I2S. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "google,storm-audio" +- cpu : Phandle of the CPU DAI +- codec : Phandle of the codec DAI + +Optional properties: + +- qcom,model : The user-visible name of this sound card. + +Example: + +sound { + compatible = "google,storm-audio"; + qcom,model = "ipq806x-storm"; + cpu = <&lpass_cpu>; + codec = <&max98357a>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2552.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2552.txt index 55e2a0af5645..c49992c0b62a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2552.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2552.txt @@ -14,6 +14,12 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - enable-gpio - gpio pin to enable/disable the device +tas2552 can receive it's reference clock via MCLK, BCLK, IVCLKIN pin or use the +internal 1.8MHz. This CLKIN is used by the PLL. In addition to PLL, the PDM +reference clock is also selectable: PLL, IVCLKIN, BCLK or MCLK. +For system integration the dt-bindings/sound/tas2552.h header file provides +defined values to selct and configure the PLL and PDM reference clocks. + Example: tas2552: tas2552@41 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas571x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas571x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0ac31d8d5ac4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas571x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +Texas Instruments TAS5711/TAS5717/TAS5719 stereo power amplifiers + +The codec is controlled through an I2C interface. It also has two other +signals that can be wired up to GPIOs: reset (strongly recommended), and +powerdown (optional). + +Required properties: + +- compatible: "ti,tas5711", "ti,tas5717", or "ti,tas5719" +- reg: The I2C address of the device +- #sound-dai-cells: must be equal to 0 + +Optional properties: + +- reset-gpios: GPIO specifier for the TAS571x's active low reset line +- pdn-gpios: GPIO specifier for the TAS571x's active low powerdown line +- clocks: clock phandle for the MCLK input +- clock-names: should be "mclk" +- AVDD-supply: regulator phandle for the AVDD supply (all chips) +- DVDD-supply: regulator phandle for the DVDD supply (all chips) +- HPVDD-supply: regulator phandle for the HPVDD supply (5717/5719) +- PVDD_AB-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_AB supply (5717/5719) +- PVDD_CD-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_CD supply (5717/5719) +- PVDD_A-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_A supply (5711) +- PVDD_B-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_B supply (5711) +- PVDD_C-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_C supply (5711) +- PVDD_D-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_D supply (5711) + +Example: + + tas5717: audio-codec@2a { + compatible = "ti,tas5717"; + reg = <0x2a>; + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + + reset-gpios = <&gpio5 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + pdn-gpios = <&gpio5 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + + clocks = <&clk_core CLK_I2S>; + clock-names = "mclk"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8741.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8741.txt index 74bda58c1bcf..a13315408719 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8741.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8741.txt @@ -10,9 +10,20 @@ Required properties: - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C, the chip select number for SPI. +Optional properties: + + - diff-mode: Differential output mode configuration. Default value for field + DIFF in register R8 (MODE_CONTROL_2). If absent, the default is 0, shall be: + 0 = stereo + 1 = mono left + 2 = stereo reversed + 3 = mono right + Example: codec: wm8741@1a { compatible = "wlf,wm8741"; reg = <0x1a>; + + diff-mode = <3>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8804.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8804.txt index 4d3a56f38adc..6fd124b16496 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8804.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8804.txt @@ -10,6 +10,13 @@ Required properties: - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C, the chip select number for SPI. + - PVDD-supply, DVDD-supply : Power supplies for the device, as covered + in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + +Optional properties: + + - wlf,reset-gpio: A GPIO specifier for the GPIO controlling the reset pin + Example: codec: wm8804@1a { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-i2s.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7e5aa6f6b5a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-i2s.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +ZTE ZX296702 I2S controller + +Required properties: + - compatible : Must be "zte,zx296702-i2s" + - reg : Must contain I2S core's registers location and length + - clocks : Pairs of phandle and specifier referencing the controller's clocks. + - clock-names: "tx" for the clock to the I2S interface. + - dmas: Pairs of phandle and specifier for the DMA channel that is used by + the core. The core expects two dma channels for transmit. + - dma-names : Must be "tx" and "rx" + +For more details on the 'dma', 'dma-names', 'clock' and 'clock-names' properties +please check: + * resource-names.txt + * clock/clock-bindings.txt + * dma/dma.txt + +Example: + i2s0: i2s0@0b005000 { + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + compatible = "zte,zx296702-i2s"; + reg = <0x0b005000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&lsp0clk ZX296702_I2S0_DIV>; + clock-names = "tx"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 22 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&dma 5>, <&dma 6>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + status = "okay"; + }; + + sound { + compatible = "simple-audio-card"; + simple-audio-card,name = "zx296702_snd"; + simple-audio-card,format = "left_j"; + simple-audio-card,bitclock-master = <&sndcodec>; + simple-audio-card,frame-master = <&sndcodec>; + sndcpu: simple-audio-card,cpu { + sound-dai = <&i2s0>; + }; + + sndcodec: simple-audio-card,codec { + sound-dai = <&acodec>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-spdif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-spdif.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..989544ea6eb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-spdif.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +ZTE ZX296702 SPDIF controller + +Required properties: + - compatible : Must be "zte,zx296702-spdif" + - reg : Must contain SPDIF core's registers location and length + - clocks : Pairs of phandle and specifier referencing the controller's clocks. + - clock-names: "tx" for the clock to the SPDIF interface. + - dmas: Pairs of phandle and specifier for the DMA channel that is used by + the core. The core expects one dma channel for transmit. + - dma-names : Must be "tx" + +For more details on the 'dma', 'dma-names', 'clock' and 'clock-names' properties +please check: + * resource-names.txt + * clock/clock-bindings.txt + * dma/dma.txt + +Example: + spdif0: spdif0@0b004000 { + compatible = "zte,zx296702-spdif"; + reg = <0x0b004000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&lsp0clk ZX296702_SPDIF0_DIV>; + clock-names = "tx"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 21 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&dma 4>; + dma-names = "tx"; + status = "okay"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-imx-cspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-imx-cspi.txt index aad527b357a0..523341a0e113 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-imx-cspi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-imx-cspi.txt @@ -2,11 +2,21 @@ (CSPI/eCSPI) for i.MX Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "fsl,<soc>-cspi" or "fsl,<soc>-ecspi" +- compatible : + - "fsl,imx1-cspi" for SPI compatible with the one integrated on i.MX1 + - "fsl,imx21-cspi" for SPI compatible with the one integrated on i.MX21 + - "fsl,imx27-cspi" for SPI compatible with the one integrated on i.MX27 + - "fsl,imx31-cspi" for SPI compatible with the one integrated on i.MX31 + - "fsl,imx35-cspi" for SPI compatible with the one integrated on i.MX35 + - "fsl,imx51-ecspi" for SPI compatible with the one integrated on i.MX51 - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should contain CSPI/eCSPI interrupt - fsl,spi-num-chipselects : Contains the number of the chipselect - cs-gpios : Specifies the gpio pins to be used for chipselects. +- clocks : Clock specifiers for both ipg and per clocks. +- clock-names : Clock names should include both "ipg" and "per" +See the clock consumer binding, + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt - dmas: DMA specifiers for tx and rx dma. See the DMA client binding, Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt - dma-names: DMA request names should include "tx" and "rx" if present. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.txt index e2c88df2cc15..5c090771c016 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.txt @@ -33,6 +33,11 @@ Optional properties: nodes. If unspecified, a single SPI device without a chip select can be used. +- dmas: Two DMA channel specifiers following the convention outlined + in bindings/dma/dma.txt +- dma-names: Names for the dma channels, if present. There must be at + least one channel named "tx" for transmit and named "rx" for + receive. SPI slave nodes must be children of the SPI master node and can contain properties described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt @@ -51,6 +56,9 @@ Example: clocks = <&gcc GCC_BLSP2_QUP2_SPI_APPS_CLK>, <&gcc GCC_BLSP2_AHB_CLK>; clock-names = "core", "iface"; + dmas = <&blsp1_bam 13>, <&blsp1_bam 12>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&spi8_default>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt index 4c388bb2f0a2..8f771441be60 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Example: msiof0: spi@e6e20000 { compatible = "renesas,msiof-r8a7791"; - reg = <0 0xe6e20000 0 0x0064>, <0 0xe7e20000 0 0x0064>; + reg = <0 0xe6e20000 0 0x0064>; interrupts = <0 156 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; clocks = <&mstp0_clks R8A7791_CLK_MSIOF0>; dmas = <&dmac0 0x51>, <&dmac0 0x52>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-ath79.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-ath79.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f1ad9c367532 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-ath79.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Binding for Qualcomm Atheros AR7xxx/AR9xxx SPI controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: has to be "qca,<soc-type>-spi", "qca,ar7100-spi" as fallback. +- reg: Base address and size of the controllers memory area +- clocks: phandle to the AHB clock. +- clock-names: has to be "ahb". +- #address-cells: <1>, as required by generic SPI binding. +- #size-cells: <0>, also as required by generic SPI binding. + +Child nodes as per the generic SPI binding. + +Example: + + spi@1F000000 { + compatible = "qca,ar9132-spi", "qca,ar7100-spi"; + reg = <0x1F000000 0x10>; + + clocks = <&pll 2>; + clock-names = "ahb"; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt index cbbe16ed3874..fa77f874e321 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ARM Freescale DSPI controller Required properties: -- compatible : "fsl,vf610-dspi" +- compatible : "fsl,vf610-dspi", "fsl,ls1021a-v1.0-dspi", "fsl,ls2085a-dspi" - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should contain SPI controller interrupt - clocks: from common clock binding: handle to dspi clock. @@ -16,6 +16,12 @@ Optional property: in big endian mode, otherwise in native mode(same with CPU), for more detail please see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regmap/regmap.txt. +Optional SPI slave node properties: +- fsl,spi-cs-sck-delay: a delay in nanoseconds between activating chip + select and the start of clock signal, at the start of a transfer. +- fsl,spi-sck-cs-delay: a delay in nanoseconds between stopping the clock + signal and deactivating chip select, at the end of a transfer. + Example: dspi0@4002c000 { @@ -43,6 +49,8 @@ dspi0@4002c000 { reg = <0>; linux,modalias = "m25p80"; modal = "at26df081a"; + fsl,spi-cs-sck-delay = <100>; + fsl,spi-sck-cs-delay = <50>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-img-spfi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-img-spfi.txt index c7dd50fb8eb2..e02fbf18c82c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-img-spfi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-img-spfi.txt @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ Required properties: - dma-names: Must include the following entries: - rx - tx +- cs-gpios: Must specify the GPIOs used for chipselect lines. - #address-cells: Must be 1. - #size-cells: Must be 0. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-orion.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-orion.txt index 50c3a3de61c1..98bc69815eb3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-orion.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-orion.txt @@ -1,7 +1,13 @@ Marvell Orion SPI device Required properties: -- compatible : should be "marvell,orion-spi" or "marvell,armada-370-spi". +- compatible : should be on of the following: + - "marvell,orion-spi" for the Orion, mv78x00, Kirkwood and Dove SoCs + - "marvell,armada-370-spi", for the Armada 370 SoCs + - "marvell,armada-375-spi", for the Armada 375 SoCs + - "marvell,armada-380-spi", for the Armada 38x SoCs + - "marvell,armada-390-spi", for the Armada 39x SoCs + - "marvell,armada-xp-spi", for the Armada XP SoCs - reg : offset and length of the register set for the device - cell-index : Which of multiple SPI controllers is this. Optional properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt index 467dec441c62..0c491bda4c65 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt @@ -24,6 +24,9 @@ Optional Properties: - dmas: DMA specifiers for tx and rx dma. See the DMA client binding, Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt - dma-names: DMA request names should include "tx" and "rx" if present. +- rx-sample-delay-ns: nanoseconds to delay after the SCLK edge before sampling + Rx data (may need to be fine tuned for high capacitance lines). + No delay (0) by default. Example: @@ -33,6 +36,7 @@ Example: reg = <0xff110000 0x1000>; dmas = <&pdma1 11>, <&pdma1 12>; dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + rx-sample-delay-ns = <10>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 44 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sirf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sirf.txt index 4c7adb8f777c..ddd78ff68fae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sirf.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sirf.txt @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ * CSR SiRFprimaII Serial Peripheral Interface Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "sirf,prima2-spi" +- compatible : Should be "sirf,prima2-spi", "sirf,prima2-usp" + or "sirf,atlas7-usp" - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should contain SPI interrupt - resets: phandle to the reset controller asserting this device in diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-zynqmp-qspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-zynqmp-qspi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c8f50e5cf70b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-zynqmp-qspi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Xilinx Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC GQSPI controller Device Tree Bindings +------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "xlnx,zynqmp-qspi-1.0". +- reg : Physical base address and size of GQSPI registers map. +- interrupts : Property with a value describing the interrupt + number. +- interrupt-parent : Must be core interrupt controller. +- clock-names : List of input clock names - "ref_clk", "pclk" + (See clock bindings for details). +- clocks : Clock phandles (see clock bindings for details). + +Optional properties: +- num-cs : Number of chip selects used. + +Example: + qspi: spi@ff0f0000 { + compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-qspi-1.0"; + clock-names = "ref_clk", "pclk"; + clocks = <&misc_clk &misc_clk>; + interrupts = <0 15 4>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + num-cs = <1>; + reg = <0x0 0xff0f0000 0x1000>,<0x0 0xc0000000 0x8000000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt index 4f8184d069cb..fb588b3e6a9a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt @@ -4,11 +4,16 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be "atmel,at91rm9200-spi". - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts: Should contain spi interrupt -- cs-gpios: chipselects +- cs-gpios: chipselects (optional for SPI controller version >= 2 with the + Chip Select Active After Transfer feature). - clock-names: tuple listing input clock names. Required elements: "spi_clk" - clocks: phandles to input clocks. +Optional properties: +- atmel,fifo-size: maximum number of data the RX and TX FIFOs can store for FIFO + capable SPI controllers. + Example: spi1: spi@fffcc000 { @@ -20,6 +25,7 @@ spi1: spi@fffcc000 { clocks = <&spi1_clk>; clock-names = "spi_clk"; cs-gpios = <&pioB 3 0>; + atmel,fifo-size = <32>; status = "okay"; mmc-slot@0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_pl022.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_pl022.txt index 22ed6797216d..4d1673ca8cf8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_pl022.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_pl022.txt @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ Required properties: - compatible : "arm,pl022", "arm,primecell" - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should contain SPI controller interrupt +- num-cs : total number of chipselects Optional properties: -- num-cs : total number of chipselects - cs-gpios : should specify GPIOs used for chipselects. The gpios will be referred to as reg = <index> in the SPI child nodes. If unspecified, a single SPI device without a chip select can be used. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/qcom,spmi-pmic-arb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/qcom,spmi-pmic-arb.txt index 715d0998af8e..e16b9b5afc70 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/qcom,spmi-pmic-arb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/qcom,spmi-pmic-arb.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Qualcomm SPMI Controller (PMIC Arbiter) -The SPMI PMIC Arbiter is found on the Snapdragon 800 Series. It is an SPMI +The SPMI PMIC Arbiter is found on Snapdragon chipsets. It is an SPMI controller with wrapping arbitration logic to allow for multiple on-chip devices to control a single SPMI master. @@ -19,6 +19,10 @@ Required properties: "core" - core registers "intr" - interrupt controller registers "cnfg" - configuration registers + Registers used only for V2 PMIC Arbiter: + "chnls" - tx-channel per virtual slave registers. + "obsrvr" - rx-channel (called observer) per virtual slave registers. + - reg : address + size pairs describing the PMIC arb register sets; order must correspond with the order of entries in reg-names - #address-cells : must be set to 2 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/hisilicon-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/hisilicon-thermal.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d48fc5280d5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/hisilicon-thermal.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +* Temperature Sensor on hisilicon SoCs + +** Required properties : + +- compatible: "hisilicon,tsensor". +- reg: physical base address of thermal sensor and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupt: The interrupt number to the cpu. Defines the interrupt used + by /SOCTHERM/tsensor. +- clock-names: Input clock name, should be 'thermal_clk'. +- clocks: phandles for clock specified in "clock-names" property. +- #thermal-sensor-cells: Should be 1. See ./thermal.txt for a description. + +Example : + + tsensor: tsensor@0,f7030700 { + compatible = "hisilicon,tsensor"; + reg = <0x0 0xf7030700 0x0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 7 0x4>; + clocks = <&sys_ctrl HI6220_TSENSOR_CLK>; + clock-names = "thermal_clk"; + #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..290ec06fa33a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +Qualcomm QPNP PMIC Temperature Alarm + +QPNP temperature alarm peripherals are found inside of Qualcomm PMIC chips +that utilize the Qualcomm SPMI implementation. These peripherals provide an +interrupt signal and status register to identify high PMIC die temperature. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain "qcom,spmi-temp-alarm". +- reg: Specifies the SPMI address and length of the controller's + registers. +- interrupts: PMIC temperature alarm interrupt. +- #thermal-sensor-cells: Should be 0. See thermal.txt for a description. + +Optional properties: +- io-channels: Should contain IIO channel specifier for the ADC channel, + which report chip die temperature. +- io-channel-names: Should contain "thermal". + +Example: + + pm8941_temp: thermal-alarm@2400 { + compatible = "qcom,spmi-temp-alarm"; + reg = <0x2400 0x100>; + interrupts = <0 0x24 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>; + + io-channels = <&pm8941_vadc VADC_DIE_TEMP>; + io-channel-names = "thermal"; + }; + + thermal-zones { + pm8941 { + polling-delay-passive = <250>; + polling-delay = <1000>; + + thermal-sensors = <&pm8941_temp>; + + trips { + passive { + temperature = <1050000>; + hysteresis = <2000>; + type = "passive"; + }; + alert { + temperature = <125000>; + hysteresis = <2000>; + type = "hot"; + }; + crit { + temperature = <145000>; + hysteresis = <2000>; + type = "critical"; + }; + }; + }; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt index 43404b197933..332e625f6ed0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : "renesas,thermal-<soctype>", "renesas,rcar-thermal" as fallback. Examples with soctypes are: - - "renesas,thermal-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile AP6) + - "renesas,thermal-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6) - "renesas,thermal-r8a7779" (R-Car H1) - "renesas,thermal-r8a7790" (R-Car H2) - "renesas,thermal-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt index 29fe0bfae38e..8a49362dea6e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt @@ -167,6 +167,13 @@ Optional property: by means of sensor ID. Additional coefficients are interpreted as constant offset. +- sustainable-power: An estimate of the sustainable power (in mW) that the + Type: unsigned thermal zone can dissipate at the desired + Size: one cell control temperature. For reference, the + sustainable power of a 4'' phone is typically + 2000mW, while on a 10'' tablet is around + 4500mW. + Note: The delay properties are bound to the maximum dT/dt (temperature derivative over time) in two situations for a thermal zone: (i) - when passive cooling is activated (polling-delay-passive); and @@ -546,6 +553,8 @@ thermal-zones { */ coefficients = <1200 -345 890>; + sustainable-power = <2500>; + trips { /* Trips are based on resulting linear equation */ cpu_trip: cpu-trip { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/brcm,kona-timer.txt index 39adf54b4388..39adf54b4388 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/brcm,kona-timer.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cadence,ttc-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cadence,ttc-timer.txt index 993695c659e1..eeee6cd51e5c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cadence,ttc-timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cadence,ttc-timer.txt @@ -6,6 +6,9 @@ Required properties: - interrupts : A list of 3 interrupts; one per timer channel. - clocks: phandle to the source clock +Optional properties: +- timer-width: Bit width of the timer, necessary if not 16. + Example: ttc0: ttc0@f8001000 { @@ -14,4 +17,5 @@ ttc0: ttc0@f8001000 { compatible = "cdns,ttc"; reg = <0xF8001000 0x1000>; clocks = <&cpu_clk 3>; + timer-width = <32>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nxp,lpc3220-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nxp,lpc3220-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..51b05a0e70d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nxp,lpc3220-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +* NXP LPC3220 timer + +The NXP LPC3220 timer is used on a wide range of NXP SoCs. This +includes LPC32xx, LPC178x, LPC18xx and LPC43xx parts. + +Required properties: +- compatible: + Should be "nxp,lpc3220-timer". +- reg: + Address and length of the register set. +- interrupts: + Reference to the timer interrupt +- clocks: + Should contain a reference to timer clock. +- clock-names: + Should contain "timerclk". + +Example: + +timer1: timer@40085000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-timer"; + reg = <0x40085000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <13>; + clocks = <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_TIMER1>; + clock-names = "timerclk"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,16bit-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,16bit-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e8792447a199 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,16bit-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* Renesas H8/300 16bit timer + +The 16bit timer is a 16bit timer/counter with configurable clock inputs and +programmable compare match. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: must contain "renesas,16bit-timer" + - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the timer module. + - interrupts: interrupt-specifier for the timer, IMIA + - clocks: a list of phandle, one for each entry in clock-names. + - clock-names: must contain "peripheral_clk" for the functional clock. + - renesas,channel: timer channel number. + +Example: + + timer16: timer@ffff68 { + compatible = "reneas,16bit-timer"; + reg = <0xffff68 8>, <0xffff60 8>; + interrupts = <24>; + renesas,channel = <0>; + clocks = <&pclk>; + clock-names = "peripheral_clk"; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,8bit-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,8bit-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9dca3759a0f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,8bit-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* Renesas H8/300 8bit timer + +The 8bit timer is a 8bit timer/counter with configurable clock inputs and +programmable compare match. + +This implement only supported cascade mode. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: must contain "renesas,8bit-timer" + - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the timer module. + - interrupts: interrupt-specifier for the timer, CMIA and TOVI + - clocks: a list of phandle, one for each entry in clock-names. + - clock-names: must contain "fck" for the functional clock. + +Example: + + timer8_0: timer@ffff80 { + compatible = "renesas,8bit-timer"; + reg = <0xffff80 10>; + interrupts = <36>; + clocks = <&fclk>; + clock-names = "fck"; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tpu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f8b25897fb31 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tpu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +* Renesas H8/300 Timer Pluse Unit + +The TPU is a 16bit timer/counter with configurable clock inputs and +programmable compare match. +This implementation support only cascade mode. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: must contain "renesas,tpu" + - reg: base address and length of the registers block in 2 channel. + - clocks: a list of phandle, one for each entry in clock-names. + - clock-names: must contain "peripheral_clk" for the functional clock. + + +Example: + tpu: tpu@ffffe0 { + compatible = "renesas,tpu"; + reg = <0xffffe0 16>, <0xfffff0 12>; + clocks = <&pclk>; + clock-names = "peripheral_clk"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/st,stm32-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/st,stm32-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8ef28e70d6e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/st,stm32-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +. STMicroelectronics STM32 timer + +The STM32 MCUs family has several general-purpose 16 and 32 bits timers. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "st,stm32-timer" +- reg : Address and length of the register set +- clocks : Reference on the timer input clock +- interrupts : Reference to the timer interrupt + +Optional properties: +- resets: Reference to a reset controller asserting the timer + +Example: + +timer5: timer@40000c00 { + compatible = "st,stm32-timer"; + reg = <0x40000c00 0x400>; + interrupts = <50>; + resets = <&rrc 259>; + clocks = <&clk_pmtr1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt index 8933211f32f9..3bf58c20fe94 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt @@ -1,60 +1,60 @@ -1) OF selftest platform device +1) OF unittest platform device -** selftest +** unittest Required properties: -- compatible: must be "selftest" +- compatible: must be "unittest" All other properties are optional. Example: - selftest { - compatible = "selftest"; + unittest { + compatible = "unittest"; status = "okay"; }; -2) OF selftest i2c adapter platform device +2) OF unittest i2c adapter platform device ** platform device unittest adapter Required properties: -- compatible: must be selftest-i2c-bus +- compatible: must be unittest-i2c-bus -Children nodes contain selftest i2c devices. +Children nodes contain unittest i2c devices. Example: - selftest-i2c-bus { - compatible = "selftest-i2c-bus"; + unittest-i2c-bus { + compatible = "unittest-i2c-bus"; status = "okay"; }; -3) OF selftest i2c device +3) OF unittest i2c device -** I2C selftest device +** I2C unittest device Required properties: -- compatible: must be selftest-i2c-dev +- compatible: must be unittest-i2c-dev All other properties are optional Example: - selftest-i2c-dev { - compatible = "selftest-i2c-dev"; + unittest-i2c-dev { + compatible = "unittest-i2c-dev"; status = "okay"; }; -4) OF selftest i2c mux device +4) OF unittest i2c mux device -** I2C selftest mux +** I2C unittest mux Required properties: -- compatible: must be selftest-i2c-mux +- compatible: must be unittest-i2c-mux -Children nodes contain selftest i2c bus nodes per channel. +Children nodes contain unittest i2c bus nodes per channel. Example: - selftest-i2c-mux { - compatible = "selftest-i2c-mux"; + unittest-i2c-mux { + compatible = "unittest-i2c-mux"; status = "okay"; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Example: #size-cells = <0>; i2c-dev { reg = <8>; - compatible = "selftest-i2c-dev"; + compatible = "unittest-i2c-dev"; status = "okay"; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt index e180d56c75db..5883b73ea1b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt @@ -5,6 +5,13 @@ OHCI Required properties: - compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-ohci" for USB controllers used in host mode. + - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device + - interrupts: Should contain ehci interrupt + - clocks: Should reference the peripheral, host and system clocks + - clock-names: Should contains two strings + "ohci_clk" for the peripheral clock + "hclk" for the host clock + "uhpck" for the system clock - num-ports: Number of ports. - atmel,vbus-gpio: If present, specifies a gpio that needs to be activated for the bus to be powered. @@ -14,6 +21,8 @@ Required properties: usb0: ohci@00500000 { compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-ohci", "usb-ohci"; reg = <0x00500000 0x100000>; + clocks = <&uhphs_clk>, <&uhphs_clk>, <&uhpck>; + clock-names = "ohci_clk", "hclk", "uhpck"; interrupts = <20 4>; num-ports = <2>; }; @@ -23,11 +32,19 @@ EHCI Required properties: - compatible: Should be "atmel,at91sam9g45-ehci" for USB controllers used in host mode. + - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device + - interrupts: Should contain ehci interrupt + - clocks: Should reference the peripheral and the UTMI clocks + - clock-names: Should contains two strings + "ehci_clk" for the peripheral clock + "usb_clk" for the UTMI clock usb1: ehci@00800000 { compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-ehci", "usb-ehci"; reg = <0x00800000 0x100000>; interrupts = <22 4>; + clocks = <&utmi>, <&uhphs_clk>; + clock-names = "usb_clk", "ehci_clk"; }; AT91 USB device controller @@ -53,6 +70,8 @@ usb1: gadget@fffa4000 { compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-udc"; reg = <0xfffa4000 0x4000>; interrupts = <10 4>; + clocks = <&udc_clk>, <&udpck>; + clock-names = "pclk", "hclk"; atmel,vbus-gpio = <&pioC 5 0>; }; @@ -60,11 +79,15 @@ Atmel High-Speed USB device controller Required properties: - compatible: Should be one of the following - "at91sam9rl-udc" - "at91sam9g45-udc" - "sama5d3-udc" + "atmel,at91sam9rl-udc" + "atmel,at91sam9g45-udc" + "atmel,sama5d3-udc" - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts: Should contain usba interrupt + - clocks: Should reference the peripheral and host clocks + - clock-names: Should contains two strings + "pclk" for the peripheral clock + "hclk" for the host clock - ep childnode: To specify the number of endpoints and their properties. Optional properties: @@ -86,6 +109,8 @@ usb2: gadget@fff78000 { reg = <0x00600000 0x80000 0xfff78000 0x400>; interrupts = <27 4 0>; + clocks = <&utmi>, <&udphs_clk>; + clock-names = "hclk", "pclk"; atmel,vbus-gpio = <&pioB 19 0>; ep0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/brcm,bcm3384-usb.txt index 452c45c7bf29..452c45c7bf29 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/brcm,bcm3384-usb.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 38a548001e3a..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -* Freescale i.MX ci13xxx usb controllers - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx27-usb" -- reg: Should contain registers location and length -- interrupts: Should contain controller interrupt -- fsl,usbphy: phandle of usb phy that connects to the port - -Recommended properies: -- phy_type: the type of the phy connected to the core. Should be one - of "utmi", "utmi_wide", "ulpi", "serial" or "hsic". Without this - property the PORTSC register won't be touched -- dr_mode: One of "host", "peripheral" or "otg". Defaults to "otg" - -Optional properties: -- fsl,usbmisc: phandler of non-core register device, with one argument - that indicate usb controller index -- vbus-supply: regulator for vbus -- disable-over-current: disable over current detect -- external-vbus-divider: enables off-chip resistor divider for Vbus -- maximum-speed: limit the maximum connection speed to "full-speed". -- tpl-support: TPL (Targeted Peripheral List) feature for targeted hosts - -Examples: -usb@02184000 { /* USB OTG */ - compatible = "fsl,imx6q-usb", "fsl,imx27-usb"; - reg = <0x02184000 0x200>; - interrupts = <0 43 0x04>; - fsl,usbphy = <&usbphy1>; - fsl,usbmisc = <&usbmisc 0>; - disable-over-current; - external-vbus-divider; - maximum-speed = "full-speed"; - tpl-support; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-qcom.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-qcom.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f2899b550939..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-qcom.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -Qualcomm CI13xxx (Chipidea) USB controllers - -Required properties: -- compatible: should contain "qcom,ci-hdrc" -- reg: offset and length of the register set in the memory map -- interrupts: interrupt-specifier for the controller interrupt. -- usb-phy: phandle for the PHY device -- dr_mode: Should be "peripheral" - -Examples: - gadget@f9a55000 { - compatible = "qcom,ci-hdrc"; - reg = <0xf9a55000 0x400>; - dr_mode = "peripheral"; - interrupts = <0 134 0>; - usb-phy = <&usbphy0>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt index 27f8b1e5ee46..553e2fae3a76 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt @@ -1,15 +1,35 @@ * USB2 ChipIdea USB controller for ci13xxx Required properties: -- compatible: should be "chipidea,usb2" +- compatible: should be one of: + "fsl,imx27-usb" + "lsi,zevio-usb" + "qcom,ci-hdrc" + "chipidea,usb2" - reg: base address and length of the registers - interrupts: interrupt for the USB controller +Recommended properies: +- phy_type: the type of the phy connected to the core. Should be one + of "utmi", "utmi_wide", "ulpi", "serial" or "hsic". Without this + property the PORTSC register won't be touched. +- dr_mode: One of "host", "peripheral" or "otg". Defaults to "otg" + +Deprecated properties: +- usb-phy: phandle for the PHY device. Use "phys" instead. +- fsl,usbphy: phandle of usb phy that connects to the port. Use "phys" instead. + Optional properties: - clocks: reference to the USB clock - phys: reference to the USB PHY - phy-names: should be "usb-phy" - vbus-supply: reference to the VBUS regulator +- maximum-speed: limit the maximum connection speed to "full-speed". +- tpl-support: TPL (Targeted Peripheral List) feature for targeted hosts +- fsl,usbmisc: (FSL only) phandler of non-core register device, with one + argument that indicate usb controller index +- disable-over-current: (FSL only) disable over current detect +- external-vbus-divider: (FSL only) enables off-chip resistor divider for Vbus Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-zevio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-zevio.txt deleted file mode 100644 index abbcb2aea38c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-zevio.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -* LSI Zevio USB OTG Controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "lsi,zevio-usb" -- reg: Should contain registers location and length -- interrupts: Should contain controller interrupt - -Optional properties: -- vbus-supply: regulator for vbus - -Examples: - usb0: usb@b0000000 { - reg = <0xb0000000 0x1000>; - compatible = "lsi,zevio-usb"; - interrupts = <8>; - vbus-supply = <&vbus_reg>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt index f9d70252bbb2..01c71b1258f4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt @@ -49,8 +49,7 @@ st_dwc3: dwc3@8f94000 { st,syscfg = <&syscfg_core>; resets = <&powerdown STIH407_USB3_POWERDOWN>, <&softreset STIH407_MIPHY2_SOFTRESET>; - reset-names = "powerdown", - "softreset"; + reset-names = "powerdown", "softreset"; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <1>; pinctrl-names = "default"; @@ -62,7 +61,7 @@ st_dwc3: dwc3@8f94000 { reg = <0x09900000 0x100000>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 155 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; dr_mode = "host"; - phys-names = "usb2-phy", "usb3-phy"; - phys = <&usb2_picophy2>, <&phy_port2 MIPHY_TYPE_USB>; + phy-names = "usb2-phy", "usb3-phy"; + phys = <&usb2_picophy2>, <&phy_port2 PHY_TYPE_USB3>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt index cd7f0454e13a..0815eac5b185 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ Optional properties: - phys: from the *Generic PHY* bindings - phy-names: from the *Generic PHY* bindings - tx-fifo-resize: determines if the FIFO *has* to be reallocated. + - snps,usb3_lpm_capable: determines if platform is USB3 LPM capable - snps,disable_scramble_quirk: true when SW should disable data scrambling. Only really useful for FPGA builds. - snps,has-lpm-erratum: true when DWC3 was configured with LPM Erratum enabled @@ -37,6 +38,8 @@ Optional properties: - snps,is-utmi-l1-suspend: true when DWC3 asserts output signal utmi_l1_suspend_n, false when asserts utmi_sleep_n - snps,hird-threshold: HIRD threshold + - snps,hsphy_interface: High-Speed PHY interface selection between "utmi" for + UTMI+ and "ulpi" for ULPI when the DWC_USB3_HSPHY_INTERFACE has value 3. This is usually a subnode to DWC3 glue to which it is connected. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/msm-hsusb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/msm-hsusb.txt index 2826f2af503a..bd8d9e753029 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/msm-hsusb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/msm-hsusb.txt @@ -69,6 +69,17 @@ Optional properties: (no, min, max) where each value represents either a voltage in microvolts or a value corresponding to voltage corner. +- qcom,manual-pullup: If present, vbus is not routed to USB controller/phy + and controller driver therefore enables pull-up explicitly + before starting controller using usbcmd run/stop bit. + +- extcon: phandles to external connector devices. First phandle + should point to external connector, which provide "USB" + cable events, the second should point to external connector + device, which provide "USB-HOST" cable events. If one of + the external connector devices is not required empty <0> + phandle should be specified. + Example HSUSB OTG controller device node: usb@f9a55000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt index 61b045b6d50e..64a4ca6cf96f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Must contain one of the following: - "renesas,usbhs-r8a7790" - "renesas,usbhs-r8a7791" + - "renesas,usbhs-r8a7794" - reg: Base address and length of the register for the USBHS - interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the USBHS - clocks: A list of phandle + clock specifier pairs @@ -15,7 +16,8 @@ Optional properties: - phys: phandle + phy specifier pair - phy-names: must be "usb" - dmas: Must contain a list of references to DMA specifiers. - - dma-names : Must contain a list of DMA names, "tx" or "rx". + - dma-names : named "ch%d", where %d is the channel number ranging from zero + to the number of channels (DnFIFOs) minus one. Example: usbhs: usb@e6590000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/twlxxxx-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/twlxxxx-usb.txt index 0aee0ad3f035..17327a296110 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/twlxxxx-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/twlxxxx-usb.txt @@ -30,6 +30,9 @@ TWL4030 USB PHY AND COMPARATOR - usb_mode : The mode used by the phy to connect to the controller. "1" specifies "ULPI" mode and "2" specifies "CEA2011_3PIN" mode. +If a sibling node is compatible "ti,twl4030-bci", then it will find +this device and query it for USB power status. + twl4030-usb { compatible = "ti,twl4030-usb"; interrupts = < 10 4 >; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt index 0b04fdff9d5a..a12d6012a40f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ Optional properties: - big-endian-desc : boolean, set this for hcds with big-endian descriptors - big-endian : boolean, for hcds with big-endian-regs + big-endian-desc - needs-reset-on-resume : boolean, set this to force EHCI reset after resume + - has-transaction-translator : boolean, set this if EHCI have a Transaction + Translator built into the root hub. - clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs - phys : phandle + phy specifier pair - phy-names : "usb" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usbmisc-imx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usbmisc-imx.txt index c101a4b17131..3539d4e7d23e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usbmisc-imx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usbmisc-imx.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be one of below: "fsl,imx6q-usbmisc" for imx6q "fsl,vf610-usbmisc" for Vybrid vf610 + "fsl,imx6sx-usbmisc" for imx6sx - reg: Should contain registers location and length Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index 728cd0e1b306..57c0f5f8839c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -11,18 +11,22 @@ adapteva Adapteva, Inc. adh AD Holdings Plc. adi Analog Devices, Inc. aeroflexgaisler Aeroflex Gaisler AB +al Annapurna Labs allwinner Allwinner Technology Co., Ltd. alphascale AlphaScale Integrated Circuits Systems, Inc. altr Altera Corp. amcc Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM, formally AMCC) amd Advanced Micro Devices (AMD), Inc. amlogic Amlogic, Inc. +ampire Ampire Co., Ltd. ams AMS AG amstaos AMS-Taos Inc. apm Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM) +aptina Aptina Imaging arasan Arasan Chip Systems arm ARM Ltd. armadeus ARMadeus Systems SARL +artesyn Artesyn Embedded Technologies Inc. asahi-kasei Asahi Kasei Corp. atmel Atmel Corporation auo AU Optronics Corporation @@ -36,6 +40,7 @@ calxeda Calxeda capella Capella Microsystems, Inc cavium Cavium, Inc. cdns Cadence Design Systems Inc. +ceva Ceva, Inc. chipidea Chipidea, Inc chipone ChipOne chipspark ChipSPARK @@ -48,14 +53,18 @@ cnxt Conexant Systems, Inc. cortina Cortina Systems, Inc. cosmic Cosmic Circuits crystalfontz Crystalfontz America, Inc. +cubietech Cubietech, Ltd. +cypress Cypress Semiconductor Corporation dallas Maxim Integrated Products (formerly Dallas Semiconductor) davicom DAVICOM Semiconductor, Inc. +delta Delta Electronics, Inc. denx Denx Software Engineering digi Digi International Inc. digilent Diglent, Inc. dlg Dialog Semiconductor dlink D-Link Corporation dmo Data Modul AG +ea Embedded Artists AB ebv EBV Elektronik edt Emerging Display Technologies elan Elan Microelectronic Corp. @@ -81,13 +90,16 @@ globalscale Globalscale Technologies, Inc. gmt Global Mixed-mode Technology, Inc. goodix Shenzhen Huiding Technology Co., Ltd. google Google, Inc. +grinn Grinn gumstix Gumstix, Inc. gw Gateworks Corporation hannstar HannStar Display Corporation haoyu Haoyu Microelectronic Co. Ltd. +hardkernel Hardkernel Co., Ltd himax Himax Technologies, Inc. hisilicon Hisilicon Limited. hit Hitachi Ltd. +hitex Hitex Development Tools honeywell Honeywell hp Hewlett Packard i2se I2SE GmbH @@ -95,6 +107,7 @@ ibm International Business Machines (IBM) idt Integrated Device Technologies, Inc. iom Iomega Corporation img Imagination Technologies Ltd. +ingenic Ingenic Semiconductor innolux Innolux Corporation intel Intel Corporation intercontrol Inter Control Group @@ -102,6 +115,7 @@ isee ISEE 2007 S.L. isil Intersil karo Ka-Ro electronics GmbH keymile Keymile GmbH +kinetic Kinetic Technologies lacie LaCie lantiq Lantiq Semiconductor lenovo Lenovo Group Ltd. @@ -112,10 +126,12 @@ lltc Linear Technology Corporation marvell Marvell Technology Group Ltd. maxim Maxim Integrated Products mediatek MediaTek Inc. +melexis Melexis N.V. merrii Merrii Technology Co., Ltd. micrel Micrel Inc. microchip Microchip Technology Inc. micron Micron Technology Inc. +minix MINIX Technology Ltd. mitsubishi Mitsubishi Electric Corporation mosaixtech Mosaix Technologies, Inc. moxa Moxa @@ -127,6 +143,7 @@ mxicy Macronix International Co., Ltd. national National Semiconductor neonode Neonode Inc. netgear NETGEAR +netlogic Broadcom Corporation (formerly NetLogic Microsystems) newhaven Newhaven Display International nintendo Nintendo nokia Nokia @@ -134,6 +151,7 @@ nvidia NVIDIA nxp NXP Semiconductors onnn ON Semiconductor Corp. opencores OpenCores.org +ortustech Ortus Technology Co., Ltd. ovti OmniVision Technologies panasonic Panasonic Corporation parade Parade Technologies Inc. @@ -146,13 +164,16 @@ powervr PowerVR (deprecated, use img) qca Qualcomm Atheros, Inc. qcom Qualcomm Technologies, Inc qemu QEMU, a generic and open source machine emulator and virtualizer +qi Qi Hardware qnap QNAP Systems, Inc. radxa Radxa raidsonic RaidSonic Technology GmbH ralink Mediatek/Ralink Technology Corp. ramtron Ramtron International +raspberrypi Raspberry Pi Foundation realtek Realtek Semiconductor Corp. renesas Renesas Electronics Corporation +richtek Richtek Technology Corporation ricoh Ricoh Co. Ltd. rockchip Fuzhou Rockchip Electronics Co., Ltd samsung Samsung Semiconductor @@ -169,9 +190,11 @@ sii Seiko Instruments, Inc. silergy Silergy Corp. sirf SiRF Technology, Inc. sitronix Sitronix Technology Corporation +skyworks Skyworks Solutions, Inc. smsc Standard Microsystems Corporation snps Synopsys, Inc. solidrun SolidRun +solomon Solomon Systech Limited sony Sony Corporation spansion Spansion Inc. sprd Spreadtrum Communications Inc. @@ -180,12 +203,14 @@ ste ST-Ericsson stericsson ST-Ericsson synology Synology, Inc. tbs TBS Technologies +tcl Toby Churchill Ltd. thine THine Electronics, Inc. ti Texas Instruments tlm Trusted Logic Mobility toradex Toradex AG toshiba Toshiba Corporation toumaz Toumaz +tplink TP-LINK Technologies Co., Ltd. truly Truly Semiconductors Limited usi Universal Scientific Industrial Co., Ltd. v3 V3 Semiconductor @@ -193,11 +218,15 @@ variscite Variscite Ltd. via VIA Technologies, Inc. virtio Virtual I/O Device Specification, developed by the OASIS consortium voipac Voipac Technologies s.r.o. +wexler Wexler winbond Winbond Electronics corp. wlf Wolfson Microelectronics wm Wondermedia Technologies, Inc. +x-powers X-Powers xes Extreme Engineering Solutions (X-ES) xillybus Xillybus Ltd. xlnx Xilinx zyxel ZyXEL Communications Corp. zarlink Zarlink Semiconductor +zii Zodiac Inflight Innovations +zte ZTE Corp. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt index f059dd0b3d28..ecb8da063d07 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt @@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ Required properties: "atmel,at91sam9g45es-lcdc" , "atmel,at91sam9rl-lcdc" , "atmel,at32ap-lcdc" -- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length) +- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length). + Can contain an additional register range(address and length) + for fixed framebuffer memory. Useful for dedicated memories. - interrupts : framebuffer controller interrupt - display: a phandle pointing to the display node @@ -38,6 +40,14 @@ Example: }; +Example for fixed framebuffer memory: + + fb0: fb@0x00500000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9263-lcdc"; + reg = <0x00700000 0x1000 0x70000000 0x200000>; + [...] + }; + Atmel LCDC Display ----------------------------------------------------- Required properties (as per of_videomode_helper): diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/sky81452-backlight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/sky81452-backlight.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8bf2940f54bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/sky81452-backlight.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +SKY81452-backlight bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible : Must be "skyworks,sky81452-backlight" + +Optional properties: +- name : Name of backlight device. Default is 'lcd-backlight'. +- gpios : GPIO to use to EN pin. + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt +- led-sources : List of enabled channels from 0 to 5. + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +- skyworks,ignore-pwm : Ignore both PWM input +- skyworks,dpwm-mode : Enable DPWM dimming mode, otherwise Analog dimming. +- skyworks,phase-shift : Enable phase shift mode +- skyworks,short-detection-threshold-volt + : It should be one of 4, 5, 6 and 7V. +- skyworks,current-limit-mA + : It should be 2300mA or 2750mA. + +Example: + + backlight { + compatible = "skyworks,sky81452-backlight"; + name = "pwm-backlight"; + led-sources = <0 1 2 5>; + skyworks,ignore-pwm; + skyworks,phase-shift; + skyworks,current-limit-mA = <2300>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos-mic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos-mic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0fba2ee6440a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos-mic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for Samsung Exynos SoC mobile image compressor (MIC) + +MIC (mobile image compressor) resides between decon and mipi dsi. Mipi dsi is +not capable to transfer high resoltuion frame data as decon can send. MIC +solves this problem by compressing the frame data by 1/2 before it is +transferred through mipi dsi. The compressed frame data must be uncompressed in +the panel PCB. + +Required properties: +- compatible: value should be "samsung,exynos5433-mic". +- reg: physical base address and length of the MIC registers set and system + register of mic. +- clocks: must include clock specifiers corresponding to entries in the + clock-names property. +- clock-names: list of clock names sorted in the same order as the clocks + property. Must contain "pclk_mic0", "sclk_rgb_vclk_to_mic0". +- samsung,disp-syscon: the reference node for syscon for DISP block. +- ports: contains a port which is connected to decon node and dsi node. + address-cells and size-cells must 1 and 0, respectively. +- port: contains an endpoint node which is connected to the endpoint in the + decon node or dsi node. The reg value must be 0 and 1 respectively. + +Example: +SoC specific DT entry: +mic: mic@13930000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-mic"; + reg = <0x13930000 0x48>; + clocks = <&cmu_disp CLK_PCLK_MIC0>, + <&cmu_disp CLK_SCLK_RGB_VCLK_TO_MIC0>; + clock-names = "pclk_mic0", "sclk_rgb_vclk_to_mic0"; + samsung,disp-syscon = <&syscon_disp>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + mic_to_decon: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&decon_to_mic>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + mic_to_dsi: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi_to_mic>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos5433-decon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos5433-decon.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..377afbf5122a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos5433-decon.txt @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for Samsung Exynos SoC display controller (DECON) + +DECON (Display and Enhancement Controller) is the Display Controller for the +Exynos series of SoCs which transfers the image data from a video memory +buffer to an external LCD interface. + +Required properties: +- compatible: value should be "samsung,exynos5433-decon"; +- reg: physical base address and length of the DECON registers set. +- interrupts: should contain a list of all DECON IP block interrupts in the + order: VSYNC, LCD_SYSTEM. The interrupt specifier format + depends on the interrupt controller used. +- interrupt-names: should contain the interrupt names: "vsync", "lcd_sys" + in the same order as they were listed in the interrupts + property. +- clocks: must include clock specifiers corresponding to entries in the + clock-names property. +- clock-names: list of clock names sorted in the same order as the clocks + property. Must contain "aclk_decon", "aclk_smmu_decon0x", + "aclk_xiu_decon0x", "pclk_smmu_decon0x", clk_decon_vclk", + "sclk_decon_eclk" +- ports: contains a port which is connected to mic node. address-cells and + size-cells must 1 and 0, respectively. +- port: contains an endpoint node which is connected to the endpoint in the mic + node. The reg value muset be 0. +- i80-if-timings: specify whether the panel which is connected to decon uses + i80 lcd interface or mipi video interface. This node contains + no timing information as that of fimd does. Because there is + no register in decon to specify i80 interface timing value, + it is not needed, but make it remain to use same kind of node + in fimd and exynos7 decon. + +Example: +SoC specific DT entry: +decon: decon@13800000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-decon"; + reg = <0x13800000 0x2104>; + clocks = <&cmu_disp CLK_ACLK_DECON>, <&cmu_disp CLK_ACLK_SMMU_DECON0X>, + <&cmu_disp CLK_ACLK_XIU_DECON0X>, + <&cmu_disp CLK_PCLK_SMMU_DECON0X>, + <&cmu_disp CLK_SCLK_DECON_VCLK>, + <&cmu_disp CLK_SCLK_DECON_ECLK>; + clock-names = "aclk_decon", "aclk_smmu_decon0x", "aclk_xiu_decon0x", + "pclk_smmu_decon0x", "sclk_decon_vclk", "sclk_decon_eclk"; + interrupt-names = "vsync", "lcd_sys"; + interrupts = <0 202 0>, <0 203 0>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + decon_to_mic: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mic_to_decon>; + }; + }; + }; +}; + +Board specific DT entry: +&decon { + i80-if-timings { + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt index 802aa7ef64e5..0be036270661 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt @@ -6,17 +6,19 @@ Required properties: "samsung,exynos4210-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos4 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos4415-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos4415 SoC */ "samsung,exynos5410-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos5410/5420/5440 SoCs */ + "samsung,exynos5433-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos5433 SoCs */ - reg: physical base address and length of the registers set for the device - interrupts: should contain DSI interrupt - clocks: list of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each required entry in clock-names - - clock-names: should include "bus_clk"and "pll_clk" entries + - clock-names: should include "bus_clk"and "sclk_mipi" entries + the use of "pll_clk" is deprecated - phys: list of phy specifiers, must contain an entry for each required entry in phy-names - phy-names: should include "dsim" entry - vddcore-supply: MIPI DSIM Core voltage supply (e.g. 1.1V) - vddio-supply: MIPI DSIM I/O and PLL voltage supply (e.g. 1.8V) - - samsung,pll-clock-frequency: specifies frequency of the "pll_clk" clock + - samsung,pll-clock-frequency: specifies frequency of the oscillator clock - #address-cells, #size-cells: should be set respectively to <1> and <0> according to DSI host bindings (see MIPI DSI bindings [1]) @@ -30,10 +32,19 @@ Video interfaces: Device node can contain video interface port nodes according to [2]. The following are properties specific to those nodes: - port node: - - reg: (required) can be 0 for input RGB/I80 port or 1 for DSI port; + port node inbound: + - reg: (required) must be 0. + port node outbound: + - reg: (required) must be 1. - endpoint node of DSI port (reg = 1): + endpoint node connected from mic node (reg = 0): + - remote-endpoint: specifies the endpoint in mic node. This node is required + for Exynos5433 mipi dsi. So mic can access to panel node + thoughout this dsi node. + endpoint node connected to panel node (reg = 1): + - remote-endpoint: specifies the endpoint in panel node. This node is + required in all kinds of exynos mipi dsi to represent + the connection between mipi dsi and panel. - samsung,burst-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in high-speed burst mode - samsung,esc-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in escape mode @@ -48,7 +59,7 @@ Example: reg = <0x11C80000 0x10000>; interrupts = <0 79 0>; clocks = <&clock 286>, <&clock 143>; - clock-names = "bus_clk", "pll_clk"; + clock-names = "bus_clk", "sclk_mipi"; phys = <&mipi_phy 1>; phy-names = "dsim"; vddcore-supply = <&vusb_reg>; @@ -72,7 +83,15 @@ Example: #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + decon_to_mic: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mic_to_decon>; + }; + }; + port@1 { + reg = <1>; dsi_ep: endpoint { reg = <0>; samsung,burst-clock-frequency = <500000000>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1307fb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1307fb.txt index 7a125427ff4b..d1be78db63f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1307fb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1307fb.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be "solomon,<chip>fb-<bus>". The only supported bus for - now is i2c, and the supported chips are ssd1306 and ssd1307. + now is i2c, and the supported chips are ssd1305, ssd1306 and ssd1307. - reg: Should contain address of the controller on the I2C bus. Most likely 0x3c or 0x3d - pwm: Should contain the pwm to use according to the OF device tree PWM @@ -15,6 +15,16 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - reset-active-low: Is the reset gpio is active on physical low? + - solomon,segment-no-remap: Display needs normal (non-inverted) data column + to segment mapping + - solomon,com-seq: Display uses sequential COM pin configuration + - solomon,com-lrremap: Display uses left-right COM pin remap + - solomon,com-invdir: Display uses inverted COM pin scan direction + - solomon,com-offset: Number of the COM pin wired to the first display line + - solomon,prechargep1: Length of deselect period (phase 1) in clock cycles. + - solomon,prechargep2: Length of precharge period (phase 2) in clock cycles. + This needs to be the higher, the higher the capacitance + of the OLED's pixels is [0]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm.txt @@ -26,3 +36,14 @@ ssd1307: oled@3c { reset-gpios = <&gpio2 7>; reset-active-low; }; + +ssd1306: oled@3c { + compatible = "solomon,ssd1306fb-i2c"; + reg = <0x3c>; + pwms = <&pwm 4 3000>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio2 7>; + reset-active-low; + solomon,com-lrremap; + solomon,com-invdir; + solomon,com-offset = <32>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt index d5f1a3fe3109..e1ef29569338 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ Video Ports ----------- The DSS Core and the encoders have video port outputs. The structure of the -video ports is described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/video- -ports.txt, and the properties for the ports and endpoints for each encoder are +video ports is described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt, +and the properties for the ports and endpoints for each encoder are described in the SoC's DSS binding documentation. The video ports are used to describe the connections to external hardware, like diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/brcm,kona-wdt.txt index 2b86a00e351d..2b86a00e351d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/brcm,kona-wdt.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/digicolor-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/digicolor-wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a882967e17d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/digicolor-wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Conexant Digicolor SoCs Watchdog timer + +The watchdog functionality in Conexant Digicolor SoCs relies on the so called +"Agent Communication" block. This block includes the eight programmable system +timer counters. The first timer (called "Timer A") is the only one that can be +used as watchdog. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : Should be "cnxt,cx92755-wdt" +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers +- clocks : phandle; specifies the clock that drives the timer + +Optional properties: + +- timeout-sec : Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds + +Example: + + watchdog@f0000fc0 { + compatible = "cnxt,cx92755-wdt"; + reg = <0xf0000fc0 0x8>; + clocks = <&main_clk>; + timeout-sec = <15>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/omap-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/omap-wdt.txt index c227970671ea..1fa20e453a2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/omap-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/omap-wdt.txt @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ TI Watchdog Timer (WDT) Controller for OMAP Required properties: -compatible: -- "ti,omap3-wdt" for OMAP3 -- "ti,omap4-wdt" for OMAP4 -- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated to the WDT +- compatible : "ti,omap3-wdt" for OMAP3 or "ti,omap4-wdt" for OMAP4 +- ti,hwmods : Name of the hwmod associated to the WDT + +Optional properties: +- timeout-sec : default watchdog timeout in seconds Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st_lpc_wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st_lpc_wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..388c88a01222 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st_lpc_wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +STMicroelectronics Low Power Controller (LPC) - Watchdog +======================================================== + +LPC currently supports Watchdog OR Real Time Clock functionality. + +[See: ../rtc/rtc-st-lpc.txt for RTC options] + +Required properties + +- compatible : Must be one of: "st,stih407-lpc" "st,stih416-lpc" + "st,stih415-lpc" "st,stid127-lpc" +- reg : LPC registers base address + size +- interrupts : LPC interrupt line number and associated flags +- clocks : Clock used by LPC device (See: ../clock/clock-bindings.txt) +- st,lpc-mode : The LPC can run either one of two modes ST_LPC_MODE_RTC [0] or + ST_LPC_MODE_WDT [1]. One (and only one) mode must be + selected. + +Required properties [watchdog mode] + +- st,syscfg : Phandle to syscfg node used to enable watchdog and configure + CPU reset type. +- timeout-sec : Watchdog timeout in seconds + +Optional properties [watchdog mode] + +- st,warm-reset : If present reset type will be 'warm' - if not it will be cold + +Example: + lpc@fde05000 { + compatible = "st,stih407-lpc"; + reg = <0xfde05000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&clk_s_d3_flexgen CLK_LPC_0>; + st,syscfg = <&syscfg_core>; + timeout-sec = <120>; + st,lpc-mode = <ST_LPC_MODE_WDT>; + st,warm-reset; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt index 77685185cf3b..04d34f6a58f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ Table of Contents 1) Entry point for arch/arm 2) Entry point for arch/powerpc 3) Entry point for arch/x86 + 4) Entry point for arch/mips/bmips II - The DT block format 1) Header @@ -288,6 +289,33 @@ it with special cases. or initrd address. It simply holds information which can not be retrieved otherwise like interrupt routing or a list of devices behind an I2C bus. +4) Entry point for arch/mips/bmips +---------------------------------- + + Some bootloaders only support a single entry point, at the start of the + kernel image. Other bootloaders will jump to the ELF start address. + Both schemes are supported; CONFIG_BOOT_RAW=y and CONFIG_NO_EXCEPT_FILL=y, + so the first instruction immediately jumps to kernel_entry(). + + Similar to the arch/arm case (b), a DT-aware bootloader is expected to + set up the following registers: + + a0 : 0 + + a1 : 0xffffffff + + a2 : Physical pointer to the device tree block (defined in chapter + II) in RAM. The device tree can be located anywhere in the first + 512MB of the physical address space (0x00000000 - 0x1fffffff), + aligned on a 64 bit boundary. + + Legacy bootloaders do not use this convention, and they do not pass in a + DT block. In this case, Linux will look for a builtin DTB, selected via + CONFIG_DT_*. + + This convention is defined for 32-bit systems only, as there are not + currently any 64-bit BMIPS implementations. + II - The DT block format ======================== @@ -828,6 +856,10 @@ address which can extend beyond that limit. name may clash with standard defined ones, you prefix them with your vendor name and a comma. + Additional properties for the root node: + + - serial-number : a string representing the device's serial number + b) The /cpus node This node is the parent of all individual CPU nodes. It doesn't diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/of_selftest.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/of_unittest.txt index 57a808b588bf..3e4e7d48ae93 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/of_selftest.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/of_unittest.txt @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Open Firmware Device Tree Selftest +Open Firmware Device Tree Unittest ---------------------------------- Author: Gaurav Minocha <gaurav.minocha.os@gmail.com> 1. Introduction -This document explains how the test data required for executing OF selftest +This document explains how the test data required for executing OF unittest is attached to the live tree dynamically, independent of the machine's architecture. @@ -22,31 +22,31 @@ most of the device drivers in various use cases. 2. Test-data -The Device Tree Source file (drivers/of/testcase-data/testcases.dts) contains +The Device Tree Source file (drivers/of/unittest-data/testcases.dts) contains the test data required for executing the unit tests automated in -drivers/of/selftests.c. Currently, following Device Tree Source Include files -(.dtsi) are included in testcase.dts: +drivers/of/unittest.c. Currently, following Device Tree Source Include files +(.dtsi) are included in testcases.dts: -drivers/of/testcase-data/tests-interrupts.dtsi -drivers/of/testcase-data/tests-platform.dtsi -drivers/of/testcase-data/tests-phandle.dtsi -drivers/of/testcase-data/tests-match.dtsi +drivers/of/unittest-data/tests-interrupts.dtsi +drivers/of/unittest-data/tests-platform.dtsi +drivers/of/unittest-data/tests-phandle.dtsi +drivers/of/unittest-data/tests-match.dtsi When the kernel is build with OF_SELFTEST enabled, then the following make rule $(obj)/%.dtb: $(src)/%.dts FORCE $(call if_changed_dep, dtc) -is used to compile the DT source file (testcase.dts) into a binary blob -(testcase.dtb), also referred as flattened DT. +is used to compile the DT source file (testcases.dts) into a binary blob +(testcases.dtb), also referred as flattened DT. After that, using the following rule the binary blob above is wrapped as an -assembly file (testcase.dtb.S). +assembly file (testcases.dtb.S). $(obj)/%.dtb.S: $(obj)/%.dtb $(call cmd, dt_S_dtb) -The assembly file is compiled into an object file (testcase.dtb.o), and is +The assembly file is compiled into an object file (testcases.dtb.o), and is linked into the kernel image. @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ child11 -> sibling12 -> sibling13 -> sibling14 -> null Figure 1: Generic structure of un-flattened device tree -Before executing OF selftest, it is required to attach the test data to +Before executing OF unittest, it is required to attach the test data to machine's device tree (if present). So, when selftest_data_add() is called, at first it reads the flattened device tree data linked into the kernel image via the following kernel symbols: diff --git a/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt b/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt index bb9753b635a3..480c8de3c2c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt +++ b/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt @@ -49,25 +49,26 @@ The dma_buf buffer sharing API usage contains the following steps: The buffer exporter announces its wish to export a buffer. In this, it connects its own private buffer data, provides implementation for operations that can be performed on the exported dma_buf, and flags for the file - associated with this buffer. + associated with this buffer. All these fields are filled in struct + dma_buf_export_info, defined via the DEFINE_DMA_BUF_EXPORT_INFO macro. Interface: - struct dma_buf *dma_buf_export_named(void *priv, struct dma_buf_ops *ops, - size_t size, int flags, - const char *exp_name) + DEFINE_DMA_BUF_EXPORT_INFO(exp_info) + struct dma_buf *dma_buf_export(struct dma_buf_export_info *exp_info) - If this succeeds, dma_buf_export_named allocates a dma_buf structure, and + If this succeeds, dma_buf_export allocates a dma_buf structure, and returns a pointer to the same. It also associates an anonymous file with this buffer, so it can be exported. On failure to allocate the dma_buf object, it returns NULL. - 'exp_name' is the name of exporter - to facilitate information while - debugging. + 'exp_name' in struct dma_buf_export_info is the name of exporter - to + facilitate information while debugging. It is set to KBUILD_MODNAME by + default, so exporters don't have to provide a specific name, if they don't + wish to. + + DEFINE_DMA_BUF_EXPORT_INFO macro defines the struct dma_buf_export_info, + zeroes it out and pre-populates exp_name in it. - Exporting modules which do not wish to provide any specific name may use the - helper define 'dma_buf_export()', with the same arguments as above, but - without the last argument; a KBUILD_MODNAME pre-processor directive will be - inserted in place of 'exp_name' instead. 2. Userspace gets a handle to pass around to potential buffer-users diff --git a/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt b/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt index 05d2280190f1..ca67b0f04c6e 100644 --- a/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt +++ b/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt @@ -345,11 +345,12 @@ where to put them) that abstracts it away. * DMA_CTRL_ACK - - Undocumented feature - - No one really has an idea of what it's about, besides being - related to reusing the DMA transaction descriptors or having - additional transactions added to it in the async-tx API - - Useless in the case of the slave API + - If set, the transfer can be reused after being completed. + - There is a guarantee the transfer won't be freed until it is acked + by async_tx_ack(). + - As a consequence, if a device driver wants to skip the dma_map_sg() and + dma_unmap_sg() in between 2 transfers, because the DMA'd data wasn't used, + it can resubmit the transfer right after its completion. General Design Notes -------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/dmaengine/pxa_dma.txt b/Documentation/dmaengine/pxa_dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..413ef9cfaa4d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/dmaengine/pxa_dma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +PXA/MMP - DMA Slave controller +============================== + +Constraints +----------- + a) Transfers hot queuing + A driver submitting a transfer and issuing it should be granted the transfer + is queued even on a running DMA channel. + This implies that the queuing doesn't wait for the previous transfer end, + and that the descriptor chaining is not only done in the irq/tasklet code + triggered by the end of the transfer. + A transfer which is submitted and issued on a phy doesn't wait for a phy to + stop and restart, but is submitted on a "running channel". The other + drivers, especially mmp_pdma waited for the phy to stop before relaunching + a new transfer. + + b) All transfers having asked for confirmation should be signaled + Any issued transfer with DMA_PREP_INTERRUPT should trigger a callback call. + This implies that even if an irq/tasklet is triggered by end of tx1, but + at the time of irq/dma tx2 is already finished, tx1->complete() and + tx2->complete() should be called. + + c) Channel running state + A driver should be able to query if a channel is running or not. For the + multimedia case, such as video capture, if a transfer is submitted and then + a check of the DMA channel reports a "stopped channel", the transfer should + not be issued until the next "start of frame interrupt", hence the need to + know if a channel is in running or stopped state. + + d) Bandwidth guarantee + The PXA architecture has 4 levels of DMAs priorities : high, normal, low. + The high prorities get twice as much bandwidth as the normal, which get twice + as much as the low priorities. + A driver should be able to request a priority, especially the real-time + ones such as pxa_camera with (big) throughputs. + +Design +------ + a) Virtual channels + Same concept as in sa11x0 driver, ie. a driver was assigned a "virtual + channel" linked to the requestor line, and the physical DMA channel is + assigned on the fly when the transfer is issued. + + b) Transfer anatomy for a scatter-gather transfer + +------------+-----+---------------+----------------+-----------------+ + | desc-sg[0] | ... | desc-sg[last] | status updater | finisher/linker | + +------------+-----+---------------+----------------+-----------------+ + + This structure is pointed by dma->sg_cpu. + The descriptors are used as follows : + - desc-sg[i]: i-th descriptor, transferring the i-th sg + element to the video buffer scatter gather + - status updater + Transfers a single u32 to a well known dma coherent memory to leave + a trace that this transfer is done. The "well known" is unique per + physical channel, meaning that a read of this value will tell which + is the last finished transfer at that point in time. + - finisher: has ddadr=DADDR_STOP, dcmd=ENDIRQEN + - linker: has ddadr= desc-sg[0] of next transfer, dcmd=0 + + c) Transfers hot-chaining + Suppose the running chain is : + Buffer 1 Buffer 2 + +---------+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ + | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | f | + +---------+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+---+ + | | + +----+ + + After a call to dmaengine_submit(b3), the chain will look like : + Buffer 1 Buffer 2 Buffer 3 + +---------+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ + | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | f | + +---------+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+---+ + | | | | + +----+ +----+ + new_link + + If while new_link was created the DMA channel stopped, it is _not_ + restarted. Hot-chaining doesn't break the assumption that + dma_async_issue_pending() is to be used to ensure the transfer is actually started. + + One exception to this rule : + - if Buffer1 and Buffer2 had all their addresses 8 bytes aligned + - and if Buffer3 has at least one address not 4 bytes aligned + - then hot-chaining cannot happen, as the channel must be stopped, the + "align bit" must be set, and the channel restarted As a consequence, + such a transfer tx_submit() will be queued on the submitted queue, and + this specific case if the DMA is already running in aligned mode. + + d) Transfers completion updater + Each time a transfer is completed on a channel, an interrupt might be + generated or not, up to the client's request. But in each case, the last + descriptor of a transfer, the "status updater", will write the latest + transfer being completed into the physical channel's completion mark. + + This will speed up residue calculation, for large transfers such as video + buffers which hold around 6k descriptors or more. This also allows without + any lock to find out what is the latest completed transfer in a running + DMA chain. + + e) Transfers completion, irq and tasklet + When a transfer flagged as "DMA_PREP_INTERRUPT" is finished, the dma irq + is raised. Upon this interrupt, a tasklet is scheduled for the physical + channel. + The tasklet is responsible for : + - reading the physical channel last updater mark + - calling all the transfer callbacks of finished transfers, based on + that mark, and each transfer flags. + If a transfer is completed while this handling is done, a dma irq will + be raised, and the tasklet will be scheduled once again, having a new + updater mark. + + f) Residue + Residue granularity will be descriptor based. The issued but not completed + transfers will be scanned for all of their descriptors against the + currently running descriptor. + + g) Most complicated case of driver's tx queues + The most tricky situation is when : + - there are not "acked" transfers (tx0) + - a driver submitted an aligned tx1, not chained + - a driver submitted an aligned tx2 => tx2 is cold chained to tx1 + - a driver issued tx1+tx2 => channel is running in aligned mode + - a driver submitted an aligned tx3 => tx3 is hot-chained + - a driver submitted an unaligned tx4 => tx4 is put in submitted queue, + not chained + - a driver issued tx4 => tx4 is put in issued queue, not chained + - a driver submitted an aligned tx5 => tx5 is put in submitted queue, not + chained + - a driver submitted an aligned tx6 => tx6 is put in submitted queue, + cold chained to tx5 + + This translates into (after tx4 is issued) : + - issued queue + +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ + | tx1 | | tx2 | | tx3 | | tx4 | + +---|-+ ^---|-+ ^-----+ +-----+ + | | | | + +---+ +---+ + - submitted queue + +-----+ +-----+ + | tx5 | | tx6 | + +---|-+ ^-----+ + | | + +---+ + - completed queue : empty + - allocated queue : tx0 + + It should be noted that after tx3 is completed, the channel is stopped, and + restarted in "unaligned mode" to handle tx4. + +Author: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr> diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt index 6d1e8eeb5990..831a5363f6be 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt @@ -276,6 +276,7 @@ IOMAP devm_ioport_unmap() devm_ioremap() devm_ioremap_nocache() + devm_ioremap_wc() devm_ioremap_resource() : checks resource, requests memory region, ioremaps devm_iounmap() pcim_iomap() @@ -289,6 +290,10 @@ IRQ devm_request_irq() devm_request_threaded_irq() +LED + devm_led_classdev_register() + devm_led_classdev_unregister() + MDIO devm_mdiobus_alloc() devm_mdiobus_alloc_size() diff --git a/Documentation/edac.txt b/Documentation/edac.txt index 73fff13e848f..0cf27a3544a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/edac.txt +++ b/Documentation/edac.txt @@ -1,53 +1,34 @@ - - EDAC - Error Detection And Correction - -Written by Doug Thompson <dougthompson@xmission.com> -7 Dec 2005 -17 Jul 2007 Updated - -(c) Mauro Carvalho Chehab -05 Aug 2009 Nehalem interface - -EDAC is maintained and written by: - - Doug Thompson, Dave Jiang, Dave Peterson et al, - original author: Thayne Harbaugh, - -Contact: - website: bluesmoke.sourceforge.net - mailing list: bluesmoke-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +===================================== "bluesmoke" was the name for this device driver when it was "out-of-tree" and maintained at sourceforge.net. When it was pushed into 2.6.16 for the first time, it was renamed to 'EDAC'. -The bluesmoke project at sourceforge.net is now utilized as a 'staging area' -for EDAC development, before it is sent upstream to kernel.org - -At the bluesmoke/EDAC project site is a series of quilt patches against -recent kernels, stored in a SVN repository. For easier downloading, there -is also a tarball snapshot available. +PURPOSE +------- -============================================================================ -EDAC PURPOSE - -The 'edac' kernel module goal is to detect and report errors that occur -within the computer system running under linux. +The 'edac' kernel module's goal is to detect and report hardware errors +that occur within the computer system running under linux. MEMORY +------ -In the initial release, memory Correctable Errors (CE) and Uncorrectable -Errors (UE) are the primary errors being harvested. These types of errors -are harvested by the 'edac_mc' class of device. +Memory Correctable Errors (CE) and Uncorrectable Errors (UE) are the +primary errors being harvested. These types of errors are harvested by +the 'edac_mc' device. Detecting CE events, then harvesting those events and reporting them, -CAN be a predictor of future UE events. With CE events, the system can -continue to operate, but with less safety. Preventive maintenance and -proactive part replacement of memory DIMMs exhibiting CEs can reduce -the likelihood of the dreaded UE events and system 'panics'. +*can* but must not necessarily be a predictor of future UE events. With +CE events only, the system can and will continue to operate as no data +has been damaged yet. + +However, preventive maintenance and proactive part replacement of memory +DIMMs exhibiting CEs can reduce the likelihood of the dreaded UE events +and system panics. -NON-MEMORY +OTHER HARDWARE ELEMENTS +----------------------- A new feature for EDAC, the edac_device class of device, was added in the 2.6.23 version of the kernel. @@ -56,70 +37,57 @@ This new device type allows for non-memory type of ECC hardware detectors to have their states harvested and presented to userspace via the sysfs interface. -Some architectures have ECC detectors for L1, L2 and L3 caches, along with DMA -engines, fabric switches, main data path switches, interconnections, -and various other hardware data paths. If the hardware reports it, then -a edac_device device probably can be constructed to harvest and present -that to userspace. +Some architectures have ECC detectors for L1, L2 and L3 caches, +along with DMA engines, fabric switches, main data path switches, +interconnections, and various other hardware data paths. If the hardware +reports it, then a edac_device device probably can be constructed to +harvest and present that to userspace. PCI BUS SCANNING +---------------- -In addition, PCI Bus Parity and SERR Errors are scanned for on PCI devices -in order to determine if errors are occurring on data transfers. +In addition, PCI devices are scanned for PCI Bus Parity and SERR Errors +in order to determine if errors are occurring during data transfers. The presence of PCI Parity errors must be examined with a grain of salt. -There are several add-in adapters that do NOT follow the PCI specification +There are several add-in adapters that do *not* follow the PCI specification with regards to Parity generation and reporting. The specification says the vendor should tie the parity status bits to 0 if they do not intend to generate parity. Some vendors do not do this, and thus the parity bit can "float" giving false positives. -In the kernel there is a PCI device attribute located in sysfs that is -checked by the EDAC PCI scanning code. If that attribute is set, -PCI parity/error scanning is skipped for that device. The attribute -is: +There is a PCI device attribute located in sysfs that is checked by +the EDAC PCI scanning code. If that attribute is set, PCI parity/error +scanning is skipped for that device. The attribute is: broken_parity_status -as is located in /sys/devices/pci<XXX>/0000:XX:YY.Z directories for +and is located in /sys/devices/pci<XXX>/0000:XX:YY.Z directories for PCI devices. -FUTURE HARDWARE SCANNING -EDAC will have future error detectors that will be integrated with -EDAC or added to it, in the following list: - - MCE Machine Check Exception - MCA Machine Check Architecture - NMI NMI notification of ECC errors - MSRs Machine Specific Register error cases - and other mechanisms. - -These errors are usually bus errors, ECC errors, thermal throttling -and the like. - - -============================================================================ -EDAC VERSIONING +VERSIONING +---------- EDAC is composed of a "core" module (edac_core.ko) and several Memory -Controller (MC) driver modules. On a given system, the CORE -is loaded and one MC driver will be loaded. Both the CORE and -the MC driver (or edac_device driver) have individual versions that reflect -current release level of their respective modules. +Controller (MC) driver modules. On a given system, the CORE is loaded +and one MC driver will be loaded. Both the CORE and the MC driver (or +edac_device driver) have individual versions that reflect current +release level of their respective modules. -Thus, to "report" on what version a system is running, one must report both -the CORE's and the MC driver's versions. +Thus, to "report" on what version a system is running, one must report +both the CORE's and the MC driver's versions. LOADING +------- -If 'edac' was statically linked with the kernel then no loading is -necessary. If 'edac' was built as modules then simply modprobe the -'edac' pieces that you need. You should be able to modprobe -hardware-specific modules and have the dependencies load the necessary core -modules. +If 'edac' was statically linked with the kernel then no loading +is necessary. If 'edac' was built as modules then simply modprobe +the 'edac' pieces that you need. You should be able to modprobe +hardware-specific modules and have the dependencies load the necessary +core modules. Example: @@ -129,35 +97,33 @@ loads both the amd76x_edac.ko memory controller module and the edac_mc.ko core module. -============================================================================ -EDAC sysfs INTERFACE - -EDAC presents a 'sysfs' interface for control, reporting and attribute -reporting purposes. +SYSFS INTERFACE +--------------- -EDAC lives in the /sys/devices/system/edac directory. +EDAC presents a 'sysfs' interface for control and reporting purposes. It +lives in the /sys/devices/system/edac directory. -Within this directory there currently reside 2 'edac' components: +Within this directory there currently reside 2 components: mc memory controller(s) system pci PCI control and status system -============================================================================ + Memory Controller (mc) Model +---------------------------- -First a background on the memory controller's model abstracted in EDAC. -Each 'mc' device controls a set of DIMM memory modules. These modules are -laid out in a Chip-Select Row (csrowX) and Channel table (chX). There can -be multiple csrows and multiple channels. +Each 'mc' device controls a set of DIMM memory modules. These modules +are laid out in a Chip-Select Row (csrowX) and Channel table (chX). +There can be multiple csrows and multiple channels. -Memory controllers allow for several csrows, with 8 csrows being a typical value. -Yet, the actual number of csrows depends on the electrical "loading" -of a given motherboard, memory controller and DIMM characteristics. +Memory controllers allow for several csrows, with 8 csrows being a +typical value. Yet, the actual number of csrows depends on the layout of +a given motherboard, memory controller and DIMM characteristics. -Dual channels allows for 128 bit data transfers to the CPU from memory. -Some newer chipsets allow for more than 2 channels, like Fully Buffered DIMMs -(FB-DIMMs). The following example will assume 2 channels: +Dual channels allows for 128 bit data transfers to/from the CPU from/to +memory. Some newer chipsets allow for more than 2 channels, like Fully +Buffered DIMMs (FB-DIMMs). The following example will assume 2 channels: Channel 0 Channel 1 @@ -179,12 +145,12 @@ for memory DIMMs: DIMM_A1 DIMM_B1 -Labels for these slots are usually silk screened on the motherboard. Slots -labeled 'A' are channel 0 in this example. Slots labeled 'B' -are channel 1. Notice that there are two csrows possible on a -physical DIMM. These csrows are allocated their csrow assignment -based on the slot into which the memory DIMM is placed. Thus, when 1 DIMM -is placed in each Channel, the csrows cross both DIMMs. +Labels for these slots are usually silk-screened on the motherboard. +Slots labeled 'A' are channel 0 in this example. Slots labeled 'B' are +channel 1. Notice that there are two csrows possible on a physical DIMM. +These csrows are allocated their csrow assignment based on the slot into +which the memory DIMM is placed. Thus, when 1 DIMM is placed in each +Channel, the csrows cross both DIMMs. Memory DIMMs come single or dual "ranked". A rank is a populated csrow. Thus, 2 single ranked DIMMs, placed in slots DIMM_A0 and DIMM_B0 above @@ -193,8 +159,8 @@ when 2 dual ranked DIMMs are similarly placed, then both csrow0 and csrow1 will be populated. The pattern repeats itself for csrow2 and csrow3. -The representation of the above is reflected in the directory tree -in EDAC's sysfs interface. Starting in directory +The representation of the above is reflected in the directory +tree in EDAC's sysfs interface. Starting in directory /sys/devices/system/edac/mc each memory controller will be represented by its own 'mcX' directory, where 'X' is the index of the MC. @@ -217,34 +183,35 @@ Under each 'mcX' directory each 'csrowX' is again represented by a |->csrow3 .... -Notice that there is no csrow1, which indicates that csrow0 is -composed of a single ranked DIMMs. This should also apply in both -Channels, in order to have dual-channel mode be operational. Since -both csrow2 and csrow3 are populated, this indicates a dual ranked -set of DIMMs for channels 0 and 1. +Notice that there is no csrow1, which indicates that csrow0 is composed +of a single ranked DIMMs. This should also apply in both Channels, in +order to have dual-channel mode be operational. Since both csrow2 and +csrow3 are populated, this indicates a dual ranked set of DIMMs for +channels 0 and 1. -Within each of the 'mcX' and 'csrowX' directories are several -EDAC control and attribute files. +Within each of the 'mcX' and 'csrowX' directories are several EDAC +control and attribute files. -============================================================================ -'mcX' DIRECTORIES +'mcX' directories +----------------- In 'mcX' directories are EDAC control and attribute files for this 'X' instance of the memory controllers. For a description of the sysfs API, please see: - Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs/devices-edac + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac + -============================================================================ -'csrowX' DIRECTORIES +'csrowX' directories +-------------------- -When CONFIG_EDAC_LEGACY_SYSFS is enabled, the sysfs will contain the -csrowX directories. As this API doesn't work properly for Rambus, FB-DIMMs -and modern Intel Memory Controllers, this is being deprecated in favor -of dimmX directories. +When CONFIG_EDAC_LEGACY_SYSFS is enabled, sysfs will contain the csrowX +directories. As this API doesn't work properly for Rambus, FB-DIMMs and +modern Intel Memory Controllers, this is being deprecated in favor of +dimmX directories. In the 'csrowX' directories are EDAC control and attribute files for this 'X' instance of csrow: @@ -265,18 +232,18 @@ Total Correctable Errors count attribute file: 'ce_count' This attribute file displays the total count of correctable - errors that have occurred on this csrow. This - count is very important to examine. CEs provide early - indications that a DIMM is beginning to fail. This count - field should be monitored for non-zero values and report - such information to the system administrator. + errors that have occurred on this csrow. This count is very + important to examine. CEs provide early indications that a + DIMM is beginning to fail. This count field should be + monitored for non-zero values and report such information + to the system administrator. Total memory managed by this csrow attribute file: 'size_mb' - This attribute file displays, in count of megabytes, of memory + This attribute file displays, in count of megabytes, the memory that this csrow contains. @@ -377,11 +344,13 @@ Channel 1 DIMM Label control file: motherboard specific and determination of this information must occur in userland at this time. -============================================================================ + + SYSTEM LOGGING +-------------- -If logging for UEs and CEs are enabled then system logs will have -error notices indicating errors that have been detected: +If logging for UEs and CEs is enabled, then system logs will contain +information indicating that errors have been detected: EDAC MC0: CE page 0x283, offset 0xce0, grain 8, syndrome 0x6ec3, row 0, channel 1 "DIMM_B1": amd76x_edac @@ -404,24 +373,23 @@ The structure of the message is: and then an optional, driver-specific message that may have additional information. -Both UEs and CEs with no info will lack all but memory controller, -error type, a notice of "no info" and then an optional, -driver-specific error message. +Both UEs and CEs with no info will lack all but memory controller, error +type, a notice of "no info" and then an optional, driver-specific error +message. -============================================================================ PCI Bus Parity Detection +------------------------ - -On Header Type 00 devices the primary status is looked at -for any parity error regardless of whether Parity is enabled on the -device. (The spec indicates parity is generated in some cases). -On Header Type 01 bridges, the secondary status register is also -looked at to see if parity occurred on the bus on the other side of -the bridge. +On Header Type 00 devices, the primary status is looked at for any +parity error regardless of whether parity is enabled on the device or +not. (The spec indicates parity is generated in some cases). On Header +Type 01 bridges, the secondary status register is also looked at to see +if parity occurred on the bus on the other side of the bridge. SYSFS CONFIGURATION +------------------- Under /sys/devices/system/edac/pci are control and attribute files as follows: @@ -450,8 +418,9 @@ Parity Count: have been detected. -============================================================================ + MODULE PARAMETERS +----------------- Panic on UE control file: @@ -516,7 +485,7 @@ Panic on PCI PARITY Error: 'panic_on_pci_parity' - This control files enables or disables panicking when a parity + This control file enables or disables panicking when a parity error has been detected. @@ -530,10 +499,8 @@ Panic on PCI PARITY Error: -======================================================================= - - -EDAC_DEVICE type of device +EDAC device type +---------------- In the header file, edac_core.h, there is a series of edac_device structures and APIs for the EDAC_DEVICE. @@ -573,6 +540,7 @@ The test_device_edac device adds at least one of its own custom control: The symlink points to the 'struct dev' that is registered for this edac_device. INSTANCES +--------- One or more instance directories are present. For the 'test_device_edac' case: @@ -586,6 +554,7 @@ counter in deeper subdirectories. ue_count total of UE events of subdirectories BLOCKS +------ At the lowest directory level is the 'block' directory. There can be 0, 1 or more blocks specified in each instance. @@ -617,14 +586,15 @@ The 'test_device_edac' device adds 4 attributes and 1 control: reset all the above counters. -Use of the 'test_device_edac' driver should any others to create their own +Use of the 'test_device_edac' driver should enable any others to create their own unique drivers for their hardware systems. The 'test_device_edac' sample driver is located at the bluesmoke.sourceforge.net project site for EDAC. -======================================================================= + NEHALEM USAGE OF EDAC APIs +-------------------------- This chapter documents some EXPERIMENTAL mappings for EDAC API to handle Nehalem EDAC driver. They will likely be changed on future versions @@ -633,7 +603,7 @@ of the driver. Due to the way Nehalem exports Memory Controller data, some adjustments were done at i7core_edac driver. This chapter will cover those differences -1) On Nehalem, there are one Memory Controller per Quick Patch Interconnect +1) On Nehalem, there is one Memory Controller per Quick Patch Interconnect (QPI). At the driver, the term "socket" means one QPI. This is associated with a physical CPU socket. @@ -642,7 +612,7 @@ were done at i7core_edac driver. This chapter will cover those differences Each channel can have up to 3 DIMMs. The minimum known unity is DIMMs. There are no information about csrows. - As EDAC API maps the minimum unity is csrows, the driver sequencially + As EDAC API maps the minimum unity is csrows, the driver sequentially maps channel/dimm into different csrows. For example, supposing the following layout: @@ -664,7 +634,7 @@ exports one Each QPI is exported as a different memory controller. -2) Nehalem MC has the hability to generate errors. The driver implements this +2) Nehalem MC has the ability to generate errors. The driver implements this functionality via some error injection nodes: For injecting a memory error, there are some sysfs nodes, under @@ -771,5 +741,22 @@ exports one The standard error counters are generated when an mcelog error is received by the driver. Since, with udimm, this is counted by software, it is - possible that some errors could be lost. With rdimm's, they displays the + possible that some errors could be lost. With rdimm's, they display the contents of the registers + +CREDITS: +======== + +Written by Doug Thompson <dougthompson@xmission.com> +7 Dec 2005 +17 Jul 2007 Updated + +(c) Mauro Carvalho Chehab +05 Aug 2009 Nehalem interface + +EDAC authors/maintainers: + + Doug Thompson, Dave Jiang, Dave Peterson et al, + Mauro Carvalho Chehab + Borislav Petkov + original author: Thayne Harbaugh diff --git a/Documentation/email-clients.txt b/Documentation/email-clients.txt index eede6088f978..c7d49b885559 100644 --- a/Documentation/email-clients.txt +++ b/Documentation/email-clients.txt @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Thunderbird (GUI) Thunderbird is an Outlook clone that likes to mangle text, but there are ways to coerce it into behaving. -- Allows use of an external editor: +- Allow use of an external editor: The easiest thing to do with Thunderbird and patches is to use an "external editor" extension and then just use your favorite $EDITOR for reading/merging patches into the body text. To do this, download @@ -219,6 +219,15 @@ to coerce it into behaving. View->Toolbars->Customize... and finally just click on it when in the Compose dialog. + Please note that "external editor" requires that your editor must not + fork, or in other words, the editor must not return before closing. + You may have to pass additional flags or change the settings of your + editor. Most notably if you are using gvim then you must pass the -f + option to gvim by putting "/usr/bin/gvim -f" (if the binary is in + /usr/bin) to the text editor field in "external editor" settings. If you + are using some other editor then please read its manual to find out how + to do this. + To beat some sense out of the internal editor, do this: - Edit your Thunderbird config settings so that it won't use format=flowed. diff --git a/Documentation/features/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d22a1095e661 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + +For generic kernel features that need architecture support, the +arch-support.txt file in each feature directory shows the arch +support matrix, for all upstream Linux architectures. + +The meaning of entries in the tables is: + + | ok | # feature supported by the architecture + |TODO| # feature not yet supported by the architecture + | .. | # feature cannot be supported by the hardware + diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c1b4f917238f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: BPF-JIT +# Kconfig: HAVE_BPF_JIT +# description: arch supports BPF JIT optimizations +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6d930fcbe519 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: generic-idle-thread +# Kconfig: GENERIC_SMP_IDLE_THREAD +# description: arch makes use of the generic SMP idle thread facility +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | ok | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | ok | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | ok | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | ok | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | ok | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..136868b636e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: jump-labels +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_JUMP_LABEL +# description: arch supports live patched, high efficiency branches +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..728061d763b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: tracehook +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_TRACEHOOK +# description: arch supports tracehook (ptrace) register handling APIs +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | ok | + | c6x: | ok | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | ok | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | ok | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | ok | + | nios2: | ok | + | openrisc: | ok | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..14531da2fb54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: KASAN +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_KASAN +# description: arch supports the KASAN runtime memory checker +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..38dea8eeba0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: gcov-profile-all +# Kconfig: ARCH_HAS_GCOV_PROFILE_ALL +# description: arch supports whole-kernel GCOV code coverage profiling +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..862e15d6f79e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: kgdb +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_KGDB +# description: arch supports the kGDB kernel debugger +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | ok | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | ok | + | nios2: | ok | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..40f44d041fb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: kprobes-on-ftrace +# Kconfig: HAVE_KPROBES_ON_FTRACE +# description: arch supports combined kprobes and ftrace live patching +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a44bfff6940b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: kprobes +# Kconfig: HAVE_KPROBES +# description: arch supports live patched kernel probe +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | ok | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d87c1ce24204 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: kretprobes +# Kconfig: HAVE_KRETPROBES +# description: arch supports kernel function-return probes +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b8999d8544ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: optprobes +# Kconfig: HAVE_OPTPROBES +# description: arch supports live patched optprobes +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0fa423313409 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: stackprotector +# Kconfig: HAVE_CC_STACKPROTECTOR +# description: arch supports compiler driven stack overflow protection +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4efe36c3ace9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: uprobes +# Kconfig: ARCH_SUPPORTS_UPROBES +# description: arch supports live patched user probes +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..44cc1ff3f603 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: user-ret-profiler +# Kconfig: HAVE_USER_RETURN_NOTIFIER +# description: arch supports user-space return from system call profiler +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4f4a3443b114 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: dma-api-debug +# Kconfig: HAVE_DMA_API_DEBUG +# description: arch supports DMA debug facilities +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | ok | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a97e8e3f4ebb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: dma-contiguous +# Kconfig: HAVE_DMA_CONTIGUOUS +# description: arch supports the DMA CMA (continuous memory allocator) +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/dma_map_attrs/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/dma_map_attrs/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..51d0f1c02a3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/io/dma_map_attrs/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: dma_map_attrs +# Kconfig: HAVE_DMA_ATTRS +# description: arch provides dma_*map*_attrs() APIs +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | ok | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | ok | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | ok | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | ok | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b9b675539b9d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: sg-chain +# Kconfig: ARCH_HAS_SG_CHAIN +# description: arch supports chained scatter-gather lists +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..12b1c9358e57 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: strncasecmp +# Kconfig: __HAVE_ARCH_STRNCASECMP +# description: arch provides an optimized strncasecmp() function +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | TODO | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh b/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh new file mode 100755 index 000000000000..6065124a072f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# +# Small script that visualizes the kernel feature support status +# of an architecture. +# +# (If no arguments are given then it will print the host architecture's status.) +# + +ARCH=${1:-$(arch | sed 's/x86_64/x86/' | sed 's/i386/x86/')} + +cd $(dirname $0) +echo "#" +echo "# Kernel feature support matrix of the '$ARCH' architecture:" +echo "#" + +for F in */*/arch-support.txt; do + SUBSYS=$(echo $F | cut -d/ -f1) + N=$(grep -h "^# Feature name:" $F | cut -c25-) + C=$(grep -h "^# Kconfig:" $F | cut -c25-) + D=$(grep -h "^# description:" $F | cut -c25-) + S=$(grep -hw $ARCH $F | cut -d\| -f3) + + printf "%10s/%-22s:%s| %35s # %s\n" "$SUBSYS" "$N" "$S" "$C" "$D" +done + diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d9c310889bc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: cmpxchg-local +# Kconfig: HAVE_CMPXCHG_LOCAL +# description: arch supports the this_cpu_cmpxchg() API +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cf90635bdcbb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: lockdep +# Kconfig: LOCKDEP_SUPPORT +# description: arch supports the runtime locking correctness debug facility +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | ok | + | blackfin: | ok | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | ok | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | ok | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | ok | + | unicore32: | ok | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | ok | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..68c3a5ddd9b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: queued-rwlocks +# Kconfig: ARCH_USE_QUEUED_RWLOCKS +# description: arch supports queued rwlocks +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e973b1a9572f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: queued-spinlocks +# Kconfig: ARCH_USE_QUEUED_SPINLOCKS +# description: arch supports queued spinlocks +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ac93d7ab66c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: rwsem-optimized +# Kconfig: Optimized asm/rwsem.h +# description: arch provides optimized rwsem APIs +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | ok | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | ok | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9855ad044386 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: kprobes-event +# Kconfig: HAVE_REGS_AND_STACK_ACCESS_API +# description: arch supports kprobes with perf events +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e2b4a78ec543 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: perf-regs +# Kconfig: HAVE_PERF_REGS +# description: arch supports perf events register access +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3dc24b0673c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: perf-stackdump +# Kconfig: HAVE_PERF_USER_STACK_DUMP +# description: arch supports perf events stack dumps +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ac7cd6b1502b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: numa-balancing +# Kconfig: ARCH_SUPPORTS_NUMA_BALANCING +# description: arch supports NUMA balancing +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | .. | + | arm: | .. | + | arm64: | .. | + | avr32: | .. | + | blackfin: | .. | + | c6x: | .. | + | cris: | .. | + | frv: | .. | + | h8300: | .. | + | hexagon: | .. | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | .. | + | m68k: | .. | + | metag: | .. | + | microblaze: | .. | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | .. | + | nios2: | .. | + | openrisc: | .. | + | parisc: | .. | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | .. | + | score: | .. | + | sh: | .. | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | .. | + | unicore32: | .. | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | .. | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bea800910342 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: seccomp-filter +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_SECCOMP_FILTER +# description: arch supports seccomp filters +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8acb439a4a17 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: arch-tick-broadcast +# Kconfig: ARCH_HAS_TICK_BROADCAST +# description: arch provides tick_broadcast() +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | TODO | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ff670b2207f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: clockevents +# Kconfig: GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS +# description: arch support generic clock events +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | ok | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | ok | + | blackfin: | ok | + | c6x: | ok | + | cris: | ok | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | ok | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | ok | + | metag: | ok | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | ok | + | nios2: | ok | + | openrisc: | ok | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | ok | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | ok | + | unicore32: | ok | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | ok | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a1e3eea7003f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: context-tracking +# Kconfig: HAVE_CONTEXT_TRACKING +# description: arch supports context tracking for NO_HZ_FULL +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e63316239938 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: irq-time-acct +# Kconfig: HAVE_IRQ_TIME_ACCOUNTING +# description: arch supports precise IRQ time accounting +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | .. | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | .. | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | .. | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | .. | + | powerpc: | .. | + | s390: | .. | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | .. | + | tile: | .. | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | ok | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..17f68a02e84d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: modern-timekeeping +# Kconfig: !ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET +# description: arch does not use arch_gettimeoffset() anymore +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | ok | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | ok | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | ok | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | ok | + | h8300: | ok | + | hexagon: | ok | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | ok | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | ok | + | nios2: | ok | + | openrisc: | ok | + | parisc: | ok | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | ok | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | ok | + | unicore32: | ok | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | ok | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cf3c3e383d15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: virt-cpuacct +# Kconfig: HAVE_VIRT_CPU_ACCOUNTING +# description: arch supports precise virtual CPU time accounting +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | ok | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | ok | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ec4dd28e1297 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: ELF-ASLR +# Kconfig: ARCH_HAS_ELF_RANDOMIZE +# description: arch randomizes the stack, heap and binary images of ELF binaries +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..991974275a3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: PG_uncached +# Kconfig: ARCH_USES_PG_UNCACHED +# description: arch supports the PG_uncached page flag +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..972d02c2a74c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: THP +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE +# description: arch supports transparent hugepages +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | .. | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | .. | + | blackfin: | .. | + | c6x: | .. | + | cris: | .. | + | frv: | .. | + | h8300: | .. | + | hexagon: | .. | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | .. | + | m68k: | .. | + | metag: | .. | + | microblaze: | .. | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | .. | + | nios2: | .. | + | openrisc: | .. | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | .. | + | sh: | .. | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | .. | + | unicore32: | .. | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | .. | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..af6816bccb43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: huge-vmap +# Kconfig: HAVE_ARCH_HUGE_VMAP +# description: arch supports the ioremap_pud_enabled() and ioremap_pmd_enabled() VM APIs +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..90c53749fde7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: ioremap_prot +# Kconfig: HAVE_IOREMAP_PROT +# description: arch has ioremap_prot() +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | ok | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | TODO | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | TODO | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | ok | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e7c252a0c531 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: numa-memblock +# Kconfig: HAVE_MEMBLOCK_NODE_MAP +# description: arch supports NUMA aware memblocks +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | .. | + | arm: | .. | + | arm64: | .. | + | avr32: | .. | + | blackfin: | .. | + | c6x: | .. | + | cris: | .. | + | frv: | .. | + | h8300: | .. | + | hexagon: | .. | + | ia64: | ok | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | .. | + | metag: | ok | + | microblaze: | ok | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | .. | + | openrisc: | .. | + | parisc: | .. | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | ok | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | .. | + | unicore32: | .. | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | .. | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/pmdp_splitting_flush/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/pmdp_splitting_flush/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..26f74b457e0b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/pmdp_splitting_flush/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: pmdp_splitting_flush +# Kconfig: __HAVE_ARCH_PMDP_SPLITTING_FLUSH +# description: arch supports the pmdp_splitting_flush() VM API +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..aaaa21db6226 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# +# Feature name: pte_special +# Kconfig: __HAVE_ARCH_PTE_SPECIAL +# description: arch supports the pte_special()/pte_mkspecial() VM APIs +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | ok | + | arm64: | ok | + | avr32: | TODO | + | blackfin: | TODO | + | c6x: | TODO | + | cris: | TODO | + | frv: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m32r: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | metag: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | mn10300: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | + | s390: | ok | + | score: | TODO | + | sh: | ok | + | sparc: | ok | + | tile: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking index f91926f2f482..6a34a0f4d37c 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ prototypes: int (*rename2) (struct inode *, struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct dentry *, unsigned int); int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int); - void * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); - void (*put_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *, void *); + const char *(*follow_link) (struct dentry *, void **); + void (*put_link) (struct inode *, void *); void (*truncate) (struct inode *); int (*permission) (struct inode *, int, unsigned int); int (*get_acl)(struct inode *, int); @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ prototypes: void (*invalidatepage) (struct page *, unsigned int, unsigned int); int (*releasepage) (struct page *, int); void (*freepage)(struct page *); - int (*direct_IO)(int, struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *iter, loff_t offset); + int (*direct_IO)(struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *iter, loff_t offset); int (*migratepage)(struct address_space *, struct page *, struct page *); int (*launder_page)(struct page *); int (*is_partially_uptodate)(struct page *, unsigned long, unsigned long); @@ -429,8 +429,6 @@ prototypes: loff_t (*llseek) (struct file *, loff_t, int); ssize_t (*read) (struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *); ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *); - ssize_t (*aio_read) (struct kiocb *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t); - ssize_t (*aio_write) (struct kiocb *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t); ssize_t (*read_iter) (struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *); ssize_t (*write_iter) (struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *); int (*iterate) (struct file *, struct dir_context *); @@ -525,6 +523,7 @@ prototypes: void (*close)(struct vm_area_struct*); int (*fault)(struct vm_area_struct*, struct vm_fault *); int (*page_mkwrite)(struct vm_area_struct *, struct vm_fault *); + int (*pfn_mkwrite)(struct vm_area_struct *, struct vm_fault *); int (*access)(struct vm_area_struct *, unsigned long, void*, int, int); locking rules: @@ -534,6 +533,7 @@ close: yes fault: yes can return with page locked map_pages: yes page_mkwrite: yes can return with page locked +pfn_mkwrite: yes access: yes ->fault() is called when a previously not present pte is about @@ -560,6 +560,12 @@ the page has been truncated, the filesystem should not look up a new page like the ->fault() handler, but simply return with VM_FAULT_NOPAGE, which will cause the VM to retry the fault. + ->pfn_mkwrite() is the same as page_mkwrite but when the pte is +VM_PFNMAP or VM_MIXEDMAP with a page-less entry. Expected return is +VM_FAULT_NOPAGE. Or one of the VM_FAULT_ERROR types. The default behavior +after this call is to make the pte read-write, unless pfn_mkwrite returns +an error. + ->access() is called when get_user_pages() fails in access_process_vm(), typically used to debug a process through /proc/pid/mem or ptrace. This function is needed only for diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/automount-support.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/automount-support.txt index 7cac200e2a85..7eb762eb3136 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/automount-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/automount-support.txt @@ -1,41 +1,15 @@ -Support is available for filesystems that wish to do automounting support (such -as kAFS which can be found in fs/afs/). This facility includes allowing -in-kernel mounts to be performed and mountpoint degradation to be -requested. The latter can also be requested by userspace. +Support is available for filesystems that wish to do automounting +support (such as kAFS which can be found in fs/afs/ and NFS in +fs/nfs/). This facility includes allowing in-kernel mounts to be +performed and mountpoint degradation to be requested. The latter can +also be requested by userspace. ====================== IN-KERNEL AUTOMOUNTING ====================== -A filesystem can now mount another filesystem on one of its directories by the -following procedure: - - (1) Give the directory a follow_link() operation. - - When the directory is accessed, the follow_link op will be called, and - it will be provided with the location of the mountpoint in the nameidata - structure (vfsmount and dentry). - - (2) Have the follow_link() op do the following steps: - - (a) Call vfs_kern_mount() to call the appropriate filesystem to set up a - superblock and gain a vfsmount structure representing it. - - (b) Copy the nameidata provided as an argument and substitute the dentry - argument into it the copy. - - (c) Call do_add_mount() to install the new vfsmount into the namespace's - mountpoint tree, thus making it accessible to userspace. Use the - nameidata set up in (b) as the destination. - - If the mountpoint will be automatically expired, then do_add_mount() - should also be given the location of an expiration list (see further - down). - - (d) Release the path in the nameidata argument and substitute in the new - vfsmount and its root dentry. The ref counts on these will need - incrementing. +See section "Mount Traps" of Documentation/filesystems/autofs4.txt Then from userspace, you can just do something like: @@ -61,17 +35,18 @@ AUTOMATIC MOUNTPOINT EXPIRY =========================== Automatic expiration of mountpoints is easy, provided you've mounted the -mountpoint to be expired in the automounting procedure outlined above. +mountpoint to be expired in the automounting procedure outlined separately. To do expiration, you need to follow these steps: - (3) Create at least one list off which the vfsmounts to be expired can be - hung. Access to this list will be governed by the vfsmount_lock. + (1) Create at least one list off which the vfsmounts to be expired can be + hung. - (4) In step (2c) above, the call to do_add_mount() should be provided with a - pointer to this list. It will hang the vfsmount off of it if it succeeds. + (2) When a new mountpoint is created in the ->d_automount method, add + the mnt to the list using mnt_set_expiry() + mnt_set_expiry(newmnt, &afs_vfsmounts); - (5) When you want mountpoints to be expired, call mark_mounts_for_expiry() + (3) When you want mountpoints to be expired, call mark_mounts_for_expiry() with a pointer to this list. This will process the list, marking every vfsmount thereon for potential expiry on the next call. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt index 277d1e810670..c0bd5677271b 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt @@ -676,6 +676,29 @@ FS-Cache provides some utilities that a cache backend may make use of: as possible. + (*) Indicate that a stale object was found and discarded: + + void fscache_object_retrying_stale(struct fscache_object *object); + + This is called to indicate that the lookup procedure found an object in + the cache that the netfs decided was stale. The object has been + discarded from the cache and the lookup will be performed again. + + + (*) Indicate that the caching backend killed an object: + + void fscache_object_mark_killed(struct fscache_object *object, + enum fscache_why_object_killed why); + + This is called to indicate that the cache backend preemptively killed an + object. The why parameter should be set to indicate the reason: + + FSCACHE_OBJECT_IS_STALE - the object was stale and needs discarding. + FSCACHE_OBJECT_NO_SPACE - there was insufficient cache space + FSCACHE_OBJECT_WAS_RETIRED - the object was retired when relinquished. + FSCACHE_OBJECT_WAS_CULLED - the object was culled to make space. + + (*) Get and release references on a retrieval record: void fscache_get_retrieval(struct fscache_retrieval *op); diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/fscache.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/fscache.txt index 770267af5b3e..50f0a5757f48 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/fscache.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/fscache.txt @@ -284,8 +284,9 @@ proc files. enq=N Number of times async ops queued for processing can=N Number of async ops cancelled rej=N Number of async ops rejected due to object lookup/create failure + ini=N Number of async ops initialised dfr=N Number of async ops queued for deferred release - rel=N Number of async ops released + rel=N Number of async ops released (should equal ini=N when idle) gc=N Number of deferred-release async ops garbage collected CacheOp alo=N Number of in-progress alloc_object() cache ops luo=N Number of in-progress lookup_object() cache ops @@ -303,6 +304,10 @@ proc files. wrp=N Number of in-progress write_page() cache ops ucp=N Number of in-progress uncache_page() cache ops dsp=N Number of in-progress dissociate_pages() cache ops + CacheEv nsp=N Number of object lookups/creations rejected due to lack of space + stl=N Number of stale objects deleted + rtr=N Number of objects retired when relinquished + cul=N Number of objects culled (*) /proc/fs/fscache/histogram diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt index baf41118660d..7af2851d667c 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt @@ -18,8 +18,10 @@ Usage ----- If you have a block device which supports DAX, you can make a filesystem -on it as usual. When mounting it, use the -o dax option manually -or add 'dax' to the options in /etc/fstab. +on it as usual. The DAX code currently only supports files with a block +size equal to your kernel's PAGE_SIZE, so you may need to specify a block +size when creating the filesystem. When mounting it, use the "-o dax" +option on the command line or add 'dax' to the options in /etc/fstab. Implementation Tips for Block Driver Writers diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt index dac11d7fef27..e9e750e59efc 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt @@ -140,6 +140,12 @@ nobarrier This option can be used if underlying storage guarantees fastboot This option is used when a system wants to reduce mount time as much as possible, even though normal performance can be sacrificed. +extent_cache Enable an extent cache based on rb-tree, it can cache + as many as extent which map between contiguous logical + address and physical address per inode, resulting in + increasing the cache hit ratio. +noinline_data Disable the inline data feature, inline data feature is + enabled by default. ================================================================================ DEBUGFS ENTRIES diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/knfsd-stats.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/knfsd-stats.txt index 64ced5149d37..1a5d82180b84 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/knfsd-stats.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/knfsd-stats.txt @@ -68,16 +68,10 @@ sockets-enqueued rate of change for this counter is zero; significantly non-zero values may indicate a performance limitation. - This can happen either because there are too few nfsd threads in the - thread pool for the NFS workload (the workload is thread-limited), - or because the NFS workload needs more CPU time than is available in - the thread pool (the workload is CPU-limited). In the former case, - configuring more nfsd threads will probably improve the performance - of the NFS workload. In the latter case, the sunrpc server layer is - already choosing not to wake idle nfsd threads because there are too - many nfsd threads which want to run but cannot, so configuring more - nfsd threads will make no difference whatsoever. The overloads-avoided - statistic (see below) can be used to distinguish these cases. + This can happen because there are too few nfsd threads in the thread + pool for the NFS workload (the workload is thread-limited), in which + case configuring more nfsd threads will probably improve the + performance of the NFS workload. threads-woken Counts how many times an idle nfsd thread is woken to try to @@ -88,36 +82,6 @@ threads-woken thing. The ideal rate of change for this counter will be close to but less than the rate of change of the packets-arrived counter. -overloads-avoided - Counts how many times the sunrpc server layer chose not to wake an - nfsd thread, despite the presence of idle nfsd threads, because - too many nfsd threads had been recently woken but could not get - enough CPU time to actually run. - - This statistic counts a circumstance where the sunrpc layer - heuristically avoids overloading the CPU scheduler with too many - runnable nfsd threads. The ideal rate of change for this counter - is zero. Significant non-zero values indicate that the workload - is CPU limited. Usually this is associated with heavy CPU usage - on all the CPUs in the nfsd thread pool. - - If a sustained large overloads-avoided rate is detected on a pool, - the top(1) utility should be used to check for the following - pattern of CPU usage on all the CPUs associated with the given - nfsd thread pool. - - - %us ~= 0 (as you're *NOT* running applications on your NFS server) - - - %wa ~= 0 - - - %id ~= 0 - - - %sy + %hi + %si ~= 100 - - If this pattern is seen, configuring more nfsd threads will *not* - improve the performance of the workload. If this patten is not - seen, then something more subtle is wrong. - threads-timedout Counts how many times an nfsd thread triggered an idle timeout, i.e. was not woken to handle any incoming network packets for diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt index 724043858b08..95c13aa575ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt @@ -187,8 +187,10 @@ Check RDMA and NFS Setup To further test the InfiniBand software stack, use IPoIB (this assumes you have two IB hosts named host1 and host2): - host1$ ifconfig ib0 a.b.c.x - host2$ ifconfig ib0 a.b.c.y + host1$ ip link set dev ib0 up + host1$ ip address add dev ib0 a.b.c.x + host2$ ip link set dev ib0 up + host2$ ip address add dev ib0 a.b.c.y host1$ ping a.b.c.y host2$ ping a.b.c.x @@ -229,7 +231,8 @@ NFS/RDMA Setup $ modprobe ib_mthca $ modprobe ib_ipoib - $ ifconfig ib0 a.b.c.d + $ ip li set dev ib0 up + $ ip addr add dev ib0 a.b.c.d NOTE: use unique addresses for the client and server diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting b/Documentation/filesystems/porting index fa2db081505e..f24d1b833957 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting @@ -379,10 +379,10 @@ may now be called in rcu-walk mode (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU). -ECHILD should be returned if the filesystem cannot handle rcu-walk. See Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt for more details. - permission and check_acl are inode permission checks that are called -on many or all directory inodes on the way down a path walk (to check for -exec permission). These must now be rcu-walk aware (flags & IPERM_FLAG_RCU). -See Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt for more details. + permission is an inode permission check that is called on many or all +directory inodes on the way down a path walk (to check for exec permission). It +must now be rcu-walk aware (mask & MAY_NOT_BLOCK). See +Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt for more details. -- [mandatory] @@ -471,3 +471,36 @@ in your dentry operations instead. [mandatory] f_dentry is gone; use f_path.dentry, or, better yet, see if you can avoid it entirely. +-- +[mandatory] + never call ->read() and ->write() directly; use __vfs_{read,write} or + wrappers; instead of checking for ->write or ->read being NULL, look for + FMODE_CAN_{WRITE,READ} in file->f_mode. +-- +[mandatory] + do _not_ use new_sync_{read,write} for ->read/->write; leave it NULL + instead. +-- +[mandatory] + ->aio_read/->aio_write are gone. Use ->read_iter/->write_iter. +--- +[recommended] + for embedded ("fast") symlinks just set inode->i_link to wherever the + symlink body is and use simple_follow_link() as ->follow_link(). +-- +[mandatory] + calling conventions for ->follow_link() have changed. Instead of returning + cookie and using nd_set_link() to store the body to traverse, we return + the body to traverse and store the cookie using explicit void ** argument. + nameidata isn't passed at all - nd_jump_link() doesn't need it and + nd_[gs]et_link() is gone. +-- +[mandatory] + calling conventions for ->put_link() have changed. It gets inode instead of + dentry, it does not get nameidata at all and it gets called only when cookie + is non-NULL. Note that link body isn't available anymore, so if you need it, + store it as cookie. +-- +[mandatory] + __fd_install() & fd_install() can now sleep. Callers should not + hold a spinlock or other resources that do not allow a schedule. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt index a07ba61662ed..6f7fafde0884 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt @@ -200,12 +200,12 @@ contains details information about the process itself. Its fields are explained in Table 1-4. (for SMP CONFIG users) -For making accounting scalable, RSS related information are handled in -asynchronous manner and the vaule may not be very precise. To see a precise +For making accounting scalable, RSS related information are handled in an +asynchronous manner and the value may not be very precise. To see a precise snapshot of a moment, you can see /proc/<pid>/smaps file and scan page table. It's slow but very precise. -Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 2.6.30-rc7) +Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 4.1) .............................................................................. Field Content Name filename of the executable @@ -213,6 +213,7 @@ Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 2.6.30-rc7) in an uninterruptible wait, Z is zombie, T is traced or stopped) Tgid thread group ID + Ngid NUMA group ID (0 if none) Pid process id PPid process id of the parent process TracerPid PID of process tracing this process (0 if not) @@ -220,6 +221,10 @@ Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 2.6.30-rc7) Gid Real, effective, saved set, and file system GIDs FDSize number of file descriptor slots currently allocated Groups supplementary group list + NStgid descendant namespace thread group ID hierarchy + NSpid descendant namespace process ID hierarchy + NSpgid descendant namespace process group ID hierarchy + NSsid descendant namespace session ID hierarchy VmPeak peak virtual memory size VmSize total program size VmLck locked memory size @@ -230,6 +235,7 @@ Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 2.6.30-rc7) VmExe size of text segment VmLib size of shared library code VmPTE size of page table entries + VmPMD size of second level page tables VmSwap size of swap usage (the number of referred swapents) Threads number of threads SigQ number of signals queued/max. number for queue @@ -1255,9 +1261,9 @@ Various pieces of information about kernel activity are available in the since the system first booted. For a quick look, simply cat the file: > cat /proc/stat - cpu 2255 34 2290 22625563 6290 127 456 0 0 - cpu0 1132 34 1441 11311718 3675 127 438 0 0 - cpu1 1123 0 849 11313845 2614 0 18 0 0 + cpu 2255 34 2290 22625563 6290 127 456 0 0 0 + cpu0 1132 34 1441 11311718 3675 127 438 0 0 0 + cpu1 1123 0 849 11313845 2614 0 18 0 0 0 intr 114930548 113199788 3 0 5 263 0 4 [... lots more numbers ...] ctxt 1990473 btime 1062191376 @@ -1704,6 +1710,10 @@ A typical output is flags: 0100002 mnt_id: 19 +All locks associated with a file descriptor are shown in its fdinfo too. + +lock: 1: FLOCK ADVISORY WRITE 359 00:13:11691 0 EOF + The files such as eventfd, fsnotify, signalfd, epoll among the regular pos/flags pair provide additional information particular to the objects they represent. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/quota.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/quota.txt index 5e8de25bf0f1..29fc01552646 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/quota.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/quota.txt @@ -32,7 +32,10 @@ The interface uses generic netlink framework (see http://lwn.net/Articles/208755/ and http://people.suug.ch/~tgr/libnl/ for more details about this layer). The name of the quota generic netlink interface is "VFS_DQUOT". Definitions of constants below are in <linux/quota.h>. - Currently, the interface supports only one message type QUOTA_NL_C_WARNING. +Since the quota netlink protocol is not namespace aware, quota netlink messages +are sent only in initial network namespace. + +Currently, the interface supports only one message type QUOTA_NL_C_WARNING. This command is used to send a notification about any of the above mentioned events. Each message has six attributes. These are (type of the argument is in parentheses): diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt index 966b22829f3b..5eb8456fc41e 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt @@ -350,8 +350,8 @@ struct inode_operations { int (*rename2) (struct inode *, struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct dentry *, unsigned int); int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int); - void * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); - void (*put_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *, void *); + const char *(*follow_link) (struct dentry *, void **); + void (*put_link) (struct inode *, void *); int (*permission) (struct inode *, int); int (*get_acl)(struct inode *, int); int (*setattr) (struct dentry *, struct iattr *); @@ -436,16 +436,18 @@ otherwise noted. follow_link: called by the VFS to follow a symbolic link to the inode it points to. Only required if you want to support - symbolic links. This method returns a void pointer cookie - that is passed to put_link(). + symbolic links. This method returns the symlink body + to traverse (and possibly resets the current position with + nd_jump_link()). If the body won't go away until the inode + is gone, nothing else is needed; if it needs to be otherwise + pinned, the data needed to release whatever we'd grabbed + is to be stored in void * variable passed by address to + follow_link() instance. put_link: called by the VFS to release resources allocated by - follow_link(). The cookie returned by follow_link() is passed - to this method as the last parameter. It is used by - filesystems such as NFS where page cache is not stable - (i.e. page that was installed when the symbolic link walk - started might not be in the page cache at the end of the - walk). + follow_link(). The cookie stored by follow_link() is passed + to this method as the last parameter; only called when + cookie isn't NULL. permission: called by the VFS to check for access rights on a POSIX-like filesystem. @@ -590,7 +592,7 @@ struct address_space_operations { void (*invalidatepage) (struct page *, unsigned int, unsigned int); int (*releasepage) (struct page *, int); void (*freepage)(struct page *); - ssize_t (*direct_IO)(int, struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *iter, loff_t offset); + ssize_t (*direct_IO)(struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *iter, loff_t offset); /* migrate the contents of a page to the specified target */ int (*migratepage) (struct page *, struct page *); int (*launder_page) (struct page *); @@ -797,15 +799,13 @@ struct file_operations ---------------------- This describes how the VFS can manipulate an open file. As of kernel -3.12, the following members are defined: +4.1, the following members are defined: struct file_operations { struct module *owner; loff_t (*llseek) (struct file *, loff_t, int); ssize_t (*read) (struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *); ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *); - ssize_t (*aio_read) (struct kiocb *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t); - ssize_t (*aio_write) (struct kiocb *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t); ssize_t (*read_iter) (struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *); ssize_t (*write_iter) (struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *); int (*iterate) (struct file *, struct dir_context *); @@ -813,8 +813,9 @@ struct file_operations { long (*unlocked_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long); long (*compat_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long); int (*mmap) (struct file *, struct vm_area_struct *); + int (*mremap)(struct file *, struct vm_area_struct *); int (*open) (struct inode *, struct file *); - int (*flush) (struct file *); + int (*flush) (struct file *, fl_owner_t id); int (*release) (struct inode *, struct file *); int (*fsync) (struct file *, loff_t, loff_t, int datasync); int (*aio_fsync) (struct kiocb *, int datasync); @@ -824,11 +825,15 @@ struct file_operations { unsigned long (*get_unmapped_area)(struct file *, unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long); int (*check_flags)(int); int (*flock) (struct file *, int, struct file_lock *); - ssize_t (*splice_write)(struct pipe_inode_info *, struct file *, size_t, unsigned int); - ssize_t (*splice_read)(struct file *, struct pipe_inode_info *, size_t, unsigned int); - int (*setlease)(struct file *, long arg, struct file_lock **, void **); - long (*fallocate)(struct file *, int mode, loff_t offset, loff_t len); + ssize_t (*splice_write)(struct pipe_inode_info *, struct file *, loff_t *, size_t, unsigned int); + ssize_t (*splice_read)(struct file *, loff_t *, struct pipe_inode_info *, size_t, unsigned int); + int (*setlease)(struct file *, long, struct file_lock **, void **); + long (*fallocate)(struct file *file, int mode, loff_t offset, + loff_t len); void (*show_fdinfo)(struct seq_file *m, struct file *f); +#ifndef CONFIG_MMU + unsigned (*mmap_capabilities)(struct file *); +#endif }; Again, all methods are called without any locks being held, unless @@ -838,14 +843,10 @@ otherwise noted. read: called by read(2) and related system calls - aio_read: vectored, possibly asynchronous read - read_iter: possibly asynchronous read with iov_iter as destination write: called by write(2) and related system calls - aio_write: vectored, possibly asynchronous write - write_iter: possibly asynchronous write with iov_iter as source iterate: called when the VFS needs to read the directory contents diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt index 0bfafe108357..8146e9fd5ffc 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt @@ -228,30 +228,19 @@ default behaviour. Deprecated Mount Options ======================== - delaylog/nodelaylog - Delayed logging is the only logging method that XFS supports - now, so these mount options are now ignored. - - Due for removal in 3.12. - - ihashsize=value - In memory inode hashes have been removed, so this option has - no function as of August 2007. Option is deprecated. - - Due for removal in 3.12. +None at present. - irixsgid - This behaviour is now controlled by a sysctl, so the mount - option is ignored. - Due for removal in 3.12. +Removed Mount Options +===================== - osyncisdsync - osyncisosync - O_SYNC and O_DSYNC are fully supported, so there is no need - for these options any more. + Name Removed + ---- ------- + delaylog/nodelaylog v4.0 + ihashsize v4.0 + irixsgid v4.0 + osyncisdsync/osyncisosync v4.0 - Due for removal in 3.12. sysctls ======= @@ -357,5 +346,5 @@ Removed Sysctls Name Removed ---- ------- - fs.xfs.xfsbufd_centisec v3.20 - fs.xfs.age_buffer_centisecs v3.20 + fs.xfs.xfsbufd_centisec v4.0 + fs.xfs.age_buffer_centisecs v4.0 diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt b/Documentation/gpio/board.txt index 8b35f51fe7b6..b80606de545a 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/board.txt @@ -50,10 +50,43 @@ gpiod_is_active_low(power) will be true). ACPI ---- -ACPI does not support function names for GPIOs. Therefore, only the "idx" -argument of gpiod_get_index() is useful to discriminate between GPIOs assigned -to a device. The "con_id" argument can still be set for debugging purposes (it -will appear under error messages as well as debug and sysfs nodes). +ACPI also supports function names for GPIOs in a similar fashion to DT. +The above DT example can be converted to an equivalent ACPI description +with the help of _DSD (Device Specific Data), introduced in ACPI 5.1: + + Device (FOO) { + Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate () { + GpioIo (Exclusive, ..., IoRestrictionOutputOnly, + "\\_SB.GPI0") {15} // red + GpioIo (Exclusive, ..., IoRestrictionOutputOnly, + "\\_SB.GPI0") {16} // green + GpioIo (Exclusive, ..., IoRestrictionOutputOnly, + "\\_SB.GPI0") {17} // blue + GpioIo (Exclusive, ..., IoRestrictionOutputOnly, + "\\_SB.GPI0") {1} // power + }) + + Name (_DSD, Package () { + ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"), + Package () { + Package () { + "led-gpios", + Package () { + ^FOO, 0, 0, 1, + ^FOO, 1, 0, 1, + ^FOO, 2, 0, 1, + } + }, + Package () { + "power-gpios", + Package () {^FOO, 3, 0, 0}, + }, + } + }) + } + +For more information about the ACPI GPIO bindings see +Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt. Platform Data ------------- diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt index d85fbae451ea..75542b91b766 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt @@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ pattern where a GPIO is optional, the gpiod_get_optional() and gpiod_get_index_optional() functions can be used. These functions return NULL instead of -ENOENT if no GPIO has been assigned to the requested function: - struct gpio_desc *gpiod_get_optional(struct device *dev, const char *con_id, enum gpiod_flags flags) @@ -68,6 +67,27 @@ instead of -ENOENT if no GPIO has been assigned to the requested function: unsigned int index, enum gpiod_flags flags) +For a function using multiple GPIOs all of those can be obtained with one call: + + struct gpio_descs *gpiod_get_array(struct device *dev, + const char *con_id, + enum gpiod_flags flags) + +This function returns a struct gpio_descs which contains an array of +descriptors: + + struct gpio_descs { + unsigned int ndescs; + struct gpio_desc *desc[]; + } + +The following function returns NULL instead of -ENOENT if no GPIOs have been +assigned to the requested function: + + struct gpio_descs *gpiod_get_array_optional(struct device *dev, + const char *con_id, + enum gpiod_flags flags) + Device-managed variants of these functions are also defined: struct gpio_desc *devm_gpiod_get(struct device *dev, const char *con_id, @@ -82,20 +102,37 @@ Device-managed variants of these functions are also defined: const char *con_id, enum gpiod_flags flags) - struct gpio_desc * devm_gpiod_get_index_optional(struct device *dev, + struct gpio_desc *devm_gpiod_get_index_optional(struct device *dev, const char *con_id, unsigned int index, enum gpiod_flags flags) + struct gpio_descs *devm_gpiod_get_array(struct device *dev, + const char *con_id, + enum gpiod_flags flags) + + struct gpio_descs *devm_gpiod_get_array_optional(struct device *dev, + const char *con_id, + enum gpiod_flags flags) + A GPIO descriptor can be disposed of using the gpiod_put() function: void gpiod_put(struct gpio_desc *desc) -It is strictly forbidden to use a descriptor after calling this function. The -device-managed variant is, unsurprisingly: +For an array of GPIOs this function can be used: + + void gpiod_put_array(struct gpio_descs *descs) + +It is strictly forbidden to use a descriptor after calling these functions. +It is also not allowed to individually release descriptors (using gpiod_put()) +from an array acquired with gpiod_get_array(). + +The device-managed variants are, unsurprisingly: void devm_gpiod_put(struct device *dev, struct gpio_desc *desc) + void devm_gpiod_put_array(struct device *dev, struct gpio_descs *descs) + Using GPIOs =========== @@ -204,24 +241,44 @@ Set multiple GPIO outputs with a single function call ----------------------------------------------------- The following functions set the output values of an array of GPIOs: - void gpiod_set_array(unsigned int array_size, - struct gpio_desc **desc_array, - int *value_array) - void gpiod_set_raw_array(unsigned int array_size, - struct gpio_desc **desc_array, - int *value_array) - void gpiod_set_array_cansleep(unsigned int array_size, - struct gpio_desc **desc_array, - int *value_array) - void gpiod_set_raw_array_cansleep(unsigned int array_size, - struct gpio_desc **desc_array, - int *value_array) + void gpiod_set_array_value(unsigned int array_size, + struct gpio_desc **desc_array, + int *value_array) + void gpiod_set_raw_array_value(unsigned int array_size, + struct gpio_desc **desc_array, + int *value_array) + void gpiod_set_array_value_cansleep(unsigned int array_size, + struct gpio_desc **desc_array, + int *value_array) + void gpiod_set_raw_array_value_cansleep(unsigned int array_size, + struct gpio_desc **desc_array, + int *value_array) The array can be an arbitrary set of GPIOs. The functions will try to set GPIOs belonging to the same bank or chip simultaneously if supported by the corresponding chip driver. In that case a significantly improved performance can be expected. If simultaneous setting is not possible the GPIOs will be set sequentially. + +The gpiod_set_array() functions take three arguments: + * array_size - the number of array elements + * desc_array - an array of GPIO descriptors + * value_array - an array of values to assign to the GPIOs + +The descriptor array can be obtained using the gpiod_get_array() function +or one of its variants. If the group of descriptors returned by that function +matches the desired group of GPIOs, those GPIOs can be set by simply using +the struct gpio_descs returned by gpiod_get_array(): + + struct gpio_descs *my_gpio_descs = gpiod_get_array(...); + gpiod_set_array_value(my_gpio_descs->ndescs, my_gpio_descs->desc, + my_gpio_values); + +It is also possible to set a completely arbitrary array of descriptors. The +descriptors may be obtained using any combination of gpiod_get() and +gpiod_get_array(). Afterwards the array of descriptors has to be setup +manually before it can be used with gpiod_set_array(). + Note that for optimal performance GPIOs belonging to the same chip should be contiguous within the array of descriptors. @@ -233,7 +290,7 @@ corresponding to a given GPIO using the following call: int gpiod_to_irq(const struct gpio_desc *desc) -It will return an IRQ number, or an negative errno code if the mapping can't be +It will return an IRQ number, or a negative errno code if the mapping can't be done (most likely because that particular GPIO cannot be used as IRQ). It is an unchecked error to use a GPIO that wasn't set up as an input using gpiod_direction_input(), or to use an IRQ number that didn't originally come diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/gpio-legacy.txt b/Documentation/gpio/gpio-legacy.txt index 6f83fa965b4b..79ab5648d69b 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/gpio-legacy.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/gpio-legacy.txt @@ -751,9 +751,6 @@ requested using gpio_request(): int gpio_export_link(struct device *dev, const char *name, unsigned gpio) - /* change the polarity of a GPIO node in sysfs */ - int gpio_sysfs_set_active_low(unsigned gpio, int value); - After a kernel driver requests a GPIO, it may only be made available in the sysfs interface by gpio_export(). The driver can control whether the signal direction may change. This helps drivers prevent userspace code @@ -767,9 +764,3 @@ After the GPIO has been exported, gpio_export_link() allows creating symlinks from elsewhere in sysfs to the GPIO sysfs node. Drivers can use this to provide the interface under their own device in sysfs with a descriptive name. - -Drivers can use gpio_sysfs_set_active_low() to hide GPIO line polarity -differences between boards from user space. This only affects the -sysfs interface. Polarity change can be done both before and after -gpio_export(), and previously enabled poll(2) support for either -rising or falling edge will be reconfigured to follow this setting. diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt index c2c3a97f8ff7..535b6a8a7a7c 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt @@ -132,9 +132,6 @@ requested using gpio_request(): int gpiod_export_link(struct device *dev, const char *name, struct gpio_desc *desc); - /* change the polarity of a GPIO node in sysfs */ - int gpiod_sysfs_set_active_low(struct gpio_desc *desc, int value); - After a kernel driver requests a GPIO, it may only be made available in the sysfs interface by gpiod_export(). The driver can control whether the signal direction may change. This helps drivers prevent userspace code @@ -148,8 +145,3 @@ After the GPIO has been exported, gpiod_export_link() allows creating symlinks from elsewhere in sysfs to the GPIO sysfs node. Drivers can use this to provide the interface under their own device in sysfs with a descriptive name. - -Drivers can use gpiod_sysfs_set_active_low() to hide GPIO line polarity -differences between boards from user space. Polarity change can be done both -before and after gpiod_export(), and previously enabled poll(2) support for -either rising or falling edge will be reconfigured to follow this setting. diff --git a/Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.txt b/Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.txt index 948b0989c433..b287752a31cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.txt +++ b/Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.txt @@ -138,3 +138,87 @@ accelerometer wants to poll X axis value, then it can call this function with the usage id of X axis. HID sensors can provide events, so this is not necessary to poll for any field. If there is some new sample, the core driver will call registered callback function to process the sample. + + +---------- + +HID Custom and generic Sensors + +HID Sensor specification defines two special sensor usage types. Since they +don't represent a standard sensor, it is not possible to define using Linux IIO +type interfaces. +The purpose of these sensors is to extend the functionality or provide a +way to obfuscate the data being communicated by a sensor. Without knowing the +mapping between the data and its encapsulated form, it is difficult for +an application/driver to determine what data is being communicated by the sensor. +This allows some differentiating use cases, where vendor can provide applications. +Some common use cases are debug other sensors or to provide some events like +keyboard attached/detached or lid open/close. + +To allow application to utilize these sensors, here they are exported uses sysfs +attribute groups, attributes and misc device interface. + +An example of this representation on sysfs: +/sys/devices/pci0000:00/INT33C2:00/i2c-0/i2c-INT33D1:00/0018:8086:09FA.0001/HID-SENSOR-2000e1.6.auto$ tree -R +. +????????? enable_sensor +????????? feature-0-200316 +??????? ????????? feature-0-200316-maximum +??????? ????????? feature-0-200316-minimum +??????? ????????? feature-0-200316-name +??????? ????????? feature-0-200316-size +??????? ????????? feature-0-200316-unit-expo +??????? ????????? feature-0-200316-units +??????? ????????? feature-0-200316-value +????????? feature-1-200201 +??????? ????????? feature-1-200201-maximum +??????? ????????? feature-1-200201-minimum +??????? ????????? feature-1-200201-name +??????? ????????? feature-1-200201-size +??????? ????????? feature-1-200201-unit-expo +??????? ????????? feature-1-200201-units +??????? ????????? feature-1-200201-value +????????? input-0-200201 +??????? ????????? input-0-200201-maximum +??????? ????????? input-0-200201-minimum +??????? ????????? input-0-200201-name +??????? ????????? input-0-200201-size +??????? ????????? input-0-200201-unit-expo +??????? ????????? input-0-200201-units +??????? ????????? input-0-200201-value +????????? input-1-200202 +??????? ????????? input-1-200202-maximum +??????? ????????? input-1-200202-minimum +??????? ????????? input-1-200202-name +??????? ????????? input-1-200202-size +??????? ????????? input-1-200202-unit-expo +??????? ????????? input-1-200202-units +??????? ????????? input-1-200202-value + +Here there is a custom sensors with four fields, two feature and two inputs. +Each field is represented by a set of attributes. All fields except the "value" +are read only. The value field is a RW field. +Example +/sys/bus/platform/devices/HID-SENSOR-2000e1.6.auto/feature-0-200316$ grep -r . * +feature-0-200316-maximum:6 +feature-0-200316-minimum:0 +feature-0-200316-name:property-reporting-state +feature-0-200316-size:1 +feature-0-200316-unit-expo:0 +feature-0-200316-units:25 +feature-0-200316-value:1 + +How to enable such sensor? +By default sensor can be power gated. To enable sysfs attribute "enable" can be +used. +$ echo 1 > enable_sensor + +Once enabled and powered on, sensor can report value using HID reports. +These reports are pushed using misc device interface in a FIFO order. +/dev$ tree | grep HID-SENSOR-2000e1.6.auto +??????? ????????? 10:53 -> ../HID-SENSOR-2000e1.6.auto +????????? HID-SENSOR-2000e1.6.auto + +Each reports can be of variable length preceded by a header. This header +consist of a 32 bit usage id, 64 bit time stamp and 32 bit length field of raw +data. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/it87 b/Documentation/hwmon/it87 index fe80e9adebfa..e87294878334 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/it87 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/it87 @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ Supported chips: Prefix: 'it8603' Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) Datasheet: Not publicly available + * IT8620E + Prefix: 'it8620' + Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) + Datasheet: Not publicly available * IT8705F Prefix: 'it87' Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) @@ -42,6 +46,10 @@ Supported chips: Prefix: 'it8772' Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) Datasheet: Not publicly available + * IT8781F + Prefix: 'it8781' + Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) + Datasheet: Not publicly available * IT8782F Prefix: 'it8782' Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) @@ -50,6 +58,14 @@ Supported chips: Prefix: 'it8783' Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) Datasheet: Not publicly available + * IT8786E + Prefix: 'it8786' + Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) + Datasheet: Not publicly available + * IT8790E + Prefix: 'it8790' + Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) + Datasheet: Not publicly available * SiS950 [clone of IT8705F] Prefix: 'it87' Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) @@ -94,9 +110,10 @@ motherboard models. Description ----------- -This driver implements support for the IT8603E, IT8623E, IT8705F, IT8712F, -IT8716F, IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8728F, IT8758E, IT8771E, -IT8772E, IT8782F, IT8783E/F, and SiS950 chips. +This driver implements support for the IT8603E, IT8620E, IT8623E, IT8705F, +IT8712F, IT8716F, IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8728F, IT8758E, +IT8771E, IT8772E, IT8781F, IT8782F, IT8783E/F, IT8786E, IT8790E, and SiS950 +chips. These chips are 'Super I/O chips', supporting floppy disks, infrared ports, joysticks and other miscellaneous stuff. For hardware monitoring, they @@ -120,11 +137,11 @@ The IT8716F, IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F/IT8758E and later IT8712F revisions have support for 2 additional fans. The additional fans are supported by the driver. -The IT8716F, IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F/IT8758E, IT8782F, IT8783E/F, and late -IT8712F and IT8705F also have optional 16-bit tachometer counters for fans 1 to -3. This is better (no more fan clock divider mess) but not compatible with the -older chips and revisions. The 16-bit tachometer mode is enabled by the driver -when one of the above chips is detected. +The IT8716F, IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F/IT8758E, IT8781F, IT8782F, IT8783E/F, +and late IT8712F and IT8705F also have optional 16-bit tachometer counters +for fans 1 to 3. This is better (no more fan clock divider mess) but not +compatible with the older chips and revisions. The 16-bit tachometer mode +is enabled by the driver when one of the above chips is detected. The IT8726F is just bit enhanced IT8716F with additional hardware for AMD power sequencing. Therefore the chip will appear as IT8716F @@ -134,8 +151,13 @@ The IT8728F, IT8771E, and IT8772E are considered compatible with the IT8721F, until a datasheet becomes available (hopefully.) The IT8603E/IT8623E is a custom design, hardware monitoring part is similar to -IT8728F. It only supports 16-bit fan mode, the full speed mode of the -fan is not supported (value 0 of pwmX_enable). +IT8728F. It only supports 3 fans, 16-bit fan mode, and the full speed mode +of the fan is not supported (value 0 of pwmX_enable). + +The IT8620E is another custom design, hardware monitoring part is similar to +IT8728F. It only supports 16-bit fan mode. + +The IT8790E supports up to 3 fans. 16-bit fan mode is always enabled. Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm is triggered once when the Overtemperature Shutdown limit is crossed. @@ -156,10 +178,10 @@ inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 4.08 volts, with a resolution of 0.016 volt (except IT8603E, IT8721F/IT8758E and IT8728F: 0.012 volt.) The battery voltage in8 does not have limit registers. -On the IT8603E, IT8721F/IT8758E, IT8782F, and IT8783E/F, some voltage inputs -are internal and scaled inside the chip: +On the IT8603E, IT8721F/IT8758E, IT8781F, IT8782F, and IT8783E/F, some +voltage inputs are internal and scaled inside the chip: * in3 (optional) -* in7 (optional for IT8782F and IT8783E/F) +* in7 (optional for IT8781F, IT8782F, and IT8783E/F) * in8 (always) * in9 (relevant for IT8603E only) The driver handles this transparently so user-space doesn't have to care. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 index f3893f7440de..f7f1830a2566 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 @@ -11,12 +11,10 @@ Supported chips: http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc8711.pdf http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-8852-SEEPROM-AT30TSE002A-Datasheet.pdf http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-8868-DTS-AT30TSE004A-Datasheet.pdf - * IDT TSE2002B3, TSE2002GB2, TS3000B3, TS3000GB2 + * IDT TSE2002B3, TSE2002GB2, TSE2004GB2, TS3000B3, TS3000GB0, TS3000GB2, + TS3001GB2 Datasheets: - http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TSE2002B3C_DST_20100512_120303152056.pdf - http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TSE2002GB2A1_DST_20111107_120303145914.pdf - http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TS3000B3A_DST_20101129_120303152013.pdf - http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TS3000GB2A1_DST_20111104_120303151012.pdf + Available from IDT web site * Maxim MAX6604 Datasheets: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6604.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/nct7904 b/Documentation/hwmon/nct7904 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..014f112e2a14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/nct7904 @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Kernel driver nct7904 +==================== + +Supported chip: + * Nuvoton NCT7904D + Prefix: nct7904 + Addresses: I2C 0x2d, 0x2e + Datasheet: Publicly available at Nuvoton website + http://www.nuvoton.com/ + +Author: Vadim V. Vlasov <vvlasov@dev.rtsoft.ru> + + +Description +----------- + +The NCT7904D is a hardware monitor supporting up to 20 voltage sensors, +internal temperature sensor, Intel PECI and AMD SB-TSI CPU temperature +interface, up to 12 fan tachometer inputs, up to 4 fan control channels +with SmartFan. + + +Sysfs entries +------------- + +Currently, the driver supports only the following features: + +in[1-20]_input Input voltage measurements (mV) + +fan[1-12]_input Fan tachometer measurements (rpm) + +temp1_input Local temperature (1/1000 degree, + 0.125 degree resolution) + +temp[2-9]_input CPU temperatures (1/1000 degree, + 0.125 degree resolution) + +fan[1-4]_mode R/W, 0/1 for manual or SmartFan mode + Setting SmartFan mode is supported only if it has been + previously configured by BIOS (or configuration EEPROM) + +fan[1-4]_pwm R/O in SmartFan mode, R/W in manual control mode + +The driver checks sensor control registers and does not export the sensors +that are not enabled. Anyway, a sensor that is enabled may actually be not +connected and thus provide zero readings. + + +Limitations +----------- + +The following features are not supported in current version: + + - SmartFan control + - Watchdog + - GPIO + - external temperature sensors + - SMI + - min/max values + - many other... diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor b/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor index c5e05e2900a3..1d4cc847c6fe 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Kernel driver ntc_thermistor ================= Supported thermistors from Murata: -* Murata NTC Thermistors NCP15WB473, NCP18WB473, NCP21WB473, NCP03WB473, NCP15WL333 - Prefixes: 'ncp15wb473', 'ncp18wb473', 'ncp21wb473', 'ncp03wb473', 'ncp15wl333' +* Murata NTC Thermistors NCP15WB473, NCP18WB473, NCP21WB473, NCP03WB473, + NCP15WL333, NCP03WF104 + Prefixes: 'ncp15wb473', 'ncp18wb473', 'ncp21wb473', 'ncp03wb473', + 'ncp15wl333', 'ncp03wf104' Datasheet: Publicly available at Murata Supported thermistors from EPCOS: diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches b/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches index 3d1bac399a22..d201828d202f 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches @@ -81,6 +81,13 @@ increase the chances of your change being accepted. * Provide a detect function if and only if a chip can be detected reliably. +* Only the following I2C addresses shall be probed: 0x18-0x1f, 0x28-0x2f, + 0x48-0x4f, 0x58, 0x5c, 0x73 and 0x77. Probing other addresses is strongly + discouraged as it is known to cause trouble with other (non-hwmon) I2C + chips. If your chip lives at an address which can't be probed then the + device will have to be instantiated explicitly (which is always better + anyway.) + * Avoid writing to chip registers in the detect function. If you have to write, only do it after you have already gathered enough data to be certain that the detection is going to be successful. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/tc74 b/Documentation/hwmon/tc74 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..43027aad5f8e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/tc74 @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Kernel driver tc74 +==================== + +Supported chips: + * Microchip TC74 + Prefix: 'tc74' + Datasheet: Publicly available at Microchip website. + +Description +----------- + +Driver supports the above part. + +The tc74 has an 8-bit sensor, with 1 degree centigrade resolution +and +- 2 degrees centigrade accuracy. + +Notes +----- + +Currently entering low power standby mode is not supported. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/tmp401 b/Documentation/hwmon/tmp401 index 8eb88e974055..711f75e189eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/tmp401 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/tmp401 @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Supported chips: Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/tmp432.html * Texas Instruments TMP435 Prefix: 'tmp435' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x37, 0x48 - 0x4f + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/tmp435.html Authors: diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d b/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d index 53f7b6866fec..f2ffc402ea45 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Supported chips: Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com.tw Author: Shane Huang (Winbond) +Updated: Roger Lucas Module Parameters @@ -38,9 +39,16 @@ parameter; this will put it into a more well-behaved state first. The driver implements three temperature sensors, seven fan rotation speed sensors, nine voltage sensors, and two automatic fan regulation strategies called: Smart Fan I (Thermal Cruise mode) and Smart Fan II. -Automatic fan control mode is possible only for fan1-fan3. Fan4-fan7 can run -synchronized with selected fan (fan1-fan3). This functionality and manual PWM -control for fan4-fan7 is not yet implemented. + +The driver also implements up to seven fan control outputs: pwm1-7. Pwm1-7 +can be configured to PWM output or Analogue DC output via their associated +pwmX_mode. Outputs pwm4 through pwm7 may or may not be present depending on +how the W83792AD/D was configured by the BIOS. + +Automatic fan control mode is possible only for fan1-fan3. + +For all pwmX outputs, a value of 0 means minimum fan speed and a value of +255 means maximum fan speed. Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is 1 degC for temp1 and 0.5 degC for temp2 and temp3. An alarm is triggered when @@ -157,14 +165,14 @@ for each fan. /sys files ---------- -pwm[1-3] - this file stores PWM duty cycle or DC value (fan speed) in range: +pwm[1-7] - this file stores PWM duty cycle or DC value (fan speed) in range: 0 (stop) to 255 (full) pwm[1-3]_enable - this file controls mode of fan/temperature control: * 0 Disabled * 1 Manual mode * 2 Smart Fan II * 3 Thermal Cruise -pwm[1-3]_mode - Select PWM of DC mode +pwm[1-7]_mode - Select PWM or DC mode * 0 DC * 1 PWM thermal_cruise[1-3] - Selects the desired temperature for cruise (degC) diff --git a/Documentation/hwspinlock.txt b/Documentation/hwspinlock.txt index 62f7d4ea6e26..61c1ee98e59f 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwspinlock.txt +++ b/Documentation/hwspinlock.txt @@ -48,6 +48,16 @@ independent, drivers. ids for predefined purposes. Should be called from a process context (might sleep). + int of_hwspin_lock_get_id(struct device_node *np, int index); + - retrieve the global lock id for an OF phandle-based specific lock. + This function provides a means for DT users of a hwspinlock module + to get the global lock id of a specific hwspinlock, so that it can + be requested using the normal hwspin_lock_request_specific() API. + The function returns a lock id number on success, -EPROBE_DEFER if + the hwspinlock device is not yet registered with the core, or other + error values. + Should be called from a process context (might sleep). + int hwspin_lock_free(struct hwspinlock *hwlock); - free a previously-assigned hwspinlock; returns 0 on success, or an appropriate error code on failure (e.g. -EINVAL if the hwspinlock diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend b/Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c8444ef82acf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Linux I2C slave eeprom backend +============================== + +by Wolfram Sang <wsa@sang-engineering.com> in 2014-15 + +This is a proof-of-concept backend which acts like an EEPROM on the connected +I2C bus. The memory contents can be modified from userspace via this file +located in sysfs: + + /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<device-direcory>/slave-eeprom + +As of 2015, Linux doesn't support poll on binary sysfs files, so there is no +notfication when another master changed the content. + diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/slave-interface b/Documentation/i2c/slave-interface new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2dee4e2d62df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/slave-interface @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +Linux I2C slave interface description +===================================== + +by Wolfram Sang <wsa@sang-engineering.com> in 2014-15 + +Linux can also be an I2C slave if the I2C controller in use has slave +functionality. For that to work, one needs slave support in the bus driver plus +a hardware independent software backend providing the actual functionality. An +example for the latter is the slave-eeprom driver, which acts as a dual memory +driver. While another I2C master on the bus can access it like a regular +EEPROM, the Linux I2C slave can access the content via sysfs and handle data as +needed. The backend driver and the I2C bus driver communicate via events. Here +is a small graph visualizing the data flow and the means by which data is +transported. The dotted line marks only one example. The backend could also +use a character device, be in-kernel only, or something completely different: + + + e.g. sysfs I2C slave events I/O registers + +-----------+ v +---------+ v +--------+ v +------------+ + | Userspace +........+ Backend +-----------+ Driver +-----+ Controller | + +-----------+ +---------+ +--------+ +------------+ + | | + ----------------------------------------------------------------+-- I2C + --------------------------------------------------------------+---- Bus + +Note: Technically, there is also the I2C core between the backend and the +driver. However, at this time of writing, the layer is transparent. + + +User manual +=========== + +I2C slave backends behave like standard I2C clients. So, you can instantiate +them as described in the document 'instantiating-devices'. A quick example for +instantiating the slave-eeprom driver from userspace at address 0x64 on bus 1: + + # echo slave-24c02 0x64 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/i2c-1/new_device + +Each backend should come with separate documentation to describe its specific +behaviour and setup. + + +Developer manual +================ + +First, the events which are used by the bus driver and the backend will be +described in detail. After that, some implementation hints for extending bus +drivers and writing backends will be given. + + +I2C slave events +---------------- + +The bus driver sends an event to the backend using the following function: + + ret = i2c_slave_event(client, event, &val) + +'client' describes the i2c slave device. 'event' is one of the special event +types described hereafter. 'val' holds an u8 value for the data byte to be +read/written and is thus bidirectional. The pointer to val must always be +provided even if val is not used for an event, i.e. don't use NULL here. 'ret' +is the return value from the backend. Mandatory events must be provided by the +bus drivers and must be checked for by backend drivers. + +Event types: + +* I2C_SLAVE_WRITE_REQUESTED (mandatory) + +'val': unused +'ret': always 0 + +Another I2C master wants to write data to us. This event should be sent once +our own address and the write bit was detected. The data did not arrive yet, so +there is nothing to process or return. Wakeup or initialization probably needs +to be done, though. + +* I2C_SLAVE_READ_REQUESTED (mandatory) + +'val': backend returns first byte to be sent +'ret': always 0 + +Another I2C master wants to read data from us. This event should be sent once +our own address and the read bit was detected. After returning, the bus driver +should transmit the first byte. + +* I2C_SLAVE_WRITE_RECEIVED (mandatory) + +'val': bus driver delivers received byte +'ret': 0 if the byte should be acked, some errno if the byte should be nacked + +Another I2C master has sent a byte to us which needs to be set in 'val'. If 'ret' +is zero, the bus driver should ack this byte. If 'ret' is an errno, then the byte +should be nacked. + +* I2C_SLAVE_READ_PROCESSED (mandatory) + +'val': backend returns next byte to be sent +'ret': always 0 + +The bus driver requests the next byte to be sent to another I2C master in +'val'. Important: This does not mean that the previous byte has been acked, it +only means that the previous byte is shifted out to the bus! To ensure seamless +transmission, most hardware requests the next byte when the previous one is +still shifted out. If the master sends NACK and stops reading after the byte +currently shifted out, this byte requested here is never used. It very likely +needs to be sent again on the next I2C_SLAVE_READ_REQUEST, depending a bit on +your backend, though. + +* I2C_SLAVE_STOP (mandatory) + +'val': unused +'ret': always 0 + +A stop condition was received. This can happen anytime and the backend should +reset its state machine for I2C transfers to be able to receive new requests. + + +Software backends +----------------- + +If you want to write a software backend: + +* use a standard i2c_driver and its matching mechanisms +* write the slave_callback which handles the above slave events + (best using a state machine) +* register this callback via i2c_slave_register() + +Check the i2c-slave-eeprom driver as an example. + + +Bus driver support +------------------ + +If you want to add slave support to the bus driver: + +* implement calls to register/unregister the slave and add those to the + struct i2c_algorithm. When registering, you probably need to set the i2c + slave address and enable slave specific interrupts. If you use runtime pm, you + should use pm_runtime_forbid() because your device usually needs to be powered + on always to be able to detect its slave address. When unregistering, do the + inverse of the above. + +* Catch the slave interrupts and send appropriate i2c_slave_events to the backend. + +Check the i2c-rcar driver as an example. + + +About ACK/NACK +-------------- + +It is good behaviour to always ACK the address phase, so the master knows if a +device is basically present or if it mysteriously disappeared. Using NACK to +state being busy is troublesome. SMBus demands to always ACK the address phase, +while the I2C specification is more loose on that. Most I2C controllers also +automatically ACK when detecting their slave addresses, so there is no option +to NACK them. For those reasons, this API does not support NACK in the address +phase. + +Currently, there is no slave event to report if the master did ACK or NACK a +byte when it reads from us. We could make this an optional event if the need +arises. However, cases should be extremely rare because the master is expected +to send STOP after that and we have an event for that. Also, keep in mind not +all I2C controllers have the possibility to report that event. + + +About buffers +------------- + +During development of this API, the question of using buffers instead of just +bytes came up. Such an extension might be possible, usefulness is unclear at +this time of writing. Some points to keep in mind when using buffers: + +* Buffers should be opt-in and slave drivers will always have to support + byte-based transactions as the ultimate fallback because this is how the + majority of HW works. + +* For backends simulating hardware registers, buffers are not helpful because + on writes an action should be immediately triggered. For reads, the data in + the buffer might get stale. + +* A master can send STOP at any time. For partially transferred buffers, this + means additional code to handle this exception. Such code tends to be + error-prone. + diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/summary b/Documentation/i2c/summary index 13ab076dcd92..809541ab352f 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/summary +++ b/Documentation/i2c/summary @@ -41,7 +41,3 @@ integrated than Algorithm and Adapter. For a given configuration, you will need a driver for your I2C bus, and drivers for your I2C devices (usually one driver for each device). - -At this time, Linux only operates I2C (or SMBus) in master mode; you can't -use these APIs to make a Linux system behave as a slave/device, either to -speak a custom protocol or to emulate some other device. diff --git a/Documentation/i2o/README b/Documentation/i2o/README deleted file mode 100644 index ee91e2626ff0..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/i2o/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ - - Linux I2O Support (c) Copyright 1999 Red Hat Software - and others. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version - 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - -AUTHORS (so far) - -Alan Cox, Building Number Three Ltd. - Core code, SCSI and Block OSMs - -Steve Ralston, LSI Logic Corp. - Debugging SCSI and Block OSM - -Deepak Saxena, Intel Corp. - Various core/block extensions - /proc interface, bug fixes - Ioctl interfaces for control - Debugging LAN OSM - -Philip Rumpf - Fixed assorted dumb SMP locking bugs - -Juha Sievanen, University of Helsinki Finland - LAN OSM code - /proc interface to LAN class - Bug fixes - Core code extensions - -Auvo Häkkinen, University of Helsinki Finland - LAN OSM code - /Proc interface to LAN class - Bug fixes - Core code extensions - -Taneli Vähäkangas, University of Helsinki Finland - Fixes to i2o_config - -CREDITS - - This work was made possible by - -Red Hat Software - Funding for the Building #3 part of the project - -Symbios Logic (Now LSI) - Host adapters, hints, known to work platforms when I hit - compatibility problems - -BoxHill Corporation - Loan of initial FibreChannel disk array used for development work. - -European Commission - Funding the work done by the University of Helsinki - -SysKonnect - Loan of FDDI and Gigabit Ethernet cards - -ASUSTeK - Loan of I2O motherboard diff --git a/Documentation/i2o/ioctl b/Documentation/i2o/ioctl deleted file mode 100644 index 27c3c5493116..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/i2o/ioctl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,394 +0,0 @@ - -Linux I2O User Space Interface -rev 0.3 - 04/20/99 - -============================================================================= -Originally written by Deepak Saxena(deepak@plexity.net) -Currently maintained by Deepak Saxena(deepak@plexity.net) -============================================================================= - -I. Introduction - -The Linux I2O subsystem provides a set of ioctl() commands that can be -utilized by user space applications to communicate with IOPs and devices -on individual IOPs. This document defines the specific ioctl() commands -that are available to the user and provides examples of their uses. - -This document assumes the reader is familiar with or has access to the -I2O specification as no I2O message parameters are outlined. For information -on the specification, see http://www.i2osig.org - -This document and the I2O user space interface are currently maintained -by Deepak Saxena. Please send all comments, errata, and bug fixes to -deepak@csociety.purdue.edu - -II. IOP Access - -Access to the I2O subsystem is provided through the device file named -/dev/i2o/ctl. This file is a character file with major number 10 and minor -number 166. It can be created through the following command: - - mknod /dev/i2o/ctl c 10 166 - -III. Determining the IOP Count - - SYNOPSIS - - ioctl(fd, I2OGETIOPS, int *count); - - u8 count[MAX_I2O_CONTROLLERS]; - - DESCRIPTION - - This function returns the system's active IOP table. count should - point to a buffer containing MAX_I2O_CONTROLLERS entries. Upon - returning, each entry will contain a non-zero value if the given - IOP unit is active, and NULL if it is inactive or non-existent. - - RETURN VALUE. - - Returns 0 if no errors occur, and -1 otherwise. If an error occurs, - errno is set appropriately: - - EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed - -IV. Getting Hardware Resource Table - - SYNOPSIS - - ioctl(fd, I2OHRTGET, struct i2o_cmd_hrt *hrt); - - struct i2o_cmd_hrtlct - { - u32 iop; /* IOP unit number */ - void *resbuf; /* Buffer for result */ - u32 *reslen; /* Buffer length in bytes */ - }; - - DESCRIPTION - - This function returns the Hardware Resource Table of the IOP specified - by hrt->iop in the buffer pointed to by hrt->resbuf. The actual size of - the data is written into *(hrt->reslen). - - RETURNS - - This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriately: - - EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed - ENXIO Invalid IOP number - ENOBUFS Buffer not large enough. If this occurs, the required - buffer length is written into *(hrt->reslen) - -V. Getting Logical Configuration Table - - SYNOPSIS - - ioctl(fd, I2OLCTGET, struct i2o_cmd_lct *lct); - - struct i2o_cmd_hrtlct - { - u32 iop; /* IOP unit number */ - void *resbuf; /* Buffer for result */ - u32 *reslen; /* Buffer length in bytes */ - }; - - DESCRIPTION - - This function returns the Logical Configuration Table of the IOP specified - by lct->iop in the buffer pointed to by lct->resbuf. The actual size of - the data is written into *(lct->reslen). - - RETURNS - - This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriately: - - EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed - ENXIO Invalid IOP number - ENOBUFS Buffer not large enough. If this occurs, the required - buffer length is written into *(lct->reslen) - -VI. Setting Parameters - - SYNOPSIS - - ioctl(fd, I2OPARMSET, struct i2o_parm_setget *ops); - - struct i2o_cmd_psetget - { - u32 iop; /* IOP unit number */ - u32 tid; /* Target device TID */ - void *opbuf; /* Operation List buffer */ - u32 oplen; /* Operation List buffer length in bytes */ - void *resbuf; /* Result List buffer */ - u32 *reslen; /* Result List buffer length in bytes */ - }; - - DESCRIPTION - - This function posts a UtilParamsSet message to the device identified - by ops->iop and ops->tid. The operation list for the message is - sent through the ops->opbuf buffer, and the result list is written - into the buffer pointed to by ops->resbuf. The number of bytes - written is placed into *(ops->reslen). - - RETURNS - - The return value is the size in bytes of the data written into - ops->resbuf if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 is returned - and errno is set appropriately: - - EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed - ENXIO Invalid IOP number - ENOBUFS Buffer not large enough. If this occurs, the required - buffer length is written into *(ops->reslen) - ETIMEDOUT Timeout waiting for reply message - ENOMEM Kernel memory allocation error - - A return value of 0 does not mean that the value was actually - changed properly on the IOP. The user should check the result - list to determine the specific status of the transaction. - -VII. Getting Parameters - - SYNOPSIS - - ioctl(fd, I2OPARMGET, struct i2o_parm_setget *ops); - - struct i2o_parm_setget - { - u32 iop; /* IOP unit number */ - u32 tid; /* Target device TID */ - void *opbuf; /* Operation List buffer */ - u32 oplen; /* Operation List buffer length in bytes */ - void *resbuf; /* Result List buffer */ - u32 *reslen; /* Result List buffer length in bytes */ - }; - - DESCRIPTION - - This function posts a UtilParamsGet message to the device identified - by ops->iop and ops->tid. The operation list for the message is - sent through the ops->opbuf buffer, and the result list is written - into the buffer pointed to by ops->resbuf. The actual size of data - written is placed into *(ops->reslen). - - RETURNS - - EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed - ENXIO Invalid IOP number - ENOBUFS Buffer not large enough. If this occurs, the required - buffer length is written into *(ops->reslen) - ETIMEDOUT Timeout waiting for reply message - ENOMEM Kernel memory allocation error - - A return value of 0 does not mean that the value was actually - properly retrieved. The user should check the result list - to determine the specific status of the transaction. - -VIII. Downloading Software - - SYNOPSIS - - ioctl(fd, I2OSWDL, struct i2o_sw_xfer *sw); - - struct i2o_sw_xfer - { - u32 iop; /* IOP unit number */ - u8 flags; /* DownloadFlags field */ - u8 sw_type; /* Software type */ - u32 sw_id; /* Software ID */ - void *buf; /* Pointer to software buffer */ - u32 *swlen; /* Length of software buffer */ - u32 *maxfrag; /* Number of fragments */ - u32 *curfrag; /* Current fragment number */ - }; - - DESCRIPTION - - This function downloads a software fragment pointed by sw->buf - to the iop identified by sw->iop. The DownloadFlags, SwID, SwType - and SwSize fields of the ExecSwDownload message are filled in with - the values of sw->flags, sw->sw_id, sw->sw_type and *(sw->swlen). - - The fragments _must_ be sent in order and be 8K in size. The last - fragment _may_ be shorter, however. The kernel will compute its - size based on information in the sw->swlen field. - - Please note that SW transfers can take a long time. - - RETURNS - - This function returns 0 no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriately: - - EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed - ENXIO Invalid IOP number - ETIMEDOUT Timeout waiting for reply message - ENOMEM Kernel memory allocation error - -IX. Uploading Software - - SYNOPSIS - - ioctl(fd, I2OSWUL, struct i2o_sw_xfer *sw); - - struct i2o_sw_xfer - { - u32 iop; /* IOP unit number */ - u8 flags; /* UploadFlags */ - u8 sw_type; /* Software type */ - u32 sw_id; /* Software ID */ - void *buf; /* Pointer to software buffer */ - u32 *swlen; /* Length of software buffer */ - u32 *maxfrag; /* Number of fragments */ - u32 *curfrag; /* Current fragment number */ - }; - - DESCRIPTION - - This function uploads a software fragment from the IOP identified - by sw->iop, sw->sw_type, sw->sw_id and optionally sw->swlen fields. - The UploadFlags, SwID, SwType and SwSize fields of the ExecSwUpload - message are filled in with the values of sw->flags, sw->sw_id, - sw->sw_type and *(sw->swlen). - - The fragments _must_ be requested in order and be 8K in size. The - user is responsible for allocating memory pointed by sw->buf. The - last fragment _may_ be shorter. - - Please note that SW transfers can take a long time. - - RETURNS - - This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriately: - - EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed - ENXIO Invalid IOP number - ETIMEDOUT Timeout waiting for reply message - ENOMEM Kernel memory allocation error - -X. Removing Software - - SYNOPSIS - - ioctl(fd, I2OSWDEL, struct i2o_sw_xfer *sw); - - struct i2o_sw_xfer - { - u32 iop; /* IOP unit number */ - u8 flags; /* RemoveFlags */ - u8 sw_type; /* Software type */ - u32 sw_id; /* Software ID */ - void *buf; /* Unused */ - u32 *swlen; /* Length of the software data */ - u32 *maxfrag; /* Unused */ - u32 *curfrag; /* Unused */ - }; - - DESCRIPTION - - This function removes software from the IOP identified by sw->iop. - The RemoveFlags, SwID, SwType and SwSize fields of the ExecSwRemove message - are filled in with the values of sw->flags, sw->sw_id, sw->sw_type and - *(sw->swlen). Give zero in *(sw->len) if the value is unknown. IOP uses - *(sw->swlen) value to verify correct identication of the module to remove. - The actual size of the module is written into *(sw->swlen). - - RETURNS - - This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriately: - - EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed - ENXIO Invalid IOP number - ETIMEDOUT Timeout waiting for reply message - ENOMEM Kernel memory allocation error - -X. Validating Configuration - - SYNOPSIS - - ioctl(fd, I2OVALIDATE, int *iop); - u32 iop; - - DESCRIPTION - - This function posts an ExecConfigValidate message to the controller - identified by iop. This message indicates that the current - configuration is accepted. The iop changes the status of suspect drivers - to valid and may delete old drivers from its store. - - RETURNS - - This function returns 0 if no erro occur. If an error occurs, -1 is - returned and errno is set appropriately: - - ETIMEDOUT Timeout waiting for reply message - ENXIO Invalid IOP number - -XI. Configuration Dialog - - SYNOPSIS - - ioctl(fd, I2OHTML, struct i2o_html *htquery); - struct i2o_html - { - u32 iop; /* IOP unit number */ - u32 tid; /* Target device ID */ - u32 page; /* HTML page */ - void *resbuf; /* Buffer for reply HTML page */ - u32 *reslen; /* Length in bytes of reply buffer */ - void *qbuf; /* Pointer to HTTP query string */ - u32 qlen; /* Length in bytes of query string buffer */ - }; - - DESCRIPTION - - This function posts an UtilConfigDialog message to the device identified - by htquery->iop and htquery->tid. The requested HTML page number is - provided by the htquery->page field, and the resultant data is stored - in the buffer pointed to by htquery->resbuf. If there is an HTTP query - string that is to be sent to the device, it should be sent in the buffer - pointed to by htquery->qbuf. If there is no query string, this field - should be set to NULL. The actual size of the reply received is written - into *(htquery->reslen). - - RETURNS - - This function returns 0 if no error occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriately: - - EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed - ENXIO Invalid IOP number - ENOBUFS Buffer not large enough. If this occurs, the required - buffer length is written into *(ops->reslen) - ETIMEDOUT Timeout waiting for reply message - ENOMEM Kernel memory allocation error - -XII. Events - - In the process of determining this. Current idea is to have use - the select() interface to allow user apps to periodically poll - the /dev/i2o/ctl device for events. When select() notifies the user - that an event is available, the user would call read() to retrieve - a list of all the events that are pending for the specific device. - -============================================================================= -Revision History -============================================================================= - -Rev 0.1 - 04/01/99 -- Initial revision - -Rev 0.2 - 04/06/99 -- Changed return values to match UNIX ioctl() standard. Only return values - are 0 and -1. All errors are reported through errno. -- Added summary of proposed possible event interfaces - -Rev 0.3 - 04/20/99 -- Changed all ioctls() to use pointers to user data instead of actual data -- Updated error values to match the code diff --git a/Documentation/input/alps.txt b/Documentation/input/alps.txt index 765d99cdadbb..1fec1135791d 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/alps.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/alps.txt @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ To exit command mode, PSMOUSE_CMD_SETSTREAM (EA) is sent to the touchpad. While in command mode, register addresses can be set by first sending a specific command, either EC for v3 devices or F5 for v4 devices. Then the address is sent one nibble at a time, where each nibble is encoded as a -command with optional data. This enoding differs slightly between the v3 and +command with optional data. This encoding differs slightly between the v3 and v4 protocols. Once an address has been set, the addressed register can be read by sending @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 3 --------------------------------------- ALPS protocol version 3 has three different packet formats. The first two are -associated with touchpad events, and the third is associatd with trackstick +associated with touchpad events, and the third is associated with trackstick events. The first type is the touchpad position packet. diff --git a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt b/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt index 96705616f582..3f0f5ce3338b 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ such device to feedback. EV_PWR: ---------- EV_PWR events are a special type of event used specifically for power -mangement. Its usage is not well defined. To be addressed later. +management. Its usage is not well defined. To be addressed later. Device properties: ================= diff --git a/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt b/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt index 06d60c3ff5e7..2cdfd9bcb1af 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Example: -------- Example configuration for a single TS1003 tilt switch that rotates around -one axis in 4 steps and emitts the current tilt via two GPIOs. +one axis in 4 steps and emits the current tilt via two GPIOs. static int sg060_tilt_enable(struct device *dev) { /* code to enable the sensors */ diff --git a/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt b/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt index 2d5fbfd6023e..66287151c54a 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ LEN= 0e *** Attack and fade *** OP= 02 LEN= 08 -00-01 Address where to store the parameteres +00-01 Address where to store the parameters 02-03 Duration of attack (little endian encoding, in ms) 04 Level at end of attack. Signed byte. 05-06 Duration of fade. diff --git a/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt b/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt index 92e68bce13a4..5737e3590adb 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ The phase diagram of these two outputs look like this: one step (half-period mode) For more information, please see - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotary_encoder + https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotary_encoder 1. Events / state machine diff --git a/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt b/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt index 561385d38482..49e3ac60dcef 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ absolute binary value. (10 bits per channel). Next nibble is checksum for first ten nibbles. Next nibbles 12 .. 21 represents four channels (not all channels can be -directly controlled from TX). Binary representations ar the same as in first +directly controlled from TX). Binary representations are the same as in first four channels. In nibbles 22 and 23 is a special magic number. Nibble 24 is checksum for nibbles 12..23. diff --git a/Documentation/input/yealink.txt b/Documentation/input/yealink.txt index 5360e434486c..8277b76ec506 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/yealink.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/yealink.txt @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Format description: Format specifier '8' : Generic 7 segment digit with individual addressable segments - Reduced capability 7 segm digit, when segments are hard wired together. + Reduced capability 7 segment digit, when segments are hard wired together. '1' : 2 segments digit only able to produce a 1. 'e' : Most significant day of the month digit, able to produce at least 1 2 3. diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt index 8136e1fd30fd..611c52267d24 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt @@ -321,6 +321,8 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments 0xDB 00-0F drivers/char/mwave/mwavepub.h 0xDD 00-3F ZFCP device driver see drivers/s390/scsi/ <mailto:aherrman@de.ibm.com> +0xE5 00-3F linux/fuse.h +0xEC 00-01 drivers/platform/chrome/cros_ec_dev.h ChromeOS EC driver 0xF3 00-3F drivers/usb/misc/sisusbvga/sisusb.h sisfb (in development) <mailto:thomas@winischhofer.net> 0xF4 00-1F video/mbxfb.h mbxfb diff --git a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO index b61885c35ce1..5a0f2bdc2cf9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ MAINTAINERS ファイルにリストがありますので参照してくださ メールの先頭でなく、各引用行の間にあなたの言いたいことを追加するべきで す。 -もしパッチをメールに付ける場合は、Documentaion/SubmittingPatches に提 +もしパッチをメールに付ける場合は、Documentation/SubmittingPatches に提 示されているように、それは プレーンな可読テキストにすることを忘れない ようにしましょう。カーネル開発者は 添付や圧縮したパッチを扱いたがりま せん- diff --git a/Documentation/kasan.txt b/Documentation/kasan.txt index 092fc10961fe..0d32355a4c34 100644 --- a/Documentation/kasan.txt +++ b/Documentation/kasan.txt @@ -9,7 +9,9 @@ a fast and comprehensive solution for finding use-after-free and out-of-bounds bugs. KASan uses compile-time instrumentation for checking every memory access, -therefore you will need a certain version of GCC > 4.9.2 +therefore you will need a gcc version of 4.9.2 or later. KASan could detect out +of bounds accesses to stack or global variables, but only if gcc 5.0 or later was +used to built the kernel. Currently KASan is supported only for x86_64 architecture and requires that the kernel be built with the SLUB allocator. @@ -23,8 +25,8 @@ To enable KASAN configure kernel with: and choose between CONFIG_KASAN_OUTLINE and CONFIG_KASAN_INLINE. Outline/inline is compiler instrumentation types. The former produces smaller binary the -latter is 1.1 - 2 times faster. Inline instrumentation requires GCC 5.0 or -latter. +latter is 1.1 - 2 times faster. Inline instrumentation requires a gcc version +of 5.0 or later. Currently KASAN works only with the SLUB memory allocator. For better bug detection and nicer report, enable CONFIG_STACKTRACE and put @@ -148,7 +150,7 @@ AddressSanitizer dedicates 1/8 of kernel memory to its shadow memory (e.g. 16TB to cover 128TB on x86_64) and uses direct mapping with a scale and offset to translate a memory address to its corresponding shadow address. -Here is the function witch translate an address to its corresponding shadow +Here is the function which translates an address to its corresponding shadow address: static inline void *kasan_mem_to_shadow(const void *addr) diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/headers_install.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/headers_install.txt index 951eb9f1e040..f0153adb95e2 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/headers_install.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/headers_install.txt @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ The "make headers_install" command can be run in the top level directory of the kernel source code (or using a standard out-of-tree build). It takes two optional arguments: - make headers_install ARCH=i386 INSTALL_HDR_PATH=/usr/include + make headers_install ARCH=i386 INSTALL_HDR_PATH=/usr ARCH indicates which architecture to produce headers for, and defaults to the current architecture. The linux/asm directory of the exported kernel headers @@ -33,8 +33,11 @@ the command: ls -d include/asm-* | sed 's/.*-//' -INSTALL_HDR_PATH indicates where to install the headers. It defaults to -"./usr/include". +INSTALL_HDR_PATH indicates where to install the headers. It defaults to +"./usr". + +An 'include' directory is automatically created inside INSTALL_HDR_PATH and +headers are installed in 'INSTALL_HDR_PATH/include'. The command "make headers_install_all" exports headers for all architectures simultaneously. (This is mostly of interest to distribution maintainers, diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt index 74b6c6d97210..13f888a02a3d 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt @@ -755,8 +755,8 @@ Additional files can be specified in kbuild makefiles by use of $(clean-files). #lib/Makefile clean-files := crc32table.h -When executing "make clean", the two files "devlist.h classlist.h" will be -deleted. Kbuild will assume files to be in the same relative directory as the +When executing "make clean", the file "crc32table.h" will be deleted. +Kbuild will assume files to be in the same relative directory as the Makefile, except if prefixed with $(objtree). To delete a directory hierarchy use: @@ -952,6 +952,14 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): $(KBUILD_ARFLAGS) set by the top level Makefile to "D" (deterministic mode) if this option is supported by $(AR). + ARCH_CPPFLAGS, ARCH_AFLAGS, ARCH_CFLAGS Overrides the kbuild defaults + + These variables are appended to the KBUILD_CPPFLAGS, + KBUILD_AFLAGS, and KBUILD_CFLAGS, respectively, after the + top-level Makefile has set any other flags. This provides a + means for an architecture to override the defaults. + + --- 6.2 Add prerequisites to archheaders: The archheaders: rule is used to generate header files that diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index bfcb1a62a7b4..d74bceaa4cbc 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ multipliers 'Kilo', 'Mega', and 'Giga', equalling 2^10, 2^20, and 2^30 bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. - acpi= [HW,ACPI,X86] + acpi= [HW,ACPI,X86,ARM64] Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Format: { force | off | strict | noirq | rsdt } force -- enable ACPI if default was off @@ -175,14 +175,10 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. strictly ACPI specification compliant. rsdt -- prefer RSDT over (default) XSDT copy_dsdt -- copy DSDT to memory + For ARM64, ONLY "acpi=off" or "acpi=force" are available See also Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt, pci=noacpi - acpi_rsdp= [ACPI,EFI,KEXEC] - Pass the RSDP address to the kernel, mostly used - on machines running EFI runtime service to boot the - second kernel for kdump. - acpi_apic_instance= [ACPI, IOAPIC] Format: <int> 2: use 2nd APIC table, if available @@ -196,6 +192,14 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. (e.g. thinkpad_acpi, sony_acpi, etc.) instead of the ACPI video.ko driver. + acpica_no_return_repair [HW, ACPI] + Disable AML predefined validation mechanism + This mechanism can repair the evaluation result to make + the return objects more ACPI specification compliant. + This option is useful for developers to identify the + root cause of an AML interpreter issue when the issue + has something to do with the repair mechanism. + acpi.debug_layer= [HW,ACPI,ACPI_DEBUG] acpi.debug_level= [HW,ACPI,ACPI_DEBUG] Format: <int> @@ -224,6 +228,22 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. unusable. The "log_buf_len" parameter may be useful if you need to capture more output. + acpi_enforce_resources= [ACPI] + { strict | lax | no } + Check for resource conflicts between native drivers + and ACPI OperationRegions (SystemIO and SystemMemory + only). IO ports and memory declared in ACPI might be + used by the ACPI subsystem in arbitrary AML code and + can interfere with legacy drivers. + strict (default): access to resources claimed by ACPI + is denied; legacy drivers trying to access reserved + resources will fail to bind to device using them. + lax: access to resources claimed by ACPI is allowed; + legacy drivers trying to access reserved resources + will bind successfully but a warning message is logged. + no: ACPI OperationRegions are not marked as reserved, + no further checks are performed. + acpi_force_table_verification [HW,ACPI] Enable table checksum verification during early stage. By default, this is disabled due to x86 early mapping @@ -252,6 +272,9 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. This feature is enabled by default. This option allows to turn off the feature. + acpi_no_memhotplug [ACPI] Disable memory hotplug. Useful for kdump + kernels. + acpi_no_static_ssdt [HW,ACPI] Disable installation of static SSDTs at early boot time By default, SSDTs contained in the RSDT/XSDT will be @@ -262,17 +285,20 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. dynamic table installation which will install SSDT tables to /sys/firmware/acpi/tables/dynamic. - acpica_no_return_repair [HW, ACPI] - Disable AML predefined validation mechanism - This mechanism can repair the evaluation result to make - the return objects more ACPI specification compliant. - This option is useful for developers to identify the - root cause of an AML interpreter issue when the issue - has something to do with the repair mechanism. + acpi_rsdp= [ACPI,EFI,KEXEC] + Pass the RSDP address to the kernel, mostly used + on machines running EFI runtime service to boot the + second kernel for kdump. acpi_os_name= [HW,ACPI] Tell ACPI BIOS the name of the OS Format: To spoof as Windows 98: ="Microsoft Windows" + acpi_rev_override [ACPI] Override the _REV object to return 5 (instead + of 2 which is mandated by ACPI 6) as the supported ACPI + specification revision (when using this switch, it may + be necessary to carry out a cold reboot _twice_ in a + row to make it take effect on the platform firmware). + acpi_osi= [HW,ACPI] Modify list of supported OS interface strings acpi_osi="string1" # add string1 acpi_osi="!string2" # remove string2 @@ -364,25 +390,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. Use timer override. For some broken Nvidia NF5 boards that require a timer override, but don't have HPET - acpi_enforce_resources= [ACPI] - { strict | lax | no } - Check for resource conflicts between native drivers - and ACPI OperationRegions (SystemIO and SystemMemory - only). IO ports and memory declared in ACPI might be - used by the ACPI subsystem in arbitrary AML code and - can interfere with legacy drivers. - strict (default): access to resources claimed by ACPI - is denied; legacy drivers trying to access reserved - resources will fail to bind to device using them. - lax: access to resources claimed by ACPI is allowed; - legacy drivers trying to access reserved resources - will bind successfully but a warning message is logged. - no: ACPI OperationRegions are not marked as reserved, - no further checks are performed. - - acpi_no_memhotplug [ACPI] Disable memory hotplug. Useful for kdump - kernels. - add_efi_memmap [EFI; X86] Include EFI memory map in kernel's map of available physical RAM. @@ -713,10 +720,18 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. uart[8250],io,<addr>[,options] uart[8250],mmio,<addr>[,options] + uart[8250],mmio32,<addr>[,options] + uart[8250],0x<addr>[,options] Start an early, polled-mode console on the 8250/16550 UART at the specified I/O port or MMIO address, - switching to the matching ttyS device later. The - options are the same as for ttyS, above. + switching to the matching ttyS device later. + MMIO inter-register address stride is either 8-bit + (mmio) or 32-bit (mmio32). + If none of [io|mmio|mmio32], <addr> is assumed to be + equivalent to 'mmio'. 'options' are specified in the + same format described for ttyS above; if unspecified, + the h/w is not re-initialized. + hvc<n> Use the hypervisor console device <n>. This is for both Xen and PowerPC hypervisors. @@ -737,6 +752,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. cpuidle.off=1 [CPU_IDLE] disable the cpuidle sub-system + cpu_init_udelay=N + [X86] Delay for N microsec between assert and de-assert + of APIC INIT to start processors. This delay occurs + on every CPU online, such as boot, and resume from suspend. + Default: 10000 + cpcihp_generic= [HW,PCI] Generic port I/O CompactPCI driver Format: <first_slot>,<last_slot>,<port>,<enum_bit>[,<debug>] @@ -928,6 +949,19 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. Enable debug messages at boot time. See Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt for details. + nompx [X86] Disables Intel Memory Protection Extensions. + See Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt for more + information about the feature. + + eagerfpu= [X86] + on enable eager fpu restore + off disable eager fpu restore + auto selects the default scheme, which automatically + enables eagerfpu restore for xsaveopt. + + module.async_probe [KNL] + Enable asynchronous probe on this module. + early_ioremap_debug [KNL] Enable debug messages in early_ioremap support. This is useful for tracking down temporary early mappings @@ -944,11 +978,16 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. uart[8250],io,<addr>[,options] uart[8250],mmio,<addr>[,options] uart[8250],mmio32,<addr>[,options] + uart[8250],mmio32be,<addr>[,options] + uart[8250],0x<addr>[,options] Start an early, polled-mode console on the 8250/16550 UART at the specified I/O port or MMIO address. MMIO inter-register address stride is either 8-bit - (mmio) or 32-bit (mmio32). - The options are the same as for ttyS, above. + (mmio) or 32-bit (mmio32 or mmio32be). + If none of [io|mmio|mmio32|mmio32be], <addr> is assumed + to be equivalent to 'mmio'. 'options' are specified + in the same format described for "console=ttyS<n>"; if + unspecified, the h/w is not initialized. pl011,<addr> Start an early, polled-mode console on a pl011 serial @@ -990,6 +1029,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. earlyprintk=serial[,0x...[,baudrate]] earlyprintk=ttySn[,baudrate] earlyprintk=dbgp[debugController#] + earlyprintk=pciserial,bus:device.function[,baudrate] earlyprintk is useful when the kernel crashes before the normal console is initialized. It is not enabled by @@ -1036,7 +1076,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. Format: {"off" | "on" | "skip[mbr]"} efi= [EFI] - Format: { "old_map", "nochunk", "noruntime" } + Format: { "old_map", "nochunk", "noruntime", "debug" } old_map [X86-64]: switch to the old ioremap-based EFI runtime services mapping. 32-bit still uses this one by default. @@ -1044,6 +1084,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. boot stub, as chunking can cause problems with some firmware implementations. noruntime : disable EFI runtime services support + debug: enable misc debug output efi_no_storage_paranoia [EFI; X86] Using this parameter you can use more than 50% of @@ -1274,6 +1315,10 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. <bus_id>,<clkrate> i8042.debug [HW] Toggle i8042 debug mode + i8042.unmask_kbd_data + [HW] Enable printing of interrupt data from the KBD port + (disabled by default, and as a pre-condition + requires that i8042.debug=1 be enabled) i8042.direct [HW] Put keyboard port into non-translated mode i8042.dumbkbd [HW] Pretend that controller can only read data from keyboard and cannot control its state @@ -1378,7 +1423,15 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. The list of supported hash algorithms is defined in crypto/hash_info.h. - ima_tcb [IMA] + ima_policy= [IMA] + The builtin measurement policy to load during IMA + setup. Specyfing "tcb" as the value, measures all + programs exec'd, files mmap'd for exec, and all files + opened with the read mode bit set by either the + effective uid (euid=0) or uid=0. + Format: "tcb" + + ima_tcb [IMA] Deprecated. Use ima_policy= instead. Load a policy which meets the needs of the Trusted Computing Base. This means IMA will measure all programs exec'd, files mmap'd for exec, and all files @@ -1386,7 +1439,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. ima_template= [IMA] Select one of defined IMA measurements template formats. - Formats: { "ima" | "ima-ng" } + Formats: { "ima" | "ima-ng" | "ima-sig" } Default: "ima-ng" ima_template_fmt= @@ -1461,6 +1514,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. By default, super page will be supported if Intel IOMMU has the capability. With this option, super page will not be supported. + ecs_off [Default Off] + By default, extended context tables will be supported if + the hardware advertises that it has support both for the + extended tables themselves, and also PASID support. With + this option set, extended tables will not be used even + on hardware which claims to support them. intel_idle.max_cstate= [KNL,HW,ACPI,X86] 0 disables intel_idle and fall back on acpi_idle. @@ -1754,6 +1813,8 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. * [no]ncq: Turn on or off NCQ. + * [no]ncqtrim: Turn off queued DSM TRIM. + * nohrst, nosrst, norst: suppress hard, soft and both resets. @@ -1965,6 +2026,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. or memmap=0x10000$0x18690000 + memmap=nn[KMG]!ss[KMG] + [KNL,X86] Mark specific memory as protected. + Region of memory to be used, from ss to ss+nn. + The memory region may be marked as e820 type 12 (0xc) + and is NVDIMM or ADR memory. + memory_corruption_check=0/1 [X86] Some BIOSes seem to corrupt the first 64k of memory when doing things like suspend/resume. @@ -1988,7 +2055,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. seconds. Use this parameter to check at some other rate. 0 disables periodic checking. - memtest= [KNL,X86] Enable memtest + memtest= [KNL,X86,ARM] Enable memtest Format: <integer> default : 0 <disable> Specifies the number of memtest passes to be @@ -2235,8 +2302,9 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. nmi_watchdog= [KNL,BUGS=X86] Debugging features for SMP kernels Format: [panic,][nopanic,][num] - Valid num: 0 + Valid num: 0 or 1 0 - turn nmi_watchdog off + 1 - turn nmi_watchdog on When panic is specified, panic when an NMI watchdog timeout occurs (or 'nopanic' to override the opposite default). @@ -2315,12 +2383,14 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. noexec32=off: disable non-executable mappings read implies executable mappings - nofpu [SH] Disable hardware FPU at boot time. + nofpu [MIPS,SH] Disable hardware FPU at boot time. nofxsr [BUGS=X86-32] Disables x86 floating point extended register save and restore. The kernel will only save legacy floating-point registers on task switch. + nohugeiomap [KNL,x86] Disable kernel huge I/O mappings. + noxsave [BUGS=X86] Disables x86 extended register state save and restore using xsave. The kernel will fallback to enabling legacy floating-point and sse state. @@ -2340,12 +2410,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. parameter, xsave area per process might occupy more memory on xsaves enabled systems. - eagerfpu= [X86] - on enable eager fpu restore - off disable eager fpu restore - auto selects the default scheme, which automatically - enables eagerfpu restore for xsaveopt. - nohlt [BUGS=ARM,SH] Tells the kernel that the sleep(SH) or wfi(ARM) instruction doesn't work correctly and not to use it. This is also useful when using JTAG debugger. @@ -2414,7 +2478,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. nomca [IA-64] Disable machine check abort handling - nomce [X86-32] Machine Check Exception + nomce [X86-32] Disable Machine Check Exception nomfgpt [X86-32] Disable Multi-Function General Purpose Timer usage (for AMD Geode machines). @@ -2463,7 +2527,8 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. nousb [USB] Disable the USB subsystem - nowatchdog [KNL] Disable the lockup detector (NMI watchdog). + nowatchdog [KNL] Disable both lockup detectors, i.e. + soft-lockup and NMI watchdog (hard-lockup). nowb [ARM] @@ -2968,6 +3033,35 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. Set maximum number of finished RCU callbacks to process in one batch. + rcutree.dump_tree= [KNL] + Dump the structure of the rcu_node combining tree + out at early boot. This is used for diagnostic + purposes, to verify correct tree setup. + + rcutree.gp_cleanup_delay= [KNL] + Set the number of jiffies to delay each step of + RCU grace-period cleanup. This only has effect + when CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_SLOW_CLEANUP is set. + + rcutree.gp_init_delay= [KNL] + Set the number of jiffies to delay each step of + RCU grace-period initialization. This only has + effect when CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_SLOW_INIT + is set. + + rcutree.gp_preinit_delay= [KNL] + Set the number of jiffies to delay each step of + RCU grace-period pre-initialization, that is, + the propagation of recent CPU-hotplug changes up + the rcu_node combining tree. This only has effect + when CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_SLOW_PREINIT is set. + + rcutree.rcu_fanout_exact= [KNL] + Disable autobalancing of the rcu_node combining + tree. This is used by rcutorture, and might + possibly be useful for architectures having high + cache-to-cache transfer latencies. + rcutree.rcu_fanout_leaf= [KNL] Increase the number of CPUs assigned to each leaf rcu_node structure. Useful for very large @@ -2991,11 +3085,15 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. value is one, and maximum value is HZ. rcutree.kthread_prio= [KNL,BOOT] - Set the SCHED_FIFO priority of the RCU - per-CPU kthreads (rcuc/N). This value is also - used for the priority of the RCU boost threads - (rcub/N). Valid values are 1-99 and the default - is 1 (the least-favored priority). + Set the SCHED_FIFO priority of the RCU per-CPU + kthreads (rcuc/N). This value is also used for + the priority of the RCU boost threads (rcub/N) + and for the RCU grace-period kthreads (rcu_bh, + rcu_preempt, and rcu_sched). If RCU_BOOST is + set, valid values are 1-99 and the default is 1 + (the least-favored priority). Otherwise, when + RCU_BOOST is not set, valid values are 0-99 and + the default is zero (non-realtime operation). rcutree.rcu_nocb_leader_stride= [KNL] Set the number of NOCB kthread groups, which @@ -3067,7 +3165,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. test, hence the "fake". rcutorture.nreaders= [KNL] - Set number of RCU readers. + Set number of RCU readers. The value -1 selects + N-1, where N is the number of CPUs. A value + "n" less than -1 selects N-n-2, where N is again + the number of CPUs. For example, -2 selects N + (the number of CPUs), -3 selects N+1, and so on. rcutorture.object_debug= [KNL] Enable debug-object double-call_rcu() testing. @@ -3462,6 +3564,13 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. improve throughput, but will also increase the amount of memory reserved for use by the client. + suspend.pm_test_delay= + [SUSPEND] + Sets the number of seconds to remain in a suspend test + mode before resuming the system (see + /sys/power/pm_test). Only available when CONFIG_PM_DEBUG + is set. Default value is 5. + swapaccount=[0|1] [KNL] Enable accounting of swap in memory resource controller if no parameter or 1 is given or disable @@ -3746,6 +3855,8 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. READ_CAPACITY_16 command); f = NO_REPORT_OPCODES (don't use report opcodes command, uas only); + g = MAX_SECTORS_240 (don't transfer more than + 240 sectors at a time, uas only); h = CAPACITY_HEURISTICS (decrease the reported device capacity by one sector if the number is odd); diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt b/Documentation/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt index f3cd299fcc41..f4cbfe0ba108 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt @@ -190,20 +190,24 @@ To reduce its OS jitter, do any of the following: on each CPU, including cs_dbs_timer() and od_dbs_timer(). WARNING: Please check your CPU specifications to make sure that this is safe on your particular system. - d. It is not possible to entirely get rid of OS jitter - from vmstat_update() on CONFIG_SMP=y systems, but you - can decrease its frequency by writing a large value - to /proc/sys/vm/stat_interval. The default value is - HZ, for an interval of one second. Of course, larger - values will make your virtual-memory statistics update - more slowly. Of course, you can also run your workload - at a real-time priority, thus preempting vmstat_update(), + d. As of v3.18, Christoph Lameter's on-demand vmstat workers + commit prevents OS jitter due to vmstat_update() on + CONFIG_SMP=y systems. Before v3.18, is not possible + to entirely get rid of the OS jitter, but you can + decrease its frequency by writing a large value to + /proc/sys/vm/stat_interval. The default value is HZ, + for an interval of one second. Of course, larger values + will make your virtual-memory statistics update more + slowly. Of course, you can also run your workload at + a real-time priority, thus preempting vmstat_update(), but if your workload is CPU-bound, this is a bad idea. However, there is an RFC patch from Christoph Lameter (based on an earlier one from Gilad Ben-Yossef) that reduces or even eliminates vmstat overhead for some workloads at https://lkml.org/lkml/2013/9/4/379. - e. If running on high-end powerpc servers, build with + e. Boot with "elevator=noop" to avoid workqueue use by + the block layer. + f. If running on high-end powerpc servers, build with CONFIG_PPC_RTAS_DAEMON=n. This prevents the RTAS daemon from running on each CPU every second or so. (This will require editing Kconfig files and will defeat @@ -211,12 +215,12 @@ To reduce its OS jitter, do any of the following: due to the rtas_event_scan() function. WARNING: Please check your CPU specifications to make sure that this is safe on your particular system. - f. If running on Cell Processor, build your kernel with + g. If running on Cell Processor, build your kernel with CBE_CPUFREQ_SPU_GOVERNOR=n to avoid OS jitter from spu_gov_work(). WARNING: Please check your CPU specifications to make sure that this is safe on your particular system. - g. If running on PowerMAC, build your kernel with + h. If running on PowerMAC, build your kernel with CONFIG_PMAC_RACKMETER=n to disable the CPU-meter, avoiding OS jitter from rackmeter_do_timer(). @@ -258,8 +262,12 @@ Purpose: Detect software lockups on each CPU. To reduce its OS jitter, do at least one of the following: 1. Build with CONFIG_LOCKUP_DETECTOR=n, which will prevent these kthreads from being created in the first place. -2. Echo a zero to /proc/sys/kernel/watchdog to disable the +2. Boot with "nosoftlockup=0", which will also prevent these kthreads + from being created. Other related watchdog and softlockup boot + parameters may be found in Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt + and Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt. +3. Echo a zero to /proc/sys/kernel/watchdog to disable the watchdog timer. -3. Echo a large number of /proc/sys/kernel/watchdog_thresh in +4. Echo a large number of /proc/sys/kernel/watchdog_thresh in order to reduce the frequency of OS jitter due to the watchdog timer down to a level that is acceptable for your workload. diff --git a/Documentation/kmemcheck.txt b/Documentation/kmemcheck.txt index a41bdebbe87b..80aae85d8da6 100644 --- a/Documentation/kmemcheck.txt +++ b/Documentation/kmemcheck.txt @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ menu to even appear in "menuconfig". These are: o CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC=n - This option is located under "Kernel hacking" / "Debug page memory - allocations". + This option is located under "Kernel hacking" / "Memory Debugging" + / "Debug page memory allocations". In addition, I highly recommend turning on CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO=y. This is also located under "Kernel hacking". With this, you will be able to get line number diff --git a/Documentation/kmemleak.txt b/Documentation/kmemleak.txt index 45e777f4e41d..18e24abb3ecf 100644 --- a/Documentation/kmemleak.txt +++ b/Documentation/kmemleak.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Introduction Kmemleak provides a way of detecting possible kernel memory leaks in a way similar to a tracing garbage collector -(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Garbage_collection_%28computer_science%29#Tracing_garbage_collectors), +(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Garbage_collection_%28computer_science%29#Tracing_garbage_collectors), with the difference that the orphan objects are not freed but only reported via /sys/kernel/debug/kmemleak. A similar method is used by the Valgrind tool (memcheck --leak-check) to detect the memory leaks in diff --git a/Documentation/kprobes.txt b/Documentation/kprobes.txt index 1488b6525eb6..1f9b3e2b98ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/kprobes.txt +++ b/Documentation/kprobes.txt @@ -305,8 +305,8 @@ architectures: 3. Configuring Kprobes When configuring the kernel using make menuconfig/xconfig/oldconfig, -ensure that CONFIG_KPROBES is set to "y". Under "Instrumentation -Support", look for "Kprobes". +ensure that CONFIG_KPROBES is set to "y". Under "General setup", look +for "Kprobes". So that you can load and unload Kprobes-based instrumentation modules, make sure "Loadable module support" (CONFIG_MODULES) and "Module diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/.gitignore b/Documentation/laptops/.gitignore index da2bd065f4bc..9fc984e64386 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/.gitignore +++ b/Documentation/laptops/.gitignore @@ -1,2 +1 @@ dslm -freefall diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX b/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX index a3b4f209e562..7c0ac2a26b9e 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ disk-shock-protection.txt - information on hard disk shock protection. dslm.c - Simple Disk Sleep Monitor program -freefall.c - - (HP/DELL) laptop accelerometer program for disk protection. laptop-mode.txt - how to conserve battery power using laptop-mode. sony-laptop.txt diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/Makefile b/Documentation/laptops/Makefile index 2b0fa5edf1d3..0abe44f68965 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/laptops/Makefile @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # List of programs to build -hostprogs-y := dslm freefall +hostprogs-y := dslm # Tell kbuild to always build the programs always := $(hostprogs-y) diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/freefall.c b/Documentation/laptops/freefall.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5e44b20b1848..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/laptops/freefall.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,174 +0,0 @@ -/* Disk protection for HP/DELL machines. - * - * Copyright 2008 Eric Piel - * Copyright 2009 Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz> - * Copyright 2012 Sonal Santan - * Copyright 2014 Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com> - * - * GPLv2. - */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <fcntl.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <stdint.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include <signal.h> -#include <sys/mman.h> -#include <sched.h> -#include <syslog.h> - -static int noled; -static char unload_heads_path[64]; -static char device_path[32]; -static const char app_name[] = "FREE FALL"; - -static int set_unload_heads_path(char *device) -{ - if (strlen(device) <= 5 || strncmp(device, "/dev/", 5) != 0) - return -EINVAL; - strncpy(device_path, device, sizeof(device_path) - 1); - - snprintf(unload_heads_path, sizeof(unload_heads_path) - 1, - "/sys/block/%s/device/unload_heads", device+5); - return 0; -} - -static int valid_disk(void) -{ - int fd = open(unload_heads_path, O_RDONLY); - - if (fd < 0) { - perror(unload_heads_path); - return 0; - } - - close(fd); - return 1; -} - -static void write_int(char *path, int i) -{ - char buf[1024]; - int fd = open(path, O_RDWR); - - if (fd < 0) { - perror("open"); - exit(1); - } - - sprintf(buf, "%d", i); - - if (write(fd, buf, strlen(buf)) != strlen(buf)) { - perror("write"); - exit(1); - } - - close(fd); -} - -static void set_led(int on) -{ - if (noled) - return; - write_int("/sys/class/leds/hp::hddprotect/brightness", on); -} - -static void protect(int seconds) -{ - const char *str = (seconds == 0) ? "Unparked" : "Parked"; - - write_int(unload_heads_path, seconds*1000); - syslog(LOG_INFO, "%s %s disk head\n", str, device_path); -} - -static int on_ac(void) -{ - /* /sys/class/power_supply/AC0/online */ - return 1; -} - -static int lid_open(void) -{ - /* /proc/acpi/button/lid/LID/state */ - return 1; -} - -static void ignore_me(int signum) -{ - protect(0); - set_led(0); -} - -int main(int argc, char **argv) -{ - int fd, ret; - struct stat st; - struct sched_param param; - - if (argc == 1) - ret = set_unload_heads_path("/dev/sda"); - else if (argc == 2) - ret = set_unload_heads_path(argv[1]); - else - ret = -EINVAL; - - if (ret || !valid_disk()) { - fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s <device> (default: /dev/sda)\n", - argv[0]); - exit(1); - } - - fd = open("/dev/freefall", O_RDONLY); - if (fd < 0) { - perror("/dev/freefall"); - return EXIT_FAILURE; - } - - if (stat("/sys/class/leds/hp::hddprotect/brightness", &st)) - noled = 1; - - if (daemon(0, 0) != 0) { - perror("daemon"); - return EXIT_FAILURE; - } - - openlog(app_name, LOG_CONS | LOG_PID | LOG_NDELAY, LOG_LOCAL1); - - param.sched_priority = sched_get_priority_max(SCHED_FIFO); - sched_setscheduler(0, SCHED_FIFO, ¶m); - mlockall(MCL_CURRENT|MCL_FUTURE); - - signal(SIGALRM, ignore_me); - - for (;;) { - unsigned char count; - - ret = read(fd, &count, sizeof(count)); - alarm(0); - if ((ret == -1) && (errno == EINTR)) { - /* Alarm expired, time to unpark the heads */ - continue; - } - - if (ret != sizeof(count)) { - perror("read"); - break; - } - - protect(21); - set_led(1); - if (1 || on_ac() || lid_open()) - alarm(2); - else - alarm(20); - } - - closelog(); - close(fd); - return EXIT_SUCCESS; -} diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt index fc04c14de4bb..72a150d8f3df 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt +++ b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt @@ -1355,6 +1355,24 @@ Sysfs notes: rfkill controller switch "tpacpi_uwb_sw": refer to Documentation/rfkill.txt for details. +Adaptive keyboard +----------------- + +sysfs device attribute: adaptive_kbd_mode + +This sysfs attribute controls the keyboard "face" that will be shown on the +Lenovo X1 Carbon 2nd gen (2014)'s adaptive keyboard. The value can be read +and set. + +1 = Home mode +2 = Web-browser mode +3 = Web-conference mode +4 = Function mode +5 = Layflat mode + +For more details about which buttons will appear depending on the mode, please +review the laptop's user guide: +http://www.lenovo.com/shop/americas/content/user_guides/x1carbon_2_ug_en.pdf Multiple Commands, Module Parameters ------------------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/leds/leds-class-flash.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-class-flash.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8da3c6f4b60b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-class-flash.txt @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + +Flash LED handling under Linux +============================== + +Some LED devices provide two modes - torch and flash. In the LED subsystem +those modes are supported by LED class (see Documentation/leds/leds-class.txt) +and LED Flash class respectively. The torch mode related features are enabled +by default and the flash ones only if a driver declares it by setting +LED_DEV_CAP_FLASH flag. + +In order to enable the support for flash LEDs CONFIG_LEDS_CLASS_FLASH symbol +must be defined in the kernel config. A LED Flash class driver must be +registered in the LED subsystem with led_classdev_flash_register function. + +Following sysfs attributes are exposed for controlling flash LED devices: +(see Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash) + - flash_brightness + - max_flash_brightness + - flash_timeout + - max_flash_timeout + - flash_strobe + - flash_fault + + +V4L2 flash wrapper for flash LEDs +================================= + +A LED subsystem driver can be controlled also from the level of VideoForLinux2 +subsystem. In order to enable this CONFIG_V4L2_FLASH_LED_CLASS symbol has to +be defined in the kernel config. + +The driver must call the v4l2_flash_init function to get registered in the +V4L2 subsystem. The function takes six arguments: +- dev : flash device, e.g. an I2C device +- of_node : of_node of the LED, may be NULL if the same as device's +- fled_cdev : LED flash class device to wrap +- iled_cdev : LED flash class device representing indicator LED associated with + fled_cdev, may be NULL +- ops : V4L2 specific ops + * external_strobe_set - defines the source of the flash LED strobe - + V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE control or external source, typically + a sensor, which makes it possible to synchronise the flash + strobe start with exposure start, + * intensity_to_led_brightness and led_brightness_to_intensity - perform + enum led_brightness <-> V4L2 intensity conversion in a device + specific manner - they can be used for devices with non-linear + LED current scale. +- config : configuration for V4L2 Flash sub-device + * dev_name - the name of the media entity, unique in the system, + * flash_faults - bitmask of flash faults that the LED flash class + device can report; corresponding LED_FAULT* bit definitions are + available in <linux/led-class-flash.h>, + * torch_intensity - constraints for the LED in TORCH mode + in microamperes, + * indicator_intensity - constraints for the indicator LED + in microamperes, + * has_external_strobe - determines whether the flash strobe source + can be switched to external, + +On remove the v4l2_flash_release function has to be called, which takes one +argument - struct v4l2_flash pointer returned previously by v4l2_flash_init. +This function can be safely called with NULL or error pointer argument. + +Please refer to drivers/leds/leds-max77693.c for an exemplary usage of the +v4l2 flash wrapper. + +Once the V4L2 sub-device is registered by the driver which created the Media +controller device, the sub-device node acts just as a node of a native V4L2 +flash API device would. The calls are simply routed to the LED flash API. + +Opening the V4L2 flash sub-device makes the LED subsystem sysfs interface +unavailable. The interface is re-enabled after the V4L2 flash sub-device +is closed. diff --git a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt index 5b3e91d4ac59..0dbbd279c9b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt +++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt @@ -49,6 +49,36 @@ There are two ways to run LED patterns. 2) Firmware interface - LP55xx common interface For the details, please refer to 'firmware' section in leds-lp55xx.txt +LP5523 has three master faders. If a channel is mapped to one of +the master faders, its output is dimmed based on the value of the master +fader. + +For example, + + echo "123000123" > master_fader_leds + +creates the following channel-fader mappings: + + channel 0,6 to master_fader1 + channel 1,7 to master_fader2 + channel 2,8 to master_fader3 + +Then, to have 25% of the original output on channel 0,6: + + echo 64 > master_fader1 + +To have 0% of the original output (i.e. no output) channel 1,7: + + echo 0 > master_fader2 + +To have 100% of the original output (i.e. no dimming) on channel 2,8: + + echo 255 > master_fader3 + +To clear all master fader controls: + + echo "000000000" > master_fader_leds + Selftest uses always the current from the platform data. Each channel contains led current settings. diff --git a/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt b/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt index ab0baa692c13..22dd6af2e4bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt +++ b/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt @@ -61,3 +61,21 @@ As explained above, a kernel knob is provided that allows administrators to configure the period of the hrtimer and the perf event. The right value for a particular environment is a trade-off between fast response to lockups and detection overhead. + +By default, the watchdog runs on all online cores. However, on a +kernel configured with NO_HZ_FULL, by default the watchdog runs only +on the housekeeping cores, not the cores specified in the "nohz_full" +boot argument. If we allowed the watchdog to run by default on +the "nohz_full" cores, we would have to run timer ticks to activate +the scheduler, which would prevent the "nohz_full" functionality +from protecting the user code on those cores from the kernel. +Of course, disabling it by default on the nohz_full cores means that +when those cores do enter the kernel, by default we will not be +able to detect if they lock up. However, allowing the watchdog +to continue to run on the housekeeping (non-tickless) cores means +that we will continue to detect lockups properly on those cores. + +In either case, the set of cores excluded from running the watchdog +may be adjusted via the kernel.watchdog_cpumask sysctl. For +nohz_full cores, this may be useful for debugging a case where the +kernel seems to be hanging on the nohz_full cores. diff --git a/Documentation/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/magic-number.txt index 4c8e142db2ef..28befed9f610 100644 --- a/Documentation/magic-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/magic-number.txt @@ -116,7 +116,6 @@ COW_MAGIC 0x4f4f4f4d cow_header_v1 arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c I810_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E i810_card sound/oss/i810_audio.c TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E trident_card sound/oss/trident.c ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524d4157 wan_device [in wanrouter.h pre 3.9] -SCC_MAGIC 0x52696368 gs_port drivers/char/scc.h SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1 0x53415645 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c GDA_MAGIC 0x58464552 gda arch/mips/include/asm/sn/gda.h RED_MAGIC1 0x5a2cf071 (any) mm/slab.c @@ -138,7 +137,6 @@ KMALLOC_MAGIC 0x87654321 snd_alloc_track sound/core/memory.c PWC_MAGIC 0x89DC10AB pwc_device drivers/usb/media/pwc.h NBD_REPLY_MAGIC 0x96744668 nbd_reply include/linux/nbd.h ENI155_MAGIC 0xa54b872d midway_eprom drivers/atm/eni.h -SCI_MAGIC 0xbabeface gs_port drivers/char/sh-sci.h CODA_MAGIC 0xC0DAC0DA coda_file_info fs/coda/coda_fs_i.h DPMEM_MAGIC 0xc0ffee11 gdt_pci_sram drivers/scsi/gdth.h YAM_MAGIC 0xF10A7654 yam_port drivers/net/hamradio/yam.c diff --git a/Documentation/md-cluster.txt b/Documentation/md-cluster.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..de1af7db3355 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/md-cluster.txt @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +The cluster MD is a shared-device RAID for a cluster. + + +1. On-disk format + +Separate write-intent-bitmap are used for each cluster node. +The bitmaps record all writes that may have been started on that node, +and may not yet have finished. The on-disk layout is: + +0 4k 8k 12k +------------------------------------------------------------------- +| idle | md super | bm super [0] + bits | +| bm bits[0, contd] | bm super[1] + bits | bm bits[1, contd] | +| bm super[2] + bits | bm bits [2, contd] | bm super[3] + bits | +| bm bits [3, contd] | | | + +During "normal" functioning we assume the filesystem ensures that only one +node writes to any given block at a time, so a write +request will + - set the appropriate bit (if not already set) + - commit the write to all mirrors + - schedule the bit to be cleared after a timeout. + +Reads are just handled normally. It is up to the filesystem to +ensure one node doesn't read from a location where another node (or the same +node) is writing. + + +2. DLM Locks for management + +There are two locks for managing the device: + +2.1 Bitmap lock resource (bm_lockres) + + The bm_lockres protects individual node bitmaps. They are named in the + form bitmap001 for node 1, bitmap002 for node and so on. When a node + joins the cluster, it acquires the lock in PW mode and it stays so + during the lifetime the node is part of the cluster. The lock resource + number is based on the slot number returned by the DLM subsystem. Since + DLM starts node count from one and bitmap slots start from zero, one is + subtracted from the DLM slot number to arrive at the bitmap slot number. + +3. Communication + +Each node has to communicate with other nodes when starting or ending +resync, and metadata superblock updates. + +3.1 Message Types + + There are 3 types, of messages which are passed + + 3.1.1 METADATA_UPDATED: informs other nodes that the metadata has been + updated, and the node must re-read the md superblock. This is performed + synchronously. + + 3.1.2 RESYNC: informs other nodes that a resync is initiated or ended + so that each node may suspend or resume the region. + +3.2 Communication mechanism + + The DLM LVB is used to communicate within nodes of the cluster. There + are three resources used for the purpose: + + 3.2.1 Token: The resource which protects the entire communication + system. The node having the token resource is allowed to + communicate. + + 3.2.2 Message: The lock resource which carries the data to + communicate. + + 3.2.3 Ack: The resource, acquiring which means the message has been + acknowledged by all nodes in the cluster. The BAST of the resource + is used to inform the receive node that a node wants to communicate. + +The algorithm is: + + 1. receive status + + sender receiver receiver + ACK:CR ACK:CR ACK:CR + + 2. sender get EX of TOKEN + sender get EX of MESSAGE + sender receiver receiver + TOKEN:EX ACK:CR ACK:CR + MESSAGE:EX + ACK:CR + + Sender checks that it still needs to send a message. Messages received + or other events that happened while waiting for the TOKEN may have made + this message inappropriate or redundant. + + 3. sender write LVB. + sender down-convert MESSAGE from EX to CR + sender try to get EX of ACK + [ wait until all receiver has *processed* the MESSAGE ] + + [ triggered by bast of ACK ] + receiver get CR of MESSAGE + receiver read LVB + receiver processes the message + [ wait finish ] + receiver release ACK + + sender receiver receiver + TOKEN:EX MESSAGE:CR MESSAGE:CR + MESSAGE:CR + ACK:EX + + 4. triggered by grant of EX on ACK (indicating all receivers have processed + message) + sender down-convert ACK from EX to CR + sender release MESSAGE + sender release TOKEN + receiver upconvert to EX of MESSAGE + receiver get CR of ACK + receiver release MESSAGE + + sender receiver receiver + ACK:CR ACK:CR ACK:CR + + +4. Handling Failures + +4.1 Node Failure + When a node fails, the DLM informs the cluster with the slot. The node + starts a cluster recovery thread. The cluster recovery thread: + - acquires the bitmap<number> lock of the failed node + - opens the bitmap + - reads the bitmap of the failed node + - copies the set bitmap to local node + - cleans the bitmap of the failed node + - releases bitmap<number> lock of the failed node + - initiates resync of the bitmap on the current node + + The resync process, is the regular md resync. However, in a clustered + environment when a resync is performed, it needs to tell other nodes + of the areas which are suspended. Before a resync starts, the node + send out RESYNC_START with the (lo,hi) range of the area which needs + to be suspended. Each node maintains a suspend_list, which contains + the list of ranges which are currently suspended. On receiving + RESYNC_START, the node adds the range to the suspend_list. Similarly, + when the node performing resync finishes, it send RESYNC_FINISHED + to other nodes and other nodes remove the corresponding entry from + the suspend_list. + + A helper function, should_suspend() can be used to check if a particular + I/O range should be suspended or not. + +4.2 Device Failure + Device failures are handled and communicated with the metadata update + routine. + +5. Adding a new Device +For adding a new device, it is necessary that all nodes "see" the new device +to be added. For this, the following algorithm is used: + + 1. Node 1 issues mdadm --manage /dev/mdX --add /dev/sdYY which issues + ioctl(ADD_NEW_DISC with disc.state set to MD_DISK_CLUSTER_ADD) + 2. Node 1 sends NEWDISK with uuid and slot number + 3. Other nodes issue kobject_uevent_env with uuid and slot number + (Steps 4,5 could be a udev rule) + 4. In userspace, the node searches for the disk, perhaps + using blkid -t SUB_UUID="" + 5. Other nodes issue either of the following depending on whether the disk + was found: + ioctl(ADD_NEW_DISK with disc.state set to MD_DISK_CANDIDATE and + disc.number set to slot number) + ioctl(CLUSTERED_DISK_NACK) + 6. Other nodes drop lock on no-new-devs (CR) if device is found + 7. Node 1 attempts EX lock on no-new-devs + 8. If node 1 gets the lock, it sends METADATA_UPDATED after unmarking the disk + as SpareLocal + 9. If not (get no-new-dev lock), it fails the operation and sends METADATA_UPDATED + 10. Other nodes get the information whether a disk is added or not + by the following METADATA_UPDATED. diff --git a/Documentation/md.txt b/Documentation/md.txt index f925666e4342..1a2ada46aaed 100644 --- a/Documentation/md.txt +++ b/Documentation/md.txt @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ also have sync_speed_max This are similar to /proc/sys/dev/raid/speed_limit_{min,max} however they only apply to the particular array. - If no value has been written to these, of if the word 'system' + If no value has been written to these, or if the word 'system' is written, then the system-wide value is used. If a value, in kibibytes-per-second is written, then it is used. When the files are read, they show the currently active value diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt index ca2387ef27ab..13feb697271f 100644 --- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt +++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt @@ -592,9 +592,9 @@ See also the subsection on "Cache Coherency" for a more thorough example. CONTROL DEPENDENCIES -------------------- -A control dependency requires a full read memory barrier, not simply a data -dependency barrier to make it work correctly. Consider the following bit of -code: +A load-load control dependency requires a full read memory barrier, not +simply a data dependency barrier to make it work correctly. Consider the +following bit of code: q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); if (q) { @@ -615,17 +615,18 @@ case what's actually required is: } However, stores are not speculated. This means that ordering -is- provided -in the following example: +for load-store control dependencies, as in the following example: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); if (q) { ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; } -Please note that ACCESS_ONCE() is not optional! Without the -ACCESS_ONCE(), might combine the load from 'a' with other loads from -'a', and the store to 'b' with other stores to 'b', with possible highly -counterintuitive effects on ordering. +Control dependencies pair normally with other types of barriers. That +said, please note that READ_ONCE_CTRL() is not optional! Without the +READ_ONCE_CTRL(), the compiler might combine the load from 'a' with +other loads from 'a', and the store to 'b' with other stores to 'b', +with possible highly counterintuitive effects on ordering. Worse yet, if the compiler is able to prove (say) that the value of variable 'a' is always non-zero, it would be well within its rights @@ -635,12 +636,15 @@ as follows: q = a; b = p; /* BUG: Compiler and CPU can both reorder!!! */ -So don't leave out the ACCESS_ONCE(). +Finally, the READ_ONCE_CTRL() includes an smp_read_barrier_depends() +that DEC Alpha needs in order to respect control depedencies. + +So don't leave out the READ_ONCE_CTRL(). It is tempting to try to enforce ordering on identical stores on both branches of the "if" statement as follows: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); if (q) { barrier(); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; @@ -654,7 +658,7 @@ branches of the "if" statement as follows: Unfortunately, current compilers will transform this as follows at high optimization levels: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); barrier(); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; /* BUG: No ordering vs. load from a!!! */ if (q) { @@ -684,7 +688,7 @@ memory barriers, for example, smp_store_release(): In contrast, without explicit memory barriers, two-legged-if control ordering is guaranteed only when the stores differ, for example: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); if (q) { ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; do_something(); @@ -693,14 +697,14 @@ ordering is guaranteed only when the stores differ, for example: do_something_else(); } -The initial ACCESS_ONCE() is still required to prevent the compiler from -proving the value of 'a'. +The initial READ_ONCE_CTRL() is still required to prevent the compiler +from proving the value of 'a'. In addition, you need to be careful what you do with the local variable 'q', otherwise the compiler might be able to guess the value and again remove the needed conditional. For example: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); if (q % MAX) { ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; do_something(); @@ -713,7 +717,7 @@ If MAX is defined to be 1, then the compiler knows that (q % MAX) is equal to zero, in which case the compiler is within its rights to transform the above code into the following: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; do_something_else(); @@ -724,7 +728,7 @@ is gone, and the barrier won't bring it back. Therefore, if you are relying on this ordering, you should make sure that MAX is greater than one, perhaps as follows: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); BUILD_BUG_ON(MAX <= 1); /* Order load from a with store to b. */ if (q % MAX) { ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; @@ -741,14 +745,15 @@ of the 'if' statement. You must also be careful not to rely too much on boolean short-circuit evaluation. Consider this example: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); if (a || 1 > 0) ACCESS_ONCE(b) = 1; -Because the second condition is always true, the compiler can transform -this example as following, defeating control dependency: +Because the first condition cannot fault and the second condition is +always true, the compiler can transform this example as following, +defeating control dependency: - q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = 1; This example underscores the need to ensure that the compiler cannot @@ -761,8 +766,8 @@ demonstrated by two related examples, with the initial values of x and y both being zero: CPU 0 CPU 1 - ===================== ===================== - r1 = ACCESS_ONCE(x); r2 = ACCESS_ONCE(y); + ======================= ======================= + r1 = READ_ONCE_CTRL(x); r2 = READ_ONCE_CTRL(y); if (r1 > 0) if (r2 > 0) ACCESS_ONCE(y) = 1; ACCESS_ONCE(x) = 1; @@ -782,7 +787,8 @@ But because control dependencies do -not- provide transitivity, the above assertion can fail after the combined three-CPU example completes. If you need the three-CPU example to provide ordering, you will need smp_mb() between the loads and stores in the CPU 0 and CPU 1 code fragments, -that is, just before or just after the "if" statements. +that is, just before or just after the "if" statements. Furthermore, +the original two-CPU example is very fragile and should be avoided. These two examples are the LB and WWC litmus tests from this paper: http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/users/pes20/ppc-supplemental/test6.pdf and this @@ -790,6 +796,12 @@ site: https://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~pes20/ppcmem/index.html. In summary: + (*) Control dependencies must be headed by READ_ONCE_CTRL(). + Or, as a much less preferable alternative, interpose + be headed by READ_ONCE() or an ACCESS_ONCE() read and must + have smp_read_barrier_depends() between this read and the + control-dependent write. + (*) Control dependencies can order prior loads against later stores. However, they do -not- guarantee any other sort of ordering: Not prior loads against later loads, nor prior stores against @@ -813,6 +825,8 @@ In summary: barrier() can help to preserve your control dependency. Please see the Compiler Barrier section for more information. + (*) Control dependencies pair normally with other types of barriers. + (*) Control dependencies do -not- provide transitivity. If you need transitivity, use smp_mb(). @@ -823,14 +837,14 @@ SMP BARRIER PAIRING When dealing with CPU-CPU interactions, certain types of memory barrier should always be paired. A lack of appropriate pairing is almost certainly an error. -General barriers pair with each other, though they also pair with -most other types of barriers, albeit without transitivity. An acquire -barrier pairs with a release barrier, but both may also pair with other -barriers, including of course general barriers. A write barrier pairs -with a data dependency barrier, an acquire barrier, a release barrier, -a read barrier, or a general barrier. Similarly a read barrier or a -data dependency barrier pairs with a write barrier, an acquire barrier, -a release barrier, or a general barrier: +General barriers pair with each other, though they also pair with most +other types of barriers, albeit without transitivity. An acquire barrier +pairs with a release barrier, but both may also pair with other barriers, +including of course general barriers. A write barrier pairs with a data +dependency barrier, a control dependency, an acquire barrier, a release +barrier, a read barrier, or a general barrier. Similarly a read barrier, +control dependency, or a data dependency barrier pairs with a write +barrier, an acquire barrier, a release barrier, or a general barrier: CPU 1 CPU 2 =============== =============== @@ -850,6 +864,19 @@ Or: <data dependency barrier> y = *x; +Or even: + + CPU 1 CPU 2 + =============== =============================== + r1 = ACCESS_ONCE(y); + <general barrier> + ACCESS_ONCE(y) = 1; if (r2 = ACCESS_ONCE(x)) { + <implicit control dependency> + ACCESS_ONCE(y) = 1; + } + + assert(r1 == 0 || r2 == 0); + Basically, the read barrier always has to be there, even though it can be of the "weaker" type. @@ -1646,7 +1673,7 @@ CPU from reordering them. There are some more advanced barrier functions: - (*) set_mb(var, value) + (*) smp_store_mb(var, value) This assigns the value to the variable and then inserts a full memory barrier after it, depending on the function. It isn't guaranteed to @@ -1711,7 +1738,7 @@ There are some more advanced barrier functions: } The dma_rmb() allows us guarantee the device has released ownership - before we read the data from the descriptor, and he dma_wmb() allows + before we read the data from the descriptor, and the dma_wmb() allows us to guarantee the data is written to the descriptor before the device can see it now has ownership. The wmb() is needed to guarantee that the cache coherent memory writes have completed before attempting a write to @@ -1768,10 +1795,9 @@ for each construct. These operations all imply certain barriers: Memory operations issued before the ACQUIRE may be completed after the ACQUIRE operation has completed. An smp_mb__before_spinlock(), - combined with a following ACQUIRE, orders prior loads against - subsequent loads and stores and also orders prior stores against - subsequent stores. Note that this is weaker than smp_mb()! The - smp_mb__before_spinlock() primitive is free on many architectures. + combined with a following ACQUIRE, orders prior stores against + subsequent loads and stores. Note that this is weaker than smp_mb()! + The smp_mb__before_spinlock() primitive is free on many architectures. (2) RELEASE operation implication: @@ -1959,7 +1985,7 @@ after it has altered the task state: CPU 1 =============================== set_current_state(); - set_mb(); + smp_store_mb(); STORE current->state <general barrier> LOAD event_indicated @@ -2000,7 +2026,7 @@ between the STORE to indicate the event and the STORE to set TASK_RUNNING: CPU 1 CPU 2 =============================== =============================== set_current_state(); STORE event_indicated - set_mb(); wake_up(); + smp_store_mb(); wake_up(); STORE current->state <write barrier> <general barrier> STORE current->state LOAD event_indicated diff --git a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt index ea03abfc97e9..ce2cfcf35c27 100644 --- a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt +++ b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ For example, assume 1GiB memory block size. A device for a memory starting at (0x100000000 / 1Gib = 4) This device covers address range [0x100000000 ... 0x140000000) -Under each memory block, you can see 4 files: +Under each memory block, you can see 5 files: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/phys_index /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/phys_device @@ -359,38 +359,51 @@ Need more implementation yet.... -------------------------------- 8. Memory hotplug event notifier -------------------------------- -Memory hotplug has event notifier. There are 6 types of notification. +Hotplugging events are sent to a notification queue. -MEMORY_GOING_ONLINE +There are six types of notification defined in include/linux/memory.h: + +MEM_GOING_ONLINE Generated before new memory becomes available in order to be able to prepare subsystems to handle memory. The page allocator is still unable to allocate from the new memory. -MEMORY_CANCEL_ONLINE +MEM_CANCEL_ONLINE Generated if MEMORY_GOING_ONLINE fails. -MEMORY_ONLINE +MEM_ONLINE Generated when memory has successfully brought online. The callback may allocate pages from the new memory. -MEMORY_GOING_OFFLINE +MEM_GOING_OFFLINE Generated to begin the process of offlining memory. Allocations are no longer possible from the memory but some of the memory to be offlined is still in use. The callback can be used to free memory known to a subsystem from the indicated memory block. -MEMORY_CANCEL_OFFLINE +MEM_CANCEL_OFFLINE Generated if MEMORY_GOING_OFFLINE fails. Memory is available again from the memory block that we attempted to offline. -MEMORY_OFFLINE +MEM_OFFLINE Generated after offlining memory is complete. -A callback routine can be registered by +A callback routine can be registered by calling + hotplug_memory_notifier(callback_func, priority) -The second argument of callback function (action) is event types of above. -The third argument is passed by pointer of struct memory_notify. +Callback functions with higher values of priority are called before callback +functions with lower values. + +A callback function must have the following prototype: + + int callback_func( + struct notifier_block *self, unsigned long action, void *arg); + +The first argument of the callback function (self) is a pointer to the block +of the notifier chain that points to the callback function itself. +The second argument (action) is one of the event types described above. +The third argument (arg) passes a pointer of struct memory_notify. struct memory_notify { unsigned long start_pfn; @@ -412,6 +425,18 @@ node loses all memory. If this is -1, then nodemask status is not changed. If status_changed_nid* >= 0, callback should create/discard structures for the node if necessary. +The callback routine shall return one of the values +NOTIFY_DONE, NOTIFY_OK, NOTIFY_BAD, NOTIFY_STOP +defined in include/linux/notifier.h + +NOTIFY_DONE and NOTIFY_OK have no effect on the further processing. + +NOTIFY_BAD is used as response to the MEM_GOING_ONLINE, MEM_GOING_OFFLINE, +MEM_ONLINE, or MEM_OFFLINE action to cancel hotplugging. It stops +further processing of the notification queue. + +NOTIFY_STOP stops further processing of the notification queue. + -------------- 9. Future Work -------------- diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt b/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt index 77c541802ad9..1a2f2c8ec59e 100644 --- a/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt +++ b/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt @@ -24,6 +24,10 @@ a virtual bus called mic bus is created and virtual dma devices are created on it by the host/card drivers. On host the channels are private and used only by the host driver to transfer data for the virtio devices. +The Symmetric Communication Interface (SCIF (pronounced as skiff)) is a +low level communications API across PCIe currently implemented for MIC. +More details are available at scif_overview.txt. + Here is a block diagram of the various components described above. The virtio backends are situated on the host rather than the card given better single threaded performance for the host compared to MIC, the ability of @@ -47,18 +51,18 @@ the fact that the virtio block storage backend can only be on the host. | | | Virtio over PCIe IOCTLs | | | +--------------------------+ +-----------+ | | | +-----------+ -| MIC DMA | | | | | MIC DMA | -| Driver | | | | | Driver | -+-----------+ | | | +-----------+ - | | | | | -+---------------+ | | | +----------------+ -|MIC virtual Bus| | | | |MIC virtual Bus | -+---------------+ | | | +----------------+ - | | | | | - | +--------------+ | +---------------+ | - | |Intel MIC | | |Intel MIC | | - +---|Card Driver | | |Host Driver | | - +--------------+ | +---------------+-----+ +| MIC DMA | | +----------+ | +-----------+ | | MIC DMA | +| Driver | | | SCIF | | | SCIF | | | Driver | ++-----------+ | +----------+ | +-----------+ | +-----------+ + | | | | | | | ++---------------+ | +-----+-----+ | +-----+-----+ | +---------------+ +|MIC virtual Bus| | |SCIF HW Bus| | |SCIF HW BUS| | |MIC virtual Bus| ++---------------+ | +-----------+ | +-----+-----+ | +---------------+ + | | | | | | | + | +--------------+ | | | +---------------+ | + | |Intel MIC | | | | |Intel MIC | | + +---|Card Driver +----+ | | |Host Driver | | + +--------------+ | +----+---------------+-----+ | | | +-------------------------------------------------------------+ | | diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile index f47fe6ba7300..06871b0c08a6 100644 --- a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +ifndef CROSS_COMPILE # List of programs to build hostprogs-$(CONFIG_X86_64) := mpssd @@ -17,3 +18,4 @@ HOSTLOADLIBES_mpssd := -lpthread install: install mpssd /usr/sbin/mpssd install micctrl /usr/sbin/micctrl +endif diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss index cacbdb0aefb9..582aad4811ae 100755 --- a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss +++ b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ exec=/usr/sbin/mpssd sysfs="/sys/class/mic" +mic_modules="mic_host mic_x100_dma scif" start() { @@ -48,18 +49,15 @@ start() fi echo -e $"Starting MPSS Stack" - echo -e $"Loading MIC_X100_DMA & MIC_HOST Modules" + echo -e $"Loading MIC drivers:" $mic_modules - for f in "mic_host" "mic_x100_dma" - do - modprobe $f - RETVAL=$? - if [ $RETVAL -ne 0 ]; then - failure - echo - return $RETVAL - fi - done + modprobe -a $mic_modules + RETVAL=$? + if [ $RETVAL -ne 0 ]; then + failure + echo + return $RETVAL + fi # Start the daemon echo -n $"Starting MPSSD " @@ -170,8 +168,8 @@ unload() stop sleep 5 - echo -n $"Removing MIC_HOST & MIC_X100_DMA Modules: " - modprobe -r mic_host mic_x100_dma + echo -n $"Removing MIC drivers:" $mic_modules + modprobe -r $mic_modules RETVAL=$? [ $RETVAL -ne 0 ] && failure || success echo diff --git a/Documentation/mic/scif_overview.txt b/Documentation/mic/scif_overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0a280d986731 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/mic/scif_overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +The Symmetric Communication Interface (SCIF (pronounced as skiff)) is a low +level communications API across PCIe currently implemented for MIC. Currently +SCIF provides inter-node communication within a single host platform, where a +node is a MIC Coprocessor or Xeon based host. SCIF abstracts the details of +communicating over the PCIe bus while providing an API that is symmetric +across all the nodes in the PCIe network. An important design objective for SCIF +is to deliver the maximum possible performance given the communication +abilities of the hardware. SCIF has been used to implement an offload compiler +runtime and OFED support for MPI implementations for MIC coprocessors. + +==== SCIF API Components ==== +The SCIF API has the following parts: +1. Connection establishment using a client server model +2. Byte stream messaging intended for short messages +3. Node enumeration to determine online nodes +4. Poll semantics for detection of incoming connections and messages +5. Memory registration to pin down pages +6. Remote memory mapping for low latency CPU accesses via mmap +7. Remote DMA (RDMA) for high bandwidth DMA transfers +8. Fence APIs for RDMA synchronization + +SCIF exposes the notion of a connection which can be used by peer processes on +nodes in a SCIF PCIe "network" to share memory "windows" and to communicate. A +process in a SCIF node initiates a SCIF connection to a peer process on a +different node via a SCIF "endpoint". SCIF endpoints support messaging APIs +which are similar to connection oriented socket APIs. Connected SCIF endpoints +can also register local memory which is followed by data transfer using either +DMA, CPU copies or remote memory mapping via mmap. SCIF supports both user and +kernel mode clients which are functionally equivalent. + +==== SCIF Performance for MIC ==== +DMA bandwidth comparison between the TCP (over ethernet over PCIe) stack versus +SCIF shows the performance advantages of SCIF for HPC applications and runtimes. + + Comparison of TCP and SCIF based BW + + Throughput (GB/sec) + 8 + PCIe Bandwidth ****** + + TCP ###### + 7 + ************************************** SCIF %%%%%% + | %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + 6 + %%%% + | %% + | %%% + 5 + %% + | %% + 4 + %% + | %% + 3 + %% + | % + 2 + %% + | %% + | % + 1 + + + ###################################### + 0 +++---+++--+--+-+--+--+-++-+--+-++-+--+-++-+- + 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 + Transfer Size (KBytes) + +SCIF allows memory sharing via mmap(..) between processes on different PCIe +nodes and thus provides bare-metal PCIe latency. The round trip SCIF mmap +latency from the host to an x100 MIC for an 8 byte message is 0.44 usecs. + +SCIF has a user space library which is a thin IOCTL wrapper providing a user +space API similar to the kernel API in scif.h. The SCIF user space library +is distributed @ https://software.intel.com/en-us/mic-developer + +Here is some pseudo code for an example of how two applications on two PCIe +nodes would typically use the SCIF API: + +Process A (on node A) Process B (on node B) + +/* get online node information */ +scif_get_node_ids(..) scif_get_node_ids(..) +scif_open(..) scif_open(..) +scif_bind(..) scif_bind(..) +scif_listen(..) +scif_accept(..) scif_connect(..) +/* SCIF connection established */ + +/* Send and receive short messages */ +scif_send(..)/scif_recv(..) scif_send(..)/scif_recv(..) + +/* Register memory */ +scif_register(..) scif_register(..) + +/* RDMA */ +scif_readfrom(..)/scif_writeto(..) scif_readfrom(..)/scif_writeto(..) + +/* Fence DMAs */ +scif_fence_signal(..) scif_fence_signal(..) + +mmap(..) mmap(..) + +/* Access remote registered memory */ + +/* Close the endpoints */ +scif_close(..) scif_close(..) diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt b/Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt index 02c13ef5e908..89b88dee4143 100644 --- a/Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt +++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Spear PCIe Gadget Driver: Author ============= -Pratyush Anand (pratyush.anand@st.com) +Pratyush Anand (pratyush.anand@gmail.com) Location ============ diff --git a/Documentation/module-signing.txt b/Documentation/module-signing.txt index 09c2382ad055..c72702ec1ded 100644 --- a/Documentation/module-signing.txt +++ b/Documentation/module-signing.txt @@ -119,9 +119,9 @@ Most notably, in the x509.genkey file, the req_distinguished_name section should be altered from the default: [ req_distinguished_name ] - O = Magrathea - CN = Glacier signing key - emailAddress = slartibartfast@magrathea.h2g2 + #O = Unspecified company + CN = Build time autogenerated kernel key + #emailAddress = unspecified.user@unspecified.company The generated RSA key size can also be set with: diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt index 83bf4986baea..334b49ef02d1 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt @@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ Table of Contents 3.4 Configuring Bonding Manually via Sysfs 3.5 Configuration with Interfaces Support 3.6 Overriding Configuration for Special Cases +3.7 Configuring LACP for 802.3ad mode in a more secure way 4. Querying Bonding Configuration 4.1 Bonding Configuration @@ -178,6 +179,27 @@ active_slave active slave, or the empty string if there is no active slave or the current mode does not use an active slave. +ad_actor_sys_prio + + In an AD system, this specifies the system priority. The allowed range + is 1 - 65535. If the value is not specified, it takes 65535 as the + default value. + + This parameter has effect only in 802.3ad mode and is available through + SysFs interface. + +ad_actor_system + + In an AD system, this specifies the mac-address for the actor in + protocol packet exchanges (LACPDUs). The value cannot be NULL or + multicast. It is preferred to have the local-admin bit set for this + mac but driver does not enforce it. If the value is not given then + system defaults to using the masters' mac address as actors' system + address. + + This parameter has effect only in 802.3ad mode and is available through + SysFs interface. + ad_select Specifies the 802.3ad aggregation selection logic to use. The @@ -220,6 +242,21 @@ ad_select This option was added in bonding version 3.4.0. +ad_user_port_key + + In an AD system, the port-key has three parts as shown below - + + Bits Use + 00 Duplex + 01-05 Speed + 06-15 User-defined + + This defines the upper 10 bits of the port key. The values can be + from 0 - 1023. If not given, the system defaults to 0. + + This parameter has effect only in 802.3ad mode and is available through + SysFs interface. + all_slaves_active Specifies that duplicate frames (received on inactive ports) should be @@ -1622,6 +1659,53 @@ output port selection. This feature first appeared in bonding driver version 3.7.0 and support for output slave selection was limited to round-robin and active-backup modes. +3.7 Configuring LACP for 802.3ad mode in a more secure way +---------------------------------------------------------- + +When using 802.3ad bonding mode, the Actor (host) and Partner (switch) +exchange LACPDUs. These LACPDUs cannot be sniffed, because they are +destined to link local mac addresses (which switches/bridges are not +supposed to forward). However, most of the values are easily predictable +or are simply the machine's MAC address (which is trivially known to all +other hosts in the same L2). This implies that other machines in the L2 +domain can spoof LACPDU packets from other hosts to the switch and potentially +cause mayhem by joining (from the point of view of the switch) another +machine's aggregate, thus receiving a portion of that hosts incoming +traffic and / or spoofing traffic from that machine themselves (potentially +even successfully terminating some portion of flows). Though this is not +a likely scenario, one could avoid this possibility by simply configuring +few bonding parameters: + + (a) ad_actor_system : You can set a random mac-address that can be used for + these LACPDU exchanges. The value can not be either NULL or Multicast. + Also it's preferable to set the local-admin bit. Following shell code + generates a random mac-address as described above. + + # sys_mac_addr=$(printf '%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x' \ + $(( (RANDOM & 0xFE) | 0x02 )) \ + $(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \ + $(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \ + $(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \ + $(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \ + $(( RANDOM & 0xFF ))) + # echo $sys_mac_addr > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_system + + (b) ad_actor_sys_prio : Randomize the system priority. The default value + is 65535, but system can take the value from 1 - 65535. Following shell + code generates random priority and sets it. + + # sys_prio=$(( 1 + RANDOM + RANDOM )) + # echo $sys_prio > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_sys_prio + + (c) ad_user_port_key : Use the user portion of the port-key. The default + keeps this empty. These are the upper 10 bits of the port-key and value + ranges from 0 - 1023. Following shell code generates these 10 bits and + sets it. + + # usr_port_key=$(( RANDOM & 0x3FF )) + # echo $usr_port_key > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_user_port_key + + 4 Querying Bonding Configuration ================================= diff --git a/Documentation/networking/can.txt b/Documentation/networking/can.txt index 0a2859a8ee7e..b48d4a149411 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/can.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/can.txt @@ -22,7 +22,8 @@ This file contains 4.1.3 RAW socket option CAN_RAW_LOOPBACK 4.1.4 RAW socket option CAN_RAW_RECV_OWN_MSGS 4.1.5 RAW socket option CAN_RAW_FD_FRAMES - 4.1.6 RAW socket returned message flags + 4.1.6 RAW socket option CAN_RAW_JOIN_FILTERS + 4.1.7 RAW socket returned message flags 4.2 Broadcast Manager protocol sockets (SOCK_DGRAM) 4.2.1 Broadcast Manager operations 4.2.2 Broadcast Manager message flags @@ -267,6 +268,9 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: struct can_frame { canid_t can_id; /* 32 bit CAN_ID + EFF/RTR/ERR flags */ __u8 can_dlc; /* frame payload length in byte (0 .. 8) */ + __u8 __pad; /* padding */ + __u8 __res0; /* reserved / padding */ + __u8 __res1; /* reserved / padding */ __u8 data[8] __attribute__((aligned(8))); }; @@ -601,7 +605,22 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: CAN FD frames by checking if the device maximum transfer unit is CANFD_MTU. The CAN device MTU can be retrieved e.g. with a SIOCGIFMTU ioctl() syscall. - 4.1.6 RAW socket returned message flags + 4.1.6 RAW socket option CAN_RAW_JOIN_FILTERS + + The CAN_RAW socket can set multiple CAN identifier specific filters that + lead to multiple filters in the af_can.c filter processing. These filters + are indenpendent from each other which leads to logical OR'ed filters when + applied (see 4.1.1). + + This socket option joines the given CAN filters in the way that only CAN + frames are passed to user space that matched *all* given CAN filters. The + semantic for the applied filters is therefore changed to a logical AND. + + This is useful especially when the filterset is a combination of filters + where the CAN_INV_FILTER flag is set in order to notch single CAN IDs or + CAN ID ranges from the incoming traffic. + + 4.1.7 RAW socket returned message flags When using recvmsg() call, the msg->msg_flags may contain following flags: diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dctcp.txt b/Documentation/networking/dctcp.txt index 0d5dfbc89ec9..13a857753208 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dctcp.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/dctcp.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ the data center network to provide multi-bit feedback to the end hosts. To enable it on end hosts: sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_congestion_control=dctcp + sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_ecn_fallback=0 (optional) All switches in the data center network running DCTCP must support ECN marking and be configured for marking when reaching defined switch buffer diff --git a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt index 9930ecfbb465..135581f015e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt @@ -280,7 +280,8 @@ Possible BPF extensions are shown in the following table: rxhash skb->hash cpu raw_smp_processor_id() vlan_tci skb_vlan_tag_get(skb) - vlan_pr skb_vlan_tag_present(skb) + vlan_avail skb_vlan_tag_present(skb) + vlan_tpid skb->vlan_proto rand prandom_u32() These extensions can also be prefixed with '#'. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt b/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt index d52af53efdc5..1f98f62b4370 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ version. Alternative binary firmware images can be found somewhere on the ForeThought CD-ROM supplied with your adapter by FORE Systems. You can also get the latest firmware images from FORE Systems at -http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FORE_Systems. Register TACTics Online and go to +https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FORE_Systems. Register TACTics Online and go to the 'software updates' pages. The firmware binaries are part of the various ForeThought software distributions. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt b/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt index 22bbc7225f8e..1700756af057 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ int sd = socket(PF_IEEE802154, SOCK_DGRAM, 0); The address family, socket addresses etc. are defined in the include/net/af_ieee802154.h header or in the special header -in our userspace package (see either linux-zigbee sourceforge download page -or git tree at git://linux-zigbee.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/linux-zigbee). +in the userspace package (see either http://wpan.cakelab.org/ or the +git tree at https://github.com/linux-wpan/wpan-tools). One can use SOCK_RAW for passing raw data towards device xmit function. YMMV. @@ -49,15 +49,6 @@ Like with WiFi, there are several types of devices implementing IEEE 802.15.4. Those types of devices require different approach to be hooked into Linux kernel. -MLME - MAC Level Management -============================ - -Most of IEEE 802.15.4 MLME interfaces are directly mapped on netlink commands. -See the include/net/nl802154.h header. Our userspace tools package -(see above) provides CLI configuration utility for radio interfaces and simple -coordinator for IEEE 802.15.4 networks as an example users of MLME protocol. - - HardMAC ======= @@ -75,8 +66,6 @@ net_device with a pointer to struct ieee802154_mlme_ops instance. The fields assoc_req, assoc_resp, disassoc_req, start_req, and scan_req are optional. All other fields are required. -We provide an example of simple HardMAC driver at drivers/ieee802154/fakehard.c - SoftMAC ======= @@ -89,7 +78,8 @@ stack interface for network sniffers (e.g. WireShark). This layer is going to be extended soon. -See header include/net/mac802154.h and several drivers in drivers/ieee802154/. +See header include/net/mac802154.h and several drivers in +drivers/net/ieee802154/. Device drivers API @@ -114,18 +104,17 @@ Moreover IEEE 802.15.4 device operations structure should be filled. Fake drivers ============ -In addition there are two drivers available which simulate real devices with -HardMAC (fakehard) and SoftMAC (fakelb - IEEE 802.15.4 loopback driver) -interfaces. This option provides possibility to test and debug stack without -usage of real hardware. +In addition there is a driver available which simulates a real device with +SoftMAC (fakelb - IEEE 802.15.4 loopback driver) interface. This option +provides possibility to test and debug stack without usage of real hardware. -See sources in drivers/ieee802154 folder for more details. +See sources in drivers/net/ieee802154 folder for more details. 6LoWPAN Linux implementation ============================ -The IEEE 802.15.4 standard specifies an MTU of 128 bytes, yielding about 80 +The IEEE 802.15.4 standard specifies an MTU of 127 bytes, yielding about 80 octets of actual MAC payload once security is turned on, on a wireless link with a link throughput of 250 kbps or less. The 6LoWPAN adaptation format [RFC4944] was specified to carry IPv6 datagrams over such constrained links, @@ -140,7 +129,8 @@ In Semptember 2011 the standard update was published - [RFC6282]. It deprecates HC1 and HC2 compression and defines IPHC encoding format which is used in this Linux implementation. -All the code related to 6lowpan you may find in files: net/ieee802154/6lowpan.* +All the code related to 6lowpan you may find in files: net/6lowpan/* +and net/ieee802154/6lowpan/* To setup 6lowpan interface you need (busybox release > 1.17.0): 1. Add IEEE802.15.4 interface and initialize PANid; diff --git a/Documentation/networking/igb.txt b/Documentation/networking/igb.txt index 43d3549366a0..15534fdd09a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/igb.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/igb.txt @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ Additional Configurations Jumbo Frames ------------ Jumbo Frames support is enabled by changing the MTU to a value larger than - the default of 1500. Use the ifconfig command to increase the MTU size. + the default of 1500. Use the ip command to increase the MTU size. For example: - ifconfig eth<x> mtu 9000 up + ip link set dev eth<x> mtu 9000 This setting is not saved across reboots. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt index 1b8c964b0d17..5fae7704daab 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt @@ -267,6 +267,15 @@ tcp_ecn - INTEGER but do not request ECN on outgoing connections. Default: 2 +tcp_ecn_fallback - BOOLEAN + If the kernel detects that ECN connection misbehaves, enable fall + back to non-ECN. Currently, this knob implements the fallback + from RFC3168, section 6.1.1.1., but we reserve that in future, + additional detection mechanisms could be implemented under this + knob. The value is not used, if tcp_ecn or per route (or congestion + control) ECN settings are disabled. + Default: 1 (fallback enabled) + tcp_fack - BOOLEAN Enable FACK congestion avoidance and fast retransmission. The value is not used, if tcp_sack is not enabled. @@ -388,6 +397,16 @@ tcp_mtu_probing - INTEGER 1 - Disabled by default, enabled when an ICMP black hole detected 2 - Always enabled, use initial MSS of tcp_base_mss. +tcp_probe_interval - INTEGER + Controls how often to start TCP Packetization-Layer Path MTU + Discovery reprobe. The default is reprobing every 10 minutes as + per RFC4821. + +tcp_probe_threshold - INTEGER + Controls when TCP Packetization-Layer Path MTU Discovery probing + will stop in respect to the width of search range in bytes. Default + is 8 bytes. + tcp_no_metrics_save - BOOLEAN By default, TCP saves various connection metrics in the route cache when the connection closes, so that connections established in the @@ -732,8 +751,10 @@ IP Variables: ip_local_port_range - 2 INTEGERS Defines the local port range that is used by TCP and UDP to choose the local port. The first number is the first, the - second the last local port number. The default values are - 32768 and 61000 respectively. + second the last local port number. + If possible, it is better these numbers have different parity. + (one even and one odd values) + The default values are 32768 and 60999 respectively. ip_local_reserved_ports - list of comma separated ranges Specify the ports which are reserved for known third-party @@ -756,7 +777,7 @@ ip_local_reserved_ports - list of comma separated ranges ip_local_port_range, e.g.: $ cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range - 32000 61000 + 32000 60999 $ cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_reserved_ports 8080,9148 @@ -1116,11 +1137,23 @@ arp_accept - BOOLEAN gratuitous arp frame, the arp table will be updated regardless if this setting is on or off. +mcast_solicit - INTEGER + The maximum number of multicast probes in INCOMPLETE state, + when the associated hardware address is unknown. Defaults + to 3. + +ucast_solicit - INTEGER + The maximum number of unicast probes in PROBE state, when + the hardware address is being reconfirmed. Defaults to 3. app_solicit - INTEGER The maximum number of probes to send to the user space ARP daemon via netlink before dropping back to multicast probes (see - mcast_solicit). Defaults to 0. + mcast_resolicit). Defaults to 0. + +mcast_resolicit - INTEGER + The maximum number of multicast probes after unicast and + app probes in PROBE state. Defaults to 0. disable_policy - BOOLEAN Disable IPSEC policy (SPD) for this interface @@ -1191,6 +1224,14 @@ auto_flowlabels - BOOLEAN FALSE: disabled Default: false +flowlabel_state_ranges - BOOLEAN + Split the flow label number space into two ranges. 0-0x7FFFF is + reserved for the IPv6 flow manager facility, 0x80000-0xFFFFF + is reserved for stateless flow labels as described in RFC6437. + TRUE: enabled + FALSE: disabled + Default: true + anycast_src_echo_reply - BOOLEAN Controls the use of anycast addresses as source addresses for ICMPv6 echo reply @@ -1198,6 +1239,17 @@ anycast_src_echo_reply - BOOLEAN FALSE: disabled Default: FALSE +idgen_delay - INTEGER + Controls the delay in seconds after which time to retry + privacy stable address generation if a DAD conflict is + detected. + Default: 1 (as specified in RFC7217) + +idgen_retries - INTEGER + Controls the number of retries to generate a stable privacy + address if a DAD conflict is detected. + Default: 3 (as specified in RFC7217) + mld_qrv - INTEGER Controls the MLD query robustness variable (see RFC3810 9.1). Default: 2 (as specified by RFC3810 9.1) @@ -1518,6 +1570,20 @@ use_optimistic - BOOLEAN 0: disabled (default) 1: enabled +stable_secret - IPv6 address + This IPv6 address will be used as a secret to generate IPv6 + addresses for link-local addresses and autoconfigured + ones. All addresses generated after setting this secret will + be stable privacy ones by default. This can be changed via the + addrgenmode ip-link. conf/default/stable_secret is used as the + secret for the namespace, the interface specific ones can + overwrite that. Writes to conf/all/stable_secret are refused. + + It is recommended to generate this secret during installation + of a system and keep it stable after that. + + By default the stable secret is unset. + icmp/*: ratelimit - INTEGER Limit the maximal rates for sending ICMPv6 packets. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt index 7a3c04729591..3ba709531adb 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt @@ -22,6 +22,27 @@ backup_only - BOOLEAN If set, disable the director function while the server is in backup mode to avoid packet loops for DR/TUN methods. +conn_reuse_mode - INTEGER + 1 - default + + Controls how ipvs will deal with connections that are detected + port reuse. It is a bitmap, with the values being: + + 0: disable any special handling on port reuse. The new + connection will be delivered to the same real server that was + servicing the previous connection. This will effectively + disable expire_nodest_conn. + + bit 1: enable rescheduling of new connections when it is safe. + That is, whenever expire_nodest_conn and for TCP sockets, when + the connection is in TIME_WAIT state (which is only possible if + you use NAT mode). + + bit 2: it is bit 1 plus, for TCP connections, when connections + are in FIN_WAIT state, as this is the last state seen by load + balancer in Direct Routing mode. This bit helps on adding new + real servers to a very busy cluster. + conntrack - BOOLEAN 0 - disabled (default) not 0 - enabled diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt b/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt index 1e0c045e89f7..9b4a10a1cf50 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Channel Bonding documentation can be found in the Linux kernel source: The driver information previously displayed in the /proc filesystem is not supported in this release. Alternatively, you can use ethtool (version 1.6 -or later), lspci, and ifconfig to obtain the same information. +or later), lspci, and iproute2 to obtain the same information. Instructions on updating ethtool can be found in the section "Additional Configurations" later in this document. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ select m for "Intel(R) PRO/10GbE support" located at: 3. Assign an IP address to the interface by entering the following, where x is the interface number: - ifconfig ethx <IP_address> + ip addr add ethx <IP_address> 4. Verify that the interface works. Enter the following, where <IP_address> is the IP address for another machine on the same subnet as the interface @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ NOTE: These changes are only suggestions, and serve as a starting point for tuning your network performance. The changes are made in three major ways, listed in order of greatest effect: -- Use ifconfig to modify the mtu (maximum transmission unit) and the txqueuelen +- Use ip link to modify the mtu (maximum transmission unit) and the txqueuelen parameter. - Use sysctl to modify /proc parameters (essentially kernel tuning) - Use setpci to modify the MMRBC field in PCI-X configuration space to increase @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ setpci -d 8086:1a48 e6.b=2e # to change as well. # set the txqueuelen # your ixgb adapter should be loaded as eth1 for this to work, change if needed -ifconfig eth1 mtu 9000 txqueuelen 1000 up +ip li set dev eth1 mtu 9000 txqueuelen 1000 up # call the sysctl utility to modify /proc/sys entries sysctl -p ./sysctl_ixgb.conf - END ixgb_perf.sh @@ -297,10 +297,10 @@ Additional Configurations ------------ The driver supports Jumbo Frames for all adapters. Jumbo Frames support is enabled by changing the MTU to a value larger than the default of 1500. - The maximum value for the MTU is 16114. Use the ifconfig command to + The maximum value for the MTU is 16114. Use the ip command to increase the MTU size. For example: - ifconfig ethx mtu 9000 up + ip li set dev ethx mtu 9000 The maximum MTU setting for Jumbo Frames is 16114. This value coincides with the maximum Jumbo Frames size of 16128. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ixgbe.txt b/Documentation/networking/ixgbe.txt index 0ace6e776ac8..6f0cb57b59c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ixgbe.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ixgbe.txt @@ -70,10 +70,10 @@ Avago 1000BASE-T SFP ABCU-5710RZ 82599-based adapters support all passive and active limiting direct attach cables that comply with SFF-8431 v4.1 and SFF-8472 v10.4 specifications. -Laser turns off for SFP+ when ifconfig down +Laser turns off for SFP+ when device is down ------------------------------------------- -"ifconfig down" turns off the laser for 82599-based SFP+ fiber adapters. -"ifconfig up" turns on the laser. +"ip link set down" turns off the laser for 82599-based SFP+ fiber adapters. +"ip link set up" turns on the laser. 82598-BASED ADAPTERS @@ -213,13 +213,13 @@ Additional Configurations ------------ The driver supports Jumbo Frames for all adapters. Jumbo Frames support is enabled by changing the MTU to a value larger than the default of 1500. - The maximum value for the MTU is 16110. Use the ifconfig command to + The maximum value for the MTU is 16110. Use the ip command to increase the MTU size. For example: - ifconfig ethx mtu 9000 up + ip link set dev ethx mtu 9000 - The maximum MTU setting for Jumbo Frames is 16110. This value coincides - with the maximum Jumbo Frames size of 16128. + The maximum MTU setting for Jumbo Frames is 9710. This value coincides + with the maximum Jumbo Frames size of 9728. Generic Receive Offload, aka GRO -------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/networking/mpls-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/mpls-sysctl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9ed15f86c17c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/mpls-sysctl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +/proc/sys/net/mpls/* Variables: + +platform_labels - INTEGER + Number of entries in the platform label table. It is not + possible to configure forwarding for label values equal to or + greater than the number of platform labels. + + A dense utliziation of the entries in the platform label table + is possible and expected aas the platform labels are locally + allocated. + + If the number of platform label table entries is set to 0 no + label will be recognized by the kernel and mpls forwarding + will be disabled. + + Reducing this value will remove all label routing entries that + no longer fit in the table. + + Possible values: 0 - 1048575 + Default: 0 + +conf/<interface>/input - BOOL + Control whether packets can be input on this interface. + + If disabled, packets will be discarded without further + processing. + + 0 - disabled (default) + not 0 - enabled diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt index a5d574a9ae09..30409a36e95d 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ started by Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>, 2001.09.17 2.6 port and netpoll api by Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>, Sep 9 2003 IPv6 support by Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>, Jan 1 2013 +Extended console support by Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>, May 1 2015 Please send bug reports to Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> Satyam Sharma <satyam.sharma@gmail.com>, and Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> @@ -24,9 +25,10 @@ Sender and receiver configuration: It takes a string configuration parameter "netconsole" in the following format: - netconsole=[src-port]@[src-ip]/[<dev>],[tgt-port]@<tgt-ip>/[tgt-macaddr] + netconsole=[+][src-port]@[src-ip]/[<dev>],[tgt-port]@<tgt-ip>/[tgt-macaddr] where + + if present, enable extended console support src-port source for UDP packets (defaults to 6665) src-ip source IP to use (interface address) dev network interface (eth0) @@ -107,6 +109,7 @@ To remove a target: The interface exposes these parameters of a netconsole target to userspace: enabled Is this target currently enabled? (read-write) + extended Extended mode enabled (read-write) dev_name Local network interface name (read-write) local_port Source UDP port to use (read-write) remote_port Remote agent's UDP port (read-write) @@ -132,6 +135,36 @@ You can also update the local interface dynamically. This is especially useful if you want to use interfaces that have newly come up (and may not have existed when netconsole was loaded / initialized). +Extended console: +================= + +If '+' is prefixed to the configuration line or "extended" config file +is set to 1, extended console support is enabled. An example boot +param follows. + + linux netconsole=+4444@10.0.0.1/eth1,9353@10.0.0.2/12:34:56:78:9a:bc + +Log messages are transmitted with extended metadata header in the +following format which is the same as /dev/kmsg. + + <level>,<sequnum>,<timestamp>,<contflag>;<message text> + +Non printable characters in <message text> are escaped using "\xff" +notation. If the message contains optional dictionary, verbatim +newline is used as the delimeter. + +If a message doesn't fit in certain number of bytes (currently 1000), +the message is split into multiple fragments by netconsole. These +fragments are transmitted with "ncfrag" header field added. + + ncfrag=<byte-offset>/<total-bytes> + +For example, assuming a lot smaller chunk size, a message "the first +chunk, the 2nd chunk." may be split as follows. + + 6,416,1758426,-,ncfrag=0/31;the first chunk, + 6,416,1758426,-,ncfrag=16/31; the 2nd chunk. + Miscellaneous notes: ==================== diff --git a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt index a6d7cb91069e..daa015af16a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt @@ -440,9 +440,10 @@ and the following flags apply: +++ Capture process: from include/linux/if_packet.h - #define TP_STATUS_COPY 2 - #define TP_STATUS_LOSING 4 - #define TP_STATUS_CSUMNOTREADY 8 + #define TP_STATUS_COPY (1 << 1) + #define TP_STATUS_LOSING (1 << 2) + #define TP_STATUS_CSUMNOTREADY (1 << 3) + #define TP_STATUS_CSUM_VALID (1 << 7) TP_STATUS_COPY : This flag indicates that the frame (and associated meta information) has been truncated because it's @@ -466,6 +467,12 @@ TP_STATUS_CSUMNOTREADY: currently it's used for outgoing IP packets which reading the packet we should not try to check the checksum. +TP_STATUS_CSUM_VALID : This flag indicates that at least the transport + header checksum of the packet has been already + validated on the kernel side. If the flag is not set + then we are free to check the checksum by ourselves + provided that TP_STATUS_CSUMNOTREADY is also not set. + for convenience there are also the following defines: #define TP_STATUS_KERNEL 0 diff --git a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt index 6915c6b27869..f4be85e96005 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt @@ -1,15 +1,13 @@ - HOWTO for the linux packet generator + HOWTO for the linux packet generator ------------------------------------ -Date: 041221 - -Enable CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN to compile and build pktgen.o either in kernel -or as module. Module is preferred. insmod pktgen if needed. Once running -pktgen creates a thread on each CPU where each thread has affinity to its CPU. -Monitoring and controlling is done via /proc. Easiest to select a suitable -a sample script and configure. +Enable CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN to compile and build pktgen either in-kernel +or as a module. A module is preferred; modprobe pktgen if needed. Once +running, pktgen creates a thread for each CPU with affinity to that CPU. +Monitoring and controlling is done via /proc. It is easiest to select a +suitable sample script and configure that. On a dual CPU: @@ -27,7 +25,7 @@ For monitoring and control pktgen creates: Tuning NIC for max performance ============================== -The default NIC setting are (likely) not tuned for pktgen's artificial +The default NIC settings are (likely) not tuned for pktgen's artificial overload type of benchmarking, as this could hurt the normal use-case. Specifically increasing the TX ring buffer in the NIC: @@ -35,65 +33,86 @@ Specifically increasing the TX ring buffer in the NIC: A larger TX ring can improve pktgen's performance, while it can hurt in the general case, 1) because the TX ring buffer might get larger -than the CPUs L1/L2 cache, 2) because it allow more queueing in the +than the CPU's L1/L2 cache, 2) because it allows more queueing in the NIC HW layer (which is bad for bufferbloat). -One should be careful to conclude, that packets/descriptors in the HW +One should hesitate to conclude that packets/descriptors in the HW TX ring cause delay. Drivers usually delay cleaning up the -ring-buffers (for various performance reasons), thus packets stalling -the TX ring, might just be waiting for cleanup. +ring-buffers for various performance reasons, and packets stalling +the TX ring might just be waiting for cleanup. -This cleanup issues is specifically the case, for the driver ixgbe -(Intel 82599 chip). This driver (ixgbe) combine TX+RX ring cleanups, +This cleanup issue is specifically the case for the driver ixgbe +(Intel 82599 chip). This driver (ixgbe) combines TX+RX ring cleanups, and the cleanup interval is affected by the ethtool --coalesce setting of parameter "rx-usecs". -For ixgbe use e.g "30" resulting in approx 33K interrupts/sec (1/30*10^6): +For ixgbe use e.g. "30" resulting in approx 33K interrupts/sec (1/30*10^6): # ethtool -C ethX rx-usecs 30 -Viewing threads -=============== -/proc/net/pktgen/kpktgend_0 -Name: kpktgend_0 max_before_softirq: 10000 -Running: -Stopped: eth1 -Result: OK: max_before_softirq=10000 +Kernel threads +============== +Pktgen creates a thread for each CPU with affinity to that CPU. +Which is controlled through procfile /proc/net/pktgen/kpktgend_X. + +Example: /proc/net/pktgen/kpktgend_0 + + Running: + Stopped: eth4@0 + Result: OK: add_device=eth4@0 + +Most important are the devices assigned to the thread. + +The two basic thread commands are: + * add_device DEVICE@NAME -- adds a single device + * rem_device_all -- remove all associated devices + +When adding a device to a thread, a corrosponding procfile is created +which is used for configuring this device. Thus, device names need to +be unique. -Most important the devices assigned to thread. Note! A device can only belong -to one thread. +To support adding the same device to multiple threads, which is useful +with multi queue NICs, a the device naming scheme is extended with "@": + device@something +The part after "@" can be anything, but it is custom to use the thread +number. Viewing devices =============== -Parm section holds configured info. Current hold running stats. -Result is printed after run or after interruption. Example: +The Params section holds configured information. The Current section +holds running statistics. The Result is printed after a run or after +interruption. Example: -/proc/net/pktgen/eth1 +/proc/net/pktgen/eth4@0 -Params: count 10000000 min_pkt_size: 60 max_pkt_size: 60 - frags: 0 delay: 0 clone_skb: 1000000 ifname: eth1 + Params: count 100000 min_pkt_size: 60 max_pkt_size: 60 + frags: 0 delay: 0 clone_skb: 64 ifname: eth4@0 flows: 0 flowlen: 0 - dst_min: 10.10.11.2 dst_max: - src_min: src_max: - src_mac: 00:00:00:00:00:00 dst_mac: 00:04:23:AC:FD:82 - udp_src_min: 9 udp_src_max: 9 udp_dst_min: 9 udp_dst_max: 9 - src_mac_count: 0 dst_mac_count: 0 - Flags: -Current: - pkts-sofar: 10000000 errors: 39664 - started: 1103053986245187us stopped: 1103053999346329us idle: 880401us - seq_num: 10000011 cur_dst_mac_offset: 0 cur_src_mac_offset: 0 - cur_saddr: 0x10a0a0a cur_daddr: 0x20b0a0a - cur_udp_dst: 9 cur_udp_src: 9 + queue_map_min: 0 queue_map_max: 0 + dst_min: 192.168.81.2 dst_max: + src_min: src_max: + src_mac: 90:e2:ba:0a:56:b4 dst_mac: 00:1b:21:3c:9d:f8 + udp_src_min: 9 udp_src_max: 109 udp_dst_min: 9 udp_dst_max: 9 + src_mac_count: 0 dst_mac_count: 0 + Flags: UDPSRC_RND NO_TIMESTAMP QUEUE_MAP_CPU + Current: + pkts-sofar: 100000 errors: 0 + started: 623913381008us stopped: 623913396439us idle: 25us + seq_num: 100001 cur_dst_mac_offset: 0 cur_src_mac_offset: 0 + cur_saddr: 192.168.8.3 cur_daddr: 192.168.81.2 + cur_udp_dst: 9 cur_udp_src: 42 + cur_queue_map: 0 flows: 0 -Result: OK: 13101142(c12220741+d880401) usec, 10000000 (60byte,0frags) - 763292pps 390Mb/sec (390805504bps) errors: 39664 + Result: OK: 15430(c15405+d25) usec, 100000 (60byte,0frags) + 6480562pps 3110Mb/sec (3110669760bps) errors: 0 -Configuring threads and devices -================================ -This is done via the /proc interface easiest done via pgset in the scripts + +Configuring devices +=================== +This is done via the /proc interface, and most easily done via pgset +as defined in the sample scripts. Examples: @@ -126,7 +145,7 @@ Examples: To select queue 1 of a given device, use queue_map_min=1 and queue_map_max=1 - pgset "src_mac_count 1" Sets the number of MACs we'll range through. + pgset "src_mac_count 1" Sets the number of MACs we'll range through. The 'minimum' MAC is what you set with srcmac. pgset "dst_mac_count 1" Sets the number of MACs we'll range through. @@ -145,6 +164,7 @@ Examples: UDPCSUM, IPSEC # IPsec encapsulation (needs CONFIG_XFRM) NODE_ALLOC # node specific memory allocation + NO_TIMESTAMP # disable timestamping pgset spi SPI_VALUE Set specific SA used to transform packet. @@ -192,39 +212,63 @@ Examples: pgset "rate 300M" set rate to 300 Mb/s pgset "ratep 1000000" set rate to 1Mpps -Example scripts -=============== + pgset "xmit_mode netif_receive" RX inject into stack netif_receive_skb() + Works with "burst" but not with "clone_skb". + Default xmit_mode is "start_xmit". + +Sample scripts +============== + +A collection of tutorial scripts and helpers for pktgen is in the +samples/pktgen directory. The helper parameters.sh file support easy +and consistant parameter parsing across the sample scripts. + +Usage example and help: + ./pktgen_sample01_simple.sh -i eth4 -m 00:1B:21:3C:9D:F8 -d 192.168.8.2 + +Usage: ./pktgen_sample01_simple.sh [-vx] -i ethX + -i : ($DEV) output interface/device (required) + -s : ($PKT_SIZE) packet size + -d : ($DEST_IP) destination IP + -m : ($DST_MAC) destination MAC-addr + -t : ($THREADS) threads to start + -c : ($SKB_CLONE) SKB clones send before alloc new SKB + -b : ($BURST) HW level bursting of SKBs + -v : ($VERBOSE) verbose + -x : ($DEBUG) debug -A collection of small tutorial scripts for pktgen is in examples dir. +The global variables being set are also listed. E.g. the required +interface/device parameter "-i" sets variable $DEV. Copy the +pktgen_sampleXX scripts and modify them to fit your own needs. + +The old scripts: -pktgen.conf-1-1 # 1 CPU 1 dev pktgen.conf-1-2 # 1 CPU 2 dev -pktgen.conf-2-1 # 2 CPU's 1 dev -pktgen.conf-2-2 # 2 CPU's 2 dev pktgen.conf-1-1-rdos # 1 CPU 1 dev w. route DoS pktgen.conf-1-1-ip6 # 1 CPU 1 dev ipv6 pktgen.conf-1-1-ip6-rdos # 1 CPU 1 dev ipv6 w. route DoS pktgen.conf-1-1-flows # 1 CPU 1 dev multiple flows. -Run in shell: ./pktgen.conf-X-Y It does all the setup including sending. - Interrupt affinity =================== -Note when adding devices to a specific CPU there good idea to also assign -/proc/irq/XX/smp_affinity so the TX-interrupts gets bound to the same CPU. -as this reduces cache bouncing when freeing skb's. +Note that when adding devices to a specific CPU it is a good idea to +also assign /proc/irq/XX/smp_affinity so that the TX interrupts are bound +to the same CPU. This reduces cache bouncing when freeing skbs. + +Plus using the device flag QUEUE_MAP_CPU, which maps the SKBs TX queue +to the running threads CPU (directly from smp_processor_id()). Enable IPsec ============ -Default IPsec transformation with ESP encapsulation plus Transport mode -could be enabled by simply setting: +Default IPsec transformation with ESP encapsulation plus transport mode +can be enabled by simply setting: pgset "flag IPSEC" pgset "flows 1" To avoid breaking existing testbed scripts for using AH type and tunnel mode, -user could use "pgset spi SPI_VALUE" to specify which formal of transformation +you can use "pgset spi SPI_VALUE" to specify which transformation mode to employ. @@ -235,18 +279,19 @@ Current commands and configuration options start stop +reset ** Thread commands: add_device rem_device_all -max_before_softirq ** Device commands: count clone_skb +burst debug frags @@ -255,10 +300,17 @@ delay src_mac_count dst_mac_count -pkt_size +pkt_size min_pkt_size max_pkt_size +queue_map_min +queue_map_max +skb_priority + +tos (ipv4) +traffic_class (ipv6) + mpls udp_src_min @@ -267,6 +319,8 @@ udp_src_max udp_dst_min udp_dst_max +node + flag IPSRC_RND IPDST_RND @@ -285,6 +339,9 @@ flag UDPCSUM IPSEC NODE_ALLOC + NO_TIMESTAMP + +spi (ipsec) dst_min dst_max @@ -297,8 +354,10 @@ src_mac clear_counters -dst6 src6 +dst6 +dst6_max +dst6_min flows flowlen @@ -306,6 +365,17 @@ flowlen rate ratep +xmit_mode <start_xmit|netif_receive> + +vlan_cfi +vlan_id +vlan_p + +svlan_cfi +svlan_id +svlan_p + + References: ftp://robur.slu.se/pub/Linux/net-development/pktgen-testing/ ftp://robur.slu.se/pub/Linux/net-development/pktgen-testing/examples/ diff --git a/Documentation/networking/rds.txt b/Documentation/networking/rds.txt index c67077cbeb80..e1a3d59bbe0f 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/rds.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/rds.txt @@ -62,11 +62,10 @@ Socket Interface ================ AF_RDS, PF_RDS, SOL_RDS - These constants haven't been assigned yet, because RDS isn't in - mainline yet. Currently, the kernel module assigns some constant - and publishes it to user space through two sysctl files - /proc/sys/net/rds/pf_rds - /proc/sys/net/rds/sol_rds + AF_RDS and PF_RDS are the domain type to be used with socket(2) + to create RDS sockets. SOL_RDS is the socket-level to be used + with setsockopt(2) and getsockopt(2) for RDS specific socket + options. fd = socket(PF_RDS, SOCK_SEQPACKET, 0); This creates a new, unbound RDS socket. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt b/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt index d2a9f43b5546..0362a42f7cf4 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ The corresponding adapter's LED will blink multiple times. 3. Features supported: a. Jumbo frames. Xframe I/II supports MTU up to 9600 bytes, -modifiable using ifconfig command. +modifiable using ip command. b. Offloads. Supports checksum offload(TCP/UDP/IP) on transmit and receive, TSO. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/scaling.txt b/Documentation/networking/scaling.txt index 99ca40e8e810..59f4db2a0c85 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/scaling.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/scaling.txt @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ following is true: - The current CPU's queue head counter >= the recorded tail counter value in rps_dev_flow[i] -- The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU) +- The current CPU is unset (>= nr_cpu_ids) - The current CPU is offline After this check, the packet is sent to the (possibly updated) current @@ -421,6 +421,15 @@ best CPUs to share a given queue are probably those that share the cache with the CPU that processes transmit completions for that queue (transmit interrupts). +Per TX Queue rate limitation: +============================= + +These are rate-limitation mechanisms implemented by HW, where currently +a max-rate attribute is supported, by setting a Mbps value to + +/sys/class/net/<dev>/queues/tx-<n>/tx_maxrate + +A value of zero means disabled, and this is the default. Further Information =================== diff --git a/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt b/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt index f981a9295a39..c5d7ade10ff2 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt @@ -1,59 +1,360 @@ -Switch (and switch-ish) device drivers HOWTO -=========================== - -Please note that the word "switch" is here used in very generic meaning. -This include devices supporting L2/L3 but also various flow offloading chips, -including switches embedded into SR-IOV NICs. - -Lets describe a topology a bit. Imagine the following example: - - +----------------------------+ +---------------+ - | SOME switch chip | | CPU | - +----------------------------+ +---------------+ - port1 port2 port3 port4 MNGMNT | PCI-E | - | | | | | +---------------+ - PHY PHY | | | | NIC0 NIC1 - | | | | | | - | | +- PCI-E -+ | | - | +------- MII -------+ | - +------------- MII ------------+ - -In this example, there are two independent lines between the switch silicon -and CPU. NIC0 and NIC1 drivers are not aware of a switch presence. They are -separate from the switch driver. SOME switch chip is by managed by a driver -via PCI-E device MNGMNT. Note that MNGMNT device, NIC0 and NIC1 may be -connected to some other type of bus. - -Now, for the previous example show the representation in kernel: - - +----------------------------+ +---------------+ - | SOME switch chip | | CPU | - +----------------------------+ +---------------+ - sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 MNGMNT | PCI-E | - | | | | | +---------------+ - PHY PHY | | | | eth0 eth1 - | | | | | | - | | +- PCI-E -+ | | - | +------- MII -------+ | - +------------- MII ------------+ - -Lets call the example switch driver for SOME switch chip "SOMEswitch". This -driver takes care of PCI-E device MNGMNT. There is a netdevice instance sw0pX -created for each port of a switch. These netdevices are instances -of "SOMEswitch" driver. sw0pX netdevices serve as a "representation" -of the switch chip. eth0 and eth1 are instances of some other existing driver. - -The only difference of the switch-port netdevice from the ordinary netdevice -is that is implements couple more NDOs: - - ndo_switch_parent_id_get - This returns the same ID for two port netdevices - of the same physical switch chip. This is - mandatory to be implemented by all switch drivers - and serves the caller for recognition of a port - netdevice. - ndo_switch_parent_* - Functions that serve for a manipulation of the switch - chip itself (it can be though of as a "parent" of the - port, therefore the name). They are not port-specific. - Caller might use arbitrary port netdevice of the same - switch and it will make no difference. - ndo_switch_port_* - Functions that serve for a port-specific manipulation. +Ethernet switch device driver model (switchdev) +=============================================== +Copyright (c) 2014 Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> +Copyright (c) 2014-2015 Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> + + +The Ethernet switch device driver model (switchdev) is an in-kernel driver +model for switch devices which offload the forwarding (data) plane from the +kernel. + +Figure 1 is a block diagram showing the components of the switchdev model for +an example setup using a data-center-class switch ASIC chip. Other setups +with SR-IOV or soft switches, such as OVS, are possible. + + + User-space tools + + user space | + +-------------------------------------------------------------------+ + kernel | Netlink + | + +--------------+-------------------------------+ + | Network stack | + | (Linux) | + | | + +----------------------------------------------+ + + sw1p2 sw1p4 sw1p6 + sw1p1 + sw1p3 + sw1p5 + eth1 + + | + | + | + + | | | | | | | + +--+----+----+----+-+--+----+---+ +-----+-----+ + | Switch driver | | mgmt | + | (this document) | | driver | + | | | | + +--------------+----------------+ +-----------+ + | + kernel | HW bus (eg PCI) + +-------------------------------------------------------------------+ + hardware | + +--------------+---+------------+ + | Switch device (sw1) | + | +----+ +--------+ + | | v offloaded data path | mgmt port + | | | | + +--|----|----+----+----+----+---+ + | | | | | | + + + + + + + + p1 p2 p3 p4 p5 p6 + + front-panel ports + + + Fig 1. + + +Include Files +------------- + +#include <linux/netdevice.h> +#include <net/switchdev.h> + + +Configuration +------------- + +Use "depends NET_SWITCHDEV" in driver's Kconfig to ensure switchdev model +support is built for driver. + + +Switch Ports +------------ + +On switchdev driver initialization, the driver will allocate and register a +struct net_device (using register_netdev()) for each enumerated physical switch +port, called the port netdev. A port netdev is the software representation of +the physical port and provides a conduit for control traffic to/from the +controller (the kernel) and the network, as well as an anchor point for higher +level constructs such as bridges, bonds, VLANs, tunnels, and L3 routers. Using +standard netdev tools (iproute2, ethtool, etc), the port netdev can also +provide to the user access to the physical properties of the switch port such +as PHY link state and I/O statistics. + +There is (currently) no higher-level kernel object for the switch beyond the +port netdevs. All of the switchdev driver ops are netdev ops or switchdev ops. + +A switch management port is outside the scope of the switchdev driver model. +Typically, the management port is not participating in offloaded data plane and +is loaded with a different driver, such as a NIC driver, on the management port +device. + +Port Netdev Naming +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Udev rules should be used for port netdev naming, using some unique attribute +of the port as a key, for example the port MAC address or the port PHYS name. +Hard-coding of kernel netdev names within the driver is discouraged; let the +kernel pick the default netdev name, and let udev set the final name based on a +port attribute. + +Using port PHYS name (ndo_get_phys_port_name) for the key is particularly +useful for dynamically-named ports where the device names its ports based on +external configuration. For example, if a physical 40G port is split logically +into 4 10G ports, resulting in 4 port netdevs, the device can give a unique +name for each port using port PHYS name. The udev rule would be: + +SUBSYSTEM=="net", ACTION=="add", DRIVER="<driver>", ATTR{phys_port_name}!="", \ + NAME="$attr{phys_port_name}" + +Suggested naming convention is "swXpYsZ", where X is the switch name or ID, Y +is the port name or ID, and Z is the sub-port name or ID. For example, sw1p1s0 +would be sub-port 0 on port 1 on switch 1. + +Switch ID +^^^^^^^^^ + +The switchdev driver must implement the switchdev op switchdev_port_attr_get +for SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID for each port netdev, returning the same +physical ID for each port of a switch. The ID must be unique between switches +on the same system. The ID does not need to be unique between switches on +different systems. + +The switch ID is used to locate ports on a switch and to know if aggregated +ports belong to the same switch. + +Port Features +^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL + +If the switchdev driver (and device) only supports offloading of the default +network namespace (netns), the driver should set this feature flag to prevent +the port netdev from being moved out of the default netns. A netns-aware +driver/device would not set this flag and be responsible for partitioning +hardware to preserve netns containment. This means hardware cannot forward +traffic from a port in one namespace to another port in another namespace. + +Port Topology +^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The port netdevs representing the physical switch ports can be organized into +higher-level switching constructs. The default construct is a standalone +router port, used to offload L3 forwarding. Two or more ports can be bonded +together to form a LAG. Two or more ports (or LAGs) can be bridged to bridge +L2 networks. VLANs can be applied to sub-divide L2 networks. L2-over-L3 +tunnels can be built on ports. These constructs are built using standard Linux +tools such as the bridge driver, the bonding/team drivers, and netlink-based +tools such as iproute2. + +The switchdev driver can know a particular port's position in the topology by +monitoring NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER notifications. For example, a port moved into a +bond will see it's upper master change. If that bond is moved into a bridge, +the bond's upper master will change. And so on. The driver will track such +movements to know what position a port is in in the overall topology by +registering for netdevice events and acting on NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER. + +L2 Forwarding Offload +--------------------- + +The idea is to offload the L2 data forwarding (switching) path from the kernel +to the switchdev device by mirroring bridge FDB entries down to the device. An +FDB entry is the {port, MAC, VLAN} tuple forwarding destination. + +To offloading L2 bridging, the switchdev driver/device should support: + + - Static FDB entries installed on a bridge port + - Notification of learned/forgotten src mac/vlans from device + - STP state changes on the port + - VLAN flooding of multicast/broadcast and unknown unicast packets + +Static FDB Entries +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The switchdev driver should implement ndo_fdb_add, ndo_fdb_del and ndo_fdb_dump +to support static FDB entries installed to the device. Static bridge FDB +entries are installed, for example, using iproute2 bridge cmd: + + bridge fdb add ADDR dev DEV [vlan VID] [self] + +The driver should use the helper switchdev_port_fdb_xxx ops for ndo_fdb_xxx +ops, and handle add/delete/dump of SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB object using +switchdev_port_obj_xxx ops. + +XXX: what should be done if offloading this rule to hardware fails (for +example, due to full capacity in hardware tables) ? + +Note: by default, the bridge does not filter on VLAN and only bridges untagged +traffic. To enable VLAN support, turn on VLAN filtering: + + echo 1 >/sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering + +Notification of Learned/Forgotten Source MAC/VLANs +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The switch device will learn/forget source MAC address/VLAN on ingress packets +and notify the switch driver of the mac/vlan/port tuples. The switch driver, +in turn, will notify the bridge driver using the switchdev notifier call: + + err = call_switchdev_notifiers(val, dev, info); + +Where val is SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD when learning and SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL when +forgetting, and info points to a struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info. On +SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD, the bridge driver will install the FDB entry into the +bridge's FDB and mark the entry as NTF_EXT_LEARNED. The iproute2 bridge +command will label these entries "offload": + + $ bridge fdb + 52:54:00:12:35:01 dev sw1p1 master br0 permanent + 00:02:00:00:02:00 dev sw1p1 master br0 offload + 00:02:00:00:02:00 dev sw1p1 self + 52:54:00:12:35:02 dev sw1p2 master br0 permanent + 00:02:00:00:03:00 dev sw1p2 master br0 offload + 00:02:00:00:03:00 dev sw1p2 self + 33:33:00:00:00:01 dev eth0 self permanent + 01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev eth0 self permanent + 33:33:ff:00:00:00 dev eth0 self permanent + 01:80:c2:00:00:0e dev eth0 self permanent + 33:33:00:00:00:01 dev br0 self permanent + 01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev br0 self permanent + 33:33:ff:12:35:01 dev br0 self permanent + +Learning on the port should be disabled on the bridge using the bridge command: + + bridge link set dev DEV learning off + +Learning on the device port should be enabled, as well as learning_sync: + + bridge link set dev DEV learning on self + bridge link set dev DEV learning_sync on self + +Learning_sync attribute enables syncing of the learned/forgotton FDB entry to +the bridge's FDB. It's possible, but not optimal, to enable learning on the +device port and on the bridge port, and disable learning_sync. + +To support learning and learning_sync port attributes, the driver implements +switchdev op switchdev_port_attr_get/set for SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS. +The driver should initialize the attributes to the hardware defaults. + +FDB Ageing +^^^^^^^^^^ + +There are two FDB ageing models supported: 1) ageing by the device, and 2) +ageing by the kernel. Ageing by the device is preferred if many FDB entries +are supported. The driver calls call_switchdev_notifiers(SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL, +...) to age out the FDB entry. In this model, ageing by the kernel should be +turned off. XXX: how to turn off ageing in kernel on a per-port basis or +otherwise prevent the kernel from ageing out the FDB entry? + +In the kernel ageing model, the standard bridge ageing mechanism is used to age +out stale FDB entries. To keep an FDB entry "alive", the driver should refresh +the FDB entry by calling call_switchdev_notifiers(SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD, ...). The +notification will reset the FDB entry's last-used time to now. The driver +should rate limit refresh notifications, for example, no more than once a +second. If the FDB entry expires, fdb_delete is called to remove entry from +the device. + +STP State Change on Port +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Internally or with a third-party STP protocol implementation (e.g. mstpd), the +bridge driver maintains the STP state for ports, and will notify the switch +driver of STP state change on a port using the switchdev op +switchdev_attr_port_set for SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_STP_UPDATE. + +State is one of BR_STATE_*. The switch driver can use STP state updates to +update ingress packet filter list for the port. For example, if port is +DISABLED, no packets should pass, but if port moves to BLOCKED, then STP BPDUs +and other IEEE 01:80:c2:xx:xx:xx link-local multicast packets can pass. + +Note that STP BDPUs are untagged and STP state applies to all VLANs on the port +so packet filters should be applied consistently across untagged and tagged +VLANs on the port. + +Flooding L2 domain +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +For a given L2 VLAN domain, the switch device should flood multicast/broadcast +and unknown unicast packets to all ports in domain, if allowed by port's +current STP state. The switch driver, knowing which ports are within which +vlan L2 domain, can program the switch device for flooding. The packet should +also be sent to the port netdev for processing by the bridge driver. The +bridge should not reflood the packet to the same ports the device flooded. +XXX: the mechanism to avoid duplicate flood packets is being discuseed. + +It is possible for the switch device to not handle flooding and push the +packets up to the bridge driver for flooding. This is not ideal as the number +of ports scale in the L2 domain as the device is much more efficient at +flooding packets that software. + +IGMP Snooping +^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +XXX: complete this section + + +L3 Routing Offload +------------------ + +Offloading L3 routing requires that device be programmed with FIB entries from +the kernel, with the device doing the FIB lookup and forwarding. The device +does a longest prefix match (LPM) on FIB entries matching route prefix and +forwards the packet to the matching FIB entry's nexthop(s) egress ports. + +To program the device, the driver implements support for +SWITCHDEV_OBJ_IPV[4|6]_FIB object using switchdev_port_obj_xxx ops. +switchdev_port_obj_add is used for both adding a new FIB entry to the device, +or modifying an existing entry on the device. + +XXX: Currently, only SWITCHDEV_OBJ_IPV4_FIB objects are supported. + +SWITCHDEV_OBJ_IPV4_FIB object passes: + + struct switchdev_obj_ipv4_fib { /* IPV4_FIB */ + u32 dst; + int dst_len; + struct fib_info *fi; + u8 tos; + u8 type; + u32 nlflags; + u32 tb_id; + } ipv4_fib; + +to add/modify/delete IPv4 dst/dest_len prefix on table tb_id. The *fi +structure holds details on the route and route's nexthops. *dev is one of the +port netdevs mentioned in the routes next hop list. If the output port netdevs +referenced in the route's nexthop list don't all have the same switch ID, the +driver is not called to add/modify/delete the FIB entry. + +Routes offloaded to the device are labeled with "offload" in the ip route +listing: + + $ ip route show + default via 192.168.0.2 dev eth0 + 11.0.0.0/30 dev sw1p1 proto kernel scope link src 11.0.0.2 offload + 11.0.0.4/30 via 11.0.0.1 dev sw1p1 proto zebra metric 20 offload + 11.0.0.8/30 dev sw1p2 proto kernel scope link src 11.0.0.10 offload + 11.0.0.12/30 via 11.0.0.9 dev sw1p2 proto zebra metric 20 offload + 12.0.0.2 proto zebra metric 30 offload + nexthop via 11.0.0.1 dev sw1p1 weight 1 + nexthop via 11.0.0.9 dev sw1p2 weight 1 + 12.0.0.3 via 11.0.0.1 dev sw1p1 proto zebra metric 20 offload + 12.0.0.4 via 11.0.0.9 dev sw1p2 proto zebra metric 20 offload + 192.168.0.0/24 dev eth0 proto kernel scope link src 192.168.0.15 + +XXX: add/mod/del IPv6 FIB API + +Nexthop Resolution +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The FIB entry's nexthop list contains the nexthop tuple (gateway, dev), but for +the switch device to forward the packet with the correct dst mac address, the +nexthop gateways must be resolved to the neighbor's mac address. Neighbor mac +address discovery comes via the ARP (or ND) process and is available via the +arp_tbl neighbor table. To resolve the routes nexthop gateways, the driver +should trigger the kernel's neighbor resolution process. See the rocker +driver's rocker_port_ipv4_resolve() for an example. + +The driver can monitor for updates to arp_tbl using the netevent notifier +NETEVENT_NEIGH_UPDATE. The device can be programmed with resolved nexthops +for the routes as arp_tbl updates. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt b/Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt index 70d6cf608251..f37814693ad3 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt @@ -8,14 +8,8 @@ For example if your action queues a packet to be processed later, or intentionally branches by redirecting a packet, then you need to clone the packet. -There are certain fields in the skb tc_verd that need to be reset so we -avoid loops, etc. A few are generic enough that skb_act_clone() -resets them for you, so invoke skb_act_clone() rather than skb_clone(). - 2) If you munge any packet thou shalt call pskb_expand_head in the case someone else is referencing the skb. After that you "own" the skb. -You must also tell us if it is ok to munge the packet (TC_OK2MUNGE), -this way any action downstream can stomp on the packet. 3) Dropping packets you don't own is a no-no. You simply return TC_ACT_SHOT to the caller and they will drop it. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c index 8217510d3842..5df07047ca86 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c +++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ #include <asm/types.h> #include <error.h> #include <errno.h> +#include <inttypes.h> #include <linux/errqueue.h> #include <linux/if_ether.h> #include <linux/net_tstamp.h> @@ -49,7 +50,6 @@ #include <poll.h> #include <stdarg.h> #include <stdbool.h> -#include <stdint.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ static void __print_timestamp(const char *name, struct timespec *cur, prev_ms = (long) ts_prev.tv_sec * 1000 * 1000; prev_ms += ts_prev.tv_nsec / 1000; - fprintf(stderr, " (%+ld us)", cur_ms - prev_ms); + fprintf(stderr, " (%+" PRId64 " us)", cur_ms - prev_ms); } ts_prev = *cur; diff --git a/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt b/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt index d727a3829100..53a726855e49 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ files/UDP-Lite-HOWTO.txt o The Wireshark UDP-Lite WiKi (with capture files): - http://wiki.wireshark.org/Lightweight_User_Datagram_Protocol + https://wiki.wireshark.org/Lightweight_User_Datagram_Protocol o The Protocol Spec, RFC 3828, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3828.txt diff --git a/Documentation/networking/vxge.txt b/Documentation/networking/vxge.txt index bb76c667a476..abfec245f97c 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/vxge.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/vxge.txt @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ iii) PCI-SIG's I/O Virtualization iv) Jumbo frames X3100 Series supports MTU up to 9600 bytes, modifiable using - ifconfig command. + ip command. v) Offloads supported: (Enabled by default) Checksum offload (TCP/UDP/IP) on transmit and receive paths diff --git a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt index 0686c9e211c2..0dc078cab972 100644 --- a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt +++ b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ This must be done from a context that can sleep. PHY Management -------------- -The physical link (i2c, ...) management is defined by the following struture: +The physical link (i2c, ...) management is defined by the following structure: struct nfc_phy_ops { int (*write)(void *dev_id, struct sk_buff *skb); diff --git a/Documentation/ntb.txt b/Documentation/ntb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1d9bbabb6c79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ntb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +# NTB Drivers + +NTB (Non-Transparent Bridge) is a type of PCI-Express bridge chip that connects +the separate memory systems of two computers to the same PCI-Express fabric. +Existing NTB hardware supports a common feature set, including scratchpad +registers, doorbell registers, and memory translation windows. Scratchpad +registers are read-and-writable registers that are accessible from either side +of the device, so that peers can exchange a small amount of information at a +fixed address. Doorbell registers provide a way for peers to send interrupt +events. Memory windows allow translated read and write access to the peer +memory. + +## NTB Core Driver (ntb) + +The NTB core driver defines an api wrapping the common feature set, and allows +clients interested in NTB features to discover NTB the devices supported by +hardware drivers. The term "client" is used here to mean an upper layer +component making use of the NTB api. The term "driver," or "hardware driver," +is used here to mean a driver for a specific vendor and model of NTB hardware. + +## NTB Client Drivers + +NTB client drivers should register with the NTB core driver. After +registering, the client probe and remove functions will be called appropriately +as ntb hardware, or hardware drivers, are inserted and removed. The +registration uses the Linux Device framework, so it should feel familiar to +anyone who has written a pci driver. + +### NTB Transport Client (ntb\_transport) and NTB Netdev (ntb\_netdev) + +The primary client for NTB is the Transport client, used in tandem with NTB +Netdev. These drivers function together to create a logical link to the peer, +across the ntb, to exchange packets of network data. The Transport client +establishes a logical link to the peer, and creates queue pairs to exchange +messages and data. The NTB Netdev then creates an ethernet device using a +Transport queue pair. Network data is copied between socket buffers and the +Transport queue pair buffer. The Transport client may be used for other things +besides Netdev, however no other applications have yet been written. + +### NTB Ping Pong Test Client (ntb\_pingpong) + +The Ping Pong test client serves as a demonstration to exercise the doorbell +and scratchpad registers of NTB hardware, and as an example simple NTB client. +Ping Pong enables the link when started, waits for the NTB link to come up, and +then proceeds to read and write the doorbell scratchpad registers of the NTB. +The peers interrupt each other using a bit mask of doorbell bits, which is +shifted by one in each round, to test the behavior of multiple doorbell bits +and interrupt vectors. The Ping Pong driver also reads the first local +scratchpad, and writes the value plus one to the first peer scratchpad, each +round before writing the peer doorbell register. + +Module Parameters: + +* unsafe - Some hardware has known issues with scratchpad and doorbell + registers. By default, Ping Pong will not attempt to exercise such + hardware. You may override this behavior at your own risk by setting + unsafe=1. +* delay\_ms - Specify the delay between receiving a doorbell + interrupt event and setting the peer doorbell register for the next + round. +* init\_db - Specify the doorbell bits to start new series of rounds. A new + series begins once all the doorbell bits have been shifted out of + range. +* dyndbg - It is suggested to specify dyndbg=+p when loading this module, and + then to observe debugging output on the console. + +### NTB Tool Test Client (ntb\_tool) + +The Tool test client serves for debugging, primarily, ntb hardware and drivers. +The Tool provides access through debugfs for reading, setting, and clearing the +NTB doorbell, and reading and writing scratchpads. + +The Tool does not currently have any module parameters. + +Debugfs Files: + +* *debugfs*/ntb\_tool/*hw*/ - A directory in debugfs will be created for each + NTB device probed by the tool. This directory is shortened to *hw* + below. +* *hw*/db - This file is used to read, set, and clear the local doorbell. Not + all operations may be supported by all hardware. To read the doorbell, + read the file. To set the doorbell, write `s` followed by the bits to + set (eg: `echo 's 0x0101' > db`). To clear the doorbell, write `c` + followed by the bits to clear. +* *hw*/mask - This file is used to read, set, and clear the local doorbell mask. + See *db* for details. +* *hw*/peer\_db - This file is used to read, set, and clear the peer doorbell. + See *db* for details. +* *hw*/peer\_mask - This file is used to read, set, and clear the peer doorbell + mask. See *db* for details. +* *hw*/spad - This file is used to read and write local scratchpads. To read + the values of all scratchpads, read the file. To write values, write a + series of pairs of scratchpad number and value + (eg: `echo '4 0x123 7 0xabc' > spad` + # to set scratchpads `4` and `7` to `0x123` and `0xabc`, respectively). +* *hw*/peer\_spad - This file is used to read and write peer scratchpads. See + *spad* for details. + +## NTB Hardware Drivers + +NTB hardware drivers should register devices with the NTB core driver. After +registering, clients probe and remove functions will be called. + +### NTB Intel Hardware Driver (ntb\_hw\_intel) + +The Intel hardware driver supports NTB on Xeon and Atom CPUs. + +Module Parameters: + +* b2b\_mw\_idx - If the peer ntb is to be accessed via a memory window, then use + this memory window to access the peer ntb. A value of zero or positive + starts from the first mw idx, and a negative value starts from the last + mw idx. Both sides MUST set the same value here! The default value is + `-1`. +* b2b\_mw\_share - If the peer ntb is to be accessed via a memory window, and if + the memory window is large enough, still allow the client to use the + second half of the memory window for address translation to the peer. +* xeon\_b2b\_usd\_bar2\_addr64 - If using B2B topology on Xeon hardware, use + this 64 bit address on the bus between the NTB devices for the window + at BAR2, on the upstream side of the link. +* xeon\_b2b\_usd\_bar4\_addr64 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. +* xeon\_b2b\_usd\_bar4\_addr32 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. +* xeon\_b2b\_usd\_bar5\_addr32 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. +* xeon\_b2b\_dsd\_bar2\_addr64 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. +* xeon\_b2b\_dsd\_bar4\_addr64 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. +* xeon\_b2b\_dsd\_bar4\_addr32 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. +* xeon\_b2b\_dsd\_bar5\_addr32 - See *xeon\_b2b\_bar2\_addr64*. diff --git a/Documentation/nvdimm/btt.txt b/Documentation/nvdimm/btt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b91443f577dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/nvdimm/btt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +BTT - Block Translation Table +============================= + + +1. Introduction +--------------- + +Persistent memory based storage is able to perform IO at byte (or more +accurately, cache line) granularity. However, we often want to expose such +storage as traditional block devices. The block drivers for persistent memory +will do exactly this. However, they do not provide any atomicity guarantees. +Traditional SSDs typically provide protection against torn sectors in hardware, +using stored energy in capacitors to complete in-flight block writes, or perhaps +in firmware. We don't have this luxury with persistent memory - if a write is in +progress, and we experience a power failure, the block will contain a mix of old +and new data. Applications may not be prepared to handle such a scenario. + +The Block Translation Table (BTT) provides atomic sector update semantics for +persistent memory devices, so that applications that rely on sector writes not +being torn can continue to do so. The BTT manifests itself as a stacked block +device, and reserves a portion of the underlying storage for its metadata. At +the heart of it, is an indirection table that re-maps all the blocks on the +volume. It can be thought of as an extremely simple file system that only +provides atomic sector updates. + + +2. Static Layout +---------------- + +The underlying storage on which a BTT can be laid out is not limited in any way. +The BTT, however, splits the available space into chunks of up to 512 GiB, +called "Arenas". + +Each arena follows the same layout for its metadata, and all references in an +arena are internal to it (with the exception of one field that points to the +next arena). The following depicts the "On-disk" metadata layout: + + + Backing Store +-------> Arena ++---------------+ | +------------------+ +| | | | Arena info block | +| Arena 0 +---+ | 4K | +| 512G | +------------------+ +| | | | ++---------------+ | | +| | | | +| Arena 1 | | Data Blocks | +| 512G | | | +| | | | ++---------------+ | | +| . | | | +| . | | | +| . | | | +| | | | +| | | | ++---------------+ +------------------+ + | | + | BTT Map | + | | + | | + +------------------+ + | | + | BTT Flog | + | | + +------------------+ + | Info block copy | + | 4K | + +------------------+ + + +3. Theory of Operation +---------------------- + + +a. The BTT Map +-------------- + +The map is a simple lookup/indirection table that maps an LBA to an internal +block. Each map entry is 32 bits. The two most significant bits are special +flags, and the remaining form the internal block number. + +Bit Description +31 - 30 : Error and Zero flags - Used in the following way: + Bit Description + 31 30 + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + 00 Initial state. Reads return zeroes; Premap = Postmap + 01 Zero state: Reads return zeroes + 10 Error state: Reads fail; Writes clear 'E' bit + 11 Normal Block – has valid postmap + + +29 - 0 : Mappings to internal 'postmap' blocks + + +Some of the terminology that will be subsequently used: + +External LBA : LBA as made visible to upper layers. +ABA : Arena Block Address - Block offset/number within an arena +Premap ABA : The block offset into an arena, which was decided upon by range + checking the External LBA +Postmap ABA : The block number in the "Data Blocks" area obtained after + indirection from the map +nfree : The number of free blocks that are maintained at any given time. + This is the number of concurrent writes that can happen to the + arena. + + +For example, after adding a BTT, we surface a disk of 1024G. We get a read for +the external LBA at 768G. This falls into the second arena, and of the 512G +worth of blocks that this arena contributes, this block is at 256G. Thus, the +premap ABA is 256G. We now refer to the map, and find out the mapping for block +'X' (256G) points to block 'Y', say '64'. Thus the postmap ABA is 64. + + +b. The BTT Flog +--------------- + +The BTT provides sector atomicity by making every write an "allocating write", +i.e. Every write goes to a "free" block. A running list of free blocks is +maintained in the form of the BTT flog. 'Flog' is a combination of the words +"free list" and "log". The flog contains 'nfree' entries, and an entry contains: + +lba : The premap ABA that is being written to +old_map : The old postmap ABA - after 'this' write completes, this will be a + free block. +new_map : The new postmap ABA. The map will up updated to reflect this + lba->postmap_aba mapping, but we log it here in case we have to + recover. +seq : Sequence number to mark which of the 2 sections of this flog entry is + valid/newest. It cycles between 01->10->11->01 (binary) under normal + operation, with 00 indicating an uninitialized state. +lba' : alternate lba entry +old_map': alternate old postmap entry +new_map': alternate new postmap entry +seq' : alternate sequence number. + +Each of the above fields is 32-bit, making one entry 32 bytes. Entries are also +padded to 64 bytes to avoid cache line sharing or aliasing. Flog updates are +done such that for any entry being written, it: +a. overwrites the 'old' section in the entry based on sequence numbers +b. writes the 'new' section such that the sequence number is written last. + + +c. The concept of lanes +----------------------- + +While 'nfree' describes the number of concurrent IOs an arena can process +concurrently, 'nlanes' is the number of IOs the BTT device as a whole can +process. + nlanes = min(nfree, num_cpus) +A lane number is obtained at the start of any IO, and is used for indexing into +all the on-disk and in-memory data structures for the duration of the IO. If +there are more CPUs than the max number of available lanes, than lanes are +protected by spinlocks. + + +d. In-memory data structure: Read Tracking Table (RTT) +------------------------------------------------------ + +Consider a case where we have two threads, one doing reads and the other, +writes. We can hit a condition where the writer thread grabs a free block to do +a new IO, but the (slow) reader thread is still reading from it. In other words, +the reader consulted a map entry, and started reading the corresponding block. A +writer started writing to the same external LBA, and finished the write updating +the map for that external LBA to point to its new postmap ABA. At this point the +internal, postmap block that the reader is (still) reading has been inserted +into the list of free blocks. If another write comes in for the same LBA, it can +grab this free block, and start writing to it, causing the reader to read +incorrect data. To prevent this, we introduce the RTT. + +The RTT is a simple, per arena table with 'nfree' entries. Every reader inserts +into rtt[lane_number], the postmap ABA it is reading, and clears it after the +read is complete. Every writer thread, after grabbing a free block, checks the +RTT for its presence. If the postmap free block is in the RTT, it waits till the +reader clears the RTT entry, and only then starts writing to it. + + +e. In-memory data structure: map locks +-------------------------------------- + +Consider a case where two writer threads are writing to the same LBA. There can +be a race in the following sequence of steps: + +free[lane] = map[premap_aba] +map[premap_aba] = postmap_aba + +Both threads can update their respective free[lane] with the same old, freed +postmap_aba. This has made the layout inconsistent by losing a free entry, and +at the same time, duplicating another free entry for two lanes. + +To solve this, we could have a single map lock (per arena) that has to be taken +before performing the above sequence, but we feel that could be too contentious. +Instead we use an array of (nfree) map_locks that is indexed by +(premap_aba modulo nfree). + + +f. Reconstruction from the Flog +------------------------------- + +On startup, we analyze the BTT flog to create our list of free blocks. We walk +through all the entries, and for each lane, of the set of two possible +'sections', we always look at the most recent one only (based on the sequence +number). The reconstruction rules/steps are simple: +- Read map[log_entry.lba]. +- If log_entry.new matches the map entry, then log_entry.old is free. +- If log_entry.new does not match the map entry, then log_entry.new is free. + (This case can only be caused by power-fails/unsafe shutdowns) + + +g. Summarizing - Read and Write flows +------------------------------------- + +Read: + +1. Convert external LBA to arena number + pre-map ABA +2. Get a lane (and take lane_lock) +3. Read map to get the entry for this pre-map ABA +4. Enter post-map ABA into RTT[lane] +5. If TRIM flag set in map, return zeroes, and end IO (go to step 8) +6. If ERROR flag set in map, end IO with EIO (go to step 8) +7. Read data from this block +8. Remove post-map ABA entry from RTT[lane] +9. Release lane (and lane_lock) + +Write: + +1. Convert external LBA to Arena number + pre-map ABA +2. Get a lane (and take lane_lock) +3. Use lane to index into in-memory free list and obtain a new block, next flog + index, next sequence number +4. Scan the RTT to check if free block is present, and spin/wait if it is. +5. Write data to this free block +6. Read map to get the existing post-map ABA entry for this pre-map ABA +7. Write flog entry: [premap_aba / old postmap_aba / new postmap_aba / seq_num] +8. Write new post-map ABA into map. +9. Write old post-map entry into the free list +10. Calculate next sequence number and write into the free list entry +11. Release lane (and lane_lock) + + +4. Error Handling +================= + +An arena would be in an error state if any of the metadata is corrupted +irrecoverably, either due to a bug or a media error. The following conditions +indicate an error: +- Info block checksum does not match (and recovering from the copy also fails) +- All internal available blocks are not uniquely and entirely addressed by the + sum of mapped blocks and free blocks (from the BTT flog). +- Rebuilding free list from the flog reveals missing/duplicate/impossible + entries +- A map entry is out of bounds + +If any of these error conditions are encountered, the arena is put into a read +only state using a flag in the info block. + + +5. In-kernel usage +================== + +Any block driver that supports byte granularity IO to the storage may register +with the BTT. It will have to provide the rw_bytes interface in its +block_device_operations struct: + + int (*rw_bytes)(struct gendisk *, void *, size_t, off_t, int rw); + +It may register with the BTT after it adds its own gendisk, using btt_init: + + struct btt *btt_init(struct gendisk *disk, unsigned long long rawsize, + u32 lbasize, u8 uuid[], int maxlane); + +note that maxlane is the maximum amount of concurrency the driver wishes to +allow the BTT to use. + +The BTT 'disk' appears as a stacked block device that grabs the underlying block +device in the O_EXCL mode. + +When the driver wishes to remove the backing disk, it should similarly call +btt_fini using the same struct btt* handle that was provided to it by btt_init. + + void btt_fini(struct btt *btt); + diff --git a/Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.txt b/Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..197a0b6b0582 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/nvdimm/nvdimm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,808 @@ + LIBNVDIMM: Non-Volatile Devices + libnvdimm - kernel / libndctl - userspace helper library + linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org + v13 + + + Glossary + Overview + Supporting Documents + Git Trees + LIBNVDIMM PMEM and BLK + Why BLK? + PMEM vs BLK + BLK-REGIONs, PMEM-REGIONs, Atomic Sectors, and DAX + Example NVDIMM Platform + LIBNVDIMM Kernel Device Model and LIBNDCTL Userspace API + LIBNDCTL: Context + libndctl: instantiate a new library context example + LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Bus + libnvdimm: control class device in /sys/class + libnvdimm: bus + libndctl: bus enumeration example + LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: DIMM (NMEM) + libnvdimm: DIMM (NMEM) + libndctl: DIMM enumeration example + LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Region + libnvdimm: region + libndctl: region enumeration example + Why Not Encode the Region Type into the Region Name? + How Do I Determine the Major Type of a Region? + LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Namespace + libnvdimm: namespace + libndctl: namespace enumeration example + libndctl: namespace creation example + Why the Term "namespace"? + LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Block Translation Table "btt" + libnvdimm: btt layout + libndctl: btt creation example + Summary LIBNDCTL Diagram + + +Glossary +-------- + +PMEM: A system-physical-address range where writes are persistent. A +block device composed of PMEM is capable of DAX. A PMEM address range +may span an interleave of several DIMMs. + +BLK: A set of one or more programmable memory mapped apertures provided +by a DIMM to access its media. This indirection precludes the +performance benefit of interleaving, but enables DIMM-bounded failure +modes. + +DPA: DIMM Physical Address, is a DIMM-relative offset. With one DIMM in +the system there would be a 1:1 system-physical-address:DPA association. +Once more DIMMs are added a memory controller interleave must be +decoded to determine the DPA associated with a given +system-physical-address. BLK capacity always has a 1:1 relationship +with a single-DIMM's DPA range. + +DAX: File system extensions to bypass the page cache and block layer to +mmap persistent memory, from a PMEM block device, directly into a +process address space. + +BTT: Block Translation Table: Persistent memory is byte addressable. +Existing software may have an expectation that the power-fail-atomicity +of writes is at least one sector, 512 bytes. The BTT is an indirection +table with atomic update semantics to front a PMEM/BLK block device +driver and present arbitrary atomic sector sizes. + +LABEL: Metadata stored on a DIMM device that partitions and identifies +(persistently names) storage between PMEM and BLK. It also partitions +BLK storage to host BTTs with different parameters per BLK-partition. +Note that traditional partition tables, GPT/MBR, are layered on top of a +BLK or PMEM device. + + +Overview +-------- + +The LIBNVDIMM subsystem provides support for three types of NVDIMMs, namely, +PMEM, BLK, and NVDIMM devices that can simultaneously support both PMEM +and BLK mode access. These three modes of operation are described by +the "NVDIMM Firmware Interface Table" (NFIT) in ACPI 6. While the LIBNVDIMM +implementation is generic and supports pre-NFIT platforms, it was guided +by the superset of capabilities need to support this ACPI 6 definition +for NVDIMM resources. The bulk of the kernel implementation is in place +to handle the case where DPA accessible via PMEM is aliased with DPA +accessible via BLK. When that occurs a LABEL is needed to reserve DPA +for exclusive access via one mode a time. + +Supporting Documents +ACPI 6: http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/ACPI_6.0.pdf +NVDIMM Namespace: http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_Namespace_Spec.pdf +DSM Interface Example: http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_DSM_Interface_Example.pdf +Driver Writer's Guide: http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_Driver_Writers_Guide.pdf + +Git Trees +LIBNVDIMM: https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/djbw/nvdimm.git +LIBNDCTL: https://github.com/pmem/ndctl.git +PMEM: https://github.com/01org/prd + + +LIBNVDIMM PMEM and BLK +------------------ + +Prior to the arrival of the NFIT, non-volatile memory was described to a +system in various ad-hoc ways. Usually only the bare minimum was +provided, namely, a single system-physical-address range where writes +are expected to be durable after a system power loss. Now, the NFIT +specification standardizes not only the description of PMEM, but also +BLK and platform message-passing entry points for control and +configuration. + +For each NVDIMM access method (PMEM, BLK), LIBNVDIMM provides a block +device driver: + + 1. PMEM (nd_pmem.ko): Drives a system-physical-address range. This + range is contiguous in system memory and may be interleaved (hardware + memory controller striped) across multiple DIMMs. When interleaved the + platform may optionally provide details of which DIMMs are participating + in the interleave. + + Note that while LIBNVDIMM describes system-physical-address ranges that may + alias with BLK access as ND_NAMESPACE_PMEM ranges and those without + alias as ND_NAMESPACE_IO ranges, to the nd_pmem driver there is no + distinction. The different device-types are an implementation detail + that userspace can exploit to implement policies like "only interface + with address ranges from certain DIMMs". It is worth noting that when + aliasing is present and a DIMM lacks a label, then no block device can + be created by default as userspace needs to do at least one allocation + of DPA to the PMEM range. In contrast ND_NAMESPACE_IO ranges, once + registered, can be immediately attached to nd_pmem. + + 2. BLK (nd_blk.ko): This driver performs I/O using a set of platform + defined apertures. A set of apertures will all access just one DIMM. + Multiple windows allow multiple concurrent accesses, much like + tagged-command-queuing, and would likely be used by different threads or + different CPUs. + + The NFIT specification defines a standard format for a BLK-aperture, but + the spec also allows for vendor specific layouts, and non-NFIT BLK + implementations may other designs for BLK I/O. For this reason "nd_blk" + calls back into platform-specific code to perform the I/O. One such + implementation is defined in the "Driver Writer's Guide" and "DSM + Interface Example". + + +Why BLK? +-------- + +While PMEM provides direct byte-addressable CPU-load/store access to +NVDIMM storage, it does not provide the best system RAS (recovery, +availability, and serviceability) model. An access to a corrupted +system-physical-address address causes a cpu exception while an access +to a corrupted address through an BLK-aperture causes that block window +to raise an error status in a register. The latter is more aligned with +the standard error model that host-bus-adapter attached disks present. +Also, if an administrator ever wants to replace a memory it is easier to +service a system at DIMM module boundaries. Compare this to PMEM where +data could be interleaved in an opaque hardware specific manner across +several DIMMs. + +PMEM vs BLK +BLK-apertures solve this RAS problem, but their presence is also the +major contributing factor to the complexity of the ND subsystem. They +complicate the implementation because PMEM and BLK alias in DPA space. +Any given DIMM's DPA-range may contribute to one or more +system-physical-address sets of interleaved DIMMs, *and* may also be +accessed in its entirety through its BLK-aperture. Accessing a DPA +through a system-physical-address while simultaneously accessing the +same DPA through a BLK-aperture has undefined results. For this reason, +DIMMs with this dual interface configuration include a DSM function to +store/retrieve a LABEL. The LABEL effectively partitions the DPA-space +into exclusive system-physical-address and BLK-aperture accessible +regions. For simplicity a DIMM is allowed a PMEM "region" per each +interleave set in which it is a member. The remaining DPA space can be +carved into an arbitrary number of BLK devices with discontiguous +extents. + +BLK-REGIONs, PMEM-REGIONs, Atomic Sectors, and DAX +-------------------------------------------------- + +One of the few +reasons to allow multiple BLK namespaces per REGION is so that each +BLK-namespace can be configured with a BTT with unique atomic sector +sizes. While a PMEM device can host a BTT the LABEL specification does +not provide for a sector size to be specified for a PMEM namespace. +This is due to the expectation that the primary usage model for PMEM is +via DAX, and the BTT is incompatible with DAX. However, for the cases +where an application or filesystem still needs atomic sector update +guarantees it can register a BTT on a PMEM device or partition. See +LIBNVDIMM/NDCTL: Block Translation Table "btt" + + +Example NVDIMM Platform +----------------------- + +For the remainder of this document the following diagram will be +referenced for any example sysfs layouts. + + + (a) (b) DIMM BLK-REGION + +-------------------+--------+--------+--------+ ++------+ | pm0.0 | blk2.0 | pm1.0 | blk2.1 | 0 region2 +| imc0 +--+- - - region0- - - +--------+ +--------+ ++--+---+ | pm0.0 | blk3.0 | pm1.0 | blk3.1 | 1 region3 + | +-------------------+--------v v--------+ ++--+---+ | | +| cpu0 | region1 ++--+---+ | | + | +----------------------------^ ^--------+ ++--+---+ | blk4.0 | pm1.0 | blk4.0 | 2 region4 +| imc1 +--+----------------------------| +--------+ ++------+ | blk5.0 | pm1.0 | blk5.0 | 3 region5 + +----------------------------+--------+--------+ + +In this platform we have four DIMMs and two memory controllers in one +socket. Each unique interface (BLK or PMEM) to DPA space is identified +by a region device with a dynamically assigned id (REGION0 - REGION5). + + 1. The first portion of DIMM0 and DIMM1 are interleaved as REGION0. A + single PMEM namespace is created in the REGION0-SPA-range that spans + DIMM0 and DIMM1 with a user-specified name of "pm0.0". Some of that + interleaved system-physical-address range is reclaimed as BLK-aperture + accessed space starting at DPA-offset (a) into each DIMM. In that + reclaimed space we create two BLK-aperture "namespaces" from REGION2 and + REGION3 where "blk2.0" and "blk3.0" are just human readable names that + could be set to any user-desired name in the LABEL. + + 2. In the last portion of DIMM0 and DIMM1 we have an interleaved + system-physical-address range, REGION1, that spans those two DIMMs as + well as DIMM2 and DIMM3. Some of REGION1 allocated to a PMEM namespace + named "pm1.0" the rest is reclaimed in 4 BLK-aperture namespaces (for + each DIMM in the interleave set), "blk2.1", "blk3.1", "blk4.0", and + "blk5.0". + + 3. The portion of DIMM2 and DIMM3 that do not participate in the REGION1 + interleaved system-physical-address range (i.e. the DPA address below + offset (b) are also included in the "blk4.0" and "blk5.0" namespaces. + Note, that this example shows that BLK-aperture namespaces don't need to + be contiguous in DPA-space. + + This bus is provided by the kernel under the device + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0 when CONFIG_NFIT_TEST is enabled and + the nfit_test.ko module is loaded. This not only test LIBNVDIMM but the + acpi_nfit.ko driver as well. + + +LIBNVDIMM Kernel Device Model and LIBNDCTL Userspace API +---------------------------------------------------- + +What follows is a description of the LIBNVDIMM sysfs layout and a +corresponding object hierarchy diagram as viewed through the LIBNDCTL +api. The example sysfs paths and diagrams are relative to the Example +NVDIMM Platform which is also the LIBNVDIMM bus used in the LIBNDCTL unit +test. + +LIBNDCTL: Context +Every api call in the LIBNDCTL library requires a context that holds the +logging parameters and other library instance state. The library is +based on the libabc template: +https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/kay/libabc.git/ + +LIBNDCTL: instantiate a new library context example + + struct ndctl_ctx *ctx; + + if (ndctl_new(&ctx) == 0) + return ctx; + else + return NULL; + +LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Bus +------------------- + +A bus has a 1:1 relationship with an NFIT. The current expectation for +ACPI based systems is that there is only ever one platform-global NFIT. +That said, it is trivial to register multiple NFITs, the specification +does not preclude it. The infrastructure supports multiple busses and +we we use this capability to test multiple NFIT configurations in the +unit test. + +LIBNVDIMM: control class device in /sys/class + +This character device accepts DSM messages to be passed to DIMM +identified by its NFIT handle. + + /sys/class/nd/ndctl0 + |-- dev + |-- device -> ../../../ndbus0 + |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../../../class/nd + + + +LIBNVDIMM: bus + + struct nvdimm_bus *nvdimm_bus_register(struct device *parent, + struct nvdimm_bus_descriptor *nfit_desc); + + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0 + |-- commands + |-- nd + |-- nfit + |-- nmem0 + |-- nmem1 + |-- nmem2 + |-- nmem3 + |-- power + |-- provider + |-- region0 + |-- region1 + |-- region2 + |-- region3 + |-- region4 + |-- region5 + |-- uevent + `-- wait_probe + +LIBNDCTL: bus enumeration example +Find the bus handle that describes the bus from Example NVDIMM Platform + + static struct ndctl_bus *get_bus_by_provider(struct ndctl_ctx *ctx, + const char *provider) + { + struct ndctl_bus *bus; + + ndctl_bus_foreach(ctx, bus) + if (strcmp(provider, ndctl_bus_get_provider(bus)) == 0) + return bus; + + return NULL; + } + + bus = get_bus_by_provider(ctx, "nfit_test.0"); + + +LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: DIMM (NMEM) +--------------------------- + +The DIMM device provides a character device for sending commands to +hardware, and it is a container for LABELs. If the DIMM is defined by +NFIT then an optional 'nfit' attribute sub-directory is available to add +NFIT-specifics. + +Note that the kernel device name for "DIMMs" is "nmemX". The NFIT +describes these devices via "Memory Device to System Physical Address +Range Mapping Structure", and there is no requirement that they actually +be physical DIMMs, so we use a more generic name. + +LIBNVDIMM: DIMM (NMEM) + + struct nvdimm *nvdimm_create(struct nvdimm_bus *nvdimm_bus, void *provider_data, + const struct attribute_group **groups, unsigned long flags, + unsigned long *dsm_mask); + + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0 + |-- nmem0 + | |-- available_slots + | |-- commands + | |-- dev + | |-- devtype + | |-- driver -> ../../../../../bus/nd/drivers/nvdimm + | |-- modalias + | |-- nfit + | | |-- device + | | |-- format + | | |-- handle + | | |-- phys_id + | | |-- rev_id + | | |-- serial + | | `-- vendor + | |-- state + | |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../bus/nd + | `-- uevent + |-- nmem1 + [..] + + +LIBNDCTL: DIMM enumeration example + +Note, in this example we are assuming NFIT-defined DIMMs which are +identified by an "nfit_handle" a 32-bit value where: +Bit 3:0 DIMM number within the memory channel +Bit 7:4 memory channel number +Bit 11:8 memory controller ID +Bit 15:12 socket ID (within scope of a Node controller if node controller is present) +Bit 27:16 Node Controller ID +Bit 31:28 Reserved + + static struct ndctl_dimm *get_dimm_by_handle(struct ndctl_bus *bus, + unsigned int handle) + { + struct ndctl_dimm *dimm; + + ndctl_dimm_foreach(bus, dimm) + if (ndctl_dimm_get_handle(dimm) == handle) + return dimm; + + return NULL; + } + + #define DIMM_HANDLE(n, s, i, c, d) \ + (((n & 0xfff) << 16) | ((s & 0xf) << 12) | ((i & 0xf) << 8) \ + | ((c & 0xf) << 4) | (d & 0xf)) + + dimm = get_dimm_by_handle(bus, DIMM_HANDLE(0, 0, 0, 0, 0)); + +LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Region +---------------------- + +A generic REGION device is registered for each PMEM range orBLK-aperture +set. Per the example there are 6 regions: 2 PMEM and 4 BLK-aperture +sets on the "nfit_test.0" bus. The primary role of regions are to be a +container of "mappings". A mapping is a tuple of <DIMM, +DPA-start-offset, length>. + +LIBNVDIMM provides a built-in driver for these REGION devices. This driver +is responsible for reconciling the aliased DPA mappings across all +regions, parsing the LABEL, if present, and then emitting NAMESPACE +devices with the resolved/exclusive DPA-boundaries for the nd_pmem or +nd_blk device driver to consume. + +In addition to the generic attributes of "mapping"s, "interleave_ways" +and "size" the REGION device also exports some convenience attributes. +"nstype" indicates the integer type of namespace-device this region +emits, "devtype" duplicates the DEVTYPE variable stored by udev at the +'add' event, "modalias" duplicates the MODALIAS variable stored by udev +at the 'add' event, and finally, the optional "spa_index" is provided in +the case where the region is defined by a SPA. + +LIBNVDIMM: region + + struct nd_region *nvdimm_pmem_region_create(struct nvdimm_bus *nvdimm_bus, + struct nd_region_desc *ndr_desc); + struct nd_region *nvdimm_blk_region_create(struct nvdimm_bus *nvdimm_bus, + struct nd_region_desc *ndr_desc); + + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0 + |-- region0 + | |-- available_size + | |-- btt0 + | |-- btt_seed + | |-- devtype + | |-- driver -> ../../../../../bus/nd/drivers/nd_region + | |-- init_namespaces + | |-- mapping0 + | |-- mapping1 + | |-- mappings + | |-- modalias + | |-- namespace0.0 + | |-- namespace_seed + | |-- numa_node + | |-- nfit + | | `-- spa_index + | |-- nstype + | |-- set_cookie + | |-- size + | |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../bus/nd + | `-- uevent + |-- region1 + [..] + +LIBNDCTL: region enumeration example + +Sample region retrieval routines based on NFIT-unique data like +"spa_index" (interleave set id) for PMEM and "nfit_handle" (dimm id) for +BLK. + + static struct ndctl_region *get_pmem_region_by_spa_index(struct ndctl_bus *bus, + unsigned int spa_index) + { + struct ndctl_region *region; + + ndctl_region_foreach(bus, region) { + if (ndctl_region_get_type(region) != ND_DEVICE_REGION_PMEM) + continue; + if (ndctl_region_get_spa_index(region) == spa_index) + return region; + } + return NULL; + } + + static struct ndctl_region *get_blk_region_by_dimm_handle(struct ndctl_bus *bus, + unsigned int handle) + { + struct ndctl_region *region; + + ndctl_region_foreach(bus, region) { + struct ndctl_mapping *map; + + if (ndctl_region_get_type(region) != ND_DEVICE_REGION_BLOCK) + continue; + ndctl_mapping_foreach(region, map) { + struct ndctl_dimm *dimm = ndctl_mapping_get_dimm(map); + + if (ndctl_dimm_get_handle(dimm) == handle) + return region; + } + } + return NULL; + } + + +Why Not Encode the Region Type into the Region Name? +---------------------------------------------------- + +At first glance it seems since NFIT defines just PMEM and BLK interface +types that we should simply name REGION devices with something derived +from those type names. However, the ND subsystem explicitly keeps the +REGION name generic and expects userspace to always consider the +region-attributes for 4 reasons: + + 1. There are already more than two REGION and "namespace" types. For + PMEM there are two subtypes. As mentioned previously we have PMEM where + the constituent DIMM devices are known and anonymous PMEM. For BLK + regions the NFIT specification already anticipates vendor specific + implementations. The exact distinction of what a region contains is in + the region-attributes not the region-name or the region-devtype. + + 2. A region with zero child-namespaces is a possible configuration. For + example, the NFIT allows for a DCR to be published without a + corresponding BLK-aperture. This equates to a DIMM that can only accept + control/configuration messages, but no i/o through a descendant block + device. Again, this "type" is advertised in the attributes ('mappings' + == 0) and the name does not tell you much. + + 3. What if a third major interface type arises in the future? Outside + of vendor specific implementations, it's not difficult to envision a + third class of interface type beyond BLK and PMEM. With a generic name + for the REGION level of the device-hierarchy old userspace + implementations can still make sense of new kernel advertised + region-types. Userspace can always rely on the generic region + attributes like "mappings", "size", etc and the expected child devices + named "namespace". This generic format of the device-model hierarchy + allows the LIBNVDIMM and LIBNDCTL implementations to be more uniform and + future-proof. + + 4. There are more robust mechanisms for determining the major type of a + region than a device name. See the next section, How Do I Determine the + Major Type of a Region? + +How Do I Determine the Major Type of a Region? +---------------------------------------------- + +Outside of the blanket recommendation of "use libndctl", or simply +looking at the kernel header (/usr/include/linux/ndctl.h) to decode the +"nstype" integer attribute, here are some other options. + + 1. module alias lookup: + + The whole point of region/namespace device type differentiation is to + decide which block-device driver will attach to a given LIBNVDIMM namespace. + One can simply use the modalias to lookup the resulting module. It's + important to note that this method is robust in the presence of a + vendor-specific driver down the road. If a vendor-specific + implementation wants to supplant the standard nd_blk driver it can with + minimal impact to the rest of LIBNVDIMM. + + In fact, a vendor may also want to have a vendor-specific region-driver + (outside of nd_region). For example, if a vendor defined its own LABEL + format it would need its own region driver to parse that LABEL and emit + the resulting namespaces. The output from module resolution is more + accurate than a region-name or region-devtype. + + 2. udev: + + The kernel "devtype" is registered in the udev database + # udevadm info --path=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0 + P: /devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0 + E: DEVPATH=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0 + E: DEVTYPE=nd_pmem + E: MODALIAS=nd:t2 + E: SUBSYSTEM=nd + + # udevadm info --path=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region4 + P: /devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region4 + E: DEVPATH=/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region4 + E: DEVTYPE=nd_blk + E: MODALIAS=nd:t3 + E: SUBSYSTEM=nd + + ...and is available as a region attribute, but keep in mind that the + "devtype" does not indicate sub-type variations and scripts should + really be understanding the other attributes. + + 3. type specific attributes: + + As it currently stands a BLK-aperture region will never have a + "nfit/spa_index" attribute, but neither will a non-NFIT PMEM region. A + BLK region with a "mappings" value of 0 is, as mentioned above, a DIMM + that does not allow I/O. A PMEM region with a "mappings" value of zero + is a simple system-physical-address range. + + +LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Namespace +------------------------- + +A REGION, after resolving DPA aliasing and LABEL specified boundaries, +surfaces one or more "namespace" devices. The arrival of a "namespace" +device currently triggers either the nd_blk or nd_pmem driver to load +and register a disk/block device. + +LIBNVDIMM: namespace +Here is a sample layout from the three major types of NAMESPACE where +namespace0.0 represents DIMM-info-backed PMEM (note that it has a 'uuid' +attribute), namespace2.0 represents a BLK namespace (note it has a +'sector_size' attribute) that, and namespace6.0 represents an anonymous +PMEM namespace (note that has no 'uuid' attribute due to not support a +LABEL). + + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region0/namespace0.0 + |-- alt_name + |-- devtype + |-- dpa_extents + |-- force_raw + |-- modalias + |-- numa_node + |-- resource + |-- size + |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../../bus/nd + |-- type + |-- uevent + `-- uuid + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.0/ndbus0/region2/namespace2.0 + |-- alt_name + |-- devtype + |-- dpa_extents + |-- force_raw + |-- modalias + |-- numa_node + |-- sector_size + |-- size + |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../../bus/nd + |-- type + |-- uevent + `-- uuid + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.1/ndbus1/region6/namespace6.0 + |-- block + | `-- pmem0 + |-- devtype + |-- driver -> ../../../../../../bus/nd/drivers/pmem + |-- force_raw + |-- modalias + |-- numa_node + |-- resource + |-- size + |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../../bus/nd + |-- type + `-- uevent + +LIBNDCTL: namespace enumeration example +Namespaces are indexed relative to their parent region, example below. +These indexes are mostly static from boot to boot, but subsystem makes +no guarantees in this regard. For a static namespace identifier use its +'uuid' attribute. + +static struct ndctl_namespace *get_namespace_by_id(struct ndctl_region *region, + unsigned int id) +{ + struct ndctl_namespace *ndns; + + ndctl_namespace_foreach(region, ndns) + if (ndctl_namespace_get_id(ndns) == id) + return ndns; + + return NULL; +} + +LIBNDCTL: namespace creation example +Idle namespaces are automatically created by the kernel if a given +region has enough available capacity to create a new namespace. +Namespace instantiation involves finding an idle namespace and +configuring it. For the most part the setting of namespace attributes +can occur in any order, the only constraint is that 'uuid' must be set +before 'size'. This enables the kernel to track DPA allocations +internally with a static identifier. + +static int configure_namespace(struct ndctl_region *region, + struct ndctl_namespace *ndns, + struct namespace_parameters *parameters) +{ + char devname[50]; + + snprintf(devname, sizeof(devname), "namespace%d.%d", + ndctl_region_get_id(region), paramaters->id); + + ndctl_namespace_set_alt_name(ndns, devname); + /* 'uuid' must be set prior to setting size! */ + ndctl_namespace_set_uuid(ndns, paramaters->uuid); + ndctl_namespace_set_size(ndns, paramaters->size); + /* unlike pmem namespaces, blk namespaces have a sector size */ + if (parameters->lbasize) + ndctl_namespace_set_sector_size(ndns, parameters->lbasize); + ndctl_namespace_enable(ndns); +} + + +Why the Term "namespace"? + + 1. Why not "volume" for instance? "volume" ran the risk of confusing ND + as a volume manager like device-mapper. + + 2. The term originated to describe the sub-devices that can be created + within a NVME controller (see the nvme specification: + http://www.nvmexpress.org/specifications/), and NFIT namespaces are + meant to parallel the capabilities and configurability of + NVME-namespaces. + + +LIBNVDIMM/LIBNDCTL: Block Translation Table "btt" +--------------------------------------------- + +A BTT (design document: http://pmem.io/2014/09/23/btt.html) is a stacked +block device driver that fronts either the whole block device or a +partition of a block device emitted by either a PMEM or BLK NAMESPACE. + +LIBNVDIMM: btt layout +Every region will start out with at least one BTT device which is the +seed device. To activate it set the "namespace", "uuid", and +"sector_size" attributes and then bind the device to the nd_pmem or +nd_blk driver depending on the region type. + + /sys/devices/platform/nfit_test.1/ndbus0/region0/btt0/ + |-- namespace + |-- delete + |-- devtype + |-- modalias + |-- numa_node + |-- sector_size + |-- subsystem -> ../../../../../bus/nd + |-- uevent + `-- uuid + +LIBNDCTL: btt creation example +Similar to namespaces an idle BTT device is automatically created per +region. Each time this "seed" btt device is configured and enabled a new +seed is created. Creating a BTT configuration involves two steps of +finding and idle BTT and assigning it to consume a PMEM or BLK namespace. + + static struct ndctl_btt *get_idle_btt(struct ndctl_region *region) + { + struct ndctl_btt *btt; + + ndctl_btt_foreach(region, btt) + if (!ndctl_btt_is_enabled(btt) + && !ndctl_btt_is_configured(btt)) + return btt; + + return NULL; + } + + static int configure_btt(struct ndctl_region *region, + struct btt_parameters *parameters) + { + btt = get_idle_btt(region); + + ndctl_btt_set_uuid(btt, parameters->uuid); + ndctl_btt_set_sector_size(btt, parameters->sector_size); + ndctl_btt_set_namespace(btt, parameters->ndns); + /* turn off raw mode device */ + ndctl_namespace_disable(parameters->ndns); + /* turn on btt access */ + ndctl_btt_enable(btt); + } + +Once instantiated a new inactive btt seed device will appear underneath +the region. + +Once a "namespace" is removed from a BTT that instance of the BTT device +will be deleted or otherwise reset to default values. This deletion is +only at the device model level. In order to destroy a BTT the "info +block" needs to be destroyed. Note, that to destroy a BTT the media +needs to be written in raw mode. By default, the kernel will autodetect +the presence of a BTT and disable raw mode. This autodetect behavior +can be suppressed by enabling raw mode for the namespace via the +ndctl_namespace_set_raw_mode() api. + + +Summary LIBNDCTL Diagram +------------------------ + +For the given example above, here is the view of the objects as seen by the LIBNDCTL api: + +---+ + |CTX| +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ + +-+-+ +-> REGION0 +---> NAMESPACE0.0 +--> PMEM8 "pm0.0" | + | | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ ++-------+ | | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ +| DIMM0 <-+ | +-> REGION1 +---> NAMESPACE1.0 +--> PMEM6 "pm1.0" | ++-------+ | | | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ +| DIMM1 <-+ +-v--+ | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ ++-------+ +-+BUS0+---> REGION2 +-+-> NAMESPACE2.0 +--> ND6 "blk2.0" | +| DIMM2 <-+ +----+ | +---------+ | +--------------+ +----------------------+ ++-------+ | | +-> NAMESPACE2.1 +--> ND5 "blk2.1" | BTT2 | +| DIMM3 <-+ | +--------------+ +----------------------+ ++-------+ | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ + +-> REGION3 +-+-> NAMESPACE3.0 +--> ND4 "blk3.0" | + | +---------+ | +--------------+ +----------------------+ + | +-> NAMESPACE3.1 +--> ND3 "blk3.1" | BTT1 | + | +--------------+ +----------------------+ + | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ + +-> REGION4 +---> NAMESPACE4.0 +--> ND2 "blk4.0" | + | +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+ + | +---------+ +--------------+ +----------------------+ + +-> REGION5 +---> NAMESPACE5.0 +--> ND1 "blk5.0" | BTT0 | + +---------+ +--------------+ +---------------+------+ + + diff --git a/Documentation/phy.txt b/Documentation/phy.txt index 371361c69a4b..b388c5af9e72 100644 --- a/Documentation/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/phy.txt @@ -76,6 +76,8 @@ struct phy *phy_get(struct device *dev, const char *string); struct phy *phy_optional_get(struct device *dev, const char *string); struct phy *devm_phy_get(struct device *dev, const char *string); struct phy *devm_phy_optional_get(struct device *dev, const char *string); +struct phy *devm_of_phy_get_by_index(struct device *dev, struct device_node *np, + int index); phy_get, phy_optional_get, devm_phy_get and devm_phy_optional_get can be used to get the PHY. In the case of dt boot, the string arguments @@ -86,7 +88,10 @@ successful PHY get. On driver detach, release function is invoked on the the devres data and devres data is freed. phy_optional_get and devm_phy_optional_get should be used when the phy is optional. These two functions will never return -ENODEV, but instead returns NULL when -the phy cannot be found. +the phy cannot be found.Some generic drivers, such as ehci, may use multiple +phys and for such drivers referencing phy(s) by name(s) does not make sense. In +this case, devm_of_phy_get_by_index can be used to get a phy reference based on +the index. It should be noted that NULL is a valid phy reference. All phy consumer calls on the NULL phy become NOPs. That is the release calls, diff --git a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt index b8f2147b96dd..4976389e432d 100644 --- a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt @@ -72,7 +72,6 @@ static struct pinctrl_desc foo_desc = { .name = "foo", .pins = foo_pins, .npins = ARRAY_SIZE(foo_pins), - .maxpin = 63, .owner = THIS_MODULE, }; @@ -164,8 +163,8 @@ static const char *foo_get_group_name(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, } static int foo_get_group_pins(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector, - unsigned ** const pins, - unsigned * const num_pins) + const unsigned **pins, + unsigned *num_pins) { *pins = (unsigned *) foo_groups[selector].pins; *num_pins = foo_groups[selector].num_pins; @@ -570,9 +569,8 @@ is possible to perform the requested mux setting, poke the hardware so that this happens. Pinmux drivers are required to supply a few callback functions, some are -optional. Usually the enable() and disable() functions are implemented, -writing values into some certain registers to activate a certain mux setting -for a certain pin. +optional. Usually the set_mux() function is implemented, writing values into +some certain registers to activate a certain mux setting for a certain pin. A simple driver for the above example will work by setting bits 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 into some register named MUX to select a certain function with a certain @@ -683,12 +681,12 @@ static const struct foo_pmx_func foo_functions[] = { }, }; -int foo_get_functions_count(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev) +static int foo_get_functions_count(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev) { return ARRAY_SIZE(foo_functions); } -const char *foo_get_fname(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector) +static const char *foo_get_fname(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector) { return foo_functions[selector].name; } @@ -702,7 +700,7 @@ static int foo_get_groups(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector, return 0; } -int foo_set_mux(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector, +static int foo_set_mux(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector, unsigned group) { u8 regbit = (1 << selector + group); @@ -711,11 +709,12 @@ int foo_set_mux(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector, return 0; } -struct pinmux_ops foo_pmxops = { +static struct pinmux_ops foo_pmxops = { .get_functions_count = foo_get_functions_count, .get_function_name = foo_get_fname, .get_function_groups = foo_get_groups, .set_mux = foo_set_mux, + .strict = true, }; /* Pinmux operations are handled by some pin controller */ @@ -832,6 +831,11 @@ separate memory range only intended for GPIO driving, and the register range dealing with pin config and pin multiplexing get placed into a different memory range and a separate section of the data sheet. +A flag "strict" in struct pinctrl_desc is available to check and deny +simultaneous access to the same pin from GPIO and pin multiplexing +consumers on hardware of this type. The pinctrl driver should set this flag +accordingly. + (B) pin config @@ -852,6 +856,11 @@ possible that the GPIO, pin config and pin multiplex registers are placed into the same memory range and the same section of the data sheet, although that need not be the case. +In some pin controllers, although the physical pins are designed in the same +way as (B), the GPIO function still can't be enabled at the same time as the +peripheral functions. So again the "strict" flag should be set, denying +simultaneous activation by GPIO and other muxed in devices. + From a kernel point of view, however, these are different aspects of the hardware and shall be put into different subsystems: @@ -1266,7 +1275,7 @@ The semantics of the pinctrl APIs are: Usually the pin control core handled the get/put pair and call out to the device drivers bookkeeping operations, like checking available functions and -the associated pins, whereas the enable/disable pass on to the pin controller +the associated pins, whereas select_state pass on to the pin controller driver which takes care of activating and/or deactivating the mux setting by quickly poking some registers. @@ -1363,8 +1372,9 @@ function, but with different named in the mapping as described under "Advanced mapping" above. So that for an SPI device, we have two states named "pos-A" and "pos-B". -This snippet first muxes the function in the pins defined by group A, enables -it, disables and releases it, and muxes it in on the pins defined by group B: +This snippet first initializes a state object for both groups (in foo_probe()), +then muxes the function in the pins defined by group A, and finally muxes it in +on the pins defined by group B: #include <linux/pinctrl/consumer.h> diff --git a/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt b/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt index edeecd447d23..b96098ccfe69 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt @@ -75,12 +75,14 @@ you should do the following: # echo platform > /sys/power/disk # echo disk > /sys/power/state -Then, the kernel will try to freeze processes, suspend devices, wait 5 seconds, -resume devices and thaw processes. If "platform" is written to +Then, the kernel will try to freeze processes, suspend devices, wait a few +seconds (5 by default, but configurable by the suspend.pm_test_delay module +parameter), resume devices and thaw processes. If "platform" is written to /sys/power/pm_test , then after suspending devices the kernel will additionally invoke the global control methods (eg. ACPI global control methods) used to -prepare the platform firmware for hibernation. Next, it will wait 5 seconds and -invoke the platform (eg. ACPI) global methods used to cancel hibernation etc. +prepare the platform firmware for hibernation. Next, it will wait a +configurable number of seconds and invoke the platform (eg. ACPI) global +methods used to cancel hibernation etc. Writing "none" to /sys/power/pm_test causes the kernel to switch to the normal hibernation/suspend operations. Also, when open for reading, /sys/power/pm_test diff --git a/Documentation/power/regulator/consumer.txt b/Documentation/power/regulator/consumer.txt index 8afb236ca765..e51564c1a140 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/regulator/consumer.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/regulator/consumer.txt @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Indirect operating mode control. Consumer drivers can request a change in their supply regulator operating mode by calling :- -int regulator_set_optimum_mode(struct regulator *regulator, int load_uA); +int regulator_set_load(struct regulator *regulator, int load_uA); This will cause the core to recalculate the total load on the regulator (based on all its consumers) and change operating mode (if necessary and permitted) diff --git a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt index 44fe1d28a163..e76dc0ad4d2b 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt @@ -556,6 +556,12 @@ helper functions described in Section 4. In that case, pm_runtime_resume() should be used. Of course, for this purpose the device's runtime PM has to be enabled earlier by calling pm_runtime_enable(). +Note, if the device may execute pm_runtime calls during the probe (such as +if it is registers with a subsystem that may call back in) then the +pm_runtime_get_sync() call paired with a pm_runtime_put() call will be +appropriate to ensure that the device is not put back to sleep during the +probe. This can happen with systems such as the network device layer. + It may be desirable to suspend the device once ->probe() has finished. Therefore the driver core uses the asyncronous pm_request_idle() to submit a request to execute the subsystem-level idle callback for the device at that diff --git a/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt b/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt index f732a8321e8a..8cc17ca71813 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt @@ -410,8 +410,17 @@ Documentation/usb/persist.txt. Q: Can I suspend-to-disk using a swap partition under LVM? -A: No. You can suspend successfully, but you'll not be able to -resume. uswsusp should be able to work with LVM. See suspend.sf.net. +A: Yes and No. You can suspend successfully, but the kernel will not be able +to resume on its own. You need an initramfs that can recognize the resume +situation, activate the logical volume containing the swap volume (but not +touch any filesystems!), and eventually call + +echo -n "$major:$minor" > /sys/power/resume + +where $major and $minor are the respective major and minor device numbers of +the swap volume. + +uswsusp works with LVM, too. See http://suspend.sourceforge.net/ Q: I upgraded the kernel from 2.6.15 to 2.6.16. Both kernels were compiled with the similar configuration files. Anyway I found that diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX b/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX index 6fd0e8bb8140..9dc845cf7d88 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX @@ -30,3 +30,5 @@ ptrace.txt - Information on the ptrace interfaces for hardware debug registers. transactional_memory.txt - Overview of the Power8 transactional memory support. +dscr.txt + - Overview DSCR (Data Stream Control Register) support. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt index 2c71ecc519d9..2a230d01cd8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt @@ -133,6 +133,9 @@ User API The following file operations are supported on both slave and master devices. + A userspace library libcxl is avaliable here: + https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + This provides a C interface to this kernel API. open ---- @@ -366,6 +369,7 @@ Sysfs Class enumeration and tuning of the accelerators. Its layout is described in Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl + Udev rules ========== diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1ff4400c57b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + DSCR (Data Stream Control Register) + ================================================ + +DSCR register in powerpc allows user to have some control of prefetch of data +stream in the processor. Please refer to the ISA documents or related manual +for more detailed information regarding how to use this DSCR to attain this +control of the pefetches . This document here provides an overview of kernel +support for DSCR, related kernel objects, it's functionalities and exported +user interface. + +(A) Data Structures: + + (1) thread_struct: + dscr /* Thread DSCR value */ + dscr_inherit /* Thread has changed default DSCR */ + + (2) PACA: + dscr_default /* per-CPU DSCR default value */ + + (3) sysfs.c: + dscr_default /* System DSCR default value */ + +(B) Scheduler Changes: + + Scheduler will write the per-CPU DSCR default which is stored in the + CPU's PACA value into the register if the thread has dscr_inherit value + cleared which means that it has not changed the default DSCR till now. + If the dscr_inherit value is set which means that it has changed the + default DSCR value, scheduler will write the changed value which will + now be contained in thread struct's dscr into the register instead of + the per-CPU default PACA based DSCR value. + + NOTE: Please note here that the system wide global DSCR value never + gets used directly in the scheduler process context switch at all. + +(C) SYSFS Interface: + + Global DSCR default: /sys/devices/system/cpu/dscr_default + CPU specific DSCR default: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuN/dscr + + Changing the global DSCR default in the sysfs will change all the CPU + specific DSCR defaults immediately in their PACA structures. Again if + the current process has the dscr_inherit clear, it also writes the new + value into every CPU's DSCR register right away and updates the current + thread's DSCR value as well. + + Changing the CPU specif DSCR default value in the sysfs does exactly + the same thing as above but unlike the global one above, it just changes + stuff for that particular CPU instead for all the CPUs on the system. + +(D) User Space Instructions: + + The DSCR register can be accessed in the user space using any of these + two SPR numbers available for that purpose. + + (1) Problem state SPR: 0x03 (Un-privileged, POWER8 only) + (2) Privileged state SPR: 0x11 (Privileged) + + Accessing DSCR through privileged SPR number (0x11) from user space + works, as it is emulated following an illegal instruction exception + inside the kernel. Both mfspr and mtspr instructions are emulated. + + Accessing DSCR through user level SPR (0x03) from user space will first + create a facility unavailable exception. Inside this exception handler + all mfspr isntruction based read attempts will get emulated and returned + where as the first mtspr instruction based write attempts will enable + the DSCR facility for the next time around (both for read and write) by + setting DSCR facility in the FSCR register. + +(E) Specifics about 'dscr_inherit': + + The thread struct element 'dscr_inherit' represents whether the thread + in question has attempted and changed the DSCR itself using any of the + following methods. This element signifies whether the thread wants to + use the CPU default DSCR value or its own changed DSCR value in the + kernel. + + (1) mtspr instruction (SPR number 0x03) + (2) mtspr instruction (SPR number 0x11) + (3) ptrace interface (Explicitly set user DSCR value) + + Any child of the process created after this event in the process inherits + this same behaviour as well. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b55c5cd83f8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt @@ -0,0 +1,301 @@ +Wei Yang <weiyang@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@au1.ibm.com> +Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com> +26 Aug 2014 + +This document describes the requirement from hardware for PCI MMIO resource +sizing and assignment on PowerKVM and how generic PCI code handles this +requirement. The first two sections describe the concepts of Partitionable +Endpoints and the implementation on P8 (IODA2). The next two sections talks +about considerations on enabling SRIOV on IODA2. + +1. Introduction to Partitionable Endpoints + +A Partitionable Endpoint (PE) is a way to group the various resources +associated with a device or a set of devices to provide isolation between +partitions (i.e., filtering of DMA, MSIs etc.) and to provide a mechanism +to freeze a device that is causing errors in order to limit the possibility +of propagation of bad data. + +There is thus, in HW, a table of PE states that contains a pair of "frozen" +state bits (one for MMIO and one for DMA, they get set together but can be +cleared independently) for each PE. + +When a PE is frozen, all stores in any direction are dropped and all loads +return all 1's value. MSIs are also blocked. There's a bit more state that +captures things like the details of the error that caused the freeze etc., but +that's not critical. + +The interesting part is how the various PCIe transactions (MMIO, DMA, ...) +are matched to their corresponding PEs. + +The following section provides a rough description of what we have on P8 +(IODA2). Keep in mind that this is all per PHB (PCI host bridge). Each PHB +is a completely separate HW entity that replicates the entire logic, so has +its own set of PEs, etc. + +2. Implementation of Partitionable Endpoints on P8 (IODA2) + +P8 supports up to 256 Partitionable Endpoints per PHB. + + * Inbound + + For DMA, MSIs and inbound PCIe error messages, we have a table (in + memory but accessed in HW by the chip) that provides a direct + correspondence between a PCIe RID (bus/dev/fn) with a PE number. + We call this the RTT. + + - For DMA we then provide an entire address space for each PE that can + contain two "windows", depending on the value of PCI address bit 59. + Each window can be configured to be remapped via a "TCE table" (IOMMU + translation table), which has various configurable characteristics + not described here. + + - For MSIs, we have two windows in the address space (one at the top of + the 32-bit space and one much higher) which, via a combination of the + address and MSI value, will result in one of the 2048 interrupts per + bridge being triggered. There's a PE# in the interrupt controller + descriptor table as well which is compared with the PE# obtained from + the RTT to "authorize" the device to emit that specific interrupt. + + - Error messages just use the RTT. + + * Outbound. That's where the tricky part is. + + Like other PCI host bridges, the Power8 IODA2 PHB supports "windows" + from the CPU address space to the PCI address space. There is one M32 + window and sixteen M64 windows. They have different characteristics. + First what they have in common: they forward a configurable portion of + the CPU address space to the PCIe bus and must be naturally aligned + power of two in size. The rest is different: + + - The M32 window: + + * Is limited to 4GB in size. + + * Drops the top bits of the address (above the size) and replaces + them with a configurable value. This is typically used to generate + 32-bit PCIe accesses. We configure that window at boot from FW and + don't touch it from Linux; it's usually set to forward a 2GB + portion of address space from the CPU to PCIe + 0x8000_0000..0xffff_ffff. (Note: The top 64KB are actually + reserved for MSIs but this is not a problem at this point; we just + need to ensure Linux doesn't assign anything there, the M32 logic + ignores that however and will forward in that space if we try). + + * It is divided into 256 segments of equal size. A table in the chip + maps each segment to a PE#. That allows portions of the MMIO space + to be assigned to PEs on a segment granularity. For a 2GB window, + the segment granularity is 2GB/256 = 8MB. + + Now, this is the "main" window we use in Linux today (excluding + SR-IOV). We basically use the trick of forcing the bridge MMIO windows + onto a segment alignment/granularity so that the space behind a bridge + can be assigned to a PE. + + Ideally we would like to be able to have individual functions in PEs + but that would mean using a completely different address allocation + scheme where individual function BARs can be "grouped" to fit in one or + more segments. + + - The M64 windows: + + * Must be at least 256MB in size. + + * Do not translate addresses (the address on PCIe is the same as the + address on the PowerBus). There is a way to also set the top 14 + bits which are not conveyed by PowerBus but we don't use this. + + * Can be configured to be segmented. When not segmented, we can + specify the PE# for the entire window. When segmented, a window + has 256 segments; however, there is no table for mapping a segment + to a PE#. The segment number *is* the PE#. + + * Support overlaps. If an address is covered by multiple windows, + there's a defined ordering for which window applies. + + We have code (fairly new compared to the M32 stuff) that exploits that + for large BARs in 64-bit space: + + We configure an M64 window to cover the entire region of address space + that has been assigned by FW for the PHB (about 64GB, ignore the space + for the M32, it comes out of a different "reserve"). We configure it + as segmented. + + Then we do the same thing as with M32, using the bridge alignment + trick, to match to those giant segments. + + Since we cannot remap, we have two additional constraints: + + - We do the PE# allocation *after* the 64-bit space has been assigned + because the addresses we use directly determine the PE#. We then + update the M32 PE# for the devices that use both 32-bit and 64-bit + spaces or assign the remaining PE# to 32-bit only devices. + + - We cannot "group" segments in HW, so if a device ends up using more + than one segment, we end up with more than one PE#. There is a HW + mechanism to make the freeze state cascade to "companion" PEs but + that only works for PCIe error messages (typically used so that if + you freeze a switch, it freezes all its children). So we do it in + SW. We lose a bit of effectiveness of EEH in that case, but that's + the best we found. So when any of the PEs freezes, we freeze the + other ones for that "domain". We thus introduce the concept of + "master PE" which is the one used for DMA, MSIs, etc., and "secondary + PEs" that are used for the remaining M64 segments. + + We would like to investigate using additional M64 windows in "single + PE" mode to overlay over specific BARs to work around some of that, for + example for devices with very large BARs, e.g., GPUs. It would make + sense, but we haven't done it yet. + +3. Considerations for SR-IOV on PowerKVM + + * SR-IOV Background + + The PCIe SR-IOV feature allows a single Physical Function (PF) to + support several Virtual Functions (VFs). Registers in the PF's SR-IOV + Capability control the number of VFs and whether they are enabled. + + When VFs are enabled, they appear in Configuration Space like normal + PCI devices, but the BARs in VF config space headers are unusual. For + a non-VF device, software uses BARs in the config space header to + discover the BAR sizes and assign addresses for them. For VF devices, + software uses VF BAR registers in the *PF* SR-IOV Capability to + discover sizes and assign addresses. The BARs in the VF's config space + header are read-only zeros. + + When a VF BAR in the PF SR-IOV Capability is programmed, it sets the + base address for all the corresponding VF(n) BARs. For example, if the + PF SR-IOV Capability is programmed to enable eight VFs, and it has a + 1MB VF BAR0, the address in that VF BAR sets the base of an 8MB region. + This region is divided into eight contiguous 1MB regions, each of which + is a BAR0 for one of the VFs. Note that even though the VF BAR + describes an 8MB region, the alignment requirement is for a single VF, + i.e., 1MB in this example. + + There are several strategies for isolating VFs in PEs: + + - M32 window: There's one M32 window, and it is split into 256 + equally-sized segments. The finest granularity possible is a 256MB + window with 1MB segments. VF BARs that are 1MB or larger could be + mapped to separate PEs in this window. Each segment can be + individually mapped to a PE via the lookup table, so this is quite + flexible, but it works best when all the VF BARs are the same size. If + they are different sizes, the entire window has to be small enough that + the segment size matches the smallest VF BAR, which means larger VF + BARs span several segments. + + - Non-segmented M64 window: A non-segmented M64 window is mapped entirely + to a single PE, so it could only isolate one VF. + + - Single segmented M64 windows: A segmented M64 window could be used just + like the M32 window, but the segments can't be individually mapped to + PEs (the segment number is the PE#), so there isn't as much + flexibility. A VF with multiple BARs would have to be in a "domain" of + multiple PEs, which is not as well isolated as a single PE. + + - Multiple segmented M64 windows: As usual, each window is split into 256 + equally-sized segments, and the segment number is the PE#. But if we + use several M64 windows, they can be set to different base addresses + and different segment sizes. If we have VFs that each have a 1MB BAR + and a 32MB BAR, we could use one M64 window to assign 1MB segments and + another M64 window to assign 32MB segments. + + Finally, the plan to use M64 windows for SR-IOV, which will be described + more in the next two sections. For a given VF BAR, we need to + effectively reserve the entire 256 segments (256 * VF BAR size) and + position the VF BAR to start at the beginning of a free range of + segments/PEs inside that M64 window. + + The goal is of course to be able to give a separate PE for each VF. + + The IODA2 platform has 16 M64 windows, which are used to map MMIO + range to PE#. Each M64 window defines one MMIO range and this range is + divided into 256 segments, with each segment corresponding to one PE. + + We decide to leverage this M64 window to map VFs to individual PEs, since + SR-IOV VF BARs are all the same size. + + But doing so introduces another problem: total_VFs is usually smaller + than the number of M64 window segments, so if we map one VF BAR directly + to one M64 window, some part of the M64 window will map to another + device's MMIO range. + + IODA supports 256 PEs, so segmented windows contain 256 segments, so if + total_VFs is less than 256, we have the situation in Figure 1.0, where + segments [total_VFs, 255] of the M64 window may map to some MMIO range on + other devices: + + 0 1 total_VFs - 1 + +------+------+- -+------+------+ + | | | ... | | | + +------+------+- -+------+------+ + + VF(n) BAR space + + 0 1 total_VFs - 1 255 + +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ + | | | ... | | | ... | | | + +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ + + M64 window + + Figure 1.0 Direct map VF(n) BAR space + + Our current solution is to allocate 256 segments even if the VF(n) BAR + space doesn't need that much, as shown in Figure 1.1: + + 0 1 total_VFs - 1 255 + +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ + | | | ... | | | ... | | | + +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ + + VF(n) BAR space + extra + + 0 1 total_VFs - 1 255 + +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ + | | | ... | | | ... | | | + +------+------+- -+------+------+- -+------+------+ + + M64 window + + Figure 1.1 Map VF(n) BAR space + extra + + Allocating the extra space ensures that the entire M64 window will be + assigned to this one SR-IOV device and none of the space will be + available for other devices. Note that this only expands the space + reserved in software; there are still only total_VFs VFs, and they only + respond to segments [0, total_VFs - 1]. There's nothing in hardware that + responds to segments [total_VFs, 255]. + +4. Implications for the Generic PCI Code + +The PCIe SR-IOV spec requires that the base of the VF(n) BAR space be +aligned to the size of an individual VF BAR. + +In IODA2, the MMIO address determines the PE#. If the address is in an M32 +window, we can set the PE# by updating the table that translates segments +to PE#s. Similarly, if the address is in an unsegmented M64 window, we can +set the PE# for the window. But if it's in a segmented M64 window, the +segment number is the PE#. + +Therefore, the only way to control the PE# for a VF is to change the base +of the VF(n) BAR space in the VF BAR. If the PCI core allocates the exact +amount of space required for the VF(n) BAR space, the VF BAR value is fixed +and cannot be changed. + +On the other hand, if the PCI core allocates additional space, the VF BAR +value can be changed as long as the entire VF(n) BAR space remains inside +the space allocated by the core. + +Ideally the segment size will be the same as an individual VF BAR size. +Then each VF will be in its own PE. The VF BARs (and therefore the PE#s) +are contiguous. If VF0 is in PE(x), then VF(n) is in PE(x+n). If we +allocate 256 segments, there are (256 - numVFs) choices for the PE# of VF0. + +If the segment size is smaller than the VF BAR size, it will take several +segments to cover a VF BAR, and a VF will be in several PEs. This is +possible, but the isolation isn't as good, and it reduces the number of PE# +choices because instead of consuming only numVFs segments, the VF(n) BAR +space will consume (numVFs * n) segments. That means there aren't as many +available segments for adjusting base of the VF(n) BAR space. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt index 9791e98ab49c..ba0a2a4a54ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt @@ -74,22 +74,23 @@ Causes of transaction aborts Syscalls ======== -Performing syscalls from within transaction is not recommended, and can lead -to unpredictable results. +Syscalls made from within an active transaction will not be performed and the +transaction will be doomed by the kernel with the failure code TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL +| TM_CAUSE_PERSISTENT. -Syscalls do not by design abort transactions, but beware: The kernel code will -not be running in transactional state. The effect of syscalls will always -remain visible, but depending on the call they may abort your transaction as a -side-effect, read soon-to-be-aborted transactional data that should not remain -invisible, etc. If you constantly retry a transaction that constantly aborts -itself by calling a syscall, you'll have a livelock & make no progress. +Syscalls made from within a suspended transaction are performed as normal and +the transaction is not explicitly doomed by the kernel. However, what the +kernel does to perform the syscall may result in the transaction being doomed +by the hardware. The syscall is performed in suspended mode so any side +effects will be persistent, independent of transaction success or failure. No +guarantees are provided by the kernel about which syscalls will affect +transaction success. -Simple syscalls (e.g. sigprocmask()) "could" be OK. Even things like write() -from, say, printf() should be OK as long as the kernel does not access any -memory that was accessed transactionally. - -Consider any syscalls that happen to work as debug-only -- not recommended for -production use. Best to queue them up till after the transaction is over. +Care must be taken when relying on syscalls to abort during active transactions +if the calls are made via a library. Libraries may cache values (which may +give the appearance of success) or perform operations that cause transaction +failure before entering the kernel (which may produce different failure codes). +Examples are glibc's getpid() and lazy symbol resolution. Signals @@ -174,10 +175,9 @@ These are defined in <asm/reg.h>, and distinguish different reasons why the kernel aborted a transaction: TM_CAUSE_RESCHED Thread was rescheduled. - TM_CAUSE_TLBI Software TLB invalide. + TM_CAUSE_TLBI Software TLB invalid. TM_CAUSE_FAC_UNAV FP/VEC/VSX unavailable trap. - TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL Currently unused; future syscalls that must abort - transactions for consistency will use this. + TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL Syscall from active transaction. TM_CAUSE_SIGNAL Signal delivered. TM_CAUSE_MISC Currently unused. TM_CAUSE_ALIGNMENT Alignment fault. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ kernel aborted a transaction: These can be checked by the user program's abort handler as TEXASR[0:7]. If bit 7 is set, it indicates that the error is consider persistent. For example -a TM_CAUSE_ALIGNMENT will be persistent while a TM_CAUSE_RESCHED will not.q +a TM_CAUSE_ALIGNMENT will be persistent while a TM_CAUSE_RESCHED will not. GDB === diff --git a/Documentation/pps/pps.txt b/Documentation/pps/pps.txt index c03b1be5eb15..c508cceeee7d 100644 --- a/Documentation/pps/pps.txt +++ b/Documentation/pps/pps.txt @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Testing the PPS support In order to test the PPS support even without specific hardware you can use the ktimer driver (see the client subsection in the PPS configuration menu) -and the userland tools provided into Documentaion/pps/ directory. +and the userland tools provided in the Documentation/pps/ directory. Once you have enabled the compilation of ktimer just modprobe it (if not statically compiled): diff --git a/Documentation/prctl/Makefile b/Documentation/prctl/Makefile index 2948b7b124b9..44de3080c7f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/prctl/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/prctl/Makefile @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +ifndef CROSS_COMPILE # List of programs to build hostprogs-$(CONFIG_X86) := disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test disable-tsc-test # Tell kbuild to always build the programs @@ -6,3 +7,4 @@ always := $(hostprogs-y) HOSTCFLAGS_disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include HOSTCFLAGS_disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include HOSTCFLAGS_disable-tsc-test.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include +endif diff --git a/Documentation/preempt-locking.txt b/Documentation/preempt-locking.txt index 57883ca2498b..e89ce6624af2 100644 --- a/Documentation/preempt-locking.txt +++ b/Documentation/preempt-locking.txt @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ preemption must be disabled around such regions. Note, some FPU functions are already explicitly preempt safe. For example, kernel_fpu_begin and kernel_fpu_end will disable and enable preemption. -However, math_state_restore must be called with preemption disabled. +However, fpu__restore() must be called with preemption disabled. RULE #3: Lock acquire and release must be performed by same task diff --git a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt index 5a615c14f75d..2216eb187c21 100644 --- a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt +++ b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt @@ -8,6 +8,21 @@ If variable is of Type, use printk format specifier: unsigned long long %llu or %llx size_t %zu or %zx ssize_t %zd or %zx + s32 %d or %x + u32 %u or %x + s64 %lld or %llx + u64 %llu or %llx + +If <type> is dependent on a config option for its size (e.g., sector_t, +blkcnt_t) or is architecture-dependent for its size (e.g., tcflag_t), use a +format specifier of its largest possible type and explicitly cast to it. +Example: + + printk("test: sector number/total blocks: %llu/%llu\n", + (unsigned long long)sector, (unsigned long long)blockcount); + +Reminder: sizeof() result is of type size_t. + Raw pointer value SHOULD be printed with %p. The kernel supports the following extended format specifiers for pointer types: @@ -54,6 +69,7 @@ Struct Resources: For printing struct resources. The 'R' and 'r' specifiers result in a printed resource with ('R') or without ('r') a decoded flags member. + Passed by reference. Physical addresses types phys_addr_t: @@ -132,6 +148,8 @@ MAC/FDDI addresses: specifier to use reversed byte order suitable for visual interpretation of Bluetooth addresses which are in the little endian order. + Passed by reference. + IPv4 addresses: %pI4 1.2.3.4 @@ -146,6 +164,8 @@ IPv4 addresses: host, network, big or little endian order addresses respectively. Where no specifier is provided the default network/big endian order is used. + Passed by reference. + IPv6 addresses: %pI6 0001:0002:0003:0004:0005:0006:0007:0008 @@ -160,6 +180,8 @@ IPv6 addresses: print a compressed IPv6 address as described by http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5952 + Passed by reference. + IPv4/IPv6 addresses (generic, with port, flowinfo, scope): %pIS 1.2.3.4 or 0001:0002:0003:0004:0005:0006:0007:0008 @@ -186,6 +208,8 @@ IPv4/IPv6 addresses (generic, with port, flowinfo, scope): specifiers can be used as well and are ignored in case of an IPv6 address. + Passed by reference. + Further examples: %pISfc 1.2.3.4 or [1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8]/123456789 @@ -204,9 +228,11 @@ UUID/GUID addresses: lower ('l') or upper case ('L') hex characters - and big endian order in lower ('b') or upper case ('B') hex characters. - Where no additional specifiers are used the default little endian + Where no additional specifiers are used the default big endian order with lower case hex characters will be printed. + Passed by reference. + dentry names: %pd{,2,3,4} %pD{,2,3,4} @@ -216,6 +242,8 @@ dentry names: equivalent of %s dentry->d_name.name we used to use, %pd<n> prints n last components. %pD does the same thing for struct file. + Passed by reference. + struct va_format: %pV @@ -231,23 +259,30 @@ struct va_format: Do not use this feature without some mechanism to verify the correctness of the format string and va_list arguments. -u64 SHOULD be printed with %llu/%llx: + Passed by reference. - printk("%llu", u64_var); +struct clk: -s64 SHOULD be printed with %lld/%llx: + %pC pll1 + %pCn pll1 + %pCr 1560000000 - printk("%lld", s64_var); + For printing struct clk structures. '%pC' and '%pCn' print the name + (Common Clock Framework) or address (legacy clock framework) of the + structure; '%pCr' prints the current clock rate. -If <type> is dependent on a config option for its size (e.g., sector_t, -blkcnt_t) or is architecture-dependent for its size (e.g., tcflag_t), use a -format specifier of its largest possible type and explicitly cast to it. -Example: + Passed by reference. - printk("test: sector number/total blocks: %llu/%llu\n", - (unsigned long long)sector, (unsigned long long)blockcount); +bitmap and its derivatives such as cpumask and nodemask: -Reminder: sizeof() result is of type size_t. + %*pb 0779 + %*pbl 0,3-6,8-10 + + For printing bitmap and its derivatives such as cpumask and nodemask, + %*pb output the bitmap with field width as the number of bits and %*pbl + output the bitmap as range list with field width as the number of bits. + + Passed by reference. Thank you for your cooperation and attention. diff --git a/Documentation/remoteproc.txt b/Documentation/remoteproc.txt index e6469fdcf89a..ef0219fa4bb4 100644 --- a/Documentation/remoteproc.txt +++ b/Documentation/remoteproc.txt @@ -51,6 +51,12 @@ cost. rproc_shutdown() returns, and users can still use it with a subsequent rproc_boot(), if needed. + struct rproc *rproc_get_by_phandle(phandle phandle) + - Find an rproc handle using a device tree phandle. Returns the rproc + handle on success, and NULL on failure. This function increments + the remote processor's refcount, so always use rproc_put() to + decrement it back once rproc isn't needed anymore. + 3. Typical usage #include <linux/remoteproc.h> diff --git a/Documentation/rtc.txt b/Documentation/rtc.txt index 596b60c08b74..8446f1ea1410 100644 --- a/Documentation/rtc.txt +++ b/Documentation/rtc.txt @@ -204,266 +204,4 @@ Some common examples: * RTC_PIE_ON, RTC_PIE_OFF: These are also emulated by the generic code. -If all else fails, check out the rtc-test.c driver! - - --------------------- 8< ---------------- 8< ----------------------------- - -/* - * Real Time Clock Driver Test/Example Program - * - * Compile with: - * gcc -s -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes rtctest.c -o rtctest - * - * Copyright (C) 1996, Paul Gortmaker. - * - * Released under the GNU General Public License, version 2, - * included herein by reference. - * - */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <linux/rtc.h> -#include <sys/ioctl.h> -#include <sys/time.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <fcntl.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <errno.h> - - -/* - * This expects the new RTC class driver framework, working with - * clocks that will often not be clones of what the PC-AT had. - * Use the command line to specify another RTC if you need one. - */ -static const char default_rtc[] = "/dev/rtc0"; - - -int main(int argc, char **argv) -{ - int i, fd, retval, irqcount = 0; - unsigned long tmp, data; - struct rtc_time rtc_tm; - const char *rtc = default_rtc; - - switch (argc) { - case 2: - rtc = argv[1]; - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 1: - break; - default: - fprintf(stderr, "usage: rtctest [rtcdev]\n"); - return 1; - } - - fd = open(rtc, O_RDONLY); - - if (fd == -1) { - perror(rtc); - exit(errno); - } - - fprintf(stderr, "\n\t\t\tRTC Driver Test Example.\n\n"); - - /* Turn on update interrupts (one per second) */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_UIE_ON, 0); - if (retval == -1) { - if (errno == ENOTTY) { - fprintf(stderr, - "\n...Update IRQs not supported.\n"); - goto test_READ; - } - perror("RTC_UIE_ON ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - fprintf(stderr, "Counting 5 update (1/sec) interrupts from reading %s:", - rtc); - fflush(stderr); - for (i=1; i<6; i++) { - /* This read will block */ - retval = read(fd, &data, sizeof(unsigned long)); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("read"); - exit(errno); - } - fprintf(stderr, " %d",i); - fflush(stderr); - irqcount++; - } - - fprintf(stderr, "\nAgain, from using select(2) on /dev/rtc:"); - fflush(stderr); - for (i=1; i<6; i++) { - struct timeval tv = {5, 0}; /* 5 second timeout on select */ - fd_set readfds; - - FD_ZERO(&readfds); - FD_SET(fd, &readfds); - /* The select will wait until an RTC interrupt happens. */ - retval = select(fd+1, &readfds, NULL, NULL, &tv); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("select"); - exit(errno); - } - /* This read won't block unlike the select-less case above. */ - retval = read(fd, &data, sizeof(unsigned long)); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("read"); - exit(errno); - } - fprintf(stderr, " %d",i); - fflush(stderr); - irqcount++; - } - - /* Turn off update interrupts */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_UIE_OFF, 0); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_UIE_OFF ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - -test_READ: - /* Read the RTC time/date */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_RD_TIME, &rtc_tm); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_RD_TIME ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - fprintf(stderr, "\n\nCurrent RTC date/time is %d-%d-%d, %02d:%02d:%02d.\n", - rtc_tm.tm_mday, rtc_tm.tm_mon + 1, rtc_tm.tm_year + 1900, - rtc_tm.tm_hour, rtc_tm.tm_min, rtc_tm.tm_sec); - - /* Set the alarm to 5 sec in the future, and check for rollover */ - rtc_tm.tm_sec += 5; - if (rtc_tm.tm_sec >= 60) { - rtc_tm.tm_sec %= 60; - rtc_tm.tm_min++; - } - if (rtc_tm.tm_min == 60) { - rtc_tm.tm_min = 0; - rtc_tm.tm_hour++; - } - if (rtc_tm.tm_hour == 24) - rtc_tm.tm_hour = 0; - - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_ALM_SET, &rtc_tm); - if (retval == -1) { - if (errno == ENOTTY) { - fprintf(stderr, - "\n...Alarm IRQs not supported.\n"); - goto test_PIE; - } - perror("RTC_ALM_SET ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - /* Read the current alarm settings */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_ALM_READ, &rtc_tm); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_ALM_READ ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - fprintf(stderr, "Alarm time now set to %02d:%02d:%02d.\n", - rtc_tm.tm_hour, rtc_tm.tm_min, rtc_tm.tm_sec); - - /* Enable alarm interrupts */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_AIE_ON, 0); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_AIE_ON ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - fprintf(stderr, "Waiting 5 seconds for alarm..."); - fflush(stderr); - /* This blocks until the alarm ring causes an interrupt */ - retval = read(fd, &data, sizeof(unsigned long)); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("read"); - exit(errno); - } - irqcount++; - fprintf(stderr, " okay. Alarm rang.\n"); - - /* Disable alarm interrupts */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_AIE_OFF, 0); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_AIE_OFF ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - -test_PIE: - /* Read periodic IRQ rate */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_IRQP_READ, &tmp); - if (retval == -1) { - /* not all RTCs support periodic IRQs */ - if (errno == ENOTTY) { - fprintf(stderr, "\nNo periodic IRQ support\n"); - goto done; - } - perror("RTC_IRQP_READ ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - fprintf(stderr, "\nPeriodic IRQ rate is %ldHz.\n", tmp); - - fprintf(stderr, "Counting 20 interrupts at:"); - fflush(stderr); - - /* The frequencies 128Hz, 256Hz, ... 8192Hz are only allowed for root. */ - for (tmp=2; tmp<=64; tmp*=2) { - - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_IRQP_SET, tmp); - if (retval == -1) { - /* not all RTCs can change their periodic IRQ rate */ - if (errno == ENOTTY) { - fprintf(stderr, - "\n...Periodic IRQ rate is fixed\n"); - goto done; - } - perror("RTC_IRQP_SET ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - fprintf(stderr, "\n%ldHz:\t", tmp); - fflush(stderr); - - /* Enable periodic interrupts */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_PIE_ON, 0); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_PIE_ON ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - for (i=1; i<21; i++) { - /* This blocks */ - retval = read(fd, &data, sizeof(unsigned long)); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("read"); - exit(errno); - } - fprintf(stderr, " %d",i); - fflush(stderr); - irqcount++; - } - - /* Disable periodic interrupts */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_PIE_OFF, 0); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_PIE_OFF ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - } - -done: - fprintf(stderr, "\n\n\t\t\t *** Test complete ***\n"); - - close(fd); - - return 0; -} +If all else fails, check out the tools/testing/selftests/timers/rtctest.c test! diff --git a/Documentation/s390/qeth.txt b/Documentation/s390/qeth.txt index 74122ada9949..aa06fcf5f8c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/s390/qeth.txt +++ b/Documentation/s390/qeth.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ IBM s390 QDIO Ethernet Driver -HiperSockets Bridge Port Support +OSA and HiperSockets Bridge Port Support Uevents @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ To generate the events the device must be assigned a role of either a primary or a secondary Bridge Port. For more information, see "z/VM Connectivity, SC24-6174". -When run on HiperSockets Bridge Capable Port hardware, and the state +When run on an OSA or HiperSockets Bridge Capable Port hardware, and the state of some configured Bridge Port device on the channel changes, a udev event with ACTION=CHANGE is emitted on behalf of the corresponding ccwgroup device. The event has the following attributes: diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/completion.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/completion.txt index f77651eca31e..2622bc7a188b 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/completion.txt +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/completion.txt @@ -7,24 +7,24 @@ Introduction: ------------- If you have one or more threads of execution that must wait for some process -to have reached a point or a specific state, completions can provide a race -free solution to this problem. Semantically they are somewhat like a -pthread_barriers and have similar use-cases. +to have reached a point or a specific state, completions can provide a +race-free solution to this problem. Semantically they are somewhat like a +pthread_barrier and have similar use-cases. -Completions are a code synchronization mechanism that is preferable to any +Completions are a code synchronization mechanism which is preferable to any misuse of locks. Any time you think of using yield() or some quirky -msleep(1); loop to allow something else to proceed, you probably want to +msleep(1) loop to allow something else to proceed, you probably want to look into using one of the wait_for_completion*() calls instead. The -advantage of using completions is clear intent of the code but also more +advantage of using completions is clear intent of the code, but also more efficient code as both threads can continue until the result is actually needed. Completions are built on top of the generic event infrastructure in Linux, -with the event reduced to a simple flag appropriately called "done" in -struct completion, that tells the waiting threads of execution if they +with the event reduced to a simple flag (appropriately called "done") in +struct completion that tells the waiting threads of execution if they can continue safely. -As completions are scheduling related the code is found in +As completions are scheduling related, the code is found in kernel/sched/completion.c - for details on completion design and implementation see completions-design.txt @@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ implementation see completions-design.txt Usage: ------ -There are three parts to the using completions, the initialization of the +There are three parts to using completions, the initialization of the struct completion, the waiting part through a call to one of the variants of -wait_for_completion() and the signaling side through a call to complete(), +wait_for_completion() and the signaling side through a call to complete() or complete_all(). Further there are some helper functions for checking the state of completions. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ handling of completions is: providing the wait queue to place tasks on for waiting and the flag for indicating the state of affairs. -Completions should be named to convey the intent of the waiter. A good +Completions should be named to convey the intent of the waiter. A good example is: wait_for_completion(&early_console_added); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ the default state to "not available", that is, "done" is set to 0. The re-initialization function, reinit_completion(), simply resets the done element to "not available", thus again to 0, without touching the -wait queue. Calling init_completion() on the same completions object is +wait queue. Calling init_completion() twice on the same completion object is most likely a bug as it re-initializes the queue to an empty queue and enqueued tasks could get "lost" - use reinit_completion() in that case. @@ -87,10 +87,17 @@ initialization should always use: DECLARE_COMPLETION_ONSTACK(setup_done) suitable for automatic/local variables on the stack and will make lockdep -happy. Note also that one needs to making *sure* the completion passt to +happy. Note also that one needs to make *sure* the completion passed to work threads remains in-scope, and no references remain to on-stack data when the initiating function returns. +Using on-stack completions for code that calls any of the _timeout or +_interruptible/_killable variants is not advisable as they will require +additional synchronization to prevent the on-stack completion object in +the timeout/signal cases from going out of scope. Consider using dynamically +allocated completions when intending to use the _interruptible/_killable +or _timeout variants of wait_for_completion(). + Waiting for completions: ------------------------ @@ -99,34 +106,38 @@ For a thread of execution to wait for some concurrent work to finish, it calls wait_for_completion() on the initialized completion structure. A typical usage scenario is: - structure completion setup_done; + struct completion setup_done; init_completion(&setup_done); - initialze_work(...,&setup_done,...) + initialize_work(...,&setup_done,...) /* run non-dependent code */ /* do setup */ - wait_for_completion(&seupt_done); complete(setup_done) + wait_for_completion(&setup_done); complete(setup_done) -This is not implying any temporal order of wait_for_completion() and the +This is not implying any temporal order on wait_for_completion() and the call to complete() - if the call to complete() happened before the call to wait_for_completion() then the waiting side simply will continue -immediately as all dependencies are satisfied. +immediately as all dependencies are satisfied if not it will block until +completion is signaled by complete(). -Note that wait_for_completion() is calling spin_lock_irq/spin_unlock_irq +Note that wait_for_completion() is calling spin_lock_irq()/spin_unlock_irq(), so it can only be called safely when you know that interrupts are enabled. -Calling it from hard-irq context will result in hard to detect spurious -enabling of interrupts. +Calling it from hard-irq or irqs-off atomic contexts will result in +hard-to-detect spurious enabling of interrupts. wait_for_completion(): void wait_for_completion(struct completion *done): -The default behavior is to wait without a timeout and mark the task as +The default behavior is to wait without a timeout and to mark the task as uninterruptible. wait_for_completion() and its variants are only safe -in soft-interrupt or process context but not in hard-irq context. +in process context (as they can sleep) but not in atomic context, +interrupt context, with disabled irqs. or preemption is disabled - see also +try_wait_for_completion() below for handling completion in atomic/interrupt +context. + As all variants of wait_for_completion() can (obviously) block for a long -time, you probably don't want to call this with held locks - see also -try_wait_for_completion() below. +time, you probably don't want to call this with held mutexes. Variants available: @@ -141,43 +152,44 @@ A common problem that occurs is to have unclean assignment of return types, so care should be taken with assigning return-values to variables of proper type. Checking for the specific meaning of return values also has been found to be quite inaccurate e.g. constructs like -if(!wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout(...)) would execute the same +if (!wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout(...)) would execute the same code path for successful completion and for the interrupted case - which is probably not what you want. int wait_for_completion_interruptible(struct completion *done) -marking the task TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE. If a signal was received while waiting. -It will return -ERESTARTSYS and 0 otherwise. +This function marks the task TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE. If a signal was received +while waiting it will return -ERESTARTSYS; 0 otherwise. unsigned long wait_for_completion_timeout(struct completion *done, unsigned long timeout) -The task is marked as TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE and will wait at most timeout -(in jiffies). If timeout occurs it return 0 else the remaining time in -jiffies (but at least 1). Timeouts are preferably passed by msecs_to_jiffies() -or usecs_to_jiffies(). If the returned timeout value is deliberately ignored -a comment should probably explain why (e.g. see drivers/mfd/wm8350-core.c -wm8350_read_auxadc()) +The task is marked as TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE and will wait at most 'timeout' +(in jiffies). If timeout occurs it returns 0 else the remaining time in +jiffies (but at least 1). Timeouts are preferably calculated with +msecs_to_jiffies() or usecs_to_jiffies(). If the returned timeout value is +deliberately ignored a comment should probably explain why (e.g. see +drivers/mfd/wm8350-core.c wm8350_read_auxadc()) long wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout( struct completion *done, unsigned long timeout) -passing a timeout in jiffies and marking the task as TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE. If a -signal was received it will return -ERESTARTSYS, 0 if completion timed-out and -the remaining time in jiffies if completion occurred. +This function passes a timeout in jiffies and marks the task as +TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE. If a signal was received it will return -ERESTARTSYS; +otherwise it returns 0 if the completion timed out or the remaining time in +jiffies if completion occurred. -Further variants include _killable which passes TASK_KILLABLE as the -designated tasks state and will return a -ERESTARTSYS if interrupted or -else 0 if completions was achieved as well as a _timeout variant. +Further variants include _killable which uses TASK_KILLABLE as the +designated tasks state and will return -ERESTARTSYS if it is interrupted or +else 0 if completion was achieved. There is a _timeout variant as well: long wait_for_completion_killable(struct completion *done) long wait_for_completion_killable_timeout(struct completion *done, unsigned long timeout) -The _io variants wait_for_completion_io behave the same as the non-_io +The _io variants wait_for_completion_io() behave the same as the non-_io variants, except for accounting waiting time as waiting on IO, which has -an impact on how scheduling is calculated. +an impact on how the task is accounted in scheduling stats. void wait_for_completion_io(struct completion *done) unsigned long wait_for_completion_io_timeout(struct completion *done @@ -187,13 +199,13 @@ an impact on how scheduling is calculated. Signaling completions: ---------------------- -A thread of execution that wants to signal that the conditions for -continuation have been achieved calls complete() to signal exactly one -of the waiters that it can continue. +A thread that wants to signal that the conditions for continuation have been +achieved calls complete() to signal exactly one of the waiters that it can +continue. void complete(struct completion *done) -or calls complete_all to signal all current and future waiters. +or calls complete_all() to signal all current and future waiters. void complete_all(struct completion *done) @@ -205,32 +217,32 @@ wakeup order is the same in which they were enqueued (FIFO order). If complete() is called multiple times then this will allow for that number of waiters to continue - each call to complete() will simply increment the done element. Calling complete_all() multiple times is a bug though. Both -complete() and complete_all() can be called in hard-irq context safely. +complete() and complete_all() can be called in hard-irq/atomic context safely. There only can be one thread calling complete() or complete_all() on a -particular struct completions at any time - serialized through the wait +particular struct completion at any time - serialized through the wait queue spinlock. Any such concurrent calls to complete() or complete_all() probably are a design bug. Signaling completion from hard-irq context is fine as it will appropriately -lock with spin_lock_irqsave/spin_unlock_irqrestore. +lock with spin_lock_irqsave/spin_unlock_irqrestore and it will never sleep. try_wait_for_completion()/completion_done(): -------------------------------------------- -The try_wait_for_completion will not put the thread on the wait queue but -rather returns false if it would need to enqueue (block) the thread, else it -consumes any posted completions and returns true. +The try_wait_for_completion() function will not put the thread on the wait +queue but rather returns false if it would need to enqueue (block) the thread, +else it consumes one posted completion and returns true. - bool try_wait_for_completion(struct completion *done) + bool try_wait_for_completion(struct completion *done) -Finally to check state of a completions without changing it in any way is -provided by completion_done() returning false if there are any posted -completion that was not yet consumed by waiters implying that there are -waiters and true otherwise; +Finally, to check the state of a completion without changing it in any way, +call completion_done(), which returns false if there are no posted +completions that were not yet consumed by waiters (implying that there are +waiters) and true otherwise; - bool completion_done(struct completion *done) + bool completion_done(struct completion *done) Both try_wait_for_completion() and completion_done() are safe to be called in -hard-irq context. +hard-irq or atomic context. diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.txt index 21461a0441c1..e114513a2731 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.txt +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.txt @@ -8,6 +8,10 @@ CONTENTS 1. Overview 2. Scheduling algorithm 3. Scheduling Real-Time Tasks + 3.1 Definitions + 3.2 Schedulability Analysis for Uniprocessor Systems + 3.3 Schedulability Analysis for Multiprocessor Systems + 3.4 Relationship with SCHED_DEADLINE Parameters 4. Bandwidth management 4.1 System-wide settings 4.2 Task interface @@ -43,7 +47,7 @@ CONTENTS "deadline", to schedule tasks. A SCHED_DEADLINE task should receive "runtime" microseconds of execution time every "period" microseconds, and these "runtime" microseconds are available within "deadline" microseconds - from the beginning of the period. In order to implement this behaviour, + from the beginning of the period. In order to implement this behavior, every time the task wakes up, the scheduler computes a "scheduling deadline" consistent with the guarantee (using the CBS[2,3] algorithm). Tasks are then scheduled using EDF[1] on these scheduling deadlines (the task with the @@ -52,7 +56,7 @@ CONTENTS "admission control" strategy (see Section "4. Bandwidth management") is used (clearly, if the system is overloaded this guarantee cannot be respected). - Summing up, the CBS[2,3] algorithms assigns scheduling deadlines to tasks so + Summing up, the CBS[2,3] algorithm assigns scheduling deadlines to tasks so that each task runs for at most its runtime every period, avoiding any interference between different tasks (bandwidth isolation), while the EDF[1] algorithm selects the task with the earliest scheduling deadline as the one @@ -63,7 +67,7 @@ CONTENTS In more details, the CBS algorithm assigns scheduling deadlines to tasks in the following way: - - Each SCHED_DEADLINE task is characterised by the "runtime", + - Each SCHED_DEADLINE task is characterized by the "runtime", "deadline", and "period" parameters; - The state of the task is described by a "scheduling deadline", and @@ -78,7 +82,7 @@ CONTENTS then, if the scheduling deadline is smaller than the current time, or this condition is verified, the scheduling deadline and the - remaining runtime are re-initialised as + remaining runtime are re-initialized as scheduling deadline = current time + deadline remaining runtime = runtime @@ -126,31 +130,37 @@ CONTENTS suited for periodic or sporadic real-time tasks that need guarantees on their timing behavior, e.g., multimedia, streaming, control applications, etc. +3.1 Definitions +------------------------ + A typical real-time task is composed of a repetition of computation phases (task instances, or jobs) which are activated on a periodic or sporadic fashion. - Each job J_j (where J_j is the j^th job of the task) is characterised by an + Each job J_j (where J_j is the j^th job of the task) is characterized by an arrival time r_j (the time when the job starts), an amount of computation time c_j needed to finish the job, and a job absolute deadline d_j, which is the time within which the job should be finished. The maximum execution - time max_j{c_j} is called "Worst Case Execution Time" (WCET) for the task. + time max{c_j} is called "Worst Case Execution Time" (WCET) for the task. A real-time task can be periodic with period P if r_{j+1} = r_j + P, or sporadic with minimum inter-arrival time P is r_{j+1} >= r_j + P. Finally, d_j = r_j + D, where D is the task's relative deadline. - The utilisation of a real-time task is defined as the ratio between its + Summing up, a real-time task can be described as + Task = (WCET, D, P) + + The utilization of a real-time task is defined as the ratio between its WCET and its period (or minimum inter-arrival time), and represents the fraction of CPU time needed to execute the task. - If the total utilisation sum_i(WCET_i/P_i) is larger than M (with M equal + If the total utilization U=sum(WCET_i/P_i) is larger than M (with M equal to the number of CPUs), then the scheduler is unable to respect all the deadlines. - Note that total utilisation is defined as the sum of the utilisations + Note that total utilization is defined as the sum of the utilizations WCET_i/P_i over all the real-time tasks in the system. When considering multiple real-time tasks, the parameters of the i-th task are indicated with the "_i" suffix. - Moreover, if the total utilisation is larger than M, then we risk starving + Moreover, if the total utilization is larger than M, then we risk starving non- real-time tasks by real-time tasks. - If, instead, the total utilisation is smaller than M, then non real-time + If, instead, the total utilization is smaller than M, then non real-time tasks will not be starved and the system might be able to respect all the deadlines. As a matter of fact, in this case it is possible to provide an upper bound @@ -159,38 +169,119 @@ CONTENTS More precisely, it can be proven that using a global EDF scheduler the maximum tardiness of each task is smaller or equal than ((M − 1) · WCET_max − WCET_min)/(M − (M − 2) · U_max) + WCET_max - where WCET_max = max_i{WCET_i} is the maximum WCET, WCET_min=min_i{WCET_i} - is the minimum WCET, and U_max = max_i{WCET_i/P_i} is the maximum utilisation. + where WCET_max = max{WCET_i} is the maximum WCET, WCET_min=min{WCET_i} + is the minimum WCET, and U_max = max{WCET_i/P_i} is the maximum + utilization[12]. + +3.2 Schedulability Analysis for Uniprocessor Systems +------------------------ If M=1 (uniprocessor system), or in case of partitioned scheduling (each real-time task is statically assigned to one and only one CPU), it is possible to formally check if all the deadlines are respected. If D_i = P_i for all tasks, then EDF is able to respect all the deadlines - of all the tasks executing on a CPU if and only if the total utilisation + of all the tasks executing on a CPU if and only if the total utilization of the tasks running on such a CPU is smaller or equal than 1. If D_i != P_i for some task, then it is possible to define the density of - a task as C_i/min{D_i,T_i}, and EDF is able to respect all the deadlines - of all the tasks running on a CPU if the sum sum_i C_i/min{D_i,T_i} of the - densities of the tasks running on such a CPU is smaller or equal than 1 - (notice that this condition is only sufficient, and not necessary). + a task as WCET_i/min{D_i,P_i}, and EDF is able to respect all the deadlines + of all the tasks running on a CPU if the sum of the densities of the tasks + running on such a CPU is smaller or equal than 1: + sum(WCET_i / min{D_i, P_i}) <= 1 + It is important to notice that this condition is only sufficient, and not + necessary: there are task sets that are schedulable, but do not respect the + condition. For example, consider the task set {Task_1,Task_2} composed by + Task_1=(50ms,50ms,100ms) and Task_2=(10ms,100ms,100ms). + EDF is clearly able to schedule the two tasks without missing any deadline + (Task_1 is scheduled as soon as it is released, and finishes just in time + to respect its deadline; Task_2 is scheduled immediately after Task_1, hence + its response time cannot be larger than 50ms + 10ms = 60ms) even if + 50 / min{50,100} + 10 / min{100, 100} = 50 / 50 + 10 / 100 = 1.1 + Of course it is possible to test the exact schedulability of tasks with + D_i != P_i (checking a condition that is both sufficient and necessary), + but this cannot be done by comparing the total utilization or density with + a constant. Instead, the so called "processor demand" approach can be used, + computing the total amount of CPU time h(t) needed by all the tasks to + respect all of their deadlines in a time interval of size t, and comparing + such a time with the interval size t. If h(t) is smaller than t (that is, + the amount of time needed by the tasks in a time interval of size t is + smaller than the size of the interval) for all the possible values of t, then + EDF is able to schedule the tasks respecting all of their deadlines. Since + performing this check for all possible values of t is impossible, it has been + proven[4,5,6] that it is sufficient to perform the test for values of t + between 0 and a maximum value L. The cited papers contain all of the + mathematical details and explain how to compute h(t) and L. + In any case, this kind of analysis is too complex as well as too + time-consuming to be performed on-line. Hence, as explained in Section + 4 Linux uses an admission test based on the tasks' utilizations. + +3.3 Schedulability Analysis for Multiprocessor Systems +------------------------ On multiprocessor systems with global EDF scheduling (non partitioned systems), a sufficient test for schedulability can not be based on the - utilisations (it can be shown that task sets with utilisations slightly - larger than 1 can miss deadlines regardless of the number of CPUs M). - However, as previously stated, enforcing that the total utilisation is smaller - than M is enough to guarantee that non real-time tasks are not starved and - that the tardiness of real-time tasks has an upper bound. + utilizations or densities: it can be shown that even if D_i = P_i task + sets with utilizations slightly larger than 1 can miss deadlines regardless + of the number of CPUs. + + Consider a set {Task_1,...Task_{M+1}} of M+1 tasks on a system with M + CPUs, with the first task Task_1=(P,P,P) having period, relative deadline + and WCET equal to P. The remaining M tasks Task_i=(e,P-1,P-1) have an + arbitrarily small worst case execution time (indicated as "e" here) and a + period smaller than the one of the first task. Hence, if all the tasks + activate at the same time t, global EDF schedules these M tasks first + (because their absolute deadlines are equal to t + P - 1, hence they are + smaller than the absolute deadline of Task_1, which is t + P). As a + result, Task_1 can be scheduled only at time t + e, and will finish at + time t + e + P, after its absolute deadline. The total utilization of the + task set is U = M · e / (P - 1) + P / P = M · e / (P - 1) + 1, and for small + values of e this can become very close to 1. This is known as "Dhall's + effect"[7]. Note: the example in the original paper by Dhall has been + slightly simplified here (for example, Dhall more correctly computed + lim_{e->0}U). + + More complex schedulability tests for global EDF have been developed in + real-time literature[8,9], but they are not based on a simple comparison + between total utilization (or density) and a fixed constant. If all tasks + have D_i = P_i, a sufficient schedulability condition can be expressed in + a simple way: + sum(WCET_i / P_i) <= M - (M - 1) · U_max + where U_max = max{WCET_i / P_i}[10]. Notice that for U_max = 1, + M - (M - 1) · U_max becomes M - M + 1 = 1 and this schedulability condition + just confirms the Dhall's effect. A more complete survey of the literature + about schedulability tests for multi-processor real-time scheduling can be + found in [11]. + + As seen, enforcing that the total utilization is smaller than M does not + guarantee that global EDF schedules the tasks without missing any deadline + (in other words, global EDF is not an optimal scheduling algorithm). However, + a total utilization smaller than M is enough to guarantee that non real-time + tasks are not starved and that the tardiness of real-time tasks has an upper + bound[12] (as previously noted). Different bounds on the maximum tardiness + experienced by real-time tasks have been developed in various papers[13,14], + but the theoretical result that is important for SCHED_DEADLINE is that if + the total utilization is smaller or equal than M then the response times of + the tasks are limited. + +3.4 Relationship with SCHED_DEADLINE Parameters +------------------------ - SCHED_DEADLINE can be used to schedule real-time tasks guaranteeing that - the jobs' deadlines of a task are respected. In order to do this, a task - must be scheduled by setting: + Finally, it is important to understand the relationship between the + SCHED_DEADLINE scheduling parameters described in Section 2 (runtime, + deadline and period) and the real-time task parameters (WCET, D, P) + described in this section. Note that the tasks' temporal constraints are + represented by its absolute deadlines d_j = r_j + D described above, while + SCHED_DEADLINE schedules the tasks according to scheduling deadlines (see + Section 2). + If an admission test is used to guarantee that the scheduling deadlines + are respected, then SCHED_DEADLINE can be used to schedule real-time tasks + guaranteeing that all the jobs' deadlines of a task are respected. + In order to do this, a task must be scheduled by setting: - runtime >= WCET - deadline = D - period <= P - IOW, if runtime >= WCET and if period is >= P, then the scheduling deadlines + IOW, if runtime >= WCET and if period is <= P, then the scheduling deadlines and the absolute deadlines (d_j) coincide, so a proper admission control allows to respect the jobs' absolute deadlines for this task (this is what is called "hard schedulability property" and is an extension of Lemma 1 of [2]). @@ -206,6 +297,39 @@ CONTENTS Symposium, 1998. http://retis.sssup.it/~giorgio/paps/1998/rtss98-cbs.pdf 3 - L. Abeni. Server Mechanisms for Multimedia Applications. ReTiS Lab Technical Report. http://disi.unitn.it/~abeni/tr-98-01.pdf + 4 - J. Y. Leung and M.L. Merril. A Note on Preemptive Scheduling of + Periodic, Real-Time Tasks. Information Processing Letters, vol. 11, + no. 3, pp. 115-118, 1980. + 5 - S. K. Baruah, A. K. Mok and L. E. Rosier. Preemptively Scheduling + Hard-Real-Time Sporadic Tasks on One Processor. Proceedings of the + 11th IEEE Real-time Systems Symposium, 1990. + 6 - S. K. Baruah, L. E. Rosier and R. R. Howell. Algorithms and Complexity + Concerning the Preemptive Scheduling of Periodic Real-Time tasks on + One Processor. Real-Time Systems Journal, vol. 4, no. 2, pp 301-324, + 1990. + 7 - S. J. Dhall and C. L. Liu. On a real-time scheduling problem. Operations + research, vol. 26, no. 1, pp 127-140, 1978. + 8 - T. Baker. Multiprocessor EDF and Deadline Monotonic Schedulability + Analysis. Proceedings of the 24th IEEE Real-Time Systems Symposium, 2003. + 9 - T. Baker. An Analysis of EDF Schedulability on a Multiprocessor. + IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems, vol. 16, no. 8, + pp 760-768, 2005. + 10 - J. Goossens, S. Funk and S. Baruah, Priority-Driven Scheduling of + Periodic Task Systems on Multiprocessors. Real-Time Systems Journal, + vol. 25, no. 2–3, pp. 187–205, 2003. + 11 - R. Davis and A. Burns. A Survey of Hard Real-Time Scheduling for + Multiprocessor Systems. ACM Computing Surveys, vol. 43, no. 4, 2011. + http://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~robdavis/papers/MPSurveyv5.0.pdf + 12 - U. C. Devi and J. H. Anderson. Tardiness Bounds under Global EDF + Scheduling on a Multiprocessor. Real-Time Systems Journal, vol. 32, + no. 2, pp 133-189, 2008. + 13 - P. Valente and G. Lipari. An Upper Bound to the Lateness of Soft + Real-Time Tasks Scheduled by EDF on Multiprocessors. Proceedings of + the 26th IEEE Real-Time Systems Symposium, 2005. + 14 - J. Erickson, U. Devi and S. Baruah. Improved tardiness bounds for + Global EDF. Proceedings of the 22nd Euromicro Conference on + Real-Time Systems, 2010. + 4. Bandwidth management ======================= @@ -218,10 +342,10 @@ CONTENTS no guarantee can be given on the actual scheduling of the -deadline tasks. As already stated in Section 3, a necessary condition to be respected to - correctly schedule a set of real-time tasks is that the total utilisation + correctly schedule a set of real-time tasks is that the total utilization is smaller than M. When talking about -deadline tasks, this requires that the sum of the ratio between runtime and period for all tasks is smaller - than M. Notice that the ratio runtime/period is equivalent to the utilisation + than M. Notice that the ratio runtime/period is equivalent to the utilization of a "traditional" real-time task, and is also often referred to as "bandwidth". The interface used to control the CPU bandwidth that can be allocated @@ -251,7 +375,7 @@ CONTENTS The system wide settings are configured under the /proc virtual file system. For now the -rt knobs are used for -deadline admission control and the - -deadline runtime is accounted against the -rt runtime. We realise that this + -deadline runtime is accounted against the -rt runtime. We realize that this isn't entirely desirable; however, it is better to have a small interface for now, and be able to change it easily later. The ideal situation (see 5.) is to run -rt tasks from a -deadline server; in which case the -rt bandwidth is a diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt index 1d508dcbf859..8586efff1e99 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt @@ -786,7 +786,6 @@ port address 0x1400. irqm:1 same as initial settings (assumed BIOS settings) irqm:2 always totem pole irqm:0x10 driver will not use IRQF_SHARED flag when requesting irq - irqm:0x20 driver will not use IRQF_DISABLED flag when requesting irq (Bits 0x10 and 0x20 can be combined with hardware irq mode option) @@ -1231,30 +1230,6 @@ they only refer to system buffers that are well aligned. So, a work around may only be needed under Linux when a scatter/gather list is not used and when the SCSI DATA IN phase is reentered after a phase mismatch. -14.5 IRQ sharing problems - -When an IRQ is shared by devices that are handled by different drivers, it -may happen that one driver complains about the request of the IRQ having -failed. Inder Linux-2.0, this may be due to one driver having requested the -IRQ using the IRQF_DISABLED flag but some other having requested the same IRQ -without this flag. Under both Linux-2.0 and linux-2.2, this may be caused by -one driver not having requested the IRQ with the IRQF_SHARED flag. - -By default, the ncr53c8xx and sym53c8xx drivers request IRQs with both the -IRQF_DISABLED and the IRQF_SHARED flag under Linux-2.0 and with only the IRQF_SHARED -flag under Linux-2.2. - -Under Linux-2.0, you can disable use of IRQF_DISABLED flag from the boot -command line by using the following option: - - ncr53c8xx=irqm:0x20 (for the generic ncr53c8xx driver) - sym53c8xx=irqm:0x20 (for the sym53c8xx driver) - -If this does not fix the problem, then you may want to check how all other -drivers are requesting the IRQ and report the problem. Note that if at least -a single driver does not request the IRQ with the IRQF_SHARED flag (share IRQ), -then the request of the IRQ obviously will not succeed for all the drivers. - 15. SCSI problem troubleshooting 15.1 Problem tracking diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt index 731bc4f4c5e6..255075157511 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt @@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ Members of interest: request_buffer - either contains data buffer or scatter gather list depending on the setting of use_sg. Scatter gather elements are defined by 'struct scatterlist' found - in include/asm/scatterlist.h . + in include/linux/scatterlist.h . done - function pointer that should be invoked by LLD when the SCSI command is completed (successfully or otherwise). Should only be called by an LLD if the LLD has accepted diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt index 0d5bdb153d3b..f29fa550665a 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt @@ -151,6 +151,65 @@ A link named 'tape' is made from the SCSI device directory to the class directory corresponding to the mode 0 auto-rewind device (e.g., st0). +SYSFS AND STATISTICS FOR TAPE DEVICES + +The st driver maintains statistics for tape drives inside the sysfs filesystem. +The following method can be used to locate the statistics that are +available (assuming that sysfs is mounted at /sys): + +1. Use opendir(3) on the directory /sys/class/scsi_tape +2. Use readdir(3) to read the directory contents +3. Use regcomp(3)/regexec(3) to match directory entries to the extended + regular expression "^st[0-9]+$" +4. Access the statistics from the /sys/class/scsi_tape/<match>/stats + directory (where <match> is a directory entry from /sys/class/scsi_tape + that matched the extended regular expression) + +The reason for using this approach is that all the character devices +pointing to the same tape drive use the same statistics. That means +that st0 would have the same statistics as nst0. + +The directory contains the following statistics files: + +1. in_flight - The number of I/Os currently outstanding to this device. +2. io_ns - The amount of time spent waiting (in nanoseconds) for all I/O + to complete (including read and write). This includes tape movement + commands such as seeking between file or set marks and implicit tape + movement such as when rewind on close tape devices are used. +3. other_cnt - The number of I/Os issued to the tape drive other than read or + write commands. The time taken to complete these commands uses the + following calculation io_ms-read_ms-write_ms. +4. read_byte_cnt - The number of bytes read from the tape drive. +5. read_cnt - The number of read requests issued to the tape drive. +6. read_ns - The amount of time (in nanoseconds) spent waiting for read + requests to complete. +7. write_byte_cnt - The number of bytes written to the tape drive. +8. write_cnt - The number of write requests issued to the tape drive. +9. write_ns - The amount of time (in nanoseconds) spent waiting for write + requests to complete. +10. resid_cnt - The number of times during a read or write we found + the residual amount to be non-zero. This should mean that a program + is issuing a read larger thean the block size on tape. For write + not all data made it to tape. + +Note: The in_flight value is incremented when an I/O starts the I/O +itself is not added to the statistics until it completes. + +The total of read_cnt, write_cnt, and other_cnt may not total to the same +value as iodone_cnt at the device level. The tape statistics only count +I/O issued via the st module. + +When read the statistics may not be temporally consistent while I/O is in +progress. The individual values are read and written to atomically however +when reading them back via sysfs they may be in the process of being +updated when starting an I/O or when it is completed. + +The value shown in in_flight is incremented before any statstics are +updated and decremented when an I/O completes after updating statistics. +The value of in_flight is 0 when there are no I/Os outstanding that are +issued by the st driver. Tape statistics do not take into account any +I/O performed via the sg device. + BSD AND SYS V SEMANTICS The user can choose between these two behaviours of the tape driver by diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt index 0810132772a8..0e0322bf0020 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt @@ -107,10 +107,6 @@ produced errors and started to corrupt my disks. So don't do that! A 37.50 MHz PCI bus works for me, though, but I don't recommend using higher clocks than the 33.33 MHz being in the PCI spec. -If you want to share the IRQ with another device and the driver refuses to -do so, you might succeed with changing the DC390_IRQ type in tmscsim.c to -IRQF_SHARED | IRQF_DISABLED. - 3.Features ---------- diff --git a/Documentation/security/Smack.txt b/Documentation/security/Smack.txt index b6ef7e9dba30..de5e1aeca7fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/Smack.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/Smack.txt @@ -33,11 +33,18 @@ The current git repository for Smack user space is: git://github.com/smack-team/smack.git This should make and install on most modern distributions. -There are three commands included in smackutil: +There are five commands included in smackutil: -smackload - properly formats data for writing to /smack/load -smackcipso - properly formats data for writing to /smack/cipso chsmack - display or set Smack extended attribute values +smackctl - load the Smack access rules +smackaccess - report if a process with one label has access + to an object with another + +These two commands are obsolete with the introduction of +the smackfs/load2 and smackfs/cipso2 interfaces. + +smackload - properly formats data for writing to smackfs/load +smackcipso - properly formats data for writing to smackfs/cipso In keeping with the intent of Smack, configuration data is minimal and not strictly required. The most important @@ -47,9 +54,9 @@ of this, but it can be manually as well. Add this line to /etc/fstab: - smackfs /smack smackfs smackfsdef=* 0 0 + smackfs /sys/fs/smackfs smackfs defaults 0 0 -and create the /smack directory for mounting. +The /sys/fs/smackfs directory is created by the kernel. Smack uses extended attributes (xattrs) to store labels on filesystem objects. The attributes are stored in the extended attribute security @@ -92,13 +99,13 @@ There are multiple ways to set a Smack label on a file: # attr -S -s SMACK64 -V "value" path # chsmack -a value path -A process can see the smack label it is running with by +A process can see the Smack label it is running with by reading /proc/self/attr/current. A process with CAP_MAC_ADMIN -can set the process smack by writing there. +can set the process Smack by writing there. Most Smack configuration is accomplished by writing to files -in the smackfs filesystem. This pseudo-filesystem is usually -mounted on /smack. +in the smackfs filesystem. This pseudo-filesystem is mounted +on /sys/fs/smackfs. access This interface reports whether a subject with the specified @@ -199,30 +206,37 @@ netlabel label. The format accepted on write is: "%d.%d.%d.%d label" or "%d.%d.%d.%d/%d label". onlycap - This contains the label processes must have for CAP_MAC_ADMIN + This contains labels processes must have for CAP_MAC_ADMIN and CAP_MAC_OVERRIDE to be effective. If this file is empty these capabilities are effective at for processes with any - label. The value is set by writing the desired label to the - file or cleared by writing "-" to the file. + label. The values are set by writing the desired labels, separated + by spaces, to the file or cleared by writing "-" to the file. ptrace This is used to define the current ptrace policy - 0 - default: this is the policy that relies on smack access rules. + 0 - default: this is the policy that relies on Smack access rules. For the PTRACE_READ a subject needs to have a read access on object. For the PTRACE_ATTACH a read-write access is required. 1 - exact: this is the policy that limits PTRACE_ATTACH. Attach is only allowed when subject's and object's labels are equal. - PTRACE_READ is not affected. Can be overriden with CAP_SYS_PTRACE. + PTRACE_READ is not affected. Can be overridden with CAP_SYS_PTRACE. 2 - draconian: this policy behaves like the 'exact' above with an - exception that it can't be overriden with CAP_SYS_PTRACE. + exception that it can't be overridden with CAP_SYS_PTRACE. revoke-subject Writing a Smack label here sets the access to '-' for all access rules with that subject label. +unconfined + If the kernel is configured with CONFIG_SECURITY_SMACK_BRINGUP + a process with CAP_MAC_ADMIN can write a label into this interface. + Thereafter, accesses that involve that label will be logged and + the access permitted if it wouldn't be otherwise. Note that this + is dangerous and can ruin the proper labeling of your system. + It should never be used in production. You can add access rules in /etc/smack/accesses. They take the form: subjectlabel objectlabel access -access is a combination of the letters rwxa which specify the +access is a combination of the letters rwxatb which specify the kind of access permitted a subject with subjectlabel on an object with objectlabel. If there is no rule no access is allowed. @@ -318,8 +332,9 @@ each of the subject and the object. Labels -Smack labels are ASCII character strings, one to twenty-three characters in -length. Single character labels using special characters, that being anything +Smack labels are ASCII character strings. They can be up to 255 characters +long, but keeping them to twenty-three characters is recommended. +Single character labels using special characters, that being anything other than a letter or digit, are reserved for use by the Smack development team. Smack labels are unstructured, case sensitive, and the only operation ever performed on them is comparison for equality. Smack labels cannot @@ -335,10 +350,9 @@ There are some predefined labels: ? Pronounced "huh", a single question mark character. @ Pronounced "web", a single at sign character. -Every task on a Smack system is assigned a label. System tasks, such as -init(8) and systems daemons, are run with the floor ("_") label. User tasks -are assigned labels according to the specification found in the -/etc/smack/user configuration file. +Every task on a Smack system is assigned a label. The Smack label +of a process will usually be assigned by the system initialization +mechanism. Access Rules @@ -393,6 +407,7 @@ describe access modes: w: indicates that write access should be granted. x: indicates that execute access should be granted. t: indicates that the rule requests transmutation. + b: indicates that the rule should be reported for bring-up. Uppercase values for the specification letters are allowed as well. Access mode specifications can be in any order. Examples of acceptable rules @@ -402,6 +417,7 @@ are: Secret Unclass R Manager Game x User HR w + Snap Crackle rwxatb New Old rRrRr Closed Off - @@ -413,7 +429,7 @@ Examples of unacceptable rules are: Spaces are not allowed in labels. Since a subject always has access to files with the same label specifying a rule for that case is pointless. Only -valid letters (rwxatRWXAT) and the dash ('-') character are allowed in +valid letters (rwxatbRWXATB) and the dash ('-') character are allowed in access specifications. The dash is a placeholder, so "a-r" is the same as "ar". A lone dash is used to specify that no access should be allowed. @@ -462,16 +478,11 @@ receiver. The receiver is not required to have read access to the sender. Setting Access Rules The configuration file /etc/smack/accesses contains the rules to be set at -system startup. The contents are written to the special file /smack/load. -Rules can be written to /smack/load at any time and take effect immediately. -For any pair of subject and object labels there can be only one rule, with the -most recently specified overriding any earlier specification. - -The program smackload is provided to ensure data is formatted -properly when written to /smack/load. This program reads lines -of the form - - subjectlabel objectlabel mode. +system startup. The contents are written to the special file +/sys/fs/smackfs/load2. Rules can be added at any time and take effect +immediately. For any pair of subject and object labels there can be only +one rule, with the most recently specified overriding any earlier +specification. Task Attribute @@ -488,7 +499,10 @@ only be changed by a process with privilege. Privilege -A process with CAP_MAC_OVERRIDE is privileged. +A process with CAP_MAC_OVERRIDE or CAP_MAC_ADMIN is privileged. +CAP_MAC_OVERRIDE allows the process access to objects it would +be denied otherwise. CAP_MAC_ADMIN allows a process to change +Smack data, including rules and attributes. Smack Networking @@ -510,14 +524,14 @@ intervention. Unlabeled packets that come into the system will be given the ambient label. Smack requires configuration in the case where packets from a system that is -not smack that speaks CIPSO may be encountered. Usually this will be a Trusted +not Smack that speaks CIPSO may be encountered. Usually this will be a Trusted Solaris system, but there are other, less widely deployed systems out there. CIPSO provides 3 important values, a Domain Of Interpretation (DOI), a level, and a category set with each packet. The DOI is intended to identify a group of systems that use compatible labeling schemes, and the DOI specified on the -smack system must match that of the remote system or packets will be -discarded. The DOI is 3 by default. The value can be read from /smack/doi and -can be changed by writing to /smack/doi. +Smack system must match that of the remote system or packets will be +discarded. The DOI is 3 by default. The value can be read from +/sys/fs/smackfs/doi and can be changed by writing to /sys/fs/smackfs/doi. The label and category set are mapped to a Smack label as defined in /etc/smack/cipso. @@ -539,15 +553,13 @@ The ":" and "," characters are permitted in a Smack label but have no special meaning. The mapping of Smack labels to CIPSO values is defined by writing to -/smack/cipso. Again, the format of data written to this special file -is highly restrictive, so the program smackcipso is provided to -ensure the writes are done properly. This program takes mappings -on the standard input and sends them to /smack/cipso properly. +/sys/fs/smackfs/cipso2. In addition to explicit mappings Smack supports direct CIPSO mappings. One CIPSO level is used to indicate that the category set passed in the packet is in fact an encoding of the Smack label. The level used is 250 by default. The -value can be read from /smack/direct and changed by writing to /smack/direct. +value can be read from /sys/fs/smackfs/direct and changed by writing to +/sys/fs/smackfs/direct. Socket Attributes @@ -565,8 +577,8 @@ sockets. Smack Netlabel Exceptions You will often find that your labeled application has to talk to the outside, -unlabeled world. To do this there's a special file /smack/netlabel where you can -add some exceptions in the form of : +unlabeled world. To do this there's a special file /sys/fs/smackfs/netlabel +where you can add some exceptions in the form of : @IP1 LABEL1 or @IP2/MASK LABEL2 @@ -574,22 +586,22 @@ It means that your application will have unlabeled access to @IP1 if it has write access on LABEL1, and access to the subnet @IP2/MASK if it has write access on LABEL2. -Entries in the /smack/netlabel file are matched by longest mask first, like in -classless IPv4 routing. +Entries in the /sys/fs/smackfs/netlabel file are matched by longest mask +first, like in classless IPv4 routing. A special label '@' and an option '-CIPSO' can be used there : @ means Internet, any application with any label has access to it -CIPSO means standard CIPSO networking If you don't know what CIPSO is and don't plan to use it, you can just do : -echo 127.0.0.1 -CIPSO > /smack/netlabel -echo 0.0.0.0/0 @ > /smack/netlabel +echo 127.0.0.1 -CIPSO > /sys/fs/smackfs/netlabel +echo 0.0.0.0/0 @ > /sys/fs/smackfs/netlabel If you use CIPSO on your 192.168.0.0/16 local network and need also unlabeled Internet access, you can have : -echo 127.0.0.1 -CIPSO > /smack/netlabel -echo 192.168.0.0/16 -CIPSO > /smack/netlabel -echo 0.0.0.0/0 @ > /smack/netlabel +echo 127.0.0.1 -CIPSO > /sys/fs/smackfs/netlabel +echo 192.168.0.0/16 -CIPSO > /sys/fs/smackfs/netlabel +echo 0.0.0.0/0 @ > /sys/fs/smackfs/netlabel Writing Applications for Smack @@ -676,7 +688,7 @@ Smack auditing If you want Smack auditing of security events, you need to set CONFIG_AUDIT in your kernel configuration. By default, all denied events will be audited. You can change this behavior by -writing a single character to the /smack/logging file : +writing a single character to the /sys/fs/smackfs/logging file : 0 : no logging 1 : log denied (default) 2 : log accepted @@ -686,3 +698,20 @@ Events are logged as 'key=value' pairs, for each event you at least will get the subject, the object, the rights requested, the action, the kernel function that triggered the event, plus other pairs depending on the type of event audited. + +Bringup Mode + +Bringup mode provides logging features that can make application +configuration and system bringup easier. Configure the kernel with +CONFIG_SECURITY_SMACK_BRINGUP to enable these features. When bringup +mode is enabled accesses that succeed due to rules marked with the "b" +access mode will logged. When a new label is introduced for processes +rules can be added aggressively, marked with the "b". The logging allows +tracking of which rules actual get used for that label. + +Another feature of bringup mode is the "unconfined" option. Writing +a label to /sys/fs/smackfs/unconfined makes subjects with that label +able to access any object, and objects with that label accessible to +all subjects. Any access that is granted because a label is unconfined +is logged. This feature is dangerous, as files and directories may +be created in places they couldn't if the policy were being enforced. diff --git a/Documentation/serial/serial-rs485.txt b/Documentation/serial/serial-rs485.txt index 39dac95422a3..2253b8b45a74 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/serial-rs485.txt +++ b/Documentation/serial/serial-rs485.txt @@ -33,50 +33,10 @@ the values given by the device tree. Any driver for devices capable of working both as RS232 and RS485 should - provide at least the following ioctls: - - - TIOCSRS485 (typically associated with number 0x542F). This ioctl is used - to enable/disable RS485 mode from user-space - - - TIOCGRS485 (typically associated with number 0x542E). This ioctl is used - to get RS485 mode from kernel-space (i.e., driver) to user-space. - - In other words, the serial driver should contain a code similar to the next - one: - - static struct uart_ops atmel_pops = { - /* ... */ - .ioctl = handle_ioctl, - }; - - static int handle_ioctl(struct uart_port *port, - unsigned int cmd, - unsigned long arg) - { - struct serial_rs485 rs485conf; - - switch (cmd) { - case TIOCSRS485: - if (copy_from_user(&rs485conf, - (struct serial_rs485 *) arg, - sizeof(rs485conf))) - return -EFAULT; - - /* ... */ - break; - - case TIOCGRS485: - if (copy_to_user((struct serial_rs485 *) arg, - ..., - sizeof(rs485conf))) - return -EFAULT; - /* ... */ - break; - - /* ... */ - } - } - + implement the rs485_config callback in the uart_port structure. The + serial_core calls rs485_config to do the device specific part in response + to TIOCSRS485 and TIOCGRS485 ioctls (see below). The rs485_config callback + receives a pointer to struct serial_rs485. 4. USAGE FROM USER-LEVEL @@ -85,7 +45,7 @@ #include <linux/serial.h> - /* Driver-specific ioctls: */ + /* RS485 ioctls: */ #define TIOCGRS485 0x542E #define TIOCSRS485 0x542F diff --git a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt index 1e52d67d0abf..973c8ad3f959 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt +++ b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt @@ -4,9 +4,6 @@ Your guide to the ancient and twisted locking policies of the tty layer and the warped logic behind them. Beware all ye who read on. -FIXME: still need to work out the full set of BKL assumptions and document -them so they can eventually be killed off. - Line Discipline --------------- @@ -198,6 +195,9 @@ TTY_IO_ERROR If set, causes all subsequent userspace read/write TTY_OTHER_CLOSED Device is a pty and the other side has closed. +TTY_OTHER_DONE Device is a pty and the other side has closed and + all pending input processing has been completed. + TTY_NO_WRITE_SPLIT Prevent driver from splitting up writes into smaller chunks. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ControlNames.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ControlNames.txt index 79a6127863ca..3fc1cf50d28e 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ControlNames.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ControlNames.txt @@ -71,11 +71,11 @@ SOURCE: HDMI/DP (either HDMI or DisplayPort) Exceptions (deprecated): - [Digital] Capture Source - [Digital] Capture Switch (aka input gain switch) - [Digital] Capture Volume (aka input gain volume) - [Digital] Playback Switch (aka output gain switch) - [Digital] Playback Volume (aka output gain volume) + [Analogue|Digital] Capture Source + [Analogue|Digital] Capture Switch (aka input gain switch) + [Analogue|Digital] Capture Volume (aka input gain volume) + [Analogue|Digital] Playback Switch (aka output gain switch) + [Analogue|Digital] Playback Volume (aka output gain volume) Tone Control - Switch Tone Control - Bass Tone Control - Treble diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt index 5a3163cac6c3..ec099d4343f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt @@ -11,7 +11,10 @@ ALC880 ALC260 ====== - N/A + gpio1 Enable GPIO1 + coef Enable EAPD via COEF table + fujitsu Quirk for FSC S7020 + fujitsu-jwse Quirk for FSC S7020 with jack modes and HP mic support ALC262 ====== @@ -20,8 +23,9 @@ ALC262 ALC267/268 ========== inv-dmic Inverted internal mic workaround + hp-eapd Disable HP EAPD on NID 0x15 -ALC269/270/275/276/28x/29x +ALC22x/23x/25x/269/27x/28x/29x (and vendor-specific ALC3xxx models) ====== laptop-amic Laptops with analog-mic input laptop-dmic Laptops with digital-mic input @@ -29,9 +33,15 @@ ALC269/270/275/276/28x/29x alc271-dmic Enable ALC271X digital mic workaround inv-dmic Inverted internal mic workaround headset-mic Indicates a combined headset (headphone+mic) jack + headset-mode More comprehensive headset support for ALC269 & co + headset-mode-no-hp-mic Headset mode support without headphone mic lenovo-dock Enables docking station I/O for some Lenovos + hp-gpio-led GPIO LED support on HP laptops dell-headset-multi Headset jack, which can also be used as mic-in dell-headset-dock Headset jack (without mic-in), and also dock I/O + alc283-dac-wcaps Fixups for Chromebook with ALC283 + alc283-sense-combo Combo jack sensing on ALC283 + tpt440-dock Pin configs for Lenovo Thinkpad Dock support ALC66x/67x/892 ============== diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt index 42a0a39b77e6..e7193aac669c 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt @@ -466,7 +466,11 @@ The generic parser supports the following hints: - add_jack_modes (bool): add "xxx Jack Mode" enum controls to each I/O jack for allowing to change the headphone amp and mic bias VREF capabilities -- power_down_unused (bool): power down the unused widgets +- power_save_node (bool): advanced power management for each widget, + controlling the power sate (D0/D3) of each widget node depending on + the actual pin and stream states +- power_down_unused (bool): power down the unused widgets, a subset of + power_save_node, and will be dropped in future - add_hp_mic (bool): add the headphone to capture source if possible - hp_mic_detect (bool): enable/disable the hp/mic shared input for a single built-in mic case; default true diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/Jack-Controls.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Jack-Controls.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fe1c5e0c8555 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Jack-Controls.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +Why we need Jack kcontrols +========================== + +ALSA uses kcontrols to export audio controls(switch, volume, Mux, ...) +to user space. This means userspace applications like pulseaudio can +switch off headphones and switch on speakers when no headphones are +pluged in. + +The old ALSA jack code only created input devices for each registered +jack. These jack input devices are not readable by userspace devices +that run as non root. + +The new jack code creates embedded jack kcontrols for each jack that +can be read by any process. + +This can be combined with UCM to allow userspace to route audio more +intelligently based on jack insertion or removal events. + +Jack Kcontrol Internals +======================= + +Each jack will have a kcontrol list, so that we can create a kcontrol +and attach it to the jack, at jack creation stage. We can also add a +kcontrol to an existing jack, at anytime when required. + +Those kcontrols will be freed automatically when the Jack is freed. + +How to use jack kcontrols +========================= + +In order to keep compatibility, snd_jack_new() has been modified by +adding two params :- + + - @initial_kctl: if true, create a kcontrol and add it to the jack + list. + - @phantom_jack: Don't create a input device for phantom jacks. + +HDA jacks can set phantom_jack to true in order to create a phantom +jack and set initial_kctl to true to create an initial kcontrol with +the correct id. + +ASoC jacks should set initial_kctl as false. The pin name will be +assigned as the jack kcontrol name. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/timestamping.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/timestamping.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0b191a23f534 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/timestamping.txt @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +The ALSA API can provide two different system timestamps: + +- Trigger_tstamp is the system time snapshot taken when the .trigger +callback is invoked. This snapshot is taken by the ALSA core in the +general case, but specific hardware may have synchronization +capabilities or conversely may only be able to provide a correct +estimate with a delay. In the latter two cases, the low-level driver +is responsible for updating the trigger_tstamp at the most appropriate +and precise moment. Applications should not rely solely on the first +trigger_tstamp but update their internal calculations if the driver +provides a refined estimate with a delay. + +- tstamp is the current system timestamp updated during the last +event or application query. +The difference (tstamp - trigger_tstamp) defines the elapsed time. + +The ALSA API provides reports two basic pieces of information, avail +and delay, which combined with the trigger and current system +timestamps allow for applications to keep track of the 'fullness' of +the ring buffer and the amount of queued samples. + +The use of these different pointers and time information depends on +the application needs: + +- 'avail' reports how much can be written in the ring buffer +- 'delay' reports the time it will take to hear a new sample after all +queued samples have been played out. + +When timestamps are enabled, the avail/delay information is reported +along with a snapshot of system time. Applications can select from +CLOCK_REALTIME (NTP corrections including going backwards), +CLOCK_MONOTONIC (NTP corrections but never going backwards), +CLOCK_MONOTIC_RAW (without NTP corrections) and change the mode +dynamically with sw_params + + +The ALSA API also provide an audio_tstamp which reflects the passage +of time as measured by different components of audio hardware. In +ascii-art, this could be represented as follows (for the playback +case): + + +--------------------------------------------------------------> time + ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ + | | | | | + analog link dma app FullBuffer + time time time time time + | | | | | + |< codec delay >|<--hw delay-->|<queued samples>|<---avail->| + |<----------------- delay---------------------->| | + |<----ring buffer length---->| + +The analog time is taken at the last stage of the playback, as close +as possible to the actual transducer + +The link time is taken at the output of the SOC/chipset as the samples +are pushed on a link. The link time can be directly measured if +supported in hardware by sample counters or wallclocks (e.g. with +HDAudio 24MHz or PTP clock for networked solutions) or indirectly +estimated (e.g. with the frame counter in USB). + +The DMA time is measured using counters - typically the least reliable +of all measurements due to the bursty natured of DMA transfers. + +The app time corresponds to the time tracked by an application after +writing in the ring buffer. + +The application can query what the hardware supports, define which +audio time it wants reported by selecting the relevant settings in +audio_tstamp_config fields, get an estimate of the timestamp +accuracy. It can also request the delay-to-analog be included in the +measurement. Direct access to the link time is very interesting on +platforms that provide an embedded DSP; measuring directly the link +time with dedicated hardware, possibly synchronized with system time, +removes the need to keep track of internal DSP processing times and +latency. + +In case the application requests an audio tstamp that is not supported +in hardware/low-level driver, the type is overridden as DEFAULT and the +timestamp will report the DMA time based on the hw_pointer value. + +For backwards compatibility with previous implementations that did not +provide timestamp selection, with a zero-valued COMPAT timestamp type +the results will default to the HDAudio wall clock for playback +streams and to the DMA time (hw_ptr) in all other cases. + +The audio timestamp accuracy can be returned to user-space, so that +appropriate decisions are made: + +- for dma time (default), the granularity of the transfers can be + inferred from the steps between updates and in turn provide + information on how much the application pointer can be rewound + safely. + +- the link time can be used to track long-term drifts between audio + and system time using the (tstamp-trigger_tstamp)/audio_tstamp + ratio, the precision helps define how much smoothing/low-pass + filtering is required. The link time can be either reset on startup + or reported as is (the latter being useful to compare progress of + different streams - but may require the wallclock to be always + running and not wrap-around during idle periods). If supported in + hardware, the absolute link time could also be used to define a + precise start time (patches WIP) + +- including the delay in the audio timestamp may + counter-intuitively not increase the precision of timestamps, e.g. if a + codec includes variable-latency DSP processing or a chain of + hardware components the delay is typically not known with precision. + +The accuracy is reported in nanosecond units (using an unsigned 32-bit +word), which gives a max precision of 4.29s, more than enough for +audio applications... + +Due to the varied nature of timestamping needs, even for a single +application, the audio_tstamp_config can be changed dynamically. In +the STATUS ioctl, the parameters are read-only and do not allow for +any application selection. To work around this limitation without +impacting legacy applications, a new STATUS_EXT ioctl is introduced +with read/write parameters. ALSA-lib will be modified to make use of +STATUS_EXT and effectively deprecate STATUS. + +The ALSA API only allows for a single audio timestamp to be reported +at a time. This is a conscious design decision, reading the audio +timestamps from hardware registers or from IPC takes time, the more +timestamps are read the more imprecise the combined measurements +are. To avoid any interpretation issues, a single (system, audio) +timestamp is reported. Applications that need different timestamps +will be required to issue multiple queries and perform an +interpolation of the results + +In some hardware-specific configuration, the system timestamp is +latched by a low-level audio subsytem, and the information provided +back to the driver. Due to potential delays in the communication with +the hardware, there is a risk of misalignment with the avail and delay +information. To make sure applications are not confused, a +driver_timestamp field is added in the snd_pcm_status structure; this +timestamp shows when the information is put together by the driver +before returning from the STATUS and STATUS_EXT ioctl. in most cases +this driver_timestamp will be identical to the regular system tstamp. + +Examples of typestamping with HDaudio: + +1. DMA timestamp, no compensation for DMA+analog delay +$ ./audio_time -p --ts_type=1 +playback: systime: 341121338 nsec, audio time 342000000 nsec, systime delta -878662 +playback: systime: 426236663 nsec, audio time 427187500 nsec, systime delta -950837 +playback: systime: 597080580 nsec, audio time 598000000 nsec, systime delta -919420 +playback: systime: 682059782 nsec, audio time 683020833 nsec, systime delta -961051 +playback: systime: 852896415 nsec, audio time 853854166 nsec, systime delta -957751 +playback: systime: 937903344 nsec, audio time 938854166 nsec, systime delta -950822 + +2. DMA timestamp, compensation for DMA+analog delay +$ ./audio_time -p --ts_type=1 -d +playback: systime: 341053347 nsec, audio time 341062500 nsec, systime delta -9153 +playback: systime: 426072447 nsec, audio time 426062500 nsec, systime delta 9947 +playback: systime: 596899518 nsec, audio time 596895833 nsec, systime delta 3685 +playback: systime: 681915317 nsec, audio time 681916666 nsec, systime delta -1349 +playback: systime: 852741306 nsec, audio time 852750000 nsec, systime delta -8694 + +3. link timestamp, compensation for DMA+analog delay +$ ./audio_time -p --ts_type=2 -d +playback: systime: 341060004 nsec, audio time 341062791 nsec, systime delta -2787 +playback: systime: 426242074 nsec, audio time 426244875 nsec, systime delta -2801 +playback: systime: 597080992 nsec, audio time 597084583 nsec, systime delta -3591 +playback: systime: 682084512 nsec, audio time 682088291 nsec, systime delta -3779 +playback: systime: 852936229 nsec, audio time 852940916 nsec, systime delta -4687 +playback: systime: 938107562 nsec, audio time 938112708 nsec, systime delta -5146 + +Example 1 shows that the timestamp at the DMA level is close to 1ms +ahead of the actual playback time (as a side time this sort of +measurement can help define rewind safeguards). Compensating for the +DMA-link delay in example 2 helps remove the hardware buffering abut +the information is still very jittery, with up to one sample of +error. In example 3 where the timestamps are measured with the link +wallclock, the timestamps show a monotonic behavior and a lower +dispersion. + +Example 3 and 4 are with USB audio class. Example 3 shows a high +offset between audio time and system time due to buffering. Example 4 +shows how compensating for the delay exposes a 1ms accuracy (due to +the use of the frame counter by the driver) + +Example 3: DMA timestamp, no compensation for delay, delta of ~5ms +$ ./audio_time -p -Dhw:1 -t1 +playback: systime: 120174019 nsec, audio time 125000000 nsec, systime delta -4825981 +playback: systime: 245041136 nsec, audio time 250000000 nsec, systime delta -4958864 +playback: systime: 370106088 nsec, audio time 375000000 nsec, systime delta -4893912 +playback: systime: 495040065 nsec, audio time 500000000 nsec, systime delta -4959935 +playback: systime: 620038179 nsec, audio time 625000000 nsec, systime delta -4961821 +playback: systime: 745087741 nsec, audio time 750000000 nsec, systime delta -4912259 +playback: systime: 870037336 nsec, audio time 875000000 nsec, systime delta -4962664 + +Example 4: DMA timestamp, compensation for delay, delay of ~1ms +$ ./audio_time -p -Dhw:1 -t1 -d +playback: systime: 120190520 nsec, audio time 120000000 nsec, systime delta 190520 +playback: systime: 245036740 nsec, audio time 244000000 nsec, systime delta 1036740 +playback: systime: 370034081 nsec, audio time 369000000 nsec, systime delta 1034081 +playback: systime: 495159907 nsec, audio time 494000000 nsec, systime delta 1159907 +playback: systime: 620098824 nsec, audio time 619000000 nsec, systime delta 1098824 +playback: systime: 745031847 nsec, audio time 744000000 nsec, systime delta 1031847 diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/PSS-updates b/Documentation/sound/oss/PSS-updates index c84dd7597e64..11914a1dc7e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/PSS-updates +++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/PSS-updates @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ pss_no_sound This module parameter is a flag that can be used to tell the driver to just configure non-sound components. 0 configures all components, a non-0 -value will only attept to configure the CDROM and joystick ports. This +value will only attempt to configure the CDROM and joystick ports. This parameter can be used by a user who only wished to use the builtin joystick and/or CDROM port(s) of his PSS sound card. If this driver is loaded with this parameter and with the parameter below set to true then a user can safely unload diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS index 4be259428a1c..a085ea3611a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS +++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ implement nice real-time signal processing audio effect software and network telephones. The ACI mixer has to be switched into the "solo" mode for duplex operation in order to avoid feedback caused by the mixer (input hears output signal). You can de-/activate this mode -through toggleing the record button for the wave controller with an +through toggling the record button for the wave controller with an OSS-mixer. The PCM20 contains a radio tuner, which is also controlled by diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/btaudio b/Documentation/sound/oss/btaudio index 1a693e69d44b..effdb9a3f898 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/btaudio +++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/btaudio @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Driver Status Still somewhat experimental. The driver should work stable, i.e. it should'nt crash your box. It might not work as expected, have bugs, -not being fully OSS API compilant, ... +not being fully OSS API compliant, ... Latest versions are available from http://bytesex.org/bttv/, the driver is in the bttv tarball. Kernel patches might be available too, diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary index d29734bff28c..d1824b399b2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary +++ b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary @@ -342,12 +342,11 @@ SPI protocol drivers somewhat resemble platform device drivers: .driver = { .name = "CHIP", .owner = THIS_MODULE, + .pm = &CHIP_pm_ops, }, .probe = CHIP_probe, .remove = CHIP_remove, - .suspend = CHIP_suspend, - .resume = CHIP_resume, }; The driver core will automatically attempt to bind this driver to any SPI diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c b/Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c index 3a2f9d59edab..135b3f592b83 100644 --- a/Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c +++ b/Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ #include <unistd.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> #include <getopt.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <sys/ioctl.h> @@ -34,24 +35,79 @@ static uint32_t mode; static uint8_t bits = 8; static uint32_t speed = 500000; static uint16_t delay; +static int verbose; -static void transfer(int fd) +uint8_t default_tx[] = { + 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, + 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x95, + 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, + 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, + 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, + 0xF0, 0x0D, +}; + +uint8_t default_rx[ARRAY_SIZE(default_tx)] = {0, }; +char *input_tx; + +static void hex_dump(const void *src, size_t length, size_t line_size, char *prefix) +{ + int i = 0; + const unsigned char *address = src; + const unsigned char *line = address; + unsigned char c; + + printf("%s | ", prefix); + while (length-- > 0) { + printf("%02X ", *address++); + if (!(++i % line_size) || (length == 0 && i % line_size)) { + if (length == 0) { + while (i++ % line_size) + printf("__ "); + } + printf(" | "); /* right close */ + while (line < address) { + c = *line++; + printf("%c", (c < 33 || c == 255) ? 0x2E : c); + } + printf("\n"); + if (length > 0) + printf("%s | ", prefix); + } + } +} + +/* + * Unescape - process hexadecimal escape character + * converts shell input "\x23" -> 0x23 + */ +static int unescape(char *_dst, char *_src, size_t len) +{ + int ret = 0; + char *src = _src; + char *dst = _dst; + unsigned int ch; + + while (*src) { + if (*src == '\\' && *(src+1) == 'x') { + sscanf(src + 2, "%2x", &ch); + src += 4; + *dst++ = (unsigned char)ch; + } else { + *dst++ = *src++; + } + ret++; + } + return ret; +} + +static void transfer(int fd, uint8_t const *tx, uint8_t const *rx, size_t len) { int ret; - uint8_t tx[] = { - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, - 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x95, - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, - 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xBA, 0xAD, - 0xF0, 0x0D, - }; - uint8_t rx[ARRAY_SIZE(tx)] = {0, }; + struct spi_ioc_transfer tr = { .tx_buf = (unsigned long)tx, .rx_buf = (unsigned long)rx, - .len = ARRAY_SIZE(tx), + .len = len, .delay_usecs = delay, .speed_hz = speed, .bits_per_word = bits, @@ -76,12 +132,9 @@ static void transfer(int fd) if (ret < 1) pabort("can't send spi message"); - for (ret = 0; ret < ARRAY_SIZE(tx); ret++) { - if (!(ret % 6)) - puts(""); - printf("%.2X ", rx[ret]); - } - puts(""); + if (verbose) + hex_dump(tx, len, 32, "TX"); + hex_dump(rx, len, 32, "RX"); } static void print_usage(const char *prog) @@ -97,6 +150,8 @@ static void print_usage(const char *prog) " -L --lsb least significant bit first\n" " -C --cs-high chip select active high\n" " -3 --3wire SI/SO signals shared\n" + " -v --verbose Verbose (show tx buffer)\n" + " -p Send data (e.g. \"1234\\xde\\xad\")\n" " -N --no-cs no chip select\n" " -R --ready slave pulls low to pause\n" " -2 --dual dual transfer\n" @@ -121,12 +176,13 @@ static void parse_opts(int argc, char *argv[]) { "no-cs", 0, 0, 'N' }, { "ready", 0, 0, 'R' }, { "dual", 0, 0, '2' }, + { "verbose", 0, 0, 'v' }, { "quad", 0, 0, '4' }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0 }, }; int c; - c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "D:s:d:b:lHOLC3NR24", lopts, NULL); + c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "D:s:d:b:lHOLC3NR24p:v", lopts, NULL); if (c == -1) break; @@ -165,9 +221,15 @@ static void parse_opts(int argc, char *argv[]) case 'N': mode |= SPI_NO_CS; break; + case 'v': + verbose = 1; + break; case 'R': mode |= SPI_READY; break; + case 'p': + input_tx = optarg; + break; case '2': mode |= SPI_TX_DUAL; break; @@ -191,6 +253,9 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { int ret = 0; int fd; + uint8_t *tx; + uint8_t *rx; + int size; parse_opts(argc, argv); @@ -235,7 +300,17 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) printf("bits per word: %d\n", bits); printf("max speed: %d Hz (%d KHz)\n", speed, speed/1000); - transfer(fd); + if (input_tx) { + size = strlen(input_tx+1); + tx = malloc(size); + rx = malloc(size); + size = unescape((char *)tx, input_tx, size); + transfer(fd, tx, rx, size); + free(rx); + free(tx); + } else { + transfer(fd, default_tx, default_rx, sizeof(default_tx)); + } close(fd); diff --git a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt index 02f8331edb8b..3049a612291b 100644 --- a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt +++ b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt @@ -59,11 +59,20 @@ For all other submissions, choose one of the following procedures: changelog of your submission, as well as the kernel version you wish it to be applied to. -Option 1 is probably the easiest and most common. Options 2 and 3 are more -useful if the patch isn't deemed worthy at the time it is applied to a public -git tree (for instance, because it deserves more regression testing first). -Option 3 is especially useful if the patch needs some special handling to apply -to an older kernel (e.g., if API's have changed in the meantime). +Option 1 is *strongly* preferred, is the easiest and most common. Options 2 and +3 are more useful if the patch isn't deemed worthy at the time it is applied to +a public git tree (for instance, because it deserves more regression testing +first). Option 3 is especially useful if the patch needs some special handling +to apply to an older kernel (e.g., if API's have changed in the meantime). + +Note that for Option 3, if the patch deviates from the original upstream patch +(for example because it had to be backported) this must be very clearly +documented and justified in the patch description. + +The upstream commit ID must be specified with a separate line above the commit +text, like this: + + commit <sha1> upstream. Additionally, some patches submitted via Option 1 may have additional patch prerequisites which can be cherry-picked. This can be specified in the following @@ -81,6 +90,16 @@ format in the sign-off area: git cherry-pick fd21073 git cherry-pick <this commit> +Also, some patches may have kernel version prerequisites. This can be +specified in the following format in the sign-off area: + + Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.3.x- + + The tag has the meaning of: + git cherry-pick <this commit> + + For each "-stable" tree starting with the specified version. + Following the submission: - The sender will receive an ACK when the patch has been accepted into the diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt index 83ab25660fc9..6fccb69c03e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt @@ -77,12 +77,14 @@ show up in /proc/sys/kernel: - shmmax [ sysv ipc ] - shmmni - softlockup_all_cpu_backtrace +- soft_watchdog - stop-a [ SPARC only ] - sysrq ==> Documentation/sysrq.txt - sysctl_writes_strict - tainted - threads-max - unknown_nmi_panic +- watchdog - watchdog_thresh - version @@ -195,8 +197,8 @@ core_pattern is used to specify a core dumpfile pattern name. %P global pid (init PID namespace) %i tid %I global tid (init PID namespace) - %u uid - %g gid + %u uid (in initial user namespace) + %g gid (in initial user namespace) %d dump mode, matches PR_SET_DUMPABLE and /proc/sys/fs/suid_dumpable %s signal number @@ -417,16 +419,23 @@ successful IPC object allocation. nmi_watchdog: -Enables/Disables the NMI watchdog on x86 systems. When the value is -non-zero the NMI watchdog is enabled and will continuously test all -online cpus to determine whether or not they are still functioning -properly. Currently, passing "nmi_watchdog=" parameter at boot time is -required for this function to work. +This parameter can be used to control the NMI watchdog +(i.e. the hard lockup detector) on x86 systems. -If LAPIC NMI watchdog method is in use (nmi_watchdog=2 kernel -parameter), the NMI watchdog shares registers with oprofile. By -disabling the NMI watchdog, oprofile may have more registers to -utilize. + 0 - disable the hard lockup detector + 1 - enable the hard lockup detector + +The hard lockup detector monitors each CPU for its ability to respond to +timer interrupts. The mechanism utilizes CPU performance counter registers +that are programmed to generate Non-Maskable Interrupts (NMIs) periodically +while a CPU is busy. Hence, the alternative name 'NMI watchdog'. + +The NMI watchdog is disabled by default if the kernel is running as a guest +in a KVM virtual machine. This default can be overridden by adding + + nmi_watchdog=1 + +to the guest kernel command line (see Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt). ============================================================== @@ -816,6 +825,22 @@ NMI. ============================================================== +soft_watchdog + +This parameter can be used to control the soft lockup detector. + + 0 - disable the soft lockup detector + 1 - enable the soft lockup detector + +The soft lockup detector monitors CPUs for threads that are hogging the CPUs +without rescheduling voluntarily, and thus prevent the 'watchdog/N' threads +from running. The mechanism depends on the CPUs ability to respond to timer +interrupts which are needed for the 'watchdog/N' threads to be woken up by +the watchdog timer function, otherwise the NMI watchdog - if enabled - can +detect a hard lockup condition. + +============================================================== + tainted: Non-zero if the kernel has been tainted. Numeric values, which @@ -847,6 +872,27 @@ can be ORed together: ============================================================== +threads-max + +This value controls the maximum number of threads that can be created +using fork(). + +During initialization the kernel sets this value such that even if the +maximum number of threads is created, the thread structures occupy only +a part (1/8th) of the available RAM pages. + +The minimum value that can be written to threads-max is 20. +The maximum value that can be written to threads-max is given by the +constant FUTEX_TID_MASK (0x3fffffff). +If a value outside of this range is written to threads-max an error +EINVAL occurs. + +The value written is checked against the available RAM pages. If the +thread structures would occupy too much (more than 1/8th) of the +available RAM pages threads-max is reduced accordingly. + +============================================================== + unknown_nmi_panic: The value in this file affects behavior of handling NMI. When the @@ -858,6 +904,46 @@ example. If a system hangs up, try pressing the NMI switch. ============================================================== +watchdog: + +This parameter can be used to disable or enable the soft lockup detector +_and_ the NMI watchdog (i.e. the hard lockup detector) at the same time. + + 0 - disable both lockup detectors + 1 - enable both lockup detectors + +The soft lockup detector and the NMI watchdog can also be disabled or +enabled individually, using the soft_watchdog and nmi_watchdog parameters. +If the watchdog parameter is read, for example by executing + + cat /proc/sys/kernel/watchdog + +the output of this command (0 or 1) shows the logical OR of soft_watchdog +and nmi_watchdog. + +============================================================== + +watchdog_cpumask: + +This value can be used to control on which cpus the watchdog may run. +The default cpumask is all possible cores, but if NO_HZ_FULL is +enabled in the kernel config, and cores are specified with the +nohz_full= boot argument, those cores are excluded by default. +Offline cores can be included in this mask, and if the core is later +brought online, the watchdog will be started based on the mask value. + +Typically this value would only be touched in the nohz_full case +to re-enable cores that by default were not running the watchdog, +if a kernel lockup was suspected on those cores. + +The argument value is the standard cpulist format for cpumasks, +so for example to enable the watchdog on cores 0, 2, 3, and 4 you +might say: + + echo 0,2-4 > /proc/sys/kernel/watchdog_cpumask + +============================================================== + watchdog_thresh: This value can be used to control the frequency of hrtimer and NMI diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt index 902b4574acfb..9832ec52f859 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ Currently, these files are in /proc/sys/vm: - admin_reserve_kbytes - block_dump - compact_memory +- compact_unevictable_allowed - dirty_background_bytes - dirty_background_ratio - dirty_bytes @@ -106,6 +107,16 @@ huge pages although processes will also directly compact memory as required. ============================================================== +compact_unevictable_allowed + +Available only when CONFIG_COMPACTION is set. When set to 1, compaction is +allowed to examine the unevictable lru (mlocked pages) for pages to compact. +This should be used on systems where stalls for minor page faults are an +acceptable trade for large contiguous free memory. Set to 0 to prevent +compaction from moving pages that are unevictable. Default value is 1. + +============================================================== + dirty_background_bytes Contains the amount of dirty memory at which the background kernel diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py index 2b47704f75cb..949de191fcdc 100755 --- a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py +++ b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py @@ -50,15 +50,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_FC_include(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf = "#define " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_VERSION \"v0.1\"\n" buf += "#define " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN 32\n" buf += "\n" - buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl {\n" - buf += " /* Binary World Wide unique Port Name for FC Initiator Nport */\n" - buf += " u64 nport_wwpn;\n" - buf += " /* ASCII formatted WWPN for FC Initiator Nport */\n" - buf += " char nport_name[" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN];\n" - buf += " /* Returned by " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl() */\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl se_node_acl;\n" - buf += "};\n" - buf += "\n" buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg {\n" buf += " /* FC lport target portal group tag for TCM */\n" buf += " u16 lport_tpgt;\n" @@ -69,8 +60,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_FC_include(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "};\n" buf += "\n" buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_lport {\n" - buf += " /* SCSI protocol the lport is providing */\n" - buf += " u8 lport_proto_id;\n" buf += " /* Binary World Wide unique Port Name for FC Target Lport */\n" buf += " u64 lport_wwpn;\n" buf += " /* ASCII formatted WWPN for FC Target Lport */\n" @@ -105,14 +94,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_SAS_include(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf = "#define " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_VERSION \"v0.1\"\n" buf += "#define " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN 32\n" buf += "\n" - buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl {\n" - buf += " /* Binary World Wide unique Port Name for SAS Initiator port */\n" - buf += " u64 iport_wwpn;\n" - buf += " /* ASCII formatted WWPN for Sas Initiator port */\n" - buf += " char iport_name[" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN];\n" - buf += " /* Returned by " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl() */\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl se_node_acl;\n" - buf += "};\n\n" buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg {\n" buf += " /* SAS port target portal group tag for TCM */\n" buf += " u16 tport_tpgt;\n" @@ -122,8 +103,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_SAS_include(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " struct se_portal_group se_tpg;\n" buf += "};\n\n" buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tport {\n" - buf += " /* SCSI protocol the tport is providing */\n" - buf += " u8 tport_proto_id;\n" buf += " /* Binary World Wide unique Port Name for SAS Target port */\n" buf += " u64 tport_wwpn;\n" buf += " /* ASCII formatted WWPN for SAS Target port */\n" @@ -158,12 +137,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_iSCSI_include(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf = "#define " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_VERSION \"v0.1\"\n" buf += "#define " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN 32\n" buf += "\n" - buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl {\n" - buf += " /* ASCII formatted InitiatorName */\n" - buf += " char iport_name[" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN];\n" - buf += " /* Returned by " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl() */\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl se_node_acl;\n" - buf += "};\n\n" buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg {\n" buf += " /* iSCSI target portal group tag for TCM */\n" buf += " u16 tport_tpgt;\n" @@ -173,8 +146,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_iSCSI_include(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " struct se_portal_group se_tpg;\n" buf += "};\n\n" buf += "struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tport {\n" - buf += " /* SCSI protocol the tport is providing */\n" - buf += " u8 tport_proto_id;\n" buf += " /* ASCII formatted TargetName for IQN */\n" buf += " char tport_name[" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN];\n" buf += " /* Returned by " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_tport() */\n" @@ -232,61 +203,11 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "#include <target/target_core_base.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric_configfs.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_configfs.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/configfs_macros.h>\n\n" buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_base.h\"\n" buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric.h\"\n\n" - buf += "/* Local pointer to allocated TCM configfs fabric module */\n" - buf += "struct target_fabric_configfs *" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs;\n\n" - - buf += "static struct se_node_acl *" + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl(\n" - buf += " struct se_portal_group *se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct config_group *group,\n" - buf += " const char *name)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl *se_nacl, *se_nacl_new;\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl;\n" - - if proto_ident == "FC" or proto_ident == "SAS": - buf += " u64 wwpn = 0;\n" - - buf += " u32 nexus_depth;\n\n" - buf += " /* " + fabric_mod_name + "_parse_wwn(name, &wwpn, 1) < 0)\n" - buf += " return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL); */\n" - buf += " se_nacl_new = " + fabric_mod_name + "_alloc_fabric_acl(se_tpg);\n" - buf += " if (!se_nacl_new)\n" - buf += " return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);\n" - buf += "//#warning FIXME: Hardcoded nexus depth in " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl()\n" - buf += " nexus_depth = 1;\n" - buf += " /*\n" - buf += " * se_nacl_new may be released by core_tpg_add_initiator_node_acl()\n" - buf += " * when converting a NodeACL from demo mode -> explict\n" - buf += " */\n" - buf += " se_nacl = core_tpg_add_initiator_node_acl(se_tpg, se_nacl_new,\n" - buf += " name, nexus_depth);\n" - buf += " if (IS_ERR(se_nacl)) {\n" - buf += " " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_fabric_acl(se_tpg, se_nacl_new);\n" - buf += " return se_nacl;\n" - buf += " }\n" - buf += " /*\n" - buf += " * Locate our struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl and set the FC Nport WWPN\n" - buf += " */\n" - buf += " nacl = container_of(se_nacl, struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl, se_node_acl);\n" - - if proto_ident == "FC" or proto_ident == "SAS": - buf += " nacl->" + fabric_mod_init_port + "_wwpn = wwpn;\n" - - buf += " /* " + fabric_mod_name + "_format_wwn(&nacl->" + fabric_mod_init_port + "_name[0], " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN, wwpn); */\n\n" - buf += " return se_nacl;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - buf += "static void " + fabric_mod_name + "_drop_nodeacl(struct se_node_acl *se_acl)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl = container_of(se_acl,\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl, se_node_acl);\n" - buf += " core_tpg_del_initiator_node_acl(se_acl->se_tpg, se_acl, 1);\n" - buf += " kfree(nacl);\n" - buf += "}\n\n" + buf += "static const struct target_core_fabric_ops " + fabric_mod_name + "_ops;\n\n" buf += "static struct se_portal_group *" + fabric_mod_name + "_make_tpg(\n" buf += " struct se_wwn *wwn,\n" @@ -309,9 +230,8 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " }\n" buf += " tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + " = " + fabric_mod_port + ";\n" buf += " tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + "_tpgt = tpgt;\n\n" - buf += " ret = core_tpg_register(&" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs->tf_ops, wwn,\n" - buf += " &tpg->se_tpg, (void *)tpg,\n" - buf += " TRANSPORT_TPG_TYPE_NORMAL);\n" + buf += " ret = core_tpg_register(&" + fabric_mod_name + "_ops, wwn,\n" + buf += " &tpg->se_tpg, SCSI_PROTOCOL_SAS);\n" buf += " if (ret < 0) {\n" buf += " kfree(tpg);\n" buf += " return NULL;\n" @@ -370,21 +290,16 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " NULL,\n" buf += "};\n\n" - buf += "static struct target_core_fabric_ops " + fabric_mod_name + "_ops = {\n" + buf += "static const struct target_core_fabric_ops " + fabric_mod_name + "_ops = {\n" + buf += " .module = THIS_MODULE,\n" + buf += " .name = " + fabric_mod_name + ",\n" buf += " .get_fabric_name = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_name,\n" - buf += " .get_fabric_proto_ident = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_proto_ident,\n" buf += " .tpg_get_wwn = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_wwn,\n" buf += " .tpg_get_tag = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_tag,\n" - buf += " .tpg_get_default_depth = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_default_depth,\n" - buf += " .tpg_get_pr_transport_id = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_pr_transport_id,\n" - buf += " .tpg_get_pr_transport_id_len = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_pr_transport_id_len,\n" - buf += " .tpg_parse_pr_out_transport_id = " + fabric_mod_name + "_parse_pr_out_transport_id,\n" buf += " .tpg_check_demo_mode = " + fabric_mod_name + "_check_false,\n" buf += " .tpg_check_demo_mode_cache = " + fabric_mod_name + "_check_true,\n" buf += " .tpg_check_demo_mode_write_protect = " + fabric_mod_name + "_check_true,\n" buf += " .tpg_check_prod_mode_write_protect = " + fabric_mod_name + "_check_false,\n" - buf += " .tpg_alloc_fabric_acl = " + fabric_mod_name + "_alloc_fabric_acl,\n" - buf += " .tpg_release_fabric_acl = " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_fabric_acl,\n" buf += " .tpg_get_inst_index = " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg_get_inst_index,\n" buf += " .release_cmd = " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_cmd,\n" buf += " .shutdown_session = " + fabric_mod_name + "_shutdown_session,\n" @@ -394,7 +309,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " .write_pending = " + fabric_mod_name + "_write_pending,\n" buf += " .write_pending_status = " + fabric_mod_name + "_write_pending_status,\n" buf += " .set_default_node_attributes = " + fabric_mod_name + "_set_default_node_attrs,\n" - buf += " .get_task_tag = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_task_tag,\n" buf += " .get_cmd_state = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_cmd_state,\n" buf += " .queue_data_in = " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_data_in,\n" buf += " .queue_status = " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_status,\n" @@ -407,81 +321,18 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " .fabric_drop_wwn = " + fabric_mod_name + "_drop_" + fabric_mod_port + ",\n" buf += " .fabric_make_tpg = " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_tpg,\n" buf += " .fabric_drop_tpg = " + fabric_mod_name + "_drop_tpg,\n" - buf += " .fabric_post_link = NULL,\n" - buf += " .fabric_pre_unlink = NULL,\n" - buf += " .fabric_make_np = NULL,\n" - buf += " .fabric_drop_np = NULL,\n" - buf += " .fabric_make_nodeacl = " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl,\n" - buf += " .fabric_drop_nodeacl = " + fabric_mod_name + "_drop_nodeacl,\n" - buf += "};\n\n" - - buf += "static int " + fabric_mod_name + "_register_configfs(void)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct target_fabric_configfs *fabric;\n" - buf += " int ret;\n\n" - buf += " printk(KERN_INFO \"" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + " fabric module %s on %s/%s\"\n" - buf += " \" on \"UTS_RELEASE\"\\n\"," + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_VERSION, utsname()->sysname,\n" - buf += " utsname()->machine);\n" - buf += " /*\n" - buf += " * Register the top level struct config_item_type with TCM core\n" - buf += " */\n" - buf += " fabric = target_fabric_configfs_init(THIS_MODULE, \"" + fabric_mod_name + "\");\n" - buf += " if (IS_ERR(fabric)) {\n" - buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"target_fabric_configfs_init() failed\\n\");\n" - buf += " return PTR_ERR(fabric);\n" - buf += " }\n" - buf += " /*\n" - buf += " * Setup fabric->tf_ops from our local " + fabric_mod_name + "_ops\n" - buf += " */\n" - buf += " fabric->tf_ops = " + fabric_mod_name + "_ops;\n" - buf += " /*\n" - buf += " * Setup default attribute lists for various fabric->tf_cit_tmpl\n" - buf += " */\n" - buf += " fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_wwn_cit.ct_attrs = " + fabric_mod_name + "_wwn_attrs;\n" - buf += " fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_base_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n" - buf += " fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_attrib_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n" - buf += " fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_param_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n" - buf += " fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_np_base_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n" - buf += " fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_nacl_base_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n" - buf += " fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_nacl_attrib_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n" - buf += " fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_nacl_auth_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n" - buf += " fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_nacl_param_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n" - buf += " /*\n" - buf += " * Register the fabric for use within TCM\n" - buf += " */\n" - buf += " ret = target_fabric_configfs_register(fabric);\n" - buf += " if (ret < 0) {\n" - buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"target_fabric_configfs_register() failed\"\n" - buf += " \" for " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "\\n\");\n" - buf += " return ret;\n" - buf += " }\n" - buf += " /*\n" - buf += " * Setup our local pointer to *fabric\n" - buf += " */\n" - buf += " " + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs = fabric;\n" - buf += " printk(KERN_INFO \"" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "[0] - Set fabric -> " + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs\\n\");\n" - buf += " return 0;\n" - buf += "};\n\n" - buf += "static void __exit " + fabric_mod_name + "_deregister_configfs(void)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " if (!" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs)\n" - buf += " return;\n\n" - buf += " target_fabric_configfs_deregister(" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs);\n" - buf += " " + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs = NULL;\n" - buf += " printk(KERN_INFO \"" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "[0] - Cleared " + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs\\n\");\n" + buf += "\n" + buf += " .tfc_wwn_attrs = " + fabric_mod_name + "_wwn_attrs;\n" buf += "};\n\n" buf += "static int __init " + fabric_mod_name + "_init(void)\n" buf += "{\n" - buf += " int ret;\n\n" - buf += " ret = " + fabric_mod_name + "_register_configfs();\n" - buf += " if (ret < 0)\n" - buf += " return ret;\n\n" - buf += " return 0;\n" + buf += " return target_register_template(" + fabric_mod_name + "_ops);\n" buf += "};\n\n" + buf += "static void __exit " + fabric_mod_name + "_exit(void)\n" buf += "{\n" - buf += " " + fabric_mod_name + "_deregister_configfs();\n" + buf += " target_unregister_template(" + fabric_mod_name + "_ops);\n" buf += "};\n\n" buf += "MODULE_DESCRIPTION(\"" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + " series fabric driver\");\n" @@ -558,14 +409,10 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "#include <linux/string.h>\n" buf += "#include <linux/ctype.h>\n" buf += "#include <asm/unaligned.h>\n" - buf += "#include <scsi/scsi.h>\n" - buf += "#include <scsi/scsi_host.h>\n" - buf += "#include <scsi/scsi_device.h>\n" - buf += "#include <scsi/scsi_cmnd.h>\n" - buf += "#include <scsi/libfc.h>\n\n" + buf += "#include <scsi/scsi_common.h>\n" + buf += "#include <scsi/scsi_proto.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_base.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_configfs.h>\n\n" buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_base.h\"\n" buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric.h\"\n\n" @@ -597,35 +444,6 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): bufi += "char *" + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_name(void);\n" continue - if re.search('get_fabric_proto_ident', fo): - buf += "u8 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_proto_ident(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg *tpg = container_of(se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg, se_tpg);\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_" + fabric_mod_port + " *" + fabric_mod_port + " = tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + ";\n" - buf += " u8 proto_id;\n\n" - buf += " switch (" + fabric_mod_port + "->" + fabric_mod_port + "_proto_id) {\n" - if proto_ident == "FC": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_FCP:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " proto_id = fc_get_fabric_proto_ident(se_tpg);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - elif proto_ident == "SAS": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_SAS:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " proto_id = sas_get_fabric_proto_ident(se_tpg);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - elif proto_ident == "iSCSI": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_ISCSI:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " proto_id = iscsi_get_fabric_proto_ident(se_tpg);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - - buf += " }\n\n" - buf += " return proto_id;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "u8 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_proto_ident(struct se_portal_group *);\n" - if re.search('get_wwn', fo): buf += "char *" + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_wwn(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)\n" buf += "{\n" @@ -645,150 +463,6 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "}\n\n" bufi += "u16 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_tag(struct se_portal_group *);\n" - if re.search('get_default_depth', fo): - buf += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_default_depth(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " return 1;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_default_depth(struct se_portal_group *);\n" - - if re.search('get_pr_transport_id\)\(', fo): - buf += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_pr_transport_id(\n" - buf += " struct se_portal_group *se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl *se_nacl,\n" - buf += " struct t10_pr_registration *pr_reg,\n" - buf += " int *format_code,\n" - buf += " unsigned char *buf)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg *tpg = container_of(se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg, se_tpg);\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_" + fabric_mod_port + " *" + fabric_mod_port + " = tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + ";\n" - buf += " int ret = 0;\n\n" - buf += " switch (" + fabric_mod_port + "->" + fabric_mod_port + "_proto_id) {\n" - if proto_ident == "FC": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_FCP:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " ret = fc_get_pr_transport_id(se_tpg, se_nacl, pr_reg,\n" - buf += " format_code, buf);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - elif proto_ident == "SAS": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_SAS:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " ret = sas_get_pr_transport_id(se_tpg, se_nacl, pr_reg,\n" - buf += " format_code, buf);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - elif proto_ident == "iSCSI": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_ISCSI:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " ret = iscsi_get_pr_transport_id(se_tpg, se_nacl, pr_reg,\n" - buf += " format_code, buf);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - - buf += " }\n\n" - buf += " return ret;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_pr_transport_id(struct se_portal_group *,\n" - bufi += " struct se_node_acl *, struct t10_pr_registration *,\n" - bufi += " int *, unsigned char *);\n" - - if re.search('get_pr_transport_id_len\)\(', fo): - buf += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_pr_transport_id_len(\n" - buf += " struct se_portal_group *se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl *se_nacl,\n" - buf += " struct t10_pr_registration *pr_reg,\n" - buf += " int *format_code)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg *tpg = container_of(se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg, se_tpg);\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_" + fabric_mod_port + " *" + fabric_mod_port + " = tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + ";\n" - buf += " int ret = 0;\n\n" - buf += " switch (" + fabric_mod_port + "->" + fabric_mod_port + "_proto_id) {\n" - if proto_ident == "FC": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_FCP:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " ret = fc_get_pr_transport_id_len(se_tpg, se_nacl, pr_reg,\n" - buf += " format_code);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - elif proto_ident == "SAS": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_SAS:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " ret = sas_get_pr_transport_id_len(se_tpg, se_nacl, pr_reg,\n" - buf += " format_code);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - elif proto_ident == "iSCSI": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_ISCSI:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " ret = iscsi_get_pr_transport_id_len(se_tpg, se_nacl, pr_reg,\n" - buf += " format_code);\n" - buf += " break;\n" - - - buf += " }\n\n" - buf += " return ret;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_pr_transport_id_len(struct se_portal_group *,\n" - bufi += " struct se_node_acl *, struct t10_pr_registration *,\n" - bufi += " int *);\n" - - if re.search('parse_pr_out_transport_id\)\(', fo): - buf += "char *" + fabric_mod_name + "_parse_pr_out_transport_id(\n" - buf += " struct se_portal_group *se_tpg,\n" - buf += " const char *buf,\n" - buf += " u32 *out_tid_len,\n" - buf += " char **port_nexus_ptr)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg *tpg = container_of(se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg, se_tpg);\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_" + fabric_mod_port + " *" + fabric_mod_port + " = tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + ";\n" - buf += " char *tid = NULL;\n\n" - buf += " switch (" + fabric_mod_port + "->" + fabric_mod_port + "_proto_id) {\n" - if proto_ident == "FC": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_FCP:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " tid = fc_parse_pr_out_transport_id(se_tpg, buf, out_tid_len,\n" - buf += " port_nexus_ptr);\n" - elif proto_ident == "SAS": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_SAS:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " tid = sas_parse_pr_out_transport_id(se_tpg, buf, out_tid_len,\n" - buf += " port_nexus_ptr);\n" - elif proto_ident == "iSCSI": - buf += " case SCSI_PROTOCOL_ISCSI:\n" - buf += " default:\n" - buf += " tid = iscsi_parse_pr_out_transport_id(se_tpg, buf, out_tid_len,\n" - buf += " port_nexus_ptr);\n" - - buf += " }\n\n" - buf += " return tid;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "char *" + fabric_mod_name + "_parse_pr_out_transport_id(struct se_portal_group *,\n" - bufi += " const char *, u32 *, char **);\n" - - if re.search('alloc_fabric_acl\)\(', fo): - buf += "struct se_node_acl *" + fabric_mod_name + "_alloc_fabric_acl(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl;\n\n" - buf += " nacl = kzalloc(sizeof(struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl), GFP_KERNEL);\n" - buf += " if (!nacl) {\n" - buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"Unable to allocate struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl\\n\");\n" - buf += " return NULL;\n" - buf += " }\n\n" - buf += " return &nacl->se_node_acl;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "struct se_node_acl *" + fabric_mod_name + "_alloc_fabric_acl(struct se_portal_group *);\n" - - if re.search('release_fabric_acl\)\(', fo): - buf += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_fabric_acl(\n" - buf += " struct se_portal_group *se_tpg,\n" - buf += " struct se_node_acl *se_nacl)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl = container_of(se_nacl,\n" - buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl, se_node_acl);\n" - buf += " kfree(nacl);\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_fabric_acl(struct se_portal_group *,\n" - bufi += " struct se_node_acl *);\n" - if re.search('tpg_get_inst_index\)\(', fo): buf += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg_get_inst_index(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)\n" buf += "{\n" @@ -845,13 +519,6 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "}\n\n" bufi += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_set_default_node_attrs(struct se_node_acl *);\n" - if re.search('get_task_tag\)\(', fo): - buf += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_task_tag(struct se_cmd *se_cmd)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " return 0;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_task_tag(struct se_cmd *);\n" - if re.search('get_cmd_state\)\(', fo): buf += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_cmd_state(struct se_cmd *se_cmd)\n" buf += "{\n" diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.txt b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.txt index 84533d8e747f..ae22f7005540 100644 --- a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.txt +++ b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.txt @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ fabric skeleton, by simply using: This script will create a new drivers/target/$TCM_NEW_MOD/, and will do the following *) Generate new API callers for drivers/target/target_core_fabric_configs.c logic - ->make_nodeacl(), ->drop_nodeacl(), ->make_tpg(), ->drop_tpg() - ->make_wwn(), ->drop_wwn(). These are created into $TCM_NEW_MOD/$TCM_NEW_MOD_configfs.c + ->make_tpg(), ->drop_tpg(), ->make_wwn(), ->drop_wwn(). These are created + into $TCM_NEW_MOD/$TCM_NEW_MOD_configfs.c *) Generate basic infrastructure for loading/unloading LKMs and TCM/ConfigFS fabric module using a skeleton struct target_core_fabric_ops API template. *) Based on user defined T10 Proto_Ident for the new fabric module being built, diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt b/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt index 5518465290bf..bef81e42788f 100644 --- a/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt +++ b/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt @@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ Contents: a) Discovering and configuring TCMU uio devices b) Waiting for events on the device(s) c) Managing the command ring -3) Command filtering and pass_level -4) A final note +3) A final note TCM Userspace Design @@ -138,27 +137,40 @@ signals the kernel via a 4-byte write(). When cmd_head equals cmd_tail, the ring is empty -- no commands are currently waiting to be processed by userspace. -TCMU commands start with a common header containing "len_op", a 32-bit -value that stores the length, as well as the opcode in the lowest -unused bits. Currently only two opcodes are defined, TCMU_OP_PAD and -TCMU_OP_CMD. When userspace encounters a command with PAD opcode, it -should skip ahead by the bytes in "length". (The kernel inserts PAD -entries to ensure each CMD entry fits contigously into the circular -buffer.) - -When userspace handles a CMD, it finds the SCSI CDB (Command Data -Block) via tcmu_cmd_entry.req.cdb_off. This is an offset from the -start of the overall shared memory region, not the entry. The data -in/out buffers are accessible via tht req.iov[] array. Note that -each iov.iov_base is also an offset from the start of the region. - -TCMU currently does not support BIDI operations. +TCMU commands are 8-byte aligned. They start with a common header +containing "len_op", a 32-bit value that stores the length, as well as +the opcode in the lowest unused bits. It also contains cmd_id and +flags fields for setting by the kernel (kflags) and userspace +(uflags). + +Currently only two opcodes are defined, TCMU_OP_CMD and TCMU_OP_PAD. + +When the opcode is CMD, the entry in the command ring is a struct +tcmu_cmd_entry. Userspace finds the SCSI CDB (Command Data Block) via +tcmu_cmd_entry.req.cdb_off. This is an offset from the start of the +overall shared memory region, not the entry. The data in/out buffers +are accessible via tht req.iov[] array. iov_cnt contains the number of +entries in iov[] needed to describe either the Data-In or Data-Out +buffers. For bidirectional commands, iov_cnt specifies how many iovec +entries cover the Data-Out area, and iov_bidi_cnt specifies how many +iovec entries immediately after that in iov[] cover the Data-In +area. Just like other fields, iov.iov_base is an offset from the start +of the region. When completing a command, userspace sets rsp.scsi_status, and rsp.sense_buffer if necessary. Userspace then increments mailbox.cmd_tail by entry.hdr.length (mod cmdr_size) and signals the kernel via the UIO method, a 4-byte write to the file descriptor. +When the opcode is PAD, userspace only updates cmd_tail as above -- +it's a no-op. (The kernel inserts PAD entries to ensure each CMD entry +is contiguous within the command ring.) + +More opcodes may be added in the future. If userspace encounters an +opcode it does not handle, it must set UNKNOWN_OP bit (bit 0) in +hdr.uflags, update cmd_tail, and proceed with processing additional +commands, if any. + The Data Area: This is shared-memory space after the command ring. The organization @@ -311,7 +323,7 @@ int handle_device_events(int fd, void *map) /* Process events from cmd ring until we catch up with cmd_head */ while (ent != (void *)mb + mb->cmdr_off + mb->cmd_head) { - if (tcmu_hdr_get_op(&ent->hdr) == TCMU_OP_CMD) { + if (tcmu_hdr_get_op(ent->hdr.len_op) == TCMU_OP_CMD) { uint8_t *cdb = (void *)mb + ent->req.cdb_off; bool success = true; @@ -326,8 +338,12 @@ int handle_device_events(int fd, void *map) ent->rsp.scsi_status = SCSI_CHECK_CONDITION; } } + else if (tcmu_hdr_get_op(ent->hdr.len_op) != TCMU_OP_PAD) { + /* Tell the kernel we didn't handle unknown opcodes */ + ent->hdr.uflags |= TCMU_UFLAG_UNKNOWN_OP; + } else { - /* Do nothing for PAD entries */ + /* Do nothing for PAD entries except update cmd_tail */ } /* update cmd_tail */ @@ -347,28 +363,6 @@ int handle_device_events(int fd, void *map) } -Command filtering and pass_level --------------------------------- - -TCMU supports a "pass_level" option with valid values of 0 or 1. When -the value is 0 (the default), nearly all SCSI commands received for -the device are passed through to the handler. This allows maximum -flexibility but increases the amount of code required by the handler, -to support all mandatory SCSI commands. If pass_level is set to 1, -then only IO-related commands are presented, and the rest are handled -by LIO's in-kernel command emulation. The commands presented at level -1 include all versions of: - -READ -WRITE -WRITE_VERIFY -XDWRITEREAD -WRITE_SAME -COMPARE_AND_WRITE -SYNCHRONIZE_CACHE -UNMAP - - A final note ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt b/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt index 753e47cc2e20..71653584cd03 100644 --- a/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt @@ -36,8 +36,162 @@ the user. The registration APIs returns the cooling device pointer. np: pointer to the cooling device device tree node clip_cpus: cpumask of cpus where the frequency constraints will happen. -1.1.3 void cpufreq_cooling_unregister(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev) +1.1.3 struct thermal_cooling_device *cpufreq_power_cooling_register( + const struct cpumask *clip_cpus, u32 capacitance, + get_static_t plat_static_func) + +Similar to cpufreq_cooling_register, this function registers a cpufreq +cooling device. Using this function, the cooling device will +implement the power extensions by using a simple cpu power model. The +cpus must have registered their OPPs using the OPP library. + +The additional parameters are needed for the power model (See 2. Power +models). "capacitance" is the dynamic power coefficient (See 2.1 +Dynamic power). "plat_static_func" is a function to calculate the +static power consumed by these cpus (See 2.2 Static power). + +1.1.4 struct thermal_cooling_device *of_cpufreq_power_cooling_register( + struct device_node *np, const struct cpumask *clip_cpus, u32 capacitance, + get_static_t plat_static_func) + +Similar to cpufreq_power_cooling_register, this function register a +cpufreq cooling device with power extensions using the device tree +information supplied by the np parameter. + +1.1.5 void cpufreq_cooling_unregister(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev) This interface function unregisters the "thermal-cpufreq-%x" cooling device. cdev: Cooling device pointer which has to be unregistered. + +2. Power models + +The power API registration functions provide a simple power model for +CPUs. The current power is calculated as dynamic + (optionally) +static power. This power model requires that the operating-points of +the CPUs are registered using the kernel's opp library and the +`cpufreq_frequency_table` is assigned to the `struct device` of the +cpu. If you are using CONFIG_CPUFREQ_DT then the +`cpufreq_frequency_table` should already be assigned to the cpu +device. + +The `plat_static_func` parameter of `cpufreq_power_cooling_register()` +and `of_cpufreq_power_cooling_register()` is optional. If you don't +provide it, only dynamic power will be considered. + +2.1 Dynamic power + +The dynamic power consumption of a processor depends on many factors. +For a given processor implementation the primary factors are: + +- The time the processor spends running, consuming dynamic power, as + compared to the time in idle states where dynamic consumption is + negligible. Herein we refer to this as 'utilisation'. +- The voltage and frequency levels as a result of DVFS. The DVFS + level is a dominant factor governing power consumption. +- In running time the 'execution' behaviour (instruction types, memory + access patterns and so forth) causes, in most cases, a second order + variation. In pathological cases this variation can be significant, + but typically it is of a much lesser impact than the factors above. + +A high level dynamic power consumption model may then be represented as: + +Pdyn = f(run) * Voltage^2 * Frequency * Utilisation + +f(run) here represents the described execution behaviour and its +result has a units of Watts/Hz/Volt^2 (this often expressed in +mW/MHz/uVolt^2) + +The detailed behaviour for f(run) could be modelled on-line. However, +in practice, such an on-line model has dependencies on a number of +implementation specific processor support and characterisation +factors. Therefore, in initial implementation that contribution is +represented as a constant coefficient. This is a simplification +consistent with the relative contribution to overall power variation. + +In this simplified representation our model becomes: + +Pdyn = Capacitance * Voltage^2 * Frequency * Utilisation + +Where `capacitance` is a constant that represents an indicative +running time dynamic power coefficient in fundamental units of +mW/MHz/uVolt^2. Typical values for mobile CPUs might lie in range +from 100 to 500. For reference, the approximate values for the SoC in +ARM's Juno Development Platform are 530 for the Cortex-A57 cluster and +140 for the Cortex-A53 cluster. + + +2.2 Static power + +Static leakage power consumption depends on a number of factors. For a +given circuit implementation the primary factors are: + +- Time the circuit spends in each 'power state' +- Temperature +- Operating voltage +- Process grade + +The time the circuit spends in each 'power state' for a given +evaluation period at first order means OFF or ON. However, +'retention' states can also be supported that reduce power during +inactive periods without loss of context. + +Note: The visibility of state entries to the OS can vary, according to +platform specifics, and this can then impact the accuracy of a model +based on OS state information alone. It might be possible in some +cases to extract more accurate information from system resources. + +The temperature, operating voltage and process 'grade' (slow to fast) +of the circuit are all significant factors in static leakage power +consumption. All of these have complex relationships to static power. + +Circuit implementation specific factors include the chosen silicon +process as well as the type, number and size of transistors in both +the logic gates and any RAM elements included. + +The static power consumption modelling must take into account the +power managed regions that are implemented. Taking the example of an +ARM processor cluster, the modelling would take into account whether +each CPU can be powered OFF separately or if only a single power +region is implemented for the complete cluster. + +In one view, there are others, a static power consumption model can +then start from a set of reference values for each power managed +region (e.g. CPU, Cluster/L2) in each state (e.g. ON, OFF) at an +arbitrary process grade, voltage and temperature point. These values +are then scaled for all of the following: the time in each state, the +process grade, the current temperature and the operating voltage. +However, since both implementation specific and complex relationships +dominate the estimate, the appropriate interface to the model from the +cpu cooling device is to provide a function callback that calculates +the static power in this platform. When registering the cpu cooling +device pass a function pointer that follows the `get_static_t` +prototype: + + int plat_get_static(cpumask_t *cpumask, int interval, + unsigned long voltage, u32 &power); + +`cpumask` is the cpumask of the cpus involved in the calculation. +`voltage` is the voltage at which they are operating. The function +should calculate the average static power for the last `interval` +milliseconds. It returns 0 on success, -E* on error. If it +succeeds, it should store the static power in `power`. Reading the +temperature of the cpus described by `cpumask` is left for +plat_get_static() to do as the platform knows best which thermal +sensor is closest to the cpu. + +If `plat_static_func` is NULL, static power is considered to be +negligible for this platform and only dynamic power is considered. + +The platform specific callback can then use any combination of tables +and/or equations to permute the estimated value. Process grade +information is not passed to the model since access to such data, from +on-chip measurement capability or manufacture time data, is platform +specific. + +Note: the significance of static power for CPUs in comparison to +dynamic power is highly dependent on implementation. Given the +potential complexity in implementation, the importance and accuracy of +its inclusion when using cpu cooling devices should be assessed on a +case by case basis. + diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt b/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c3797b529991 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +Power allocator governor tunables +================================= + +Trip points +----------- + +The governor requires the following two passive trip points: + +1. "switch on" trip point: temperature above which the governor + control loop starts operating. This is the first passive trip + point of the thermal zone. + +2. "desired temperature" trip point: it should be higher than the + "switch on" trip point. This the target temperature the governor + is controlling for. This is the last passive trip point of the + thermal zone. + +PID Controller +-------------- + +The power allocator governor implements a +Proportional-Integral-Derivative controller (PID controller) with +temperature as the control input and power as the controlled output: + + P_max = k_p * e + k_i * err_integral + k_d * diff_err + sustainable_power + +where + e = desired_temperature - current_temperature + err_integral is the sum of previous errors + diff_err = e - previous_error + +It is similar to the one depicted below: + + k_d + | +current_temp | + | v + | +----------+ +---+ + | +----->| diff_err |-->| X |------+ + | | +----------+ +---+ | + | | | tdp actor + | | k_i | | get_requested_power() + | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | ... + v | v v v v v + +---+ | +-------+ +---+ +---+ +---+ +----------+ + | S |-------+----->| sum e |----->| X |--->| S |-->| S |-->|power | + +---+ | +-------+ +---+ +---+ +---+ |allocation| + ^ | ^ +----------+ + | | | | | + | | +---+ | | | + | +------->| X |-------------------+ v v + | +---+ granted performance +desired_temperature ^ + | + | + k_po/k_pu + +Sustainable power +----------------- + +An estimate of the sustainable dissipatable power (in mW) should be +provided while registering the thermal zone. This estimates the +sustained power that can be dissipated at the desired control +temperature. This is the maximum sustained power for allocation at +the desired maximum temperature. The actual sustained power can vary +for a number of reasons. The closed loop controller will take care of +variations such as environmental conditions, and some factors related +to the speed-grade of the silicon. `sustainable_power` is therefore +simply an estimate, and may be tuned to affect the aggressiveness of +the thermal ramp. For reference, the sustainable power of a 4" phone +is typically 2000mW, while on a 10" tablet is around 4500mW (may vary +depending on screen size). + +If you are using device tree, do add it as a property of the +thermal-zone. For example: + + thermal-zones { + soc_thermal { + polling-delay = <1000>; + polling-delay-passive = <100>; + sustainable-power = <2500>; + ... + +Instead, if the thermal zone is registered from the platform code, pass a +`thermal_zone_params` that has a `sustainable_power`. If no +`thermal_zone_params` were being passed, then something like below +will suffice: + + static const struct thermal_zone_params tz_params = { + .sustainable_power = 3500, + }; + +and then pass `tz_params` as the 5th parameter to +`thermal_zone_device_register()` + +k_po and k_pu +------------- + +The implementation of the PID controller in the power allocator +thermal governor allows the configuration of two proportional term +constants: `k_po` and `k_pu`. `k_po` is the proportional term +constant during temperature overshoot periods (current temperature is +above "desired temperature" trip point). Conversely, `k_pu` is the +proportional term constant during temperature undershoot periods +(current temperature below "desired temperature" trip point). + +These controls are intended as the primary mechanism for configuring +the permitted thermal "ramp" of the system. For instance, a lower +`k_pu` value will provide a slower ramp, at the cost of capping +available capacity at a low temperature. On the other hand, a high +value of `k_pu` will result in the governor granting very high power +whilst temperature is low, and may lead to temperature overshooting. + +The default value for `k_pu` is: + + 2 * sustainable_power / (desired_temperature - switch_on_temp) + +This means that at `switch_on_temp` the output of the controller's +proportional term will be 2 * `sustainable_power`. The default value +for `k_po` is: + + sustainable_power / (desired_temperature - switch_on_temp) + +Focusing on the proportional and feed forward values of the PID +controller equation we have: + + P_max = k_p * e + sustainable_power + +The proportional term is proportional to the difference between the +desired temperature and the current one. When the current temperature +is the desired one, then the proportional component is zero and +`P_max` = `sustainable_power`. That is, the system should operate in +thermal equilibrium under constant load. `sustainable_power` is only +an estimate, which is the reason for closed-loop control such as this. + +Expanding `k_pu` we get: + P_max = 2 * sustainable_power * (T_set - T) / (T_set - T_on) + + sustainable_power + +where + T_set is the desired temperature + T is the current temperature + T_on is the switch on temperature + +When the current temperature is the switch_on temperature, the above +formula becomes: + + P_max = 2 * sustainable_power * (T_set - T_on) / (T_set - T_on) + + sustainable_power = 2 * sustainable_power + sustainable_power = + 3 * sustainable_power + +Therefore, the proportional term alone linearly decreases power from +3 * `sustainable_power` to `sustainable_power` as the temperature +rises from the switch on temperature to the desired temperature. + +k_i and integral_cutoff +----------------------- + +`k_i` configures the PID loop's integral term constant. This term +allows the PID controller to compensate for long term drift and for +the quantized nature of the output control: cooling devices can't set +the exact power that the governor requests. When the temperature +error is below `integral_cutoff`, errors are accumulated in the +integral term. This term is then multiplied by `k_i` and the result +added to the output of the controller. Typically `k_i` is set low (1 +or 2) and `integral_cutoff` is 0. + +k_d +--- + +`k_d` configures the PID loop's derivative term constant. It's +recommended to leave it as the default: 0. + +Cooling device power API +======================== + +Cooling devices controlled by this governor must supply the additional +"power" API in their `cooling_device_ops`. It consists on three ops: + +1. int get_requested_power(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev, + struct thermal_zone_device *tz, u32 *power); +@cdev: The `struct thermal_cooling_device` pointer +@tz: thermal zone in which we are currently operating +@power: pointer in which to store the calculated power + +`get_requested_power()` calculates the power requested by the device +in milliwatts and stores it in @power . It should return 0 on +success, -E* on failure. This is currently used by the power +allocator governor to calculate how much power to give to each cooling +device. + +2. int state2power(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev, struct + thermal_zone_device *tz, unsigned long state, u32 *power); +@cdev: The `struct thermal_cooling_device` pointer +@tz: thermal zone in which we are currently operating +@state: A cooling device state +@power: pointer in which to store the equivalent power + +Convert cooling device state @state into power consumption in +milliwatts and store it in @power. It should return 0 on success, -E* +on failure. This is currently used by thermal core to calculate the +maximum power that an actor can consume. + +3. int power2state(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev, u32 power, + unsigned long *state); +@cdev: The `struct thermal_cooling_device` pointer +@power: power in milliwatts +@state: pointer in which to store the resulting state + +Calculate a cooling device state that would make the device consume at +most @power mW and store it in @state. It should return 0 on success, +-E* on failure. This is currently used by the thermal core to convert +a given power set by the power allocator governor to a state that the +cooling device can set. It is a function because this conversion may +depend on external factors that may change so this function should the +best conversion given "current circumstances". + +Cooling device weights +---------------------- + +Weights are a mechanism to bias the allocation among cooling +devices. They express the relative power efficiency of different +cooling devices. Higher weight can be used to express higher power +efficiency. Weighting is relative such that if each cooling device +has a weight of one they are considered equal. This is particularly +useful in heterogeneous systems where two cooling devices may perform +the same kind of compute, but with different efficiency. For example, +a system with two different types of processors. + +If the thermal zone is registered using +`thermal_zone_device_register()` (i.e., platform code), then weights +are passed as part of the thermal zone's `thermal_bind_parameters`. +If the platform is registered using device tree, then they are passed +as the `contribution` property of each map in the `cooling-maps` node. + +Limitations of the power allocator governor +=========================================== + +The power allocator governor's PID controller works best if there is a +periodic tick. If you have a driver that calls +`thermal_zone_device_update()` (or anything that ends up calling the +governor's `throttle()` function) repetitively, the governor response +won't be very good. Note that this is not particular to this +governor, step-wise will also misbehave if you call its throttle() +faster than the normal thermal framework tick (due to interrupts for +example) as it will overreact. diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt index 87519cb379ee..c1f6864a8c5d 100644 --- a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices. 1.3 interface for binding a thermal zone device with a thermal cooling device 1.3.1 int thermal_zone_bind_cooling_device(struct thermal_zone_device *tz, int trip, struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev, - unsigned long upper, unsigned long lower); + unsigned long upper, unsigned long lower, unsigned int weight); This interface function bind a thermal cooling device to the certain trip point of a thermal zone device. @@ -110,6 +110,8 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices. lower:the Minimum cooling state can be used for this trip point. THERMAL_NO_LIMIT means no lower limit, and the cooling device can be in cooling state 0. + weight: the influence of this cooling device in this thermal + zone. See 1.4.1 below for more information. 1.3.2 int thermal_zone_unbind_cooling_device(struct thermal_zone_device *tz, int trip, struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev); @@ -127,9 +129,15 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices. This structure defines the following parameters that are used to bind a zone with a cooling device for a particular trip point. .cdev: The cooling device pointer - .weight: The 'influence' of a particular cooling device on this zone. - This is on a percentage scale. The sum of all these weights - (for a particular zone) cannot exceed 100. + .weight: The 'influence' of a particular cooling device on this + zone. This is relative to the rest of the cooling + devices. For example, if all cooling devices have a + weight of 1, then they all contribute the same. You can + use percentages if you want, but it's not mandatory. A + weight of 0 means that this cooling device doesn't + contribute to the cooling of this zone unless all cooling + devices have a weight of 0. If all weights are 0, then + they all contribute the same. .trip_mask:This is a bit mask that gives the binding relation between this thermal zone and cdev, for a particular trip point. If nth bit is set, then the cdev and thermal zone are bound @@ -176,6 +184,14 @@ Thermal zone device sys I/F, created once it's registered: |---trip_point_[0-*]_type: Trip point type |---trip_point_[0-*]_hyst: Hysteresis value for this trip point |---emul_temp: Emulated temperature set node + |---sustainable_power: Sustainable dissipatable power + |---k_po: Proportional term during temperature overshoot + |---k_pu: Proportional term during temperature undershoot + |---k_i: PID's integral term in the power allocator gov + |---k_d: PID's derivative term in the power allocator + |---integral_cutoff: Offset above which errors are accumulated + |---slope: Slope constant applied as linear extrapolation + |---offset: Offset constant applied as linear extrapolation Thermal cooling device sys I/F, created once it's registered: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_device[0-*]: @@ -192,6 +208,8 @@ thermal_zone_bind_cooling_device/thermal_zone_unbind_cooling_device. /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zone[0-*]: |---cdev[0-*]: [0-*]th cooling device in current thermal zone |---cdev[0-*]_trip_point: Trip point that cdev[0-*] is associated with + |---cdev[0-*]_weight: Influence of the cooling device in + this thermal zone Besides the thermal zone device sysfs I/F and cooling device sysfs I/F, the generic thermal driver also creates a hwmon sysfs I/F for each _type_ @@ -265,6 +283,14 @@ cdev[0-*]_trip_point point. RO, Optional +cdev[0-*]_weight + The influence of cdev[0-*] in this thermal zone. This value + is relative to the rest of cooling devices in the thermal + zone. For example, if a cooling device has a weight double + than that of other, it's twice as effective in cooling the + thermal zone. + RW, Optional + passive Attribute is only present for zones in which the passive cooling policy is not supported by native thermal driver. Default is zero @@ -289,6 +315,66 @@ emul_temp because userland can easily disable the thermal policy by simply flooding this sysfs node with low temperature values. +sustainable_power + An estimate of the sustained power that can be dissipated by + the thermal zone. Used by the power allocator governor. For + more information see Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt + Unit: milliwatts + RW, Optional + +k_po + The proportional term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller during temperature overshoot. Temperature overshoot + is when the current temperature is above the "desired + temperature" trip point. For more information see + Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt + RW, Optional + +k_pu + The proportional term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller during temperature undershoot. Temperature undershoot + is when the current temperature is below the "desired + temperature" trip point. For more information see + Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt + RW, Optional + +k_i + The integral term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller. This term allows the PID controller to compensate + for long term drift. For more information see + Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt + RW, Optional + +k_d + The derivative term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller. For more information see + Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt + RW, Optional + +integral_cutoff + Temperature offset from the desired temperature trip point + above which the integral term of the power allocator + governor's PID controller starts accumulating errors. For + example, if integral_cutoff is 0, then the integral term only + accumulates error when temperature is above the desired + temperature trip point. For more information see + Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt + RW, Optional + +slope + The slope constant used in a linear extrapolation model + to determine a hotspot temperature based off the sensor's + raw readings. It is up to the device driver to determine + the usage of these values. + RW, Optional + +offset + The offset constant used in a linear extrapolation model + to determine a hotspot temperature based off the sensor's + raw readings. It is up to the device driver to determine + the usage of these values. + RW, Optional + ***************************** * Cooling device attributes * ***************************** @@ -318,7 +404,8 @@ passive, active. If an ACPI thermal zone supports critical, passive, active[0] and active[1] at the same time, it may register itself as a thermal_zone_device (thermal_zone1) with 4 trip points in all. It has one processor and one fan, which are both registered as -thermal_cooling_device. +thermal_cooling_device. Both are considered to have the same +effectiveness in cooling the thermal zone. If the processor is listed in _PSL method, and the fan is listed in _AL0 method, the sys I/F structure will be built like this: @@ -340,8 +427,10 @@ method, the sys I/F structure will be built like this: |---trip_point_3_type: active1 |---cdev0: --->/sys/class/thermal/cooling_device0 |---cdev0_trip_point: 1 /* cdev0 can be used for passive */ + |---cdev0_weight: 1024 |---cdev1: --->/sys/class/thermal/cooling_device3 |---cdev1_trip_point: 2 /* cdev1 can be used for active[0]*/ + |---cdev1_weight: 1024 |cooling_device0: |---type: Processor diff --git a/Documentation/timers/NO_HZ.txt b/Documentation/timers/NO_HZ.txt index cca122f25120..6eaf576294f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/timers/NO_HZ.txt +++ b/Documentation/timers/NO_HZ.txt @@ -158,13 +158,9 @@ not come for free: to the need to inform kernel subsystems (such as RCU) about the change in mode. -3. POSIX CPU timers on adaptive-tick CPUs may miss their deadlines - (perhaps indefinitely) because they currently rely on - scheduling-tick interrupts. This will likely be fixed in - one of two ways: (1) Prevent CPUs with POSIX CPU timers from - entering adaptive-tick mode, or (2) Use hrtimers or other - adaptive-ticks-immune mechanism to cause the POSIX CPU timer to - fire properly. +3. POSIX CPU timers prevent CPUs from entering adaptive-tick mode. + Real-time applications needing to take actions based on CPU time + consumption need to use other means of doing so. 4. If there are more perf events pending than the hardware can accommodate, they are normally round-robined so as to collect diff --git a/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt index 02361552a3ea..77d14d51a670 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ document is concerned with the latter. HW assisted tracing is becoming increasingly useful when dealing with systems that have many SoCs and other components like GPU and DMA engines. ARM has developed a HW assisted tracing solution by means of different components, each -being added to a design at systhesis time to cater to specific tracing needs. +being added to a design at synthesis time to cater to specific tracing needs. Compoments are generally categorised as source, link and sinks and are (usually) discovered using the AMBA bus. diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt index 572ca923631a..7ddb1e319f84 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt @@ -108,8 +108,8 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: data is read from this file, it is consumed, and will not be read again with a sequential read. The "trace" file is static, and if the tracer is not - adding more data,they will display the same - information every time they are read. + adding more data, it will display the same + information every time it is read. trace_options: diff --git a/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt b/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt index 995c8bca40e2..3f848c1f2940 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt @@ -69,3 +69,24 @@ cat /sys/kernel/debug/ci_hdrc.0/registers ---------------------- "On-The-Go and Embedded Host Supplement to the USB Revision 2.0 Specification July 27, 2012 Revision 2.0 version 1.1a" + +2. How to enable USB as system wakeup source +----------------------------------- +Below is the example for how to enable USB as system wakeup source +at imx6 platform. + +2.1 Enable core's wakeup +echo enabled > /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/power/wakeup +2.2 Enable glue layer's wakeup +echo enabled > /sys/bus/platform/devices/2184000.usb/power/wakeup +2.3 Enable PHY's wakeup (optional) +echo enabled > /sys/bus/platform/devices/20c9000.usbphy/power/wakeup +2.4 Enable roothub's wakeup +echo enabled > /sys/bus/usb/devices/usb1/power/wakeup +2.5 Enable related device's wakeup +echo enabled > /sys/bus/usb/devices/1-1/power/wakeup + +If the system has only one usb port, and you want usb wakeup at this port, you +can use below script to enable usb wakeup. +for i in $(find /sys -name wakeup | grep usb);do echo enabled > $i;done; + diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt index 076ac7ba7f93..592678009c15 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ provided by gadgets. 16. UAC1 function 17. UAC2 function 18. UVC function +19. PRINTER function 1. ACM function @@ -525,8 +526,6 @@ Except for ifname they can be written to until the function is linked to a configuration. The ifname is read-only and contains the name of the interface which was assigned by the net core, e. g. usb0. -By default there can be only 1 RNDIS interface in the system. - Testing the RNDIS function -------------------------- @@ -628,7 +627,7 @@ Function-specific configfs interface The function name to use when creating the function directory is "uac2". The uac2 function provides these attributes in its function directory: - chmask - capture channel mask + c_chmask - capture channel mask c_srate - capture sampling rate c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes) p_chmask - playback channel mask @@ -726,3 +725,49 @@ with these patches: http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-usb/msg99220.html host: luvcview -f yuv + +19. PRINTER function +==================== + +The function is provided by usb_f_printer.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "printer". +The printer function provides these attributes in its function directory: + + pnp_string - Data to be passed to the host in pnp string + q_len - Number of requests per endpoint + +Testing the PRINTER function +---------------------------- + +The most basic testing: + +device: run the gadget +# ls -l /devices/virtual/usb_printer_gadget/ + +should show g_printer<number>. + +If udev is active, then /dev/g_printer<number> should appear automatically. + +host: + +If udev is active, then e.g. /dev/usb/lp0 should appear. + +host->device transmission: + +device: +# cat /dev/g_printer<number> +host: +# cat > /dev/usb/lp0 + +device->host transmission: + +# cat > /dev/g_printer<number> +host: +# cat /dev/usb/lp0 + +More advanced testing can be done with the prn_example +described in Documentation/usb/gadget-printer.txt. diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt index 947fa62bccf2..349f3104fa4f 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt @@ -465,12 +465,14 @@ Generic Serial driver device, and does not support any kind of device flow control. All that is required of your device is that it has at least one bulk in endpoint, or one bulk out endpoint. - - To enable the generic driver to recognize your device, build the driver - as a module and load it by the following invocation: + + To enable the generic driver to recognize your device, provide + echo <vid> <pid> >/sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/generic/new_id + where the <vid> and <pid> is replaced with the hex representation of your + device's vendor id and product id. + If the driver is compiled as a module you can also provide one id when + loading the module insmod usbserial vendor=0x#### product=0x#### - where the #### is replaced with the hex representation of your device's - vendor id and product id. This driver has been successfully used to connect to the NetChip USB development board, providing a way to develop USB firmware without diff --git a/Documentation/vDSO/Makefile b/Documentation/vDSO/Makefile index ee075c3d2124..b12e98770e1f 100644 --- a/Documentation/vDSO/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/vDSO/Makefile @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +ifndef CROSS_COMPILE # vdso_test won't build for glibc < 2.16, so disable it # hostprogs-y := vdso_test hostprogs-$(CONFIG_X86) := vdso_standalone_test_x86 @@ -13,3 +14,4 @@ HOSTLOADLIBES_vdso_standalone_test_x86 := -nostdlib ifeq ($(CONFIG_X86_32),y) HOSTLOADLIBES_vdso_standalone_test_x86 += -lgcc_s endif +endif diff --git a/Documentation/vfio.txt b/Documentation/vfio.txt index 96978eced341..1dd3fddfd3a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/vfio.txt +++ b/Documentation/vfio.txt @@ -289,10 +289,12 @@ PPC64 sPAPR implementation note This implementation has some specifics: -1) Only one IOMMU group per container is supported as an IOMMU group -represents the minimal entity which isolation can be guaranteed for and -groups are allocated statically, one per a Partitionable Endpoint (PE) +1) On older systems (POWER7 with P5IOC2/IODA1) only one IOMMU group per +container is supported as an IOMMU table is allocated at the boot time, +one table per a IOMMU group which is a Partitionable Endpoint (PE) (PE is often a PCI domain but not always). +Newer systems (POWER8 with IODA2) have improved hardware design which allows +to remove this limitation and have multiple IOMMU groups per a VFIO container. 2) The hardware supports so called DMA windows - the PCI address range within which DMA transfer is allowed, any attempt to access address space @@ -385,6 +387,18 @@ The code flow from the example above should be slightly changed: .... + /* Inject EEH error, which is expected to be caused by 32-bits + * config load. + */ + pe_op.op = VFIO_EEH_PE_INJECT_ERR; + pe_op.err.type = EEH_ERR_TYPE_32; + pe_op.err.func = EEH_ERR_FUNC_LD_CFG_ADDR; + pe_op.err.addr = 0ul; + pe_op.err.mask = 0ul; + ioctl(container, VFIO_EEH_PE_OP, &pe_op); + + .... + /* When 0xFF's returned from reading PCI config space or IO BARs * of the PCI device. Check the PE's state to see if that has been * frozen. @@ -427,6 +441,48 @@ The code flow from the example above should be slightly changed: .... +5) There is v2 of SPAPR TCE IOMMU. It deprecates VFIO_IOMMU_ENABLE/ +VFIO_IOMMU_DISABLE and implements 2 new ioctls: +VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_REGISTER_MEMORY and VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_UNREGISTER_MEMORY +(which are unsupported in v1 IOMMU). + +PPC64 paravirtualized guests generate a lot of map/unmap requests, +and the handling of those includes pinning/unpinning pages and updating +mm::locked_vm counter to make sure we do not exceed the rlimit. +The v2 IOMMU splits accounting and pinning into separate operations: + +- VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_REGISTER_MEMORY/VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_UNREGISTER_MEMORY ioctls +receive a user space address and size of the block to be pinned. +Bisecting is not supported and VFIO_IOMMU_UNREGISTER_MEMORY is expected to +be called with the exact address and size used for registering +the memory block. The userspace is not expected to call these often. +The ranges are stored in a linked list in a VFIO container. + +- VFIO_IOMMU_MAP_DMA/VFIO_IOMMU_UNMAP_DMA ioctls only update the actual +IOMMU table and do not do pinning; instead these check that the userspace +address is from pre-registered range. + +This separation helps in optimizing DMA for guests. + +6) sPAPR specification allows guests to have an additional DMA window(s) on +a PCI bus with a variable page size. Two ioctls have been added to support +this: VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_CREATE and VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_REMOVE. +The platform has to support the functionality or error will be returned to +the userspace. The existing hardware supports up to 2 DMA windows, one is +2GB long, uses 4K pages and called "default 32bit window"; the other can +be as big as entire RAM, use different page size, it is optional - guests +create those in run-time if the guest driver supports 64bit DMA. + +VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_CREATE receives a page shift, a DMA window size and +a number of TCE table levels (if a TCE table is going to be big enough and +the kernel may not be able to allocate enough of physically contiguous memory). +It creates a new window in the available slot and returns the bus address where +the new window starts. Due to hardware limitation, the user space cannot choose +the location of DMA windows. + +VFIO_IOMMU_SPAPR_TCE_REMOVE receives the bus start address of the window +and removes it. + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [1] VFIO was originally an acronym for "Virtual Function I/O" in its diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 index 4c84ec853265..44a4cfbfdc40 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ 35 -> TeVii S471 [d471:9022] 36 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1255 [0070:2259] 37 -> Prof Revolution DVB-S2 8000 [8000:3034] - 38 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR4400 [0070:c108,0070:c138,0070:c12a,0070:c1f8] + 38 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR4400/HVR5500 [0070:c108,0070:c138,0070:c1f8] 39 -> AVerTV Hybrid Express Slim HC81R [1461:d939] 40 -> TurboSight TBS 6981 [6981:8888] 41 -> TurboSight TBS 6980 [6980:8888] @@ -45,3 +45,10 @@ 44 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Dual Express2 [18ac:db98] 45 -> DVBSky T9580 [4254:9580] 46 -> DVBSky T980C [4254:980c] + 47 -> DVBSky S950C [4254:950c] + 48 -> Technotrend TT-budget CT2-4500 CI [13c2:3013] + 49 -> DVBSky S950 [4254:0950] + 50 -> DVBSky S952 [4254:0952] + 51 -> DVBSky T982 [4254:0982] + 52 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR5525 [0070:f038] + 53 -> Hauppauge WinTV Starburst [0070:c12a] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx index 3700edb81db2..9e57ce43c4f4 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx @@ -94,3 +94,5 @@ 93 -> KWorld USB ATSC TV Stick UB435-Q V3 (em2874) [1b80:e34c] 94 -> PCTV tripleStick (292e) (em28178) 95 -> Leadtek VC100 (em2861) [0413:6f07] + 96 -> Terratec Cinergy T2 Stick HD (em28178) + 97 -> Elgato EyeTV Hybrid 2008 INT (em2884) [0fd9:0018] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 index a93d86455233..f4b395bdc090 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 @@ -192,3 +192,4 @@ 191 -> Hawell HW-9004V1 192 -> AverMedia AverTV Satellite Hybrid+FM A706 [1461:2055] 193 -> WIS Voyager or compatible [1905:7007] +194 -> AverMedia AverTV/505 [1461:a10a] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 index 2205e8d55537..6eb057220474 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 @@ -9,3 +9,6 @@ 8 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2250 [0070:88A1] 9 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2200 [0070:8940] 10 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2200 [0070:8953] + 11 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2255(proto) + 12 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2255 [0070:f111] + 13 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2205 [0070:f123,0070:f120] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt index 0f84ce8c9a7b..5517db602f37 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt @@ -344,7 +344,9 @@ implement g_volatile_ctrl like this: } Note that you use the 'new value' union as well in g_volatile_ctrl. In general -controls that need to implement g_volatile_ctrl are read-only controls. +controls that need to implement g_volatile_ctrl are read-only controls. If they +are not, a V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE will not be generated when the control +changes. To mark a control as volatile you have to set V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE: diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt index f586e29ce221..75d5c18d689a 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt @@ -793,8 +793,8 @@ video_register_device_no_warn() instead. Whenever a device node is created some attributes are also created for you. If you look in /sys/class/video4linux you see the devices. Go into e.g. -video0 and you will see 'name', 'debug' and 'index' attributes. The 'name' -attribute is the 'name' field of the video_device struct. The 'debug' attribute +video0 and you will see 'name', 'dev_debug' and 'index' attributes. The 'name' +attribute is the 'name' field of the video_device struct. The 'dev_debug' attribute can be used to enable core debugging. See the next section for more detailed information on this. @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ unregister the device if the registration failed. video device debugging ---------------------- -The 'debug' attribute that is created for each video, vbi, radio or swradio +The 'dev_debug' attribute that is created for each video, vbi, radio or swradio device in /sys/class/video4linux/<devX>/ allows you to enable logging of file operations. @@ -1129,6 +1129,10 @@ available event type is 'class base + 1'. An example on how the V4L2 events may be used can be found in the OMAP 3 ISP driver (drivers/media/platform/omap3isp). +A subdev can directly send an event to the v4l2_device notify function with +V4L2_DEVICE_NOTIFY_EVENT. This allows the bridge to map the subdev that sends +the event to the video node(s) associated with the subdev that need to be +informed about such an event. V4L2 clocks ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c index 7bd1b975bfd2..9c80c090e92d 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c @@ -406,9 +406,7 @@ static int skeleton_enum_fmt_vid_cap(struct file *file, void *priv, if (f->index != 0) return -EINVAL; - strlcpy(f->description, "4:2:2, packed, YUYV", sizeof(f->description)); f->pixelformat = V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV; - f->flags = 0; return 0; } diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt index 6cfc8541a362..e35d376b7f64 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt @@ -631,26 +631,33 @@ Timestamp Source: selects when the timestamp for each buffer is taken. Colorspace: selects which colorspace should be used when generating the image. This only applies if the CSC Colorbar test pattern is selected, - otherwise the test pattern will go through unconverted (except for - the so-called 'Transfer Function' corrections and the R'G'B' to Y'CbCr - conversion). This behavior is also what you want, since a 75% Colorbar + otherwise the test pattern will go through unconverted. + This behavior is also what you want, since a 75% Colorbar should really have 75% signal intensity and should not be affected by colorspace conversions. Changing the colorspace will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change. +Transfer Function: selects which colorspace transfer function should be used when + generating an image. This only applies if the CSC Colorbar test pattern is + selected, otherwise the test pattern will go through unconverted. + This behavior is also what you want, since a 75% Colorbar + should really have 75% signal intensity and should not be affected + by colorspace conversions. + + Changing the transfer function will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE + to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change. + Y'CbCr Encoding: selects which Y'CbCr encoding should be used when generating - a Y'CbCr image. This only applies if the CSC Colorbar test pattern is - selected, and if the format is set to a Y'CbCr format as opposed to an - RGB format. + a Y'CbCr image. This only applies if the format is set to a Y'CbCr format + as opposed to an RGB format. Changing the Y'CbCr encoding will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change. Quantization: selects which quantization should be used for the RGB or Y'CbCr - encoding when generating the test pattern. This only applies if the CSC - Colorbar test pattern is selected. + encoding when generating the test pattern. Changing the quantization will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change. @@ -888,7 +895,7 @@ Section 10.1: Video and Sliced VBI looping The way to enable video/VBI looping is currently fairly crude. A 'Loop Video' control is available in the "Vivid" control class of the video -output and VBI output devices. When checked the video looping will be enabled. +capture and VBI capture devices. When checked the video looping will be enabled. Once enabled any video S-Video or HDMI input will show a static test pattern until the video output has started. At that time the video output will be looped to the video input provided that: @@ -912,6 +919,11 @@ looped to the video input provided that: sequence and field counting in struct v4l2_buffer on the capture side may not be 100% accurate. +- field settings V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB/BT are not supported. While it is possible to + implement this, it would mean a lot of work to get this right. Since these + field values are rarely used the decision was made not to implement this for + now. + - on the input side the "Standard Signal Mode" for the S-Video input or the "DV Timings Signal Mode" for the HDMI input should be configured so that a valid signal is passed to the video input. @@ -980,8 +992,9 @@ to change crop and compose rectangles on the fly. Section 12: Formats ------------------- -The driver supports all the regular packed YUYV formats, 16, 24 and 32 RGB -packed formats and two multiplanar formats (one luma and one chroma plane). +The driver supports all the regular packed and planar 4:4:4, 4:2:2 and 4:2:0 +YUYV formats, 8, 16, 24 and 32 RGB packed formats and various multiplanar +formats. The alpha component can be set through the 'Alpha Component' User control for those formats that support it. If the 'Apply Alpha To Red Only' control @@ -1114,11 +1127,9 @@ Just as a reminder and in no particular order: - Use per-queue locks and/or per-device locks to improve throughput - Add support to loop from a specific output to a specific input across vivid instances -- Add support for VIDIOC_EXPBUF once support for that has been added to vb2 - The SDR radio should use the same 'frequencies' for stations as the normal radio receiver, and give back noise if the frequency doesn't match up with a station frequency -- Improve the sine generation of the SDR radio. - Make a thread for the RDS generation, that would help in particular for the "Controls" RDS Rx I/O Mode as the read-only RDS controls could be updated in real-time. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt index b112efc816f1..a7926a90156f 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt @@ -254,6 +254,11 @@ since the last call to this ioctl. Bit 0 is the first page in the memory slot. Ensure the entire structure is cleared to avoid padding issues. +If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 specifies +the address space for which you want to return the dirty bitmap. +They must be less than the value that KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns for +the KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE capability. + 4.9 KVM_SET_MEMORY_ALIAS @@ -820,11 +825,21 @@ struct kvm_vcpu_events { } nmi; __u32 sipi_vector; __u32 flags; + struct { + __u8 smm; + __u8 pending; + __u8 smm_inside_nmi; + __u8 latched_init; + } smi; }; -KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW may be set in the flags field to signal that -interrupt.shadow contains a valid state. Otherwise, this field is undefined. +Only two fields are defined in the flags field: + +- KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW may be set in the flags field to signal that + interrupt.shadow contains a valid state. +- KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM may be set in the flags field to signal that + smi contains a valid state. 4.32 KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS @@ -841,17 +856,20 @@ vcpu. See KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS for the data structure. Fields that may be modified asynchronously by running VCPUs can be excluded -from the update. These fields are nmi.pending and sipi_vector. Keep the -corresponding bits in the flags field cleared to suppress overwriting the -current in-kernel state. The bits are: +from the update. These fields are nmi.pending, sipi_vector, smi.smm, +smi.pending. Keep the corresponding bits in the flags field cleared to +suppress overwriting the current in-kernel state. The bits are: KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_NMI_PENDING - transfer nmi.pending to the kernel KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SIPI_VECTOR - transfer sipi_vector +KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM - transfer the smi sub-struct. If KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW is available, KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW can be set in the flags field to signal that interrupt.shadow contains a valid state and shall be written into the VCPU. +KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SMM can only be set if KVM_CAP_X86_SMM is available. + 4.33 KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS @@ -911,6 +929,13 @@ slot. When changing an existing slot, it may be moved in the guest physical memory space, or its flags may be modified. It may not be resized. Slots may not overlap in guest physical address space. +If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 of "slot" +specifies the address space which is being modified. They must be +less than the value that KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns for the +KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE capability. Slots in separate address spaces +are unrelated; the restriction on overlapping slots only applies within +each address space. + Memory for the region is taken starting at the address denoted by the field userspace_addr, which must point at user addressable memory for the entire memory slot size. Any object may back this memory, including @@ -959,7 +984,8 @@ documentation when it pops into existence). 4.37 KVM_ENABLE_CAP Capability: KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP, KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP_VM -Architectures: ppc, s390 +Architectures: x86 (only KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP_VM), + mips (only KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP), ppc, s390 Type: vcpu ioctl, vm ioctl (with KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP_VM) Parameters: struct kvm_enable_cap (in) Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error @@ -997,7 +1023,7 @@ for vm-wide capabilities. 4.38 KVM_GET_MP_STATE Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE -Architectures: x86, s390 +Architectures: x86, s390, arm, arm64 Type: vcpu ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (out) Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error @@ -1011,7 +1037,7 @@ uniprocessor guests). Possible values are: - - KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE: the vcpu is currently running [x86] + - KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE: the vcpu is currently running [x86,arm/arm64] - KVM_MP_STATE_UNINITIALIZED: the vcpu is an application processor (AP) which has not yet received an INIT signal [x86] - KVM_MP_STATE_INIT_RECEIVED: the vcpu has received an INIT signal, and is @@ -1020,7 +1046,7 @@ Possible values are: is waiting for an interrupt [x86] - KVM_MP_STATE_SIPI_RECEIVED: the vcpu has just received a SIPI (vector accessible via KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS) [x86] - - KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED: the vcpu is stopped [s390] + - KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED: the vcpu is stopped [s390,arm/arm64] - KVM_MP_STATE_CHECK_STOP: the vcpu is in a special error state [s390] - KVM_MP_STATE_OPERATING: the vcpu is operating (running or halted) [s390] @@ -1031,11 +1057,15 @@ On x86, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace on these architectures. +For arm/arm64: + +The only states that are valid are KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED and +KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE which reflect if the vcpu is paused or not. 4.39 KVM_SET_MP_STATE Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE -Architectures: x86, s390 +Architectures: x86, s390, arm, arm64 Type: vcpu ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (in) Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error @@ -1047,6 +1077,10 @@ On x86, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace on these architectures. +For arm/arm64: + +The only states that are valid are KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED and +KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE which reflect if the vcpu should be paused or not. 4.40 KVM_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR @@ -1260,7 +1294,7 @@ The flags bitmap is defined as: /* the host supports the ePAPR idle hcall #define KVM_PPC_PVINFO_FLAGS_EV_IDLE (1<<0) -4.48 KVM_ASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE +4.48 KVM_ASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE (deprecated) Capability: none Architectures: x86 @@ -1310,7 +1344,7 @@ Errors: have their standard meanings. -4.49 KVM_DEASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE +4.49 KVM_DEASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE (deprecated) Capability: none Architectures: x86 @@ -1329,7 +1363,7 @@ Errors: Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types or have their standard meanings. -4.50 KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ +4.50 KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ (deprecated) Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ Architectures: x86 @@ -1369,7 +1403,7 @@ Errors: have their standard meanings. -4.51 KVM_DEASSIGN_DEV_IRQ +4.51 KVM_DEASSIGN_DEV_IRQ (deprecated) Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ Architectures: x86 @@ -1443,7 +1477,7 @@ struct kvm_irq_routing_s390_adapter { }; -4.53 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_NR +4.53 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_NR (deprecated) Capability: none Architectures: x86 @@ -1465,7 +1499,7 @@ struct kvm_assigned_msix_nr { #define KVM_MAX_MSIX_PER_DEV 256 -4.54 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_ENTRY +4.54 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_ENTRY (deprecated) Capability: none Architectures: x86 @@ -1621,7 +1655,7 @@ should skip processing the bitmap and just invalidate everything. It must be set to the number of set bits in the bitmap. -4.61 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_INTX_MASK +4.61 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_INTX_MASK (deprecated) Capability: KVM_CAP_PCI_2_3 Architectures: x86 @@ -1967,15 +2001,25 @@ registers, find a list below: MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_STATUS | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CAUSE | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_EPC | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PRID | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG1 | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG2 | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG3 | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG4 | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG5 | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG7 | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ERROREPC | 64 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_COUNT_CTL | 64 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_COUNT_RESUME | 64 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_COUNT_HZ | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_32(0..31) | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_64(0..31) | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_VEC_128(0..31) | 128 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_IR | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_CSR | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_IR | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_CSR | 32 ARM registers are mapped using the lower 32 bits. The upper 16 of that is the register group type, or coprocessor number: @@ -2029,6 +2073,25 @@ patterns depending on whether they're 32-bit or 64-bit registers: MIPS KVM control registers (see above) have the following id bit patterns: 0x7030 0000 0002 <reg:16> +MIPS FPU registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_{32,64}() above) have the following +id bit patterns depending on the size of the register being accessed. They are +always accessed according to the current guest FPU mode (Status.FR and +Config5.FRE), i.e. as the guest would see them, and they become unpredictable +if the guest FPU mode is changed. MIPS SIMD Architecture (MSA) vector +registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_VEC_128() above) have similar patterns as they +overlap the FPU registers: + 0x7020 0000 0003 00 <0:3> <reg:5> (32-bit FPU registers) + 0x7030 0000 0003 00 <0:3> <reg:5> (64-bit FPU registers) + 0x7040 0000 0003 00 <0:3> <reg:5> (128-bit MSA vector registers) + +MIPS FPU control registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_{IR,CSR} above) have the +following id bit patterns: + 0x7020 0000 0003 01 <0:3> <reg:5> + +MIPS MSA control registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_{IR,CSR} above) have the +following id bit patterns: + 0x7020 0000 0003 02 <0:3> <reg:5> + 4.69 KVM_GET_ONE_REG @@ -2234,7 +2297,7 @@ into the hash PTE second double word). 4.75 KVM_IRQFD Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQFD -Architectures: x86 s390 +Architectures: x86 s390 arm arm64 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_irqfd (in) Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -2260,6 +2323,10 @@ Note that closing the resamplefd is not sufficient to disable the irqfd. The KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_RESAMPLE is only necessary on assignment and need not be specified with KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_DEASSIGN. +On ARM/ARM64, the gsi field in the kvm_irqfd struct specifies the Shared +Peripheral Interrupt (SPI) index, such that the GIC interrupt ID is +given by gsi + 32. + 4.76 KVM_PPC_ALLOCATE_HTAB Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_ALLOC_HTAB @@ -2716,6 +2783,237 @@ The fields in each entry are defined as follows: eax, ebx, ecx, edx: the values returned by the cpuid instruction for this function/index combination +4.89 KVM_S390_MEM_OP + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_MEM_OP +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_mem_op (in) +Returns: = 0 on success, + < 0 on generic error (e.g. -EFAULT or -ENOMEM), + > 0 if an exception occurred while walking the page tables + +Read or write data from/to the logical (virtual) memory of a VPCU. + +Parameters are specified via the following structure: + +struct kvm_s390_mem_op { + __u64 gaddr; /* the guest address */ + __u64 flags; /* flags */ + __u32 size; /* amount of bytes */ + __u32 op; /* type of operation */ + __u64 buf; /* buffer in userspace */ + __u8 ar; /* the access register number */ + __u8 reserved[31]; /* should be set to 0 */ +}; + +The type of operation is specified in the "op" field. It is either +KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_READ for reading from logical memory space or +KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_WRITE for writing to logical memory space. The +KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_CHECK_ONLY flag can be set in the "flags" field to check +whether the corresponding memory access would create an access exception +(without touching the data in the memory at the destination). In case an +access exception occurred while walking the MMU tables of the guest, the +ioctl returns a positive error number to indicate the type of exception. +This exception is also raised directly at the corresponding VCPU if the +flag KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_INJECT_EXCEPTION is set in the "flags" field. + +The start address of the memory region has to be specified in the "gaddr" +field, and the length of the region in the "size" field. "buf" is the buffer +supplied by the userspace application where the read data should be written +to for KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_READ, or where the data that should be written +is stored for a KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_WRITE. "buf" is unused and can be NULL +when KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_CHECK_ONLY is specified. "ar" designates the access +register number to be used. + +The "reserved" field is meant for future extensions. It is not used by +KVM with the currently defined set of flags. + +4.90 KVM_S390_GET_SKEYS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_SKEYS +Architectures: s390 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_skeys +Returns: 0 on success, KVM_S390_GET_KEYS_NONE if guest is not using storage + keys, negative value on error + +This ioctl is used to get guest storage key values on the s390 +architecture. The ioctl takes parameters via the kvm_s390_skeys struct. + +struct kvm_s390_skeys { + __u64 start_gfn; + __u64 count; + __u64 skeydata_addr; + __u32 flags; + __u32 reserved[9]; +}; + +The start_gfn field is the number of the first guest frame whose storage keys +you want to get. + +The count field is the number of consecutive frames (starting from start_gfn) +whose storage keys to get. The count field must be at least 1 and the maximum +allowed value is defined as KVM_S390_SKEYS_ALLOC_MAX. Values outside this range +will cause the ioctl to return -EINVAL. + +The skeydata_addr field is the address to a buffer large enough to hold count +bytes. This buffer will be filled with storage key data by the ioctl. + +4.91 KVM_S390_SET_SKEYS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_SKEYS +Architectures: s390 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_skeys +Returns: 0 on success, negative value on error + +This ioctl is used to set guest storage key values on the s390 +architecture. The ioctl takes parameters via the kvm_s390_skeys struct. +See section on KVM_S390_GET_SKEYS for struct definition. + +The start_gfn field is the number of the first guest frame whose storage keys +you want to set. + +The count field is the number of consecutive frames (starting from start_gfn) +whose storage keys to get. The count field must be at least 1 and the maximum +allowed value is defined as KVM_S390_SKEYS_ALLOC_MAX. Values outside this range +will cause the ioctl to return -EINVAL. + +The skeydata_addr field is the address to a buffer containing count bytes of +storage keys. Each byte in the buffer will be set as the storage key for a +single frame starting at start_gfn for count frames. + +Note: If any architecturally invalid key value is found in the given data then +the ioctl will return -EINVAL. + +4.92 KVM_S390_IRQ + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_INJECT_IRQ +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_irq (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error +Errors: + EINVAL: interrupt type is invalid + type is KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP and flag parameter is invalid value + type is KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL and code is bigger + than the maximum of VCPUs + EBUSY: type is KVM_S390_SIGP_SET_PREFIX and vcpu is not stopped + type is KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP and a stop irq is already pending + type is KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL and an external call interrupt + is already pending + +Allows to inject an interrupt to the guest. + +Using struct kvm_s390_irq as a parameter allows +to inject additional payload which is not +possible via KVM_S390_INTERRUPT. + +Interrupt parameters are passed via kvm_s390_irq: + +struct kvm_s390_irq { + __u64 type; + union { + struct kvm_s390_io_info io; + struct kvm_s390_ext_info ext; + struct kvm_s390_pgm_info pgm; + struct kvm_s390_emerg_info emerg; + struct kvm_s390_extcall_info extcall; + struct kvm_s390_prefix_info prefix; + struct kvm_s390_stop_info stop; + struct kvm_s390_mchk_info mchk; + char reserved[64]; + } u; +}; + +type can be one of the following: + +KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP - sigp stop; parameter in .stop +KVM_S390_PROGRAM_INT - program check; parameters in .pgm +KVM_S390_SIGP_SET_PREFIX - sigp set prefix; parameters in .prefix +KVM_S390_RESTART - restart; no parameters +KVM_S390_INT_CLOCK_COMP - clock comparator interrupt; no parameters +KVM_S390_INT_CPU_TIMER - CPU timer interrupt; no parameters +KVM_S390_INT_EMERGENCY - sigp emergency; parameters in .emerg +KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL - sigp external call; parameters in .extcall +KVM_S390_MCHK - machine check interrupt; parameters in .mchk + + +Note that the vcpu ioctl is asynchronous to vcpu execution. + +4.94 KVM_S390_GET_IRQ_STATE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_IRQ_STATE +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_irq_state (out) +Returns: >= number of bytes copied into buffer, + -EINVAL if buffer size is 0, + -ENOBUFS if buffer size is too small to fit all pending interrupts, + -EFAULT if the buffer address was invalid + +This ioctl allows userspace to retrieve the complete state of all currently +pending interrupts in a single buffer. Use cases include migration +and introspection. The parameter structure contains the address of a +userspace buffer and its length: + +struct kvm_s390_irq_state { + __u64 buf; + __u32 flags; + __u32 len; + __u32 reserved[4]; +}; + +Userspace passes in the above struct and for each pending interrupt a +struct kvm_s390_irq is copied to the provided buffer. + +If -ENOBUFS is returned the buffer provided was too small and userspace +may retry with a bigger buffer. + +4.95 KVM_S390_SET_IRQ_STATE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_IRQ_STATE +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_irq_state (in) +Returns: 0 on success, + -EFAULT if the buffer address was invalid, + -EINVAL for an invalid buffer length (see below), + -EBUSY if there were already interrupts pending, + errors occurring when actually injecting the + interrupt. See KVM_S390_IRQ. + +This ioctl allows userspace to set the complete state of all cpu-local +interrupts currently pending for the vcpu. It is intended for restoring +interrupt state after a migration. The input parameter is a userspace buffer +containing a struct kvm_s390_irq_state: + +struct kvm_s390_irq_state { + __u64 buf; + __u32 len; + __u32 pad; +}; + +The userspace memory referenced by buf contains a struct kvm_s390_irq +for each interrupt to be injected into the guest. +If one of the interrupts could not be injected for some reason the +ioctl aborts. + +len must be a multiple of sizeof(struct kvm_s390_irq). It must be > 0 +and it must not exceed (max_vcpus + 32) * sizeof(struct kvm_s390_irq), +which is the maximum number of possibly pending cpu-local interrupts. + +4.90 KVM_SMI + +Capability: KVM_CAP_X86_SMM +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Queues an SMI on the thread's vcpu. + 5. The kvm_run structure ------------------------ @@ -2751,7 +3049,12 @@ an interrupt can be injected now with KVM_INTERRUPT. The value of the current interrupt flag. Only valid if in-kernel local APIC is not used. - __u8 padding2[2]; + __u16 flags; + +More architecture-specific flags detailing state of the VCPU that may +affect the device's behavior. The only currently defined flag is +KVM_RUN_X86_SMM, which is valid on x86 machines and is set if the +VCPU is in system management mode. /* in (pre_kvm_run), out (post_kvm_run) */ __u64 cr8; @@ -3189,6 +3492,31 @@ Parameters: none This capability enables the in-kernel irqchip for s390. Please refer to "4.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP" for details. +6.9 KVM_CAP_MIPS_FPU + +Architectures: mips +Target: vcpu +Parameters: args[0] is reserved for future use (should be 0). + +This capability allows the use of the host Floating Point Unit by the guest. It +allows the Config1.FP bit to be set to enable the FPU in the guest. Once this is +done the KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_* and KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_* registers can be accessed +(depending on the current guest FPU register mode), and the Status.FR, +Config5.FRE bits are accessible via the KVM API and also from the guest, +depending on them being supported by the FPU. + +6.10 KVM_CAP_MIPS_MSA + +Architectures: mips +Target: vcpu +Parameters: args[0] is reserved for future use (should be 0). + +This capability allows the use of the MIPS SIMD Architecture (MSA) by the guest. +It allows the Config3.MSAP bit to be set to enable the use of MSA by the guest. +Once this is done the KVM_REG_MIPS_VEC_* and KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_* registers can be +accessed, and the Config5.MSAEn bit is accessible via the KVM API and also from +the guest. + 7. Capabilities that can be enabled on VMs ------------------------------------------ @@ -3248,3 +3576,58 @@ All other orders will be handled completely in user space. Only privileged operation exceptions will be checked for in the kernel (or even in the hardware prior to interception). If this capability is not enabled, the old way of handling SIGP orders is used (partially in kernel and user space). + +7.3 KVM_CAP_S390_VECTOR_REGISTERS + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success, negative value on error + +Allows use of the vector registers introduced with z13 processor, and +provides for the synchronization between host and user space. Will +return -EINVAL if the machine does not support vectors. + +7.4 KVM_CAP_S390_USER_STSI + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none + +This capability allows post-handlers for the STSI instruction. After +initial handling in the kernel, KVM exits to user space with +KVM_EXIT_S390_STSI to allow user space to insert further data. + +Before exiting to userspace, kvm handlers should fill in s390_stsi field of +vcpu->run: +struct { + __u64 addr; + __u8 ar; + __u8 reserved; + __u8 fc; + __u8 sel1; + __u16 sel2; +} s390_stsi; + +@addr - guest address of STSI SYSIB +@fc - function code +@sel1 - selector 1 +@sel2 - selector 2 +@ar - access register number + +KVM handlers should exit to userspace with rc = -EREMOTE. + + +8. Other capabilities. +---------------------- + +This section lists capabilities that give information about other +features of the KVM implementation. + +8.1 KVM_CAP_PPC_HWRNG + +Architectures: ppc + +This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION indicates that it is +available, means that that the kernel has an implementation of the +H_RANDOM hypercall backed by a hardware random-number generator. +If present, the kernel H_RANDOM handler can be enabled for guest use +with the KVM_CAP_PPC_ENABLE_HCALL capability. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt index 4ceef53164b0..d1ad9d5cae46 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt @@ -27,6 +27,9 @@ Groups: Copies all floating interrupts into a buffer provided by userspace. When the buffer is too small it returns -ENOMEM, which is the indication for userspace to try again with a bigger buffer. + -ENOBUFS is returned when the allocation of a kernelspace buffer has + failed. + -EFAULT is returned when copying data to userspace failed. All interrupts remain pending, i.e. are not deleted from the list of currently pending interrupts. attr->addr contains the userspace address of the buffer into which all diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt index 53838d9c6295..3a4d681c3e98 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt @@ -169,6 +169,16 @@ Shadow pages contain the following information: Contains the value of cr4.smep && !cr0.wp for which the page is valid (pages for which this is true are different from other pages; see the treatment of cr0.wp=0 below). + role.smap_andnot_wp: + Contains the value of cr4.smap && !cr0.wp for which the page is valid + (pages for which this is true are different from other pages; see the + treatment of cr0.wp=0 below). + role.smm: + Is 1 if the page is valid in system management mode. This field + determines which of the kvm_memslots array was used to build this + shadow page; it is also used to go back from a struct kvm_mmu_page + to a memslot, through the kvm_memslots_for_spte_role macro and + __gfn_to_memslot. gfn: Either the guest page table containing the translations shadowed by this page, or the base page frame for linear translations. See role.direct. @@ -344,10 +354,16 @@ on fault type: (user write faults generate a #PF) -In the first case there is an additional complication if CR4.SMEP is -enabled: since we've turned the page into a kernel page, the kernel may now -execute it. We handle this by also setting spte.nx. If we get a user -fetch or read fault, we'll change spte.u=1 and spte.nx=gpte.nx back. +In the first case there are two additional complications: +- if CR4.SMEP is enabled: since we've turned the page into a kernel page, + the kernel may now execute it. We handle this by also setting spte.nx. + If we get a user fetch or read fault, we'll change spte.u=1 and + spte.nx=gpte.nx back. +- if CR4.SMAP is disabled: since the page has been changed to a kernel + page, it can not be reused when CR4.SMAP is enabled. We set + CR4.SMAP && !CR0.WP into shadow page's role to avoid this case. Note, + here we do not care the case that CR4.SMAP is enabled since KVM will + directly inject #PF to guest due to failed permission check. To prevent an spte that was converted into a kernel page with cr0.wp=0 from being written by the kernel after cr0.wp has changed to 1, we make diff --git a/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt b/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt index 01d76282444e..e4b49df7a048 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt @@ -28,9 +28,7 @@ IMPLEMENTATION OVERVIEW A cleancache "backend" that provides transcendent memory registers itself to the kernel's cleancache "frontend" by calling cleancache_register_ops, passing a pointer to a cleancache_ops structure with funcs set appropriately. -Note that cleancache_register_ops returns the previous settings so that -chaining can be performed if desired. The functions provided must conform to -certain semantics as follows: +The functions provided must conform to certain semantics as follows: Most important, cleancache is "ephemeral". Pages which are copied into cleancache have an indefinite lifetime which is completely unknowable diff --git a/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt b/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt index f2d3a100fe38..030977fb8d2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt @@ -267,21 +267,34 @@ call, then it is required that system administrator mount a file system of type hugetlbfs: mount -t hugetlbfs \ - -o uid=<value>,gid=<value>,mode=<value>,size=<value>,nr_inodes=<value> \ - none /mnt/huge + -o uid=<value>,gid=<value>,mode=<value>,pagesize=<value>,size=<value>,\ + min_size=<value>,nr_inodes=<value> none /mnt/huge This command mounts a (pseudo) filesystem of type hugetlbfs on the directory /mnt/huge. Any files created on /mnt/huge uses huge pages. The uid and gid options sets the owner and group of the root of the file system. By default the uid and gid of the current process are taken. The mode option sets the mode of root of file system to value & 01777. This value is given in octal. -By default the value 0755 is picked. The size option sets the maximum value of -memory (huge pages) allowed for that filesystem (/mnt/huge). The size is -rounded down to HPAGE_SIZE. The option nr_inodes sets the maximum number of -inodes that /mnt/huge can use. If the size or nr_inodes option is not -provided on command line then no limits are set. For size and nr_inodes -options, you can use [G|g]/[M|m]/[K|k] to represent giga/mega/kilo. For -example, size=2K has the same meaning as size=2048. +By default the value 0755 is picked. If the paltform supports multiple huge +page sizes, the pagesize option can be used to specify the huge page size and +associated pool. pagesize is specified in bytes. If pagesize is not specified +the paltform's default huge page size and associated pool will be used. The +size option sets the maximum value of memory (huge pages) allowed for that +filesystem (/mnt/huge). The size option can be specified in bytes, or as a +percentage of the specified huge page pool (nr_hugepages). The size is +rounded down to HPAGE_SIZE boundary. The min_size option sets the minimum +value of memory (huge pages) allowed for the filesystem. min_size can be +specified in the same way as size, either bytes or a percentage of the +huge page pool. At mount time, the number of huge pages specified by +min_size are reserved for use by the filesystem. If there are not enough +free huge pages available, the mount will fail. As huge pages are allocated +to the filesystem and freed, the reserve count is adjusted so that the sum +of allocated and reserved huge pages is always at least min_size. The option +nr_inodes sets the maximum number of inodes that /mnt/huge can use. If the +size, min_size or nr_inodes option is not provided on command line then +no limits are set. For pagesize, size, min_size and nr_inodes options, you +can use [G|g]/[M|m]/[K|k] to represent giga/mega/kilo. For example, size=2K +has the same meaning as size=2048. While read system calls are supported on files that reside on hugetlb file systems, write system calls are not. @@ -289,15 +302,23 @@ file systems, write system calls are not. Regular chown, chgrp, and chmod commands (with right permissions) could be used to change the file attributes on hugetlbfs. -Also, it is important to note that no such mount command is required if the +Also, it is important to note that no such mount command is required if applications are going to use only shmat/shmget system calls or mmap with -MAP_HUGETLB. Users who wish to use hugetlb page via shared memory segment -should be a member of a supplementary group and system admin needs to -configure that gid into /proc/sys/vm/hugetlb_shm_group. It is possible for -same or different applications to use any combination of mmaps and shm* -calls, though the mount of filesystem will be required for using mmap calls -without MAP_HUGETLB. For an example of how to use mmap with MAP_HUGETLB see -map_hugetlb.c. +MAP_HUGETLB. For an example of how to use mmap with MAP_HUGETLB see map_hugetlb +below. + +Users who wish to use hugetlb memory via shared memory segment should be a +member of a supplementary group and system admin needs to configure that gid +into /proc/sys/vm/hugetlb_shm_group. It is possible for same or different +applications to use any combination of mmaps and shm* calls, though the mount of +filesystem will be required for using mmap calls without MAP_HUGETLB. + +Syscalls that operate on memory backed by hugetlb pages only have their lengths +aligned to the native page size of the processor; they will normally fail with +errno set to EINVAL or exclude hugetlb pages that extend beyond the length if +not hugepage aligned. For example, munmap(2) will fail if memory is backed by +a hugetlb page and the length is smaller than the hugepage size. + Examples ======== diff --git a/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt b/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt index 6fbd55ef6b45..6bfbc172cdb9 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt @@ -131,7 +131,8 @@ Short descriptions to the page flags: 13. SWAPCACHE page is mapped to swap space, ie. has an associated swap entry 14. SWAPBACKED page is backed by swap/RAM -The page-types tool in this directory can be used to query the above flags. +The page-types tool in the tools/vm directory can be used to query the +above flags. Using pagemap to do something useful: diff --git a/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt b/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt index 6b31cfbe2a9a..8143b9e8373d 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt @@ -159,6 +159,17 @@ for each pass: /sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/khugepaged/full_scans +max_ptes_none specifies how many extra small pages (that are +not already mapped) can be allocated when collapsing a group +of small pages into one large page. + +/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/khugepaged/max_ptes_none + +A higher value leads to use additional memory for programs. +A lower value leads to gain less thp performance. Value of +max_ptes_none can waste cpu time very little, you can +ignore it. + == Boot parameter == You can change the sysfs boot time defaults of Transparent Hugepage diff --git a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt index 744f82f86c58..32ee3a67dba2 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ CONTENTS - Filtering special vmas. - munlock()/munlockall() system call handling. - Migrating mlocked pages. + - Compacting mlocked pages. - mmap(MAP_LOCKED) system call handling. - munmap()/exit()/exec() system call handling. - try_to_unmap(). @@ -317,7 +318,7 @@ If the VMA passes some filtering as described in "Filtering Special Vmas" below, mlock_fixup() will attempt to merge the VMA with its neighbors or split off a subset of the VMA if the range does not cover the entire VMA. Once the VMA has been merged or split or neither, mlock_fixup() will call -__mlock_vma_pages_range() to fault in the pages via get_user_pages() and to +populate_vma_page_range() to fault in the pages via get_user_pages() and to mark the pages as mlocked via mlock_vma_page(). Note that the VMA being mlocked might be mapped with PROT_NONE. In this case, @@ -327,7 +328,7 @@ fault path or in vmscan. Also note that a page returned by get_user_pages() could be truncated or migrated out from under us, while we're trying to mlock it. To detect this, -__mlock_vma_pages_range() checks page_mapping() after acquiring the page lock. +populate_vma_page_range() checks page_mapping() after acquiring the page lock. If the page is still associated with its mapping, we'll go ahead and call mlock_vma_page(). If the mapping is gone, we just unlock the page and move on. In the worst case, this will result in a page mapped in a VM_LOCKED VMA @@ -392,7 +393,7 @@ ignored for munlock. If the VMA is VM_LOCKED, mlock_fixup() again attempts to merge or split off the specified range. The range is then munlocked via the function -__mlock_vma_pages_range() - the same function used to mlock a VMA range - +populate_vma_page_range() - the same function used to mlock a VMA range - passing a flag to indicate that munlock() is being performed. Because the VMA access protections could have been changed to PROT_NONE after @@ -402,7 +403,7 @@ get_user_pages() was enhanced to accept a flag to ignore the permissions when fetching the pages - all of which should be resident as a result of previous mlocking. -For munlock(), __mlock_vma_pages_range() unlocks individual pages by calling +For munlock(), populate_vma_page_range() unlocks individual pages by calling munlock_vma_page(). munlock_vma_page() unconditionally clears the PG_mlocked flag using TestClearPageMlocked(). As with mlock_vma_page(), munlock_vma_page() use the Test*PageMlocked() function to handle the case where @@ -450,12 +451,29 @@ list because of a race between munlock and migration, page migration uses the putback_lru_page() function to add migrated pages back to the LRU. +COMPACTING MLOCKED PAGES +------------------------ + +The unevictable LRU can be scanned for compactable regions and the default +behavior is to do so. /proc/sys/vm/compact_unevictable_allowed controls +this behavior (see Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt). Once scanning of the +unevictable LRU is enabled, the work of compaction is mostly handled by +the page migration code and the same work flow as described in MIGRATING +MLOCKED PAGES will apply. + + mmap(MAP_LOCKED) SYSTEM CALL HANDLING ------------------------------------- In addition the mlock()/mlockall() system calls, an application can request that a region of memory be mlocked supplying the MAP_LOCKED flag to the mmap() -call. Furthermore, any mmap() call or brk() call that expands the heap by a +call. There is one important and subtle difference here, though. mmap() + mlock() +will fail if the range cannot be faulted in (e.g. because mm_populate fails) +and returns with ENOMEM while mmap(MAP_LOCKED) will not fail. The mmaped +area will still have properties of the locked area - aka. pages will not get +swapped out - but major page faults to fault memory in might still happen. + +Furthermore, any mmap() call or brk() call that expands the heap by a task that has previously called mlockall() with the MCL_FUTURE flag will result in the newly mapped memory being mlocked. Before the unevictable/mlock changes, the kernel simply called make_pages_present() to allocate pages and @@ -463,21 +481,11 @@ populate the page table. To mlock a range of memory under the unevictable/mlock infrastructure, the mmap() handler and task address space expansion functions call -mlock_vma_pages_range() specifying the vma and the address range to mlock. -mlock_vma_pages_range() filters VMAs like mlock_fixup(), as described above in -"Filtering Special VMAs". It will clear the VM_LOCKED flag, which will have -already been set by the caller, in filtered VMAs. Thus these VMA's need not be -visited for munlock when the region is unmapped. - -For "normal" VMAs, mlock_vma_pages_range() calls __mlock_vma_pages_range() to -fault/allocate the pages and mlock them. Again, like mlock_fixup(), -mlock_vma_pages_range() downgrades the mmap semaphore to read mode before -attempting to fault/allocate and mlock the pages and "upgrades" the semaphore -back to write mode before returning. - -The callers of mlock_vma_pages_range() will have already added the memory range +populate_vma_page_range() specifying the vma and the address range to mlock. + +The callers of populate_vma_page_range() will have already added the memory range to be mlocked to the task's "locked_vm". To account for filtered VMAs, -mlock_vma_pages_range() returns the number of pages NOT mlocked. All of the +populate_vma_page_range() returns the number of pages NOT mlocked. All of the callers then subtract a non-negative return value from the task's locked_vm. A negative return value represent an error - for example, from get_user_pages() attempting to fault in a VMA with PROT_NONE access. In this case, we leave the diff --git a/Documentation/vm/zsmalloc.txt b/Documentation/vm/zsmalloc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..64ed63c4f69d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/vm/zsmalloc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +zsmalloc +-------- + +This allocator is designed for use with zram. Thus, the allocator is +supposed to work well under low memory conditions. In particular, it +never attempts higher order page allocation which is very likely to +fail under memory pressure. On the other hand, if we just use single +(0-order) pages, it would suffer from very high fragmentation -- +any object of size PAGE_SIZE/2 or larger would occupy an entire page. +This was one of the major issues with its predecessor (xvmalloc). + +To overcome these issues, zsmalloc allocates a bunch of 0-order pages +and links them together using various 'struct page' fields. These linked +pages act as a single higher-order page i.e. an object can span 0-order +page boundaries. The code refers to these linked pages as a single entity +called zspage. + +For simplicity, zsmalloc can only allocate objects of size up to PAGE_SIZE +since this satisfies the requirements of all its current users (in the +worst case, page is incompressible and is thus stored "as-is" i.e. in +uncompressed form). For allocation requests larger than this size, failure +is returned (see zs_malloc). + +Additionally, zs_malloc() does not return a dereferenceable pointer. +Instead, it returns an opaque handle (unsigned long) which encodes actual +location of the allocated object. The reason for this indirection is that +zsmalloc does not keep zspages permanently mapped since that would cause +issues on 32-bit systems where the VA region for kernel space mappings +is very small. So, before using the allocating memory, the object has to +be mapped using zs_map_object() to get a usable pointer and subsequently +unmapped using zs_unmap_object(). + +stat +---- + +With CONFIG_ZSMALLOC_STAT, we could see zsmalloc internal information via +/sys/kernel/debug/zsmalloc/<user name>. Here is a sample of stat output: + +# cat /sys/kernel/debug/zsmalloc/zram0/classes + + class size almost_full almost_empty obj_allocated obj_used pages_used pages_per_zspage + .. + .. + 9 176 0 1 186 129 8 4 + 10 192 1 0 2880 2872 135 3 + 11 208 0 1 819 795 42 2 + 12 224 0 1 219 159 12 4 + .. + .. + + +class: index +size: object size zspage stores +almost_empty: the number of ZS_ALMOST_EMPTY zspages(see below) +almost_full: the number of ZS_ALMOST_FULL zspages(see below) +obj_allocated: the number of objects allocated +obj_used: the number of objects allocated to the user +pages_used: the number of pages allocated for the class +pages_per_zspage: the number of 0-order pages to make a zspage + +We assign a zspage to ZS_ALMOST_EMPTY fullness group when: + n <= N / f, where +n = number of allocated objects +N = total number of objects zspage can store +f = fullness_threshold_frac(ie, 4 at the moment) + +Similarly, we assign zspage to: + ZS_ALMOST_FULL when n > N / f + ZS_EMPTY when n == 0 + ZS_FULL when n == N diff --git a/Documentation/vm/zswap.txt b/Documentation/vm/zswap.txt index 00c3d31e7971..8458c0861e4e 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/zswap.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/zswap.txt @@ -26,8 +26,22 @@ Zswap evicts pages from compressed cache on an LRU basis to the backing swap device when the compressed pool reaches its size limit. This requirement had been identified in prior community discussions. -To enabled zswap, the "enabled" attribute must be set to 1 at boot time. e.g. -zswap.enabled=1 +Zswap is disabled by default but can be enabled at boot time by setting +the "enabled" attribute to 1 at boot time. ie: zswap.enabled=1. Zswap +can also be enabled and disabled at runtime using the sysfs interface. +An example command to enable zswap at runtime, assuming sysfs is mounted +at /sys, is: + +echo 1 > /sys/modules/zswap/parameters/enabled + +When zswap is disabled at runtime it will stop storing pages that are +being swapped out. However, it will _not_ immediately write out or fault +back into memory all of the pages stored in the compressed pool. The +pages stored in zswap will remain in the compressed pool until they are +either invalidated or faulted back into memory. In order to force all +pages out of the compressed pool, a swapoff on the swap device(s) will +fault back into memory all swapped out pages, including those in the +compressed pool. Design: diff --git a/Documentation/vme_api.txt b/Documentation/vme_api.txt index ffe6e22a2ccd..ca5b82797f6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/vme_api.txt +++ b/Documentation/vme_api.txt @@ -171,6 +171,12 @@ This functions by reading the offset, applying the mask. If the bits selected in the mask match with the values of the corresponding bits in the compare field, the value of swap is written the specified offset. +Parts of a VME window can be mapped into user space memory using the following +function: + + int vme_master_mmap(struct vme_resource *resource, + struct vm_area_struct *vma) + Slave windows ============= diff --git a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm index cc62a95e4776..13411fe52f7f 100644 --- a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm +++ b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm @@ -11,12 +11,14 @@ Author: Evgeniy Polyakov <johnpol@2ka.mipt.ru> Description ----------- -w1_therm provides basic temperature conversion for ds18*20 devices. +w1_therm provides basic temperature conversion for ds18*20 devices, and the +ds28ea00 device. supported family codes: W1_THERM_DS18S20 0x10 W1_THERM_DS1822 0x22 W1_THERM_DS18B20 0x28 W1_THERM_DS1825 0x3B +W1_THERM_DS28EA00 0x42 Support is provided through the sysfs w1_slave file. Each open and read sequence will initiate a temperature conversion then provide two @@ -48,3 +50,10 @@ resistor). The DS18b20 temperature sensor specification lists a maximum current draw of 1.5mA and that a 5k pullup resistor is not sufficient. The strong pullup is designed to provide the additional current required. + +The DS28EA00 provides an additional two pins for implementing a sequence +detection algorithm. This feature allows you to determine the physical +location of the chip in the 1-wire bus without needing pre-existing +knowledge of the bus ordering. Support is provided through the sysfs +w1_seq file. The file will contain a single line with an integer value +representing the device index in the bus starting at 0. diff --git a/Documentation/w1/w1.generic b/Documentation/w1/w1.generic index b2033c64c7da..b3ffaf8cfab2 100644 --- a/Documentation/w1/w1.generic +++ b/Documentation/w1/w1.generic @@ -76,21 +76,24 @@ See struct w1_bus_master definition in w1.h for details. w1 master sysfs interface ------------------------------------------------------------------ -<xx-xxxxxxxxxxxxx> - a directory for a found device. The format is family-serial +<xx-xxxxxxxxxxxxx> - A directory for a found device. The format is family-serial bus - (standard) symlink to the w1 bus driver - (standard) symlink to the w1 driver -w1_master_add - Manually register a slave device -w1_master_attempts - the number of times a search was attempted +w1_master_add - (rw) manually register a slave device +w1_master_attempts - (ro) the number of times a search was attempted w1_master_max_slave_count - - maximum number of slaves to search for at a time -w1_master_name - the name of the device (w1_bus_masterX) -w1_master_pullup - 5V strong pullup 0 enabled, 1 disabled -w1_master_remove - Manually remove a slave device -w1_master_search - the number of searches left to do, -1=continual (default) + - (rw) maximum number of slaves to search for at a time +w1_master_name - (ro) the name of the device (w1_bus_masterX) +w1_master_pullup - (rw) 5V strong pullup 0 enabled, 1 disabled +w1_master_remove - (rw) manually remove a slave device +w1_master_search - (rw) the number of searches left to do, + -1=continual (default) w1_master_slave_count - - the number of slaves found -w1_master_slaves - the names of the slaves, one per line -w1_master_timeout - the delay in seconds between searches + - (ro) the number of slaves found +w1_master_slaves - (ro) the names of the slaves, one per line +w1_master_timeout - (ro) the delay in seconds between searches +w1_master_timeout_us + - (ro) the delay in microseconds beetwen searches If you have a w1 bus that never changes (you don't add or remove devices), you can set the module parameter search_count to a small positive number @@ -101,6 +104,11 @@ generally only make sense when searching is disabled, as a search will redetect manually removed devices that are present and timeout manually added devices that aren't on the bus. +Bus searches occur at an interval, specified as a summ of timeout and +timeout_us module parameters (either of which may be 0) for as long as +w1_master_search remains greater than 0 or is -1. Each search attempt +decrements w1_master_search by 1 (down to 0) and increments +w1_master_attempts by 1. w1 slave sysfs interface ------------------------------------------------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt index a0438f3957ca..d8b0d3367706 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt @@ -36,6 +36,10 @@ The watchdog_unregister_device routine deregisters a registered watchdog timer device. The parameter of this routine is the pointer to the registered watchdog_device structure. +The watchdog subsystem includes an registration deferral mechanism, +which allows you to register an watchdog as early as you wish during +the boot process. + The watchdog device structure looks like this: struct watchdog_device { @@ -52,6 +56,7 @@ struct watchdog_device { void *driver_data; struct mutex lock; unsigned long status; + struct list_head deferred; }; It contains following fields: @@ -80,6 +85,8 @@ It contains following fields: information about the status of the device (Like: is the watchdog timer running/active, is the nowayout bit set, is the device opened via the /dev/watchdog interface or not, ...). +* deferred: entry in wtd_deferred_reg_list which is used to + register early initialized watchdogs. The list of watchdog operations is defined as: diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt index 692791cc674c..9f9ec9f76039 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt @@ -208,6 +208,9 @@ nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started ------------------------------------------------- omap_wdt: timer_margin: initial watchdog timeout (in seconds) +early_enable: Watchdog is started on module insertion (default=0 +nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started + (default=kernel config parameter) ------------------------------------------------- orion_wdt: heartbeat: Initial watchdog heartbeat in seconds diff --git a/Documentation/workqueue.txt b/Documentation/workqueue.txt index f81a65b54c29..5e0e05c5183e 100644 --- a/Documentation/workqueue.txt +++ b/Documentation/workqueue.txt @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ root 5674 0.0 0.0 0 0 ? S 12:13 0:00 [kworker/1:0] If kworkers are going crazy (using too much cpu), there are two types of possible problems: - 1. Something beeing scheduled in rapid succession + 1. Something being scheduled in rapid succession 2. A single work item that consumes lots of cpu cycles The first one can be tracked using tracing: diff --git a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt index a75e3adaa39d..9da6f3512249 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt @@ -406,6 +406,12 @@ Protocol: 2.00+ - If 0, the protected-mode code is loaded at 0x10000. - If 1, the protected-mode code is loaded at 0x100000. + Bit 1 (kernel internal): KASLR_FLAG + - Used internally by the compressed kernel to communicate + KASLR status to kernel proper. + If 1, KASLR enabled. + If 0, KASLR disabled. + Bit 5 (write): QUIET_FLAG - If 0, print early messages. - If 1, suppress early messages. @@ -1118,7 +1124,6 @@ The boot loader *must* fill out the following fields in bp, o hdr.code32_start o hdr.cmd_line_ptr - o hdr.cmdline_size o hdr.ramdisk_image (if applicable) o hdr.ramdisk_size (if applicable) diff --git a/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt b/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt index 9132b86176a3..c1df8eba9dfd 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ This file documents some of the kernel entries in -arch/x86/kernel/entry_64.S. A lot of this explanation is adapted from +arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S. A lot of this explanation is adapted from an email from Ingo Molnar: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/<20110529191055.GC9835%40elte.hu> The x86 architecture has quite a few different ways to jump into kernel code. Most of these entry points are registered in -arch/x86/kernel/traps.c and implemented in arch/x86/kernel/entry_64.S -for 64-bit, arch/x86/kernel/entry_32.S for 32-bit and finally -arch/x86/ia32/ia32entry.S which implements the 32-bit compatibility +arch/x86/kernel/traps.c and implemented in arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S +for 64-bit, arch/x86/entry/entry_32.S for 32-bit and finally +arch/x86/entry/entry_64_compat.S which implements the 32-bit compatibility syscall entry points and thus provides for 32-bit processes the ability to execute syscalls when running on 64-bit kernels. @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ Some of these entries are: - system_call: syscall instruction from 64-bit code. - - ia32_syscall: int 0x80 from 32-bit or 64-bit code; compat syscall + - entry_INT80_compat: int 0x80 from 32-bit or 64-bit code; compat syscall either way. - - ia32_syscall, ia32_sysenter: syscall and sysenter from 32-bit + - entry_INT80_compat, ia32_sysenter: syscall and sysenter from 32-bit code - interrupt: An array of entries. Every IDT vector that doesn't diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/kernel-stacks b/Documentation/x86/kernel-stacks index e3c8a49d1a2f..0f3a6c201943 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/kernel-stacks +++ b/Documentation/x86/kernel-stacks @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +Kernel stacks on x86-64 bit +--------------------------- + Most of the text from Keith Owens, hacked by AK x86_64 page size (PAGE_SIZE) is 4K. @@ -56,13 +59,6 @@ If that assumption is ever broken then the stacks will become corrupt. The currently assigned IST stacks are :- -* STACKFAULT_STACK. EXCEPTION_STKSZ (PAGE_SIZE). - - Used for interrupt 12 - Stack Fault Exception (#SS). - - This allows the CPU to recover from invalid stack segments. Rarely - happens. - * DOUBLEFAULT_STACK. EXCEPTION_STKSZ (PAGE_SIZE). Used for interrupt 8 - Double Fault Exception (#DF). @@ -99,3 +95,47 @@ The currently assigned IST stacks are :- assumptions about the previous state of the kernel stack. For more details see the Intel IA32 or AMD AMD64 architecture manuals. + + +Printing backtraces on x86 +-------------------------- + +The question about the '?' preceding function names in an x86 stacktrace +keeps popping up, here's an indepth explanation. It helps if the reader +stares at print_context_stack() and the whole machinery in and around +arch/x86/kernel/dumpstack.c. + +Adapted from Ingo's mail, Message-ID: <20150521101614.GA10889@gmail.com>: + +We always scan the full kernel stack for return addresses stored on +the kernel stack(s) [*], from stack top to stack bottom, and print out +anything that 'looks like' a kernel text address. + +If it fits into the frame pointer chain, we print it without a question +mark, knowing that it's part of the real backtrace. + +If the address does not fit into our expected frame pointer chain we +still print it, but we print a '?'. It can mean two things: + + - either the address is not part of the call chain: it's just stale + values on the kernel stack, from earlier function calls. This is + the common case. + + - or it is part of the call chain, but the frame pointer was not set + up properly within the function, so we don't recognize it. + +This way we will always print out the real call chain (plus a few more +entries), regardless of whether the frame pointer was set up correctly +or not - but in most cases we'll get the call chain right as well. The +entries printed are strictly in stack order, so you can deduce more +information from that as well. + +The most important property of this method is that we _never_ lose +information: we always strive to print _all_ addresses on the stack(s) +that look like kernel text addresses, so if debug information is wrong, +we still print out the real call chain as well - just with more question +marks than ideal. + +[*] For things like IRQ and IST stacks, we also scan those stacks, in + the right order, and try to cross from one stack into another + reconstructing the call chain. This works most of the time. diff --git a/Documentation/x86/mtrr.txt b/Documentation/x86/mtrr.txt index cc071dc333c2..860bc3adc223 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/mtrr.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/mtrr.txt @@ -1,7 +1,19 @@ MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) control -3 Jun 1999 -Richard Gooch -<rgooch@atnf.csiro.au> + +Richard Gooch <rgooch@atnf.csiro.au> - 3 Jun 1999 +Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> - April 9, 2015 + +=============================================================================== +Phasing out MTRR use + +MTRR use is replaced on modern x86 hardware with PAT. Over time the only type +of effective MTRR that is expected to be supported will be for write-combining. +As MTRR use is phased out device drivers should use arch_phys_wc_add() to make +MTRR effective on non-PAT systems while a no-op on PAT enabled systems. + +For details refer to Documentation/x86/pat.txt. + +=============================================================================== On Intel P6 family processors (Pentium Pro, Pentium II and later) the Memory Type Range Registers (MTRRs) may be used to control diff --git a/Documentation/x86/pat.txt b/Documentation/x86/pat.txt index cf08c9fff3cd..54944c71b819 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/pat.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/pat.txt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ virtual addresses. PAT allows for different types of memory attributes. The most commonly used ones that will be supported at this time are Write-back, Uncached, -Write-combined and Uncached Minus. +Write-combined, Write-through and Uncached Minus. PAT APIs @@ -34,16 +34,23 @@ ioremap | -- | UC- | UC- | | | | | ioremap_cache | -- | WB | WB | | | | | +ioremap_uc | -- | UC | UC | + | | | | ioremap_nocache | -- | UC- | UC- | | | | | ioremap_wc | -- | -- | WC | | | | | +ioremap_wt | -- | -- | WT | + | | | | set_memory_uc | UC- | -- | -- | set_memory_wb | | | | | | | | set_memory_wc | WC | -- | -- | set_memory_wb | | | | | | | | +set_memory_wt | WT | -- | -- | + set_memory_wb | | | | + | | | | pci sysfs resource | -- | -- | UC- | | | | | pci sysfs resource_wc | -- | -- | WC | @@ -102,7 +109,38 @@ wants to export a RAM region, it has to do set_memory_uc() or set_memory_wc() as step 0 above and also track the usage of those pages and use set_memory_wb() before the page is freed to free pool. - +MTRR effects on PAT / non-PAT systems +------------------------------------- + +The following table provides the effects of using write-combining MTRRs when +using ioremap*() calls on x86 for both non-PAT and PAT systems. Ideally +mtrr_add() usage will be phased out in favor of arch_phys_wc_add() which will +be a no-op on PAT enabled systems. The region over which a arch_phys_wc_add() +is made, should already have been ioremapped with WC attributes or PAT entries, +this can be done by using ioremap_wc() / set_memory_wc(). Devices which +combine areas of IO memory desired to remain uncacheable with areas where +write-combining is desirable should consider use of ioremap_uc() followed by +set_memory_wc() to white-list effective write-combined areas. Such use is +nevertheless discouraged as the effective memory type is considered +implementation defined, yet this strategy can be used as last resort on devices +with size-constrained regions where otherwise MTRR write-combining would +otherwise not be effective. + +---------------------------------------------------------------------- +MTRR Non-PAT PAT Linux ioremap value Effective memory type +---------------------------------------------------------------------- + Non-PAT | PAT + PAT + |PCD + ||PWT + ||| +WC 000 WB _PAGE_CACHE_MODE_WB WC | WC +WC 001 WC _PAGE_CACHE_MODE_WC WC* | WC +WC 010 UC- _PAGE_CACHE_MODE_UC_MINUS WC* | UC +WC 011 UC _PAGE_CACHE_MODE_UC UC | UC +---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +(*) denotes implementation defined and is discouraged Notes: @@ -115,8 +153,8 @@ can be more restrictive, in case of any existing aliasing for that address. For example: If there is an existing uncached mapping, a new ioremap_wc can return uncached mapping in place of write-combine requested. -set_memory_[uc|wc] and set_memory_wb should be used in pairs, where driver will -first make a region uc or wc and switch it back to wb after use. +set_memory_[uc|wc|wt] and set_memory_wb should be used in pairs, where driver +will first make a region uc, wc or wt and switch it back to wb after use. Over time writes to /proc/mtrr will be deprecated in favor of using PAT based interfaces. Users writing to /proc/mtrr are suggested to use above interfaces. @@ -124,7 +162,7 @@ interfaces. Users writing to /proc/mtrr are suggested to use above interfaces. Drivers should use ioremap_[uc|wc] to access PCI BARs with [uc|wc] access types. -Drivers should use set_memory_[uc|wc] to set access type for RAM ranges. +Drivers should use set_memory_[uc|wc|wt] to set access type for RAM ranges. PAT debugging diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt index 5223479291a2..68ed3114c363 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt @@ -31,6 +31,9 @@ Machine check (e.g. BIOS or hardware monitoring applications), conflicting with OS's error handling, and you cannot deactivate the agent, then this option will be a help. + mce=no_lmce + Do not opt-in to Local MCE delivery. Use legacy method + to broadcast MCEs. mce=bootlog Enable logging of machine checks left over from booting. Disabled by default on AMD because some BIOS leave bogus ones. diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt index 6f6d956ac1c9..7cd36af11e71 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt @@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ Documentation/arm64/booting.txt 的中文翻译 交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻 译存在问题，请联系中文版维护者。 +本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为： bc465aa9d045feb0e13b4a8f32cc33c1943f62d6 + 英文版维护者： Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> 中文版维护者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> 中文版翻译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> @@ -88,22 +90,44 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码，因此如果使用了压缩内 u32 code0; /* 可执行代码 */ u32 code1; /* 可执行代码 */ - u64 text_offset; /* 映像装载偏移 */ - u64 res0 = 0; /* 保留 */ - u64 res1 = 0; /* 保留 */ + u64 text_offset; /* 映像装载偏移，小端模式 */ + u64 image_size; /* 映像实际大小, 小端模式 */ + u64 flags; /* 内核旗标, 小端模式 * u64 res2 = 0; /* 保留 */ u64 res3 = 0; /* 保留 */ u64 res4 = 0; /* 保留 */ u32 magic = 0x644d5241; /* 魔数, 小端, "ARM\x64" */ - u32 res5 = 0; /* 保留 */ + u32 res5; /* 保留 （用于 PE COFF 偏移） */ 映像头注释： +- 自 v3.17 起，除非另有说明，所有域都是小端模式。 + - code0/code1 负责跳转到 stext. -映像必须位于系统 RAM 起始处的特定偏移（当前是 0x80000）。系统 RAM -的起始地址必须是以 2MB 对齐的。 +- 当通过 EFI 启动时， 最初 code0/code1 被跳过。 + res5 是到 PE 文件头的偏移，而 PE 文件头含有 EFI 的启动入口点 （efi_stub_entry）。 + 当 stub 代码完成了它的使命，它会跳转到 code0 继续正常的启动流程。 + +- v3.17 之前，未明确指定 text_offset 的字节序。此时，image_size 为零， + 且 text_offset 依照内核字节序为 0x80000。 + 当 image_size 非零，text_offset 为小端模式且是有效值，应被引导加载程序使用。 + 当 image_size 为零，text_offset 可假定为 0x80000。 + +- flags 域 (v3.17 引入) 为 64 位小端模式，其编码如下： + 位 0: 内核字节序。 1 表示大端模式，0 表示小端模式。 + 位 1-63: 保留。 + +- 当 image_size 为零时，引导装载程序应该试图在内核映像末尾之后尽可能多地保留空闲内存 + 供内核直接使用。对内存空间的需求量因所选定的内核特性而异, 且无实际限制。 + +内核映像必须被放置在靠近可用系统内存起始的 2MB 对齐为基址的 text_offset 字节处，并从那里被调用。 +当前，对 Linux 来说在此基址以下的内存是无法使用的，因此强烈建议将系统内存的起始作为这个基址。 +从映像起始地址算起，最少必须为内核释放出 image_size 字节的空间。 + +任何提供给内核的内存（甚至在 2MB 对齐的基地址之前），若未从内核中标记为保留 +(如在设备树（dtb）的 memreserve 区域），都将被认为对内核是可用。 在跳转入内核前，必须符合以下状态： @@ -124,8 +148,12 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码，因此如果使用了压缩内 - 高速缓存、MMU MMU 必须关闭。 指令缓存开启或关闭都可以。 - 数据缓存必须关闭且无效。 - 外部高速缓存（如果存在）必须配置并禁用。 + 已载入的内核映像的相应内存区必须被清理，以达到缓存一致性点（PoC）。 + 当存在系统缓存或其他使能缓存的一致性主控器时，通常需使用虚拟地址维护其缓存，而非 set/way 操作。 + 遵从通过虚拟地址操作维护构架缓存的系统缓存必须被配置，并可以被使能。 + 而不通过虚拟地址操作维护构架缓存的系统缓存（不推荐），必须被配置且禁用。 + + *译者注：对于 PoC 以及缓存相关内容，请参考 ARMv8 构架参考手册 ARM DDI 0487A - 架构计时器 CNTFRQ 必须设定为计时器的频率，且 CNTVOFF 必须设定为对所有 CPU @@ -141,6 +169,14 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码，因此如果使用了压缩内 在进入内核映像的异常级中，所有构架中可写的系统寄存器必须通过软件 在一个更高的异常级别下初始化，以防止在 未知 状态下运行。 + 对于拥有 GICv3 中断控制器的系统： + - 若当前在 EL3 ： + ICC_SRE_EL3.Enable (位 3) 必须初始化为 0b1。 + ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE (位 0) 必须初始化为 0b1。 + - 若内核运行在 EL1： + ICC_SRE_EL2.Enable (位 3) 必须初始化为 0b1。 + ICC_SRE_EL2.SRE (位 0) 必须初始化为 0b1。 + 以上对于 CPU 模式、高速缓存、MMU、架构计时器、一致性、系统寄存器的 必要条件描述适用于所有 CPU。所有 CPU 必须在同一异常级别跳入内核。 @@ -170,7 +206,7 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码，因此如果使用了压缩内 ARM DEN 0022A：用于 ARM 上的电源状态协调接口系统软件）中描述的 CPU_ON 调用来将 CPU 带入内核。 - *译者注:到文档翻译时，此文档已更新为 ARM DEN 0022B。 + *译者注: ARM DEN 0022A 已更新到 ARM DEN 0022C。 设备树必须包含一个 ‘psci’ 节点，请参考以下文档： Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..68362a1ab717 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt + +If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the +original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem +communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for +help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated +or if there is a problem with the translation. + +Maintainer: Punit Agrawal <punit.agrawal@arm.com> + Suzuki K. Poulose <suzuki.poulose@arm.com> +Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +--------------------------------------------------------------------- +Documentation/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt 的中文翻译 + +如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文 +交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻 +译存在问题，请联系中文版维护者。 + +本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为： bc465aa9d045feb0e13b4a8f32cc33c1943f62d6 + +英文版维护者： Punit Agrawal <punit.agrawal@arm.com> + Suzuki K. Poulose <suzuki.poulose@arm.com> +中文版维护者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +中文版翻译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +中文版校译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> + +以下为正文 +--------------------------------------------------------------------- +Linux 内核在 arm64 上的移植提供了一个基础框架，以支持构架中正在被淘汰或已废弃指令的模拟执行。 +这个基础框架的代码使用未定义指令钩子（hooks）来支持模拟。如果指令存在，它也允许在硬件中启用该指令。 + +模拟模式可通过写 sysctl 节点（/proc/sys/abi）来控制。 +不同的执行方式及 sysctl 节点的相应值，解释如下： + +* Undef（未定义） + 值： 0 + 产生未定义指令终止异常。它是那些构架中已废弃的指令，如 SWP，的默认处理方式。 + +* Emulate（模拟） + 值： 1 + 使用软件模拟方式。为解决软件迁移问题，这种模拟指令模式的使用是被跟踪的，并会发出速率限制警告。 + 它是那些构架中正在被淘汰的指令，如 CP15 barriers（隔离指令），的默认处理方式。 + +* Hardware Execution（硬件执行） + 值： 2 + 虽然标记为正在被淘汰，但一些实现可能提供硬件执行这些指令的使能/禁用操作。 + 使用硬件执行一般会有更好的性能，但将无法收集运行时对正被淘汰指令的使用统计数据。 + +默认执行模式依赖于指令在构架中状态。正在被淘汰的指令应该以模拟（Emulate）作为默认模式， +而已废弃的指令必须默认使用未定义（Undef）模式 + +注意：指令模拟可能无法应对所有情况。更多详情请参考单独的指令注释。 + +受支持的遗留指令 +------------- +* SWP{B} +节点: /proc/sys/abi/swp +状态: 已废弃 +默认执行方式: Undef (0) + +* CP15 Barriers +节点: /proc/sys/abi/cp15_barrier +状态: 正被淘汰，不推荐使用 +默认执行方式: Emulate (1) + +* SETEND +节点: /proc/sys/abi/setend +状态: 正被淘汰，不推荐使用 +默认执行方式: Emulate (1)* +注：为了使能这个特性，系统中的所有 CPU 必须在 EL0 支持混合字节序。 +如果一个新的 CPU （不支持混合字节序） 在使能这个特性后被热插入系统， +在应用中可能会出现不可预期的结果。 diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt index a782704c1cb5..19b3a52d5d94 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt @@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ Documentation/arm64/memory.txt 的中文翻译 交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻 译存在问题，请联系中文版维护者。 +本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为： bc465aa9d045feb0e13b4a8f32cc33c1943f62d6 + 英文版维护者： Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com> 中文版维护者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> 中文版翻译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> @@ -26,69 +28,53 @@ Documentation/arm64/memory.txt 的中文翻译 =========================== 作者: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com> -日期: 2012 年 02 月 20 日 本文档描述 AArch64 Linux 内核所使用的虚拟内存布局。此构架可以实现 页大小为 4KB 的 4 级转换表和页大小为 64KB 的 3 级转换表。 -AArch64 Linux 使用页大小为 4KB 的 3 级转换表配置，对于用户和内核 -都有 39-bit (512GB) 的虚拟地址空间。对于页大小为 64KB的配置，仅 -使用 2 级转换表，但内存布局相同。 +AArch64 Linux 使用 3 级或 4 级转换表，其页大小配置为 4KB，对于用户和内核 +分别都有 39-bit (512GB) 或 48-bit (256TB) 的虚拟地址空间。 +对于页大小为 64KB的配置，仅使用 2 级转换表，有 42-bit (4TB) 的虚拟地址空间，但内存布局相同。 -用户地址空间的 63:39 位为 0，而内核地址空间的相应位为 1。TTBRx 的 +用户地址空间的 63:48 位为 0，而内核地址空间的相应位为 1。TTBRx 的 选择由虚拟地址的 63 位给出。swapper_pg_dir 仅包含内核（全局）映射， -而用户 pgd 仅包含用户（非全局）映射。swapper_pgd_dir 地址被写入 +而用户 pgd 仅包含用户（非全局）映射。swapper_pg_dir 地址被写入 TTBR1 中，且从不写入 TTBR0。 -AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 4KB 时的内存布局： +AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 4KB，并使用 3 级转换表时的内存布局： 起始地址 结束地址 大小 用途 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 0000000000000000 0000007fffffffff 512GB 用户空间 +ffffff8000000000 ffffffffffffffff 512GB 内核空间 -ffffff8000000000 ffffffbbfffeffff ~240GB vmalloc - -ffffffbbffff0000 ffffffbbffffffff 64KB [防护页] - -ffffffbc00000000 ffffffbdffffffff 8GB vmemmap - -ffffffbe00000000 ffffffbffbbfffff ~8GB [防护页，未来用于 vmmemap] -ffffffbffbc00000 ffffffbffbdfffff 2MB earlyprintk 设备 +AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 4KB，并使用 4 级转换表时的内存布局： -ffffffbffbe00000 ffffffbffbe0ffff 64KB PCI I/O 空间 - -ffffffbffbe10000 ffffffbcffffffff ~2MB [防护页] - -ffffffbffc000000 ffffffbfffffffff 64MB 模块 - -ffffffc000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256GB 内核逻辑内存映射 +起始地址 结束地址 大小 用途 +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +0000000000000000 0000ffffffffffff 256TB 用户空间 +ffff000000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256TB 内核空间 -AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 64KB 时的内存布局： +AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 64KB，并使用 2 级转换表时的内存布局： 起始地址 结束地址 大小 用途 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 0000000000000000 000003ffffffffff 4TB 用户空间 +fffffc0000000000 ffffffffffffffff 4TB 内核空间 -fffffc0000000000 fffffdfbfffeffff ~2TB vmalloc - -fffffdfbffff0000 fffffdfbffffffff 64KB [防护页] - -fffffdfc00000000 fffffdfdffffffff 8GB vmemmap - -fffffdfe00000000 fffffdfffbbfffff ~8GB [防护页，未来用于 vmmemap] -fffffdfffbc00000 fffffdfffbdfffff 2MB earlyprintk 设备 +AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 64KB，并使用 3 级转换表时的内存布局： -fffffdfffbe00000 fffffdfffbe0ffff 64KB PCI I/O 空间 - -fffffdfffbe10000 fffffdfffbffffff ~2MB [防护页] +起始地址 结束地址 大小 用途 +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +0000000000000000 0000ffffffffffff 256TB 用户空间 +ffff000000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256TB 内核空间 -fffffdfffc000000 fffffdffffffffff 64MB 模块 -fffffe0000000000 ffffffffffffffff 2TB 内核逻辑内存映射 +更详细的内核虚拟内存布局，请参阅内核启动信息。 4KB 页大小的转换表查找： @@ -102,7 +88,7 @@ fffffe0000000000 ffffffffffffffff 2TB 内核逻辑内存映射 | | | | +-> [20:12] L3 索引 | | | +-----------> [29:21] L2 索引 | | +---------------------> [38:30] L1 索引 - | +-------------------------------> [47:39] L0 索引 (未使用) + | +-------------------------------> [47:39] L0 索引 +-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1 @@ -115,10 +101,11 @@ fffffe0000000000 ffffffffffffffff 2TB 内核逻辑内存映射 | | | | v | | | | [15:0] 页内偏移 | | | +----------> [28:16] L3 索引 - | | +--------------------------> [41:29] L2 索引 (仅使用 38:29 ) - | +-------------------------------> [47:42] L1 索引 (未使用) + | | +--------------------------> [41:29] L2 索引 + | +-------------------------------> [47:42] L1 索引 +-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1 + 当使用 KVM 时, 管理程序（hypervisor）在 EL2 中通过相对内核虚拟地址的 一个固定偏移来映射内核页（内核虚拟地址的高 24 位设为零）: diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/gpio.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/gpio.txt index d5b8f01833f4..bce972521065 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/gpio.txt @@ -638,9 +638,6 @@ GPIO 控制器的路径类似 /sys/class/gpio/gpiochip42/ (对于从#42 GPIO int gpio_export_link(struct device *dev, const char *name, unsigned gpio) - /* 改变 sysfs 中的一个 GPIO 节点的极性 */ - int gpio_sysfs_set_active_low(unsigned gpio, int value); - 在一个内核驱动申请一个 GPIO 之后，它可以通过 gpio_export()使其在 sysfs 接口中可见。该驱动可以控制信号方向是否可修改。这有助于防止用户空间代码无意间 破坏重要的系统状态。 @@ -651,8 +648,3 @@ GPIO 控制器的路径类似 /sys/class/gpio/gpiochip42/ (对于从#42 GPIO 在 GPIO 被导出之后，gpio_export_link()允许在 sysfs 文件系统的任何地方 创建一个到这个 GPIO sysfs 节点的符号链接。这样驱动就可以通过一个描述性的 名字，在 sysfs 中他们所拥有的设备下提供一个(到这个 GPIO sysfs 节点的)接口。 - -驱动可以使用 gpio_sysfs_set_active_low() 来在用户空间隐藏电路板之间 -GPIO 线的极性差异。这个仅对 sysfs 接口起作用。极性的改变可以在 gpio_export() -前后进行,且之前使能的轮询操作(poll(2))支持(上升或下降沿)将会被重新配置来遵循 -这个设置。 diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt index dfb72a5c63e9..e9db693c0a23 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt @@ -116,7 +116,6 @@ COW_MAGIC 0x4f4f4f4d cow_header_v1 arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c I810_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E i810_card sound/oss/i810_audio.c TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E trident_card sound/oss/trident.c ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524d4157 wan_device [in wanrouter.h pre 3.9] -SCC_MAGIC 0x52696368 gs_port drivers/char/scc.h SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1 0x53415645 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c GDA_MAGIC 0x58464552 gda arch/mips/include/asm/sn/gda.h RED_MAGIC1 0x5a2cf071 (any) mm/slab.c @@ -138,7 +137,6 @@ KMALLOC_MAGIC 0x87654321 snd_alloc_track sound/core/memory.c PWC_MAGIC 0x89DC10AB pwc_device drivers/usb/media/pwc.h NBD_REPLY_MAGIC 0x96744668 nbd_reply include/linux/nbd.h ENI155_MAGIC 0xa54b872d midway_eprom drivers/atm/eni.h -SCI_MAGIC 0xbabeface gs_port drivers/char/sh-sci.h CODA_MAGIC 0xC0DAC0DA coda_file_info include/linux/coda_fs_i.h DPMEM_MAGIC 0xc0ffee11 gdt_pci_sram drivers/scsi/gdth.h YAM_MAGIC 0xF10A7654 yam_port drivers/net/hamradio/yam.c |
